LGI 2011 10-K
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
þ
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011
OR 
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from                     to                    
Commission file number 000-51360
Liberty Global, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
State of Delaware
 
20-2197030
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
 
12300 Liberty Boulevard, Englewood, Colorado
 
80112
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (303) 220-6600
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
 
 
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Series A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
 
NASDAQ Global Select Market
Series B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
 
NASDAQ Global Select Market
Series C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
 
NASDAQ Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: none
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  þ        No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨        No  þ
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ        No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months.    Yes  þ        No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer, accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Check one:
Large Accelerated Filer  þ
  
Accelerated Filer  ¨
  
Non-Accelerated Filer  ¨
  
Smaller Reporting Company  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Yes ¨ No þ
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates, computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and ask price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter: $12.0 billion.
The number of outstanding shares of Liberty Global, Inc.’s common stock as of February 16, 2012 was: 145,217,959 shares of Series A common stock; 10,239,144 shares of Series B common stock; and 117,348,039 shares of Series C common stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the Registrant’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.
 



LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
2011 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
Page
Number
 
PART I
 
 
 
 
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
 
PART II
 
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
 
PART III
 
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.



Table of Contents



PART I
Item 1.    BUSINESS
General Development of Business
Liberty Global, Inc. (LGI) is an international provider of video, broadband internet and telephony services, with continuing consolidated broadband communications and/or direct-to-home satellite (DTH) operations at December 31, 2011, serving 19.5 million customers across 13 countries, primarily in Europe and Chile. Our European and Chilean operations are conducted through our 99.6%-owned subsidiary, Liberty Global Europe Holding BV (Liberty Global Europe). Through Liberty Global Europe's wholly-owned subsidiary, UPC Holding BV (UPC Holding), we provide video, broadband internet and telephony services in nine European countries and in Chile. The European broadband communications and DTH operations of UPC Holding and the broadband communications operations in Germany of Unitymedia GmbH (Unitymedia) and Kabel BW GmbH (formerly known as Kabel BW Holding GmbH) (KBW), both of which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Liberty Global Europe, are collectively referred to as the "UPC Broadband Division." UPC Holding's broadband communications operations in Chile are provided through its 80%-owned subsidiary, VTR Global Com SA (VTR). Through our 80%-owned subsidiary, VTR Wireless SA, we are undertaking the launch of mobile services in Chile through a combination of our own wireless network and certain third-party wireless access arrangements. Through Liberty Global Europe's 50.2%-owned subsidiary, Telenet Group Holding NV (Telenet), a publicly-listed Belgian company, we provide video, broadband internet and telephony services in Belgium. Our continuing operations also include (1) consolidated broadband communications operations in Puerto Rico and (2) consolidated interests in certain programming businesses in Europe and Argentina. Our consolidated programming interests in Europe are primarily held through Chellomedia BV (Chellomedia), another wholly-owned subsidiary of Liberty Global Europe that also owns or manages investments in various other businesses, primarily in Europe. Certain of Chellomedia's subsidiaries and affiliates provide programming services to certain of our broadband communications operations, primarily in Europe.
Our 54.15%-owned subsidiary, Austar United Communications Limited (Austar), a publicly-listed Australian company that provides DTH services in Australia, was held for sale at December 31, 2011. The operations of Austar in 2011 are briefly described under Narrative Description of Business—Discontinued Operations—Australia below.
In the following text, the terms “we,” “our,” “our company,” and “us” may refer, as the context requires, to LGI or collectively to LGI and its subsidiaries.
Unless otherwise indicated, convenience translations into United States (U.S.) dollars are calculated as of December 31, 2011, and operational data, including subscriber statistics and ownership percentages, are as of December 31, 2011.
Recent Developments
Acquisitions
KBW. On December 15, 2011, UPC Germany HoldCo 2 GmbH (UPC Germany HC2), our indirect subsidiary, acquired all of the outstanding shares of Kabel BW Musketeer GmbH (formerly known as Musketeer GmbH) (KBW Musketeer), the indirect parent company of KBW, pursuant to a Sale and Purchase Agreement dated March 21, 2011, with Oskar Rakso S.à.r.l as the seller (the KBW Acquisition). At closing, Oskar Rakso S.á.r.l. transferred its KBW Musketeer shares and assigned the balance of a loan receivable from KBW Musketeer to UPC Germany HC2 in consideration of UPC Germany HC2's payment of the purchase price of €1,062.4 million ($1,381.9 million at the transaction date) in cash. Such purchase price, together with KBW Musketeer's consolidated net debt at December 15, 2011 (aggregate fair value of debt and capital lease obligations outstanding less cash and cash equivalents) of €2,352.9 million ($3,060.7 million at the transaction date) resulted in total consideration of €3,415.3 million ($4,442.6 million at the transaction date), excluding direct acquisition costs. The regulatory authorities in Germany conditioned their approval of the KBW Acquisition upon our agreement with several conditions primarily concerning our contracts and relationships with housing associations and our encryption of our digital free-to-air (FTA) television services. We acquired KBW in order to achieve certain financial, operational and strategic benefits through the integration of KBW with our existing operations in Germany and, to a lesser extent, other parts of Europe.
Aster. On September 16, 2011, a subsidiary of UPC Holding paid total cash consideration equal to PLN 2,445.7 million ($784.7 million at the transaction date) in connection with its acquisition of a 100% equity interest in Aster Sp. z.o.o. (Aster), a broadband communications operator in Poland (the Aster Acquisition).  The total cash consideration, which UPC Holding initially funded with available cash and cash equivalents, included the equivalent of PLN 1,602.3 million ($513.5 million at the transaction date) that was used to repay Aster's debt immediately prior to our acquisition of Aster's equity and excludes direct acquisition costs.  The approval of the Aster Acquisition by the regulatory authorities in Poland

I-3

Table of Contents


was conditioned upon our agreement to dispose of certain sections of Aster's network on or before March 5, 2013.  We completed the Aster Acquisition in order to achieve certain financial, operational and strategic benefits through the integration of Aster with our existing operations in Poland.
For additional information on the above acquisitions, including related financings, see notes 3 and 9 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II of this report. In addition, during 2011, we completed various other smaller acquisitions in the normal course of business.
Disposition and Discontinued Operations
Austar. On July 11, 2011, our company and Austar entered into agreements with certain third parties (collectively, FOXTEL) pursuant to which FOXTEL would acquire 100% of Austar's ordinary shares through a series of transactions (the Austar Transaction), one of which involves our temporary acquisition of the 45.85% of Austar's ordinary shares held by the noncontrolling shareholders (the Austar NCI Acquisition). The sales price under the transaction is AUD 1.52 ($1.56) in cash per share, which represents a total equity sales price of AUD 1,932.7 million ($1,982.1 million) for a 100% interest in Austar (based on Austar ordinary shares outstanding at December 31, 2011) or AUD 1,046.5 million ($1,073.2 million) for our 54.15% interest in Austar. Completion of the Austar Transaction is subject to a number of conditions, including (1) regulatory approvals regarding (a) competition, which approval has not yet been granted, and (b) foreign investment matters, which approval was received in December 2011, (2) an independent expert's determination that the Austar Transaction is in the best interests of Austar's noncontrolling shareholders, which determination was received in December 2011, (3) our receipt of a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service confirming our intended treatment of the transaction, which ruling we received in November 2011, and (4) approval by a majority in number of the voting noncontrolling shareholders who represent at least 75% of the votes cast by noncontrolling shareholders at the Austar shareholder meeting, which is currently scheduled for March 30, 2012. Assuming the remaining conditions precedent are satisfied as required by the Austar Transaction, it is currently expected that the Austar NCI Acquisition will occur in April 2012 and that FOXTEL's acquisition of 100% of Austar from our company for AUD 1.52 per share will occur in May or June of 2012. If the Austar NCI Acquisition does not close by April 17, 2012 or FOXTEL does not acquire 100% of Austar by June 29, 2012, the applicable underlying agreements will expire if not otherwise extended.
Spectrum Licenses. On February 16, 2011, Austar sold a wholly-owned subsidiary that owned certain spectrum licenses. Austar received total sales consideration of AUD 119.4 million ($120.9 million at the transaction date), consisting of cash consideration of AUD 57.4 million ($58.1 million at the transaction date) for the share capital and a cash payment to Austar of AUD 62.0 million ($62.8 million at the transaction date) representing the repayment of the sold subsidiary's intercompany debt.
For additional information on the above transactions, see note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II of this report. For information on the operations of Austar in 2011, see Narrative Description of Business—Discontinued Operations—Australia below.
Financings
KBW Notes. At December 31, 2011, KBW Musketeer and its subsidiaries had outstanding (1) €680.0 million ($881.3 million) principal amount of 9.5% Senior Notes (the KBW Senior Notes), (2) €800.0 million ($1,036.8 million) principal amount of 7.5% Senior Secured Notes (the KBW Euro Senior Secured Notes), (3) $500.0 million principal amount of 7.5% Senior Secured Notes (the KBW Dollar Senior Secured Notes and together with the KBW Euro Senior Secured Notes, the KBW Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes), and (4) €420.0 million ($544.3 million) principal amount of Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes (the KBW Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes and together with the KBW Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes, the KBW Senior Secured Notes). The KBW Senior Notes mature on March 15, 2021, the KBW Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes mature on March 15, 2019, and the KBW Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes mature on March 15, 2018. The KBW Senior Notes are senior obligations of KBW Musketeer that rank equally with all of the existing and future senior debt of KBW Musketeer and are senior to all existing and future subordinated debt of KBW Musketeer. The KBW Senior Secured Notes are senior obligations of KBW that rank equally with all of the existing and future senior debt of KBW and are senior to all existing and future subordinated debt of KBW. The KBW Senior Notes and KBW Senior Secured Notes have been issued pursuant to two indentures, each dated March 31, 2011.
KBW Revolving Credit Facility. A subsidiary of KBW is the borrower under a €100.0 million ($129.6 million) secured revolving credit facility agreement dated March 31, 2011, with certain lenders (the KBW Revolving Credit Facility), which was undrawn as of December 31, 2011. Borrowings under the KBW Revolving Credit Facility, which mature on March 31, 2017, may be used for general corporate and working capital purposes.

I-4

Table of Contents


UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility Refinancing Transactions. The UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility is the senior secured credit facility of UPC Broadband Holding BV (UPC Broadband Holding), a wholly-owned subsidiary of UPC Holding. In July and August 2011, UPC Broadband Holding entered into various additional facility accession agreements, resulting in a new redrawable term loan facility (Facility AA) with an aggregate principal amount of €904.0 million ($1,171.5 million). In connection with these transactions, certain lenders under existing Facilities L, M, N, Q and W novated their drawn and undrawn commitments to UPC Broadband Operations BV, a direct subsidiary of UPC Broadband Holding, and entered into the new Facility AA. As a result of these transactions, total commitments of (1) €129.7 million ($168.1 million) under Facility L, (2) €36.8 million ($47.7 million) under Facility M, (3) $30.0 million under Facility N, (4) €392.0 million ($508.0 million) under Facility Q and (5) €125.0 million ($162.0 million) under Facility W were effectively rolled into Facility AA. The final maturity date for Facility AA is July 31, 2016. Facility AA may be increased in the future by entering into one or more additional facility accession agreements.
On October 25, 2011, UPC Broadband Holding entered into a new additional facility accession agreement (the Additional Facility AB Accession Agreement) under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.  Pursuant to the Additional Facility AB Accession Agreement, certain lenders agreed to make available a term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $500.0 million (Facility AB).  On October 28, 2011, we borrowed the total amount of Facility AB, receiving proceeds of $485.0 million on a net basis after payment of original issue discount of 3.0%. UPC Broadband Holding used a portion of the net proceeds to repay €285.0 million ($403.6 million at the transaction date) of outstanding redrawable term loans under Facility AA. The final maturity date for Facility AB is December 31, 2017.  
UPCB SPE Notes. UPCB Finance II Limited (UPCB Finance II), UPCB Finance III Limited (UPCB Finance III), UPCB Finance V Limited (UPCB Finance V) and UPCB Finance VI Limited (UPCB Finance VI and together with UPCB Finance II, UPCB Finance III and UPCB Finance V, the UPCB SPEs) are each special purpose financing companies that are owned 100% by a charitable trust. At various dates during 2011 and in February 2012, the UPCB SPEs issued €750.0 million ($972.0 million) principal amount of 6.375% senior secured notes due July 1, 2020 (the UPCB Finance II Senior Secured Notes), $1.0 billion principal amount of 6.625% senior secured notes due July 1, 2020 (UPCB Finance III Senior Secured Notes), $750.0 million principal amount of 7.25% senior secured notes due November 15, 2021 (UPCB Finance V Senior Secured Notes) and $750.0 million principal amount of 6.875% senior secured notes due January 15, 2022 (UPCB Finance VI Senior Secured Notes), respectively. UPCB Finance II, UPCB Finance III, UPCB Finance V and UPCB Finance VI used the proceeds from the (1) UPCB Finance II Senior Secured Notes, (2) UPCB Finance III Senior Secured Notes, (3) UPCB Finance V Senior Secured Notes and (4) UPCB Finance VI Senior Secured Notes to fund new additional facilities (Facilities Y, Z, AC and AD, respectively) under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility, with UPC Financing Partnership, a wholly-owned subsidiary of UPC Holding, as the borrower. The proceeds from Facility Y were used to repay outstanding amounts under Facilities M and U of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility. The proceeds from Facility Z were used to repay in full Facility P of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility and to repay $811.4 million under Facility T of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility. Of the proceeds from Facility AC, €507.1 million ($685.7 million at the transaction date) was used to reduce amounts outstanding under Facilities AA and W of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility. The proceeds from Facility AD were used to repay in full the amounts outstanding under Facilities M, N and O of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.
Pursuant to the respective indentures for the UPCB Finance II Senior Secured Notes, the UPCB Finance III Senior Secured Notes, the UPCB Finance V Senior Secured Notes and UPCB Finance VI Senior Secured Notes and the respective accession agreements for Facilities Y, Z, AC and AD, the call provisions, maturity and applicable interest rate for Facilities Y, Z, AC and AD are the same as those of the UPCB Finance II Senior Secured Notes, the UPCB Finance III Senior Secured Notes, the UPCB Finance V Senior Secured Notes and the UPCB Finance VI Senior Secured Notes, respectively. The UPCB SPEs, as lenders under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility, are treated the same as the other lenders under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility, with benefits, rights and protections similar to those afforded to the other lenders.
Telenet Credit Facility. The Telenet Credit Facility is the senior secured credit facility of Telenet NV and Telenet International Finance S.á.r.l. (Telenet International), each a wholly-owned subsidiary of Telenet. During the third quarter of 2011, pursuant to various facility accession agreements, Telenet International executed (1) two new term loan facilities (Telenet Facilities Q and R) in aggregate principal amounts of €431.0 million ($558.7 million) and €798.6 million ($1,035.0 million), respectively, and (2) a revolving credit facility (Telenet Facility S) in an aggregate principal amount of €158.0 million ($204.8 million), which was undrawn at December 31, 2011. In connection with these transactions, (1) certain lenders novated their existing Telenet Facility G drawn commitments to Telenet Luxembourg Finance Center S.à.r.l., a subsidiary of Telenet NV, and entered into the new Telenet Facilities Q and R and (2) Telenet's then-existing undrawn €175.0 million ($251.7 million at the transaction date) revolving credit facility was canceled. As a result of these transactions, €1,229.6 million ($1,746.3 million at the transaction date) of Telenet Facility G drawn commitments were

I-5

Table of Contents


effectively rolled into the new Telenet Facilities Q and R. Telenet Facilities Q, R and S mature on July 31, 2017, July 31, 2019 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Such Facilities may be increased in the future by entering into one or more additional facility accession agreements.
On February 17, 2012, Telenet International entered into an additional facility accession agreement, the Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, under the Telenet Credit Facility. Pursuant to the Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, certain lenders agreed to provide a new term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of €175.0 million ($226.8 million) (Facility T). The final maturity date for Facility T will be December 31, 2018.
Telenet SPE Notes. Telenet Finance III Luxembourg S.C.A. (Telenet Finance III) is a special purpose financing company that is owned 99.9% by a foundation established under the laws of the Netherlands and 0.1% by a Luxembourg private limited liability company as general partner. On February 15, 2011, Telenet Finance III issued €300.0 million ($388.8 million) principal amount of 6.625% senior secured notes due February 15, 2021 (the Telenet Finance III Senior Notes). Telenet Finance III used the proceeds from the Telenet Finance III Senior Notes to fund a new additional facility (Telenet Facility O) under the Telenet Credit Facility, with Telenet International as the borrower. Telenet International applied €286.5 million ($387.1 million at the transaction date) of the proceeds from Telenet Facility O to redeem a portion of the outstanding borrowings under Telenet Facilities K and L1. The remaining €80.0 million ($103.7 million) of outstanding borrowings under Telenet Facilities K and L1 were rolled into a new Telenet Facility G2 under the Telenet Credit Facility, which had terms similar to the existing Telenet Facility G.
Telenet Finance IV Luxembourg S.C.A. (Telenet Finance IV) is a special purpose financing company that is owned 99.9% by a foundation established under the laws of the Netherlands and 0.1% by a Luxembourg private limited liability company as general partner. On June 15, 2011, Telenet Finance IV issued €400.0 million ($518.4 million) principal amount of floating rate senior secured notes due June 15, 2021(the Telenet Finance IV Senior Notes and together with the Telenet Finance III Senior Notes, the Telenet SPE Notes). Telenet Finance IV used the proceeds from the Telenet Finance IV Senior Notes to fund a new additional facility (Telenet Facility P) under the Telenet Credit Facility, with Telenet International as the borrower. In July 2011, Telenet International used the proceeds from Telenet Facility P to repay the remaining €400.1 million ($575.4 million at the transaction date) outstanding under Telenet Facilities G and J of the Telenet Credit Facility, after taking into account the €1,229.6 million ($1,746.3 million at the transaction date) of Telenet Facility G commitments that were rolled into new Telenet Facilities Q and R under the Telenet Credit Facility.
Pursuant to the respective indentures for the Telenet SPE Notes and the respective accession agreements for Facilities O and P, the call provisions, maturity and applicable interest rate for Telenet Facility O and Telenet Facility P are the same as those of the Telenet SPE Notes, the proceeds of which were used to fund loans under such Facilities. Telenet Finance III and Telenet Finance IV, as lenders under the Telenet Credit Facility, are treated the same as the other lenders under the Telenet Credit Facility, with benefits, rights and protections similar to those afforded to the other lenders.
For a further description of the terms of the above financings, including call provisions, and certain other transactions affecting our consolidated debt in 2011, see note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II of this report.

I-6

Table of Contents


Equity Transactions
UGC Convertible Notes. On March 15, 2011, we called for redemption the remaining €328.2 million ($425.3 million) principal amount outstanding of the 1.75% euro-denominated convertible senior notes due April 15, 2024, that had been issued by our subsidiary, UnitedGlobalCom, Inc., in 2004 (the UGC Convertible Notes).  As a result of the call for redemption, note holders became entitled to convert their UGC Convertible Notes into LGI common stock at the specified ratios during a conversion period ending on April 18, 2011. During this conversion period, all of the outstanding UGC Convertible Notes were converted into an aggregate of 7,328,994 shares of LGI Series A common stock and 7,249,539 shares of LGI Series C common stock.
LGI Convertible Notes. During the second and third quarters of 2011, we completed the exchange of 99.8% and 0.2%, respectively, of the $935.0 million principal amount of our 4.50% convertible senior notes due November 15, 2016 for aggregate consideration of 26,423,266 shares of our LGI Series A common stock, 8,807,772 shares of our LGI Series C common stock and $186.7 million of cash (excluding cash paid for accrued but unpaid interest).
Stock Repurchases. Pursuant to our various stock repurchase programs, we repurchased during 2011 a total of 9,114,812 shares of LGI Series A common stock at a weighted average price of $38.99 per share and 14,203,563 shares of LGI Series C common stock at a weighted average price of $39.22 per share, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $912.3 million, including direct acquisition costs. On December 14, 2011, our board of directors authorized a new program of up to $1.0 billion (before direct acquisition costs) for the repurchase of LGI Series A common stock, LGI Series C common stock, or any combination of the foregoing, through open market or privately negotiated transactions, which may include derivative transactions. The timing of the repurchase of shares pursuant to this program is dependent on a variety of factors, including market conditions. This program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. At December 31, 2011, the remaining amount authorized for stock repurchases was $1,011.1 million.
For additional information regarding the UGC Convertible Notes and the LGI Convertible Notes, see note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II of this report.
* * * *
Certain statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. To the extent that statements in this Annual Report are not recitations of historical fact, such statements constitute forward-looking statements, which, by definition, involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. In particular, statements under Item 1. Business, Item 2. Properties, Item 3. Legal Proceedings, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk contain forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our expectations on the timing of the closing of the Austar Transaction, our expectations with respect to our growth prospects and our strategic initiatives over the next few years, our estimated future costs for the Belgian football (soccer) rights acquired by Telenet, our expectations regarding our operating cash flow margins and percentage of revenue represented by our capital expenditures (and the composition thereof) in 2012, the amount of our anticipated non-functional currency transactions in 2012, the future projected cash flows of our continuing operations associated with our derivative instruments, our business, product, foreign currency and finance strategies, our capital expenditures, subscriber growth and retention rates, competitive, regulatory and economic factors, the maturity of our markets, anticipated cost increases, liquidity, credit risks, foreign currency risks and target leverage levels. Where, in any forward-looking statement, we express an expectation or belief as to future results or events, such expectation or belief is expressed in good faith and believed to have a reasonable basis, but there can be no assurance that the expectation or belief will result or be achieved or accomplished. In evaluating these statements, you should consider the risks and uncertainties discussed under Item 1A. Risk Factors and Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk, as well as the following list of some but not all of the factors that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from anticipated results or events:
economic and business conditions and industry trends in the countries in which we operate;
the competitive environment in the broadband communications and programming industries in the countries in which we operate, including competitor responses to our products and services;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates and interest rates;
instability in global financial markets, including sovereign debt issues in the European Union (EU) and related fiscal reforms;

I-7

Table of Contents


consumer disposable income and spending levels, including the availability and amount of individual consumer debt;
changes in consumer television viewing preferences and habits;
consumer acceptance of our existing service offerings, including our digital video, broadband internet and telephony services, and of new technology, programming alternatives and broadband services that we may offer in the future;
our ability to manage rapid technological changes;
our ability to maintain or increase the number of subscriptions to our digital video, broadband internet and telephony services and our average revenue per household;
our ability to maintain or increase rates to our subscribers or to pass through increased costs to our subscribers;
the impact of our future financial performance, or market conditions generally, on the availability, terms and deployment of capital;
changes in, or failure or inability to comply with, government regulations in the countries in which we operate and adverse outcomes from regulatory proceedings;
government intervention that opens our broadband distribution networks to competitors, such as the obligations imposed in Belgium;
the ability to obtain regulatory approval and satisfy other conditions necessary to close acquisitions and dispositions, such as our pending disposition of Austar, and the impact of conditions imposed by competition and other regulatory authorities in connection with acquisitions, including the impact of the conditions imposed in connection with the acquisition of Aster and KBW on our operations in Poland and Germany, respectively;
our ability to successfully negotiate rate increases where applicable;
changes in laws or treaties relating to taxation, or the interpretation thereof, in the U.S. or in countries in which we operate;
changes in laws and government regulations that may impact the availability and cost of credit and the derivative instruments that hedge certain of our financial risks;
the ability of suppliers and vendors to timely deliver products, equipment, software and services;
the availability of attractive programming for our digital video services at reasonable costs;
uncertainties inherent in the development and integration of new business lines and business strategies;
capital spending for the acquisition and/or development of telecommunications networks and services;
our ability to successfully integrate and realize anticipated efficiencies from the businesses we acquire;
problems we may discover post-closing with the operations, including the internal controls and financial reporting process, of businesses we acquire;
the outcome of any pending or threatened litigation;
any further consolidation of the foreign broadband distribution industry;
the loss of key employees and the availability of qualified personnel;
changes in the nature of key strategic relationships with partners and joint venturers; and
events that are outside of our control, such as political unrest in international markets, terrorist attacks, malicious human acts, natural disasters, pandemics and other similar events.
 The broadband distribution services industries are changing rapidly and, therefore, the forward-looking statements of expectations, plans and intent in this Annual Report are subject to a significant degree of risk. These forward-looking statements and the above-described risks, uncertainties and other factors speak only as of the date of this Annual Report, and we expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to disseminate any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statement contained herein,

I-8

Table of Contents


to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto, or any other change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement.
Financial Information About Operating Segments
Financial information about our reportable segments appears in note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II of this report.
Narrative Description of Business
Broadband Distribution
Overview
We offer a variety of broadband services over our cable distribution systems, including video, broadband internet and telephony. Available service offerings depend on the bandwidth capacity of a particular system and whether it has been upgraded for two-way communications. We operate our broadband communications businesses in (1) Europe through Liberty Global Europe's UPC Broadband Division and through its subsidiary, Telenet, and (2) Chile through VTR. We also operate a cable distribution system in Puerto Rico. In addition, in select markets, we offer video services through DTH or through multichannel multipoint (microwave) distribution systems (MMDS). In terms of video subscribers, Liberty Global Europe operates the largest cable network in each of Austria, Belgium, Chile, Czech Republic, Hungary, Ireland, Poland, Slovakia and Switzerland and the second largest cable network in Germany, the Netherlands and Romania.

I-9

Table of Contents


The following table presents certain operating data as of December 31, 2011, with respect to the cable, DTH and MMDS systems of our subsidiaries in Europe, Chile and Puerto Rico. This table reflects 100% of the operational data applicable to each subsidiary regardless of our ownership percentage.



Consolidated Operating Data
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
Homes
Passed
(1)
 
Two-way
Homes
Passed
(2)
 
Customer
Relationships
(3)
 
Total
RGUs
(4)
 
Video
 
Internet
 
Telephony
Analog Cable Subscribers
(5)
 
Digital
Cable
Subscribers
(6)
 
DTH
Subscribers
(7)
 
MMDS
Subscribers
(8)
 
Total
Video
 
Homes
Serviceable
(9)
 
Subscribers
(10)
 
Homes
Serviceable
(11)
 
Subscribers
(12)
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
 
12,445,300

 
12,034,500

 
6,932,300

 
10,383,600

 
4,768,600

 
1,983,800

 

 

 
6,752,400

 
12,034,500

 
1,799,500

 
12,034,500

 
1,831,700

The Netherlands (13)
 
2,797,900

 
2,784,200

 
1,819,600

 
3,605,500

 
808,000

 
1,010,200

 

 

 
1,818,200

 
2,795,600

 
943,700

 
2,793,700

 
843,600

Switzerland (13)
 
2,084,500

 
1,776,800

 
1,526,800

 
2,403,800

 
917,400

 
570,000

 

 

 
1,487,400

 
2,254,400

 
553,200

 
2,254,400

 
363,200

Austria
 
1,180,300

 
1,180,300

 
681,100

 
1,304,400

 
208,800

 
302,100

 

 

 
510,900

 
1,180,300

 
444,700

 
1,180,300

 
348,800

Ireland
 
868,200

 
709,000

 
533,000

 
886,400

 
82,400

 
331,400

 

 
55,000

 
468,800

 
709,000

 
255,400

 
674,600

 
162,200

Total Western Europe
 
19,376,200

 
18,484,800

 
11,492,800

 
18,583,700

 
6,785,200

 
4,197,500

 

 
55,000

 
11,037,700

 
18,973,800

 
3,996,500

 
18,937,500

 
3,549,500

Hungary
 
1,417,000

 
1,402,400

 
965,600

 
1,566,500

 
323,100

 
290,300

 
219,300

 

 
832,700

 
1,402,400

 
427,800

 
1,404,900

 
306,000

Romania
 
2,072,400

 
1,650,400

 
1,142,600

 
1,608,100

 
508,200

 
351,700

 
282,800

 

 
1,142,700

 
1,650,400

 
281,300

 
1,588,600

 
184,100

Poland
 
2,620,100

 
2,476,900

 
1,497,000

 
2,494,400

 
727,300

 
626,100

 

 

 
1,353,400

 
2,476,900

 
775,800

 
2,464,700

 
365,200

Czech Republic
 
1,334,900

 
1,226,600

 
741,400

 
1,212,000

 
81,800

 
421,600

 
81,400

 

 
584,800

 
1,226,600

 
432,300

 
1,223,900

 
194,900

Slovakia
 
486,400

 
455,300

 
276,900

 
395,700

 
102,400

 
109,400

 
46,700

 
800

 
259,300

 
421,400

 
87,500

 
421,400

 
48,900

Total Central and Eastern Europe
 
7,930,800

 
7,211,600

 
4,623,500

 
7,276,700

 
1,742,800

 
1,799,100

 
630,200

 
800

 
4,172,900

 
7,177,700

 
2,004,700

 
7,103,500

 
1,099,100

Total UPC Broadband Division
 
27,307,000

 
25,696,400

 
16,116,300

 
25,860,400

 
8,528,000

 
5,996,600

 
630,200

 
55,800

 
15,210,600

 
26,151,500

 
6,001,200

 
26,041,000

 
4,648,600

Telenet (Belgium)
 
2,843,800

 
2,843,800

 
2,198,500

 
4,384,200

 
789,000

 
1,409,500

 

 

 
2,198,500

 
2,843,800

 
1,305,600

 
2,843,800

 
880,100

The Americas:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
VTR (Chile)
 
2,758,300

 
2,129,800

 
1,101,800

 
2,330,800

 
214,600

 
702,700

 

 

 
917,300

 
2,129,800

 
766,300

 
2,119,900

 
647,200

Puerto Rico
 
353,000

 
353,000

 
121,600

 
214,700

 

 
79,100

 

 

 
79,100

 
353,000

 
86,200

 
353,000

 
49,400

Total The Americas
 
3,111,300

 
2,482,800

 
1,223,400

 
2,545,500

 
214,600

 
781,800

 

 

 
996,400

 
2,482,800

 
852,500

 
2,472,900

 
696,600

Grand Total
 
33,262,100

 
31,023,000

 
19,538,200

 
32,790,100

 
9,531,600

 
8,187,900

 
630,200

 
55,800

 
18,405,500

 
31,478,100

 
8,159,300

 
31,357,700

 
6,225,300


I-10

Table of Contents


___________________
(1)
Homes Passed are homes or residential multiple dwelling units that can be connected to our networks without materially extending the distribution plant, except for DTH and MMDS homes. Our Homes Passed counts are based on census data that can change based on either revisions to the data or from new census results. We do not count homes passed for DTH. With respect to MMDS, one MMDS customer is equal to one Home Passed. Due to the fact that we do not own the partner networks (defined below) used in Switzerland and the Netherlands (see note 13) or the unbundled loop and shared access network used by one of our Austrian subsidiaries, UPC Austria GmbH (Austria GmbH), we do not report homes passed for Switzerland's and the Netherlands' partner networks or the unbundled loop and shared access network used by Austria GmbH.
(2)
Two-way Homes Passed are Homes Passed by those sections of our networks that are technologically capable of providing two-way services, including video and internet services and, in most cases, telephony services. Due to the fact that we do not own the partner networks used in Switzerland and the Netherlands or the unbundled loop and shared access network used by Austria GmbH, we do not report two-way homes passed for Switzerland's or the Netherlands' partner networks or the unbundled loop and shared access network used by Austria GmbH.
(3)
Customer Relationships are the number of customers who receive at least one of our video, internet or voice services that we count as Revenue Generating Units (RGUs), without regard to which or to how many services they subscribe. To the extent that RGU counts include equivalent billing unit (EBU) adjustments, we reflect corresponding adjustments to our Customer Relationship counts. For further information regarding our EBU calculation, see Additional General Notes to Tables below. Customer Relationships generally are counted on a unique premises basis. Accordingly, if an individual receives our services in two premises (e.g., a primary home and a vacation home), that individual generally will count as two Customer Relationships. We exclude mobile customers from Customer Relationships. For Belgium, Customer Relationships only include customers who subscribe to an analog or digital cable service due to billing system limitations.
(4)
Revenue Generating Unit is separately an Analog Cable Subscriber, Digital Cable Subscriber, DTH Subscriber, MMDS Subscriber, Internet Subscriber or Telephony Subscriber. A home, residential multiple dwelling unit, or commercial unit may contain one or more RGUs. For example, if a residential customer in our Austrian system subscribed to our digital cable service, telephony service and broadband internet service, the customer would constitute three RGUs. Total RGUs is the sum of Analog Cable, Digital Cable, DTH, MMDS, Internet and Telephony Subscribers. RGUs generally are counted on a unique premises basis such that a given premises does not count as more than one RGU for any given service. On the other hand, if an individual receives one of our services in two premises (e.g. a primary home and a vacation home), that individual will count as two RGUs for that service. Each bundled cable, internet or telephony service is counted as a separate RGU regardless of the nature of any bundling discount or promotion. Non-paying subscribers are counted as subscribers during their free promotional service period. Some of these subscribers may choose to disconnect after their free service period. Services offered without charge on a long-term basis (e.g., VIP subscribers, free service to employees) generally are not counted as RGUs.
(5)
Analog Cable Subscriber is a home, residential multiple dwelling unit or commercial unit that receives our analog cable service over our broadband network. In light of the fact that our digital free-to-air television channels are not encrypted in certain portions of our German footprint, the Analog Cable Subscriber count reported for Germany also includes subscribers who may use a purchased set-top box or other non-verifiable means to receive our unencrypted basic digital cable channels without subscribing to any services that would require the payment of recurring monthly fees in addition to the basic analog service fee (Basic Digital Cable Subscriber). In Europe, we have approximately 445,900 “lifeline” customers that are counted on a per connection basis, representing the least expensive regulated tier of video cable service, with only a few channels.
(6)
Digital Cable Subscriber is a home, residential multiple dwelling unit or commercial unit that receives our digital cable service over our broadband network or through a partner network. We count a subscriber with one or more digital converter boxes that receives our digital cable service in one premises as just one subscriber. A Digital Cable Subscriber is not counted as an Analog Cable Subscriber. As we migrate customers from analog to digital cable services, we report a decrease in our Analog Cable Subscribers equal to the increase in our Digital Cable Subscribers. Basic Digital Cable Subscribers in Germany (see note 5 above) are not included in the Digital Cable Subscriber count reported for Germany. Subscribers in Switzerland and Belgium who use purchased set-top boxes or other means to receive our basic digital cable service, but do not pay a recurring monthly service fee in addition to the basic analog service fee, are counted as Digital Cable Subscribers to the extent that such individuals are subscribing to our analog cable service. At December 31, 2011, we included 224,200 and 63,600 of these subscribers in the Digital Cable Subscribers reported for Belgium and Switzerland, respectively. In the case of Switzerland, we estimate the number of such subscribers. Subscribers to digital cable services provided by our Switzerland operations over partner networks receive analog cable services from the partner networks as opposed to our Switzerland operations.
(7)
DTH Subscriber is a home, residential multiple dwelling unit or commercial unit that receives our video programming broadcast directly via a geosynchronous satellite.
(8)
MMDS Subscriber is a home, residential multiple dwelling unit or commercial unit that receives our video programming via MMDS.
(9)
Internet Homes Serviceable are Two-way Homes Passed that can be connected to our network, or a partner network with which we have a service agreement, for the provision of broadband internet services if requested by the customer, building owner or housing association, as applicable. With respect to Austria GmbH, we do not report as Internet Homes Serviceable those homes served either over an unbundled loop or over a shared access network.

I-11

Table of Contents


(10)
Internet Subscriber is a home, residential multiple dwelling unit or commercial unit that receives internet services over our networks, or that we service through a partner network. Our Internet Subscribers in Austria include 70,200 residential digital subscriber line (DSL) subscribers of Austria GmbH that are not serviced over our networks. Our Internet Subscribers do not include customers that receive services from dial-up connections. In Germany, we offer a 128Kbps wholesale internet service to housing associations on a bulk basis. Our Internet Subscribers in Germany include 6,000 subscribers within such housing associations who have requested and received a modem that enables the receipt of this 128Kbps wholesale internet service.
(11)
Telephony Homes Serviceable are Two-way Homes Passed that can be connected to our network, or a partner network with which we have a service agreement, for the provision of telephony services if requested by the customer, building owner or housing association, as applicable. With respect to Austria GmbH, we do not report as Telephony Homes Serviceable those homes served over an unbundled loop rather than our network.
(12)
Telephony Subscriber is a home, residential multiple dwelling unit or commercial unit that receives voice services over our networks, or that we service through a partner network. Telephony Subscribers exclude mobile telephony subscribers. Our Telephony Subscribers in Austria include 52,700 residential subscribers of Austria GmbH that are not serviced over our networks.
(13)
Pursuant to service agreements, Switzerland and, to a much lesser extent, the Netherlands offer digital cable, broadband internet and telephony services over networks owned by third-party cable operators (partner networks). A partner network RGU is only recognized if there is a direct billing relationship with the customer. Homes Serviceable for partner networks represent the estimated number of homes that are technologically capable of receiving the applicable service within the geographic regions covered by the applicable service agreements. Internet and Telephony Homes Serviceable with respect to partner networks have been estimated by our Switzerland operations. These estimates may change in future periods as more accurate information becomes available. At December 31, 2011, Switzerland's partner networks account for 118,500 Customer Relationships, 203,500 RGUs, 80,200 Digital Cable Subscribers, 477,600 Internet and Telephony Homes Serviceable, 72,700 Internet Subscribers, and 50,600 Telephony Subscribers. In addition, partner networks account for 491,800 of Switzerland's digital cable homes serviceable that are not included in Homes Passed or Two-way Homes Passed in our December 31, 2011 subscriber table.
Additional General Notes to Tables:
Certain of our residential and commercial RGUs are counted on an EBU basis, including residential multiple dwelling units and commercial establishments, such as bars, hotels and hospitals, in Chile and Puerto Rico and certain commercial establishments in Europe (with the exception of Germany and Belgium, where we do not count any RGUs on an EBU basis). Our EBUs are generally calculated by dividing the bulk price charged to accounts in an area by the most prevalent price charged to non-bulk residential customers in that market for the comparable tier of service. As such, we may experience variances in our EBU counts solely as a result of changes in rates. On a business-to-business (B2B) basis, certain of our subsidiaries provide voice, broadband internet, data and other services to businesses, primarily in Switzerland, Belgium, the Netherlands, Austria, Hungary, Ireland, Romania, the Czech Republic and Poland. We generally do not count customers of B2B services as customers or RGUs for external reporting purposes. In this regard, the RGUs presented in our December 31, 2011 subscriber table exclude 141,800 small office and home office (SOHO) subscribers to B2B internet (71,700), telephony (49,100) and digital cable (21,000) services provided by our UPC Broadband Division. In Germany, homes passed reflect the footprint, and two-way homes passed and internet and telephony homes serviceable reflect the technological capability, of our network up to the street cabinet, with drops from the street cabinet to the building generally added, and in-home wiring generally upgraded, on an as needed or success-based basis. In Belgium, Telenet leases a portion of its network under a long-term capital lease arrangement. These tables include operating statistics for Telenet's owned and leased networks.
While we take appropriate steps to ensure that subscriber statistics are presented on a consistent and accurate basis at any given balance sheet date, the variability from country to country in (i) the nature and pricing of products and services, (ii) the distribution platform, (iii) billing systems, (iv) bad debt collection experience and (v) other factors add complexity to the subscriber counting process. We periodically review our subscriber counting policies and underlying systems to improve the accuracy and consistency of the data reported on a prospective basis. Accordingly, we may from time to time make appropriate adjustments to our subscriber statistics based on those reviews.
Subscriber information for acquired entities is preliminary and subject to adjustment until we have completed our review of such information and determined that it is presented in accordance with our policies.


I-12

Table of Contents


Residential Services

Video. Our cable operations offer a full range of video services, including basic and premium programming and incremental product and service offerings, such as high definition (HD) channels, digital video recorder (DVR), HD DVR, an electronic programming guide and, in certain markets, video-on-demand (VoD) or near-video-on-demand (NVoD). In several of our markets, we also have enhanced pay-per-view programming and/or programming in 3D format on channels we distribute and through VoD. To receive our digital services, a subscriber must either purchase or rent a set-top box, and obtain a conditional access security card, or a smart card, from our operators. A smart card is not, however, required for basic digital services in the German federal state of Baden-Württemberg because we do not encrypt our basic digital services in that market. In some of our markets, a subscriber may use a "digicard" to access our digital services. A "digicard" is a small device that allows customers with a common interface plus (CI+) enabled television set, who subscribe to, or otherwise have access to, our digital video service, to view such services without a set-top box. A set-top box is not required to receive our analog services.
Our cable operations generally offer two or three tiers of digital video programming and audio services. Subscribers to our basic digital video service pay a fixed monthly fee and generally receive at least 45 video channels and several audio services. In most of our markets, our basic digital service is at an incremental cost over the monthly fee for our basic analog service. For an additional monthly charge, a subscriber may upgrade to one of our extended digital tier services and receive an increased number of video channels, including the channels in the basic tier service. A limited number of HD channels are generally included in our basic tiers of service. Digital subscribers may also subscribe to one or more packages of premium channels, including additional HD channels. In all digital tiers of service, a subscriber also has the option for an incremental monthly charge to upgrade the digital set-top box to one with DVR or HD DVR capabilities, which may be rented or purchased. In certain of our operations, VoD services are available on a subscription basis or a transaction basis, depending on location and the tier of digital service selected by the subscriber.
In addition to our digital video services, we offer limited analog services in all of our broadband markets. Subscribers to our analog video service typically receive 18 to 54 channels of video service, depending on their location. Subscribers to our digital services also receive the channels available through our analog service. We offer in certain of our markets a lifeline tier with limited video channels. In Ireland and Slovakia, we offer a limited number of video channels through MMDS.
Discounts to our monthly service fees are available to any subscriber who selects a bundle of one or more of our services (bundled services): video, internet, telephony and, in certain markets, mobile telephony. Bundled services are referred to as "double-play" for two services, "triple-play" for three services and "quadruple-play" for four services.
We tailor our tiers of video services in each country of operation based on programming preferences, culture, demographics and local regulatory requirements. Our channel offerings include general entertainment, sports, movies, documentaries, lifestyles, news, adult, children and ethnic and foreign channels. In each of our markets, we also offer a variety of premium channel packages to meet the special interests of our subscribers. In all of our broadband operations we continue to upgrade our systems to expand our digital services and encourage our analog subscribers to convert to a digital service.
We offer digital video services through DTH satellite in the Czech Republic, Hungary, Romania and Slovakia. We offer these services through UPC DTH S.a.r.l (UPC DTH), a subsidiary of Liberty Global Europe organized in Luxembourg, which also has a management arrangement with another subsidiary, FocusSat Romania Srl (FocusSat), to provide these services in Romania. Similar to our video cable services, we offer a lifeline tier of service, a basic video tier of service and, for an additional monthly charge, subscribers may upgrade to an extended tier of service and may subscribe to various premium channel packages.
Broadband Internet.We offer multiple tiers of broadband internet service in all of our broadband communications markets. Such service has download speeds ranging up to an ultra high-speed internet service of at least 100 Mbps. In 2011, our operations in Poland began offering a download speed of up to 150 Mbps. Our ultra high-speed internet service is based primarily on Euro DOCSIS 3.0 technology. In Switzerland, it is based on US DOCSIS 3.0 technology. We also offer value-added broadband services through certain of our operations for an incremental charge. These services include security and online storage solutions. As described under —Telephony below, we offer mobile broadband services in certain of our markets.
Our residential subscribers generally access the internet via cable modems connected to their personal computers at various speeds depending on the tier of service selected. In the Netherlands, Romania and Switzerland, a subscriber must subscribe to our video service in order to subscribe to our internet service. In our other markets, our broadband internet service is available on a stand-alone basis or in combination with one or more of our other services. Subscribers to our

I-13

Table of Contents


internet service pay a monthly fee based on the tier of service selected. We determine pricing for each different tier of internet service through analysis of speed, data limits, market conditions and other factors.
Telephony. Multi-feature telephony services are available through voice-over-internet-protocol (VoIP) in all of our broadband communication markets. In Austria, Chile and Hungary, we also provide circuit-switched telephony services. We are also offering mobile services, both internet and voice, as a mobile virtual network operator (MVNO) over third-party networks in Belgium, Germany and Poland. Our telephony service may be selected on a stand-alone basis or in combination with one or more of our other services. Our telephony service includes a basic telephony product for line rental (which includes unlimited network calling in some countries, like Romania) and, in most of our markets, unlimited national off peak calling branded “Freetime,” unlimited national 24/7 calling branded “Anytime” and Minute Packs, including calls to mobile phones. Our price plans also include unlimited international calls within the EU, in most of our markets. We also offer value-added services, such as a second phone line, a personal call manager, unified messaging and caller ID, at an incremental cost.
Telenet provides its mobile telephony service as a full MVNO through a partnership with a third party mobile network operator. Telenet owns the core network, including switching, backbone, interconnections, etc., and leases the third party's radio access network. This arrangement permits Telenet to offer its customers all mobile services using its core network without having to build and operate a cellular radio tower network. UPC Germany and UPC Poland provide their mobile telephony as light MVNOs. In each case, UPC Germany and UPC Poland lease the core network as well as the radio access network from a mobile network operator. These arrangements permit UPC Germany and UPC Poland customers to have access to the third party mobile communications services with UPC Germany and UPC Poland maintaining the customer relationships. UPC Poland offers its mobile service primarily in the Warsaw and Krakow regions of Poland. UPC Germany offers its mobile service to its customers located in Baden-Württemberg and began offering it in December 2011 in North Rhine-Westphalia and Hesse either on a stand-alone basis or in bundles. Where mobile services are available within our operations, subscribers pay varying monthly fees depending on whether the service is included with our fixed-line telephony service or includes mobile data services via mobile phones or laptops. Usually calls within the network are free and calls out of network incur a charge or are covered under a monthly service plan.
Business Services
In addition to our residential services, we offer a range of voice, broadband internet and data services to business customers in most of our service areas where our network is two-way capable. Our B2B services are designed with a wide variety of options to meet the specific demands of the business customer. Our business customers range from SOHO (generally fewer than 20 employees) to medium and large enterprises. All of our broadband operations offer B2B services, with our operations in Austria, Belgium, the Czech Republic, Hungary, Ireland, the Netherlands, Poland, Romania and Switzerland being the main providers of such services. Through an arrangement with Vodafone Group Plc (Vodafone), our operations in the Netherlands offer mobile internet to SOHOs subscribing to our broadband internet service. Hosting services are available through several of our operations, although mainly in Austria and Belgium. In addition, certain of our operations offer their B2B services on a wholesale basis. In Chile and Switzerland, we also offer video services to business customers on a wholesale basis.
Our business services are provided to business subscribers at contractually established fees based on the size of the business customer and type of services received. SOHO subscribers receive services on the same terms and conditions offered to our residential subscribers. For medium to large enterprises, we enter into individual agreements that address their needs. These agreements are for a period of one or more years and cannot be terminated during the term of the agreement. In addition to providing B2B services over our networks, we also have agreements to provide these services to our B2B customers over dedicated fiber lines and third party fiber networks.
Technology
In almost all of our markets, our video, broadband internet and telephony services are transmitted over a hybrid fiber coaxial cable network. When upgraded, this network allows for two-way communications and is flexible enough to support our current services, as well as new services. In addition, the capacity available on our network increases as our analog subscribers switch to a digital service. This is because multiple digital channels can be compressed into the same space as one analog channel in the broadcast spectrum. The available space can then be used for other purposes such as VoD services and high broadband speeds.
We continue to explore new technologies that will enhance our customer's television experience, such as:
recapturing bandwidth and optimizing our networks by increasing the number of nodes in our markets and using digital compression technologies;

I-14

Table of Contents


using wireless technologies to extend our services outside the home;
offering remote access to our video services through personal computers, tablets and smart phones; and
developing a multimedia home gateway based on an internet protocol-based digital television-platform, which we refer to as “Horizon,” that is capable of distributing video, voice and data content throughout the home and to multiple devices, such as tablets and smart phones and provides a seamless intuitive way to access live, time-shifted, on-demand and web-based content on the television.
Horizon is currently undergoing field trials and is anticipated to be launched in the Netherlands in 2012, with a phased expansion in Switzerland and Germany thereafter. In addition, an online viewing service will be available through personal computers and will allow online viewing through IP-connected devices and smart phones. Our online video services will become available in the same markets where we launch Horizon. This service in conjunction with our Horizon gateway will allow subscribers to view and share their television programming on multiple screens wirelessly throughout the home.
Supply Sources
For our video services, we license most of our programming and on-demand offerings from broadcast and cable programming networks, as well as DTH content providers. For such licenses, we generally pay a monthly fee on a per channel or per subscriber basis. We generally enter into long-term programming licenses with volume discounts and marketing support. For on-demand programming, we generally enter into shorter-term agreements. We purchase each type of customer premise equipment from a number of different suppliers. Customer premise equipment includes set-top boxes, DVRs, tuners and similar devices. For each type of equipment, we retain specialists to provide customer support.
We license software products, including email and security software, and content, such as news feeds, from several suppliers for our internet services. The agreements for these products require us to pay on a per subscriber basis for software licenses and a share of advertising revenue for content licenses. For our telephony services, we license software products, such as voice mail and caller ID, from a variety of suppliers. For these licenses we attempt to enter into long-term contracts, which generally require us to pay based on usage of the services.

I-15

Table of Contents


The following table presents certain penetration and network data as of December 31, 2011, with respect to the cable systems of our consolidated subsidiaries in Europe and Chile. The table reflects 100% of the data applicable to each of our subsidiaries regardless of our ownership percentage. Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole number.

Network & Product Penetration Data (%)
at December 31, 2011
 
Germany
 
Netherlands
 
Switzerland
 
Austria
 
Ireland
 
Czech Republic
 
Hungary
 
Poland
 
Romania
 
Slovakia
 
Belgium
 
Chile
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LGI Network Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Two-way homes passed (HP) percentage (1)
97
 
100
 
85
 
100
 
82
 
92
 
99
 
95
 
80
 
94
 
100
 
77
Digital video availability percentage (2)
     100(9)
 
99
 
   87(9)
 
100
 
96
 
92
 
98
 
93
 
86
 
90
 
100
 
77
Broadband internet availability percentage (2)
   97(9)
 
99
 
   85(9)
 
100
 
82
 
92
 
99
 
95
 
80
 
87
 
100
 
77
Fixed-line telephony availability percentage (2)
   97(9)
 
99
 
   85(9)
 
100
 
78
 
92
 
99
 
94
 
77
 
87
 
100
 
77
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Bandwidth percentage (3):
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
at least 860 MHz
97
 
100
 
94
 
90
 
51
 
93
 
11
 
99
 
81
 
95
 
17
 
22
750 MHz to 859 MHz
 
 
    —(10)
 
 
22
 
    —(10)
 
59
 
   —(10)
 
3
 
 
 
60
less than 750 MHz
3
 
 
6
 
10
 
27
 
7
 
30
 
   —(10)
 
16
 
5
 
83
 
17
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
LGI Product Penetration:

 

 

 

 

 
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

Cable television penetration (4)
54
 
65
 
71
 
43
 
48
 
38
 
43
 
52
 
41
 
44
 
77
 
33
Digital cable penetration (5)
29
 
56
 
38
 
59
 
80
 
84
 
47
 
46
 
41
 
52
 
64
 
77
HD, DVR & HD DVR penetration (6)
21
 
62
 
68
 
54
 
68
 
23
 
48
 
77
 
14
 
14
 
89
 
27
Broadband internet penetration (7)
15
 
34
 
25
 
38
 
36
 
35
 
31
 
31
 
17
 
21
 
46
 
36
Fixed telephony penetration (7)
15
 
30
 
16
 
30
 
24
 
16
 
22
 
15
 
12
 
12
 
31
 
31
 

 

 

 

 

 
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

Double-play penetration (8)
4
 
9
 
17
 
22
 
21
 
37
 
32
 
27
 
21
 
11
 
28
 
21
Triple-play penetration (8)
23
 
44
 
20
 
35
 
22
 
17
 
24
 
20
 
17
 
20
 
36
 
45

I-16

Table of Contents


_____________________
(1)
Percentage of total HP that are two-way HP.
(2)
Percentage of total HP to which digital video (including digital MMDS), broadband internet or fixed telephony services, as applicable, are made available.
(3)
Percentage of total HP served by a network with the indicated bandwidth. HP for Ireland excludes MMDS HP.
(4)
Percentage of total HP that subscribe to cable television services (Analog Cable or Digital Cable).
(5)
Percentage of cable television subscribers (Analog Cable and Digital Cable Subscribers) that are Digital Cable Subscribers.
(6)
Percentage of Digital Cable Subscribers with HD, DVR or HD DVR.
(7)
Percentage of Internet Homes Serviceable and Telephony Homes Serviceable that subscribe to broadband internet or fixed-telephony services, as applicable.
(8)
Percentage of total customers that subscribe to two services (double-play customers) or three services (triple-play customers) offered by our operations (video, broadband internet and fixed-line telephony).
(9)
Assuming the contractual right to serve the building exists in the case of multiple dwelling units.
(10)
Less than 1%.
(11)
Almost all of these homes passed are served by a network with a bandwidth of at least 600 MHz.


I-17

Table of Contents



The following table provides information on the products and services available to our cable customers. Percentages are rounded to the nearest whole number.

Video, Broadband Internet & Telephony Services
at December 31, 2011
 
 
Germany
 
Netherlands
 
Switzerland
 
Austria
 
Ireland
 
Czech Republic
 
Hungary
 
Poland
 
Romania
 
Slovakia
 
Belgium
 
Chile
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Video services (excluding DTH):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
VoD
 
   X(4)
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
X
NVoD
 
   X(5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DVR
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
HD
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
Electronic programming guide
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
Number of channels in basic digital tier
 
up to
75 or 157(6)
 
68
 
55
 
78
 
47
 
85
 
71
 
114
 
117
 
84
 
70
 
76
Number of channels in basic analog tier(1)
 
  36 or 38(6)
 
32
 
37
 
38
 
18
 
41
 
27
 
49
 
54
 
47
 
25
 
46
Number of unique channels in basic digital tier(2)
 
40 or 119(6)
 
36
 
18
 
40
 
29
 
70
 
42
 
65
 
65
 
33
 
45
 
30
    Number of HD channels
 
  22 or 40(6)
 
28
 
20
 
23
 
13
 
13
 
12
 
22
 
13
 
11
 
16
 
19
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Broadband internet service:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum download speed offered (Mbps)
 
128
 
120
 
100
 
100
 
100
 
120
 
120
 
150
 
120
 
120
 
100
 
120
Percentage of Internet Homes serviceable with 3.0 speeds of at least 100 Mbps (3)
 
98
 
100
 
81
 
100
 
79
 
93
 
93
 
66
 
74
 
84
 
100
 
100
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Telephony service:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
VoIP
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
Mobile (MVNO)
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 

I-18

Table of Contents


___________________
(1)
Excludes the lifeline tier.
(2)
Excludes the channels that are also included in basic analog tier.
(3)
Percentage of total two-way HP to which broadband internet service with download speeds of 100 Mbps or greater is available.
(4)
Currently available in the German federal state of Baden-Württemberg.
(5)
Currently available in the German federal states of North Rhine-Westphalia and Hesse.
(6)
Depending on whether the subscriber is located in Baden-Württemberg, North Rhine-Westphalia or Hesse.

Operations
 Provided below is country-specific information with respect to the broadband communications and DTH services of our subsidiaries.
Germany. The UPC Broadband Division's operations in Germany are operated by Unitymedia and, since December 15, 2011, by KBW (collectively, UPC Germany). UPC Germany's operations are located in the German federal states of Baden-Württemberg, North Rhine-Westphalia and Hesse and includes the major cities of Cologne, Dortmund, Dusseldorf, Essen, Frankfurt, Heidelberg, Karlsruhe, Mannheim and Stuttgart. UPC Germany offers video, internet and fixed telephony services throughout most of its footprint. UPC Germany offers mobile service as a MVNO through arrangements with Telefónica Germany GmbH & Co. OHG (Telefónica Germany). This mobile service is comprised of voice and data. UPC Germany introduced a digicard for its video cable customers in 2011. The digicard is available to customers for an incremental monthly charge and allows the customer to view their digital video service without the need of a set-top box. Through an agreement with Sky Deutschland AG (Sky Deutschland), KBW offers its subscribers in Baden-Württemberg channels from Sky Deutschland and, in addition, a bundle of its internet and telephony services with premium channels from Sky Deutschland. Through another agreement with Sky Deutschland, Unitymedia subscribers in North Rhine-Westphalia and Hesse may receive Sky Deutschland channels using their Unitymedia smart cards. Transactional NVoD services are available to subscribers to UPC Germany's digital video service with a set top box or digicard in the German federal states of North Rhine-Westphalia and Hesse and VoD is available to subscribers to its digital video service in the German federal state of Baden-Württemberg. UPC Germany's VoD service, including catch-up television, has approximately 1,500 movies, including movies from several Hollywood studios and HD programming.
Approximately 64% of UPC Germany's video customers are in multiple dwelling units where UPC Germany has the billing relationship with the landlord or housing association or with a third party (Professional Operator) that operates and administers the in-building network on behalf of housing associations.  Many of these agreements allow UPC Germany to offer its digital video, broadband internet and telephony services directly to the tenant. Professional Operators may procure the basic video signals from UPC Germany at volume-based discounts and generally resell them to housing associations with whom the operator maintains the customer relationship. UPC Germany has entered into agreements with Professional Operators, such as Tele Columbus Multimedia GmbH, that allow UPC Germany to market its digital video, broadband internet and telephony services directly to the Professional Operator's subscriber base. In order to provide these advanced services to tenants who request them, UPC Germany adds a drop to connect its distribution network to the building, and upgrades the in-home wiring, on an as needed or success-based basis.
Although the majority of UPC Germany's service agreements with housing associations have multi-year terms, in connection with the KBW Acquisition, we agreed that certain of the agreements with the largest housing associations that have a remaining term of more than three years will be granted early termination rights. For additional information concerning the commitments we have made to regulators in connection with the KBW Acquisition, see Regulatory Matters—Europe—Germany below.
Unitymedia and KBW have each entered into various long-term agreements with the incumbent telecommunications operator, Deutsche Telekom AG (Deutsche Telekom), for the lease of cable duct space and hubs, as well as use of fiber optic transmission systems, towers and facility space. In addition, Unitymedia and KBW purchase a portion of the electricity required for the operation of their respective networks through Deutsche Telekom under such agreements. UPC Germany's ability to offer its broadband communications services to customers is dependent on the agreements with Deutsche Telekom. These agreements are long-term and may only be terminated under certain limited exceptions.

I-19

Table of Contents


Any termination, however, would have a material adverse effect on the operations of UPC Germany.
The Netherlands. The UPC Broadband Division's operations in the Netherlands (UPC Netherlands) are located in six broad regional clusters, including the major cities of Amsterdam and Rotterdam. UPC Netherlands offers video, internet and fixed telephony throughout its footprint.
UPC Netherlands' VoD service, including catch-up television, is available to subscribers to its digital tiers on a transaction basis. A subscription-based VoD service is included in the extended digital tier for no additional charge. The subscription-based VoD service includes various programming, such as catch-up television, music, kids, documentaries, adult, sports or series and a limited amount of 3D programming. Digital cable customers may also subscribe to premium channels, such as Film 1, Sport 1 NL and the premium football league channel, Eredivisie Live, alone or in combination, for additional monthly charges. In 2010, UPC Netherlands introduced an application that allows its subscribers to record a program remotely through an iPhone or iPad mobile digital device or a mobile internet browser, as well as an internet browser on a personal laptop or desktop computer. In 2011, UPC Netherlands introduced a digicard for an incremental monthly charge. The digicard allows the customer to view their full digital video service on a second television, which has a CI+ slot, without the need for a set-top box.
In April 2010, Ziggo 4 BV, a joint venture between UPC Netherlands and Ziggo BV (the largest cable operator in the Netherlands), acquired licenses in the 2.6 GHz spectrum bands. This band is suited for long-term evolution wireless service, the next generation of ultra high-speed mobile data (LTE). In October 2012, another auction for various spectrum bands, including the 800 MHz spectrum band, will take place. A portion of the 800 MHz spectrum band has been reserved for new entrants, such as UPC Netherlands. All bands are technology neutral and can be used for any mobile technology selected.
Switzerland. The UPC Broadband Division's operations in Switzerland and a small portion of Austria (UPC Cablecom) are located in 24 of the 26 member states (Cantons) of Switzerland, including major cities such as Bern, Zürich, Lausanne and Geneva, and in the region of Vorarlberg, Austria. UPC Cablecom's basic video service (digital or analog) is available in any one of three languages (French, German or Italian). In addition to its video, broadband internet and telephony services, UPC Cablecom has entered into a partnership with a mobile communications provider, which will allow it to offer mobile service as a full MVNO and market quadruple-play packages.
In each of its digital cable packages, UPC Cablecom includes the functionality for transaction-based VoD service (depending on location), including catch-up television and pay-per-view services, and HD channels. In 2010, UPC Cablecom introduced a digicard. A customer purchasing the digicard may, for a one-time fee, view UPC Cablecom's digital entry tier service without an additional monthly charge. A digicard may also be used to view any of UPC Cablecom's other digital packages with the customer paying the incremental charge over the digital entry tier's applicable rate.
For 66% of its video subscribers, UPC Cablecom maintains billing relationships with landlords or housing associations, which typically provide basic video service for an entire building and do not terminate service each time there is a change of tenant in the landlord's or housing association's premises.
UPC Cablecom offers digital video, broadband internet and fixed-line telephony service directly to the analog cable subscribers of those partner networks that enter into service operating contracts with UPC Cablecom. UPC Cablecom has the direct customer billing relationship with the subscribers who take these services on the partner networks. By permitting UPC Cablecom to offer some or all of its digital video, broadband internet and fixed-line telephony products directly to those partner network subscribers, UPC Cablecom's service operating contracts have expanded the addressable markets for UPC Cablecom's digital products. In exchange for the right to provide digital products directly to the partner network subscribers, UPC Cablecom pays to the partner network a share of the revenue generated from those subscribers. UPC Cablecom also provides full or partial analog television signal delivery services, network maintenance services and engineering and construction services to its partner networks.
Other Western Europe. The UPC Broadband Division also operates cable and DSL networks in Austria (excluding the Austrian portion of UPC Cablecom's network) (UPC Austria) and cable and MMDS networks in Ireland (UPC Ireland). The DSL services are provided over an unbundled loop or, in certain cases, over a shared access network. UPC Austria's DSL operations are available in the majority of Austria, wherever the incumbent telecommunications operator has implemented DSL technology.
Austria. UPC Austria's cable operations are located in regional clusters encompassing the capital city of Vienna, the regional capitals of Graz, Innsbruck and Klagenfurt, and two smaller cities. Three of these cities (Vienna, Wr. Neustadt and Baden), directly or indirectly, own 5% of the local operating subsidiary of UPC Austria serving the applicable city.

I-20

Table of Contents


UPC Austria's video service (digital and analog) is available primarily in the German language. Its premium packages include ethnic channels (such as Serb, Bosnian and Turkish channels), music, adult and international channels. In addition, though an agreement with Sky Deutschland, UPC Austria offers its digital subscribers a number of premium channels, including HD channels, from Sky Deutschland.  UPC Austria offers its broadband internet service over cable and over DSL.
Ireland. UPC Ireland's operations are located in five regional clusters, including the capital city of Dublin and other cities, including Cork, Galway and Limerick. In its extended tiers of service for digital video, UPC Ireland includes two premium channels (both ESPN sports channels) for no additional charge. To complement its digital offering, UPC Ireland also offers its digital subscribers several premium channels (sports, movies, adult, ethnic and kids) and a pay-per-view service. In 2011, UPC Ireland introduced an application that allows a subscriber to record a program remotely through a web-connected device such as a personal computer or mobile phone.
Central and Eastern Europe. The UPC Broadband Division also operates cable networks in the Czech Republic (UPC Czech), Hungary (UPC Hungary), Poland (UPC Poland) and Romania (UPC Romania), and Slovakia (UPC Slovakia). VoD service, including catch-up television, is available to our subscribers in Hungary and in major metropolitan areas in Poland. The UPC Broadband Division also has DTH operations in certain of these countries, which it provides through UPC DTH.
Czech Republic. UPC Czech's operations are located in cities and towns throughout the Czech Republic, including Prague, Brno, Ostrava, Plzen and Liberec. Subscribers to UPC Czech's digital video service may also receive such service through a digicard without the need of a set-top box. UPC Czech offers a lifeline tier and basic tier of digital programming, as well as extended tiers and premium packages. Approximately 56% of UPC Czech's digital cable subscribers receive the lifeline service. UPC Czech's analog service is offered only in areas where its digital service is not available.
Hungary. UPC Hungary's operations are located in 22 major Hungarian towns and cities, including the capital city of Budapest and the cities of Debrecen, Miskolc, Pécs and Székesfehérvár. In addition to its video cable services, UPC Hungary has 36,700 asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL) subscribers on its twisted copper pair network located in the southeast part of Pest County. UPC Hungary offers its telephony services through circuit-switched telephony to subscribers on its twisted copper pair network and through VoIP over its two-way capable cable network.
Poland. UPC Poland's operations are located in regional clusters encompassing eight of the 10 largest cities in Poland, including the capital city Warsaw, Cracow and Katowice. In addition to its digital and analog services, UPC Poland offers a lifeline tier of analog service. Approximately 47% of UPC Poland's analog cable subscribers receive the lifeline service. In 2011, UPC Poland introduced an application that allows users to record a program remotely through a web-connected device, such as a personal computer or mobile phone.
Romania. UPC Romania's operations are located primarily in two regional clusters, which include 10 of the 12 largest cities (each with more than 200,000 inhabitants) in Romania, including the capital city of Bucharest and the cities of Timisoara, Cluj-Napoca and Constanta. UPC Romania's video service includes Romanian terrestrial broadcast channels, selected European satellite programming and other programming. In addition to its standard broadband internet service offerings, UPC Romania also offers a 256 Kbps service at no incremental charge as an inducement for customers to subscribe to bundled services. 
Slovakia. UPC Slovakia operations are located in seven regions in Slovakia, including the five largest cities of Bratislava, Kosice, Presov, Banská Bystrica and Zilina. Besides its video cable services, UPC Slovakia offers video services in certain areas over its MMDS network. UPC Slovakia offers all Slovakian terrestrial, cable and local channels, selected European satellite and other programming, and audio channels. Beginning in 2011, subscribers to UPC Slovakia's digital video services may receive such service through a digicard without the need of a set-top box. UPC Slovakia's analog service, which is not available to its MMDS subscribers, includes a lifeline tier of service. Of UPC Slovakia's analog cable subscribers, approximately 44% subscribe to the lifeline analog service.  
UPC DTH. UPC DTH provides DTH services in the countries of Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia and manages the Romania DTH provider FocusSat. UPC DTH and FocusSat together provide DTH services to over 625,000 customers. UPC DTH offers directly or through FocusSat a lifeline tier, a basic tier, an extended tier and premium channel options, as well as over 50 free-to-air (FTA) television and audio channels. A subscriber to its basic tier may receive 53 to 63 digital video channels depending on their location. Its premium channel offerings cover a range of interests (such as movies, adventure, sports, adult and comedy). DVRs are also available and a subscriber to the extended tier will receive three to 10 HD channels depending on their location. Subscribers to the DTH services may pay either an annual fee and receive an activation card for the lifeline tier of video service or pay a monthly fee for a basic or extended tier of service.

I-21

Table of Contents


UPC DTH provides DTH services to 14% of our total video subscribers in Czech Republic, 26% of our total video subscribers in Hungary, 18% of our total video subscribers in Slovakia and, through FocusSat, 25% of our total video subscribers in Romania. 
UPC DTH and FocusSat have agreements with Telenor Satellite Broadcasting for the lease of transponder space, including expansion capacity, on the Thor 5 and Thor 6 satellites. These agreements will expire on December 31, 2017, unless extended as provided in such agreements. As a result of these agreements, the UPC Broadband Division has centralized all of its DTH services on the Thor satellite system. UPC DTH offers standard definition (SD) services to all its customers and HD services to the customers in Hungary, Czech Republic, Slovakia and, and through FocusSat, limited HD services in Romania.
Telenet (Belgium). Liberty Global Europe's operations in Belgium are conducted by Telenet. We own 50.2% of Telenet's outstanding ordinary shares. Telenet offers video, broadband internet and fixed and mobile telephony services (quadruple play) in Belgium, primarily to residential customers in the Flanders region and approximately one-third of the city of Brussels. In addition, pursuant to an agreement executed on June 28, 2008 (the PICs Agreement), with four associations of municipalities in Belgium (the pure intercommunales or PICs), Telenet leases the PICs broadband communications network and, accordingly, makes its services available to all of the homes passed by the cable network owned by the PICs.
Telenet's premium video channels include general entertainment, documentary, foreign language, kids, music, sports, adult and movies. In June 2011, Telenet acquired the exclusive broadcasting rights for the Belgian football championship for the next three seasons. As a result, Telenet rebranded its existing pay television sports channels into "Sporting Telenet." Together with the exclusive broadcasting rights for international football championships, Telenet now owns a rich and attractive portfolio of sports content ranging from football (soccer) and basketball to golf. In December 2010, Telenet launched a multimedia platform branded “Yelo.” Yelo allows Telenet's digital video customers to view programs remotely and access VoD with an iPad or iPhone mobile digital device or a laptop. In addition, Telenet offers, individually and as a bundle, fixed-line telephony services over its network and mobile telephony services as a full MVNO under the “Telenet Mobile” brand name.
Telenet has the direct customer relationship with the analog and digital video subscribers on the PICs network. Pursuant to the PICs Agreement, Telenet has full rights to use substantially all of the PICs network under a long-term capital lease for a period of 38 years from 2008, for which it is required to pay recurring fees in addition to the fees paid under certain pre-existing agreements with the PICs. The PICs remain the legal owners of the PICs network. All capital expenditures associated with the PICs network will be initiated by Telenet, but executed and pre-financed by the PICs through an addition to the long-term capital lease, and will follow a 15-year reimbursement schedule. The PICs Agreement has the form of an emphyotic lease agreement, which under Belgian law is the legal form that is closest to ownership of a real estate asset without actually having the full legal ownership. Unless extended, the PICs Agreement will expire on September 23, 2046, and cannot be terminated earlier (except in the case of non-payment or bankruptcy of the lessee).
In August 2011, Telenet Tecteo Bidco, a partnership between Telenet and the Tecteo Group (the second largest cable provider in Belgium operating in the Walloon region), acquired mobile spectrum licenses in the 2.1 GHz spectrum bands. This band is suited for LTE wireless services. Under the terms of the licenses, Telenet Tecteo Bidco must launch commercial services by March 2013.
Chile. Our broadband distribution business in Chile is conducted primarily through UPC Holding's 80%-owned subsidiary VTR. In addition, VTR Wireless S.A. (VTR Wireless), an 80%-owned subsidiary of Liberty Global Europe, is constructing a wireless network in Chile. We have two shareholders' agreements with Comm Corp S.A., our partner in VTR and VTR Wireless, respectively.
VTR. VTR provides video, broadband internet and fixed telephony services in 64 cities, including Santiago, Chile's largest city, the large regional cities of Iquique, Antofagasta, Concepción, Viña del Mar, Valparaiso and Rancagua, and smaller cities across Chile. VTR obtains programming from the United States, Europe, Argentina and Mexico. There is also domestic cable programming in Chile, based on local events such as football (soccer) matches and regional content. Digital cable customers may subscribe to one or more premium video channels, including HD channels for an additional monthly charge. The premium channels include movies, sports, kids, international and adult channels. VTR's analog service is offered only in areas where its digital service is not available.
VTR offers its broadband internet services in 32 communities within Santiago and 36 communities outside Santiago. VTR also offers multi-feature telephony service over its cable network to customers in 32 communities within Santiago and 36 communities outside Santiago via either circuit-switched telephony or VoIP, depending on location.

I-22

Table of Contents


VTR Wireless. In September 2009, the Chilean Subsecretary of Telecommunications (SubTel), which regulates the telecommunications industry for the Ministry of Transportation and Telecommunications, awarded a wholly-owned subsidiary of VTR a mobile license for one of three blocks of 30 MHz in the 1700/2100 MHz frequency band following a public auction process. In 2011, VTR transferred the license to VTR Wireless, subject to regulatory approval. VTR Wireless is using this mobile license to construct a mobile network that will be used in combination with certain third-party wireless access arrangements to provide mobile voice and broadband products. VTR Wireless expects to launch its mobile service in the first half of 2012.
Programming Services
Overview
 We own programming networks that provide programming channels to multi-channel distribution systems owned by us and by third parties. We also represent programming networks owned by others. Our programming networks distribute their services through a number of distribution technologies, principally cable television and DTH. Programming services may be delivered to subscribers as part of a video distributor's basic package of programming services for a fixed monthly fee, or may be delivered as a “premium” programming service for an additional monthly charge, or on a VoD or pay-per-view basis. Whether a programming service is on a basic or premium tier, the programmer generally enters into separate affiliation agreements, providing for terms of one or more years, with those distributors that agree to carry the service. Basic programming services generally derive their revenue from per-subscriber license fees received from distributors and the sale of advertising time on their networks. Premium services generally do not sell advertising and primarily generate their revenue from per-subscriber license fees. Programming providers generally have two sources of content: (1) rights to productions that are purchased from various independent producers and distributors and (2) original productions filmed for the programming provider by internal personnel or third-party contractors.
We operate our programming businesses in Europe principally through our subsidiary Chellomedia, and in the Americas principally through our subsidiary Pramer S.C.A. We also own joint venture interests in certain programming businesses.
Chellomedia
Liberty Global Europe's Chellomedia Division is a producer and distributor of 31 thematic television channels and 14 joint venture television channels. The Chellomedia Division also provides a full range of television services through its B2B businesses for its channel partners and clients. The Chellomedia Division reaches over 250 million television households in Europe and parts of Asia and Africa. Below is a description of the business unit operations of our Chellomedia Division:
Chello Programming. 
 Chello Zone. Chellomedia produces and markets a number of widely distributed multi-territory thematic channels in over 100 countries and in over 20 languages. Chellomedia owns five of these channels and the remaining channels are held by a joint venture with unrelated third parties, CBS Studios International, Cyfrowy Polsat SA and ARA Amigos Ireland Ltd. These channels target the following genres: extreme sports and lifestyles (the Extreme Sports Channel and Outdoor), horror films (Horror Channel), real life stories (Zone Reality and CBS Reality), women's information and entertainment and drama (Zone Romantica and CBS Drama), action (CBS Action) and children's pre-school (Jim Jam and Jim Jam Poland). In addition, Chellomedia has a channel representation business, which represents both wholly-owned and third-party channels across Europe and a programming block in China.
Chello Benelux. Chellomedia owns and manages a premium sports channel (Sport 1 NL) and a premium movie channel (Film 1) in the Netherlands. Sport 1 NL has exclusive pay television rights for a variety of sports, but it is primarily football (soccer) oriented. These exclusive pay television rights expire at various dates up to 2015. For Film 1, Chellomedia has exclusive pay television output deals with key Hollywood studios that expire at various dates through 2014. It also distributes Weer & Verkeer (Weather & Traffic Channel) to cable networks and satellite operators.
Chello DMC. Chellomedia's digital media center (DMC) is located in Amsterdam. The DMC is a technologically advanced production facility that services the Chellomedia Division, the UPC Broadband Division and third-party clients with channel origination, post-production and satellite and fiber transmission. The DMC delivers high-quality, customized programming by integrating different video elements, languages (either in dubbed or sub-titled form) and special effects and then transmits the final product to various customers in numerous countries through affiliated and unaffiliated cable systems and DTH platforms. It manages over 65 channels and feeds that are broadcast into Europe, the Middle East and Asia for both Chellomedia and third-party international channel providers.
Chello Central Europe. Chellomedia owns 11 thematic channels which are distributed to the UPC Broadband Division and other operators in Central and Eastern Europe. The channels are: Filmmuzeum (a Hungarian library film channel);

I-23

Table of Contents


TV Paprika (a cooking channel in Hungary, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania and Moldova); Spektrum and Spektrum HD (a documentary channel in Hungary, Czech Republic and Slovakia); Spektrum Home (a home and lifestyle channel in Hungary, Czech Republic and Slovakia ); Club TV (a women's information and entertainment channel in Hungary and Poland); Zone Europa (an art house basic movies channel in Poland); Zone Romantica (an entertainment channel in Poland, Hungary and Romania); Minimax (a younger children's channel in Hungary, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania and former Yugoslavia); Megamax (an older children's channel in Hungary and Poland); and sports channels: Sport1 (in Hungary, Czech Republic, Slovakia and Romania), Sport2 (in Hungary, Czech Republic, Slovakia) and Sport M (in Hungary, Romania, Slovakia and Serbia). Chellomedia has a 50.001% joint venture with The MGM Channel Central Europe for MGM and MGM HD, serving Hungary, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania and Slovenia. Chellomedia also operates At Media Sp. z o.o, an advertising sales representation business in Poland, the Czech Republic and Hungary and has a channel representation business, which represents both wholly-owned and third-party channels across Central Europe.
Chello Multicanal. Through its subsidiary Multicanal Iberia S.L.U. (Multicanal), Chellomedia owns or manages a suite of 20 thematic channels carried on a number of major pay television platforms in Spain, Portugal and Portuguese speaking countries in Africa. Multicanal has 13 wholly-owned thematic channels (such as Canal Hollywood, Odisea, Sol Musica, Canal Cocina and Decasa), three joint venture channels with A&E Television Networks (Crime and Investigation, Canal de Historia and The Biography Channel), and four joint venture channels for Portuguese speaking territories with Servicos de Telecomunicacóes e Multimédia SGPS SA doing business as Zon Multimédia (Canal Hollywood, Panda, Panda Biggs, MOV and MOV HD).
Chello On Demand (Transactional Television). Chello On Demand aggregates and delivers entertainment content into VoD offers (transactional and subscription based) for the UPC Broadband Division and other broadband operators. This service offers movies, international comedy and drama, documentaries, children's entertainment and local content on the subscriber's request. Chello On Demand offers VoD services in Austria, Hungary, the Netherlands, Poland and Switzerland.
Investments. Chellomedia, through its Liberty Global Ventures division, is an investor in various ventures for the development of country-specific Pan European programming, including a 20% interest in Disney XD Poland, a 50% interest in Weer & Verkeer (Weather & Traffic Channel), an indirect 40% interest in Open Broadcast Network d.d., a television broadcaster in Bosnia and Herzegovina, and a 25% interest in Shorts HD and Shorts TV channels. Chellomedia also owns non-controlling interests in Canal+ Cyfrowy Sp zoo, a DTH platform in Poland, in Wananchi Group (Holdings), an East Africa provider of video, broadband internet and telephony services, and in O3B Networks Limited, a development stage company that plans to operate a satellite-based data backhaul business across the developing world (predominately Africa), and in various entities developing technology relevant to our operations. 
Discontinued Operations—Australia
During 2011, our operations in Australia were conducted primarily through Austar in which we own a 54.15% indirect majority ownership interest. On July 11, 2011, we and Austar entered into an agreement with FOXTEL pursuant to which FOXTEL would acquire 100% of Austar through a series of transactions, subject to certain conditions. We expect the disposition of Austar to be completed in May or June of 2012 and, accordingly, we have reported it as a discontinued operation for financial reporting purposes. Provided below is a description of Austar's business in 2011.  
Austar is Australia's leading pay television service provider to regional and rural Australia and the capital cities of Hobart and Darwin. Austar's pay television services are provided through DTH satellite. FOXTEL Management Pty Ltd. (FOXTEL Management), the other main provider of pay television services in Australia, has leased space on the Optus C1 and D3 satellites. Austar and FOXTEL Management are parties to an agreement pursuant to which Austar is able to use a portion of FOXTEL Management's leased satellite space to provide its DTH services. This agreement will expire in 2018. FOXTEL Management manages the satellite platform on Austar's behalf as part of such agreement.
Austar's DTH service is available to 2.5 million households, which is approximately one-third of Australian homes. At December 31, 2011, Austar had 755,400 subscribers (residential and business) to its DTH services. Austar's territory covers all of Tasmania and the Northern Territory and the regional areas outside of the capital cities in South Australia, Victoria, New South Wales and Queensland. Austar does not provide DTH service to Western Australia. FOXTEL Management's service area is concentrated in metropolitan areas and covers the balance of the other two-thirds of Australian homes. FOXTEL Management and Austar do not compete with each other, except in the Gold Coast area in Queensland. Austar's DTH services consist of a basic tier, an extended tier, as well as pay-per-view channels, interactive services and DVR functionality. Austar customers may also access programming from several channels streamed over the internet to their computer at no additional cost. In addition to residential subscribers, Austar provides its television services to commercial premises, including hotels, retailers and licensed venues.

I-24

Table of Contents


Austar owns a 50% interest in XYZ Networks Pty Ltd. (XYZ Networks). XYZ Networks has an ownership interest in or distributes various channels, including certain time shifted channels. The channels are distributed throughout Australia. Austar's partner in XYZ Networks is FOXTEL Management. Through agreements with XYZ Networks and other programmers, Austar has a number of long-term and key exclusive programming agreements for its regional territory expiring at various dates through 2020.
Competition
The markets for video, broadband internet and telephony services, and for programming, are highly competitive and rapidly evolving. Consequently, our businesses have faced and are expected to continue to face significant competition in these markets in the countries in which they operate and specifically, as a result of deregulation, in the EU. The percentage information in this section is as of the date of the relevant sources listed in the following sentences. The percentage information provided below for the various countries in Europe is based on information from the subscription based website DataXis for the third quarter of 2011. For Chile, the percentage information is based on information from DataXis for the third quarter of 2011 and information provided by SubTel as of September 30, 2011. The competition in certain countries in which we operate is described more specifically after the respective competition overview on video, broadband internet and telephony.
Video Distribution
Our businesses compete directly with a wide range of providers of communication and entertainment services to consumers. Depending upon the country and market, these may include: (1) traditional over the air broadcast television services; (2) DTH satellite service providers; (3) digital terrestrial television (DTT) broadcasters, which transmit digital signals over the air providing a greater number of channels and better quality than traditional analog broadcasting; (4) other cable operators in the same communities that we serve; (5) other fixed-line telecommunications carriers and broadband providers, including the incumbent telephony operators, offering (a) DTH satellite services, (b) internet protocol television (IPTV) through broadband internet connections using DSL, ADSL or very high-speed DSL technology (which we refer to as "DSL-TV"), or (c) IPTV over fiber optic lines of fiber-to-the-building and fiber-to-the-node networks (fiber-to-the-home/-building/-node is referred to herein as "FTTx"); (6) satellite master antenna television systems, commonly known as "SMATVs," which generally serve condominiums, apartment and office complexes and residential developments; (7) MMDS operators; (8) over-the-top video content aggregators utilizing our or our competitors' high-speed internet connections; and (9) movie theaters, video stores, video websites and home video products. Our businesses also compete to varying degrees with other sources of information and entertainment, such as online entertainment, newspapers, magazines, books, live entertainment/concerts and sporting events.
Europe 
In the European countries in which we operate, over 90% of the households own at least one television set. Our principal competition in the provision of video services in our European markets has historically been from traditional FTA broadcasters; DTH satellite providers in many markets, such as Austria, Germany and Ireland, where we compete with long-established satellite platforms; and cable operators in various markets where portions of our systems have been overbuilt. Mobile broadband has gained a noticeable share of subscribers, and competition from SMATV or MMDS could also be a factor. In addition, as accessibility to video content on the internet increases, over-the-top viewing is becoming a competitive factor. Our operations in Hungary, Romania and Slovakia are significantly overbuilt by other cable operators. Based on research of various telecommunication publications, including the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and internal estimates, approximately 51%, 30% and 46% of our operations in Hungary, Romania and Slovakia, respectively, are overbuilt by other cable providers. In Poland, approximately 21% of our operations are overbuilt by other cable providers. In all of these areas competition is particularly intense. 
Over the last several years, competition has increased significantly from both new entrants and established competitors using advanced technologies, aggressively priced services and exclusive channel offerings. DTT is a significant part of the competitive market in Europe as a result of a number of different business models that range from full blown encrypted pay television to FTA television. Similarly DSL-TV, which is either provided directly by the owner of the network or by a third party, is a significant part of the competitive environment in many of our markets and FTTx networks are also becoming more prevalent. The number of providers of DTH satellite services has grown, particularly in the Central and Eastern European markets. Our ability to continue to attract and retain customers will depend on our continued ability to acquire appealing program content and third party programming services on acceptable financial or other terms. Some competitors, such as British Sky Broadcasting Group plc in Ireland and Swisscom AG (Swisscom) in Switzerland, have obtained long-term exclusive contracts for certain popular programs, which limits the opportunities for other providers, including our operations, to offer such programs. If exclusive content offerings increase through other providers, programming options could be a deciding factor for subscribers on selecting a video service.
Portions of our systems have been overbuilt by FTTx networks, primarily in the Czech Republic, Romania and Slovakia and to a lesser extent, in Hungary, the Netherlands and Switzerland. Based on research of various telecommunication publications,

I-25

Table of Contents


including by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and internal estimates, approximately 48%, 40% and 68% of our cable networks in the Czech Republic, Romania and Slovakia, respectively, have been overbuilt by FTTx networks. Also, 10% of our footprint in Hungary, 18% of our footprint in the Netherlands and 16% of our footprint in Switzerland are overbuilt by FTTx networks. In addition, there continues to be a willingness by government and quasi-government entities in Europe to invest in such networks, creating another source of competition.
In most of our Central and Eastern European markets, we are also experiencing significant competition from Digi TV, the DTH platform of RCS & RDS S.A. (Digi TV), a Romanian cable, telephony and internet service provider that is targeting our analog cable, MMDS and DTH customers with aggressively priced DTH packages, in addition to overbuilding portions of our cable network in Hungary, Romania and Slovakia. In the Czech Republic, SkyLink and CSLink, the brand names of M77 Group SA, a subsidiary of M7 Group SA, a European provider of DTH services, are also aggressive DTH competitors, providing a substantial package of video content for a one-time upfront fee. The incumbent telecommunications operator in Romania also operates a competing DTH platform. UPC DTH offers advanced services and functionality, including DVR and premium content, to most of our Central and Eastern Europe markets. UPC DTH's share of the subscription-based television market is 7% for Hungary, 6% for the Czech Republic, 5% for Slovakia, and through FocusSat, 5% for Romania.
In all of our European markets, competitive video services are now being offered by the incumbent telecommunications operator, whose video strategies include DSL-TV, DTH, DTT and IPTV over FTTx networks. The ability of incumbent operators to offer the triple-play of video, broadband internet and telephony services and, in some countries, a quadruple-play with mobile services, is exerting growing competitive pressure on our operations, including the pricing and bundling of our video products. In order to gain video market share, the incumbent operators and alternative service providers in a number of our larger markets have been pricing their DTT, DSL-TV or DTH video packages at a discount to the retail price of the comparable digital cable service and, in some cases, including DVRs as a standard feature.
To meet the challenges in this competitive environment, we tailor our packages in each country in line with one or more of three general strategies: attractive channel offerings, recurring discounts for bundled services and loyalty contracts. Discounts for bundled services are available in all our Europe operations. In addition, we seek to compete by accelerating the migration of our customers from analog to digital services, using advanced digital features such as HD, DVRs, VoD, catch-up television and offering attractive content packages and bundles of services at reasonable prices. HD and DVRs are an integral part of our digital services in all of our markets and VoD and catch-up television are an integral part of our digital services in most of our markets. In addition, from time to time, digital channel offerings are modified by our operations to improve the quality of our programming. Also, in Europe, the triple-play bundle is used as a means of driving video, as well as other products where convenience and price can be leveraged across the portfolio of services. We also continue to explore new technologies that will enhance our customer's television experience. In this regard, to further enhance our digital video services, Horizon will be launched in 2012.
Germany. We are the second largest cable television provider in Germany and the largest cable television provider in the federal states of Baden-Württemberg, North Rhine-Westphalia and Hesse based on the number of video cable subscribers. UPC Germany's video cable services are available to approximately 33% of the television households in Germany and it serves 18% of the total television market. UPC Germany's primary competition is from FTA television received via satellite.  UPC Germany also competes with the IPTV services over DSL of the incumbent telecommunications operator, Deutsche Telekom. Deutsche Telekom has approximately 1.4 million video subscribers in Germany, or 4% of the total television market, for its IPTV services and has announced plans to target a total of 5 million customers with its IPTV services by 2015. In August 2011, Deutsche Telekom expanded its program offerings, bundling its DSL offerings with DTH services, including a HD DVR, in areas where the broadband speeds are not sufficient to deliver television signals over DSL. In addition, Vodafone launched its IPTV service in February 2011, bundling it aggressively with its broadband offerings. Deutsche Telekom, Net Cologne GmbH and Professional Operators compete with UPC Germany for housing association contracts. Professional Operators typically procure the broadcast signals they distribute from UPC Germany or from DTH providers. Certain Professional Operators may also use such opportunities to build their own distribution networks or to install their own head-ends for receiving satellite signals. 
Other alternative distributors of television services are an increasing threat as well. To a lesser extent, UPC Germany competes with the services of Sky Deutschland, which offers a digital premium subscription service to households that receive their basic television service via FTA satellite, cable or other technologies. In addition, there is a risk of competition for video services from commercial broadcasters and other content providers that currently pay UPC Germany fees for transmitting their signals, but may seek to diversify their distribution on alternative platforms such as over-the-top video through high-speed internet connections. 
To stay competitive, UPC Germany has enhanced its digital service with DVR functionality and HD services and offers digicards as an alternative to set-top boxes. In 2011, it realigned its program options, increased the number of HD channels available and commenced a new promotion for its bundled options. In addition, it plans to expand its VoD services

I-26

Table of Contents


(including catch-up television) in 2012. Mobile service is also available. The bundle options allow subscribers to select various combinations of services to meet their needs.  Promotional discounts are available to new subscribers.
The Netherlands. We are the second largest cable television provider in the Netherlands based on the number of video cable subscribers. UPC Netherland's video cable services are available to approximately 38% of the television households in the Netherlands and it serves 25% of the total television market. Competition from the DTT and DSL-TV services offered by the incumbent telecommunications provider, Royal KPN NV (KPN), is strong with KPN providing subscription video services to 18% of the total television households. KPN is the majority owner of the Netherlands DTT service, Digitenne. It also offers a DSL-TV service that includes VoD, an electronic program guide and DVR functionality. In addition, the FTTx networks of Reggefiber TTH Company Ltd. (a subsidiary of KPN) are a competitive factor in a number of cities. Future expansion of these networks is expected within our service area as Reggefiber TTH Company Ltd has announced plans to reach 20% of the households in the Netherlands by year-end 2013. With its ability to offer bundled triple-play and quadruple-play services, KPN is a significant competitor. KPN targets our price sensitive customers with attractive offers for its IPTV services and its triple-play and quadruple-play bundles.
To enhance its competitive position, UPC Netherlands offers VoD services (including catch-up television), DVR functionality and HD set-top boxes to all UPC Netherlands digital cable customers, as well as the digicard and the ability to record programs remotely. Such services allow UPC Netherlands subscribers to personalize their programming. In addition, the launch of Horizon in 2012 will offer subscribers more options, giving them an enhanced television experience. Also, UPC Netherlands continues to improve the quality of its programming through the type of programs available and by increasing the number of HD channels. These enhancements, plus the variety of bundle options from which subscribers can select various combinations of services, including high-speed internet and telephony options, to meet their needs, allows UPC Netherlands to compete effectively.
Switzerland. We are the largest cable television provider in Switzerland based on the number of video cable subscribers and the sole provider in substantially all of our network area. UPC Cablecom's video cable services are available to approximately 65% of the television households in Switzerland and it serves 47% of the total television market. Due to a small program offering, competition from terrestrial television in Switzerland is limited, although DTT is now available in most parts of Switzerland. DTH satellite services are also limited due to various legal restrictions such as construction and zoning regulations or rental agreements that prohibit or impede installation of satellite dishes. Our main competitor is Swisscom, the incumbent telecommunications operator, which provides IPTV services over DSL or FTTx networks to approximately 17% of all television households in Switzerland. Swisscom offers VoD services as well as DVR functionality and HD channels and has exclusive rights to distribute certain programming. Based on internal estimates, the Swisscom FTTx network reached 341,000 households in our network area at year-end 2011. With respect to subscribers on partner networks, UPC Cablecom competes with other service providers for the contracts to serve these subscribers. To effectively compete, UPC Cablecom offers DVR functionality, VoD (including catch-up television) and several HD channels. UPC Cablecom also has a broad range of program options and continues to market promotional packages for its bundled services. The digicard is also an important marketing product.
Other Western Europe. In Austria, we are the largest cable television provider based on the number of video cable subscribers. UPC Austria's video cable service is available to approximately 33% of the television households in Austria and it serves 14% of the total television market. UPC Austria's primary competition is from FTA television received via satellite. Approximately 48% of the Austrian television households receive only FTA television. Competition from the DSL-TV services provided by the incumbent telecommunications operator, Telekom Austria AG (Telekom Austria), and from DTH satellite services offered by Sky Deutschland also continue to increase. Telekom Austria offers its DSL-TV service, which includes advanced features, such as VoD, at a heavy discount to the video cable subscription price within the market. It also offers competitively priced bundles. In addition, Telekom Austria has launched a FTTx network in parts of our footprint. To stay competitive, UPC Austria offers HD DVR functionality and VoD service and has enhanced its program offerings with programs from Sky Deutschland. UPC Austria includes these services in its bundles, which it markets at competitive prices. Many bundles are offered at a discount when subscribers select the services for twelve or more months.
Based on the number of video cable subscribers, we are the largest cable operator in Ireland. UPC Ireland's video cable service is available to approximately 54% of the television households in Ireland and it serves 26% of the total television market. UPC Ireland's primary competition for video customers is from British Sky Broadcasting Group plc, which provides DTH satellite services to 39% of the television households in Ireland and has plans to offer triple-play services in the second half of 2012. We also face potential competition from smaller video providers, including providers using FTTx networks. Although DTT is now available in most of Ireland, primarily through Ireland's national public broadcaster, Raidió Teilifís Éireann, competition is limited due to its small programming offering. To stay competitive, UPC Ireland continues to expand its channel offerings, including additional HD channels, and its digital packages to include certain

I-27

Table of Contents


popular premium channels at no additional charge. It also introduced an application for its subscribers to record programs remotely via the internet. It markets a variety of bundle options from which subscribers can select various combinations of services to meet their needs.
Central and Eastern Europe. We are the largest cable television provider in Poland based on the number of video cable subscribers. UPC Poland's video cable services are available to approximately 18% of the television households in Poland and it serves 9% of the total television market. In providing video services, UPC Poland competes primarily with DTH service providers, including the largest DTH provider, Cyfrowy Polsat SA. Cyfrowy Polsat SA serves 24% of the television households in Poland. It also offers a mobile broadband service. With their announced merger, another significant DTH service provider will be the combined companies of Canal+ Cyfrowy Sp z o.o and TVN Group, followed by the DTH service provider Orange Poland, an indirect subsidiary of France Telecom S.A. Orange Poland also offers IPTV and a mobile broadband service. In addition, UPC Poland competes with other cable operators with triple-play services, who have overbuilt portions of UPC Poland's operations and are aggressively promoting triple-play bundles. To stay competitive, UPC Poland offers HD DVR, VoD services and the ability to record programs remotely via the internet. It also uses its broadband internet download speeds to market its bundled services. In addition, in certain markets, it offers mobile service for a quadruple-play. Promotional discounts are available, including discounts to bundled prices for subscribers who select bundled services for a period of at least 24 months.
UPC Hungary's video cable service is available to approximately 36% of the television households in Hungary and it serves 16% of the total television market. Our subsidiary, UPC DTH, also provides satellite services in Hungary, in competition with other DTH providers. One of these, Digi TV, is an aggressive competitor. Digi TV's DTH services can reach up to 100% of our DTH and cable service areas and it has overbuilt approximately half of UPC Hungary's cable service areas with its own cable network. Digi TV is targeting UPC Hungary's video cable subscribers and UPC DTH's subscribers with low-priced triple-play packages. To meet the competition, UPC Hungary has an aggressive price plan and targeted bundle offers for the areas in which Digi TV is operating its cable service. UPC Hungary also faces competition from the incumbent telecommunications company Magyar Telekom, a subsidiary of Deutsche Telekom. Magyar Telekom offers a DSL-TV service, including a VoD service, to its internet subscribers and triple-play and, with mobile, quadruple-play packages, as well as a DTH service with bundled options. Both Magyar Telekom and Digi TV also provide IPTV services over FTTx networks. To meet such competition, UPC Hungary offers a digital television platform with DVR functionality and HD and VoD services and competitively priced bundles. Of the television households in Hungary, 10% subscribe to Digi TV's DTH service, 7% subscribe to Digi TV's cable service and 12% subscribe to Magyar Telekom's DTH or DSL-TV service. UPC DTH serves 6% of the television households in Hungary with its DTH service.
As in Hungary, Digi TV is also an aggressive competitor in Romania, the Czech Republic and Slovakia. Digi TV provides DTH services to 9%, 4% and 11% of the television households in Romania, the Czech Republic and Slovakia, respectively. UPC DTH provides DTH services to 4%, 2% and 2% of the television households in Romania, the Czech Republic and Slovakia, respectively. Of the television households in such countries, 11% in Romania, 12% in Czech Republic and 10% in Slovakia subscribe to our video cable service. Our cable services are available to the television households in each of these countries as follows: 27% in Romania, 31% in the Czech Republic and 22% in Slovakia. In Romania, competition also comes from DTH services offered by Rom Telecom SA, the incumbent telecommunications company, as well as alternative distributors of television signals. In addition, Digi TV continues to overbuild portions of our cable network with its own cable network and plans to expand its channel offerings in 2012. Of the television households in Romania, 21% subscribe to Digi TV's cable service. UPC Czech Republic competes with the incumbent telephone company's DSL-TV service and several other operators that provide DTH services and a number of local internet service providers (ISP) that provide IPTV services over FTTx networks. Providers of IPTV services over FTTx networks can reach approximately 48% of the households passed by our cable network in the Czech Republic. In Slovakia, a number of ISPs make video services available to a majority of the homes passed by our cable networks. In particular, Slovak Telekom a.s., a subsidiary of Deutsche Telekom, and Orange Slovensko a.s., a subsidiary of France Telecom S.A., have overbuilt homes passed by our cable network with their FTTx networks and offer triple-play packages through these networks. FTA broadcasters are also significant competitors in the Czech Republic and in Slovakia. Pre-paid DTH services are also increasing in popularity in the Czech Republic and Slovakia. UPC DTH offers a prepaid product in the Czech Republic and Slovakia and, through FocusSat, in Romania.
In Central and Eastern Europe, competition from DTT providers has also increased significantly. Subscribers in these countries tend to be more price sensitive than in other European markets. In particular, almost 100% of the Czech Republic can receive DTT or satellite services for free. This makes the market for television subscribers in the Czech Republic extremely competitive with price often the deciding factor. To address such sensitivity and meet competition, our operations in Central and Eastern Europe offer a variety of bundled service packages and enhanced digital services, such as VoD and DVR, and channel offerings that include certain premium channels at no additional charge. Also, digicards

I-28

Table of Contents


are available in the Czech Republic and Slovakia.
Belgium. Telenet is the sole provider of video cable services in its network area. Its video cable service is available to approximately 62% of the television households in Belgium and it serves approximately 48% of the total television market. It is the largest subscription television provider in Belgium based on the number of pay video subscribers. Telenet's principal competitor is Belgacom NV/SA (Belgacom), the incumbent telecommunications operator, which has interactive digital television, VoD and HD service as part of its video offer. Belgacom also offers double-play, triple-play and quadruple-play packages, with a television offered for free when a customer subscribes to bundled services. It also includes certain sports programming (primarily football (soccer) related) at no additional charge. Approximately 21% of total television households in Belgium subscribe to Belgacom's IPTV services over its DSL and DSL-TV networks. Telenet also faces competition from M7 Group SA, branded TV Vlaanderen Digitaal, which is the largest DTH service provider in Telenet's network area. Also, Mobistar SA offers a quadruple-play bundle of video, broadband internet and fixed and mobile telephony. We believe that Telenet's multimedia platform Yelo, together with its extensive cable network, the broad acceptance of its basic cable television services and its extensive additional features, such as HD and DVR functionality and VoD offerings, allow Telenet to compete effectively. In addition, Telenet offers competitively priced quadruple-play bundles, which include its mobile service.Telenet is also expanding its programming and continues to market a variety of bundle options to meet the needs of its customers.
Chile
In Chile, we are the largest cable television provider based on number of video cable subscribers. VTR's video cable services are available to approximately 60% of the Chilean television households and it serves 20% of the total television market. VTR competes primarily with DTH service providers in Chile, including the incumbent Chilean telecommunications operator Compañia de Telecomunicaciones de Chile SA using the brand name Movistar (Telefónica), Claro Chile S.A., a subsidiary of América Móvil, S.A.B. de C.V. (Claro), and DirecTV Chile. Telefónica offers double-play and triple-play packages using DTH for video and ADSL for internet and telephony and, with mobile telephony, quadruple-play packages. Telefónica has also announced plans to launch IPTV services over FTTx networks in 2012 in Santiago. Claro is offering triple-play packages using DTH and, in certain areas of Santiago, through a hybrid fiber coaxial cable network. It also offers mobile telephony for quadruple-play packages. Claro is also expanding its hybrid fiber coaxial cable network in certain regional cities of Chile. Claro is an aggressive competitor targeting video subscribers, including VTR subscribers, with low priced video packages. Other competition comes from video services offered by or over the networks of fixed-line telecommunications operators using DSL or ADSL technology. Of the Chilean television households, 8%, 7% and 5% subscribe to the DTH services of Telefónica, Claro and DirecTV Chile, respectively. To effectively compete, VTR makes VoD, catch-up television, DVR and HD services an integral part of its video packages. These enhancements, plus expanded program options and the marketing of a variety of bundle options, including internet and telephony, enhance VTR's competitive position. 
Internet
With respect to broadband internet services and online content, our businesses face competition in a rapidly evolving marketplace from incumbent and non-incumbent telecommunications companies, mobile operators and cable-based ISPs, many of which have substantial resources. The internet services offered by these competitors include both fixed-line broadband internet services using DSL or FTTx, and wireless broadband internet services, in a range of product offerings with varying speeds and pricing, as well as interactive computer-based services, data and other non-video services offered to homes and businesses. As the technology develops, competition from wireless services using various advanced technologies is becoming significant. Recently competitors have started offering high-speed mobile data via LTE wireless services in certain of our markets. We are also seeing intense competition in Europe from mobile carriers that offer mobile data cards allowing a laptop user to access the carrier's broadband wireless data network with varying speeds and pricing.
Our strategy is speed leadership and we seek to outperform on speed, including increasing the maximum speed of our connections and offering varying tiers of service and varying prices, as well as a variety of bundled product offerings and a range of value added services. In most of our operations we have launched new bundling strategies, including speeds of 25 Mbps or more at mass market price points and ultra high-speed internet with speeds of up to 128 Mbps, and in Poland up to 150 Mbps, to compete with FTTx initiatives. The focus continues to be on high-end internet products to safeguard our high-end customer base and allow us to become more aggressive at the low and medium-end of the internet market. By fully utilizing the technical capabilities of DOCSIS 3.0 technology, we can compete with local FTTx initiatives and create a competitive advantage compared to DSL infrastructures on a national level and LTE initiatives as they expand to a national level.

I-29

Table of Contents


Europe
Across Europe, our key competition in this product market is from the offering of broadband internet products using various DSL-based technologies both by the incumbent phone companies and third parties. The introduction of cheaper and ever faster fixed-line broadband offerings is further increasing the competitive pressure in this market. Wireless broadband services, such as LTE, are also taking a foothold in a number of countries using high-speed mobile networks and high-speed downlink packet access systems. 
In Germany, the largest broadband internet service providers, Deutsche Telekom, Vodafone Germany, a subsidiary of Vodafone, and Telefónica Germany are significant competitors. Deutsche Telekom provides services to 48% of the broadband internet subscribers through its DSL network. Vodafone Germany provide services to 14% of broadband internet subscribers. We also face increased competition from mobile broadband operators, including Deutsche Telekom, Vodafone Germany and Telefónica Germany, each of which are starting to offer mobile service through LTE wireless systems. UPC Germany serves 6% of the total broadband internet market in Germany. To effectively compete, UPC Germany is expanding its ultra high-speed internet services and strengthening its video offerings. UPC Germany offers its internet services at attractive rates and through bundled offerings, including digital video and fixed-line telephony. UPC Germany also offers mobile voice and data services.
In the Netherlands, we face competition from KPN, the largest broadband internet provider, and to a lesser extent, the telecommunications company, Tele2 Netherlands Holding NV, as well as operators using the unbundled local loop. KPN offers ultra high-speed internet services with download speeds of up to 50 Mbps over its DSL network, which is available to almost all the households in the Netherlands. In addition, KPN is the leading mobile broadband provider with its competitively priced mobile internet products. KPN serves 42% and UPC Netherlands serves 15%, respectively, of the total broadband internet market in the Netherlands. To keep competitive, UPC Netherlands is promoting faster speeds than its DSL competitors at competitive prices. It has also launched new competitively priced bundle options with high-speed internet, digital video and telephony.
In Switzerland, Swisscom is the largest provider of broadband internet services, with an estimated market share of 62% of all broadband internet customers. The next significant competitor is Sunrise Communications AG with 9% of broadband internet customers. UPC Cablecom serves 18% of broadband internet subscribers. UPC Cablecom promotes significantly faster speeds and seeks to distinguish itself through competitively priced bundled offerings, including digital video, telephony services and its ultra high-speed internet services.
UPC Austria's largest competitor with respect to broadband internet services is the incumbent telecommunications company, Telekom Austria, with approximately 60% of the broadband internet subscribers in Austria. UPC Austria's share of such market is 25%. The mobile broadband services of Telekom Austria are also a competitive factor. Telekom Austria is the largest mobile broadband provider serving 41% of the mobile broadband subscribers that use a 3G network. In addition, UPC Austria faces competition from unbundled local loop access and other mobile broadband operators. As a result, the competition in the broadband internet market is intense. Competitors in the Austrian broadband internet market are focusing on speed and pricing to attract customers. To compete, UPC Austria has launched bundled offers specifically aimed at these market segments. UPC Austria uses its ultra high-speed internet services and competitively priced bundles to encourage customers from other providers to switch to UPC Austria's services and to reduce churn in the existing customer base.
Mobile data card providers have gained market share throughout Europe. For example, in Ireland, Telefónica O2 Ireland Limited, a leading mobile telephony provider, offers a range of mobile internet products at competitive prices. The trend towards mobile internet is visible throughout Europe. Outside of mobile internet, UPC Ireland's most significant competitor is the fixed-line incumbent, Eircom Limited, with 53% of the broadband internet market. UPC Ireland's share of total broadband internet subscribers is 27%. To effectively compete, UPC Ireland promotes its high-speed internet services and bundles these services with its other services at attractive prices.
In Central and Eastern Europe, our principal competitors are DSL operators and cable companies that are overbuilding our cable network. In Poland, our principal competitors are Orange Poland and Netia SA. In Hungary, the primary competitors are the incumbent telecommunications company, Magyar Telekom and Digi TV. In addition, in these countries, as well as in our other Central and Eastern Europe operations, we face increased competition from mobile broadband operators. Intense competition coupled with challenging economic conditions has caused existing low-end options to be more prominent in these markets. In all of our Central and Eastern European markets, we are using our ultra high-speed internet service to attract and retain customers.
In Belgium, internet access penetration is higher than in most European markets causing intense competition between the two primary broadband internet technologies, cable and DSL. Telenet's primary competitor is the DSL service provider Belgacom and other DSL service providers. Approximately 48% of Belgium's broadband internet subscribers use Belgacom's DSL service with download speeds up to 30 Mbps. Also, mobile internet use is increasing. To compete, Telenet promotes its high-speed internet with attractively priced multiple-play bundles. It is also expanding its free WiFi services for current broadband and mobile

I-30

Table of Contents


subscribers. Telenet's high-speed internet service, coupled with product features, including Telenet's multimedia platform Yelo, enhances its competitive position. Telenet provides broadband internet service to 39% of the broadband internet market in Belgium.
Chile
In Chile, VTR faces competition primarily from non-cable-based internet service providers such as Telefónica (under the brand name Movistar) and Claro. VTR is experiencing increased pricing and download speed pressure from Telefónica and Claro and more effective competition from these companies with the bundle of their internet service with other services. Mobile broadband competition is significant as well. VTR's share of the broadband internet market in Chile is 38%, compared to 44% for Telefónica. To effectively compete, VTR is expanding its two-way coverage and offering attractive bundling with telephony and digital video service. In addition, VTR Wireless is building a wireless network that will allow VTR to offer mobile broadband services.
Telephony
With respect to telephony services, our businesses continue to compete against the incumbent telecommunications operator in each country. These operators have substantially more experience in providing telephony services, greater resources to devote to the provision of telephony services and long-standing customer relationships. In many countries, our businesses also face competition from other cable telephony providers, wireless telephony providers, FTTx-based providers or other indirect access providers. Competition in both the residential and business telephony markets will increase with certain market trends and regulatory changes, such as general price competition, the offering of carrier pre-select services, number portability, continued deregulation of telephony markets, the replacement of fixed-line with mobile telephony, and the growth of VoIP services. Carrier pre-select allows the end user to choose the voice services of operators other than the incumbent while using the incumbent's network. We seek to compete on pricing as well as product innovation, such as personal call manager and unified messaging. We also offer varying plans to meet customer needs and various bundle options with our digital video and internet services. In addition, in Belgium, Germany and in portions of our market in Poland, we offer mobile telephony services.
Europe
Across Europe our telephony businesses are generally small compared to the existing business of the incumbent phone company. The incumbent telephone companies remain our key competitors but mobile operators and other VoIP operators offering service across broadband lines are also significant competitors in these markets. Generally, we expect telephony markets to remain extremely competitive. 
Our telephony strategy in Europe is focused around value leadership, and we position our services as “anytime” or “any destination.” Our portfolio of calling plans, including "Freetime" (unlimited off peak calls), "Anytime" (unlimited national calls) and "Minute Packs," with a variety of options are designed to meet the needs of our subscribers. In most of our markets, our calling plans also include unlimited international calls within the EU. We also use our bundled offerings to help promote our telephony services.
Deutsche Telekom is the dominant fixed-line telephony provider in Germany; however, telephony services provided through alternative technologies and mobile telephony services have caused competition in the telephony market to be intense. As a result, the market for residential telephony service is price sensitive. To address this competitive market, we use innovative bundling options to encourage customers to switch to UPC Germany services. In the Netherlands, KPN is the dominant telephony provider, but all of the large multiple system operators, including UPC Netherlands, as well as ISPs, offer VoIP services and continue to gain market share from KPN. In Switzerland, we are the largest VoIP service provider, but Swisscom is the dominant fixed-line telephony service provider. Sunrise Communications AG, which offers carrier pre-select services, is also a strong competitor. To meet the competition, UPC Cablecom enhanced its portfolio with attractive bundle options. The market share of the fixed-line telephony market for UPC Germany is 5%, UPC Netherlands is 12% and UPC Cablecom is 9%.
In Austria, Ireland and in our Central and Eastern European markets, the incumbent telephone companies dominate the telephony market. Most of the fixed-line competition to the incumbent telephone operators in these countries is from entities that provide carrier pre-select or wholesale line rental services. We also compete with ISPs that offer VoIP services and mobile operators. In Austria, we serve our subscribers with VoIP over our cable network, circuit-switched telephony services and DSL technology service over an unbundled loop. In Hungary, we provide VoIP telephony services over our cable network and circuit-switched telephony services over our copper wire telephony network. To gain market share, we promote our VoIP telephony service offerings in almost all of our European markets and in some markets we have enhanced our telephony services through unlimited calling options.
In Belgium, Belgacom is the dominant telephony provider with 71% of the telephony market. To gain market share, we emphasize customer service and provide innovative plans to meet the needs of our customers, such as a flat fee plan offered in

I-31

Table of Contents


our bundle options (free off-peak calls to fixed-lines in Belgium and 35 European countries). Subscribers to our fixed telephony service may also make free off-peak calls to mobile lines in Belgium. We also offer competitively priced mobile telephony. We compete with other fixed-line operators and with mobile operators, including Belgacom, in the provision of telephony service in Belgium. Telenet's share of the fixed-line telephony market is 22%.
Chile
In Chile, VTR faces competition from the incumbent telecommunications operator, Telefónica, and other telecommunications operators. Telefónica has substantial experience in providing telephony services, resources to devote to the provision of telephony services and long-standing customer relationships. Competition in both the residential and business telephony markets is increasing as a result of market trends and regulatory changes affecting general price competition, number portability, and the growth of VoIP services. Also, use of mobile telephony is increasing and competitors are enhancing their competitive position by including mobile services in their bundle options. Claro, Telefónica Moviles Chile SA and Entel PCS Telecomunicaciones SA are the primary companies that offer mobile telephony in Chile. VTR offers circuit-switched and VoIP telephony services over its cable network. To enhance its competitive position, VTR plans to launch mobile telephony over VTR Wireless' network in 2012 and begin offering quadruple-play services. In the residential market, VTR's share of the fixed-line telephony market in Chile is 19%. 
Programming Services
The business of providing programming for cable and satellite television distribution is highly competitive. Our programming businesses directly compete with other programmers for distribution on a limited number of channels. Once distribution is obtained, these programming services compete, to varying degrees, for viewers and advertisers with other cable and over-the-air broadcast television programming services as well as with other entertainment media, including home video (generally video rentals), online activities, movies and other forms of news, information and entertainment.
Regulatory Matters
Overview
Video distribution, internet, telephony and content businesses are regulated in each of the countries in which we operate. The scope of regulation varies from country to country. In some significant respects, however, regulation in European markets, with the exception of Switzerland, is harmonized under the regulatory structure of the EU.
Adverse regulatory developments could subject our businesses to a number of risks. Regulation could limit growth, revenue and the number and types of services offered and could lead to increased operating costs and capital expenditures. In addition, regulation may restrict our operations and subject them to further competitive pressure, including pricing restrictions, interconnect and other access obligations, and restrictions or controls on content. Failure to comply with current or future regulation could expose our businesses to penalties.
Europe
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom are the Member States of the EU. As such, these countries are required to harmonize certain of their laws with certain EU rules. In addition, other EU rules are directly enforceable in those countries. Certain EU rules are also applicable across the European Economic Area, whose Member States are the EU Member States as well as Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.
In the broadcasting and communications sectors, there has been extensive EU-level legislative action. As a result, most of the markets in Europe in which our businesses operate have been significantly affected by the regulatory framework that has been developed by the EU. The exception to this is Switzerland, which is not a Member State of the EU or the European Economic Area and is currently not seeking any such membership. Regulation in Switzerland is discussed separately below, as well as regulation in certain Member States in which we face regulatory issues that may have a material impact on our business in that country.
EU Communications Regulation
The body of EU law that deals with communications regulation consists of a variety of legal instruments and policies (collectively referred to as the "EU Communications Regulatory Framework" or "Regulatory Framework"). The key elements of the Regulatory Framework are various legal measures, which we refer to as the "Directives," that require Member States to harmonize their laws, as well as certain regulations that have effect without any transposition into national law.

I-32

Table of Contents


The Regulatory Framework primarily seeks to open European markets for communications services. It harmonizes the rules for the establishment and operation of electronic communications networks, including cable television and traditional telephony networks, and the offer of electronic communications services, such as telephony, internet and, to some degree, television services. The Regulatory Framework does not generally address issues of content.
On December 18, 2009, the Official Journal of the EU published revisions to the Regulatory Framework. Such revisions should have been transposed into the laws of the Member States before May 25, 2011, although in practice this is an ongoing process. Despite their limited nature, the changes to the Regulatory Framework will affect us. Some changes are administrative. For example, a new body of European regulators has been created. Some new powers, however, have been given to national regulators, such as the right to mandate access to ducts without finding operators or service providers to have “Significant Market Power” (defined below). This power, in particular, could require us to open our ducts to competitors and not allow us to make use of all capacity in our ducts for our own needs, or could mean we get access to ducts of third parties instead of building our own ducts. Also, there will be enhanced powers for Member States to impose transparency obligations and quality of service requirements on ISPs, which may restrict our flexibility in respect of our broadband services.
In general, pending the adoption and the transposition by the Member States of the new Directives, the existing legal situation is unchanged.
Certain key provisions included in the current Regulatory Framework are set forth below. This description is not intended to be a comprehensive description of all regulation in this area.
Licensing and Exclusivity. The Regulatory Framework requires Member States to abolish exclusivities on communication networks and services in their territory and allow operators into their markets based on a simple registration. The Regulatory Framework sets forth an exhaustive list of conditions that may be imposed on communication networks and services. Possible obligations include, among other things, financial charges for universal service or for the costs of regulation, environmental requirements, data privacy and other consumer protection rules, “must carry” obligations, provision of customer information to law enforcement agencies and access obligations.
Significant Market Power. Certain of the obligations allowed by the Regulatory Framework apply only to operators or service providers with “Significant Market Power” in a relevant market. For example, the provisions of the Access Directive allow EU Member States to mandate certain access obligations only for those operators and service providers that are deemed to have Significant Market Power. For purposes of the Regulatory Framework, an operator or service provider will be deemed to have Significant Market Power where, either individually or jointly with others, it enjoys a position of significant economic strength affording it the power to behave to an appreciable extent independently of competitors, customers and consumers.
As part of the implementation of certain provisions of the Regulatory Framework, each Member State's National Regulatory Authority (NRA) is required to analyze certain markets predefined by the EU Commission to determine if any operator or service provider has Significant Market Power. Until November 2007, there were 18 such markets but then the EU Commission adopted a new recommendation reducing the list of predefined markets to seven. This recommendation has led to a reduction in regulation. Some countries, however, continue to maintain their analysis of some of the markets from the original list and this will likely continue for some time.
We have been found to have Significant Market Power in certain markets in which we operate and further findings are possible. In particular, in those markets where we offer telephony services, we have been found to have Significant Market Power in the termination of calls on our own network.
NRAs might seek to define us as having Significant Market Power in any of the seven predefined markets or they may define and analyze additional markets. In the event that we are found to have Significant Market Power in any particular market, a NRA could impose certain conditions on us. Under the Regulatory Framework, the EU Commission has the power to veto a finding by an NRA of Significant Market Power (or the absence thereof) in any market whether or not it is included in the seven predefined markets.
Video Services. The regulation of distribution, but not the content, of television services to the public is harmonized by the Regulatory Framework. Member States are allowed to impose reasonable must carry obligations for the transmission of specified radio and television broadcast channels on certain operators under their jurisdiction. Such obligations should be based on clearly defined general interest objectives, be proportionate and transparent and be subject to periodic review. We are subject to some degree of “must carry” regulation in all European markets in which we operate. In some cases, these obligations go beyond what we believe is allowable under the Regulatory Framework. To date, however, the EU Commission has taken very limited steps to enforce EU law in this area, leaving intact “must carry” obligations that are

I-33

Table of Contents


in excess of what we believe to be allowed. Moreover, on December 22, 2008, the European Court of Justice took a very narrow view of the restriction on “must carry” under the Regulatory Framework, treating it as a procedural formality. Therefore, it is unlikely that there will be any reduction in the “must carry” regulations in the foreseeable future.
Net Neutrality/Traffic Management. Other current regulatory debates at the EU and national level include net neutrality/traffic management, as well as responsibilities for ISPs on illegal content or activities on the internet. With respect to net neutrality/traffic management, the EU Commission confirmed in April 2011 that no additional EU regulation is needed to preserve net neutrality. The EU Commission made this decision after concluding that the existing provisions of the Regulatory Framework on consumer transparency and the ability of regulators to impose a minimum quality of service on an operator should be given time to be tested by Member States. In December 2011, BEREC, the joint body of European telecommunications regulators, published non-binding guidelines on net neutrality and transparency. BEREC believes that transparency and the ability for end-users to easily switch providers is vital and recommends that operators should provide clear end-user information about service limitations and actual speeds. This decision, however, is still subject to ongoing political debate, and European or national regulation in this area cannot be excluded.
EU Broadcasting Law
Although the distribution of video channels by a cable operator is within the scope of the Regulatory Framework, the activities of a broadcaster are harmonized by other elements of EU law, in particular the Audiovisual Media Services Directive (AVMS). AVMS, which was published in its final form on March 10, 2010, replaced the pre-existing EU regime in this area. Generally, broadcasts originating in and intended for reception within an EU Member State must respect the laws of that Member State. Pursuant to AVMS, however, EU Member States are required to allow broadcast signals of broadcasters established in another EU Member State to be freely transmitted within their territory so long as the broadcaster complies with the law of their home state. This is referred to as the country of origin principle. Under AVMS (a change from pre-existing rules), the country of origin principle applies also to non-linear services, such as VoD. Accordingly, we should be able, if we so elect, to offer our own VoD services across the European Economic Area based on the regulation of the country of origin. As a result, we could structure our business to have a single regulatory regime for all of our VoD service offered in Europe. In addition, when we offer third party VoD services on our network, it should be the business of the third party, in its capacity as provider of the services, and not us as the local distributor, that is regulated in respect of these services.
Although Member States should have transposed the requirements of AVMS into national law, and this has generally been completed, the practical effect is still not clear. Uncertainty still remains about the proper treatment of VoD from a practical perspective. Thus, there can be no assurance that the requirements on VoD will, in fact, operate in the manner described above in any individual Member State. As a result, we may face inconsistent and uncertain regulation of our VoD service in Europe.
AVMS also establishes quotas for the transmission of European-produced programming and programs made by European producers who are independent of broadcasters.  
Other European Level Regulation
In addition to the industry-specific regimes discussed above, our European operating companies must comply with both specific and general legislation concerning, among other matters, data protection, data retention and electronic commerce. Many of these regimes are, or will be, reviewed at the EU level.
Our European operating companies are also subject to both national and European level regulations on competition and on consumer protection, which are broadly harmonized at the EU level. For example, while our operating companies may offer their services in bundled packages in European markets, they are sometimes not permitted to make a subscription to one service, such as cable television, conditional upon a subscription to another service, such as telephony. They may also face restrictions on the degree to which they may discount certain products included in the bundled packages.
Currently the telecommunications equipment we provide our customers, such as digital set-top boxes, is not subject to regulation regarding energy consumption in the EU, except as discussed below. The EU Commission is, however, considering the need for mandatory requirements regarding energy consumption of such equipment. We have been participating in discussions and studies regarding energy consumption with various parts of the EU Commission and with experts working on their behalf. In addition, we are working with suppliers of our digital set-top boxes to lower power consumption, as well as looking at possibilities through software to lower the power consumption of the existing fleet of digital set-top boxes. Finally, we are working with a large group of companies to promote the possibility of a voluntary agreement on set-top box power consumption as an alternative to regulation. Nevertheless, legislation in this area may be adopted in the near future and could adversely affect the cost and/or the functionality of equipment we deploy in customer homes.

I-34

Table of Contents


Pursuant to an EU regulation on standby power effective January 7, 2010, many devices are required to have either a low power standby mode or off mode unless it is inappropriate to have either such mode on the device. For this purpose, our set-top boxes and certain other equipment are equipped with an off switch. Beginning in January 2013, this regulation will impose further requirements on power management on certain devices we purchase, which devices will need to comply, unless it can be argued such further requirements are inappropriate. These additional requirements may increase costs or reduce functionality of the equipment we buy.
As part of the EU's Radio Spectrum Policy Program, spectrum made available through the switch off of analog television has been approved for mobile broadband use beginning January 1, 2013. This spectrum, known as the “digital dividend,” is in the 700 - 862 MHz band.  The terms under which this spectrum will become available will vary among the European countries in which we operate. Certain uses of this spectrum may interfere with services carried on our cable networks. If this occurs, we may need to: (1) avoid using certain frequencies on our cable networks for certain or all of our services, (2) make some changes to our networks, or (3) change the equipment which we deploy. In approving mobile broadband, however, the Radio Spectrum Policy Program states that the new mobile services must co-exist with existing services, such as cable and DTT, to avoid harmful interference. As a result, we are taking steps to be part of the Member States' LTE mobile trials in order to develop mitigation techniques and to engage NRAs to launch regulatory dialogs with equipment manufacturers and mobile operators to develop co-existing networks. We are also requesting Member States to prepare comprehensive national impact assessments when spectrum conditions are changed to ensure that the costs to prevent interference between the various services are balanced.
Germany
Germany has transposed the EU laws into national laws although under the German legal system competency is split between the Federal State (telecommunication law) and the German federal states (media law). The German Telecommunications Act broadly implemented the Regulatory Framework and covers the distribution of any signal by telecommunications networks encompassing television signals, internet data and telephony. The 2009 revisions to the Regulatory Framework are still being discussed by the Federal and regional governments. Implementation of the revised German Telecommunications Act is expected the end of the first quarter of 2012. The German Federal Network Agency is responsible inter alia for the regulation of the German telecommunications market. The Federal Cartel Office, the national competition authority, plays an important role with respect to infrastructure and media regulation. The Federal Cartel Office has powers to address competition issues in all markets, although in some cases, competition issues will be addressed by the German Federal Network Agency.
Regulation of the media falls within the legislative competence of the German federal states (Bundesländer). The media laws of all 16 federal states have been partially harmonized by the State Broadcasting Treaty (Rundfunkstaatsvertrag). The State Broadcasting Treaty establishes the main framework of the German regulation of broadcast. Nearly every German state has established its own independent regulatory body, the state media authority (Landesmedienanstalt). The state media authorities are primarily responsible for licensing and supervision of commercial broadcasters and the allocation of transmission capacities for radio and television channels. They are also in charge of the regulation of carriage fees, conditional access systems, interfaces and the bundling of programs.
The allocation and use of analog cable transmission capacities for both radio and television channels are governed by the “must carry” rules of the respective states. The allocation of digital transmission capacities for digital television and radio channels are, however, primarily governed by the “must carry” rules of the State Broadcasting Treaty. The media law in the states of Baden-Württemberg, North-Rhine-Westphalia and Hesse require UPC Germany to carry 14, 25 and 30 analog channels, respectively, and also limits the possibility to convert these analog cable channels into digital channels.
The operation of conditional access systems for television services is governed by both the State Broadcasting Treaty and the German Telecommunications Act. Generally, operators must not unfairly obstruct or discriminate against broadcasters and other content providers through conditional access systems. Sky Deutschland made a claim against Unitymedia alleging discriminatory treatment as to the provision of bandwidth and conditional access services. The Federal Network Agency, however, rejected Sky Deutschland's claim with respect to the bandwidth usage and it has not yet considered Sky Deutschland's claim on conditional access service.
On December 15, 2011, the Federal Cartel Office approved the KBW Acquisition, subject to our agreement with the following conditions:
The digital FTA television channels (as opposed to channels marketed in premium subscription packages) distributed on the networks of Unitymedia and KBW will be distributed in unencrypted form commencing January 1, 2013. This commitment is consistent with KBW's current practice and generally covers FTA television channels in SD and HD. If, however, FTA television broadcasters request their HD content to be distributed in an encrypted HD package, the encryption of FTA HD channels is still possible. In addition, we made a commitment that, through December 15, 2015,

I-35

Table of Contents


the annual carriage fees received by Unitymedia and KBW for each such FTA television channel distributed in digital or simulcast in digital and analog would not exceed a specified annual amount, determined by applying the respective current rate card systems of Unitymedia and KBW as of January 1, 2012.
Effective January 1, 2012, Unitymedia and KBW waived their exclusivity rights in access agreements with housing associations, with respect to the usage of infrastructures other than the in-building distribution networks of Unitymedia and KBW to provide television, internet or telephony services within the building.
Effective January 1, 2012, upon expiration of the minimum term of an access agreement with a housing association, Unitymedia or KBW, as applicable, will transfer the ownership rights to the in-building distribution network to the building owner or other party granting access. In addition, Unitymedia and KBW have waived their right to remove their in-building distribution networks.
A special early termination right will be granted with respect to certain of Unitymedia's and KBW's existing access agreements with the largest housing associations that cover more than 800 dwelling units and have a remaining term of more than three years. The total number of dwelling units covered by the affected agreements is approximately 340,000, of which approximately 230,000 and 110,000 are located in the footprints of Unitymedia and KBW, respectively. The special termination right may be exercised on or before September 30 of each calendar year up to the expiration of the current contract term, with termination effective as of January 1 or July 1 of the following year. If the special termination right is exercised, compensation will be paid to partially reimburse Unitymedia or KBW, as applicable, for their unamortized investments in modernizing the in-building network based on an agreed formula.

In January 2012, two competitors of our German cable business, including the incumbent telecommunications operator, each filed an appeal against the Federal Cartel Office regarding its decision to approve the KBW Acquisition. We believe the decision will ultimately be upheld and currently intend to support the Federal Cartel Office in defending the decision. In addition, we do not expect that the filing of these appeals will have any impact on the ongoing integration and development of our German operations. The ultimate resolution of this matter is expected to take up to four years, including the appeals process.

The Netherlands

The Netherlands has an electronic communications law that broadly transposes the Regulatory Framework. According to this electronic communications law, Onafhankelijke Post en Telecommunicatie Autoriteit (OPTA), the Netherlands NRA, should perform a market analysis to determine which, if any, operator or service provider has Significant Market Power. OPTA has completed its first and second round of market analysis and, in November 2010, commenced its third round of market analysis, which is almost completed. As part of the latter, OPTA published on June 23, 2011, its regulatory view on fixed telephony, television, internet access and business network services in the period from 2012 up to and including 2014. OPTA's draft assessment of the television market concluded that there are no grounds for regulation. This is because competition in the television market has increased, providing consumers more providers from which to choose. Following notification of its draft assessment to the European Commission, OPTA published its final assessment on December 20, 2011, with no changes to the draft assessment. This final assessment is not open for appeal. As a result, no new regulations relating to the television market may be proposed without a new analysis. On December 22, 2011, referring to its final assessment of the television market, OPTA rejected previously filed requests from a number of providers to perform a new market analysis of the television market.  This decision by OPTA has been appealed by such providers.

Shortly before the publication of OPTA's draft assessment of the television market, the Dutch Parliament adopted two amendments to the proposed transposition of the amended Regulatory Framework focusing on facilitating the resale of television services. Following a discussion of the amendments in the Senate, the Senate issued various critical questions on whether the amendments are in compliance with the Regulatory Framework. The Senate proposes to have a plenary hearing on the matter in March 2012.
OPTA's market analysis decision on call termination, which combines both the fixed termination market and the mobile termination market, became effective July 7, 2010. All providers of call termination on fixed and mobile networks in the Netherlands have been found to have Significant Market Power and a schedule or glidepath for the reduction of fixed and mobile termination rates, with a last step for mobile termination rates, through September 1, 2012 was imposed. Following an appeal, the Dutch Supreme Administrative Court, College van Beroep voor het bedrijfsleven (CBb), rendered a decision on August 31, 2011, confirming OPTA's market definition and finding of Significant Market Power but rejecting the costing methodology used by OPTA in setting the tariff schedule. Application of the costing methodology approved by the CBb would, among other things, result in a higher mobile termination rate in the final step of the glidepath. CBb obliged OPTA to make an adjusted decision by January 1, 2012. Following a national consultation, OPTA submitted the adjusted draft decision to the European Commission on

I-36

Table of Contents


January 12, 2012. On February 13, 2012, the European Commission expressed serious doubts on OPTA's adjusted draft decision, noting concern about the change in the costing methodology used by OPTA. The European Commission has invited comments on its position and will discuss it further with OPTA and with BEREC over the coming months.
Switzerland
Switzerland has a regulatory system which partially reflects the principles of the EU, but otherwise is distinct from the European regulatory system of telecommunications. The Telecommunications Act (Fernmeldegesetz) regulates, in general, the transmission of information, including the transmission of radio and television signals. Most aspects of the distribution of radio and television, however, are regulated under the Radio and Television Act (Radio und Fernsehgesetz). In addition, the Competition Act and the Act on Price Surveillance are potentially relevant to our business. With respect to energy consumption of electronic home devices, the Energy Act and the revised Energy Ordinance have been applicable since January 2010, to television set-top boxes as described below.
Under the Telecommunications Act, any provider of telecommunications services needs to register with the Federal Office of Communications. Dominant providers have to grant access to third parties, including unbundled access to the local loop and, until April 1, 2011, bitstream access. But this access regulation is restricted to the copper wire network of the incumbent, Swisscom. Therefore, such unbundling obligations do not apply to UPC Cablecom and other cable operators. Also, any dominant provider has to grant access to its ducts, subject to sufficient capacity being available in the relevant duct. At this time, only Swisscom has been determined to be dominant in this regard. All operators are obliged to provide interconnection and have to ensure interoperability of services.
In 2008, Swisscom announced its intention to roll out a national fiber-to-the-home network following the completion of its fiber to the building and fiber to the node networks in Switzerland. Following a review of this new network, the Federal Government has determined that it is not necessary to revise current regulations on access to such new network by third parties. In addition, several municipality-owned utility companies have announced or started to roll out local fiber networks, some in cooperation with Swisscom. Following a review of the proposed cooperation agreements by the Swiss Competition Commission, Swisscom put all agreements on hold as the Competition Commission has held that several clauses in the cooperation agreements would constitute a violation of Cartel law and adversely affect competition. Currently the cooperation partners are reviewing their plans in the light of the view of the Competition Commission. In the cities of Basel, Bern and Lucerne, the agreements have been renegotiated and executed taking into account the concerns of the Competition Commission. Any such fiber roll out could lead to increased competition for UPC Cablecom.
Under the Radio and Television Act and the corresponding ordinance, cable network operators are obliged to distribute certain programs that contribute in a particular manner to media diversity (must carry programs). The Federal Government and the Federal Office of Communications can select up to 25 programs that have to be distributed in analog without the cable operator being entitled to compensation. Currently, 17 programs have must carry status and a decision requiring UPC Cablecom to carry another channel is currently under review by the Federal Court.
Encryption of Cablecom's digital offering and its exclusive offering of proprietary set-top boxes are permissible under the Radio and Television Act. An initiative, initially adopted by the Swiss Parliament in June 2009, which demanded (1) a ban on encryption of the digital basic offering or, alternatively, (2) the introduction of a conditional access module, has been rejected by the Swiss Parliament.
UPC Cablecom's retail customer prices have been subject to review by the Swiss Price Regulator. Effective June 1, 2010, UPC Cablecom entered into an agreement with the Swiss Price Regulator, which defines prices for analog and a basic digital offer until the end of 2012. Whether UPC Cablecom will continue to be subject to price regulation going forward will depend on the assessment of its market position.
The Federal Council has introduced as an initiative a new regulation imposing power thresholds for set-top boxes. There are some exemptions and transition periods which apply in the short term to the set-top boxes we import into Switzerland. Notwithstanding, it appears that the Swiss ordinance is not in line with European regulation. Therefore, the ordinance may be reconsidered as Switzerland tries to align itself with EU norms. If, however, such regulation remains in force, it may have an adverse effect on the business of UPC Cablecom as UPC Cablecom may face restrictions regarding the import of set-top boxes.

I-37

Table of Contents


Belgium (Telenet)
Belgium has broadly transposed the Regulatory Framework into law. According to the electronic communications law of June 13, 2005, the Belgisch Instituut voor Post en Telecommunicatie (BIPT), the Belgian NRA, should perform the market analysis to determine which, if any, operator or service provider has Significant Market Power. In addition, draft legislation is being prepared for the Federal Parliament to transpose the 2009 revisions to the Regulatory Framework. Final adoption of this draft legislation is expected in the second quarter of 2012.
Telenet has been declared an operator with Significant Market Power on the market for call termination on an individual fixed public telephone network. A three-year reduction of termination rates imposed on Telenet, which was completed in January 2009, resulted in near reciprocal termination tariffs with Telenet charging the interconnection rate of the incumbent telecommunications operator, Belgacom, plus 15%.
Although no determination has been made on whether Telenet has Significant Market Power on the market for call termination on individual mobile networks, its rates will be affected by rate limitations implemented by BIPT. In June 2010, BIPT imposed a steep rate reduction over the next two years resulting in (1) an initial 45% decline effective August 1, 2010, over the then average rate and (2) further declines to a rate in January 2013 that will be approximately 79% less than the average rate implemented on August 1, 2010. Also, BIPT indicated the rates of mobile operators, such as Telenet, using a host network to provide service may be capped by the termination rates of their host network.
In Belgium, both the BIPT and the regional media regulators (the Vlaamse Media Regulator for Flanders, Conseil Supérieur de l'Audiovisuel (Wallonia), and Medienrat (in the German speaking community)) have worked together in order to approve the wholesale broadband and broadcasting analysis.
In December 2010, the BIPT and the regional regulators for the media sectors (the Belgium Regulatory Authorities) published their respective draft decisions reflecting the results of their joint analysis of the broadcasting market in Belgium. In addition, the BIPT published an analysis of the wholesale broadband market in Belgium. These draft decisions aimed to impose regulatory obligations on cable operators and Belgacom, the incumbent telecommunications operator.
The Belgium Regulatory Authorities held a public consultation on the proposed measures and published the comments made by various market players. Based on these comments, the Belgium Regulatory Authorities made some changes to the draft decisions. The draft decisions were then notified to the European Commission by the Belgian Conference of Regulators for Electronic Communications (the CRC), a body which brings together the BIPT and the Belgium Regulatory Authorities. On June 20, 2011, the European Commission sent a letter to the CRC criticizing the analysis of the broadcasting markets. The Commission more specifically criticized the fact that the Belgium Regulatory Authorities failed to analyze upstream wholesale markets. It also expressed doubts as to the necessity and proportionality of the various remedies.

The Belgium Regulatory Authorities nevertheless adopted a final decision on July 1, 2011 (the July 2011 Decision) after making some minor changes to the text of their draft decisions. The July 2011 Decision was notified to Telenet on July 18, 2011. The regulatory obligations imposed by the July 2011 Decision include (1) an obligation to make a resale offer at ''retail minus'' of the cable analog package available to third party operators (including Belgacom), (2) an obligation to grant third-party operators (except Belgacom) access to digital television platforms (including the basic digital video package) at "retail minus," and (3) an obligation to make a resale offer at ''retail minus'' of broadband internet access available to beneficiaries of the digital television access obligation that wish to offer bundles of digital video and broadband internet services to their customers (except Belgacom). A "retail-minus" method would imply a wholesale tariff calculated as the retail price for the offered service, excluding value-added taxes and copyrights, and further deducting the retail costs avoided by offering the wholesale service (such as, for example, costs for billing, franchise, consumer service, marketing, and sales). On February 1, 2012, Telenet submitted draft reference offers regarding the obligations described above. A national consultation and a notification to the European Commission of the reference offers still need to take place before final approval by the Belgium Regulatory Authorities. Any approved reference offer is not expected to be available in the market until 2013.

For Belgacom, the regulatory obligations include (1) an obligation to provide wholesale access to the local loop, (2) an obligation to provide wholesale internet access at bitstream level and (3) an obligation to provide wholesale multicast access for distribution of television channels. 

Telenet believes that there are serious grounds to challenge the findings of the Belgium Regulatory Authorities' broadcasting market analysis and the resulting regulatory obligations, and has lodged an appeal for suspension and annulment against the July 2011 Decision with the Brussels Court of Appeal. It cannot be excluded, however, that one or more regulatory obligations will be eventually upheld. A decision from the Brussels Court of Appeal is expected in the second quarter of 2012.
 

I-38

Table of Contents


The July 2011 Decision aims to, and in its application may, strengthen Telenet's competitors by granting them resale access to Telenet's network to offer competing products and services. In addition, any resale access granted to competitors could (1) limit the bandwidth available to Telenet to provide new or expanded products and services to the customers served by its network and (2) adversely impact Telenet's ability to maintain or increase its revenue and cash flows. The extent of any such adverse impacts ultimately will be dependent on whether the July 2011 Decision is implemented in its current form and, if implemented, the wholesale rates established by the Belgium Regulatory Authorities and the extent that competitors take advantage of the resale access ultimately afforded to Telenet's network.

Chile
In addition to the regulations described below, VTR was subject to certain regulatory conditions until mid-2010, which were imposed by the Chilean Antitrust Court in connections with VTR's combination with Metrópolis Intercom SA in April 2005. One such condition prohibited VTR and its control group from participating, directly or indirectly through a related person, in Chilean satellite or microwave television businesses through April 2010 (the Satellite Condition). On December 12, 2006, Liberty Media Corporation (Liberty Media), the former parent company of our predecessor, announced publicly that it had agreed to acquire an approximate 39% interest in The DirecTV Group, Inc. (DirecTV), the parent of DirecTV Chile. On August 1, 2007, VTR received formal written notice from the Chilean Federal Economic Prosecutor (FNE) stating that Liberty Media's acquisition of the DirecTV interest would violate the Satellite Condition. On March 19, 2008, following the closing of Liberty Media's investment in DirecTV, the FNE commenced an action before the Chilean Antitrust Court against John C. Malone, the chairman of our board of directors and of Liberty Media's board of directors. In this action, the FNE alleged that Mr. Malone is a controller of VTR and either controls or indirectly participates in DirecTV's satellite operations in Chile, thus violating the condition. The FNE requested the Antitrust Court to impose a fine on Mr. Malone and order him to effect the transfer of the shares, interests or other assets that are necessary to restore the independence, in ownership and administration, of VTR and DirecTV Chile. Liberty Media no longer owns an interest in DirecTV and Mr. Malone's voting interest in DirecTV has been reduced to less than 5%. On December 29, 2011, the Chilean Antitrust Court issued its final decision. No remedies impacting LGI or VTR were imposed by this decision.
Video
Cable television services are regulated in Chile by the Ministry of Transportation and Telecommunications (the Ministry). VTR has permits to provide wireline cable television services in the major cities, including Santiago, and in most of the medium-sized markets in Chile. Wireline cable television permits are granted for an indefinite term and are non-exclusive. As a result, more than one operator may be in the same geographic area. As these permits do not use the radio-electric spectrum, they are granted without ongoing duties or royalties. Wireless cable television services are also regulated by the Ministry and similar permits are granted for these services. Wireless cable permits have a 10-year term and are renewable for additional 10-year terms at the request of the permit holder.
Cable television service providers in Chile are not required to carry any specific programming, but some restrictions may apply with respect to allowable programming. The National Television Council has authority over programming content, and it may impose sanctions on providers who are found to have run programming containing excessive violence, pornography or other objectionable content.
Cable television providers have historically retransmitted programming from broadcast television, without paying any compensation to the broadcasters. Certain broadcasters, however, have filed lawsuits against VTR claiming that by retransmitting their signals VTR has breached either their intellectual property rights or the Chilean antitrust laws. The lawsuits concerning antitrust laws have been settled. In one action, the Court of Appeals of Santiago determined that no compensation or authorization is required as long as VTR retransmits the signal simultaneously, without modifying it, and in the same geographic area where the over-the-air signal is transmitted. Two other lawsuits are still pending, with decisions expected in 2012.
In November 2008, the Chilean Government introduced two bills related to DTT regarding stricter content standards and new rules for granting and operating DTT concessions (among other matters), which are still pending. Must carry and retransmission consent obligations have been added to these bills. Broadcasters are claiming that these bills should authorize them to offer pay television services and some programmers argue that this authorization will allow them to provide their premium content directly to customers. Some provisions of the bills require pay television operators to use a percentage of their capacity to carry cultural programming and prohibit advertising on cable television services. We are currently unable to predict the outcome of this matter or its impact on VTR.
Internet
Internet services are considered complementary telecommunication services and, therefore, do not require concessions, permits, or licenses. Pursuant to a condition imposed on VTR as a result of its 2005 combination with Metrópolis Intercom SA,

I-39

Table of Contents


VTR offers its broadband capacity for resale of internet services on a wholesale basis. After a three-year long discussion, the law on Intellectual Property was amended in May 2010. The amendment included a new chapter limiting the liability of ISPs for copyright infringements over their networks, provided the ISPs fulfill certain conditions, which vary depending on the service provided. In general, the limitation of liability of ISPs will require the ISPs to fulfill the following conditions: (1) establish public and general terms upon which the ISP may exercise its right to terminate its agreements with content providers that are judicially qualified as repeat offenders against intellectual property rights protected by law; (2) not interfere with the technological measures of protection and rights management of protected works; and (3) not generate nor select the content or its addressees. Since its enactment in May 2010, these rules apply without prejudice to the application of the general civil rules of liability.
In order to protect the constitutional rights of privacy and safety of communications, ISPs are prohibited from undertaking surveillance measures over data content on their networks. Also, special summary proceedings have been created in order to safeguard intellectual property rights against violations committed through networks or digital systems. These proceedings include measures designed to withdraw, disqualify or block infringing content in the ISP's network or systems. The law also provides for the right of intellectual property owners to judicially request from ISPs the delivery of necessary information to identify the provider of infringing content.
On June 13, 2010, the Chilean Senate approved a Bill on Net Neutrality, which became effective in August 2010. This Bill prohibits “arbitrary blockings” and the provision of differentiated service conditions according to the origin or ownership of the content or service provided through the internet. The Bill authorizes ISPs to take measures to ensure the privacy of their users, virus protection and safety of the net, as long as these measures do not entail traffic shaping with anticompetitive means. Certain consumer information obligations related to the characteristics of each internet access plan and the traffic management policies applied by each ISP were imposed on March 18, 2011. A ruling requiring internet quality of service measurements was issued on July 25, 2011. On November 17, 2011, the Ministry issued a new ruling establishing new obligations, such as the obligation to inform the effective maximum and minimum traffic speed offered in each internet access plan. VTR is assessing whether to file an opposition challenging such ruling.
Telephony
The Ministry also regulates telephony services. The provision of telephony services (both fixed and mobile) requires a public telecommunications service concession. VTR has telecommunications concessions to provide wireline fixed telephony in most major and medium-sized markets in Chile. Telephony concessions are non-exclusive and have renewable 30-year terms. The original term of VTR's wireline fixed telephony concessions expires in November 2025. Long distance telephony services are considered intermediate telecommunications services and, as such, are also regulated by the Ministry. VTR has concessions to provide this service, which is non-exclusive, for a 30-year renewable term expiring in September 2025. In October 2011, the SubTel implemented the first phase of a ruling for the elimination of domestic long distance (for calls within the country) and reducing the local exchange zones from 24 to 13. The second stage, which will eliminate all local zones, is expected in 2014, subject to approval by the Chilean Antitrust Court.
Local service concessionaires are obligated to provide telephony service to all customers that are within their service area or are willing to pay for an extension to receive service. All local service providers, including VTR, must give long distance telephony service providers equal access to their network connections at regulated prices and must interconnect with all other public services concessionaires whose systems are technically compatible.
In January 2008, the Ministry requested the Chilean Antitrust Court to review the telephony market. In January 2009, the Antitrust Court concluded that, although the local service telephony market cannot be characterized as competitive, it has enhanced its level of competition since it was reviewed in 2003. As a result, the Antitrust Court determined that incumbent local telephone operators will no longer be subject to price regulation for most services at a retail level. The Chilean Antitrust Court recommended that the Ministry, for the incumbent operators only, take measures avoiding fixed/mobile bundles and differential prices for on net and off net traffic. The Chilean Antitrust Court also recommended that the Ministry set forth rules, for all operators, forbidding tied sales of telecommunication services included in a bundle, and imposing effective network unbundling and number portability. The Chilean Antitrust Court also declared some ancillary services and network unbundling services to be subject to price regulation for all companies, including VTR.
Interconnect charges (including access charges and charges for network unbundling services) are determined by the regulatory authorities, which establish the maximum rates that may be charged by each operator for each type of service. This rate regulation is applicable to incumbent operators and all local and mobile telephony companies, including VTR. The maximum rates that may be charged by each operator for the corresponding service are made on a case-by-case basis and are effective for five years. VTR's current interconnection and unbundling rates are effective until June 2012. In July 2011, the SubTel started a new ordinary tariff process.

I-40

Table of Contents


In August 2009, the SubTel started a new complimentary tariff process on VTR related to certain ancillary telephone services (provided to end users) and additional network unbundling services (bitstream). The tariff decree resulting from this process should have been approved by the end of 2010, but the SubTel postponed its final decision. During September 2011, the SubTel enacted this complementary decree and it is now in its final legal review at the National General Comptroller Office.
During 2009, the SubTel awarded VTR a license for 30 MHz of spectrum in the 1700/2100 MHz frequency band. The license has a 30-year renewable term. VTR is transferring this license to our subsidiary, VTR Wireless.
In April 2007, a Bill regarding Telecommunications Antennas Towers was introduced in the Chilean House of Representatives. It includes stricter restrictions on the construction of new telecommunications towers, including (1) the requirement to obtain prior authorization from local authorities to build antennas in new sites; (2) the prohibition of the placement of towers in sites smaller than 400 square meters; (3) the camouflage of towers exceeding certain heights or clustered together; (4) payments towards community improvements based on a percentage of the value of a new tower; and (5) height and distance restrictions for towers located near certain buildings (schools, hospitals, etc.). The bill also includes provisions about co-localization of telecommunications antennas. A strong opposition to this Bill has been raised by the incumbent mobile operators on constitutional grounds. We expect this Bill to be approved by the Chilean Congress during the first quarter of 2012.
Other Chilean Regulation
MVNO Litigation. On December 23, 2011, the Supreme Court overruled a decision of the Antitrust Court and found that three mobile phone operators (Movistar, Entel and Claro) were infringing an antitrust law, by refusing to deal with third parties interested in providing mobile services as MVNOs. The Supreme Court declared that the licensed frequency allocation of the spectrum was an essential supply to provide mobile services. Therefore, the mobile companies, by refusing to allow third parties the use of the frequency and other assets of their network, were effectively excluding potential competitors. Apart from imposing a fine, it ordered the operators to make a public and reasonable offering of their facilities to third parties interested in providing mobile services as a MVNO. Even though this obligation should only affect the companies that were sanctioned in the decision, it is possible that the decision may be extended to new participants, including VTR.
LTE Bidding. In December 2011, the Ministry announced a bidding process to award three licenses for high capacity mobile data services in the 2.5 GHz spectrum, that will grant portions of spectrum rights from a total of 120 MHz. Pursuant to the bidding conditions, the successful bidder will be required to offer wholesale services and service some isolated locations. Interested parties must submit their proposals on April 19, 2012.
Rate Adjustments. With respect to VTR's ability to increase the price of its different telecommunication services to its subscribers, the General Consumer Protection Laws contain provisions that may be interpreted by the National Consumer's Service (Sernac) to require that any increase in rates - over the inflation rate - to existing subscribers must be previously accepted and agreed to by those subscribers, impairing VTR's capacity to rationalize its pricing policy over current customers. VTR disagrees with this interpretation and is evaluating its options for adjusting or increasing its subscriber rates in compliance with applicable laws.
Channel Lineup. With respect to VTR's ability to modify its channel lineup without the previous consent of the subscribers, Sernac expressed that such action may be against certain provisions of the applicable Consumer Protection Law, including those provisions prohibiting misleading advertisement, unilateral modification of the clients' contracts and abusive clauses. Sernac filed several lawsuits against VTR. In June 2008, the Court of Appeals of Santiago ruled against VTR in one of these lawsuits. The Supreme Court rejected an appeal of this decision. Based on nine favorable rulings recently obtained by VTR, granting the company the right to modify its channel lineup, VTR disagrees with Sernac's interpretation. To prevent future conflicts with Sernac, VTR is negotiating with Sernac to establish common acceptable criteria to enable modifications of VTR's channel lineup. In December 2011, VTR proposed new wording for its customer agreements that would establish a framework for future modifications. We are currently unable to predict the outcome of this matter.
On-Off Net Traffic/Bundling. The Antitrust Court launched a consultation to determine whether or not to impose restrictions on calling price differentiation (On Net/Off Net) and bundling (including resale and regulatory accounting). The Antitrust Court decision could involve significant changes in fixed and mobile pricing strategies, affecting VTR's ability to offer discounts for service bundles or imposing resale obligations on cable television, broadband and/or telephony. The Antitrust Court's decision is expected in first quarter of 2012.
Telecommunication Services Proposal. In November 2011, the Subtel published a proposal for a General Telecommunication Services Ruling. The purpose of this proposal is to regulate the offer of telecommunication services (voice, internet access, and pay television, either alone or in bundles) from a consumer protection point of view. If enacted,

I-41

Table of Contents


the new regulation could involve significant changes in contracts with customers; new requirements regarding compensation in case of service failure; and new rules regarding treatment of customers' personal information.
Employees
As of December 31, 2011, we, including our consolidated subsidiaries, had an aggregate of approximately 22,000 employees, certain of whom belong to organized unions and works councils. Certain of our subsidiaries also use contract and temporary employees, which are not included in this number, for various projects. We believe that our employee relations are good.
Financial Information About Geographic Areas
Financial information related to the geographic areas in which we do business appears in note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II of this report.
Available Information
All our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as well as amendments to such filings are available on our internet website free of charge generally within 24 hours after we file such material with the SEC. Our website address is www.lgi.com. The information on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference herein.
Item 1A.    RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should consider the following risk factors in evaluating our results of operations, financial condition, business and operations or an investment in our stock.
The risk factors described in this section have been separated into four groups:
risks that relate to the competition we face and the technology used in our businesses;
risks that relate to our operating in overseas markets and being subject to foreign regulation;
risks that relate to certain financial matters; and
other risks, including risks that relate to our capitalization and the obstacles faced by anyone who may seek to acquire us. 
Although we describe below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K the risks we consider to be the most material, there may be other unknown or unpredictable economic, business, competitive, regulatory or other factors that also could have material adverse effects on our results of operations, financial condition, business or operations in the future. In addition, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods.
If any of the events described below, individually or in combination, were to occur, our businesses, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and/or cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Factors Relating to Competition and Technology
We operate in increasingly competitive markets, and there is a risk that we will not be able to effectively compete with other service providers. The markets for cable television, broadband internet and telephony in many of the regions in which we operate are highly competitive. In the provision of video services we face competition from DTT broadcasters, video provided over satellite platforms, networks using DSL technology, FTTx networks and, in some countries where parts of our systems are overbuilt, cable networks, among others. Our operating businesses are facing increasing competition from video services provided by or over the networks of incumbent telecommunications operators and other service providers. As the availability and speed of broadband internet increases, we also face competition from over-the-top video content providers utilizing our or our competitors' high-speed internet connections. In the provision of telephony and broadband internet services, we are experiencing increasing competition from the incumbent telecommunications operators and other service providers in each country in which we operate, as well as mobile providers of voice and data. The incumbent telecommunications operators typically dominate the market for these services and have the advantage of nationwide networks and greater resources than we have to devote to the provision of these services. Many of the incumbent operators are now offering double-play, triple-play and quadruple-play bundles of services. In many countries, we also compete with other operators using the unbundled local loop of the incumbent telecommunications operator to provide these services, other facilities-based operators and wireless providers. Developments in the DSL technology used by the

I-42

Table of Contents


incumbent telecommunications operators and alternative providers have improved the attractiveness of our competitor's products and services and strengthened their competitive position. Developments in wireless technology, such as WiMax and LTE (the next generation of ultra high-speed mobile data), are creating additional competitive challenges.
In some European markets, national and local government agencies may seek to become involved, either directly or indirectly, in the establishment of FTTx networks, DTT systems or other communications systems. We intend to pursue available options to restrict such involvement or to ensure that such involvement is on commercially reasonable terms. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be successful in these pursuits. As a result, we may face competition from entities not requiring a normal commercial return on their investments. In addition, we may face more vigorous competition than would have been the case if there were no government involvement.
The market for programming services is also highly competitive. Programming businesses compete with other programmers for distribution on a limited number of channels. Once distribution is obtained, program offerings must then compete for viewers and advertisers with other programming services as well as with other entertainment media, such as home video, online activities, movies, live events, radio broadcasts and print media. Technology advances, such as download speeds, VoD, interactive and mobile broadband services, have increased audience fragmentation through the number of entertainment and information delivery choices. Such increased choices could adversely affect consumer demand for services and viewing preferences. At the same time, these advances have beneficial effects for our programming businesses by increasing the available platforms for distribution of our services.
We expect the level and intensity of competition to continue to increase from both existing competitors and new market entrants as a result of changes in the regulatory framework of the industries in which we operate, advances in technology, the influx of new market entrants and strategic alliances and cooperative relationships among industry participants. Increased competition has resulted in increased customer churn, reductions of customer acquisition rates for some services and significant price competition in most of our markets. In combination with difficult economic environments, these competitive pressures could adversely impact our ability to increase or, in certain cases, maintain the revenue, average monthly subscription revenue per average RGU (ARPU), RGUs, operating cash flows, operating cash flow margins and liquidity of our operating segments.
Changes in technology may limit the competitiveness of and demand for our services. Technology in the video, telecommunications and data services industries is changing rapidly. This significantly influences the demand for the products and services that are offered by our businesses. The ability to anticipate changes in technology and consumer tastes and to develop and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis will affect our ability to continue to grow, increase our revenue and number of subscribers and remain competitive. New products, once marketed, may not meet consumer expectations or demand, can be subject to delays in development and may fail to operate as intended. A lack of market acceptance of new products and services which we may offer, or the development of significant competitive products or services by others, could have a material adverse impact on our revenue and operating cash flow.
Our capital expenditures may not generate a positive return. The video, broadband internet and telephony businesses in which we operate are capital intensive. Significant capital expenditures are required to add customers to our networks and to upgrade our networks to enhance our service offerings and improve the customer experience, including expenditures for equipment and labor costs. No assurance can be given that our future capital expenditures will generate a positive return or that we will have adequate capital available to finance such future upgrades. If we are unable to, or elect not to, pay for costs associated with adding new customers, expanding or upgrading our networks or making our other planned or unplanned capital expenditures, our growth could be limited and our competitive position could be harmed.
If we are unable to obtain attractive programming on satisfactory terms for our digital cable services, the demand for our services could be reduced, thereby lowering revenue and profitability. We rely on digital programming suppliers for the bulk of our programming content. We may not be able to obtain sufficient high-quality programming for our digital cable services on satisfactory terms or at all in order to offer compelling digital cable services. This may also limit our ability to migrate customers from lower tier programming to higher tier programming, thereby inhibiting our ability to execute our business plans. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain attractive country-specific programming for video services. We also may be placed at a competitive disadvantage when our competitors offer exclusive programming. In addition, must carry requirements may consume channel capacity otherwise available for other services. Any or all of these factors could result in reduced demand for, and lower revenue and profitability from, our digital video services.
We depend on third-party suppliers and licensors to supply necessary equipment, software and certain services required for our businesses. We rely on third-party vendors for the equipment, software and services that we require in order to provide services to our customers. Our suppliers often conduct business worldwide and their ability to meet our needs are subject to various risks, including political and economic instability, natural calamities, interruptions in transportation systems, terrorism and labor issues. As a result, we may not be able to obtain the equipment, software and services required for our businesses on a

I-43

Table of Contents


timely basis or on satisfactory terms. For example, due in part to the recent flooding in Thailand, we have been experiencing longer than normal lead times with respect to our customer premises and other equipment needs for certain of our operations. Any shortfall in customer premises equipment could lead to delays in connecting customers to our services, and accordingly, could adversely impact our ability to maintain or increase our RGUs, revenue and cash flows. Also, if demand exceeds the suppliers' and licensors' capacity or if they experience financial difficulties, the ability of our businesses to provide some services may be materially adversely affected, which in turn could affect our businesses' ability to attract and retain customers. Although we actively monitor the creditworthiness of our key third party suppliers and licensors, the financial failure of a key third party supplier or licensor could disrupt our operations and have an adverse impact on our revenue and cash flows.
Failure in our technology or telecommunications systems could significantly disrupt our operations, which could reduce our customer base and result in lost revenue. Our success depends, in part, on the continued and uninterrupted performance of our information technology and network systems as well as our customer service centers. The hardware supporting a large number of critical systems for our cable network in a particular country or geographic region is housed in a relatively small number of locations. Our systems are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications failures, power loss, malicious human acts and natural disasters. Moreover, despite security measures, our servers and systems are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses, worms, phishing attacks and similar disruptive problems. Despite the precautions we have taken, unanticipated problems affecting our systems could cause failures in our information technology systems or disruption in the transmission of signals over our networks or similar problems. Any disruptive problem that causes loss, misappropriation, misuse or leakage of data could damage our reputation and the credibility of our operations. Further, sustained or repeated system failures that interrupt our ability to provide service to our customers or otherwise meet our business obligations in a timely manner would adversely affect our reputation and result in a loss of customers and net revenue.
Factors Relating to Overseas Operations and Foreign Regulation
Our businesses are conducted almost exclusively outside of the United States, which gives rise to numerous operational risks. Our businesses operate almost exclusively in countries outside the United States and are thereby subject to the following inherent risks:
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;
difficulties in staffing and managing international operations;
potentially adverse tax consequences;
export and import restrictions, custom duties, tariffs and other trade barriers;
increases in taxes and governmental fees;
economic and political instability; and
changes in foreign and domestic laws and policies that govern operations of foreign-based companies. 
Operational risks that we may experience in certain countries include disruptions of services or loss of property or equipment that are critical to overseas businesses due to expropriation, nationalization, war, insurrection, terrorism or general social or political unrest.
We are exposed to various foreign currency exchange rate risks. We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk with respect to our consolidated debt in situations where our debt is denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the operations whose cash flows support our ability to repay or refinance such debt. Although we generally seek to match the denomination of our and our subsidiaries' borrowings with the functional currency of the operations that are supporting the respective borrowings, market conditions or other factors may cause us to enter into borrowing arrangements that are not denominated in the functional currency of the underlying operations (unmatched debt). In these cases, our policy is to provide for an economic hedge against foreign currency exchange rate movements by using cross-currency interest rate swaps to synthetically convert unmatched debt into the applicable underlying currency. At December 31, 2011, substantially all of our debt was either directly or synthetically matched to the applicable functional currencies of the underlying operations.
In addition to the exposure that results from the mismatch of our borrowings and underlying functional currencies, we are exposed to foreign currency risk to the extent that we enter into transactions denominated in currencies other than our or our subsidiaries' respective functional currencies (non-functional currency risk), such as investments in debt and equity securities of foreign subsidiaries, equipment purchases, programming contracts, notes payable and notes receivable (including intercompany amounts) that are denominated in a currency other than the applicable functional currency. Changes in exchange rates with respect

I-44

Table of Contents


to amounts recorded in our consolidated balance sheets related to these items will result in unrealized (based upon period-end exchange rates) or realized foreign currency transaction gains and losses upon settlement of the transactions. Moreover, to the extent that our revenue, costs and expenses are denominated in currencies other than our respective functional currencies, we will experience fluctuations in our revenue, costs and expenses solely as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. In this regard, we expect that during 2012, (1) approximately 1% to 3% of our revenue, (2) approximately 4% to 6% of our aggregate operating and selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) and (3) approximately 12% to14% of our capital expenditures (including capital lease additions) will be denominated in non-functional currencies, including amounts denominated in (a) U.S. dollars in Chile, Europe and Argentina and (b) euros in Poland, the Czech Republic, Romania, Switzerland and Hungary. Our expectations with respect to our non-functional currency transactions in 2012 may differ from actual results. Generally, we will consider hedging non-functional currency risks when the risks arise from agreements with third parties that involve the future payment or receipt of cash or other monetary items to the extent that we can reasonably predict the timing and amount of such payments or receipts and the payments or receipts are not otherwise hedged. In this regard, we have entered into foreign currency forward contracts covering the forward purchase of the U.S. dollar, euro and British pound sterling and the forward sale of the Hungarian forint, Polish zloty, Czech koruna, euro, Swiss Franc and Chilean peso to hedge certain of these risks. Although certain non-functional currency risks related to our revenue and operating and SG&A expenses and most of the non-functional currency risks related to our capital expenditures were not hedged as of December 31, 2011, we expect to increase the use of hedging strategies during 2012 with respect to these non-functional currency risks. In addition, we have not hedged the currency risk associated with the net Australian dollar proceeds we are to receive pursuant to the Austar Transaction. For additional information concerning our foreign currency forward contracts, see note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II of this report.
We also are exposed to unfavorable and potentially volatile fluctuations of the U.S. dollar (our reporting currency) against the currencies of our operating subsidiaries and affiliates when their respective financial statements are translated into U.S. dollars for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements. Cumulative translation adjustments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss) as a separate component of equity. Any increase (decrease) in the value of the U.S. dollar against any foreign currency that is the functional currency of one of our operating subsidiaries or affiliates will cause us to experience unrealized foreign currency translation losses (gains) with respect to amounts already invested in such foreign currencies. Accordingly, we may experience a negative impact on our comprehensive earnings (loss) and equity with respect to our holdings solely as a result of foreign currency translation. Our primary exposure to foreign currency risk from a foreign currency translation perspective is to the euro and, to a lesser extent, the Swiss franc, the Chilean peso and other local currencies in Europe. We generally do not hedge against the risk that we may incur non-cash losses upon the translation of the financial statements of our subsidiaries and affiliates into U.S. dollars.
Our businesses are subject to risks of adverse regulation by foreign governments. Our businesses are subject to the unique regulatory regimes of the countries in which they operate. Cable and telecommunications businesses are subject to licensing or registration eligibility rules and regulations, which vary by country. The provision of electronic communications networks and services requires our licensing from, or registration with, the appropriate regulatory authorities and, for telephony services, entrance into interconnection arrangements with the incumbent phone companies. It is possible that countries in which we operate may adopt laws and regulations regarding electronic commerce, which could dampen the growth of the internet services being offered and developed by these businesses. In a number of countries, our ability to increase the prices we charge for our cable television service or make changes to the programming packages we offer is limited by regulation or conditions imposed by competition authorities or is subject to review by regulatory authorities.
In addition, regulatory authorities may grant new licenses to third parties and, in any event, in most of our markets new entry is possible without a license, resulting in greater competition in territories where our businesses may already be active. More significantly, regulatory authorities may require us to grant third parties access to our bandwidth, frequency capacity, facilities or services to distribute their own services or resell our services to end customers. Programming businesses are subject to regulation on a country by country basis, including programming content requirements, requirements to make programming available on non-discriminatory terms, and service quality standards. Consequently, our businesses must adapt their ownership and organizational structure as well as their pricing and service offerings to satisfy the rules and regulations to which they are subject. A failure to comply with applicable rules and regulations could result in penalties, restrictions on our business or loss of required licenses or other adverse conditions.
Adverse changes in rules and regulations could:
impair our ability to use our bandwidth in ways that would generate maximum revenue and operating cash flow;
create a shortage of capacity on our network, which could limit the types and variety of services we seek to provide our customers;

I-45

Table of Contents


strengthen our competitors by granting them access and lowering their costs to enter into our markets; and
have a significant adverse impact on our profitability. 
Businesses, including ours, that offer multiple services, such as video distribution as well as internet and telephony, or that are vertically integrated and offer both video distribution and programming content, often face close regulatory scrutiny from competition authorities in several countries in which we operate. This is particularly the case with respect to any proposed business combinations, which will often require clearance from national competition authorities. The regulatory authorities in several countries in which we do business have considered from time to time what access rights, if any, should be afforded to third parties for use of existing cable television networks and in certain countries have imposed access obligations. This has resulted, for example, in obligations with respect to call termination for our telephony business in Europe, video “must carry” obligations in many markets in which we operate and video and broadband internet access obligations in Belgium.
When we acquire additional communications companies, these acquisitions may require the approval of governmental authorities (either at country or, in the case of the EU, European level), which can block, impose conditions on, or delay an acquisition, thus hampering our opportunities for growth, such as the delays and conditions we faced in the KBW and Aster Acquisitions.
New legislation may significantly alter the regulatory regime applicable to us, which could adversely affect our competitive position and profitability, and we may become subject to more extensive regulation if we are deemed to possess significant market power in any of the markets in which we operate. Significant changes to the existing regulatory regime applicable to the provision of cable television, telephony and internet services have been and are still being introduced. For example, in the EU a large element of regulation affecting our business derives from a number of Directives that are the basis of the regulatory regime concerning many of the services we offer across the EU. The various Directives require Member States to harmonize their laws on communications and cover such issues as access, user rights, privacy and competition. These Directives are reviewed by the EU from time to time and any changes to them could lead to substantial changes in the way in which our businesses are regulated and to which we would have to adapt. In addition, we are subject to review by competition authorities in certain countries concerning whether we exhibit significant market power. A finding of significant market power can result in our becoming subject to pricing, open access, unbundling and other requirements that could provide a more favorable operating environment for existing and potential competitors.
We cannot be certain that we will be successful in acquiring new businesses or integrating acquired businesses with our existing operations. Historically, our businesses have grown, in part, through selective acquisitions that enabled them to take advantage of existing networks, local service offerings and region-specific management expertise. We expect to seek to continue growing our businesses through acquisitions in selected markets. Our ability to acquire new businesses may be limited by many factors, including availability of financing, debt covenants, the prevalence of complex ownership structures among potential targets, government regulation and competition from other potential acquirers, primarily private equity funds. Even if we are successful in acquiring new businesses, the integration of such new businesses may present significant costs and challenges, including: realizing economies of scale in interconnection, programming and network operations; eliminating duplicative overheads; and integrating personnel, networks, financial systems and operational systems. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in acquiring new businesses or realizing the anticipated benefits of any completed acquisition, including, for example, the recently completed KBW Acquisition.
In addition, we anticipate that most, if not all, companies acquired by us will be located outside the United States. Foreign companies may not have disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls over financial reporting that are as thorough or effective as those required by U.S. securities laws. While we intend to conduct appropriate due diligence and to implement appropriate controls and procedures as we integrate acquired companies, we may not be able to certify as to the effectiveness of these companies' disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls over financial reporting until we have fully integrated them.
We may have exposure to additional tax liabilities. We are subject to income taxes as well as non-income based taxes, in both the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, there is no assurance that the final determination of tax audits or tax disputes will not be different from what is reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. We are also subject to non-income based taxes, such as payroll, sales, use, value-added, net worth, property and goods and services taxes, in both the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. We are regularly under audit by tax authorities with respect to these non-income based taxes in various jurisdictions. The ultimate outcome of the income tax and non-income based taxes may differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements and may materially affect our financial results in the period or periods for which determination is made.

I-46

Table of Contents


Although substantially all of our revenue and operating income is generated outside the United States, we are subject to potential current U.S. income tax on this income due to our being a U.S. corporation. Our worldwide effective tax rate is reduced under a provision in U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of U.S. tax on certain foreign active income until that income is repatriated to the United States. Any repatriation of assets currently held in foreign jurisdictions or recognition of foreign income that fails to meet the U.S. tax requirements related to deferral of U.S. income tax may result in a higher effective tax rate for the company. This includes what is typically referred to as “Subpart F Income,” which generally includes, but is not limited to, such items as interest, dividends, royalties, gains from the disposition of certain property, certain currency exchange gains in excess of currency exchange losses, and certain related party sales and services income. While the company may mitigate this increase in its effective tax rate through claiming a foreign tax credit against its U.S. federal income taxes or potentially have foreign or U.S. taxes reduced under applicable income tax treaties, we are subject to various limitations on claiming foreign tax credits or we may lack treaty protections in certain jurisdictions that will potentially limit any reduction of the increased effective tax rate.
We are subject to changing tax laws, treaties and regulations in and between countries in which we operate, including treaties between the United States and other nations. A change in these tax laws, treaties or regulations, including those in and involving the United States, or in the interpretation thereof, could result in a materially higher income or non-income tax expense. Also, various income tax proposals in the countries in which we operate, such as those relating to fundamental U.S. international tax reform and measures in response to the economic uncertainty in certain European jurisdictions in which we operate, could result in changes to the existing tax laws on which our deferred taxes are calculated. We are unable to predict whether any of these or other proposals in the United States or foreign jurisdictions will ultimately be enacted. Any such material changes could negatively impact our business.
Factors Relating to Certain Financial Matters
Our substantial leverage could limit our ability to obtain additional financing and have other adverse effects. We seek to maintain our debt at levels that provide for attractive equity returns without assuming undue risk. In this regard, we strive to cause our operating subsidiaries to maintain their debt at levels that result in a consolidated debt balance that is between four and five times our consolidated operating cash flow (as defined in note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II of this report). As a result, we are highly leveraged. At December 31, 2011, our outstanding consolidated debt and capital lease obligations were $24.8 billion, of which $184.1 million is due over the next 12 months and $24.2 billion is due in 2014 or thereafter. We believe that we have sufficient resources to repay or refinance the current portion of our debt and capital lease obligations and to fund our foreseeable liquidity requirements during the next 12 months.  As our debt maturities grow in later years, however, we anticipate that we will seek to refinance or otherwise extend our debt maturities.  In this regard, we completed refinancing transactions in 2011 and early 2012 that, among other matters, resulted in the extension of certain of our subsidiaries' debt maturities. No assurance can be given that we will be able to complete additional refinancing transactions or otherwise extend our debt maturities. In this regard, it is difficult to predict how political, economic and regulatory developments will impact the credit and equity markets we access and our future financial position.
Our ability to service or refinance our debt and to maintain compliance with the financial covenants in the credit agreements and indentures of certain of our subsidiaries is dependent primarily on our ability to maintain or increase our cash provided by operations and to achieve adequate returns on our capital expenditures and acquisitions. In this regard, if the operating cash flow of our subsidiary, UPC Broadband Holding, were to decline, we could be required to partially repay or limit the borrowings under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility in order to maintain compliance with applicable covenants. Accordingly, if our cash provided by operations declines or we encounter other material liquidity requirements, we may be required to seek additional debt or equity financing in order to meet our debt obligations and other liquidity requirements as they come due. In addition, our current debt levels may limit our ability to incur additional debt financing to fund working capital needs, acquisitions, capital expenditures, or other general corporate requirements. We can give no assurance that any additional debt or equity financing will be available on terms that are as favorable as the terms of our existing debt or at all. During 2011, we purchased $912.3 million (including direct acquisition costs) of LGI Series A and Series C common stock. Any cash used by our company in connection with any future purchases of our common stock would not be available for other purposes, including the repayment of debt.
Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to various debt instruments that contain restrictions on how we finance our operations and operate our businesses, which could impede our ability to engage in beneficial transactions. Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to significant financial and operating restrictions contained in outstanding credit agreements, indentures and similar instruments of indebtedness. These restrictions will affect, and in some cases significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the ability of those subsidiaries to:
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;
pay dividends or make other upstream distributions;

I-47

Table of Contents


make investments;
transfer, sell or dispose of certain assets, including subsidiary stock;
merge or consolidate with other entities;
engage in transactions with us or other affiliates; or
create liens on their assets. 
As a result of restrictions contained in these credit facilities, the companies party thereto, and their subsidiaries, could be unable to obtain additional capital in the future to:
fund capital expenditures or acquisitions that could improve their value;
meet their loan and capital commitments to their business affiliates;
invest in companies in which they would otherwise invest;
fund any operating losses or future development of their business affiliates;
obtain lower borrowing costs that are available from secured lenders or engage in advantageous transactions that monetize their assets; or
conduct other necessary or prudent corporate activities. 
In addition, most of the credit agreements to which these subsidiaries are parties include financial covenants that require them to maintain certain financial ratios, including ratios of total debt to operating cash flow and operating cash flow to interest expense. Their ability to meet these financial covenants may be affected by adverse economic, competitive, or regulatory developments and other events beyond their control, and we cannot assure you that these financial covenants will be met. In the event of a default under such subsidiaries' credit agreements or indentures, the lenders may accelerate the maturity of the indebtedness under those agreements or indentures, which could result in a default under other outstanding credit facilities or indentures. We cannot assure you that any of these subsidiaries will have sufficient assets to pay indebtedness outstanding under their credit agreements and indentures. Any refinancing of this indebtedness is likely to contain similar restrictive covenants.
We are exposed to interest rate risks. Shifts in such rates may adversely affect the debt service obligation of our subsidiaries. We are exposed to the risk of fluctuations in interest rates, primarily through the credit facilities of certain of our subsidiaries, which are indexed to EURIBOR, LIBOR or other base rates. Although we enter into various derivative transactions to manage exposure to movements in interest rates, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to do so at a reasonable cost or at all. If we are unable to effectively manage our interest rate exposure through derivative transactions, any increase in market interest rates would increase our interest rate exposure and debt service obligations, which would exacerbate the risks associated with our leveraged capital structure.
We are subject to increasing operating costs and inflation risks which may adversely affect our earnings. While our operations attempt to increase our subscription rates to offset increases in operating costs, there is no assurance that they will be able to do so. In certain countries in which we operate, our ability to increase subscription rates is subject to regulatory controls. Also, our ability to increase subscription rates may be constrained by competitive pressures. Therefore, operating costs may rise faster than associated revenue, resulting in a material negative impact on our cash flow and net earnings (loss). We are also impacted by inflationary increases in salaries, wages, benefits and other administrative costs in certain of our markets.
Continuing uncertainties and challenging conditions in the global economy and in the countries in which we operate may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.  The current macroeconomic environment is highly volatile, and continuing instability in global markets, including the ongoing turmoil in Europe related to sovereign debt issues and the stability of the euro, has contributed to a global economic downturn. Future developments are dependent upon a number of political and economic factors, including the effectiveness of measures by the European Commission to address debt burdens of certain countries in Europe and the overall stability of the eurozone. As a result, we cannot predict how long these challenging conditions will exist or the extent to which the markets in which we operate may further deteriorate.
These unfavorable economic conditions may impact a significant number of our subscribers and, as a result, it may be (1) more difficult for us to attract new subscribers, (2) more likely that subscribers will downgrade or disconnect their services and (3) more difficult for us to maintain ARPUs at existing levels. Countries may also seek new or increased revenue sources due to fiscal

I-48

Table of Contents


deficits. Such actions may further adversely affect our company. Accordingly, our ability to increase, or, in certain cases, maintain, the revenue, ARPUs, RGUs, operating cash flow, operating cash flow margins and liquidity of our operating segments could be adversely affected if the macroeconomic environment remains uncertain or declines further. We are currently unable to predict the extent of any of these potential adverse effects.
We are exposed to sovereign debt and currency instability risks in Europe that could have an adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition and cash flows. Our operations are subject to macro-economic and political risks that are outside of our control.  For example, high levels of sovereign debt in the U.S. and certain European countries (including Ireland and Hungary), combined with weak growth and high unemployment, could lead to fiscal reforms (including austerity measures), sovereign debt restructurings, currency instability, increased counterparty credit risk, high levels of volatility and, potentially, disruptions in the credit and equity markets, as well as other outcomes that might adversely impact our company. With regard to currency instability issues, concerns exist in the eurozone with respect to individual macro-fundamentals on a country-by-country basis, as well as with respect to the overall stability of the EU and the suitability of a single currency to appropriately deal with specific fiscal management and sovereign debt issues in individual eurozone countries. The realization of these concerns could lead to the exit of one or more countries from the EU and the re-introduction of individual currencies in these countries, or, in more extreme circumstances, the possible dissolution of the euro entirely, which could result in the redenomination of a portion, or, in the extreme case, all of our euro denominated assets, liabilities and cash flows to the new currency of the country in which they originated. This could result in a mismatch in the currencies of our assets, liabilities and cash flows. Any such mismatch, together with the capital market disruption that would likely accompany any such redenomination event, could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity and financial condition. Furthermore, any redenomination event would likely be accompanied by significant economic dislocation, particularly within the eurozone countries, which in turn could have an adverse impact on demand for our services, and accordingly, on our revenue and cash flows. Moreover, any changes from euro to non-euro currencies within the countries in which we operate would require us to modify our billing and other financial systems. No assurance can be given that any required modifications could be made within a timeframe that would allow us to timely bill our customers or prepare and file required financial reports. In light of the significant exposure that we have to the euro through our euro-denominated borrowings, derivative instruments, cash balances and cash flows, a redenomination event could have a material adverse impact on our company.
We may not freely access the cash of our operating companies. Our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Our current sources of corporate liquidity include (1) our cash and cash equivalents and (2) interest and dividend income received on our cash and cash equivalents and investments. From time to time, we also receive (1) proceeds in the form of distributions or loan repayments from our subsidiaries or affiliates, (2) proceeds upon the disposition of investments and other assets, (3) proceeds received in connection with the incurrence of debt or the issuance of equity securities and (4) proceeds received upon the exercise of stock options. The ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments or advances to us depends on their individual operating results and any statutory, regulatory or contractual restrictions to which they may be or may become subject and in some cases our receipt of such payments or advances may be limited due to tax considerations or the presence of noncontrolling interests. Most of our operating subsidiaries are subject to credit agreements or indentures that restrict sales of assets and prohibit or limit the payment of dividends or the making of distributions, loans or advances to stockholders and partners, including us. In addition, because these subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities they have no obligation to provide us funds for payment obligations, whether by dividends, distributions, loans or other payments. With respect to those companies in which we have less than a majority voting interest, we do not have sufficient voting control to cause those companies to pay dividends or make other payments or advances to any of their partners or stockholders, including us.
We are exposed to the risk of default by the counterparties to our derivative and other financial instruments, undrawn debt facilities and cash investments. Although we seek to manage the credit risks associated with our derivative and other financial instruments, cash investments and undrawn debt facilities, we are exposed to the risk that our counterparties could default on their obligations to us. Also, even though we regularly review our credit exposures, defaults may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee. At December 31, 2011, our exposure to counterparty credit risk included (1) derivative assets with a fair value of $708.8 million, (2) cash and cash equivalent and restricted cash balances of $1,760.5 million and (3) aggregate undrawn debt facilities of $1,857.7 million. While we currently have no specific concerns about the creditworthiness of any counterparty for which we have material credit risk exposures, the current economic conditions and uncertainties in global financial markets have increased the credit risk of our counterparties and we cannot rule out the possibility that one or more of our counterparties could fail or otherwise be unable to meet its obligations to us. Any such instance could have an adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition. In this regard, (1) additional financial institution failures could reduce amounts available under committed credit facilities, adversely impact our ability to access cash deposited with any failed financial institution and cause a default under one or more derivative contracts, and (2) further deterioration in the credit markets could adversely impact our ability to access debt financing on favorable terms, or at all.
Under our derivative contracts, it is generally only the non-defaulting party that has a contractual option to exercise early termination rights upon the default of the other counterparty and to set off other liabilities against sums due upon such termination.

I-49

Table of Contents


In an insolvency of a derivative counterparty under the laws of certain jurisdictions, however, the defaulting counterparty or its insolvency representatives may be able to compel the termination of one or more derivative contracts and trigger early termination payment liabilities payable by us, reflecting any mark-to-market value of the contracts for the counterparty. Alternatively, or in addition, the insolvency laws of certain jurisdictions may require the mandatory set-off of amounts due under such derivative contracts against present and future liabilities owed to us under other contracts between us and the relevant counterparty. Accordingly, it is possible that we may be subject to obligations to make payments, or may have present or future liabilities owed to us partially or fully discharged by set-off as a result of such obligations, in the event of the insolvency of a derivative counterparty, even though it is the counterparty that is in default and not us. To the extent that we are required to make such payments, our ability to do so will depend on our liquidity and capital resources at the time. In an insolvency of a defaulting counterparty, we will be an unsecured creditor in respect of any amount owed to us by the defaulting counterparty, except to the extent of the value of any collateral we have obtained from that counterparty.
The risks we would face in the event of a default by a counterparty to one of our derivative instruments might be eliminated or substantially mitigated if we were able to novate the relevant derivative contracts to a new counterparty following the default of our counterparty. While we anticipate that, in the event of the insolvency of one of our derivative counterparties, we would seek to effect such novations, no assurance can be given that we would obtain the necessary consents to do so or that we would be able to do so on terms or pricing that would be acceptable to us or that any such novation would not result in substantial costs to us. Furthermore, the underlying risks that are the subject of the relevant derivative contracts would no longer be effectively hedged due to the insolvency of our counterparty, unless and until we novate or replace the derivative contract.
The liquidity and value of our interests in our subsidiaries may be adversely affected by stockholder agreements and similar agreements to which we are a party. We own equity interests in a variety of international broadband communications and programming businesses. Certain of these equity interests are held pursuant to stockholder agreements, partnership agreements and other instruments and agreements that contain provisions that affect the liquidity, and therefore the realizable value, of those interests. Most of these agreements subject the transfer of such equity interests to consent rights or rights of first refusal of the other stockholders or partners. In certain cases, a change in control of the company or the subsidiary holding the equity interest will give rise to rights or remedies exercisable by other stockholders or partners. Some of our subsidiaries are parties to loan agreements that restrict changes in ownership of the borrower without the consent of the lenders. All of these provisions will restrict the ability to sell those equity interests and may adversely affect the prices at which those interests may be sold.
We may not report net earnings. We reported losses from continuing operations of $807.5 million, $953.7 million and $99.8 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In light of our historical financial performance, we cannot assure you that we will report net earnings in the near future or ever.  
Other Factors
The loss of certain key personnel could harm our business. We have experienced employees at both the corporate and operational levels who possess substantial knowledge of our business and operations. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in retaining their services or that we would be successful in hiring and training suitable replacements without undue costs or delays. As a result, the loss of any of these key employees could cause significant disruptions in our business operations, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.
John C. Malone has significant voting power with respect to corporate matters considered by our stockholders. John C. Malone beneficially owns outstanding shares of our common stock representing 36% of our aggregate voting power as of February 16, 2012. By virtue of Mr. Malone's voting power in our company, as well as his position as Chairman of our board of directors, Mr. Malone may have significant influence over the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matters submitted to our stockholders for approval. Mr. Malone's rights to vote or dispose of his equity interests in our company are not subject to any restrictions in favor of us other than as may be required by applicable law and except for customary transfer restrictions pursuant to equity award agreements.
It may be difficult for a third-party to acquire us, even if doing so may be beneficial to our stockholders. Certain provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company that a stockholder may consider favorable. These provisions include the following:
authorizing a capital structure with multiple series of common stock: a Series B that entitles the holders to 10 votes per share; a Series A that entitles the holders to one vote per share; and a Series C that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, entitles the holder to no voting rights;
authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a takeover attempt;

I-50

Table of Contents


classifying our board of directors with staggered three-year terms, which may lengthen the time required to gain control of our board of directors;
limiting who may call special meetings of stockholders;
prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders;
establishing advance notice requirements for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;
requiring stockholder approval by holders of at least 80% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock or the approval by at least 75% of our board of directors with respect to certain extraordinary matters, such as a merger or consolidation of our company, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or an amendment to our restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws; and
the existence of authorized and unissued stock, which would allow our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, thereby protecting the continuity of our management, or which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking to obtain control of our company. 
Change in control provisions in our incentive plan and related award agreements may also discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company, even if such change of control would be in the best interests of our stockholders.
Our ability to exercise control over certain of our subsidiaries may be, in some cases, dependent upon the consent and co-operation of other equity participants who are not under our control. At December 31, 2011, we had continuing operations in 13 countries through our subsidiaries. Our ownership participation in each of these subsidiaries varies from market to market, and in certain countries we have agreements with minority shareholders, which provide these minority shareholders with different rights and the ability to block transactions or decisions that we would otherwise undertake. Our ability to withdraw funds, including dividends, from our participation in, and to exercise management control over, certain of these subsidiaries and investments depends on the consent of the other equity participants in these subsidiaries. Although the terms of our investments vary, our operations may be affected if disagreements develop with other equity participants in our subsidiaries. Failure to resolve such disputes could restrict payments to us and have an adverse effect on our business operations.
Item 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
Item 2.    PROPERTIES
During 2011, we leased our executive offices in Englewood, Colorado. All of our other real or personal property is owned or leased by our subsidiaries and affiliates.
Our subsidiaries and affiliates own or lease the fixed assets necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, including office space, transponder space, headend facilities, rights of way, cable television and telecommunications distribution equipment, telecommunications switches and customer premises equipment and other property necessary for their operations. The physical components of their broadband networks require maintenance and periodic upgrades to support the new services and products they introduce. Subject to these maintenance and upgrade activities, our management believes that our current facilities are suitable and adequate for our business operations for the foreseeable future.
Item 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, our subsidiaries and affiliates have become involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of their operations in the normal course of business. The following is a description of legal proceedings to which certain of our subsidiaries are parties outside the normal course of business that were material at the time originally reported.
Cignal. On April 26, 2002, Liberty Global Europe received a notice that certain former shareholders of Cignal Global Communications (Cignal) filed a lawsuit (the 2002 Cignal Action) against Liberty Global Europe in the District Court in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, claiming damages for Liberty Global Europe's alleged failure to honor certain option rights that were granted to those shareholders pursuant to a shareholders agreement entered into in connection with the acquisition of Cignal by Liberty Global Europe's subsidiary, Priority Telecom NV (Priority Telecom). The shareholders agreement provided that in the absence of an initial public offering (IPO), as defined in the shareholders agreement, of shares of Priority Telecom by October 1, 2001, the

I-51

Table of Contents


Cignal shareholders would be entitled until October 31, 2001, to exchange their Priority Telecom shares into shares of Liberty Global Europe, with a cash equivalent value of $200 million in the aggregate, or cash at Liberty Global Europe's discretion. Liberty Global Europe believes that it complied in full with its obligations to the Cignal shareholders through the successful completion of the IPO of Priority Telecom on September 27, 2001, and accordingly, the option rights were not exercisable.
On May 4, 2005, the District Court rendered its decision in the 2002 Cignal Action dismissing all claims of the former Cignal shareholders. On August 2, 2005, an appeal against the District Court decision was filed with the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam. Subsequently, when the grounds of appeal were filed in November 2005, nine individual plaintiffs, rather than all former Cignal shareholders, continued to pursue their claims. Based on the share ownership information provided by the nine plaintiffs, the damage claims remaining subject to the 2002 Cignal Action are approximately $28 million in the aggregate before statutory interest. On September 13, 2007, the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam rendered its decision that no IPO within the meaning of the shareholders agreement had been realized and accordingly the plaintiffs should have been allowed to exercise their option rights. The Court of Appeals in Amsterdam gave the parties leave to appeal to the Dutch Supreme Court and deferred all further decisions and actions, including the calculation and substantiation of the damages claimed by the plaintiffs, pending such appeal. Liberty Global Europe filed the appeal with the Dutch Supreme Court on December 13, 2007. On February 15, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a conditional appeal against the decision with the Dutch Supreme Court, challenging certain aspects of the decision of the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam in the event that Liberty Global Europe's appeal was not dismissed by the Dutch Supreme Court. On April 9, 2010, the Dutch Supreme Court issued its decision in which it honored the appeal of Liberty Global Europe, dismissed the plaintiffs' conditional appeal and referred the case to the Court of Appeals in The Hague. It is unclear whether the Cignal shareholders will request the Court of Appeals in The Hague to render a new decision.
On June 13, 2006, Liberty Global Europe, Priority Telecom, Euronext NV and Euronext Amsterdam NV were each served with a summons for a new action (the 2006 Cignal Action) purportedly on behalf of all other former Cignal shareholders and provisionally for the nine plaintiffs in the 2002 Cignal Action. The 2006 Cignal Action claims, among other things, that the listing of Priority Telecom on Euronext Amsterdam NV in September 2001 did not meet the requirements of the applicable listing rules and, accordingly, that the IPO was not valid and did not satisfy Liberty Global Europe's obligations to the Cignal shareholders. Aggregate claims of $200 million, plus statutory interest, are asserted in this action, which amount includes the $28 million provisionally claimed by the nine plaintiffs in the 2002 Cignal Action. On December 19, 2007, the District Court rendered its decision dismissing the plaintiffs' claims against Liberty Global Europe and the other defendants. The plaintiffs appealed the decision of the District Court to the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam. On December 10, 2009, the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam issued a partial decision holding that Priority Telecom was not liable to the Cignal shareholders, but postponed its decision with respect to the other defendants pending receipt of the decision of the Dutch Supreme Court. The Dutch Supreme Court's April 9, 2010 decision was delivered to the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam and, on September 6, 2011, the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam confirmed the decision of the District Court and dismissed all claims of the former Cignal shareholders. On December 6, 2011, the Cignal shareholders appealed the September 6, 2011 decision to the Dutch Supreme Court.

I-52

Table of Contents


PART II

Item 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

General

The capitalized terms used in PART II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are defined in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. In the following text, the terms, “we,” “our,” “our company” and “us” may refer, as the context requires, to LGI or collectively to LGI and its predecessors and subsidiaries.

Market Information

We have three series of common stock, LGI Series A, Series B and Series C, that trade on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbols “LBTYA,” “LBTYB” and “LBTYK,” respectively. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices of shares of LGI Series A, Series B and Series C common stock for the periods indicated:
 
 
 
Series A
 
Series B
 
Series C
 
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First quarter
 
$44.32
 
$35.41
 
$43.87
 
$35.80
 
$43.10
 
$34.00
Second quarter
 
$47.30
 
$39.17
 
$47.07
 
$38.11
 
$45.43
 
$37.52
Third quarter
 
$47.31
 
$33.27
 
$46.64
 
$34.38
 
$44.73
 
$31.82
Fourth quarter
 
$43.23
 
$32.06
 
$43.28
 
$39.37
 
$41.25
 
$36.60
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First quarter
 
$29.47
 
$21.82
 
$29.46
 
$21.89
 
$29.05
 
$21.76
Second quarter
 
$29.85
 
$22.78
 
$29.64
 
$23.41
 
$29.56
 
$22.57
Third quarter
 
$31.20
 
$25.18
 
$32.59
 
$26.20
 
$30.95
 
$25.13
Fourth quarter
 
$40.86
 
$30.42
 
$41.18
 
$30.92
 
$38.47
 
$30.19

Holders

As of February 16, 2012, there were 2,029, 125 and 2,075 record holders of LGI Series A, Series B and Series C common stock, respectively (which amounts do not include the number of shareholders whose shares are nominally held by banks, brokerage houses or other institutions, but include each such institution as one record holder).

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on LGI Series A, Series B and Series C common stock, and we have no present intention of so doing. Payment of cash dividends, if any, in the future will be determined by our Board of Directors in light of our earnings, financial condition and other relevant considerations including applicable Delaware law. There are currently no contractual restrictions on our ability to pay dividends in cash or stock, although credit facilities to which certain of our subsidiaries are parties would restrict our ability to access their cash for, among other things, our payment of cash dividends.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities

None.
 

II-1

Table of Contents


Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities

The following table sets forth information concerning our company’s purchase of its own equity securities during the three months ended December 31, 2011
Period
 
Total number of
shares  purchased
 
Average price
paid per  share (a)
 
Total number of shares
purchased as part of
publicly  announced
plans or programs
 
Approximate
dollar value
of shares
that may
yet  be
purchased
under the
plans or
programs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
October 1, 2011 through October 31, 2011
 
Series A:
 

 
Series A:
 
$

 
Series A:
 

 
 
 
 
Series C:
 
1,138,300

 
Series C:
 
$
36.88

 
Series C:
 
1,138,300

 
(b)
November 1, 2011 through November 30, 2011
 
Series A:
 

 
Series A:
 
$

 
Series A:
 

 
 
 
 
Series C:
 
1,079,400

 
Series C:
 
$
38.88

 
Series C:
 
1,079,400

 
(b)
December 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011
 
Series A:
 

 
Series A:
 
$

 
Series A:
 

 
 
 
 
Series C:
 
990,000

 
Series C:
 
$
38.61

 
Series C:
 
990,000

 
(b)
Total — October 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011
 
Series A:
 

 
Series A:
 
$

 
Series A:
 

 
 
 
 
Series C:
 
3,207,700

 
Series C:
 
$
38.09

 
Series C:
 
3,207,700

 
(b)
_______________ 
 
(a)
Average price paid per share includes direct acquisition costs where applicable.

(b)
As of December 31, 2011, the remaining amount authorized for stock repurchases was $1,011.1 million. This amount reflects the authorization on December 15, 2011 of a new $1.0 billion equity repurchase program. For additional information, see note 11 to our consolidated financial statements.


 


II-2

Table of Contents


Stock Performance Graph
The following graph compares the change from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2011 in the cumulative total stockholder return (assuming reinvestment of dividends, as applicable) on LGI Series A common stock, LGI Series B common stock, LGI Series C common stock, the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index and the NASDAQ Composite Index. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on January 1, 2007.
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2007
 
2008
 
2009
 
2010
 
2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LGI Series A
 
$
134.44

 
$
54.61

 
$
75.09

 
$
121.37

 
$
140.75

LGI Series B
 
$
133.49

 
$
53.90

 
$
74.79

 
$
121.98

 
$
140.03

LGI Series C
 
$
130.68

 
$
54.21

 
$
78.07

 
$
121.04

 
$
141.14

NASDAQ Telecommunications Index
 
$
88.95

 
$
51.11

 
$
76.64

 
$
98.95

 
$
104.63

NASDAQ Composite Index
 
$
108.47

 
$
66.35

 
$
95.38

 
$
113.19

 
$
113.81



II-3

Table of Contents


Item 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present selected historical financial information of LGI and its consolidated subsidiaries. The following selected financial data was derived from our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007. This information is only a summary, and should be read together with our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
2007
 
 
in millions
Summary Balance Sheet Data: (a)
 
 
Property and equipment, net
 
$
12,868.4

 
$
11,112.3

 
$
12,010.7

 
$
12,035.4

 
$
10,608.5

Goodwill
 
$
13,289.3

 
$
11,734.7

 
$
13,353.8

 
$
13,144.7

 
$
12,626.8

Total assets
 
$
36,409.2

 
$
33,328.8

 
$
39,899.9

 
$
33,986.1

 
$
32,618.6

Debt and capital lease obligations, including current portion
 
$
24,757.9

 
$
22,462.6

 
$
25,852.6

 
$
20,502.9

 
$
18,353.4

Total equity
 
$
2,931.4

 
$
3,457.7

 
$
6,497.1

 
$
6,494.7

 
$
8,282.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
2007
 
 
in millions, except per share amounts
Summary Statement of Operations Data: (a)
 
 
Revenue
 
$
9,510.8

 
$
8,364.2

 
$
6,963.5

 
$
7,100.9

 
$
6,223.2

Operating income
 
$
1,818.4

 
$
1,393.6

 
$
904.1

 
$
752.8

 
$
221.3

Loss from continuing operations (b)
 
$
(807.5
)
 
$
(953.7
)
 
$
(99.8
)
 
$
(694.0
)
 
$
(442.5
)
Loss from continuing operations attributable to LGI stockholders
 
$
(846.1
)
 
$
(1,040.1
)
 
$
(274.7
)
 
$
(712.1
)
 
$
(505.9
)
Basic and diluted loss from continuing operations attributable to LGI stockholders per share — Series A, Series B and Series C common stock
 
$
(3.21
)
 
$
(4.11
)
 
$
(1.02
)
 
$
(2.26
)
 
$
(1.33
)
 ___________________

(a)
We acquired KBW on December 15, 2011, Aster on September 16, 2011 and Unitymedia on January 28, 2010. We sold the J:COM Disposal Group on February 18, 2010 and we expect to complete the disposition of Austar subsequent to December 31, 2011. Accordingly, our summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 presents Austar as a discontinued operation and our summary statement of operations data presents the J:COM Disposal Group, Austar and a less significant entity as discontinued operations during the applicable periods. We also completed a number of less significant acquisitions during the years presented. For information regarding our acquisitions and dispositions during the past three years, see notes 3 and 4 to our consolidated financial statements.

(b)
Includes earnings from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests of $38.6 million, $86.4 million, $174.9 million, $18.1 million and $63.4 million, respectively.


II-4


Item 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis is intended to assist in providing an understanding of our financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements. This discussion is organized as follows:

Overview. This section provides a general description of our business and recent events.
Results of Operations. This section provides an analysis of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.
Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of our corporate and subsidiary liquidity, consolidated cash flow statements and contractual commitments.
Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates. This section discusses those material accounting policies that contain uncertainties and require significant judgment in their application.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. This section provides discussion and analysis of the foreign currency, interest rate and other market risk that our company faces.

Unless otherwise indicated, convenience translations into U.S. dollars are calculated, and operational data (including subscriber statistics) are presented, as of December 31, 2011.

Overview

We are an international provider of video, broadband internet and telephony services with continuing consolidated broadband communications and/or DTH operations at December 31, 2011 in 13 countries, primarily in Europe and Chile. Our European and Chilean operations are conducted through Liberty Global Europe. Through UPC Holding, we provide video, broadband internet and telephony services in nine European countries and in Chile. The European broadband communications and DTH operations of UPC Holding and the broadband communications operations of Unitymedia and KBW in Germany are collectively referred to as the "UPC Broadband Division." UPC Holding's broadband communications operations in Chile are provided through VTR. Through Telenet, we provide broadband communications services in Belgium. Our continuing operations also include (i) consolidated broadband communications operations in Puerto Rico and (ii) consolidated interests in certain programming businesses in Europe and Argentina. Our consolidated programming interests in Europe are primarily held through Chellomedia, which also owns or manages investments in various other businesses, primarily in Europe. Certain of Chellomedia's subsidiaries and affiliates provide programming services to certain of our broadband communications operations, primarily in Europe.

Our analog cable service offerings include basic programming and, in some markets, expanded basic programming. We tailor both our basic channel line-up and our additional channel offerings to each system according to culture, demographics, programming preferences and local regulation. Our digital cable service offerings include basic and premium programming and incremental product and service offerings such as enhanced pay-per-view programming (including video-on-demand and near video-on-demand), digital video recorders and high definition programming.

We offer broadband internet services in all of our broadband communications markets. Our residential subscribers generally access the internet via cable modems connected to their personal computers at various download speeds ranging up to 150 Mbps, depending on the market and the tier of service selected. We determine pricing for each different tier of broadband internet service through analysis of speed, data limits, market conditions and other factors.

We offer voice-over-internet-protocol, or “VoIP” telephony services in all of our broadband communications markets. In Austria, Belgium, Chile, Hungary and the Netherlands, we also provide circuit-switched telephony services. In Belgium and, to a lesser extent, Germany and Poland, we also offer mobile telephony services using third-party networks.

We have completed a number of transactions that impact the comparability of our 2011 and 2010 results of operations. The most significant of these transactions were the KBW Acquisition on December 15, 2011, the Aster Acquisition on September 16, 2011 and the Unitymedia Acquisition on January 28, 2010. We also completed a number of less significant acquisitions in Europe during 2011, 2010 and 2009.
  
We expect to complete the disposition of Austar subsequent to December 31, 2011. Effective September 30, 2010, we closed down the DTH operations of Unitymedia's arena segment and on February 18, 2010 we sold the J:COM Disposal Group. Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 has been reclassified to present Austar as a discontinued operation and our

II-5

Table of Contents


consolidated statements of operations and cash flows have been reclassified to present Austar, Unitymedia's arena segment and the J:COM Disposal Group as discontinued operations for all periods presented. In the following discussion and analysis, the operating statistics, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition that we present and discuss are those of our continuing operations unless otherwise indicated.

For further information regarding our acquisitions and dispositions, see notes 3 and 4 to our consolidated financial statements.

From a strategic perspective, we are seeking to build broadband communications, DTH and programming businesses that have strong prospects for future growth in revenue, operating cash flow (as defined in note 17 to our consolidated financial statements) and free cash flow (as defined below under Liquidity and Capital Resources — Consolidated Cash Flow Statements). As discussed further under Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capitalization below, we also seek to maintain our debt at levels that provide for attractive equity returns without assuming undue risk.

We focus on achieving organic revenue and customer growth in our broadband communications operations by developing and marketing bundled entertainment and information and communications services, and extending and upgrading the quality of our networks where appropriate. As we use the term, organic growth excludes foreign currency translation effects (FX) and the estimated impact of acquisitions. While we seek to obtain new customers, we also seek to maximize the average revenue we receive from each household by increasing the penetration of our digital cable, broadband internet and telephony services with existing customers through product bundling and upselling, or by migrating analog cable customers to digital cable services. We plan to continue to employ this strategy to achieve organic revenue and customer growth.

Through our subsidiaries and affiliates, we are the largest international broadband communications operator in terms of subscribers. At December 31, 2011, we owned and operated networks that passed 33,262,100 homes and served 32,790,100 revenue generating units (RGUs), consisting of 18,405,500 video subscribers, 8,159,300 broadband internet subscribers and 6,225,300 telephony subscribers.

Including the effects of acquisitions, our continuing operations added a total of 5,774,300 RGUs during 2011. Excluding the effects of acquisitions (RGUs added on the acquisition date), but including post-acquisition date RGU additions, our continuing operations added 1,191,500 RGUs on an organic basis during 2011, as compared to 836,800 RGUs that were added on an organic basis during 2010. The organic RGU growth during 2011 is attributable to the growth of our (i) digital cable services, which added 1,020,300 RGUs, (ii) broadband internet services, which added 764,600 RGUs, (iii) telephony services, which added 733,800 RGUs, and (iv) DTH video services, which added 90,900 RGUs. The growth of our digital cable, broadband internet, telephony and DTH video services was partially offset by a decline in our analog cable RGUs of 1,406,200 and a less significant decline in our multi-channel multi-point (microwave) distribution system (MMDS) video RGUs.

We are experiencing significant competition from incumbent telecommunications operators, DTH operators and/or other providers in all of our broadband communications markets. This significant competition, together with the maturation of certain of our markets, has contributed to organic declines in certain of our markets in revenue, RGUs and/or average monthly subscription revenue per average RGU (ARPU), the more notable of which include:

(i)
organic declines in (a) subscription revenue in Austria, Romania and the Czech Republic and (b) overall revenue in Austria, the Czech Republic and Hungary during the fourth quarter of 2011, as compared to the fourth quarter of 2010;
(ii)
organic declines in subscription revenue from (a) video services in the Czech Republic, Ireland and Romania and (b) telephony services in Austria during the fourth quarter of 2011, as compared to the fourth quarter of 2010;
(iii)
organic declines in subscription revenue from (a) video services in Poland and, to a lesser extent, the Czech Republic, and (b) broadband internet services in Poland during the fourth quarter of 2011, as compared to the third quarter of 2011;
(iv)
organic declines in (a) video RGUs in the majority of our markets during the fourth quarter of 2011, as net declines in our analog cable RGUs exceeded net additions to our digital cable RGUs (including migrations from analog cable) in these markets and (b) total RGUs in Switzerland during the fourth quarter of 2011;
(v)
organic declines in ARPU from broadband internet and telephony services in most of our broadband communications markets during the fourth quarter of 2011, as compared to the fourth quarter of 2010; and
(vi)
organic declines in overall ARPU in Ireland, Austria, the Czech Republic, Hungary and Romania during the fourth quarter of 2011, as compared to the fourth quarter of 2010.


II-6

Table of Contents


In addition to competition, our operations are subject to macro-economic and political risks that are outside of our control.  For example, high levels of sovereign debt in the U.S. and certain European countries (including Ireland and Hungary), combined with weak growth and high unemployment, could lead to fiscal reforms (including austerity measures), sovereign debt restructurings, currency instability, increased counterparty credit risk, high levels of volatility and, potentially, disruptions in the credit and equity markets, as well as other outcomes that might adversely impact our company. With regard to currency instability issues, concerns exist in the eurozone with respect to individual macro-fundamentals on a country-by-country basis, as well as with respect to the overall stability of the European monetary union and the suitability of a single currency to appropriately deal with specific fiscal management and sovereign debt issues in individual eurozone countries. The realization of these concerns could lead to the exit of one or more countries from the European monetary union and the re-introduction of individual currencies in these countries, or, in more extreme circumstances, the possible dissolution of the euro entirely, which could result in the redenomination of a portion, or in the extreme case, all of our euro-denominated assets, liabilities and cash flows to the new currency of the country in which they originated. This could result in a mismatch in the currencies of our assets, liabilities and cash flows. Any such mismatch, together with the capital market disruption that would likely accompany any such redenomination event, could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity and financial condition. Furthermore, any redenomination event would likely be accompanied by significant economic dislocation, particularly within the eurozone countries, which in turn could have an adverse impact on demand for our products, and accordingly, on our revenue and cash flows. Moreover, any changes from euro to non-euro currencies within the countries in which we operate would require us to modify our billing and other financial systems. No assurance can be given that any required modifications could be made within a timeframe that would allow us to timely bill our customers or prepare and file required financial reports. In light of the significant exposure that we have to the euro through our euro-denominated borrowings, derivative instruments, cash balances and cash flows, a redenomination event could have a material adverse impact on our company.

Over the next few years, we expect to continue to generate organic growth in our consolidated revenue and operating cash flow. We expect this growth to come primarily from organic increases in our digital cable, broadband internet and telephony RGUs, as we expect that our analog cable RGUs will decline and that our overall ARPU will remain relatively unchanged during this timeframe. During 2012, we plan to (i) introduce a next generation set-top box platform, which we refer to as “Horizon,” and (ii) launch mobile services in Chile through a combination of our own wireless network and certain third-party wireless access arrangements. In addition, we have entered into mobile virtual network operator (MVNO) arrangements in certain of our European markets with the intention of introducing or increasing the scale of our mobile service offerings. While we expect that the expansion of our mobile service offerings and the introduction of the Horizon platform will ultimately have a positive impact on our revenue and operating cash flow, we also expect that (i) our mobile service offerings initially will have a negative impact on our operating cash flow, particularly in Chile, where we expect the negative impact experienced in 2011 to accelerate in 2012, and (ii) growth in digital cable services, in combination with the introduction of the Horizon platform, online viewing and other factors, will contribute to higher digital cable programming costs. In addition, the continued construction of our wireless network in Chile and the deployment of our Horizon platform will require significant capital expenditures. For additional information concerning our capital expenditures, see Liquidity and Capital Resources - Consolidated Cash Flow Statements below. Our expectations with respect to the items discussed in this paragraph are subject to competitive, economic, technological, political and regulatory developments and other factors outside of our control. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that actual results in future periods will not differ materially from our expectations.
The video, broadband internet and telephony businesses in which we operate are capital intensive. Significant capital expenditures are required to add customers to our networks and to upgrade our broadband communications networks and customer premises equipment to enhance our service offerings and improve the customer experience, including expenditures for equipment and labor costs. Significant competition, the introduction of new technologies or adverse regulatory developments could cause us to decide to undertake previously unplanned upgrades of our networks and customer premises equipment in the impacted markets. In addition, no assurance can be given that any future upgrades will generate a positive return or that we will have adequate capital available to finance such future upgrades. If we are unable to, or elect not to, pay for costs associated with adding new customers, expanding or upgrading our networks or making our other planned or unplanned capital expenditures, our growth could be limited and our competitive position could be harmed. For information regarding our capital expenditures, see Liquidity and Capital Resources — Consolidated Cash Flow Statements below.

Results of Operations

As noted under Overview above, the comparability of our operating results during 2011, 2010 and 2009 is affected by acquisitions. In the following discussion, we quantify the estimated impact of acquisitions on our operating results. The acquisition impact represents our estimate of the difference between the operating results of the periods under comparison that is attributable to an acquisition. In general, we base our estimate of the acquisition impact on an acquired entity's operating results during the first three months following the acquisition date such that changes from those operating results in subsequent periods are considered


II-7

Table of Contents


to be organic changes. Accordingly, in the following discussion, variances attributed to an acquired entity during the first twelve months following the acquisition date represent differences between the estimated acquisition impact and the actual results.

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates have a significant impact on our reported operating results as all of our operating segments, except for Puerto Rico, have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our primary exposure to FX risk during the year ended December 31, 2011 was to the euro as 61.2% of our U.S. dollar revenue during that period was derived from subsidiaries whose functional currency is the euro. In addition, our reported operating results are impacted by changes in the exchange rates for the Swiss franc, the Chilean peso and other local currencies in Europe. The portions of the changes in the various components of our results of operations that are attributable to changes in FX are highlighted under Discussion and Analysis of our Reportable Segments and Discussion and Analysis of our Consolidated Operating Results below. For information concerning our foreign currency risks and the applicable foreign currency exchange rates in effect for the periods covered by this Annual Report, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Foreign Currency Risk below.

The amounts presented and discussed below represent 100% of each operating segment's revenue and operating cash flow. As we have the ability to control Telenet and the VTR Group, we consolidate 100% of the revenue and expenses of these entities in our consolidated statements of operations despite the fact that third parties own significant interests in these entities. The noncontrolling owners' interests in the operating results of Telenet, the VTR Group and other less significant majority-owned subsidiaries are reflected in net earnings or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests in our consolidated statements of operations.
    
Discussion and Analysis of our Reportable Segments

II-8

Table of Contents



General

All of the reportable segments set forth below derive their revenue primarily from broadband communications services, including video, broadband internet and telephony services. Most reportable segments also provide B2B services. At December 31, 2011, our operating segments in the UPC Broadband Division provided services in 10 European countries. Our Germany segment includes Unitymedia and KBW. Our Other Western Europe segment includes our broadband communications operating segments in Austria and Ireland. Our Central and Eastern Europe segment includes our broadband communications operating segments in the Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania and Slovakia. The UPC Broadband Division's central and other category includes (i) the UPC DTH operating segment, (ii) costs associated with certain centralized functions, including billing systems, network operations, technology, marketing, facilities, finance and other administrative functions and (iii) intersegment eliminations within the UPC Broadband Division. Telenet provides broadband communications operations in Belgium. In Chile, the VTR Group includes VTR, which provides broadband communications services, and VTR Wireless, which is undertaking the launch of mobile services through a combination of its own wireless network and certain third-party wireless access arrangements. Our corporate and other category includes (i) less significant operating segments that provide (a) broadband communications services in Puerto Rico and (b) programming and other services in Europe and Argentina and (ii) our corporate category. Intersegment eliminations primarily represent the elimination of intercompany transactions between our broadband communications and programming operations, primarily in Europe.

The tables presented below in this section provide a separate analysis of each of the line items that comprise operating cash flow (revenue, operating expenses and SG&A expenses, excluding allocable stock-based compensation expense, as further discussed in note 17 to our consolidated financial statements) as well as an analysis of operating cash flow by reportable segment for (i) 2011, as compared to 2010, and (ii) 2010, as compared to 2009. These tables present (i) the amounts reported by each of our reportable segments for the comparative periods, (ii) the U.S. dollar change and percentage change from period to period and (iii) the organic percentage change from period to period (percentage change after removing FX and the estimated impacts of acquisitions). The comparisons that exclude FX assume that exchange rates remained constant at the prior year rate during the comparative periods that are included in each table. As discussed under Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Foreign Currency Risk below, we have significant exposure to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. We also provide a table showing the operating cash flow margins of our reportable segments for 2011, 2010 and 2009 at the end of this section.

The revenue of our reportable segments includes revenue earned from subscribers for ongoing services, revenue earned from B2B services, interconnect fees, installation fees, channel carriage fees, mobile telephony revenue, late fees and advertising revenue.  Consistent with the presentation of our revenue categories in note 17 to our consolidated financial statements, we use the term “subscription revenue” in the following discussion to refer to amounts received from subscribers for ongoing services, excluding installation fees, late fees and mobile telephony revenue. 

The rates charged for certain video services offered by our broadband communications operations in some European countries and in Chile are subject to oversight and control, either before or after the fact, based on competition law or general pricing

II-9

Table of Contents


regulations.  Additionally, in Europe, our ability to bundle or discount our services may be constrained if we are held to be dominant with respect to any product we offer.  The amounts we charge and incur with respect to telephony interconnection fees are also subject to regulatory oversight in many of our markets. Adverse outcomes from rate regulation or other regulatory initiatives could have a significant negative impact on our ability to maintain or increase our revenue. For information concerning the potential impact of adverse regulatory developments in Belgium, see note 16 to our consolidated financial statements.

Most of our revenue is derived from jurisdictions that administer value-added or similar revenue-based taxes.  Any increases in these taxes could have an adverse impact on our ability to maintain or increase our revenue to the extent that we are unable to pass such tax increases on to our customers.  In the case of revenue-based taxes for which we are the ultimate taxpayer, we will also experience increases in our operating expenses and corresponding declines in our operating cash flow and operating cash flow margins to the extent of any such tax increases.  In this regard, value-added tax rates have increased (i) effective January 1, 2011 in Switzerland, Poland and Slovakia, (ii) effective January 1, 2012 in Ireland and Hungary and (iii) with respect to certain digital cable services, effective January 1, 2012 in Belgium. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2010, the Hungarian government imposed a revenue-based tax on telecommunications operators (the Hungarian Telecom Tax) that is applicable to our broadband communications operations in Hungary, with retroactive effect to the beginning of 2010.  The Hungarian Telecom Tax is currently scheduled to expire at the end of 2012. The EU Commission initiated an investigation in March 2011 and, on September 29, 2011, the EU Commission requested that Hungary abolish the Hungarian Telecom Tax on the grounds that it is illegal under EU rules. The Hungarian government has not taken any measures to comply and the EU Commission may refer the matter to the EU Court of Justice. Until such time as this matter is resolved, we will continue to accrue and pay the Hungarian Telecom Tax. Through December 31, 2011, we have incurred total inception-to-date operating expenses of HUF 6.9 billion ($28.4 million) as a result of the Hungarian Telecom Tax.

We rely on third-party vendors for the equipment, software and services that we require in order to provide services to our customers. Our suppliers often conduct business worldwide and their ability to meet our needs are subject to various risks, including political and economic instability, natural calamities (such as the recent flood in Thailand), interruptions in transportation systems, terrorism and labor issues. As a result, we may not be able to obtain the equipment, software and services required for our businesses on a timely basis or on satisfactory terms. For example, due in part to the recent flooding in Thailand, we have been experiencing longer than normal lead times with respect to our customer premises and other equipment needs for certain of our operations. Any shortfall in customer premises equipment could lead to delays in connecting customers to our services, and accordingly, could adversely impact our ability to maintain or increase our RGUs, revenue and cash flows.


II-10



 Revenue of our Reportable Segments

Revenue — 2011 compared to 2010

 
Year ended December 31,
 
Increase (decrease)
 
Organic increase (decrease)
 
2011
 
2010
 
$
 
%
 
%
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
1,450.0

 
$
1,146.6

 
$
303.4

 
26.5

 
9.0

The Netherlands
1,273.4

 
1,156.8

 
116.6

 
10.1

 
5.0

Switzerland
1,292.3

 
1,076.8

 
215.5

 
20.0

 
2.2

Other Western Europe
883.6

 
820.3

 
63.3

 
7.7

 
2.7

Total Western Europe
4,899.3

 
4,200.5

 
698.8

 
16.6

 
4.9

Central and Eastern Europe
1,122.5

 
1,001.5

 
121.0

 
12.1

 
1.5

Central and other
122.7

 
108.6

 
14.1

 
13.0

 
7.7

Total UPC Broadband Division
6,144.5

 
5,310.6

 
833.9

 
15.7

 
4.3

Telenet (Belgium)
1,918.5

 
1,727.2

 
191.3

 
11.1

 
5.7

VTR Group (Chile)
889.0

 
798.2

 
90.8

 
11.4

 
5.7

Corporate and other
645.2

 
608.6

 
36.6

 
6.0

 
1.8

Intersegment eliminations
(86.4
)
 
(80.4
)
 
(6.0
)
 
(7.5
)
 
(2.3
)
Total
$
9,510.8

 
$
8,364.2

 
$
1,146.6

 
13.7

 
4.6


General. While not specifically discussed in the below explanations of the changes in the revenue of our reportable segments, we are experiencing significant competition in all of our broadband communications markets. This competition has an adverse impact on our ability to increase or maintain our RGUs and/or ARPU. For a description of the more notable recent impacts of this competition on our broadband communications markets, see Overview above.

Germany. The increase in Germany's revenue during 2011, as compared to 2010, includes (i) an organic increase of $103.1 million or 9.0%, (ii) the impact of acquisitions and (iii) the impact of FX, as set forth below:
 
Subscription
revenue (a)
 
Non-subscription
revenue (b)
 
Total
 
in millions
Increase in subscription revenue due to change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of RGUs (c)
$
73.7

 
$

 
$
73.7

ARPU (d)
11.2

 

 
11.2

Increase in non-subscription revenue (e)

 
18.2

 
18.2

Organic increase
84.9

 
18.2

 
103.1

Impact of acquisitions
111.9

 
14.8

 
126.7

Impact of FX
64.8

 
8.8

 
73.6

Total
$
261.6

 
$
41.8

 
$
303.4

_______________

(a)
Germany's subscription revenue includes revenue from multi-year bulk agreements with landlords or housing associations or with third parties that operate and administer the in-building networks on behalf of housing associations. These bulk agreements, which generally allow for the procurement of the basic analog signals from Unitymedia and KBW at volume-based discounts, provide access to nearly two-thirds of Germany's analog cable subscribers. During 2011, Germany's 20 largest bulk agreement accounts generated approximately 6% of the combined annual revenue of Unitymedia and KBW (including estimated amounts billed directly to the building occupants for premium cable, broadband internet and telephony

II-11

Table of Contents


services). No assurance can be given that Germany's bulk agreements will be renewed or extended on financially equivalent terms or at all, particularly in light of the commitments we have made to regulators in connection with the KBW Acquisition. In this regard, we have, among other items, agreed to grant a special termination right with respect to certain of Germany's larger bulk agreements. During 2011, the bulk agreements that are subject to this special termination right accounted for a significant portion of the combined annual revenue associated with (i) all of the bulk agreements of Unitymedia and KBW and (ii) the 20 largest bulk agreement accounts mentioned above.

(b)
Germany's non-subscription revenue includes fees received for the carriage of certain channels included in Germany's analog and digital cable offerings. These fees, which represented approximately 7% of the combined annual revenue of Unitymedia and KBW during 2011, are subject to contracts that expire or are otherwise terminable by either party at various dates ranging from 2012 through 2014. No assurance can be given that these contracts will be renewed or extended on financially equivalent terms, or at all. In addition, in connection with the KBW Acquisition, we made a commitment to regulators that, through December 15, 2015, the annual carriage fees received by Unitymedia and KBW for each free-to-air television channel distributed in digital or simulcast in digital and analog would not exceed a specified annual amount, determined by applying the respective current rate card systems of Unitymedia and KBW as of January 1, 2012.

(c)
The increase in Germany's subscription revenue related to a change in the average number of RGUs is attributable to increases in the average numbers of broadband internet, telephony and digital cable RGUs that were only partially offset by a decline in the average number of analog cable RGUs. The decline in Germany's average number of analog cable RGUs led to a decline in the average number of total video RGUs in Germany during 2011, as compared to 2010.

(d)
The increase in Germany's subscription revenue related to a change in ARPU is due to an improvement in RGU mix, attributable to higher proportions of telephony, digital cable and broadband internet RGUs, that was only partially offset by a net decrease resulting primarily from the following factors: (i) lower ARPU due to the impact of free bundled services provided to new subscribers during promotional periods, (ii) lower ARPU due to a higher proportion of customers receiving discounted analog cable services through bulk agreements and (iii) lower ARPU due to a decrease in telephony call volume for customers on usage-based calling plans. In connection with the KBW Acquisition, we made certain commitments to regulators, including a commitment to distribute digital free-to-air television channels in unencrypted form commencing January 1, 2013. We do not expect this commitment, which is consistent with KBW's current practice, to have a material impact on our future prospects for growth in Germany's video revenue.

(e)
The increase in Germany's non-subscription revenue is primarily attributable to increases in (i) installation revenue, primarily due to a higher number of RGU additions, (ii) interconnect revenue, primarily due to growth in Germany's telephony services and (iii) channel carriage fees.

For additional information concerning the commitments we have made to regulators in connection with the KBW Acquisition, see note 3 to our consolidated financial statements.

The Netherlands. The increase in the Netherland's revenue during 2011, as compared to 2010, includes (i) an organic increase of $57.5 million or 5.0% and (ii) the impact of FX, as set forth below:
 
Subscription
revenue
 
Non-subscription
revenue
 
Total
 
in millions
Increase in subscription revenue due to change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of RGUs (a)
$
40.9

 
$

 
$
40.9

ARPU (b)
13.9

 

 
13.9

Increase in non-subscription revenue (c)

 
2.7

 
2.7

Organic increase
54.8

 
2.7

 
57.5

Impact of FX
53.3

 
5.8

 
59.1

Total
$
108.1

 
$
8.5

 
$
116.6

_______________

(a)
The increase in the Netherlands' subscription revenue related to a change in the average number of RGUs is attributable to increases in the average numbers of digital cable, telephony and broadband internet RGUs that were only partially offset by a decline in the average number of analog cable RGUs. The decline in the Netherlands' average number of analog cable

II-12

Table of Contents


RGUs led to a decline in the average number of total video RGUs in the Netherlands during 2011, as compared to 2010.

(b)
The increase in the Netherlands' subscription revenue related to a change in ARPU is due to an improvement in RGU mix, attributable to higher proportions of digital cable, broadband internet and telephony RGUs, that was only partially offset by a net decrease resulting primarily from the following factors: (i) lower ARPU due to a decrease in telephony call volume, including the impact of customers moving from usage-based to fixed-rate calling plans, (ii) lower ARPU due to an increase in the proportion of customers selecting lower-priced tiers of broadband internet services and (iii) higher ARPU due to January 2011 price increases for certain video, broadband internet and telephony services.

(c)
The increase in the Netherlands' non-subscription revenue is attributable to the net impact of (i) an increase in B2B revenue, due primarily to growth in B2B telephony and broadband internet services, and (ii) a net decrease resulting from individually insignificant changes in other non-subscription revenue categories.

Switzerland. The increase in Switzerland's revenue during 2011, as compared to 2010, includes (i) an organic increase of $23.2 million or 2.2% and (ii) the impact of FX, as set forth below:
 
Subscription
revenue
 
Non-subscription
revenue
 
Total
 
in millions
Increase in subscription revenue due to change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of RGUs (a)
$
11.1

 
$

 
$
11.1

ARPU (b)
9.0

 

 
9.0

Increase in non-subscription revenue (c)

 
3.1

 
3.1

Organic increase
20.1

 
3.1

 
23.2

Impact of FX
161.5

 
30.8

 
192.3

Total
$
181.6

 
$
33.9

 
$
215.5

_______________

(a)
The increase in Switzerland's subscription revenue related to a change in Switzerland's average number of RGUs is attributable to increases in the average numbers of digital cable, broadband internet and telephony RGUs that were only partially offset by a decrease in the average number of analog cable RGUs. The decline in the average numbers of Switzerland's analog cable RGUs led to a decline in the average number of total video RGUs in Switzerland during 2011, as compared to 2010.

(b)
The increase in Switzerland's subscription revenue related to a change in ARPU is due to an improvement in RGU mix, attributable to higher proportions of digital cable, broadband internet and telephony RGUs, that was only partially offset by a net decrease resulting primarily from the following factors: (i) lower ARPU due to a decrease in telephony call volume for customers on usage-based calling plans, (ii) lower ARPU from broadband internet services, (iii) higher ARPU due to price increases implemented in January 2011 and the second half of 2010 for certain analog and digital cable services and (iv) higher ARPU from digital cable services.

(c)
The increase in Switzerland's non-subscription revenue is primarily attributable to the net impact of (i) an increase in installation revenue, (ii) a decline in B2B revenue and (iii) higher revenue from the sale of customer premises equipment. The higher revenue from customer premises equipment sales is due largely to the second quarter 2010 introduction of “digicards,” which enable customers with “common interface plus” enabled televisions who subscribe to, or otherwise have purchased access to, our digital cable service, to view our digital cable service without a set-top box. The decline in B2B revenue is due primarily to lower revenue of $8.0 million or 34.9% from construction and equipment sales that was only partially offset by modest growth in B2B telephony and broadband internet services.


II-13

Table of Contents


Other Western Europe. The increase in Other Western Europe's revenue during 2011, as compared to 2010, includes (i) an organic increase of $22.4 million or 2.7% and (ii) the impact of FX, as set forth below:
 
Subscription
revenue
 
Non-subscription
revenue
 
Total
 
in millions
Increase (decrease) in subscription revenue due to change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of RGUs (a)
$
46.1

 
$

 
$
46.1

ARPU (b)
(19.5
)
 

 
(19.5
)
Decrease in non-subscription revenue (c)

 
(4.2
)
 
(4.2
)
Organic increase (decrease)
26.6

 
(4.2
)
 
22.4

Impact of FX
35.2

 
5.7

 
40.9

Total
$
61.8

 
$
1.5

 
$
63.3

_______________

(a)
The increase in Other Western Europe's subscription revenue related to a change in the average number of RGUs is attributable to increases in the average numbers of telephony, broadband internet and digital cable RGUs in each of Ireland and Austria that were only partially offset by decreases in the average numbers of analog cable RGUs in each of Ireland and Austria and, to a lesser extent, MMDS video RGUs in Ireland. The declines in the average numbers of analog cable and MMDS video RGUs led to declines in the average numbers of total video RGUs in both Ireland and Austria during 2011, as compared to 2010.

(b)
The decrease in Other Western Europe's subscription revenue related to a change in ARPU is primarily attributable to a decrease in ARPU in Austria, as ARPU in Ireland declined only slightly during 2011, as compared to 2010. The decrease in Austria's overall ARPU is primarily due to the net effect of (i) lower ARPU due to a higher proportion of customers selecting lower-priced tiers of broadband internet services, (ii) lower ARPU due to a decrease in telephony call volume for customers on usage-based calling plans and a higher proportion of customers selecting such usage-based calling plans and (iii) higher ARPU due to the third quarter 2011 implementation of an additional charge for broadband internet services. Ireland's overall ARPU declined slightly during 2011, as compared to 2010, primarily due to the net impact of the following factors: (i) higher ARPU due to January 2011 price increases for certain digital and broadband internet services and (ii) lower ARPU due to a decrease in telephony call volume for customers on usage-based calling plans and a higher proportion of customers selecting such usage-based calling plans. In addition, Other Western Europe's overall ARPU was slightly impacted by adverse changes in RGU mix in both Austria and Ireland.

(c)
The decrease in Other Western Europe's non-subscription revenue is due primarily to (i) a decrease in B2B revenue and (ii) a net decrease resulting from individually insignificant changes in other non-subscription revenue categories. The decrease in B2B revenue is primarily attributable to the net effect of (i) growth in Ireland's B2B broadband internet services, (ii) a decrease in Austria's B2B broadband internet and telephony services and (iii) a decrease resulting from the impact of a first quarter 2010 favorable settlement with the incumbent telecommunications operator in Austria.


II-14

Table of Contents


Central and Eastern Europe. The increase in Central and Eastern Europe's revenue during 2011, as compared to 2010, includes (i) an organic increase of $15.2 million or 1.5%, (ii) the impact of acquisitions and (iii) the impact of FX, as set forth below:
 
Subscription
revenue
 
Non-subscription
revenue
 
Total
 
in millions
Increase (decrease) in subscription revenue due to change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of RGUs (a)
$
23.4

 
$

 
$
23.4

ARPU (b)
(17.9
)
 

 
(17.9
)
Increase in non-subscription revenue (c)

 
9.7

 
9.7

Organic increase
5.5

 
9.7

 
15.2

Impact of acquisitions
47.6

 
17.9

 
65.5

Impact of FX
36.8

 
3.5

 
40.3

Total
$
89.9

 
$
31.1

 
$
121.0

_______________

(a)
The increase in Central and Eastern Europe's subscription revenue related to a change in the average number of RGUs is primarily attributable to increases in the average numbers of digital cable (mostly in Poland, Hungary and Romania), broadband internet (mostly in Poland, Hungary and the Czech Republic) and telephony RGUs (mainly in Poland and Hungary) that were only partially offset by declines in the average numbers of analog cable and, to a much lesser extent, MMDS video RGUs. The declines in the average numbers of analog cable RGUs led to declines in the average numbers of total video RGUs in each country within our Central and Eastern Europe segment during 2011, as compared to 2010.

(b)
The decrease in Central and Eastern Europe's subscription revenue related to a change in ARPU is primarily due to the following factors: (i) lower ARPU due to increases in the proportions of video, broadband internet and telephony subscribers selecting lower-priced tiers of services and (ii) lower ARPU due to a decrease in telephony call volume for customers on usage-based calling plans. The impacts of these negative factors were partially offset by an improvement in Central and Eastern Europe's RGU mix, primarily attributable to higher proportions of digital cable and broadband internet RGUs.

(c)
The increase in Central and Eastern Europe's non-subscription revenue is primarily attributable to an increase in B2B revenue, largely driven by growth in B2B broadband internet and telephony services in the Czech Republic and Poland.

Telenet (Belgium). The increase in Telenet's revenue during 2011, as compared to 2010, includes (i) an organic increase of $98.5 million or 5.7%, (ii) the impact of an acquisition and (iii) the impact of FX, as set forth below:
 
Subscription
revenue (a)
 
Non-subscription
revenue (a)
 
Total
 
in millions
Increase in subscription revenue due to change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of RGUs (b)
$
31.8

 
$

 
$
31.8

ARPU (c)
34.9

 

 
34.9

Increase in non-subscription revenue (d)

 
31.8

 
31.8

Organic increase
66.7

 
31.8

 
98.5

Impact of acquisition

 
4.1

 
4.1

Impact of FX
74.1

 
14.6

 
88.7

Total
$
140.8

 
$
50.5

 
$
191.3

_______________

(a)
The organic increase in Telenet's subscription and non-subscription revenue is net of decreases of $7.6 million and $3.7 million, respectively, that resulted from a change from gross to net presentation of revenue and expenses related to certain premium text messaging and calling services due to a legislative action that became effective in January 2011.  As a result of this legislative action, Telenet now acts as an agent, as opposed to a principal, in these transactions.


II-15

Table of Contents


(b)
The increase in Telenet's subscription revenue related to a change in the average number of RGUs is attributable to increases in the average numbers of digital cable, broadband internet and telephony RGUs that were only partially offset by a decline in the average number of analog cable RGUs. The decline in the average number of analog cable RGUs led to a decline in the average number of total video RGUs during 2011, as compared to 2010.

(c)
The increase in Telenet's subscription revenue related to a change in ARPU is due to an improvement in RGU mix, attributable to higher proportions of digital cable, broadband internet and telephony RGUs, that was only partially offset by a net decrease resulting primarily from the following factors: (i) higher ARPU due to February 2010 price increases for certain analog and digital cable services and an August 2011 price increase for certain broadband internet services, (ii) lower ARPU due to an increase in the proportions of customers selecting lower-priced tiers of broadband internet services, (iii) lower ARPU due to a decrease in telephony call volume for customers on usage-based plans and (iv) higher ARPU from digital cable services.

(d)
The increase in Telenet's non-subscription revenue is due primarily to (i) an increase in mobile telephony revenue of $22.5 million, (ii) an increase in interconnect revenue, as higher interconnect revenue associated with growth in mobile and fixed telephony services more than offset lower revenue associated with a decline in mobile termination rates, and (iii) an increase in revenue from B2B services. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in installation revenue, primarily attributable to a lower number of RGU additions and increased promotional discounts.

Based on the most recent tariff regulations, mobile termination rates in Belgium will continue to decline significantly through January 2013.  The associated declines in Telenet's revenue are expected to be largely offset by corresponding decreases in Telenet's interconnect expenses.

For information concerning the potential adverse impacts on ARPU and revenue from video and broadband internet services as a result of regulatory developments in Belgium, see note 16 to our consolidated financial statements.

VTR Group (Chile). The increase in the VTR Group's revenue during 2011, as compared to 2010, includes (i) an organic increase of $45.5 million or 5.7% and (ii) the impact of FX, as set forth below:
 
Subscription
revenue
 
Non-subscription
revenue
 
Total
 
in millions
Increase in subscription revenue due to change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of RGUs (a)
$
30.2

 
$

 
$
30.2

ARPU (b)
14.5

 

 
14.5

Increase in non-subscription revenue (c)

 
0.8

 
0.8

Organic increase
44.7

 
0.8

 
45.5

Impact of FX
41.3

 
4.0

 
45.3

Total
$
86.0

 
$
4.8

 
$
90.8

_______________

(a)
The increase in the VTR Group's subscription revenue related to a change in the average number of RGUs is primarily due to increases in the average numbers of digital cable, broadband internet and telephony RGUs that were only partially offset by a decline in the average number of analog cable RGUs.

(b)
The increase in the VTR Group's subscription revenue related to a change in ARPU is due to (i) an improvement in RGU mix, primarily attributable to a higher proportion of digital cable RGUs, and (ii) a net increase resulting primarily from the following factors: (a) higher ARPU due to inflation and other price adjustments, (b) lower ARPU from broadband internet services, (c) higher ARPU resulting from the estimated $4.3 million of revenue that was lost during the first quarter of 2010 as a result of an earthquake and tsunami in Chile and (d) higher ARPU from digital cable services.

(c)
The increase in the VTR Group's non-subscription revenue is primarily attributable to higher advertising revenue that was only partially offset by lower interconnect and installation revenue.


II-16

Table of Contents


Revenue — 2010 compared to 2009 
 
Year ended December  31,
 
Increase (decrease)
 
Organic increase (decrease)
 
2010
 
2009
 
$
 
%
 
%
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
1,146.6

 
$

 
$
1,146.6

 
N.M.

 
N.M

The Netherlands
1,156.8

 
1,139.7

 
17.1

 
1.5

 
6.6

Switzerland
1,076.8

 
1,020.6

 
56.2

 
5.5

 
1.3

Other Western Europe
820.3

 
835.3

 
(15.0
)
 
(1.8
)
 
3.2

Total Western Europe
4,200.5

 
2,995.6

 
1,204.9

 
40.2

 
5.1

Central and Eastern Europe
1,001.5

 
1,008.1

 
(6.6
)
 
(0.7
)
 
0.3

Central and other
108.6

 
113.6

 
(5.0
)
 
(4.4
)
 
(0.5
)
Total UPC Broadband Division
5,310.6

 
4,117.3

 
1,193.3

 
29.0

 
3.8

Telenet (Belgium)
1,727.2

 
1,674.6

 
52.6

 
3.1

 
7.1

VTR Group (Chile)
798.2

 
700.8

 
97.4

 
13.9

 
4.1

Corporate and other
608.6

 
548.9

 
59.7

 
10.9

 
9.7

Intersegment eliminations
(80.4
)
 
(78.1
)
 
(2.3
)
 
(2.9
)
 
(8.2
)
Total
$
8,364.2

 
$
6,963.5

 
$
1,400.7

 
20.1

 
5.0

 ________________________

N.M. — Not Meaningful.

Germany. The revenue increase for Germany during 2010, as compared to 2009, is entirely attributable to the January 28, 2010 Unitymedia Acquisition.

The Netherlands. The increase in the Netherland's revenue during 2010, as compared to 2009, includes (i) an organic increase of $75.4 million or 6.6% and (ii) the impact of FX, as set forth below:
 
Subscription
revenue
 
Non-subscription
revenue
 
Total
 
in millions
Increase in subscription revenue due to change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of RGUs (a)
$
34.2

 
$

 
$
34.2

ARPU (b)
34.0

 

 
34.0

Increase in non-subscription revenue (c)

 
7.2

 
7.2

Organic increase
68.2

 
7.2

 
75.4

Impact of FX
(52.8
)
 
(5.5
)
 
(58.3
)
Total
$
15.4

 
$
1.7

 
$
17.1

_______________

(a) The increase in the Netherlands’ subscription revenue related to a change in the average number of RGUs is attributable to increases in the average numbers of digital cable, broadband internet and telephony RGUs that were only partially offset by a decline in the average number of analog cable RGUs. The decline in the Netherlands’ average number of analog cable RGUs led to a decline in the average number of total video RGUs in the Netherlands during 2010, as compared to 2009.

(b)
The increase in subscription revenue in the Netherlands’ related to a change in ARPU is primarily attributable to the positive impacts of (i) an improvement in the Netherlands’ RGU mix, attributable to higher proportions of digital cable, broadband internet and telephony RGUs, (ii) January 2010 price increases for certain video, broadband internet and telephony services and (iii) higher ARPU from digital cable services. These positive factors were only partially offset by the negative impacts

II-17

Table of Contents


of (a) higher proportions of customers selecting lower-priced tiers of broadband internet service and (b) lower telephony call volume for customers on usage-based calling plans.

(c)
The increase in the Netherlands’ non-subscription revenue is largely attributable to increases in (i) B2B revenue, due primarily to growth in business broadband internet and telephony services, (ii) installation revenue and (iii) interconnect revenue.

Switzerland. The increase in Switzerland's revenue during 2010, as compared to 2009, includes (i) an organic increase of $13.1 million or 1.3% and (ii) the impact of FX, as set forth below:
 
Subscription
revenue
 
Non-subscription
revenue
 
Total
 
in millions
Increase (decrease) in subscription revenue due to change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of RGUs (a)
$
0.9

 
$

 
$
0.9

ARPU (b)
(0.3
)
 

 
(0.3
)
Increase in non-subscription revenue (c)

 
12.5

 
12.5

Organic increase
0.6

 
12.5

 
13.1

Impact of FX
36.2

 
6.9

 
43.1

Total
$
36.8

 
$
19.4

 
$
56.2

_______________

(a) The increase in Switzerland’s subscription revenue related to a change in the average number of RGUs is attributable to increases in the average numbers of digital cable, broadband internet and telephony RGUs that were only partially offset by a decline in the average number of analog cable RGUs. The decline in Switzerland's average number of analog cable RGUs led to a decline in the average number of total video RGUs in Switzerland during 2010, as compared to 2009.

(b)
The slight decrease in Switzerland’s subscription revenue related to a change in ARPU is due primarily to the net impact of (i) an improvement in Switzerland's RGU mix, attributable to higher proportions of digital cable and, to a lesser extent, broadband internet and telephony RGUs, (ii) price increases implemented during the second half of 2010 for certain video services, (iii) higher ARPU from digital cable services, (iv) lower telephony call volume for customers on usage-based calling plans and (v) an increase in the proportion of broadband internet subscribers selecting lower-priced tiers of service.

(c)
The increase in Switzerland’s non-subscription revenue is primarily attributable to the net impact of (i) an increase in installation revenue, (ii) higher revenue from the sale of customer premises equipment, due largely to the second quarter 2010 introduction of digicards, and (iii) a decline in B2B revenue. The decline in B2B revenue is due primarily to lower construction and equipment sales revenue that was only partially offset by modest growth in business broadband internet and telephony services.


II-18

Table of Contents


Other Western Europe. The decrease in Other Western Europe's revenue during 2010, as compared to 2009, includes (i) an organic increase of $26.4 million or 3.2% and (ii) the impact of FX, as set forth below:
 
Subscription
revenue
 
Non-subscription
revenue
 
Total
 
in millions
Increase (decrease) in subscription revenue due to change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of RGUs (a)
$
37.5

 
$

 
$
37.5

ARPU (b)
(13.6
)
 

 
(13.6
)
Increase in non-subscription revenue (c)

 
2.5

 
2.5

Organic increase
23.9

 
2.5

 
26.4

Impact of FX
(35.4
)
 
(6.0
)
 
(41.4
)
Total
$
(11.5
)
 
$
(3.5
)
 
$
(15.0
)
_______________

(a)
The increase in Other Western Europe's subscription revenue related to a change in the average number of RGUs is attributable to increases in the average numbers of digital cable, telephony and broadband internet RGUs that were only partially offset by decreases in the average numbers of analog cable and, to a lesser extent, MMDS RGUs. The negative impact of lower average numbers of analog cable and MMDS RGUs led to a decline in the average number of total video RGUs in Other Western Europe during 2010, as compared to 2009.

(b)
The decrease in Other Western Europe's subscription revenue related to a change in ARPU is primarily attributable to the negative impacts of (i) slightly lower ARPU from digital cable services, (ii) a higher proportion of subscribers selecting lower-priced tiers of analog cable services, (iii) lower telephony call volume for customers on usage-based calling plans and, in Austria, a higher proportion of customers selecting such usage-based calling plans and (iv) a higher proportion of customers selecting lower-priced tiers of broadband internet services. These negative factors were partially offset by the positive impacts of (i) an improvement in RGU mix, attributable to higher proportions of digital cable and broadband internet RGUs, and (ii) rate increases for certain video, broadband internet and telephony services.

(c)
The increase in Other Western Europe’s non-subscription revenue is due primarily to an increase in B2B revenue, including the positive impact of a first quarter 2010 settlement with the incumbent telecommunications operator in Austria.

Central and Eastern Europe. The decrease in Central and Eastern Europe's revenue during 2010, as compared to 2009, includes (i) an organic increase of $3.1 million or 0.3%, (ii) the impact of acquisitions and (iii) the impact of FX, as set forth below:
 
Subscription
revenue
 
Non-subscription
revenue
 
Total
 
in millions
Increase (decrease) in subscription revenue due to change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of RGUs (a)
$
24.9

 
$

 
$
24.9

ARPU (b)
(28.3
)
 

 
(28.3
)
Increase in non-subscription revenue (c)

 
6.5

 
6.5

Organic increase (decrease)
(3.4
)
 
6.5

 
3.1

Impact of acquisitions
0.5

 

 
0.5

Impact of FX
(8.2
)
 
(2.0
)
 
(10.2
)
Total
$
(11.1
)
 
$
4.5

 
$
(6.6
)
_______________

(a) The increase in Central and Eastern Europe's subscription revenue related to a change in the average number of RGUs is attributable to increases in the average numbers of digital cable, broadband internet, telephony and, to a lesser extent, DTH video RGUs that were only partially offset by declines in the average numbers of analog cable and, to a much lesser extent, MMDS video RGUs. The declines in the average numbers of analog cable RGUs led to declines in the average numbers

II-19

Table of Contents


of total video RGUs in each country within our Central and Eastern Europe segment during 2010, as compared to 2009.

(b)
The decrease in Central and Eastern Europe's subscription revenue related to a change in ARPU is primarily attributable to the negative impacts of (i) higher proportions of broadband internet and video subscribers selecting lower-priced tiers of service, (ii) lower ARPU from analog cable services, (iii) lower telephony call volume for customers on usage-based calling plans and (iv) lower ARPU from digital cable services. These negative factors were partially offset by the positive impacts of (i) an improvement in RGU mix, primarily attributable to higher proportions of digital cable and broadband internet RGUs, and (ii) a June 2010 price increase for certain digital cable services in Poland.

(c)
The increase in Central and Eastern Europe's non-subscription revenue is due primarily to the net impact of (i) an increase in interconnect revenue, primarily in Poland, (ii) higher revenue from B2B services in Hungary, Poland and the Czech Republic and (iii) a decrease in revenue from B2B services in Romania.
 
Telenet (Belgium). The increase in Telenet's revenue during 2010, as compared to 2009, includes (i) an organic increase of $118.6 million or 7.1%, (ii) the impact of acquisitions and (iii) the impact of FX, as set forth below:
 
Subscription
revenue
 
Non-subscription
revenue
 
Total
 
in millions
Increase in subscription revenue due to change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of RGUs (a)
$
50.4

 
$

 
$
50.4

ARPU (b)
53.2

 

 
53.2

Increase in non-subscription revenue (c)

 
15.0

 
15.0

Organic increase
103.6

 
15.0

 
118.6

Impact of acquisitions

 
24.2

 
24.2

Impact of FX
(75.0
)
 
(15.2
)
 
(90.2
)
Total
$
28.6

 
$
24.0

 
$
52.6

_______________

(a)
The increase in Telenet's subscription revenue related to a change in the average number of RGUs is attributable to increases in the average numbers of digital cable, broadband internet and telephony RGUs that were only partially offset by a decline in the average number of analog cable RGUs. The decline in the average number of analog cable RGUs led to a decline in the average number of total video RGUs during 2010 as compared to 2009.

(b)
The increase in Telenet's subscription revenue related to a change in ARPU is primarily attributable to the positive impacts of (i) an improvement in RGU mix, attributable to higher proportions of digital cable, broadband internet and telephony RGUs and (ii) February 2009 and 2010 price increases for certain analog and digital cable services and a March 2009 price increase for telephony services. These positive factors were only partially offset by the negative impacts of (a) an increase in the proportion of customers selecting lower-priced tiers of broadband internet service and (b) lower telephony call volume for customers on usage-based plans.

(c)
The increase in Telenet's non-subscription revenue is due primarily to a $29.0 million increase in mobile telephony revenue that was only partially offset by (i) a decrease in installation revenue, primarily attributable to increased discounting and a lower number of RGU additions, (ii) lower sales of mobile handsets and digital set-top boxes, (iii) lower revenue from contract termination billings and (iv) a decrease in third-party commissions earned by Telenet’s mobile telephony retail operations. An increase in interconnect revenue and other individually insignificant changes in non-subscription revenue also contributed to the increase.


II-20

Table of Contents


VTR Group (Chile). The increase in the VTR Group's revenue during 2010, as compared to 2009, includes (i) an organic increase of $29.1 million or 4.1% and (ii) the impact of FX, as set forth below:
 
Subscription
revenue
 
Non-subscription
revenue
 
Total
 
in millions
Increase in subscription revenue due to change in:
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of RGUs (a)
$
20.8

 
$

 
$
20.8

ARPU (b)
4.1

 

 
4.1

Increase in non-subscription revenue (c)

 
4.2

 
4.2

Organic increase
24.9

 
4.2

 
29.1

Impact of FX
62.5

 
5.8

 
68.3

Total
$
87.4

 
$
10.0

 
$
97.4

_______________

(a) The increase in the VTR Group's subscription revenue related to a change in the average number of RGUs is attributable to increases in the average numbers of digital cable, broadband internet and telephony RGUs that were only partially offset by a decline in the average number of analog cable RGUs.

(b)
The increase in the VTR Group's subscription revenue related to a change in ARPU is primarily attributable to the net effect of (i) a higher proportion of subscribers selecting higher-priced tiers of broadband internet services, (ii) a higher proportion of subscribers selecting lower-priced tiers of video service, (iii) an improvement in RGU mix, attributable to higher proportions of digital cable and broadband internet RGUs, (iv) higher ARPU from digital cable services, (v) lower ARPU resulting from the estimated $4.3 million of revenue that was lost during the first quarter of 2010 as a result of an earthquake and tsunami in Chile and (vi) an increase due to inflation and other price adjustments.

(c)
The increase in the VTR Group's non-subscription revenue is primarily attributable to increases in advertising and installation revenue that were only partially offset by a decrease in interconnect revenue.


II-21

Table of Contents



Operating Expenses of our Reportable Segments

Operating expenses — 2011 compared to 2010

 
Year ended December 31,
 
Increase (decrease)
 
Organic increase (decrease)
 
2011
 
2010
 
$
 
%
 
%
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
320.5

 
$
272.9

 
$
47.6

 
17.4

 
(0.3
)
The Netherlands
375.4

 
351.1

 
24.3

 
6.9

 
2.0

Switzerland
374.7

 
325.4

 
49.3

 
15.2

 
(2.1
)
Other Western Europe
346.0

 
322.4

 
23.6

 
7.3

 
2.4

Total Western Europe
1,416.6

 
1,271.8

 
144.8

 
11.4

 
0.6

Central and Eastern Europe
435.2

 
381.4

 
53.8

 
14.1

 
3.3

Central and other
103.7

 
99.5

 
4.2

 
4.2

 
(0.8
)
Total UPC Broadband Division
1,955.5

 
1,752.7

 
202.8

 
11.6

 
1.1

Telenet (Belgium)
704.9

 
614.3

 
90.6

 
14.7

 
9.1

VTR Group (Chile)
381.2

 
333.6

 
47.6

 
14.3

 
8.4

Corporate and other
407.0

 
380.0

 
27.0

 
7.1

 
3.1

Intersegment eliminations
(84.5
)
 
(79.5
)
 
(5.0
)
 
(6.3
)
 
(0.8
)
Total operating expenses excluding stock-based compensation expense
3,364.1

 
3,001.1

 
363.0

 
12.1

 
3.8

Stock-based compensation expense
15.3

 
9.4

 
5.9

 
62.8

 
 
Total
$
3,379.4

 
$
3,010.5

 
$
368.9

 
12.3

 
 

General. Operating expenses include programming, network operations, interconnect, customer operations, customer care, stock-based compensation expense and other direct costs. We do not include stock-based compensation in the following discussion and analysis of the operating expenses of our reportable segments as stock-based compensation expense is not included in the performance measures of our reportable segments. Stock-based compensation expense is discussed under Discussion and Analysis of Our Consolidated Operating Results below. Programming costs, which represent a significant portion of our operating costs, are expected to rise in future periods as a result of (i) growth in digital cable services, in combination with the planned introduction of our Horizon platform and online viewing, and (ii) price increases. In addition, we are subject to inflationary pressures with respect to our labor and other costs and foreign currency exchange risk with respect to costs and expenses that are denominated in currencies other than the respective functional currencies of our operating segments (non-functional currency expenses). Any cost increases that we are not able to pass on to our subscribers through service rate increases would result in increased pressure on our operating margins. For additional information concerning our foreign currency exchange risks see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Foreign Currency Risk below.

UPC Broadband Division. The UPC Broadband Division's operating expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) increased $202.8 million or 11.6% during 2011, as compared to 2010. This increase includes $60.0 million attributable to the impact of acquisitions. Excluding the effects of acquisitions and FX, the UPC Broadband Division's operating expenses increased $18.8 million or 1.1%. This increase includes the following factors:

An increase in programming and related costs of $28.8 million or 5.6%, due primarily to growth in digital video services, predominantly in the Netherlands, Germany, Poland and Ireland. The net impact of favorable copyright and programming fee settlements, primarily in Germany and the Netherlands, also contributed to the increase, as the $3.5 million favorable impact in 2011 was less than the $6.4 million favorable impact in 2010. These increases were partially offset by the impact of lower rates for certain copyright fees in Germany.

An increase in outsourced labor and professional fees of $15.0 million or 9.9%, primarily attributable to increased call center costs due to higher call volumes in Germany, Switzerland, the Netherlands and the Czech Republic;

A decrease in interconnect costs of $12.6 million or 6.8%, primarily attributable to the net effect of (i) decreased costs

II-22

Table of Contents


due to lower rates, primarily in Switzerland, Germany, the Netherlands and the Czech Republic, (ii) increased costs related to subscriber growth, primarily in Germany, (iii) decreased costs due to lower call volumes, primarily in Switzerland and Austria and (iv) a $3.0 million increase related to the impact of a favorable interconnect settlement during the third quarter of 2010 in Switzerland;

An increase in personnel costs of $7.2 million or 2.1%, due primarily to the net effect of (i) a decrease associated with higher levels of labor costs allocated to certain capital projects, including the development of our Horizon platform, (ii) annual wage increases, (iii) higher employee benefit related costs primarily in the Netherlands and Germany, (iv) lower costs related to temporary personnel, primarily in Switzerland and Germany, (v) increased bonus costs and (vi) increased staffing levels;

A decrease of $6.9 million or 43.6%, due primarily to lower B2B construction and equipment sales in Switzerland;

A decrease in network related expenses of $5.6 million or 2.3%, due primarily to the net effect of (i) lower energy costs in Germany and, to a lesser extent, the Czech Republic and the Netherlands, with the lower costs in Germany due in part to the release of accruals in connection with the settlement of operational contingencies during the second and fourth quarters of 2011, (ii) increased encryption costs, due largely to an increased number of installed digital cable set-top boxes, (iii) a $6.7 million decrease due to the 2011 settlement of a claim for costs incurred in connection with faulty customer premises equipment, primarily in the Netherlands and Switzerland, (iv) higher costs associated with the refurbishment of customer premises equipment and (v) higher duct and pole rental costs due primarily to increased rates in the Czech Republic and Romania. In Germany, duct and pole rental costs remained relatively constant as the impact of higher rates was offset by the favorable impact of the fourth quarter 2011 settlement of an operational contingency. In addition, in the UPC Broadband Division's central operations, the favorable impact of a fourth quarter 2011 settlement of a dispute with a third party regarding services rendered in 2010 contributed $2.9 million to the overall decrease in network related expenses; and

A decrease of $4.5 million at UPC DTH due to lower satellite costs resulting from (i) lower transponder rates and (ii) the impact of certain expenses incurred during 2010 related to UPC DTH's migration to a new satellite.

Telenet (Belgium). Telenet's operating expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) increased $90.6 million or 14.7% during 2011, as compared to 2010. This increase includes $3.1 million attributable to the impact of an acquisition. Excluding the effects of an acquisition and FX, Telenet's operating expenses increased $55.9 million or 9.1%. This increase includes the following factors:

An increase in programming and related costs of $36.3 million or 21.7%, due primarily to (i) an increase resulting from Telenet's second quarter 2011 acquisition of the rights to broadcast certain Belgian football (soccer) matches over the next three years and (ii) growth in digital cable services. We anticipate that Telenet will continue to incur significant costs in connection with the Belgian soccer rights throughout the three-year term of the agreement, including estimated costs ranging from €34 million ($45 million) to €37 million ($49 million) during 2012;

An increase in network related expenses of $18.2 million or 20.2%, due primarily to (i) DTT network costs that Telenet began incurring during the fourth quarter of 2010 pursuant to an agreement that provides Telenet with the right to use a specified DTT network through June 2024, (ii) higher costs associated with the refurbishment of customer premises equipment and (iii) higher maintenance costs;

A decrease of $13.8 million in outsourced labor and customer premises equipment costs incurred in connection with the installation of certain wireless routers that were sold to customers during 2010.  In January 2011, Telenet ceased the practice of selling wireless routers to its customers and began installing modems with built-in wireless routers, the ownership of which is retained by Telenet;

An increase of $8.8 million or 23.9% in mobile costs, primarily due to increased mobile handset costs from (i) increased handset sales, primarily to third-party retailers, and (ii) promotions involving free or heavily-discounted handsets;

An increase in personnel costs of $8.8 million or 8.9%, due largely to increased staffing levels and annual wage increases. The increase in staffing levels is largely due to (i) the insourcing of certain customer care functions and (ii) increased network operations activities; and

A decrease in interconnect costs of $7.0 million or 8.2%, due primarily to decreases associated with (i) the previously-discussed change from gross to net presentation of revenue and expenses related to certain premium text messaging and

II-23

Table of Contents


calling services due to a legislative action that became effective in January 2011 and (ii) the previously-discussed reduction in mobile termination rates. These decreases were partially offset by increases associated with (i) subscriber growth and (ii) increased mobile calling volumes.
    
VTR Group (Chile). The VTR Group's operating expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) increased $47.6 million or 14.3% during 2011, as compared to 2010. Excluding the effects of FX, the VTR Group's operating expenses increased $28.0 million or 8.4%. This increase includes the following factors:

An increase in programming and related costs of $14.6 million or 13.2%, as an increase associated with growth in digital cable services was only partially offset by a decrease arising from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations with respect to the VTR Group's U.S. dollar denominated programming contracts. A significant portion of the VTR Group's programming costs are denominated in U.S dollars;

An increase in facilities expenses of $6.5 million, due mostly to higher site and tower rental costs in connection with VTR Wireless' mobile initiative;

An increase in outsourced labor and professional fees of $6.2 million or 29.1%, due largely to (i) increased call center costs due to efforts to improve service levels, (ii) a higher number of service calls and (iii) higher site and tower location costs incurred in connection with VTR Wireless' mobile initiative;

A decrease in bad debt and collection expenses of $5.4 million, as improved economic conditions and customer retention efforts have resulted in better collection experience; and

An increase in personnel costs of $2.9 million or 5.8%, due primarily to higher staffing levels related to VTR Wireless' mobile initiative.


II-24

Table of Contents


Operating expenses — 2010 compared to 2009

 
Year ended December 31,
 
Increase (decrease)
 
Organic increase (decrease)
 
2010
 
2009
 
$
 
%
 
%
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
272.9

 
$

 
$
272.9

 
N.M.

 
N.M.

The Netherlands
351.1

 
348.8

 
2.3

 
0.7

 
5.6

Switzerland
325.4

 
311.3

 
14.1

 
4.5

 
0.6

Other Western Europe
322.4

 
321.4

 
1.0

 
0.3

 
5.3

Total Western Europe
1,271.8

 
981.5

 
290.3

 
29.6

 
3.0

Central and Eastern Europe
381.4

 
361.3

 
20.1

 
5.6

 
7.2

Central and other
99.5

 
99.2

 
0.3

 
0.3

 
4.0

Total UPC Broadband Division
1,752.7

 
1,442.0

 
310.7

 
21.5

 
4.1

Telenet (Belgium)
614.3

 
600.8

 
13.5

 
2.2

 
4.6

VTR Group (Chile)
333.6

 
299.4

 
34.2

 
11.4

 
1.8

Corporate and other
380.0

 
331.8

 
48.2

 
14.5

 
12.8

Intersegment eliminations
(79.5
)
 
(77.5
)
 
(2.0
)
 
(2.6
)
 
(8.1
)
Total operating expenses excluding stock-based compensation expense
3,001.1

 
2,596.5

 
404.6

 
15.6

 
5.0

Stock-based compensation expense
9.4

 
7.9

 
1.5

 
19.0

 
 
Total
$
3,010.5

 
$
2,604.4

 
$
406.1

 
15.6

 
 
____________

N.M. — Not Meaningful.

UPC Broadband Division. The UPC Broadband Division’s operating expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) increased $310.7 million or 21.5% during 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase includes $281.9 million attributable to the impact of acquisitions. Excluding the effects of acquisitions and FX, the UPC Broadband Division’s operating expenses increased $59.6 million or 4.1%. This increase includes the following factors:

An increase in programming and related costs of $42.0 million or 14.0%, due primarily to (i) growth in digital video services, predominantly in the Netherlands, Ireland, our UPC DTH operations and Poland, and (ii) foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations with respect to non-functional currency expenses associated with certain programming contracts, primarily in Poland and Switzerland. These factors were partially offset by the impact of the fourth quarter 2010 release of $8.1 million of copyright fee accruals in connection with the settlement of certain contingencies, primarily in Germany and the Netherlands;

An increase of $19.3 million that represents the full year 2010 impact of the Hungarian Telecom Tax imposed during the fourth quarter of 2010, with retroactive effect to the beginning of 2010. The Hungarian Telecom Tax is currently scheduled to expire at the end of 2012. For additional information concerning the Hungarian Telecom Tax, see the discussion under Discussion and Analysis of our Reportable Segments - General above;

A decrease in bad debt and collection expenses of $18.0 million, due largely to improved collection experience, most notably in Germany and the Czech Republic. For information regarding our approach to estimating the effects of acquisitions, see Results of Operations above;

An increase in network related expenses of $15.5 million or 8.5%, due largely to (i) higher costs associated with the refurbishment of customer premises equipment by the Netherlands, UPC DTH, Romania and Poland, (ii) higher energy costs in the Netherlands and the Czech Republic and (iii) higher costs in the UPC Broadband Division's central operations due to increased network transit requirements. The higher energy costs in the Netherlands are partially attributable to non-recurring items;


II-25

Table of Contents


An increase in outsourced labor and professional fees of $8.1 million or 7.0%, due largely to higher outsourced labor associated with customer-facing activities, primarily in Switzerland and Ireland; and

A $3.3 million decrease during the third quarter of 2010 due to the impact of a favorable interconnect rate settlement in Switzerland.

Telenet (Belgium). Telenet’s operating expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) increased $13.5 million or 2.2% during 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase includes $18.3 million attributable to the impact of acquisitions. Excluding the effects of acquisitions and FX, Telenet’s operating expenses increased $27.8 million or 4.6%. This increase includes the following factors:

An increase in interconnect and access costs of $16.2 million or 22.0%, primarily due to growth in mobile and fixed-line telephony services, the impact of which was only partially offset by lower mobile termination rates;

An increase in mobile telephony handset costs of $14.1 million, attributable to the success of mobile telephony calling plan promotions involving free or heavily discounted handsets;

An increase in programming and related costs of $11.8 million or 7.2%, due primarily to growth in digital cable services that was only partially offset by the impact of lower negotiated rates for programming content;

A decrease in outsourced labor of $11.4 million or 14.0%, due primarily to (i) the insourcing of certain customer care functions and (ii) decreased expenses associated with a decline in the number of visits to customer premises to reconnect or maintain services;

A decrease of $9.7 million related to the impact of a fourth quarter 2009 charge that was recorded to reflect the settlement of future obligations to provide post-employment benefits to certain Telenet employees;

An increase in network related expense of $8.2 million or 9.5%, due primarily to (i) DTT network costs that Telenet began incurring during the fourth quarter of 2010 pursuant to the aforementioned DTT network agreement that expires in June 2024, (ii) higher costs associated with the refurbishment of customer premises equipment and (iii) higher maintenance costs;

A decrease in customer premises equipment sold to customers of $6.2 million, due primarily to lower mobile handset and digital set-top box sales; and

An increase in personnel costs of $5.7 million or 5.9%, due primarily to (i) increased staffing levels, largely related to (a) the insourcing of certain customer care functions and (b) increased network operations activities, including activities associated with Telenet’s conversion to a full MVNO during the fourth quarter of 2010, and (ii) higher severance costs.

VTR Group (Chile). The VTR Group’s operating expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) increased $34.2 million or 11.4% during 2010, as compared to 2009. Excluding the effects of FX, the VTR Group’s operating expenses increased $5.3 million or 1.8%. This increase includes the following factors:

A decrease in network related expenses of $8.1 million or 18.8%, due primarily to lower tariff rates for pole rentals;

An increase in programming and related costs of $6.0 million or 6.3%, as an increase associated with growth in digital cable services was only partially offset by a decrease arising from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations with respect to the VTR Group’s U.S. dollar denominated programming contracts;

An increase in personnel costs of $2.8 million or 6.7%, due primarily to higher bonus costs; and

An increase in bad debt expense of $2.5 million or 7.5%, due primarily to subscriber growth and economic conditions.


II-26

Table of Contents


SG&A Expenses of our Reportable Segments 
SG&A expenses — 2011 compared to 2010

 
Year ended December 31,
 
Increase (decrease)
 
Organic increase (decrease)
 
2011
 
2010
 
$
 
%
 
%
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
265.8

 
$
213.9

 
$
51.9

 
24.3
 
7.0

The Netherlands
142.7

 
131.8

 
10.9

 
8.3
 
3.2

Switzerland
189.8

 
157.5

 
32.3

 
20.5
 
2.7

Other Western Europe
124.8

 
120.4

 
4.4

 
3.7
 
(1.2
)
Total Western Europe
723.1

 
623.6

 
99.5

 
16.0
 
3.5

Central and Eastern Europe
139.3

 
123.3

 
16.0

 
13.0
 
3.8

Central and other
159.5

 
129.4

 
30.1

 
23.3
 
17.2

Total UPC Broadband Division
1,021.9

 
876.3

 
145.6

 
16.6
 
5.6

Telenet (Belgium)
246.6

 
240.1

 
6.5

 
2.7
 
(2.3
)
VTR Group (Chile)
166.6

 
136.9

 
29.7

 
21.7
 
15.7

Corporate and other
231.2

 
229.0

 
2.2

 
1.0
 
(2.5
)
Intersegment eliminations
(1.9
)
 
(0.9
)
 
(1.0
)
 
N.M
 
N.M.

Total SG&A expenses excluding stock-based compensation expense
1,664.4

 
1,481.4

 
183.0

 
12.4
 
3.9

Stock-based compensation expense
116.0

 
101.6

 
14.4

 
14.2
 
 
Total
$
1,780.4

 
$
1,583.0

 
$
197.4

 
12.5
 
 
___________

N.M. - Not Meaningful.

General. SG&A expenses include human resources, information technology, general services, management, finance, legal and marketing costs, stock-based compensation and other general expenses. We do not include stock-based compensation in the following discussion and analysis of the SG&A expenses of our reportable segments as stock-based compensation expense is not included in the performance measures of our reportable segments. Stock-based compensation expense is discussed under Discussion and Analysis of Our Consolidated Operating Results below. As noted under Operating Expenses above, we are subject to inflationary pressures with respect to our labor and other costs and foreign currency exchange risk with respect to non-functional currency expenses. For additional information concerning our foreign currency exchange risks see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Foreign Currency Risk below.

UPC Broadband Division. The UPC Broadband Division's SG&A expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) increased $145.6 million or 16.6% during 2011, as compared to 2010. This increase includes $30.5 million attributable to the impact of acquisitions. Excluding the effects of acquisitions and FX, the UPC Broadband Division's SG&A expenses increased $48.9 million or 5.6%. This increase includes the following factors:

An increase in personnel costs of $22.1 million or 6.6%, due primarily to (i) annual wage increases, (ii) higher marketing staffing levels, mostly in Switzerland and the Netherlands, (iii) higher bonus costs and (iv) higher severance costs;

An increase in outsourced labor and professional fees of $14.0 million or 29.4%, due primarily to higher consulting costs for (i) procurement, billing system and other initiatives within the UPC Broadband Division's central operations and (ii) strategic marketing projects in Germany;

An increase in sales and marketing costs of $7.3 million or 2.3% , due primarily to the net effect of (i) increased marketing activities, primarily in the Netherlands, Ireland and UPC DTH, (ii) higher sales commissions in Germany and (iii) lower sales commissions in the Czech Republic. The increase in sales commissions in Germany was partially offset by the release of an accrual in connection with the second quarter 2011 settlement of an operational contingency; and

II-27

Table of Contents



An increase in information technology related expense of $4.5 million or 14.0%, due primarily to additional support and maintenance requirements.

Telenet (Belgium). Telenet's SG&A expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) increased $6.5 million or 2.7% during 2011, as compared to 2010. This increase includes $0.9 million attributable to the impact of an acquisition. Excluding the effects of an acquisition and FX, Telenet's SG&A expenses decreased $5.6 million or 2.3%. This decrease includes the following factors:

A decrease in sales and marketing costs of $12.4 million or 13.9%, due primarily to (i) lower marketing expenses, as increased promotional costs associated with Telenet's launch of Belgian football (soccer) coverage and advertising expenses during 2011 were more than offset by higher marketing campaign costs in 2010, (ii) lower sponsorship costs, (iii) lower costs related to sales call centers and (iv) decreased sales commissions, primarily related to lower sales;

An increase in outsourced labor and professional fees of $3.8 million or 13.9%, primarily due to an increase in consulting and legal costs associated with regulatory, strategic and financial initiatives; and

An increase in personnel costs of $2.1 million or 2.3%, primarily due to annual wage increases and increased staffing levels, partially offset by lower severance costs.

VTR Group (Chile). The VTR Group's SG&A expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) increased $29.7 million or 21.7%, during 2011, as compared to 2010. Excluding the effects of FX, the VTR Group's SG&A expenses increased $21.4 million or 15.7%. This increase includes the following factors:

An increase in sales and marketing costs of $10.6 million or 27.7%, due primarily to (i) increased costs associated with rebranding and other advertising campaigns that are largely attributable to VTR Wireless' mobile initiative and (ii) higher sales commissions;

An increase in facilities expenses of $4.3 million, due largely to office rental and other facilities costs associated with VTR Wireless' mobile initiative;

An increase in personnel costs of $2.1 million or 3.8%, primarily due to higher staffing levels related to VTR Wireless' mobile initiative; and

An increase in outsourced labor and professional fees of $2.1 million, due primarily to increased consulting costs related to (i) VTR Wireless' mobile initiative and (ii) a subscriber retention project.




II-28

Table of Contents


SG&A expenses — 2010 compared to 2009
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
Increase
(decrease)
 
Organic increase
 
2010
 
2009
 
$
 
%
 
%
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
213.9

 
$

 
$
213.9

 
N.M.

 
N.M.
The Netherlands
131.8

 
127.0

 
4.8

 
3.8

 
9.0
Switzerland
157.5

 
147.4

 
10.1

 
6.9

 
2.6
Other Western Europe
120.4

 
124.0

 
(3.6
)
 
(2.9
)
 
1.8
Total Western Europe
623.6

 
398.4

 
225.2

 
56.5

 
3.3
Central and Eastern Europe
123.3

 
120.8

 
2.5

 
2.1

 
3.4
Central and other
129.4

 
124.9

 
4.5

 
3.6

 
8.8
Total UPC Broadband Division
876.3

 
644.1

 
232.2

 
36.1

 
4.4
Telenet (Belgium)
240.1

 
241.2

 
(1.1
)
 
(0.5
)
 
0.8
VTR Group (Chile)
136.9

 
113.0

 
23.9

 
21.2

 
10.7
Corporate and other
229.0

 
222.6

 
6.4

 
2.9

 
2.1
Inter-segment eliminations
(0.9
)
 
(0.6
)
 
(0.3
)
 
N.M.

 
N.M.
Total SG&A expenses excluding stock-based compensation expense
1,481.4

 
1,220.3

 
261.1

 
21.4

 
3.9
Stock-based compensation expense
101.6

 
105.3

 
(3.7
)
 
(3.5
)
 
 
Total
$
1,583.0

 
$
1,325.6

 
$
257.4

 
19.4

 
 
 ____________

N.M. — Not Meaningful.
 
UPC Broadband Division. The UPC Broadband Division’s SG&A expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) increased $232.2 million or 36.1% during 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase includes $217.9 million attributable to the impact of acquisitions. Excluding the effects of acquisitions and FX, the UPC Broadband Division’s SG&A expenses increased $28.5 million or 4.4%. This increase includes the following factors:

An increase in personnel costs of $16.4 million or 5.9%, due largely to (i) increased marketing staffing levels in Switzerland and the Netherlands and (ii) increased staffing levels for our UPC DTH operations;

An increase in outsourced labor and professional fees of $3.7 million or 9.4%, due primarily to increased sales and marketing and information technology activities in Switzerland;

An increase in sales and marketing costs of $0.6 million or 0.3%, due primarily to the net effect of (i) higher costs associated with rebranding efforts in Ireland, (ii) higher marketing expenditures by UPC DTH and the Netherlands, due largely to increased advertising campaigns and (iii) lower sales commissions and/or decreased marketing activities in Austria, Germany, the Czech Republic and Hungary. For information regarding our approach to estimating the effects of acquisitions, see Results of Operations above; and

A net increase resulting from individually insignificant changes in other SG&A expense categories.

Telenet (Belgium). Telenet’s SG&A expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) decreased $1.1 million or 0.5% during 2010, as compared to 2009. This decrease includes $10.2 million attributable to the impact of acquisitions. Excluding the effects of acquisitions and FX, Telenet’s SG&A expenses increased $2.0 million or 0.8%. This increase includes the following factors:

A decrease in professional fees of $4.1 million or 12.5%, as the amount of consulting and legal costs associated with strategic and financial initiatives declined from the amounts incurred during 2009;

An increase in personnel costs of $2.3 million or 2.7%, due primarily to the net effect of (i) increased staffing levels,

II-29

Table of Contents


largely related to (a) the insourcing of certain call center sales functions and (b) an increase in information technology activities and (ii) higher severance costs;

A decrease in sales and marketing costs of $1.8 million or 2.0%, due primarily to lower sales commissions related to favorable changes in the sales channel mix and lower sales, partially offset by increased marketing activities, mostly related to the promotion of Telenet’s mobile telephony services; and

A net increase resulting from individually insignificant changes in other SG&A expense categories.

VTR Group (Chile). The VTR Group’s SG&A expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) increased $23.9 million or 21.2% during 2010, as compared to 2009. Excluding the effects of FX, the VTR Group’s SG&A expenses increased $12.1 million or 10.7%. This increase includes the following factors:

An increase in personnel costs of $7.8 million or 18.5%, due primarily to (i) higher bonus costs, (ii) increased staffing levels, primarily related to VTR Wireless' mobile initiative and an increased sales force and (iii) higher severance costs;

An increase in sales and marketing costs of $2.9 million or 9.1%, due primarily to a volume-related increase in third-party sales commissions partially offset by a decrease in marketing costs; and

An increase in professional fees of $1.4 million or 20.3%, primarily due to increased consulting costs related to VTR Wireless' mobile initiative that were only partially offset by lower legal fees.


II-30

Table of Contents


Operating Cash Flow of our Reportable Segments

Operating cash flow is the primary measure used by our chief operating decision maker to evaluate segment operating performance. As we use the term, operating cash flow is defined as revenue less operating and SG&A expenses (excluding stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, provisions for litigation, and impairment, restructuring and other operating charges or credits). For additional information concerning this performance measure and for a reconciliation of total segment operating cash flow to our loss from continuing operations before income taxes, see note 17 to our consolidated financial statements.

Operating Cash Flow — 2011 compared to 2010
 
Year ended December 31,
 
Increase (decrease)
 
Organic increase (decrease)
 
2011
 
2010
 
$
 
%
 
%
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
863.7

 
$
659.8

 
$
203.9

 
30.9

 
13.5

The Netherlands
755.3

 
673.9

 
81.4

 
12.1

 
6.8

Switzerland
727.8

 
593.9

 
133.9

 
22.5

 
4.3

Other Western Europe
412.8

 
377.5

 
35.3

 
9.4

 
4.3

Total Western Europe
2,759.6

 
2,305.1

 
454.5

 
19.7

 
7.7

Central and Eastern Europe
548.0

 
496.8

 
51.2

 
10.3

 
(0.4
)
Central and other
(140.5
)
 
(120.3
)
 
(20.2
)
 
(16.8
)
 
(10.2
)
Total UPC Broadband Division
3,167.1

 
2,681.6

 
485.5

 
18.1

 
6.1

Telenet (Belgium)
967.0

 
872.8

 
94.2

 
10.8

 
5.5

VTR Group (Chile)
341.2

 
327.7

 
13.5

 
4.1

 
(1.2
)
Corporate and other
7.0

 
(0.4
)
 
7.4

 
N.M.

 
N.M.

Total
$
4,482.3

 
$
3,881.7

 
$
600.6

 
15.5

 
5.4


Operating Cash Flow — 2010 compared to 2009
 
Year ended December 31,
 
Increase (decrease)
 
Organic increase (decrease)
 
2010
 
2009
 
$
 
%
 
%
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
659.8

 
$

 
$
659.8

 
N.M.

 
N.M.

The Netherlands
673.9

 
663.9

 
10.0

 
1.5

 
6.7

Switzerland
593.9

 
561.9

 
32.0

 
5.7

 
1.3

Other Western Europe
377.5

 
389.9

 
(12.4
)
 
(3.2
)
 
1.8

Total Western Europe
2,305.1

 
1,615.7

 
689.4

 
42.7

 
6.9

Central and Eastern Europe
496.8

 
526.0

 
(29.2
)
 
(5.6
)
 
(5.1
)
Central and other
(120.3
)
 
(110.5
)
 
(9.8
)
 
(8.9
)
 
(13.9
)
Total UPC Broadband Division
2,681.6

 
2,031.2

 
650.4

 
32.0

 
3.4

Telenet (Belgium)
872.8

 
832.6

 
40.2

 
4.8

 
10.7

VTR Group (Chile)
327.7

 
288.4

 
39.3

 
13.6

 
4.0

Corporate and other
(0.4
)
 
(5.5
)
 
5.1

 
N.M.

 
N.M

Total
$
3,881.7

 
$
3,146.7

 
$
735.0

 
23.4

 
5.5

_______________ 

N.M. - Not Meaningful.

II-31

Table of Contents



Operating Cash Flow Margin — 2011, 2010 and 2009

The following table sets forth the operating cash flow margins (operating cash flow divided by revenue) of each of our reportable segments:
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
%
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
59.6
 
57.5
 
The Netherlands
59.3
 
58.3
 
58.3
Switzerland
56.3
 
55.2
 
55.1
Other Western Europe
46.7
 
46.0
 
46.7
Total Western Europe
56.3
 
54.9
 
53.9
Central and Eastern Europe
48.8
 
49.6
 
52.2
Total UPC Broadband Division, including central and other
51.5
 
50.5
 
49.3
Telenet (Belgium)
50.4
 
50.5
 
49.7
VTR Group (Chile)
38.4
 
41.1
 
41.2

The operating cash flow margin of the UPC Broadband Division increased during 2011, as compared to 2010, as increases in the margins of its reportable segments in western Europe were only partially offset by a decrease in the margin of its reportable segment in Central and Eastern Europe. The improvements in the operating cash flow margins of the UPC Broadband Division's western European segments are primarily attributable to improved operational leverage, resulting from revenue growth that more than offset the accompanying increases in operating and SG&A expenses. In the UPC Broadband Division's Central and Eastern Europe segment, competitive, economic and other factors contributed to the decline in operating cash flow margin. In Belgium, Telenet's operating cash flow margin remained relatively unchanged during 2011, as compared to 2010, as an increase due to improved operational leverage was offset by decreases attributable to increased programming costs and other less significant factors. The increase in programming costs is largely attributable to Telenet's second quarter 2011 acquisition of the rights to broadcast certain Belgian football (soccer) matches, as further described under Operating Expenses of our Reportable Segments, above. In the case of Chile, the incremental operating cash flow deficit of VTR Wireless' mobile initiative during 2011 ($31.0 million) adversely impacted the VTR Group's 2011 operating cash flow margin and more than offset the margin improvement during 2011 that resulted in part from the adverse impacts of the February 2010 earthquake on the VTR Group's margin during 2010. During 2011 and 2010, foreign currency impacts associated with non-functional currency expenses did not significantly affect the comparability of the operating cash flow margins of our operating segments.
The operating cash flow margins of most of our reportable segments remained relatively unchanged during 2010, as compared to 2009. Competitive, economic, political and other factors, including the fourth quarter 2010 imposition of the Hungarian Telecom Tax, contributed to a decline in the operating cash flow margin in Central and Eastern Europe during 2010. The improvement in the operating cash flow margin of Telenet was primarily attributable to improved operational leverage. During 2010, foreign currency impacts associated with non-functional currency expenses had a positive impact on our operating cash flow margin in Chile, and a negative impact on our operating cash flow margin in Poland. In Chile, these positive foreign currency impacts, together with the benefits of increased operational efficiencies, more than offset the negative impacts of the February 2010 earthquake and the incremental operating cash flow deficit of VTR Wireless' mobile initiative during the fourth quarter of 2010 ($4.9 million). For additional information regarding the impact of the Hungarian Telecom Tax on our 2010 operating expenses, see Discussion and Analysis of our Reportable Segments - General above.
For additional discussion of the factors contributing to the changes in the operating cash flow margins of our reportable segments, see the above analyses of the revenue, operating expenses and SG&A expenses of our reportable segments.

We expect that the 2012 operating cash flow margin of (i) the UPC Broadband Division (including KBW) will increase slightly, (ii) Telenet will decline slightly and (iii) the VTR Group will decline significantly, each as compared to 2011. In the case of the UPC Broadband Division, we expect that the positive full-year impact of KBW's relatively higher operating cash flow margin and increased operational leverage will be somewhat offset by anticipated increases in (i) digital programming costs as a result of growth in digital cable services, the launch of our Horizon platform, online viewing and other factors and (ii) marketing and

II-32

Table of Contents


advertising costs to support the UPC Broadband Division's growth objectives, particularly in Germany. With regard to Telenet, the expected slight margin decline is due largely to the expected full year impact of the aforementioned higher programming costs associated with the Belgian football (soccer) matches. With respect to the VTR Group, we expect that the operating cash flow deficit associated with VTR Wireless' mobile initiative will lead to a significant decline in the operating cash flow margin of the VTR Group. As discussed under Overview and Discussion and Analysis of our Reportable Segments - General above, most of our broadband communications operations are experiencing significant competition. Sustained or increased competition, particularly in combination with unfavorable regulatory, economic or political developments, could adversely impact the operating cash flow margins of our reportable segments.

Discussion and Analysis of our Consolidated Operating Results

General

For more detailed explanations of the changes in our revenue, operating expenses and SG&A expenses, see the Discussion and Analysis of our Reportable Segments above. For information concerning our foreign currency exchange risks, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Foreign Currency Risk below.

2011 compared to 2010

Revenue

Our revenue by major category is set forth below:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
Increase
 
Organic increase
 
2011
 
2010
 
$
 
%
 
%
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
Subscription revenue (a):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Video
$
4,405.2

 
$
3,915.5

 
$
489.7

 
12.5
 
3.0
Broadband internet
2,203.7

 
1,913.6

 
290.1

 
15.2
 
7.0
Telephony
1,294.5

 
1,130.0

 
164.5

 
14.6
 
5.7
Total subscription revenue
7,903.4

 
6,959.1

 
944.3

 
13.6
 
4.5
Other revenue (b)
1,607.4

 
1,405.1

 
202.3

 
14.4
 
4.8
Total
$
9,510.8

 
$
8,364.2

 
$
1,146.6

 
13.7
 
4.6
_______________

(a)
Subscription revenue includes amounts received from subscribers for ongoing services, excluding installation fees, late fees and mobile telephony revenue. Subscription revenue from subscribers who purchase bundled services at a discounted rate is generally allocated proportionally to each service based on the standalone price for each individual service. However, due to regulatory, billing system and other constraints, the allocation of bundling discounts may vary between our broadband communications operating segments.

(b)
Other revenue includes non-subscription revenue (including B2B, interconnect, installation, carriage fee and mobile telephony revenue) and programming revenue.

Total revenue. Our consolidated revenue increased $1,146.6 million during 2011, as compared to 2010. This increase includes $203.0 million, attributable to the impact of acquisitions. Excluding the effects of acquisitions and FX, total consolidated revenue increased $382.2 million or 4.6%, respectively.


II-33

Table of Contents


Subscription revenue. The details of the increase in our consolidated subscription revenue for 2011, as compared to 2010, are as follows (in millions):
Increase due to change in:
 
Average number of RGUs
$
213.1

ARPU
101.1

Organic increase
314.2

Impact of acquisitions
159.5

Impact of FX
470.6

Total increase in subscription revenue
$
944.3


Excluding the effects of acquisitions and FX, our consolidated subscription revenue increased $314.2 million or 4.5% during 2011, as compared to 2010. This increase is attributable to (i) an increase in subscription revenue from video services of $117.0 million or 3.0%, as the impact of higher ARPU from video services was only partially offset by a decline in the average number of video RGUs, (ii) an increase in subscription revenue from broadband internet services of $133.3 million or 7.0%, as the impact of an increase in the average number of broadband internet RGUs was only partially offset by lower ARPU from broadband internet services, and (iii) an increase in subscription revenue from telephony services of $63.9 million or 5.7%, as the impact of an increase in the average number of telephony RGUs was only partially offset by lower ARPU from telephony services.

Other revenue. Excluding the effects of acquisitions and FX, our consolidated other revenue increased $68.0 million or 4.8% during 2011, as compared to 2010. This increase is primarily attributable to (i) an increase in Telenet's mobile telephony revenue, (ii) an increase in B2B revenue, (iii) an increase in interconnect revenue and (iv) an increase in programming revenue.

For additional information concerning the changes in our subscription and other revenue, see Discussion and Analysis of our Reportable Segments — Revenue — 2011 compared to 2010 above. For information regarding the competitive environment in certain of our markets, see Overview above.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses increased $368.9 million during 2011, as compared to 2010. This increase includes $66.7 million attributable to the impact of acquisitions. Our operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense, which increased $5.9 million during 2011. For additional information, see the discussion following SG&A expenses below. Excluding the effects of acquisitions, FX and stock-based compensation expense, our operating expenses increased $113.6 million or 3.8% during 2011, as compared to 2010. This increase primarily is attributable to a net increase in programming and other direct costs, which includes a $7.5 million increase resulting from the impact of a favorable settlement of a Chellomedia programming contract during the third quarter of 2010. In addition, the net impact of (i) a net decrease in interconnect charges, (ii) a net increase in outsourced labor and professional fees, (iii) a net increase in personnel costs and (iv) a net increase in network related expenses contributed to the overall increase in our operating expenses. For additional information regarding the changes in our operating expenses, see Discussion and Analysis of our Reportable Segments — Operating Expenses — 2011 compared to 2010 above,

SG&A expenses

Our SG&A expenses increased $197.4 million during 2011, as compared to 2010. This increase includes $33.3 million attributable to the impact of acquisitions. Our SG&A expenses include stock-based compensation expense, which increased $14.4 million during 2011. For additional information, see the discussion in the following paragraph. Excluding the effects of acquisitions, FX and stock-based compensation expense, our SG&A expenses increased $57.4 million or 3.9% during 2011, as compared to 2010. This increase generally reflects (i) a net increase in outsourced labor and professional fees and (ii) a net increase in personnel costs. For additional information regarding the changes in our SG&A expenses, see Discussion and Analysis of our Reportable Segments — SG&A Expenses — 2011 compared to 2010 above.


II-34

Table of Contents


Stock-based compensation expense (included in operating and SG&A expenses)

We record stock-based compensation that is associated with LGI shares and the shares of certain of our subsidiaries. A summary of the aggregate stock-based compensation expense that is included in our operating and SG&A expenses is set forth below: 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
in millions
LGI common stock:
 
 
 
LGI performance-based incentive awards (a)
$
46.8

 
$
51.3

Other LGI stock-based incentive awards
43.4

 
42.8

Total LGI common stock
90.2

 
94.1

Telenet stock-based incentive awards (b)
40.0

 
13.1

Austar Performance Plan
3.6

 
11.8

Other
1.1

 
3.8

Total
$
134.9

 
$
122.8

Included in:
 
 
 
Continuing operations:
 
 
 
Operating expense
$
15.3

 
$
9.4

SG&A expense
116.0

 
101.6

Total - continuing operations
131.3

 
111.0

Discontinued operations
3.6

 
11.8

Total
$
134.9

 
$
122.8

_______________ 

(a)
Includes stock-based compensation expense related to the LGI Performance Plans and the LGI PSUs.
 
(b)
During the second quarter of 2011, Telenet modified the terms of certain of its stock option plans to provide for anti-dilution adjustments in connection with the capital distribution that, as further described in note 11 to our consolidated financial statements, was approved by Telenet shareholders on April 27, 2011 and paid on July 29, 2011. These anti-dilution adjustments, which were finalized on July 26, 2011, provided for increases in the number of options outstanding and proportionate reductions to the option exercise prices such that the fair value of the options outstanding before and after the capital distribution remained the same for all option holders. In connection with these anti-dilution adjustments, Telenet recognized stock-based compensation expense of $15.8 million during the second quarter of 2011, and continues to recognize additional stock-based compensation as the underlying options vest.

For additional information concerning our stock-based compensation, see note 12 to our consolidated financial statements.

Depreciation and amortization expense

Our depreciation and amortization expense increased $205.5 million during 2011 as compared to 2010. Excluding the effects of FX, depreciation and amortization expense increased $59.4 million or 2.6%. This increase is due primarily to the net effect of (i) increases associated with capital expenditures related to the installation of customer premises equipment, the expansion and upgrade of our networks and other capital initiatives, (ii) decreases associated with certain assets becoming fully depreciated, primarily in Belgium, the Netherlands, Switzerland, Chile and Austria, (iii) decreases associated with changes in the useful lives of certain assets, primarily in Germany, the Netherlands and Romania and (iv) increases associated with acquisitions.

Impairment, restructuring and other operating charges, net

We recognized impairment, restructuring and other operating charges, net, of $75.6 million during 2011, as compared to $125.6 million during 2010.  The 2011 amount includes (i) $32.1 million of direct acquisition costs, including $22.3 million and $6.3 million attributable to the KBW Acquisition and the Aster Acquisition, respectively, (ii) restructuring charges of $18.5 million, primarily related to reorganization and integration activities in Europe and Chile, and (iii) an impairment charge of $15.9 million

II-35

Table of Contents


to reduce the carrying amount of the goodwill associated with Chellomedia's programming operations in central and eastern Europe. The 2010 amount includes (i) aggregate restructuring charges of $48.4 million associated with (a) the estimated additional amounts to be paid in connection with Chellomedia’s contractual obligations with respect to satellite capacity that is no longer used by Chellomedia, (b) dish-turning and duplicate satellite costs incurred in connection with the migration of UPC DTH’s operations in the Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia to a new satellite and (c) employee severance and termination costs related to reorganization and integration activities, primarily in Europe, (ii) direct acquisition costs of $45.3 million related to the Unitymedia Acquisition and (iii) a goodwill impairment charge of $26.3 million related to Chellomedia’s programming operations in central and eastern Europe.

For additional information regarding our restructuring charges, see note 14 to our consolidated financial statements.

If, among other factors, (i) our equity values were to decline significantly, or (ii) the adverse impacts of economic, competitive, regulatory or other factors were to cause our results of operations or cash flows to be worse than anticipated, we could conclude in future periods that impairment charges are required in order to reduce the carrying values of our goodwill, and to a lesser extent, other long-lived assets.  Any such impairment charges could be significant. For additional information, see Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates - Impairment of Property and Equipment and Intangible Assets, below.
Interest expense

Our interest expense increased $171.6 million during 2011, as compared to 2010. Excluding the effects of FX, interest expense increased $102.6 million or 8.0%. This increase is primarily attributable to (i) higher average outstanding debt balances and (ii) higher weighted average interest rates. The increase in our weighted average interest rate is primarily related to (i) the completion of refinancing transactions that generally resulted in extended maturities and higher interest rates and (ii) increases in the base borrowing rates for certain of our variable-rate indebtedness. The increase is net of a decrease related to interest expense incurred from January 28, 2010 through March 2, 2010 on Old Unitymedia's then-existing indebtedness.  For additional information regarding our outstanding indebtedness, see note 9 to our consolidated financial statements.
    
It is possible that (i) the interest rates on any new borrowings could be higher than the current interest rates on our existing indebtedness and (ii) the interest rates incurred on our variable-rate indebtedness could increase in future periods. As further discussed under Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk below, we use derivative instruments to manage our interest rate risks.

Interest and dividend income

Our interest and dividend income increased $37.0 million during 2011, as compared to 2010. This increase primarily is attributable to (i) higher average cash and cash equivalent and restricted cash balances, (ii) an increase in dividend income attributable to our investment in Sumitomo common stock and (iii) higher weighted average interest rates earned on our cash and cash equivalent and restricted cash balances. The higher average cash and cash equivalent and restricted cash balances are due in part to the KBW Escrow Account that was funded in connection with the KBW Purchase Agreement. For additional information, see note 3 to our consolidated financial statements.

The terms of the Sumitomo Collar effectively fix the dividends that we will receive on the Sumitomo common stock during the term of the Sumitomo Collar. We report the full amount of dividends received from Sumitomo as dividend income and the dividend adjustment that is payable to, or receivable from, the counterparty to the Sumitomo Collar is reported as a component of realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net, in our consolidated statements of operations.


II-36

Table of Contents


Realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments, net

Our realized and unrealized gains or losses on derivative instruments include (i) unrealized changes in the fair values of our derivative instruments that are non-cash in nature until such time as the derivative contracts are fully or partially settled and (ii) realized gains or losses upon the full or partial settlement of the derivative contracts.  The details of our realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments, net, are as follows:

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
Cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts (a)
$
(110.6
)
 
$
(1,120.2
)
Equity-related derivative contracts (b)
87.2

 
(0.1
)
Foreign currency forward contracts
(36.1
)
 
(34.6
)
Other
(0.9
)
 
2.6

Total
$
(60.4
)
 
$
(1,152.3
)
_______________ 

(a)
The 2011 loss is primarily attributable to the net effect of (i) losses associated with decreases in market interest rates in the euro, Swiss franc, Chilean peso, Polish zloty and Czech koruna markets, (ii) gains associated with decreases in the value of the Polish zloty, Hungarian forint and Chilean peso relative to the euro, (iii) gains associated with an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the euro and (iv) gains associated with a decrease in the value of the Chilean peso relative to the U.S. dollar. In addition, the 2011 loss includes a net gain of $42.9 million resulting from changes in our credit risk valuation adjustments. The 2010 loss is primarily attributable to the net effect of (i) losses associated with increases in the values of the Swiss franc, Chilean peso, Czech koruna and Polish zloty relative to the euro, (ii) losses associated with decreases in market interest rates in the euro, Romanian lei, Swiss franc, Hungarian forint, Czech koruna and Polish zloty markets, (iii) losses associated with increases in the values of the Swiss franc and Chilean peso relative to the U.S. dollar and (iv) gains associated with an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the euro. In addition, the 2010 loss includes a net gain of $88.4 million resulting from changes in our credit risk valuation adjustments.

(b)
Includes gains (losses) related to the Sumitomo Collar with respect to the Sumitomo shares held by our company. These gains (losses) are primarily attributable to (i) decreases (increases) in the market price of Sumitomo common stock and (ii) increases in the value of the Japanese yen relative to the U.S. dollar.

For additional information concerning our derivative instruments, see note 6 and 7 to our consolidated financial statements and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk below.


II-37

Table of Contents


Foreign currency transaction losses, net

Our foreign currency transaction gains or losses primarily result from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the underlying functional currency of the applicable entity.  Unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses are computed based on period-end exchange rates and are non-cash in nature until such time as the amounts are settled. The details of our foreign currency transaction losses, net, are as follows:
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
Intercompany payables and receivables denominated in a currency other than the entity’s functional currency (a)
$
(358.7
)
 
$
140.8

U.S. dollar denominated debt issued by European subsidiaries
(102.0
)
 
(279.0
)
Yen denominated debt issued by a U.S. subsidiary
(63.0
)
 
(148.1
)
Cash and restricted cash denominated in a currency other than the entity’s functional currency
(40.5
)
 
66.9

U.S. dollar denominated debt issued by a Chilean subsidiary

 
(18.1
)
Other
(8.4
)
 
0.4

Total
$
(572.6
)
 
$
(237.1
)
_______________ 

(a)
Amounts primarily relate to (i) loans between our non-operating and operating subsidiaries in Europe, which generally are denominated in the currency of the applicable operating subsidiary, (ii) U.S. dollar denominated loans between certain of our non-operating subsidiaries in the U.S. and Europe and (iii) a U.S. dollar denominated loan between a Chilean subsidiary and a non-operating subsidiary in Europe. Accordingly, these amounts are a function of movements of (i) the euro against (a) the U.S. dollar and (b) other local currencies in Europe and (ii) the U.S. dollar against the Chilean peso.

For information regarding how we manage our exposure to foreign currency risk, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Foreign Currency Risk below.

Realized and unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair values of certain investments and debt, net

Our realized and unrealized gains or losses due to changes in fair values of certain investments and debt include unrealized gains or losses associated with changes in fair values that are non-cash in nature until such time as these gains or losses are realized through cash transactions. The details of our realized and unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair values of certain investments and debt, net, are as follows:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
in millions
Investments (a):
 
 
 
Sumitomo
$
(28.2
)
 
$
183.9

Other, net (b)
(19.9
)
 
(16.1
)
Debt — UGC Convertible Notes (c)
(107.0
)
 
(40.0
)
Total
$
(155.1
)
 
$
127.8

_______________ 

(a)
For additional information regarding our investments and fair value measurements, see notes 5 and 7 to our consolidated financial statements.

II-38

Table of Contents


(b)
Amounts include changes in the fair value of Chellomedia's investment in Canal+ Cyfrowy Sp Zoo (Cyfra+) that are primarily attributable to (i) the impact of changes in the projected cash flows of Cyfra+ and (ii) changes in the value of the Polish zloty as compared to the euro and U.S. dollar. The 2011 amount also reflects a decrease in the fair value of our investment in a broadband communications operator in Switzerland, due primarily to a decrease in projected cash flows.

(c)
Represents changes in the fair value of the UGC Convertible Notes, including amounts attributable to the remeasurement of the UGC Convertible Notes into U.S. dollars. As further described in note 9 to our consolidated financial statements, the UGC Convertible Notes were converted into LGI common stock in April 2011.

Losses on debt modification, extinguishment and conversion, net

We recognized losses on debt modification, extinguishment and conversion, net, of $218.4 million and $29.8 million during 2011 and 2010, respectively.  The losses during 2011 include (i) a debt conversion loss of $187.2 million recognized primarily during the second quarter of 2011 related to the exchange of substantially all of the LGI Convertible Notes for LGI common stock and cash, (ii) the write-off of $15.7 million of deferred financing costs and an unamortized discount during the first quarter of 2011 in connection with the prepayment of amounts outstanding under Facilities M, P, T and U of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility and (iii) the write-off of $9.5 million of deferred financing costs and the incurrence of $5.3 million of third-party costs in connection with the prepayment of amounts outstanding under Telenet Facilities K, L1, G and J of the Telenet Credit Facility during 2011. The losses during 2010 include (i) the payment of $16.1 million of debt redemption premiums and the write-off of $8.8 million of deferred financing costs in connection with the third quarter 2010 repurchase and redemption of certain of UPC Holding's senior notes, (ii) the write-off of $3.1 million of deferred financing costs in connection with the fourth quarter 2010 repayment of certain borrowings under the Telenet Credit Facility and (iii) third-party costs of $2.4 million associated with the October 2010 amendment of the Telenet Credit Facility. For additional information, see note 9 to our consolidated financial statements.

Income tax benefit (expense)

We recognized income tax expense of $231.7 million and income tax benefit $196.9 million during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The income tax expense during 2011 differs from the expected income tax benefit of $201.5 million (based on the U.S. federal 35% income tax rate) due primarily to the negative impacts of (i) a net increase in valuation allowances established against currently arising deferred tax assets in certain tax jurisdictions, including $222.7 million of valuation allowances that were recorded in France during the fourth quarter of 2011 due to a modification of our intercompany financing structure in that jurisdiction that resulted largely from a change in local tax law, (ii) certain permanent differences between the financial and tax accounting treatment of interest and other items, (iii) statutory tax rates in certain jurisdictions in which we operate that are lower than the U.S. federal income tax rate and (iv) certain permanent differences in realization of foreign currency gains and losses between financial and tax accounting.
The income tax benefit during 2010 differs from the expected income tax benefit of $402.7 million (based on the U.S. federal 35% income tax rate) due primarily to the negative impacts of (i) statutory tax rates in certain jurisdictions in which we operate that are lower than the U.S. federal income tax rate, (ii) certain permanent differences between the financial and tax accounting treatment of interest and other items, (iii) certain permanent differences between the financial and tax accounting treatment of interest, dividends and other items associated with investments in subsidiaries and (iv) a net increase in valuation allowances established against currently arising deferred tax assets in certain tax jurisdictions, which included tax benefits of $223.6 million recognized in France upon the release of valuation allowances during the fourth quarter of 2010. The negative impacts of these items were partially offset by the positive impact of the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits that met the GAAP recognition criteria during the period.
On February 18, 2010, we completed the sale of the J:COM Disposal Group in a taxable transaction. For information concerning certain of the 2010 income tax impacts of this transaction, see note 4 to our consolidated financial statements.

For additional information concerning our income taxes, see note 10 to our consolidated financial statements.


II-39

Table of Contents


Loss from continuing operations

During 2011 and 2010, we reported losses from continuing operations of $807.5 million and $953.7 million, respectively, including (i) operating income of $1,818.4 million and $1,393.6 million, respectively, (ii) net non-operating expenses of $2,394.2 million and $2,544.2 million, respectively, and (iii) income tax benefit (expense) of ($231.7 million) and $196.9 million, respectively.

Gains or losses associated with (i) changes in the fair values of derivative instruments, (ii) movements in foreign currency exchange rates and (iii) the disposition of assets and changes in ownership are subject to a high degree of volatility, and as such, any gains from these sources do not represent a reliable source of income. In the absence of significant gains in the future from these sources or from other non-operating items, our ability to achieve earnings from continuing operations is largely dependent on our ability to increase our aggregate operating cash flow to a level that more than offsets the aggregate amount of our (a) stock-based compensation expense, (b) depreciation and amortization, (c) impairment, restructuring and other operating charges, net, (d) interest expense, (e) other net non-operating expenses and (f) income tax expenses.

Due largely to the fact that we seek to maintain our debt at levels that provide for attractive equity returns, as discussed under Material Changes in Financial Condition - Capitalization below, we expect that we will continue to report significant levels of interest expense for the foreseeable future. For information concerning our expectations with respect to trends that may affect certain aspects of our operating results in future periods, see the discussion under Overview above. For information concerning the reasons for changes in specific line items in our consolidated statements of operations, see the discussion under Discussion and Analysis of our Reportable Segments and Discussion and Analysis of our Consolidated Operating Results above.

Discontinued operations

Our earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, of $136.5 million during 2011 relates to the operations of Austar. Our earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, of $126.9 million during 2010 relates to the operations of Austar, Unitymedia's arena segment and the J:COM Disposal Group. We recognized a gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of taxes, of $1,390.8 million during 2010 related to the February 18, 2010 sale of the J:COM Disposal Group. For additional information, see note 4 to our consolidated financial statements.

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net earnings or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests include the noncontrolling interests' share of the results of our continuing and discontinued operations. Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests decreased $74.1 million during 2011, as compared to 2010, due primarily to the net impact of (i) a decrease associated with the February 18, 2010 sale of the J:COM Disposal Group, (ii) a decrease associated with a decline in the results of operations of Telenet and (iii) an increase associated with an improvement in the results of operations of Austar.

2010 compared to 2009

Revenue

Our revenue by major category is set forth below: 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
Increase
 
Organic increase
 
2010
 
2009
 
$
 
%
 
%
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
Subscription revenue (a):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Video
$
3,915.5

 
$
3,118.4

 
$
797.1

 
25.6
 
3.0
Broadband internet
1,913.6

 
1,739.4

 
174.2

 
10.0
 
5.9
Telephony
1,130.0

 
951.2

 
178.8

 
18.8
 
5.7
Total subscription revenue
6,959.1

 
5,809.0

 
1,150.1

 
19.8
 
4.3
Other revenue (b)
1,405.1

 
1,154.5

 
250.6

 
21.7
 
8.6
Total
$
8,364.2

 
$
6,963.5

 
$
1,400.7

 
20.1
 
5.0
 _________________

II-40

Table of Contents



(a)
Subscription revenue includes amounts received from subscribers for ongoing services, excluding installation fees, late fees and mobile telephony revenue. Subscription revenue from subscribers who purchase bundled services at a discounted rate is generally allocated proportionally to each service based on the standalone price for each individual service. However, due to regulatory, billing system and other constraints, the allocation of bundling discounts may vary between our broadband communications operating segments.

(b)
Other revenue includes non-subscription revenue (including B2B, installation, interconnect, and mobile telephony revenue) and programming revenue.

Total revenue. Our consolidated revenue increased $1,400.7 million during 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase includes $1,153.1 million attributable to the impact of acquisitions. Excluding the effects of acquisitions and FX, total consolidated revenue increased $348.3 million or 5.0%.

Subscription revenue. The details of the increases in our consolidated subscription revenue for 2010, as compared to 2009, are as follows (in millions):
Increase due to change in:
 
Average number of RGUs
$
203.5

ARPU
45.6

Organic increase
249.1

Impact of acquisitions
978.9

Impact of FX
(77.9
)
Total increase in subscription revenue
$
1,150.1


Excluding the effects of acquisitions and FX, our consolidated subscription revenue increased $249.1 million or 4.3% during 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase is attributable to (i) an increase in subscription revenue from video services of $92.2 million or 3.0%, as the impact of higher ARPU from video services was only partially offset by a decline in the average number of video RGUs, (ii) an increase in subscription revenue from broadband internet services of $102.5 million or 5.9%, as the impact of an increase in the average number of broadband internet RGUs was only partially offset by lower ARPU from broadband internet services and (iii) an increase in subscription revenue from telephony services of $54.4 million or 5.7%, as the impact of an increase in the average number of telephony RGUs was only partially offset by lower ARPU from telephony services.

Other revenue. Excluding the effects of acquisitions and FX, our consolidated other revenue increased $99.2 million or 8.6% during 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase is primarily attributable to (i) an increase in revenue from Chellomedia’s relatively low-margin advertising resale operations, (ii) an increase in Telenet’s mobile telephony revenue and (iii) less significant increases in B2B and interconnect revenue.

For additional information concerning the changes in our subscription and other revenue, see Discussion and Analysis of our Reportable Segments — Revenue — 2010 compared to 2009 above.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses increased $406.1 million during 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase includes $312.2 million attributable to the impact of acquisitions. Our operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense, which increased $1.5 million during 2010. For additional information, see the discussion following SG&A expenses below. Excluding the effects of acquisitions, FX and stock-based compensation expense, our operating expenses increased $128.8 million or 5.0% during 2010, as compared to 2009. As discussed in more detail under Discussion and Analysis of our Reportable Segments — Operating Expenses — 2010 compared to 2009 above, this increase generally reflects the impact of an increase in programming and other direct costs, and to a lesser extent, the net impact of (i) an increase of $19.3 million that represents the full-year impact of the Hungarian Telecom Tax, (ii) a net increase in network related expenses, (iii) a net decrease in bad debt and collection expenses, (iv) an increase in mobile telephony handset costs and (v) less significant net increases in other operating expense categories. The net increase in programming and other direct costs includes an $8.3 million decrease resulting from the favorable settlement of a Chellomedia programming contract during the third quarter of 2010.


II-41

Table of Contents


SG&A expenses

Our SG&A expenses increased $257.4 million during 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase includes $234.4 million attributable to the impact of acquisitions. Our SG&A expenses include stock-based compensation expense, which decreased $3.7 million during 2010. For additional information, see the discussion in the following paragraph. Excluding the effects of acquisitions, FX and stock-based compensation expense, our SG&A expenses increased $47.1 million or 3.9% during 2010, as compared to 2009. As discussed in more detail under Discussion and Analysis of our Reportable Segments — SG&A Expenses — 2010 compared to 2009 above, this increase generally reflects (i) an increase in personnel costs and (ii) less significant net increases in other SG&A expense categories.  

Stock-based compensation expense (included in operating and SG&A expenses)

We record stock-based compensation that is associated with LGI shares and the shares of certain of our subsidiaries. A summary of the aggregate stock-based compensation expense that is included in our operating and SG&A expenses is set forth below:
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
LGI Series A, Series B and Series C common stock:
 
 
 
LGI performance-based incentive awards (a)
$
51.3

 
$
64.6

Other LGI stock-based incentive plans
42.8

 
42.4

Total LGI common stock
94.1

 
107.0

Telenet stock-based incentive awards
13.1

 
4.5

Austar Performance Plan
11.8

 
15.9

Other
3.8

 
2.4

Total
$
122.8

 
$
129.8

Included in:
 
 
 
Continuing operations:
 
 
 
Operating expense
$
9.4

 
$
7.9

SG&A expense
101.6

 
105.3

Total — continuing operations
111.0

 
113.2

Discontinued operations
11.8

 
16.6

Total
$
122.8

 
$
129.8

 ________________

(a)
Includes stock-based compensation expense related to the LGI Performance Plans and, for 2010, the LGI PSUs. The amount presented for 2009 includes a $5.1 million reduction associated with the first quarter 2009 grant of restricted share units in settlement of the second installment of awards under the LGI Performance Plans and a $10.7 million reduction related to the first quarter 2009 forfeiture of certain awards granted under the LGI Performance Plans.

For additional information concerning our stock-based compensation, see note 12 to our consolidated financial statements.

Depreciation and amortization expense

Our depreciation and amortization expense increased $260.2 million during 2010, as compared to 2009. Excluding the effect of FX, depreciation and amortization expense increased $281.5 million or 14.1%. This increase is due primarily to the net effect of (i) an increase associated with the Unitymedia Acquisition, (ii) a decrease associated with certain assets becoming fully depreciated, primarily in Switzerland, Belgium, the Netherlands, Chile, Hungary, and Romania, (iii) an increase associated with capital expenditures related to the installation of customer premises equipment, the expansion and upgrade of our networks and other capital initiatives and (iv) a decrease associated with changes in the useful lives of certain assets, primarily in Switzerland, the Netherlands, and Hungary.


II-42

Table of Contents


Impairment, restructuring and other operating charges, net

We recognized impairment, restructuring and other operating charges, net, of $125.6 million during 2010, compared to $138.1 million during 2009. The 2010 amount includes (i) aggregate restructuring charges of $48.4 million associated with (a) the estimated additional amounts to be paid in connection with Chellomedia’s contractual obligations with respect to satellite capacity that is no longer used by Chellomedia, (b) dish-turning and duplicate satellite costs incurred in connection with the migration of UPC DTH’s operations in the Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia to a new satellite and (c) employee severance and termination costs related to reorganization and integration activities, primarily in Europe, (ii) direct acquisition costs of $45.3 million related to the Unitymedia Acquisition and (iii) an impairment charge of $26.3 million to reduce the carrying amount of the goodwill associated with Chellomedia’s programming operations in central and eastern Europe. The 2009 amount includes (i) a charge of $118.8 million to reduce the carrying amount of the goodwill associated with our Romanian reporting unit, (ii) direct acquisition costs of $10.7 million, including $6.1 million incurred in connection with the Unitymedia Acquisition, and (iii) restructuring charges of $10.4 million. For additional information regarding our goodwill impairment and restructuring charges, see notes 8 and 14, respectively, to our consolidated financial statements.

Interest expense

Our interest expense increased $476.0 million during 2010, as compared to 2009. Excluding the effects of FX, interest expense increased $508.5 million. This increase is primarily attributable to (i) higher weighted average interest rates and (ii) higher average outstanding debt balances, due largely to debt incurred in connection with the Unitymedia Acquisition. The increase in our weighted average interest rate is primarily related to (i) the higher interest rates on the Unitymedia Senior Notes and (ii) increases in interest rates on the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility and certain of our other variable-rate indebtedness. The increase in interest expense during 2010 is also a function of interest expense incurred from January 28, 2010 through March 2, 2010 on the Unitymedia debt that was refinanced in connection with the pushdown of the Unitymedia Senior Notes.  For additional information regarding our outstanding indebtedness, see note 9 to our consolidated financial statements.

Interest and dividend income

Our interest and dividend income decreased $9.9 million during 2010, as compared to 2009. This decrease primarily is attributable to the net impact of (i) lower weighted average interest rates earned on our cash and cash equivalent and restricted cash balances and (ii) higher average cash and cash equivalent and restricted cash balances, due primarily to (a) the proceeds received from the sale of the J:COM Disposal Group and (b) the proceeds raised in connection with certain debt and equity financings that we completed in November 2009 to provide funding for the Unitymedia Acquisition. The lower weighted average interest rate earned on our cash and restricted cash balances during 2010 was due in part to the relatively low interest rate earned on the escrow accounts related to the Unitymedia Senior Notes, which were released in connection with the Unitymedia Acquisition and the March 2, 2010 repayment of Old Unitymedia’s then-existing indebtedness. For additional information regarding the Unitymedia Acquisition and the sale of the J:COM Disposal Group, see notes 3 and 4, respectively, to our consolidated financial statements.

Realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments, net

Our realized and unrealized gains or losses on derivative instruments include (i) unrealized changes in the fair values of our derivative instruments that are non-cash in nature until such time as the derivative contracts are fully or partially settled and (ii) realized gains or losses upon the full or partial settlement of the derivative contracts. The details of our realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments, net, are as follows:
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
Cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts (a)
$
(1,120.2
)
 
$
(1,031.4
)
Foreign currency forward contracts
(34.6
)
 
(18.0
)
Equity-related derivative contracts (b)
(0.1
)
 
(74.3
)
Other
2.6

 
5.5

Total
$
(1,152.3
)
 
$
(1,118.2
)
 
_______________

II-43

Table of Contents



(a)
The 2010 losses are primarily attributable to the net effect of (i) losses associated with increases in the values of the Swiss franc, Chilean peso, Czech koruna and Polish zloty relative to the euro, (ii) losses associated with decreases in market interest rates in the euro, Romanian lei, Swiss franc, Hungarian forint, Czech koruna and Polish zloty markets, (iii) losses associated with increases in the values of the Swiss franc and Chilean peso relative to the U.S. dollar and (iv) a gain associated with an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the euro. In addition, the 2010 losses include a net gain of $88.4 million resulting from changes in our credit risk valuation adjustments. The 2009 losses are primarily attributable to the net effect of (i) losses associated with increases in the values of the Chilean peso, euro and Swiss franc relative to the U.S. dollar, (ii) losses associated with decreases in market interest rates in the euro, Swiss franc, Romanian lei and Hungarian forint markets, (iii) losses associated with increases in the values of the Chilean peso and Swiss franc relative to the euro and (iv) gains associated with increases in market interest rates in the Polish zloty, U.S. dollar, Czech koruna and Chilean peso markets. In addition, the 2009 losses include a net loss of $19.5 million resulting from changes in our credit risk valuation adjustments.

(b)
Includes losses related to the Sumitomo Collar with respect to the Sumitomo shares held by our company. These losses are primarily attributable to (i) increases in the market price of Sumitomo common stock and (ii) decreases (increases) in the value of the Japanese yen relative to the U.S. dollar.

For additional information concerning our derivative instruments, see note 6 and 7 to our consolidated financial statements and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk below.
 
Foreign currency transaction gains (losses), net

Our foreign currency transaction gains or losses primarily result from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the underlying functional currency of the applicable entity. Unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses are computed based on period-end exchange rates and are non-cash in nature until such time as the amounts are settled. The details of our foreign currency transaction gains (losses), net, are as follows:
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
U.S. dollar denominated debt issued by European subsidiaries
$
(279.0
)
 
$
33.2

Yen denominated debt issued by a U.S. subsidiary
(148.1
)
 
26.2

Intercompany payables and receivables denominated in a currency other than the entity’s functional currency (a)
140.8

 
(60.9
)
Cash and restricted cash denominated in a currency other than the entity’s functional currency
66.9

 
18.5

U.S. dollar denominated debt issued by a Chilean subsidiary
(18.1
)
 
107.2

Other
0.4

 
2.7

Total
$
(237.1
)
 
$
126.9

 ______________

(a)
Amounts primarily relate to (i) loans between our non-operating and operating subsidiaries in Europe, which generally are denominated in the currency of the applicable operating subsidiary, (ii) U.S. dollar denominated loans between certain of our non-operating subsidiaries in the U.S. and Europe and, during 2010, a U.S. dollar denominated loan between a Chilean subsidiary and a non-operating subsidiary in Europe. Accordingly, these amounts are a function of movements of the euro against (i) the U.S. dollar and (ii) other local currencies in Europe and, during 2010, the U.S. dollar against the Chilean peso.

For information regarding how we manage our exposure to foreign currency risk, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Foreign Currency Risk below.


II-44

Table of Contents


Realized and unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair values of certain investments and debt, net

Our realized and unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair values of certain investments and debt include unrealized gains (losses) associated with changes in fair values that are non-cash in nature until such time as the investments are sold or the debt is repurchased. The details of our realized and unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair values of certain investments and debt, net, are as follows:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
Investments (a):
 
 
 
Sumitomo
$
183.9

 
$
70.0

Other, net (b)
(16.1
)
 
(13.1
)
Debt — UGC Convertible Notes (c)
(40.0
)
 
(79.0
)
Total
$
127.8

 
$
(22.1
)
_______________ 

(a)
For additional information concerning our investments and fair value measurements, see notes 5 and 7 to our consolidated financial statements.

(b)
Amounts include changes in the fair value of Chellomedia’s investment in Cyfra+ that are primarily attributable to (i) the impact of changes in the projected cash flows of Cyfra+ and (ii) changes in the value of the Polish zloty as compared to the euro and U.S. dollar.

(c)
Represents changes in the fair value of the UGC Convertible Notes, including amounts attributable to the remeasurement of the UGC Convertible Notes into U.S. dollars. The 2010 and 2009 amounts also include gains of $10.7 million and $25.9 million associated with the UGC Convertible Notes that we repurchased in May 2010 and March 2009, respectively. For additional information, see note 9 to our consolidated financial statements.

Losses on debt modification, extinguishment and conversion, net

We recognized losses on debt modification, extinguishment and conversion, net, of $29.8 million and $33.4 million during 2010 and 2009, respectively.  The losses during 2010 include (i) the payment of $16.1 million of debt redemption premiums and the write-off of $8.8 million of deferred financing costs in connection with the third quarter 2010 repurchase and redemption of certain of UPC Holding's senior notes, (ii) the write-off of $3.1 million of deferred financing costs in connection with the fourth quarter 2010 repayment of certain borrowings under the Telenet Credit Facility and (iii) third-party costs of $2.4 million associated with the October 2010 amendment of the Telenet Credit Facility. The losses during 2009 includes (i) a $19.6 million loss recognized in connection with the execution of Facilities S, T and U under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility during the second quarter of 2009, (ii) an $8.6 million loss recognized in connection with the August 2009 completion of the 2009 Telenet Facilities and (iii) a $5.2 million loss recognized in connection with the April 2009 exchange of UPC Holding Senior Notes. For additional information, see note 9 to our consolidated financial statements.

Income tax benefit

We recognized income tax benefit of $196.9 million and $805.1 million during 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The income tax benefit during 2010 differs from the expected income tax benefit of $402.7 million (based on the U.S. federal 35% income tax rate) due primarily to the negative impacts of (i) statutory tax rates in certain jurisdictions in which we operate that are lower than the U.S. federal income tax rate, (ii) certain permanent differences between the financial and tax accounting treatment of interest and other items, (iii) certain permanent differences between the financial and tax accounting treatment of interest, dividends and other items associated with investments in subsidiaries and (iv) a net increase in valuation allowances established against currently arising deferred tax assets in certain tax jurisdictions, which included tax benefits of $223.6 million recognized in France upon the release of valuation allowances during the fourth quarter of 2010. The negative impacts of these items were partially offset by the positive impact of the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits that met the GAAP recognition criteria during the period.



II-45

Table of Contents


The income tax benefit during 2009 differs from the expected income tax benefit of $316.7 million (based on the U.S. federal 35% income tax rate) due primarily to the positive impacts of (i) certain basis and other permanent differences between the financial and tax accounting treatment of interest, dividends and other items associated with investments in subsidiaries, (ii) a net decrease in valuation allowances previously established against deferred tax assets in certain jurisdictions, including tax benefits of $185.3 million and $138.8 million recognized by Telenet and Switzerland, respectively, upon the release of valuation allowances during the fourth quarter of 2009, (iii) state and local tax benefits and (iv) the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits that met the GAAP recognition criteria during the period. The tax benefit recognized by Telenet upon the release of valuation allowances was allocated between our company and the noncontrolling interest owners of Telenet. These positive impacts were only partially offset by the negative impacts of (i) statutory tax rates in certain jurisdictions in which we operate that are lower than the U.S. federal income tax rate, (ii) certain permanent differences between the financial and tax accounting treatment of interest and other items and (iii) a permanent difference associated with the impairment of goodwill in our Romanian reporting unit.

For additional information concerning our income taxes, see note 10 to our consolidated financial statements.

Loss from continuing operations

During 2010 and 2009, we reported losses from continuing operations of $953.7 million and $99.8 million, respectively, including (i) operating income of $1,393.6 million and $904.1 million, respectively, and (ii) net non-operating expenses of $2,544.2 million and $1,809.0 million, respectively, and (iii) income tax benefit of $196.9 million and $805.1 million, respectively.

Discontinued operations

Our earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, of $126.9 million during 2010 relates to the operations of Austar, Unitymedia’s arena segment and the J:COM Disposal Group. Our earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, of $88.2 million during 2009 relates to the operations of the J:COM Disposal Group and UPC Slovenia. We recognized a gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of taxes, of $1,390.8 million during 2010 related to the February 18, 2010 sale of the J:COM Disposal Group. We recognized a gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of taxes, of $25.7 million during 2009 related to the July 15, 2009 sale of UPC Slovenia. For additional information, see note 4 to our consolidated financial statements.

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net earnings or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests include the noncontrolling interests' share of the results of our continuing and discontinued operations. Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests decreased $250.4 million during 2010, as compared to 2009, due primarily to the net impact of (i) a decrease resulting from the February 18, 2010 sale of the J:COM Disposal Group, (ii) a decline in the results of operations of Telenet and (iii) improvements in the results of operations of Austar and VTR.
 



II-46

Table of Contents


Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources and Uses of Cash

Although our consolidated operating subsidiaries have generated cash from operating activities, the terms of the instruments governing the indebtedness of certain of these subsidiaries, including UPC Holding, UPC Broadband Holding, Unitymedia, KBW, Telenet, Chellomedia PFH, Liberty Puerto Rico and VTR Wireless, may restrict our ability to access the assets of these subsidiaries. As set forth in the table below, these subsidiaries accounted for a majority of our consolidated cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2011. In addition, our ability to access the liquidity of these and other subsidiaries may be limited by tax considerations, the presence of noncontrolling interests and other factors.

Cash and cash equivalents

The details of the U.S. dollar equivalent balances of our consolidated cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2011 are set forth in the following table. With the exception of LGI, which is reported on a standalone basis, the amounts presented below include the cash and cash equivalents of the named entity and its subsidiaries unless otherwise noted (in millions):  
Cash and cash equivalents held by:
 
LGI and non-operating subsidiaries:
 
LGI
$
256.1

Non-operating subsidiaries
653.7

Total LGI and non-operating subsidiaries
909.8

Operating subsidiaries:
 
Telenet
449.2

UPC Holding (excluding VTR Group)
137.0

VTR Group (a)
59.2

KBW
36.4

Unitymedia
26.0

Chellomedia
21.9

Liberty Puerto Rico
9.7

Other operating subsidiaries
2.0

Total operating subsidiaries
741.4

Total cash and cash equivalents
$
1,651.2

_______________

(a)
Includes $32.2 million of cash and cash equivalents held by VTR Wireless.

Liquidity of LGI and its Non-operating Subsidiaries

The $256.1 million of cash and cash equivalents held by LGI, and subject to certain tax considerations, the $653.7 million of cash and cash equivalents held by LGI's non-operating subsidiaries represented available liquidity at the corporate level at December 31, 2011. Our remaining cash and cash equivalents of $741.4 million at December 31, 2011 were held by our operating subsidiaries as set forth in the table above. As noted above, various factors may limit our ability to access the cash of our consolidated operating subsidiaries.

As described in greater detail below, our current sources of corporate liquidity include (i) cash and cash equivalents held by LGI and, subject to certain tax considerations, LGI's non-operating subsidiaries and (ii) interest and dividend income received on our and, subject to certain tax considerations, our non-operating subsidiaries' cash and cash equivalents and investments.

From time to time, LGI and its non-operating subsidiaries may also receive (i) proceeds in the form of distributions or loan repayments from LGI's operating subsidiaries or affiliates upon (a) the completion of recapitalizations, refinancings, asset sales or similar transactions by these entities or (b) the accumulation of excess cash from operations or other means, (ii) proceeds received upon the disposition of investments and other assets of LGI and its non-operating subsidiaries, (iii) proceeds received in connection with the incurrence of debt by LGI or its non-operating subsidiaries or the issuance of equity securities by LGI or (iv) proceeds received upon the exercise of stock options. For information concerning (i) the pending disposition of Austar and (ii)

II-47

Table of Contents


the recent capital distributions of Telenet and the VTR Group, see notes 4 and 11, respectively, to our consolidated financial statements.

At December 31, 2011, our consolidated cash and cash equivalents balance includes $1,397.2 million that is held outside of the U.S. Based on our assessment of our ability to access the liquidity of our subsidiaries on a tax efficient basis and our expectations with respect to our corporate liquidity requirements, we do not anticipate that tax considerations will adversely impact our corporate liquidity over the next 12 months.

The ongoing cash needs of LGI and its non-operating subsidiaries include (i) corporate general and administrative expenses and (ii) interest payments on the Sumitomo Collar Loan. From time to time, LGI and its non-operating subsidiaries may also require cash in connection with (i) the repayment of outstanding debt, (ii) the satisfaction of contingent liabilities, (iii) acquisitions, (iv) the repurchase of equity and debt securities or (v) other investment opportunities. No assurance can be given that any external funding would be available on favorable terms, or at all.

During 2011, we repurchased a total of 9,114,812 shares of our LGI Series A common stock at a weighted average price of $38.99 per share and 14,203,563 shares of our LGI Series C common stock at a weighted average price of $39.22 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $912.3 million, including direct acquisition costs. At December 31, 2011, the remaining amount authorized for stock repurchases was $1,011.1 million.

Liquidity of Operating Subsidiaries

The cash and cash equivalents of our operating subsidiaries are detailed in the table above. In addition to cash and cash equivalents, the primary sources of liquidity of our operating subsidiaries are cash provided by operations and, in the case of Chellomedia PFH, KBW, Liberty Puerto Rico, Telenet, UPC Broadband Holding and VTR Wireless, borrowing availability under their respective debt instruments. For the details of the borrowing availability of such entities at December 31, 2011, see note 9 to our consolidated financial statements. The aforementioned sources of liquidity may be supplemented in certain cases by contributions and/or loans from LGI and its non-operating subsidiaries. Our operating subsidiaries' liquidity generally is used to fund capital expenditures and debt service requirements. From time to time, our operating subsidiaries may also require funding in connection with (i) acquisitions and other investment opportunities, (ii) loans to LGI or (iii) capital distributions to LGI and other equity owners. No assurance can be given that any external funding would be available to our operating subsidiaries on favorable terms, or at all. For information concerning the acquisitions of our subsidiaries, see note 3 to our consolidated financial statements.

For a discussion of our consolidated capital expenditures and cash provided by operating activities, see the discussion under Consolidated Cash Flow Statements below.

Capitalization

We seek to maintain our debt at levels that provide for attractive equity returns without assuming undue risk. In this regard, we strive to cause our operating subsidiaries to maintain their debt at levels that result in a consolidated debt balance that is between four and five times our consolidated operating cash flow. The ratio of our December 31, 2011 consolidated debt to our annualized consolidated operating cash flow for the quarter ended December 31, 2011 was 5.6x. In addition, the ratio of our December 31, 2011 consolidated net debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents) to our annualized consolidated operating cash flow for the quarter ended December 31, 2011 was 5.3x. The preceding ratios are impacted by the fact that our December 31, 2011 consolidated debt includes 100% of KBW's indebtedness, while our annualized consolidated operating cash flow calculation is based on our consolidated results for the quarter ended December 31, 2011, which results only include the results of KBW from December 15, 2011 through December 31, 2011.

When it is cost effective, we generally seek to match the denomination of the borrowings of our subsidiaries with the functional currency of the operations that are supporting the respective borrowings. As further discussed under Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk below and in note 6 to our consolidated financial statements, we also use derivative instruments to mitigate foreign currency and interest rate risk associated with our debt instruments.

Our ability to service or refinance our debt and to maintain compliance with our leverage covenants is dependent primarily on our ability to maintain or increase the operating cash flow of our operating subsidiaries and to achieve adequate returns on our capital expenditures and acquisitions. In addition, our ability to obtain additional debt financing is limited by the leverage covenants contained in the various debt instruments of our subsidiaries. In this regard, if the operating cash flow of UPC Broadband Holding were to decline, we could be required to partially repay or limit our borrowings under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility in order to maintain compliance with applicable covenants. No assurance can be given that we would have sufficient sources of

II-48

Table of Contents


liquidity, or that any external funding would be available on favorable terms, or at all, to fund any such required repayment. The ability to access available borrowings under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility and/or UPC Holding's ability to complete additional financing transactions can also be impacted by the interplay of average and spot foreign currency rates with respect to leverage calculations under the indentures for UPC Holding's senior notes.

At December 31, 2011, our outstanding consolidated debt and capital lease obligations aggregated $24.8 billion, including $184.1 million that is classified as current in our consolidated balance sheet and $24.2 billion that is due in 2014 or thereafter.

We believe that we have sufficient resources to repay or refinance the current portion of our debt and capital lease obligations and to fund our foreseeable liquidity requirements during the next 12 months. However, as our maturing debt grows in later years, we anticipate that we will seek to refinance or otherwise extend our debt maturities.  No assurance can be given that we will be able to complete additional refinancing transactions or otherwise extend our debt maturities.  In this regard, it is not possible to predict how economic conditions, sovereign debt concerns and/or any adverse regulatory developments could impact the credit and equity markets we access and accordingly, our future liquidity and financial position.  However, (i) the financial failure of any of our counterparties could (a) reduce amounts available under committed credit facilities and (b) adversely impact our ability to access cash deposited with any failed financial institution and (ii) tightening of the credit markets could adversely impact our ability to access debt financing on favorable terms, or at all. In addition, any weakness in the equity markets could make it less attractive to use our shares to satisfy contingent or other obligations, and sustained or increased competition, particularly in combination with adverse economic or regulatory developments, could have an unfavorable impact on our cash flows and liquidity.

All of our consolidated debt and capital lease obligations had been borrowed or incurred by our subsidiaries at December 31, 2011.

For additional information concerning our debt and capital lease obligations, see notes 9 and 19 to our consolidated financial statements.

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements

General. Our cash flows are subject to significant variations due to FX. See related discussion under Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Foreign Currency Risk below. All of the cash flows discussed below are those of our continuing operations.

2011 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

Summary. During 2011, we used net cash provided by our operating activities of $2,562.7 million and $2,111.2 million of our existing cash and cash equivalents (excluding a $30.0 million increase due to FX) to fund net cash used by our investing activities of $4,028.7 million and net cash used by our financing activities of $645.2 million.

Operating Activities. Net cash provided by our operating activities increased $555.0 million, from $2,007.7 million during 2010 to $2,562.7 million during 2011. This increase in cash provided is primarily attributable to the net effect of (i) an increase in the cash provided by our operating cash flow and related working capital items, (ii) an increase in cash provided due to lower net cash payments for taxes, (iii) a decrease in cash provided due to higher cash payments for interest, (iv) an increase in the reported net cash provided by operating activities due to FX and (v) an increase in cash provided due to lower cash payments related to derivative instruments.

Investing Activities. Net cash used by our investing activities increased $2,833.4 million, from $1,195.3 million during 2010 to $4,028.7 million during 2011. This increase in cash used is due primarily to the net effect of (i) an increase in cash used associated with cash proceeds received during 2010 in connection with the disposition of discontinued operations of $3,163.8 million, (ii) a decrease in cash used associated with lower cash paid in connection with acquisitions of $655.8 million and (iii) an increase in cash used associated with higher capital expenditures of $236.5 million. Capital expenditures increased from $1,690.5 million during 2010 to $1,927.0 million during 2011, due primarily to a net increase in the local currency capital expenditures of our subsidiaries, including increases due to acquisitions, and an increase due to FX. In addition, the difference between the amount funded and the amount released from the KBW Escrow Account, as further described in note 3 to our consolidated financial statements, is entirely attributable to FX.

As further discussed and quantified below, the capital expenditures that we report in our consolidated cash flow statements do not include amounts that are financed under vendor financing or capital lease arrangements. Instead, these expenditures are reflected as non-cash additions to our property and equipment when the underlying assets are delivered, and as repayments of debt when the principal is repaid.

II-49

Table of Contents



The UPC Broadband Division accounted for $1,287.0 million (including $349.2 million and $10.8 million attributable to Unitymedia and KBW, respectively) and $1,151.0 million (including $276.5 million attributable to Unitymedia) of our consolidated capital expenditures during 2011 and 2010, respectively. These amounts exclude $105.1 million and $10.5 million, respectively, of capital additions that were financed under vendor financing or capital lease arrangements. The increase in the capital expenditures of the UPC Broadband Division (excluding the impact of capital additions financed under vendor financing or capital lease arrangements) is due primarily to (i) an increase in expenditures for new build and upgrade projects to expand services, (ii) an increase in expenditures for the purchase and installation of customer premises equipment, (iii) an increase in expenditures for support capital, such as information technology upgrades and general support systems, (iv) an increase due to FX and (v) an increase due to acquisitions. During 2011 and 2010, the UPC Broadband Division’s capital expenditures (excluding amounts financed under vendor financing or capital lease arrangements) represented 20.9% (19.7% excluding Unitymedia and KBW) and 21.7% (21.0% excluding Unitymedia), respectively, of its revenue.

Telenet accounted for $363.8 million and $313.6 million of our consolidated capital expenditures during 2011 and 2010, respectively. These amounts exclude $34.5 million and $24.7 million, respectively, of capital additions that were financed under capital lease arrangements. The increase in Telenet's capital expenditures (excluding the impact of capital additions financed under capital lease arrangements), is due primarily to (i) an increase in expenditures for the purchase and installation of customer premises equipment, (ii) an increase in expenditures for new build and upgrade projects to expand services, (iii) an increase in expenditures for support capital such as information technology upgrades and general support systems and (iv) an increase due to FX. During 2011 and 2010, Telenet’s capital expenditures (excluding amounts financed under capital lease arrangements) represented 19.0% and 18.2%, respectively, of its revenue.

The VTR Group accounted for $234.1 million and $187.5 million (including $68.7 million and $7.2 million attributable to VTR Wireless, respectively) of our consolidated capital expenditures during 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in the capital expenditures of the VTR Group is due primarily to the net effect of (i) an increase in expenditures related to the construction of VTR Wireless' mobile network, (ii) an increase in expenditures for new build and upgrade projects, (iii) an increase due to FX, (iv) an increase in expenditures for support capital, such as information technology upgrades and general support systems, and (v) a decrease in expenditures for the purchase and installation of customer premises equipment. During 2011 and 2010, the VTR Group's capital expenditures represented 26.3% (18.6% excluding capital expenditures related to VTR Wireless) and 23.5% (22.6% excluding capital expenditures related to VTR Wireless), respectively, of its revenue.

We expect the percentage of revenue represented by our aggregate 2012 capital expenditures (excluding the estimated impact of capital additions to be financed under vendor financing or capital lease arrangements) to decline as compared to 2011, with the 2012 percentage expected to range from (i) 18% to 20% for the UPC Broadband Division (including 24% to 26% for Unitymedia and 21% to 23% for KBW); (ii) 18% to 20% for Telenet and (iii) 22% to 24% for the VTR Group.  The 2012 capital expenditure range for the VTR Group includes estimated capital expenditures ranging from CLP 12.5 billion ($24.1 million) to CLP 15.0 billion ($28.9 million) associated with VTR Wireless' mobile initiative. Excluding VTR Wireless' estimated capital expenditures and revenue, the percentage of the VTR Group's 2012 revenue represented by capital expenditures is expected to range from 20% to 22%. The actual amount of the 2012 capital expenditures of the UPC Broadband Division (including Unitymedia and KBW), Telenet and the VTR Group may vary from expected amounts for a variety of reasons, including (i) changes in (a) the competitive or regulatory environment, (b) business plans or (c) our current or expected future operating results, and (ii) the availability of sufficient capital.  Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual capital expenditures will not vary materially from our expectations.

Financing Activities. Net cash used by our financing activities increased $457.4 million during 2011, from $187.8 million during 2010 to $645.2 million during 2011. This increase in cash used is due primarily to the net effect of (i) a decrease in cash used related to higher net borrowings of debt of $3,639.1 million, (ii) an increase in cash used related to changes in cash collateral of $3,622.4 million, (iii) an increase in cash used related to higher distributions by subsidiaries to noncontrolling interest owners of $220.2 million, (iv) an increase in cash used due to an increase in payments of financing costs of $160.2 million, (v) a decrease in cash used due to lower cash payments related to derivative instruments of $33.1 million and (vi) an increase in cash used related to higher cash paid to repurchase of our LGI Series A and Series C common stock of $27.7 million. The increase in our net borrowings of debt is due in part to FX.

2010 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

Summary. During 2010, we used net cash provided by our operating activities of $2,007.7 million to fund net cash used by our investing activities of $1,195.3 million, a $624.6 million increase in our existing cash and cash equivalents (excluding a $135.4 million decrease due to FX) and net cash used by our financing activities of $187.8 million.


II-50

Table of Contents


Operating Activities. Net cash provided by our operating activities increased $41.3 million, from $1,966.4 million during 2009 to $2,007.7 million during 2010. This increase in cash provided is primarily attributable to the net effect of (i) an increase in the cash provided by our operating cash flow and related working capital items, largely due to the impact of the Unitymedia Acquisition, (ii) a decrease in cash provided due to higher cash payments for interest, due in part to the Unitymedia Acquisition, (iii) a decrease in cash provided due to higher cash payments for taxes, primarily related to the sale of the J:COM Disposal Group, (iv) a decrease in cash provided due to higher cash payments related to derivative instruments and (v) a decrease in the reported net cash provided by operating activities due to FX.

Investing Activities. Net cash used by our investing activities decreased $255.9 million, from $1,451.2 million during 2009 to $1,195.3 million during 2010. This decrease in cash used is due primarily to the net effect of (i) a decrease in cash used associated with cash received during the 2010 period in connection with the disposition of discontinued operations of $2,996.3 million, (ii) an increase in cash used associated with cash paid in connection with acquisitions of $2,622.8 million and (iii) an increase in cash used due to higher capital expenditures of $99.1 million. Capital expenditures increased from $1,591.4 million during 2009 to $1,690.5 million during 2010, as a net increase in the local currency capital expenditures of our subsidiaries, primarily due to the Unitymedia Acquisition, was only partially offset by a decrease due to FX.

The UPC Broadband Division accounted for $1,151.0 million and $1,032.8 million of our consolidated capital expenditures during 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts exclude $10.5 million and $4.1 million, respectively, of capital additions that were financed under capital lease arrangements. The increase in the capital expenditures of the UPC Broadband Division (excluding the impact of capital additions financed under capital lease arrangements), is due primarily to the net effect of (i) an increase due to acquisitions, including $276.5 million of capital expenditures attributable to Unitymedia, (ii) a decrease in expenditures for new build and upgrade projects to expand services, (iii) a decrease in expenditures for the purchase and installation of customer premises equipment, (iv) a decrease due to FX and (v) a decrease in expenditures for support capital such as information technology upgrades and general support systems.

Telenet accounted for $313.6 million and $368.3 million of our consolidated capital expenditures during 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts exclude $24.7 million and $24.6 million, respectively, of capital additions that were financed under capital lease arrangements. The decrease in Telenet’s capital expenditures (excluding the impact of capital additions financed under capital lease arrangements), primarily relates to the net effect of (i) a decrease in expenditures for the purchase and installation of customer premises equipment, (ii) an increase in expenditures for support capital such as information technology upgrades and general support systems, (iii) a decrease due to FX and (iv) an increase in expenditures for new build and upgrade projects to expand services.

The VTR Group accounted for $187.5 million and $155.6 million of our consolidated capital expenditures during 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in the capital expenditures of the VTR Group is due primarily to the net effect of (i) an increase due to FX, (ii) an increase in expenditures for the purchase and installation of customer premises equipment, (iii) a decrease in expenditures for support capital, such as information technology upgrades and general support systems, (iv) an increase in expenditures related to the construction of VTR Wireless' mobile network and (v) an increase in expenditures for new build and upgrade projects.

Financing Activities. Net cash used by our financing activities was $187.8 million during 2010, compared to net cash provided by our financing activities of $942.5 million during 2009. This change is primarily attributable to the net effect of (i) a decrease in cash related to higher net repayments of debt and capital lease obligations of $7,866.7 million, (ii) an increase in cash related to changes in cash collateral of $7,326.4 million, (iii) a decrease in cash related to higher repurchases of our LGI Series A and Series C common stock of $468.6 million, (iv) a decrease in cash related to higher distributions by subsidiaries to noncontrolling interest owners of $147.3 million, (v) an increase in cash related to lower payments for financing costs and debt premiums of $133.1 million and (vi) a decrease in cash due to higher cash payments related to derivative instruments of $91.7 million. The changes in our cash collateral accounts and net repayments of debt and capital lease obligations include significant offsetting impacts resulting from financing transactions completed in connection with the Unitymedia Acquisition. In addition, a portion of the increase in our net repayments of debt and capital lease obligations is due to FX.

Free cash flow

We define free cash flow as net cash provided by our operating activities, plus (i) excess tax benefits related to the exercise of stock incentive awards and (ii) cash payments for direct acquisition costs, less (a) capital expenditures, as reported in our consolidated cash flow statements, (b) principal payments on vendor financing obligations and (c) principal payments on capital leases (exclusive of our network lease in Belgium and our duct leases in Germany), with each item excluding any cash provided or used by our discontinued operations.  We believe that our presentation of free cash flow provides useful information to our investors because this measure can be used to gauge our ability to service debt and fund new investment opportunities. Free cash

II-51

Table of Contents


flow should not be understood to represent our ability to fund discretionary amounts, as we have various mandatory and contractual obligations, including debt repayments, which are not deducted to arrive at this amount. Investors should view free cash flow as a supplement to, and not a substitute for, GAAP measures of liquidity included in our consolidated cash flow statements. The following table provides the details of our free cash flow:  
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities of our continuing operations
$
2,562.7

 
$
2,007.7

 
$
1,966.4

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
37.7

 
44.7

 

Cash payments for direct acquisition costs
19.6

 
54.3

 

Capital expenditures
(1,927.0
)
 
(1,690.5
)
 
(1,591.4
)
Principal payments on vendor financing obligations
(10.0
)
 

 

Principal payments on certain capital leases
(11.4
)
 
(8.9
)
 
(9.3
)
Free cash flow
$
671.6

 
$
407.3

 
$
365.7


Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the ordinary course of business, we have provided indemnifications to purchasers of certain of our assets, our lenders, our vendors and certain other parties. We have also provided performance and/or financial guarantees to local municipalities, our customers and vendors. Historically, these arrangements have not resulted in our company making any material payments and we do not believe that they will result in material payments in the future.

We are a party to various stockholder and similar agreements pursuant to which we could be required to make capital contributions to the entity in which we have invested or purchase another investor's interest. We do not expect any payments made under these provisions to be material in relation to our financial position or results of operations.

Contractual Commitments

As of December 31, 2011, the U.S. dollar equivalents (based on December 31, 2011 exchange rates) of the consolidated contractual commitments of our continuing operations are as follows:  
 
Payments due during:
 
 
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Thereafter
 
Total
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt (excluding interest)
$
117.8

 
$
314.0

 
$
963.4

 
$
387.7

 
$
3,563.1

 
$
18,170.5

 
$
23,516.5

Capital leases (excluding interest)
62.5

 
64.6

 
66.2

 
65.1

 
68.3

 
1,038.9

 
1,365.6

Operating leases
156.6

 
108.0

 
86.4

 
74.1

 
57.9

 
205.5

 
688.5

Programming obligations
275.2

 
174.0

 
93.7

 
38.2

 
24.5

 
22.8

 
628.4

Other commitments
540.9

 
250.4

 
145.4

 
141.4

 
114.8

 
1,352.2

 
2,545.1

Total (a)
$
1,153.0

 
$
911.0

 
$
1,355.1

 
$
706.5

 
$
3,828.6

 
$
20,789.9

 
$
28,744.1

Projected cash interest payments on debt and capital lease obligations (b)
$
1,461.4

 
$
1,575.0

 
$
1,557.8

 
$
1,524.7

 
$
1,540.4

 
$
3,820.9

 
$
11,480.2

_______________ 

(a)
The commitments reflected in this table do not reflect any liabilities that are included in our December 31, 2011 balance sheet other than debt and capital lease obligations.  Our liability for uncertain tax positions in the various jurisdictions in which we operate ($363.4 million at December 31, 2011) has been excluded from the table as the amount and timing of any related payments are not subject to reasonable estimation.

(b)
Amounts are based on interest rates and contractual maturities in effect as of December 31, 2011. These amounts are presented for illustrative purposes only and will likely differ from the actual cash payments required in future periods. In addition, the amounts presented do not include the impact of our interest rate derivative agreements, deferred financing costs, discounts or commitment fees, all of which affect our overall cost of borrowing.

II-52

Table of Contents



Programming commitments consist of obligations associated with certain of our programming, studio output and sports rights contracts that are enforceable and legally binding on us in that we have agreed to pay minimum fees, without regard to (i) the actual number of subscribers to the programming services, (ii) whether we terminate service to a portion of our subscribers or dispose of a portion of our distribution systems, or (iii) whether we discontinue our premium film or sports services. The amounts reflected in the table with respect to these contracts are significantly less than the amounts we expect to pay in these periods under these contracts. Payments to programming vendors have in the past represented, and are expected to continue to represent in the future, a significant portion of our operating costs. In this regard, during 2011, 2010 and 2009, (i) the programming and copyright costs incurred by our broadband communications and DTH operations aggregated $965.3 million, $824.3 million and $714.4 million, respectively (including intercompany charges that eliminate in consolidation of $78.9 million, $73.3 million and $72.5 million, respectively) and (ii) the third-party programming costs incurred by our programming distribution operations aggregated $115.9 million, $102.0 million and $98.5 million, respectively. The ultimate amount payable in excess of the contractual minimums of our studio output contracts, which expire at various dates through 2016, is dependent upon the number of subscribers to our premium movie service and the theatrical success of the films that we exhibit.

Other commitments relate primarily to Telenet's commitments for certain operating costs associated with its leased network.  Subsequent to October 1, 2015, these commitments are subject to adjustment based on changes in the network operating costs incurred by Telenet with respect to its own networks. These potential adjustments are not subject to reasonable estimation and, therefore, are not included in the above table. Other commitments also include (i) certain commitments of Telenet to purchase (a) broadcasting capacity on a DTT network and (b) certain spectrum licenses, (ii) certain repair and maintenance, fiber capacity and energy commitments of Unitymedia and KBW, (iii) satellite commitments associated with satellite carriage services provided to our company, (iv) purchase obligations associated with commitments to purchase customer premises and other equipment that are enforceable and legally binding on us, (v) certain fixed minimum contractual commitments associated with our agreements with franchise or municipal authorities and (vi) commitments associated with our MVNO agreements. The amounts reflected in the table with respect to our MVNO commitments represent fixed minimum amounts payable under these agreements and therefore may be significantly less than the actual amounts we ultimately pay in these periods. Commitments arising from acquisition agreements are not reflected in the above table.
 
In addition to the commitments set forth in the table above, we have significant commitments under derivative instruments pursuant to which we expect to make payments in future periods.  For information concerning projected cash flows associated with these derivative instruments, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk - Projected Cash Flows Associated with Derivatives below.  For information concerning our derivative instruments, including the net cash paid or received in connection with these instruments during 2011, 2010 and 2009, see note 6 to our consolidated financial statements.

We also have commitments pursuant to agreements with, and obligations imposed by, franchise authorities and municipalities, which may include obligations in certain markets to move aerial cable to underground ducts or to upgrade, rebuild or extend portions of our broadband distribution systems.  Such amounts are not included in the above table because they are not fixed or determinable. 


II-53

Table of Contents


Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates

In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Critical accounting policies are defined as those policies that are reflective of significant judgments, estimates and uncertainties, which would potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We believe the following accounting policies are critical in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements because of the judgment necessary to account for these matters and the significant estimates involved, which are susceptible to change:

Impairment of property and equipment and intangible assets (including goodwill);
Costs associated with construction and installation activities;
Useful lives of long-lived assets;
Fair value measurements; and
Income tax accounting.

We have discussed the selection of the aforementioned critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. For additional information concerning our accounting policies, see note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

Impairment of Property and Equipment and Intangible Assets

Carrying Value. The aggregate carrying value of our property and equipment and intangible assets (including goodwill) that were held for use comprised 82% of our total assets at December 31, 2011.

We review, when circumstances warrant, the carrying amounts of our property and equipment and our intangible assets (other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) to determine whether such carrying amounts continue to be recoverable. Such changes in circumstance may include, among other items, (i) an expectation of a sale or disposal of a long-lived asset or asset group, (ii) adverse changes in market or competitive conditions, (iii) an adverse change in legal factors or business climate in the markets in which we operate and (iv) operating or cash flow losses. For purposes of impairment testing, long-lived assets are grouped at the lowest level for which cash flows are largely independent of other assets and liabilities, generally at or below the reporting unit level (see below). If the carrying amount of the asset or asset group is greater than the expected undiscounted cash flows to be generated by such asset or asset group, an impairment adjustment is recognized. Such adjustment is measured by the amount that the carrying value of such asset or asset group exceeds its fair value. We generally measure fair value by considering (i) sale prices for similar assets, (ii) discounted estimated future cash flows using an appropriate discount rate and/or (iii) estimated replacement cost. Assets to be disposed of are carried at the lower of their financial statement carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

We evaluate the goodwill, franchise rights and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually on October 1 and whenever other facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets may not be recoverable. For purposes of the goodwill evaluation, we make a qualitative assessment to determine if goodwill may be impaired. If it is more likely than not that a reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying value, we then compare the fair values of our reporting units to their respective carrying amounts. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a "component"). In most cases, our operating segments are deemed to be a reporting unit either because the operating segment is comprised of only a single component, or the components below the operating segment are aggregated as they have similar economic characteristics. If the carrying value of a reporting unit were to exceed its fair value, we would then compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying amount, and any excess of the carrying amount over the fair value would be charged to operations as an impairment loss. Any excess of the carrying value over the fair value of franchise rights or other indefinite-lived intangible assets is also charged to operations as an impairment loss.

When required, considerable management judgment is necessary to estimate the fair value of reporting units and underlying long-lived and indefinite-lived assets. The equity of one of our reporting units, Telenet, is publicly traded in an active market. For this reporting unit, our fair value determination is based on quoted market prices. For other reporting units, we typically determine fair value using an income-based approach (discounted cash flows) based on assumptions in our long-range business plans and, in some cases, a combination of an income-based approach and a market-based approach. With respect to our discounted cash flow analysis used in the income-based approach, the timing and amount of future cash flows under these business plans require estimates, among other items, of subscriber growth and retention rates, rates charged per product, expected gross margin and operating cash flow margins and expected capital expenditures. The development of these cash flows, and the discount rate applied to the cash flows, is subject to inherent uncertainties, and actual results could vary significantly from such estimates. Based

II-54

Table of Contents


on the results of our 2011 qualitative assessment of our reporting unit carrying values, we determined that it was more likely than not that fair value exceeded carrying value for all but one of our reporting units.

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recorded impairments of our property and equipment and intangible assets (including goodwill) aggregating $27.6 million, $27.7 million and $119.9 million, respectively. The 2011 and 2010 amounts are largely due to goodwill impairments related to Chellomedia’s programming operations in central and eastern Europe. The 2009 amount is primarily due to a goodwill impairment recorded in June 2009 with respect to our Romanian reporting unit. For additional information, see note 8 to our consolidated financial statements.

In the case of certain of our smaller reporting units, including our broadband communications operations in Hungary, the Czech Republic and Puerto Rico, a hypothetical 20% to 30% decline in the fair value of any of these reporting units could result in the need to record a goodwill impairment charge. At December 31, 2011, the goodwill associated with these reporting units aggregated $892.7 million. If a goodwill impairment charge were to be required for all of these reporting units, a hypothetical 20% and 30% decrease in the implied fair value of goodwill would lead to an estimated aggregate impairment charge of $178.5 million and $267.8 million, respectively, based on December 31, 2011 exchange rates. If, among other factors, (i) our equity values were to decline significantly, or (ii) the adverse impacts of economic, competitive, regulatory or other factors were to cause our results of operations or cash flows to be worse than anticipated, we could conclude in future periods that impairment charges are required in order to reduce the carrying values of our goodwill, and to a lesser extent, other long-lived assets.  Any such impairment charges could be significant.
Costs Associated with Construction and Installation Activities

We capitalize costs associated with the construction of new cable transmission and distribution facilities and the installation of new cable services. Installation activities that are capitalized include (i) the initial connection (or drop) from our cable system to a customer location, (ii) the replacement of a drop and (iii) the installation of equipment for additional services, such as digital cable, telephone or broadband internet service. The costs of other customer-facing activities such as reconnecting customer locations where a drop already exists, disconnecting customer locations and repairing or maintaining drops, are expensed as incurred.

The nature and amount of labor and other costs to be capitalized with respect to construction and installation activities involves significant judgment. In addition to direct external and internal labor and materials, we also capitalize other costs directly attributable to our construction and installation activities, including dispatch costs, quality-control costs, vehicle-related costs and certain warehouse-related costs. We continuously monitor the appropriateness of our capitalization policy and update the policy when necessary to respond to changes in facts and circumstances, such as the development of new products and services, and changes in the manner that installations or construction activities are performed.

Useful Lives of Long-Lived Assets

We depreciate our property and equipment on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic useful life of the assets. The determination of the economic useful lives of property and equipment requires significant management judgment, based on factors such as the estimated physical lives of the assets, technological change, changes in anticipated use, legal and economic factors, rebuild and equipment swap-out plans, and other factors. Our intangible assets with definite lives primarily consist of customer relationships. Customer relationship intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated weighted average life of the customer relationships. The determination of the estimated useful life of customer relationship intangible assets requires significant management judgment, and is primarily based on historical and forecasted churn rates, adjusted when necessary for risk associated with demand, competition, technical changes and other economic factors. We regularly review whether changes to estimated useful lives are required in order to accurately reflect the economic use of our property and equipment and intangible assets with definite lives. Any changes to estimated useful lives are reflected prospectively. Depreciation and amortization expense of our continuing operations during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $2,457.0 million, $2,251.5 million and $1,991.3 million, respectively. A 10% increase in the aggregate amount of the depreciation and amortization expense of our continuing operations during 2011 would have resulted in a $245.7 million or 13.5% decrease in our 2011 operating income.

Fair Value Measurements

GAAP provides guidance with respect to the recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements and for a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. Level 1 inputs are quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted market prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

II-55

Table of Contents


Recurring Valuations. We perform recurring fair value measurements with respect to our derivative instruments and fair value method investments, each of which are carried at fair value. We use (i) cash flow valuation models to determine the fair values of our interest rate and foreign currency derivative instruments and (ii) a binomial option pricing model to determine the fair values of our equity-related derivative instruments. We use quoted market prices when available and, when not available, we use a combination of an income approach (discounted cash flows) and a market approach (market multiples of similar businesses) to determine the fair value of our fair value method investments. For a detailed discussion of the inputs we use to determine the fair value of our derivative instruments and fair value method investments, see note 7 to our consolidated financial statements. See also notes 5 and 6 to our consolidated financial statements for information concerning our fair value method investments and derivative instruments, respectively.

Changes in the fair values of our derivative instruments and fair value method investments have had, and we believe will continue to have, a significant and volatile impact on our results of operations. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, our continuing operations included net losses of $108.5 million, $984.5 million and $1,061.3 million, respectively, attributable to changes in the fair value of these items.
 
As further described in note 7 to our consolidated financial statements, actual amounts received or paid upon the settlement of our derivative instruments or disposal of our fair value method investments may differ materially from the recorded fair values at December 31, 2011.

For information concerning the sensitivity of the fair value of certain of our more significant derivative instruments to changes in market conditions, see Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Derivative Instruments below.

Non-recurring Valuations. Our non-recurring valuations are primarily associated with (i) the application of acquisition accounting and (ii) impairment assessments, both of which require that we make fair value determinations as of the applicable valuation date. In making these determinations, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the recorded amounts, including, but not limited to, expected future cash flows, market comparables and discount rates, remaining useful lives of long-lived assets, replacement or reproduction costs of property and equipment and the amounts to be recovered in future periods from acquired net operating losses and other deferred tax assets. To assist us in making these fair value determinations, we may engage third-party valuation specialists. Our estimates in this area impact, among other items, the amount of depreciation and amortization, impairment charges and income tax expense or benefit that we report. Our estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain. A significant portion of our long-lived assets were initially recorded through the application of acquisition accounting and all of our long-lived assets are subject to impairment assessments. For additional information, see notes 3, 7 and 8 to our consolidated financial statements.

Income Tax Accounting

We are required to estimate the amount of tax payable or refundable for the current year and the deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and income tax basis of assets and liabilities and the expected benefits of utilizing net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, using enacted tax rates in effect for each taxing jurisdiction in which we operate for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. This process requires our management to make assessments regarding the timing and probability of the ultimate tax impact of such items.

Net deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if we believe it more-likely-than-not such net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Establishing or reducing a tax valuation allowance requires us to make assessments about the timing of future events, including the probability of expected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies. At December 31, 2011, the aggregate valuation allowance provided against deferred tax assets was $2,047.0 million. The actual amount of deferred income tax benefits realized in future periods will likely differ from the net deferred tax assets reflected in our December 31, 2011 balance sheet due to, among other factors, possible future changes in income tax law or interpretations thereof in the jurisdictions in which we operate and differences between estimated and actual future taxable income. Any of such factors could have a material effect on our current and deferred tax position as reported in our consolidated financial statements. A high degree of judgment is required to assess the impact of possible future outcomes on our current and deferred tax positions.

Tax laws in jurisdictions in which we operate are subject to varied interpretation, and many tax positions we take are subject to significant uncertainty regarding whether the position will be ultimately sustained after review by the relevant tax authority. We recognize the financial statement effects of a tax position when it is more-likely-than-not, based on technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. The determination of whether the tax position meets the more-likely-than-not threshold requires a facts-based judgment using all information available. In a number of cases, we have concluded that the more-likely-than-not threshold is not met, and accordingly, the amount of tax benefit recognized in the financial statements is different

II-56

Table of Contents


than the amount taken or expected to be taken in our tax returns. As of December 31, 2011, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits for financial reporting purposes, but taken or expected to be taken on tax returns, was $400.6 million, of which $222.6 million would have a favorable impact on our effective income tax rate if ultimately recognized, after considering amounts that we would expect to be offset by valuation allowances.

We are required to continually assess our tax positions, and the results of tax examinations or changes in judgment can result in substantial changes to our unrecognized tax benefits.

We have potential tax liabilities related to withholding taxes that could arise upon the reversal of temporary differences in investments in certain foreign subsidiaries. We do not recognize the tax liabilities associated with these withholding taxes as the taxes could be offset by foreign tax credits, subject to limitations, and it is impractical to estimate the amount. If our plans or intentions change in the future due to liquidity or other relevant considerations, we could decide that it would be prudent to repatriate significant funds or other assets from one or more of our subsidiaries, even though we would incur a tax liability in connection with any such repatriation. If our plans or intentions were to change in this manner, the recognition of all or a part of these taxes could have an adverse impact on our consolidated income tax expense or benefit and net earnings or loss.

For additional information concerning our income taxes, see note 10 to our consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A
. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risk in the normal course of our business operations due to our investments in various foreign countries and ongoing investing and financing activities. Market risk refers to the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and stock prices. The risk of loss can be assessed from the perspective of adverse changes in fair values, cash flows and future earnings. As further described below, we have established policies, procedures and processes governing our management of market risks and the use of derivative instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.

Cash and Investments

We invest our cash in highly liquid instruments that meet high credit quality standards. From a U.S. dollar perspective, we are exposed to exchange rate risk with respect to certain of our cash balances that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. At December 31, 2011, $891.8 million or 54.0% and $418.8 million or 25.4% of our consolidated cash balances were denominated in euros and U.S. dollars, respectively. Subject to applicable debt covenants, certain tax considerations and other factors, these euro and U.S. dollar cash balances are available to be used for future liquidity requirements that may be denominated in such currencies.

We are also exposed to market price fluctuations related to our investment in Sumitomo shares. At December 31, 2011, the aggregate fair value of this investment was $617.9 million. We use the Sumitomo Collar to manage our exposure to market price fluctuations with respect to our investment in Sumitomo shares.

Foreign Currency Risk

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk with respect to our consolidated debt in situations where our debt is denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the operations whose cash flows support our ability to repay or refinance such debt. Although we generally seek to match the denomination of our and our subsidiaries' borrowings with the functional currency of the operations that are supporting the respective borrowings, market conditions or other factors may cause us to enter into borrowing arrangements that are not denominated in the functional currency of the underlying operations (unmatched debt). In these cases, our policy is to provide for an economic hedge against foreign currency exchange rate movements by using derivative instruments to synthetically convert unmatched debt into the applicable underlying currency. At December 31, 2011, substantially all of our debt was either directly or synthetically matched to the applicable functional currencies of the underlying operations. For additional information concerning the terms of our derivative instruments, see note 6 to our consolidated financial statements.

In addition to the exposure that results from the mismatch of our borrowings and underlying functional currencies, we are exposed to foreign currency risk to the extent that we enter into transactions denominated in currencies other than our or our subsidiaries' respective functional currencies (non-functional currency risk), such as equipment purchases, programming contracts, notes payable and notes receivable (including intercompany amounts) that are denominated in a currency other than the applicable functional currency. Changes in exchange rates with respect to amounts recorded in our consolidated balance sheets related to these items will result in unrealized (based upon period-end exchange rates) or realized foreign currency transaction gains and losses upon settlement of the transactions. Moreover, to the extent that our revenue, costs and expenses are denominated in

II-57

Table of Contents


currencies other than our respective functional currencies, we will experience fluctuations in our revenue, costs and expenses solely as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. In this regard, we expect that during 2012, (i) approximately 1% to 3% of our revenue, (ii) approximately 4% to 6% of our aggregate operating and SG&A expenses (exclusive of stock-based compensation expense) and (iii) approximately 12% to 14% of our capital expenditures (including capital lease additions) will be denominated in non-functional currencies, including amounts denominated in (a) U.S. dollars in Chile, Europe and Argentina and (b) euros in Poland, the Czech Republic, Romania, Switzerland and Hungary. Our expectations with respect to our non-functional currency transactions in 2012 may differ from actual results. Generally, we will consider hedging non-functional currency risks when the risks arise from agreements with third parties that involve the future payment or receipt of cash or other monetary items to the extent that we can reasonably predict the timing and amount of such payments or receipts and the payments or receipts are not otherwise hedged. In this regard, we have entered into foreign currency forward contracts covering the forward purchase of the U.S. dollar, euro and Chilean peso and the forward sale of the U.S. dollar, Swiss franc, euro and Chilean peso to hedge certain of these risks. Although certain non-functional currency risks related to our revenue and operating and SG&A expenses and most of the non-functional currency risks related to our capital expenditures were not hedged as of December 31, 2011, we expect to increase the use of hedging strategies during 2012 with respect to these non-functional currency risks. In addition, we have not hedged the currency risk associated with the net Australian dollar proceeds we are to receive pursuant to the Austar Transaction. For additional information concerning our foreign currency forward contracts, see note 6 to our consolidated financial statements.
 
We also are exposed to unfavorable and potentially volatile fluctuations of the U.S. dollar (our reporting currency) against the currencies of our operating subsidiaries and affiliates when their respective financial statements are translated into U.S. dollars for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements. Cumulative translation adjustments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss) as a separate component of equity. Any increase (decrease) in the value of the U.S. dollar against any foreign currency that is the functional currency of one of our operating subsidiaries or affiliates will cause us to experience unrealized foreign currency translation losses (gains) with respect to amounts already invested in such foreign currencies. Accordingly, we may experience a negative impact on our comprehensive earnings (loss) and equity with respect to our holdings solely as a result of FX. Our primary exposure to FX risk during the year ended December 31, 2011 was to the euro as 61.2% of our U.S. dollar revenue during this period was derived from subsidiaries whose functional currency is the euro. In addition, we have significant exposure to changes in the exchange rates for the Swiss franc, the Chilean peso, the Australian dollar and other local currencies in Europe. We generally do not hedge against the risk that we may incur non-cash losses upon the translation of the financial statements of our subsidiaries and affiliates into U.S. dollars. For information regarding certain currency instability risks with respect to the euro, see Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Overview above.


II-58

Table of Contents


The relationship between (i) the euro, the Swiss franc, the Hungarian forint, the Polish zloty, the Czech koruna, the Romanian lei, the Chilean peso and the Australian dollar and (ii) the U.S. dollar, which is our reporting currency, is shown below, per one U.S. dollar:

 
As of December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
Spot rates:
 
 
 
Euro
0.7716

 
0.7482

Swiss franc
0.9388

 
0.9339

Hungarian forint
242.76

 
208.02

Polish zloty
3.4431

 
2.9591

Czech koruna
19.653

 
18.739

Romanian lei
3.3367

 
3.2031

Chilean peso
519.50

 
468.00

Australian dollar
0.9751

 
0.9775

 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Average rates:
 
 
 
 
 
Euro
0.7190

 
0.7549

 
0.7193

Swiss franc
0.8875

 
1.0427

 
1.0857

Hungarian forint
201.13

 
208.02

 
202.16

Polish zloty
2.9646

 
3.0166

 
3.1196

Czech koruna
17.690

 
19.096

 
19.059

Romanian lei
3.0497

 
3.1802

 
3.0488

Chilean peso
483.68

 
510.12

 
559.21

Australian dollar
0.9692

 
1.0900

 
1.2811


Inflation and Foreign Investment Risk

We are subject to inflationary pressures with respect to labor, programming and other costs. While we attempt to increase our revenue to offset increases in costs, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so. Therefore, costs could rise faster than associated revenue, thereby resulting in a negative impact on our operating results, cash flows and liquidity. The economic environment in the respective countries in which we operate is a function of government, economic, fiscal and monetary policies and various other factors beyond our control that could lead to inflation. We currently are unable to predict the extent that price levels might be impacted in future periods by the current state of the economies in the countries in which we operate.

Interest Rate Risks

We are exposed to changes in interest rates primarily as a result of our borrowing and investment activities, which include fixed-rate and variable-rate investments and borrowings by our operating subsidiaries. Our primary exposure to variable-rate debt is through the EURIBOR-indexed and LIBOR-indexed debt of UPC Broadband Holding, the EURIBOR-indexed debt of Unitymedia, KBW and Telenet and the variable-rate debt of certain of our other subsidiaries.

In general, we seek to enter into derivative instruments to protect against increases in the interest rates on our variable-rate debt. Accordingly, we have entered into various derivative transactions to reduce exposure to increases in interest rates. We use interest rate derivative agreements to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed and variable interest rates calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount. We also use interest rate cap and collar agreements that lock in a maximum interest rate if variable rates rise, but also allow our company to benefit, to a limited extent, from declines in market rates. At December 31, 2011, we effectively paid a fixed interest rate on substantially all of our variable-rate debt through the use of interest rate derivative instruments that convert variable rates to fixed rates, including interest rate caps and collars for which the specified maximum rate is in excess of the applicable December 31, 2011 base rate (out-of-the-money caps and collars). If

II-59

Table of Contents


out-of-the-money caps and collars are excluded from this analysis, the percentage of variable-rate debt effectively converted to fixed-rate debt at December 31, 2011 declines to 89%. With certain exceptions, including an LGE Financing interest rate cap contract, which covers certain periods beyond the maturity dates of our existing variable-rate indebtedness, the final maturity dates of our various portfolios of interest rate derivative instruments generally fall short of the respective maturities of the underlying variable-rate debt. In this regard, we use judgment to determine the appropriate maturity dates of our portfolios of interest rate derivative instruments, taking into account the relative costs and benefits of different maturity profiles in light of current and expected future market conditions, liquidity issues and other factors. We entered into the LGE Financing interest rate cap contract in order to provide protection against a portion of the interest rate risk that we expect to face in future periods, as we expect to continue to maintain a leveraged capital structure in periods beyond the maturity dates of our existing indebtedness. For additional information concerning the terms of these interest rate derivative instruments, see note 6 to our consolidated financial statements.

Weighted Average Variable Interest Rate. At December 31, 2011, our variable-rate indebtedness aggregated $9.4 billion, and the weighted average interest rate (including margin) on such variable-rate indebtedness was approximately 4.6%, excluding the effects of interest rate derivative agreements, financing costs, discounts or commitment fees, all of which affect our overall cost of borrowing. Assuming no change in the amount outstanding, and without giving effect to any interest rate derivative agreements, financing costs, discounts or commitment fees, a hypothetical 50 basis point (0.50%) increase (decrease) in our weighted average variable interest rate would increase (decrease) our annual consolidated interest expense and cash outflows by $47.0 million. As discussed above and in note 6 to our consolidated financial statements, we use interest rate derivative contracts to manage our exposure to increases in variable interest rates. In this regard, increases in the fair value of these contracts generally would be expected to offset most of the economic impact of increases in the variable interest rates applicable to our indebtedness to the extent and during the period that principal amounts are matched with interest rate derivative contracts.

Counterparty Credit Risk

We are exposed to the risk that the counterparties to our derivative and other financial instruments, undrawn debt facilities and cash investments will default on their obligations to us. We manage the credit risks associated with our derivative and other financial instruments, cash investments and undrawn debt facilities through the evaluation and monitoring of the creditworthiness of, and concentration of risk with, the respective counterparties. In this regard, credit risk associated with our financial instruments and undrawn debt facilities is spread across a relatively broad counterparty base of banks and financial institutions. In addition, most of our cash is invested in either (i) AAA credit rated money market funds, including funds that invest in government obligations, or (ii) overnight deposits with banks having a minimum credit rating of AA-. To date, neither the access to nor the value of our cash and cash equivalent balances have been adversely impacted by liquidity problems of financial institutions. We and our counterparties do not post collateral or other security, nor have we entered into master netting arrangements with any of our counterparties. 

At December 31, 2011, our exposure to counterparty credit risk included (i) derivative assets with a fair value of $708.8 million, (ii) cash and cash equivalent and restricted cash balances of 1,760.5 million and (iii) aggregate undrawn debt facilities of $1,857.7 million.

Under our derivative contracts, it is generally only the non-defaulting party that has a contractual option to exercise early termination rights upon the default of the other counterparty and to set off other liabilities against sums due upon such termination. However, in an insolvency of a derivative counterparty, under the laws of certain jurisdictions, the defaulting counterparty or its insolvency representatives may be able to compel the termination of one or more derivative contracts and trigger early termination payment liabilities payable by us, reflecting any mark-to-market value of the contracts for the counterparty. Alternatively, or in addition, the insolvency laws of certain jurisdictions may require the mandatory set-off of amounts due under such derivative contracts against present and future liabilities owed to us under other contracts between us and the relevant counterparty. Accordingly, it is possible that we may be subject to obligations to make payments, or may have present or future liabilities owed to us partially or fully discharged by set-off as a result of such obligations, in the event of the insolvency of a derivative counterparty, even though it is the counterparty that is in default and not us. To the extent that we are required to make such payments, our ability to do so will depend on our liquidity and capital resources at the time. In an insolvency of a defaulting counterparty, we will be an unsecured creditor in respect of any amount owed to us by the defaulting counterparty, except to the extent of the value of any collateral we have obtained from that counterparty.
 
The risks we would face in the event of a default by a counterparty to one of our derivative instruments might be eliminated or substantially mitigated if we were able to novate the relevant derivative contracts to a new counterparty following the default of our counterparty. While we anticipate that, in the event of the insolvency of one of our derivative counterparties, we would seek to effect such novations, no assurance can be given that we would obtain the necessary consents to do so or that we would be able to do so on terms or pricing that would be acceptable to us or that any such novation would not result in substantial costs


II-60

Table of Contents


to us. Furthermore, the underlying risks that are the subject of the relevant derivative contracts would no longer be effectively hedged due to the insolvency of our counterparty, unless and until we novate or replace the derivative contract.

While we currently have no specific concerns about the creditworthiness of any counterparty for which we have material credit risk exposures, we cannot rule out the possibility that one or more of our counterparties could fail or otherwise be unable to meet its obligations to us. Any such instance could have an adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations, financial condition and/or liquidity.

Although we actively monitor the creditworthiness of our key vendors, the financial failure of a key vendor could disrupt our operations and have an adverse impact on our revenue and cash flows.

Sensitivity Information

Information concerning the sensitivity of the fair value of certain of our more significant derivative instruments to changes in market conditions is set forth below. The potential changes in fair value set forth below do not include any amounts associated with the remeasurement of the derivative asset or liability into the applicable functional currency. For additional information, see notes 6 and 7 to our consolidated financial statements.

UPC Broadband Holding Cross-currency and Interest Rate Derivative Contracts

Holding all other factors constant, at December 31, 2011:

(i)
an instantaneous increase (decrease) of 10% in the value of the Swiss franc, the Polish zloty, the Hungarian forint, the Czech koruna, the Chilean peso, and the Romanian lei relative to the euro would have decreased (increased) the aggregate fair value of the UPC Broadband Holding cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts by approximately €423.9 million ($549.4 million);

(ii)
an instantaneous increase (decrease) of 10% in the value of the Swiss franc, the Chilean peso, and the Romanian lei relative to the U.S. dollar would have decreased (increased) the aggregate fair value of the UPC Broadband Holding cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts by approximately €137.0 million ($177.6 million);

(iii)
an instantaneous increase (decrease) of 10% in the value of the euro relative to the U.S. dollar would have decreased (increased) the aggregate fair value of the UPC Broadband Holding cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts by approximately €208.3 million ($270.0 million);

(iv)
an instantaneous increase (decrease) in the relevant base rate of 50 basis points (0.50%) would have increased (decreased) the aggregate fair value of the UPC Broadband Holding cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts by approximately €70.4 million ($91.2 million); and

(v)
an instantaneous increase (decrease) in UPC Broadband Holding's credit spread of 50 basis points (0.50%) would have increased (decreased) the aggregate fair value of the UPC Broadband Holding cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts by approximately $18.1 million ($18.7 million).

Unitymedia Cross-currency and Interest Rate Derivative Contracts

Holding all other factors constant, an instantaneous increase (decrease) of 10% in the value of the Euro relative to the U.S. dollar at December 31, 2011 would have decreased (increased) the aggregate value of the Unitymedia cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts by approximately €81.8 million ($106.0 million).

KBW Cross-currency and Interest Rate Derivative Contracts

Holding all other factors constant, an instantaneous increase (decrease) of 10% in the value of the Euro relative to the U.S. dollar at December 31, 2011 would have decreased (increased) the aggregate value of the KBW cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts by approximately €52.8 million ($68.4 million).

Telenet Interest Rate Caps, Collars and Swaps

Holding all other factors constant, at December 31, 2011, an instantaneous increase in the relevant base rate of 50 basis points (0.50%) would have increased the aggregate fair value of the Telenet interest rate cap, collar and swap contracts by approximately

II-61

Table of Contents


€54.2 million ($70.2 million) and conversely, a decrease of 50 basis points would have decreased the aggregate fair value by approximately €57.0 million ($73.9 million).

UPC Holding Cross-currency Options

Holding all other factors constant, at December 31, 2011, an instantaneous increase of 10% in the value of the Swiss franc relative to the U.S. dollar would have decreased the aggregate fair value of the UPC Holding cross-currency options by approximately €39.9 million ($51.7 million) and conversely, a decrease of 10% would have increased the aggregate fair value by approximately €43.4 million ($56.2 million).

VTR Cross-currency and Interest Rate Derivative Contracts

Holding all other factors constant, at December 31, 2011, an instantaneous increase (decrease) of 10% in the value of the Chilean peso relative to the U.S. dollar would have decreased (increased) the fair value of the VTR cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts by approximately CLP 30.4 billion ($58.6 million).

Sumitomo Collar

Holding all other factors constant, at December 31, 2011:

(i)
an instantaneous decrease in the Japanese yen risk-free rate of 50 basis points (0.50%) would have increased the fair value of the Sumitomo Collar by ¥2.6 billion ($33.8 million) and conversely, an increase of 50 basis points would have decreased the value by ¥2.5 billion ($32.5 million); and

(ii)
an instantaneous increase (decrease) of 10% in the per share market price of Sumitomo's common stock would have decreased (increased) the fair value of the Sumitomo Collar by approximately ¥4.4 billion ($57.2 million).

Projected Cash Flows Associated with Derivatives

The following table provides information regarding the projected cash flows of our continuing operations associated with our derivative instruments. The U.S. dollar equivalents presented below are based on interest rates and exchange rates that were in effect as of December 31, 2011. These amounts are presented for illustrative purposes only and will likely differ from the actual cash payments required in future periods. For additional information regarding our derivative instruments, see note 6 to our consolidated financial statements. For information concerning the counterparty credit risk associated with our derivative instruments, see the discussion under Counterparty Credit Risk above. 
 
Payments (receipts) due during:
 
Total
 
Year ended December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Thereafter
 
 
in millions
Projected derivative cash payments (receipts), net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-related (a)
$
397.0

 
$
472.8

 
$
450.7

 
$
122.5

 
$
181.7

 
$
34.8

 
$
1,659.5

Principal-related (b)
29.8

 
(5.6
)
 
363.5

 
18.5

 
69.0

 
(195.2
)
 
280.0

Other (c)
23.7

 
22.7

 
22.7

 
22.7

 
(234.1
)
 
(384.1
)
 
(526.4
)
Total
$
450.5

 
$
489.9

 
$
836.9

 
$
163.7

 
$
16.6

 
$
(544.5
)
 
$
1,413.1

_______________

(a)
Includes (i) the cash flows of our interest rate cap, collar and swap instruments and (ii) the interest-related cash flows of our cross-currency and cross-currency interest rate swap instruments.

(b)
Includes the principal-related cash flows of our cross-currency and cross-currency interest rate swap instruments.

(c)
Includes amounts related to the Sumitomo Collar, and to a lesser extent, our foreign currency forward contracts. We expect to use the collective value of the Sumitomo Collar and the underlying Sumitomo shares held by our company to settle the Sumitomo Collar Loan maturities in 2016 through 2018.
    

II-62


Item 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The consolidated financial statements of LGI are filed under this Item, beginning on page II-65. Financial statement schedules are filed under Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

Item 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

In accordance with Exchange Act Rule 13a-15, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our chief executive officer, principal accounting officer, and principal financial officer (the Executives), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, the Executives recognize that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is necessarily required to apply judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and objectives. Based on that evaluation, the Executives concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2011, in timely making known to them material information relating to us and our consolidated subsidiaries required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  

Internal control over financial reporting

(a) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting is included herein on page II-63.

(b) Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The attestation report of KPMG LLP is included herein on page II-64.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation described above that occurred during the fourth fiscal quarter covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.


II-63

Table of Contents


Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting


Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, using the criteria in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management believes that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included herein. Our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal control of (i) Kabel BW Musketeer GmbH and (ii) Aster Sp. z.o.o., both of which we acquired in 2011. The aggregate amount of total assets and revenue of Kabel BW Musketeer GmbH and Aster Sp. z.o.o., included in our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $5,781.8 million and $74.4 million, respectively.


II-64

Table of Contents



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
Liberty Global, Inc.:

We have audited Liberty Global, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Liberty Global, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Liberty Global, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s evaluation of the effectiveness of Liberty Global, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 excluded (1) Kabel BW Musketeer GmbH and (2) Aster Sp. z.o.o., both of which were acquired in 2011. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Liberty Global, Inc. also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of these subsidiaries. The aggregate amount of total assets and revenue of Kabel BW Musketeer GmbH and Aster Sp. z.o.o. included in the consolidated financial statements of Liberty Global, Inc. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $5,781.8 million and $74.4 million, respectively.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Liberty Global, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive earnings (loss), equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 22, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado
February 22, 2012


II-65

Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
Liberty Global, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Liberty Global, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive earnings (loss), equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited financial statement schedules I and II. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Liberty Global, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Liberty Global, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 22, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

KPMG LLP
Denver, Colorado
February 22, 2012


II-66

Table of Contents


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
 
December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
in millions
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,651.2

 
$
3,847.5

Restricted cash (note 3)
86.1

 
5.3

Trade receivables, net
910.5

 
922.3

Deferred income taxes (note 10)
345.2

 
300.1

Current assets of discontinued operation (note 4)
275.6

 

Other current assets (notes 6 and 10)
506.5

 
357.5

Total current assets
3,775.1

 
5,432.7

Investments (including $970.1 million and $1,012.0 million, respectively, measured at fair value) (note 5)
975.2

 
1,073.6

Property and equipment, net (note 8)
12,868.4

 
11,112.3

Goodwill (note 8)
13,289.3

 
11,734.7

Intangible assets subject to amortization, net (note 8)
2,812.5

 
2,095.5

Long-term assets of discontinued operation (note 4)
770.1

 

Other assets, net (notes 6, 8 and 10)
1,918.6

 
1,880.0

Total assets
$
36,409.2

 
$
33,328.8

 



























The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


II-67

Table of Contents


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS — (Continued)
 
 
December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
in millions
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
645.7

 
$
566.2

Deferred revenue and advance payments from subscribers and others
847.6

 
869.8

Current portion of debt and capital lease obligations (note 9)
184.1

 
631.7

Derivative instruments (note 6)
601.2

 
563.1

Accrued interest
295.4

 
221.2

Accrued programming
213.1

 
215.9

Current liabilities of discontinued operation (note 4)
114.1

 

Other accrued and current liabilities (note 10)
1,268.6

 
1,222.0

Total current liabilities
4,169.8

 
4,289.9

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations (note 9)
24,573.8

 
21,830.9

Long-term liabilities of discontinued operation (note 4)
746.5

 

Other long-term liabilities (notes 6 and 10)
3,987.7

 
3,750.3

Total liabilities
33,477.8

 
29,871.1

Commitments and contingencies (notes 6, 9, 10 and 16)

 

Equity (note 11):
 
 
 
LGI stockholders:
 
 
 
Series A common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 500,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 146,266,629 and 119,049,061 shares, respectively
1.5

 
1.2

Series B common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 50,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 10,239,144 and 10,242,728 shares, respectively
0.1

 
0.1

Series C common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 500,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 118,470,699 and 113,317,514 shares, respectively
1.2

 
1.1

Additional paid-in capital
3,964.6

 
3,500.7

Accumulated deficit
(2,671.5
)
 
(1,898.8
)
Accumulated other comprehensive earnings, net of taxes
1,509.5

 
1,440.3

Total LGI stockholders
2,805.4

 
3,044.6

Noncontrolling interests
126.0

 
413.1

Total equity
2,931.4

 
3,457.7

Total liabilities and equity
$
36,409.2

 
$
33,328.8














The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

II-68

Table of Contents


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions, except share and per share amounts
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue (note 13)
$
9,510.8

 
$
8,364.2

 
$
6,963.5

Operating costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Operating (other than depreciation and amortization) (including stock-based compensation) (notes 12 and 13)
3,379.4

 
3,010.5

 
2,604.4

Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) (including stock-based compensation) (note 12)
1,780.4

 
1,583.0

 
1,325.6

Depreciation and amortization
2,457.0

 
2,251.5

 
1,991.3

Impairment, restructuring and other operating charges, net (notes 3, 8 and 14)
75.6

 
125.6

 
138.1

 
7,692.4

 
6,970.6

 
6,059.4

Operating income
1,818.4

 
1,393.6

 
904.1

Non-operating income (expense):
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
(1,455.2
)
 
(1,283.6
)
 
(807.6
)
Interest and dividend income
73.2

 
36.2

 
46.1

Realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments, net (note 6)
(60.4
)
 
(1,152.3
)
 
(1,118.2
)
Foreign currency transaction gains (losses), net
(572.6
)
 
(237.1
)
 
126.9

Realized and unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair values of certain investments and debt, net (notes 5, 7 and 9)
(155.1
)
 
127.8

 
(22.1
)
Losses on debt modification, extinguishment and conversion, net (note 9)
(218.4
)
 
(29.8
)
 
(33.4
)
Other expense, net
(5.7
)
 
(5.4
)
 
(0.7
)
 
(2,394.2
)
 
(2,544.2
)
 
(1,809.0
)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
(575.8
)
 
(1,150.6
)
 
(904.9
)
Income tax benefit (expense) (note 10)
(231.7
)
 
196.9

 
805.1

Loss from continuing operations
(807.5
)
 
(953.7
)
 
(99.8
)
Discontinued operations (note 4):
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes
136.5

 
126.9

 
88.2

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of taxes

 
1,390.8

 
25.7

 
136.5

 
1,517.7

 
113.9

Net earnings (loss)
(671.0
)
 
564.0

 
14.1

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
(101.7
)
 
(175.8
)
 
(426.2
)
Net earnings (loss) attributable to LGI stockholders
$
(772.7
)
 
$
388.2

 
$
(412.1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) attributable to LGI stockholders per share — Series A, Series B and Series C common stock (note 2):
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
(3.21
)
 
$
(4.11
)
 
$
(1.02
)
Discontinued operations
0.28

 
5.65

 
(0.51
)
 
$
(2.93
)
 
$
1.54

 
$
(1.53
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted
263,742,301

 
252,691,000

 
268,822,323



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

II-69

Table of Contents


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS (LOSS)

 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss)
$
(671.0
)
 
$
564.0

 
$
14.1

Other comprehensive earnings, net of taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
83.2

 
601.5

 
70.6

Reclassification adjustment for foreign currency translation gains included in net earnings

 
(390.9
)
 
(3.7
)
Other
(35.0
)
 
(1.8
)
 
12.4

Other comprehensive earnings
48.2

 
208.8

 
79.3

Comprehensive earnings (loss)
(622.8
)
 
772.8

 
93.4

Comprehensive earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
(80.7
)
 
(243.3
)
 
(347.5
)
Comprehensive earnings (loss) attributable to LGI stockholders
$
(703.5
)
 
$
529.5

 
$
(254.1
)




































The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

II-70

Table of Contents


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EQUITY

 
 
LGI stockholders
 
Non-controlling
interests
 
Total
equity
 
Common stock
 
Additional
paid-in
capital
 
Accumulated
deficit
 
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
earnings,
net of taxes
 
Total LGI
stockholders
 
 
Series A
 
Series B
 
Series C
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2009
$
1.4

 
$
0.1

 
$
1.4

 
$
4,124.0

 
$
(1,874.9
)
 
$
1,141.0

 
$
3,393.0

 
$
3,101.7

 
$
6,494.7

Net earnings

 

 

 

 
(412.1
)
 

 
(412.1
)
 
426.2

 
14.1

Other comprehensive earnings, net of taxes (note 15)

 

 

 

 

 
158.0

 
158.0

 
(78.7
)
 
79.3

Repurchase and cancellation of LGI common stock (note 11)
(0.1
)
 

 
(0.2
)
 
(406.5
)
 

 

 
(406.8
)
 

 
(406.8
)
Issuance of LGI common stock to a third party, net (note 11)

 

 

 
126.6

 

 

 
126.6

 

 
126.6

Issuance of LGI Convertible Notes, net (note 9)

 

 

 
194.0

 

 

 
194.0

 

 
194.0

Stock-based compensation (note 12)

 

 

 
50.3

 

 

 
50.3

 

 
50.3

Reclassification of LGI Performance Plans obligation settled with common stock (note 12)

 

 

 
36.4

 

 

 
36.4

 

 
36.4

LGI common stock issued in connection with equity incentive plans and related employee tax withholding, net

 

 

 
(27.3
)
 

 

 
(27.3
)
 

 
(27.3
)
Dividends and distributions to noncontrolling interest owners (note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(91.7
)
 
(91.7
)
Acquisition of a controlling interest in an entity previously accounted for using the equity method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
37.1

 
37.1

Disposal of UPC Slovenia (note 4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(17.9
)
 
(17.9
)
Adjustments due to other changes in subsidiaries’ equity and other, net

 

 

 
8.0

 

 

 
8.0

 
0.3

 
8.3

Balance at December 31, 2009
$
1.3

 
$
0.1

 
$
1.2

 
$
4,105.5

 
$
(2,287.0
)
 
$
1,299.0

 
$
3,120.1

 
$
3,377.0

 
$
6,497.1



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

II-71

Table of Contents


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EQUITY - (Continued)

 
LGI stockholders
 
Non-controlling
interests
 
Total
equity
 
Common stock
 
Additional
paid-in
capital
 
Accumulated
deficit
 
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
earnings,
net of taxes
 
Total LGI
stockholders
 
 
Series A
 
Series B
 
Series C
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2010
$
1.3

 
$
0.1

 
$
1.2

 
$
4,105.5

 
$
(2,287.0
)
 
$
1,299.0

 
$
3,120.1

 
$
3,377.0

 
$
6,497.1

Net earnings

 

 

 

 
388.2

 

 
388.2

 
175.8

 
564.0

Other comprehensive earnings, net of taxes (note 15)

 

 

 

 

 
141.3

 
141.3

 
67.5

 
208.8

Repurchase and cancellation of LGI common stock (note 11)
(0.1
)
 

 
(0.1
)
 
(890.7
)
 

 

 
(890.9
)
 

 
(890.9
)
Stock-based compensation (note 12)

 

 

 
77.4

 

 

 
77.4

 

 
77.4

Issuance of LGI stock incentive awards to satisfy obligation under the LGI Performance Plans (note 12)

 

 

 
117.8

 

 

 
117.8

 

 
117.8

Net excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

 

 

 
42.9

 

 

 
42.9

 

 
42.9

Sale of J:COM Disposal Group (note 4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(3,024.2
)
 
(3,024.2
)
Distributions by subsidiaries to noncontrolling interest owners (note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(198.1
)
 
(198.1
)
LGI common stock issued in connection with equity incentive plans and related employee tax withholding, net

 

 

 
15.9

 

 

 
15.9

 

 
15.9

Adjustments due to changes in subsidiaries’ equity and other, net

 

 

 
31.9

 

 

 
31.9

 
15.1

 
47.0

Balance at December 31, 2010
$
1.2

 
$
0.1

 
$
1.1

 
$
3,500.7

 
$
(1,898.8
)
 
$
1,440.3

 
$
3,044.6

 
$
413.1

 
$
3,457.7






The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

II-72

Table of Contents


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EQUITY - (Continued)


 
LGI stockholders
 
Non-controlling
interests
 
Total
equity
 
Common stock
 
Additional
paid-in
capital
 
Accumulated
deficit
 
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
earnings,
net of taxes
 
Total LGI
stockholders
 
 
Series A
 
Series B
 
Series C
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2011
$
1.2

 
$
0.1

 
$
1.1

 
$
3,500.7

 
$
(1,898.8
)
 
$
1,440.3

 
$
3,044.6

 
$
413.1

 
$
3,457.7

Net loss

 

 

 

 
(772.7
)
 

 
(772.7
)
 
101.7

 
(671.0
)
Other comprehensive earnings, net of taxes (note 15)

 

 

 

 

 
69.2

 
69.2

 
(21.0
)
 
48.2

Repurchase and cancellation of LGI common stock (note 11)
(0.1
)
 

 
(0.1
)
 
(912.1
)
 

 

 
(912.3
)
 

 
(912.3
)
Exchange/conversion of LGI and UGC Convertible Notes (note 9)
0.4

 

 
0.2

 
1,324.5

 

 

 
1,325.1

 

 
1,325.1

Stock-based compensation (note 12)

 

 

 
81.0

 

 

 
81.0

 

 
81.0

Net excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

 

 

 
37.6

 

 

 
37.6

 

 
37.6

Distributions by subsidiaries to noncontrolling interest owners (note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(418.2
)
 
(418.2
)
LGI common stock issued in connection with equity incentive plans and related employee tax withholding, net

 

 

 
(79.7
)
 

 

 
(79.7
)
 

 
(79.7
)
Adjustments due to changes in subsidiaries’ equity and other, net

 

 

 
12.6

 

 

 
12.6

 
50.4

 
63.0

Balance at December 31, 2011
$
1.5

 
$
0.1

 
$
1.2

 
$
3,964.6

 
$
(2,671.5
)
 
$
1,509.5

 
$
2,805.4

 
$
126.0

 
$
2,931.4









The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

II-73

Table of Contents


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss)
$
(671.0
)
 
$
564.0

 
$
14.1

Earnings from discontinued operations
(136.5
)
 
(1,517.7
)
 
(113.9
)
Loss from continuing operations
(807.5
)
 
(953.7
)
 
(99.8
)
Adjustments to reconcile loss from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation expense
131.3

 
111.0

 
113.2

Depreciation and amortization
2,457.0

 
2,251.5

 
1,991.3

Impairment, restructuring and other operating charges, net
75.6

 
125.6

 
138.1

Amortization of deferred financing costs and non-cash interest accretion
80.1

 
95.3

 
62.9

Realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments, net
60.4

 
1,152.3

 
1,118.2

Foreign currency transaction losses (gains), net
572.6

 
237.1

 
(126.9
)
Realized and unrealized losses (gains) due to changes in fair values of certain investments and debt, net of dividends
165.8

 
(118.0
)
 
41.4

Losses on debt modification, extinguishment and conversion, net
218.4

 
29.8

 
33.4

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
129.6

 
510.0

 
(817.9
)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
(37.7
)
 
(44.7
)
 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effects of acquisitions and dispositions:
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables and other operating assets
646.7

 
613.3

 
116.2

Payables and accruals
(1,129.6
)
 
(2,001.8
)
 
(603.7
)
Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations
173.6

 
321.5

 
1,426.2

Net cash provided by operating activities
2,736.3

 
2,329.2

 
3,392.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid in connection with acquisitions, net of cash acquired
(1,980.5
)
 
(2,636.3
)
 
(13.5
)
Capital expenditures
(1,927.0
)
 
(1,690.5
)
 
(1,591.4
)
Increase in KBW Escrow Account
(1,650.0
)
 

 

Decrease in KBW Escrow Account
1,522.5

 

 

Proceeds received upon disposition of discontinued operations, net of deconsolidated cash and disposal costs

 
3,163.8

 
167.5

Other investing activities, net
6.3

 
(32.3
)
 
(13.8
)
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities of discontinued operations
18.4

 
(178.6
)
 
(705.9
)
Net cash used by investing activities
$
(4,010.3
)
 
$
(1,373.9
)
 
$
(2,157.1
)
 








The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


II-74

Table of Contents


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)

 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowings of debt
$
5,622.8

 
$
3,208.1

 
$
6,679.6

Repayments and repurchases of debt and capital lease obligations
(4,520.5
)
 
(5,744.9
)
 
(1,349.7
)
Repurchase of LGI common stock
(912.6
)
 
(884.9
)
 
(416.3
)
Distributions by subsidiaries to noncontrolling interest owners
(417.1
)
 
(196.9
)
 
(49.6
)
Payment of financing costs, debt premiums and exchange offer consideration
(254.3
)
 
(94.1
)
 
(227.2
)
Payment of net settled employee withholding taxes on stock incentive awards
(117.5
)
 
(49.0
)
 
(39.3
)
Net cash paid related to derivative instruments
(80.4
)
 
(113.5
)
 
(21.8
)
Change in cash collateral
(64.6
)
 
3,557.8

 
(3,768.6
)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
37.7

 
44.7

 

Proceeds from issuance of LGI common stock to a third party, net

 

 
126.6

Other financing activities, net
61.3

 
84.9

 
8.8

Net cash used by financing activities of discontinued operations
(102.5
)
 
(81.0
)
 
(287.5
)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
(747.7
)
 
(268.8
)
 
655.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash:
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
30.0

 
(135.4
)
 
(16.8
)
Discontinued operations
4.3

 
26.8

 
21.9

Total
34.3

 
(108.6
)
 
5.1

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents:
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
(2,081.2
)
 
489.2

 
1,440.9

Discontinued operations
93.8

 
88.7

 
454.7

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(1,987.4
)
 
577.9

 
1,895.6

Cash and cash equivalents:
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning of year
3,847.5

 
3,269.6

 
1,374.0

End of year
1,860.1

 
3,847.5

 
3,269.6

Less cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations at end of year
(208.9
)
 

 

Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations at end of year
$
1,651.2

 
$
3,847.5

 
$
3,269.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest:
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
1,329.2

 
$
1,122.6

 
$
716.3

Discontinued operations
54.2

 
42.0

 
110.3

Total
$
1,383.4

 
$
1,164.6

 
$
826.6

Net cash paid for taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
54.9

 
$
267.1

 
$
18.4

Discontinued operations

 
6.4

 
197.4

Total
$
54.9

 
$
273.5

 
$
215.8




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

II-75

Table of Contents


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
(unaudited)
(1)
Basis of Presentation

Liberty Global, Inc. (LGI) is an international provider of video, broadband internet and telephony services, with continuing consolidated broadband communications and/or direct-to-home satellite (DTH) operations at December 31, 2011 in 13 countries, primarily in Europe and Chile. In the following text, the terms “we,” “our,” “our company,” and “us” may refer, as the context requires, to LGI or collectively to LGI and its subsidiaries.

Our European and Chilean operations are conducted through our 99.6%-owned subsidiary, Liberty Global Europe Holding BV (Liberty Global Europe). Through Liberty Global Europe's wholly-owned subsidiary, UPC Holding BV (UPC Holding), we provide video, broadband internet and telephony services in nine European countries and in Chile. The European broadband communications and DTH operations of UPC Holding and the broadband communications operations in Germany of Unitymedia GmbH (Unitymedia) and Kabel BW GmbH (formerly known as Kabel BW Holding GmbH) (KBW), both of which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Liberty Global Europe, are collectively referred to as the "UPC Broadband Division." UPC Holding's broadband communications operations in Chile are provided through its 80%-owned subsidiary, VTR Global Com SA (VTR). Through our 80%-owned subsidiary, VTR Wireless SA (VTR Wireless), we are undertaking the launch of mobile services in Chile through a combination of our own wireless network and certain third-party wireless access arrangements. The operations of VTR and VTR Wireless are collectively referred to as the "VTR Group." Through Liberty Global Europe's 50.2%-owned subsidiary, Telenet Group Holding NV (Telenet), we provide video, broadband internet and telephony services in Belgium. Our continuing operations also include (i) consolidated broadband communications operations in Puerto Rico and (ii) consolidated interests in certain programming businesses in Europe and Argentina. Our consolidated programming interests in Europe are primarily held through Chellomedia BV (Chellomedia), another wholly-owned subsidiary of Liberty Global Europe that also owns or manages investments in various other businesses, primarily in Europe. Certain of Chellomedia's subsidiaries and affiliates provide programming services to certain of our broadband communications operations, primarily in Europe.

Through our 54.15%-owned subsidiary, Austar United Communications Limited (Austar), we provide DTH services in Australia. We expect to complete the disposition of Austar subsequent to December 31, 2011. Effective September 30, 2010, we closed down the DTH operations of Unitymedia's arena segment. On February 18, 2010, we sold our ownership interests in three of our subsidiaries (the J:COM Disposal Group) that directly or indirectly, including through certain trust arrangements, held our ownership interests in Jupiter Telecommunications Co., Ltd (J:COM), a broadband communications provider in Japan. Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 has been reclassified to present Austar as a discontinued operation and our consolidated statements of operations and cash flows have been reclassified to present Austar, Unitymedia's arena segment and the J:COM Disposal Group as discontinued operations. The December 31, 2011 balance sheet amounts and all statement of operations and cash flow statement amounts presented in the notes to these consolidated financial statements relate only to our continuing operations, unless otherwise noted. For information regarding our discontinued operations, see note 4.

Unless otherwise indicated, ownership percentages and convenience translations into United States (U.S.) dollars are calculated as of December 31, 2011.

(2)
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates and assumptions are used in accounting for, among other things, the valuation of acquisition-related assets and liabilities, allowances for uncollectible accounts, deferred income taxes and related valuation allowances, loss contingencies, fair value measurements, impairment assessments, capitalization of internal costs associated with construction and installation activities, useful lives of long-lived assets, stock-based compensation and actuarial liabilities associated with certain benefit plans. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation, including certain cash outflows

II-76


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


related to the payment of employee withholding taxes that are net settled upon the exercise of, or release of restrictions on, certain stock incentive awards, which cash outflows have been reclassified in our consolidated cash flow statements from operating to financing activities.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of all voting interest entities where we exercise a controlling financial interest through the ownership of a direct or indirect controlling voting interest and variable interest entities for which our company is the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash equivalents consist of money market funds and other investments that are readily convertible into cash and have maturities of three months or less at the time of acquisition. We record money market funds at the net asset value reported by the investment manager as there are no restrictions on our ability, contractual or otherwise, to redeem our investments at the stated net asset value reported by the investment manager.

Restricted cash includes cash held in escrow and cash held as collateral for debt and other compensating balances. Restricted cash amounts that are required to be used to purchase long-term assets or repay long-term debt are classified as long-term assets. All other cash that is restricted to a specific use is classified as current or long-term based on the expected timing of the disbursement. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, our current and long-term restricted cash balances aggregated $109.3 million and $46.0 million, respectively.
  
Our significant non-cash investing and financing activities are disclosed in our statements of equity and in notes 3, 4, 8, and 9.

Trade Receivables

Our trade receivables are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Such allowance aggregated $144.0 million and $146.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon our assessment of probable loss related to uncollectible accounts receivable. We use a number of factors in determining the allowance, including, among other things, collection trends, prevailing and anticipated economic conditions and specific customer credit risk. The allowance is maintained until either receipt of payment or the likelihood of collection is considered to be remote.

Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across many different countries worldwide. We also manage this risk by disconnecting services to customers whose accounts are delinquent.

Investments

We make elections, on an investment-by-investment basis, as to whether we measure our investments at fair value. Such elections are generally irrevocable. We have elected the fair value method for most of our investments as we believe this method generally provides the most meaningful information to our investors.  However, for investments over which we have significant influence, we have considered the significance of transactions between our company and our equity affiliates and other factors in determining whether the fair value method should be applied. In general, we have not elected the fair value option for those equity method investments with which LGI or its consolidated subsidiaries have significant related-party transactions.

Under the fair value method, investments are recorded at fair value and any changes in fair value are reported in realized and unrealized gains or losses due to changes in fair values of certain investments and debt, net, in our consolidated statement of operations. All costs directly associated with the acquisition of an investment to be accounted for using the fair value method are expensed as incurred. For additional information regarding our fair value method investments, see notes 5 and 7.

Dividends from publicly-traded investees are recognized when declared as dividend income in our consolidated statement of operations. Dividends from privately-held investees generally are reflected as reductions of the carrying values of the applicable investments.

II-77


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


We use the equity method for certain privately-held investments over which we have the ability to exercise significant influence. Generally, we exercise significant influence through a voting interest between 20% and 50%, or board representation and management authority. Under the equity method, an investment, originally recorded at cost, is adjusted to recognize our share of net earnings or losses of the affiliates as they occur rather than as dividends or other distributions are received, with our recognition of losses generally limited to the extent of our investment in, and advances and commitments to, the investee. The portion of the difference between our investment and our share of the net assets of the investee that represents goodwill is not amortized, but continues to be considered for impairment. Intercompany profits on transactions with equity affiliates, where assets remain on the balance sheet of LGI or the investee, are eliminated to the extent of our ownership in the investee.

Changes in our proportionate share of the underlying share capital of an equity method investee, including those which result from the issuance of additional equity securities by such equity investee, are recognized as gains or losses in our consolidated statement of operations.

We use the cost method for investments in certain non-marketable securities for which we do not have the ability to exercise significant influence. These investments are carried at cost, subject to an other-than-temporary impairment assessment.

We continually review our equity and cost method investments to determine whether a decline in fair value below the cost basis is other-than-temporary. The primary factors we consider in our determination are the extent and length of time that the fair value of the investment is below our company’s carrying value and the financial condition, operating performance and near-term prospects of the investee, changes in the stock price or valuation subsequent to the balance sheet date, and the impacts of exchange rates, if applicable. In addition, we consider the reason for the decline in fair value, such as (i) general market conditions and (ii) industry specific or investee specific factors, as well as our intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery in fair value. If the decline in fair value of an equity or cost method investment is deemed to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the security is written down to fair value.

Realized gains and losses are determined on an average cost basis. Securities transactions are recorded on the trade date.

Financial Instruments

Due to the short maturities of cash and cash equivalents, short-term restricted cash, short-term liquid investments, trade and other receivables, other current assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, subscriber advance payments and deposits and other current liabilities, their respective carrying values approximate their respective fair values. For information concerning the fair values of our investments, derivatives and debt, see notes 5, 6 and 9, respectively. For information concerning how we arrive at certain of our fair value measurements, see note 7.

Derivative Instruments

All derivative instruments, whether designated as hedging relationships or not, are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative instrument is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. If the derivative instrument is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument are recorded in other comprehensive earnings or loss and subsequently reclassified into our consolidated statement of operations when the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized in earnings. If the derivative instrument is not designated as a hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument are recognized in earnings. We generally do not apply hedge accounting to our derivative instruments. For information regarding our derivative instruments, including our policy for classifying cash flows related to derivative instruments in our consolidated statement of cash flows, see note 6.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. We capitalize costs associated with the construction of new cable transmission and distribution facilities and the installation of new cable services. Capitalized construction and installation costs include materials, labor and other directly attributable costs. Installation activities that are capitalized include (i) the initial connection (or drop) from our cable system to a customer location, (ii) the replacement of a drop and (iii) the installation of equipment for additional services, such as digital cable, telephone or broadband internet service. The costs of other customer-

II-78


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


facing activities such as reconnecting customer locations where a drop already exists, disconnecting customer locations and repairing or maintaining drops, are expensed as incurred. Interest capitalized with respect to construction activities was not material during any of the periods presented.

Capitalized internal-use software is included as a component of property and equipment. We capitalize internal and external costs directly associated with the development of internal-use software. We also capitalize costs associated with the purchase of software licenses. Maintenance and training costs, as well as costs incurred during the preliminary stage of an internal-use software development project, are expensed as incurred.
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the underlying asset. Equipment under capital leases is amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset. Useful lives used to depreciate our property and equipment are assessed periodically and are adjusted when warranted. The useful lives of cable distribution systems that are undergoing a rebuild are adjusted such that property and equipment to be retired will be fully depreciated by the time the rebuild is completed. For additional information regarding the useful lives of our property and equipment, see note 8.

Additions, replacements and improvements that extend the asset life are capitalized. Repairs and maintenance are charged to operations.

We recognize a liability for asset retirement obligations in the period in which it is incurred if sufficient information is available to make a reasonable estimate of fair values. Asset retirement obligations may arise from the loss of rights of way that we obtain from local municipalities or other relevant authorities. Under certain circumstances, the authorities could require us to remove our network equipment from an area if, for example, we were to discontinue using the equipment for an extended period of time or the authorities were to decide not to renew our access rights. However, because the rights of way are integral to our ability to deliver broadband communications services to our customers, we expect to conduct our business in a manner that will allow us to maintain these rights for the foreseeable future. In addition, we have no reason to believe that the authorities will not renew our rights of way and, historically, renewals have always been granted. We also have obligations in lease agreements to restore the property to its original condition or remove our property at the end of the lease term. Sufficient information is not available to estimate the fair value of our asset retirement obligations in certain of our lease arrangements. This is the case in long-term lease arrangements in which the underlying leased property is integral to our operations, there is not an acceptable alternative to the leased property and we have the ability to indefinitely renew the lease. Accordingly, for most of our rights of way and certain lease agreements, the possibility is remote that we will incur significant removal costs in the foreseeable future and, as such, we do not have sufficient information to make a reasonable estimate of fair value for these asset retirement obligations.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the recorded value of our asset retirement obligations was $26.7 million and $26.0 million, respectively.

Intangible Assets

Our primary intangible assets are goodwill, customer relationships and cable television franchise rights. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. Customer relationships and cable television franchise rights were originally recorded at their fair values in connection with business combinations.

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed for impairment.
 
We do not amortize our franchise rights and certain other intangible assets as these assets have indefinite-lives. Our customer relationship intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. For additional information regarding the useful lives of our intangible assets, see note 8.

Impairment of Property and Equipment and Intangible Assets

We review, when circumstances warrant, the carrying amounts of our property and equipment and our intangible assets (other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) to determine whether such carrying amounts continue to be recoverable. Such changes in circumstance may include, among other items, (i) an expectation of a sale or disposal of a long-lived asset or asset

II-79


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


group, (ii) adverse changes in market or competitive conditions, (iii) an adverse change in legal factors or business climate in the markets in which we operate and (iv) operating or cash flow losses. For purposes of impairment testing, long-lived assets are grouped at the lowest level for which cash flows are largely independent of other assets and liabilities, which is generally at or below the reporting unit level (see below). If the carrying amount of the asset or asset group is greater than the expected undiscounted cash flows to be generated by such asset or asset group, an impairment adjustment is recognized. Such adjustment is measured by the amount that the carrying value of such asset or asset group exceeds its fair value. We generally measure fair value by considering (i) sale prices for similar assets, (ii) discounted estimated future cash flows using an appropriate discount rate and/or (iii) estimated replacement costs. Assets to be disposed of are carried at the lower of their financial statement carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

We evaluate the goodwill, franchise rights and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually on October 1 and whenever other facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets may not be recoverable. For purposes of the goodwill evaluation, we make a qualitative assessment to determine if goodwill may be impaired. If it is more likely than not that a reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying value, we then compare the fair values of our reporting units to their respective carrying amounts. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a "component"). In most cases, our operating segments are deemed to be a reporting unit either because the operating segment is comprised of only a single component, or the components below the operating segment are aggregated as they have similar economic characteristics. If the carrying value of a reporting unit were to exceed its fair value, we would then compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying amount, and any excess of the carrying amount over the fair value would be charged to operations as an impairment loss. Any excess of the carrying value over the fair value of franchise rights or other indefinite-lived intangible assets is also charged to operations as an impairment loss.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and income tax basis of assets and liabilities and the expected benefits of utilizing net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, using enacted tax rates in effect for each taxing jurisdiction in which we operate for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We recognize the financial statement effects of a tax position when it is more-likely-than-not, based on technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. Net deferred tax assets are then reduced by a valuation allowance if we believe it more-likely-than-not such net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Certain of our valuation allowances and tax uncertainties are associated with entities that we acquired in business combinations. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax liabilities related to investments in foreign subsidiaries and foreign corporate joint ventures that are essentially permanent in duration are not recognized until it becomes apparent that such amounts will reverse in the foreseeable future. Interest and penalties related to income tax liabilities are included in income tax expense.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

The reporting currency of our company is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of our foreign operations generally is the applicable local currency for each foreign subsidiary and equity method investee. Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries (including intercompany balances for which settlement is not anticipated in the foreseeable future) are translated at the spot rate in effect at the applicable reporting date. With the exception of certain material transactions, the amounts reported in our consolidated statement of operations are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. The resulting unrealized cumulative translation adjustment, net of applicable income taxes, is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss) in our consolidated statement of equity. With the exception of certain material transactions, the cash flows from our operations in foreign countries are translated at the average rate for the applicable period in our consolidated statement of cash flows. The impacts of material transactions generally are recorded at the applicable spot rates in our consolidated statements of operations and cash flows. The effect of exchange rates on cash balances held in foreign currencies are separately reported in our consolidated statement of cash flows.

Transactions denominated in currencies other than our or our subsidiaries’ functional currencies are recorded based on exchange rates at the time such transactions arise. Changes in exchange rates with respect to amounts recorded in our consolidated balance sheet related to these non-functional currency transactions result in transaction gains and losses that are reflected in our consolidated


II-80


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


statement of operations as unrealized (based on the applicable period end exchange rates) or realized upon settlement of the transactions.

Revenue Recognition

Service Revenue — Cable Networks. We recognize revenue from the provision of video, broadband internet and telephony services over our cable network to customers in the period the related services are provided. Installation revenue (including reconnect fees) related to services provided over our cable network is recognized as revenue in the period during which the installation occurs to the extent these fees are equal to or less than direct selling costs, which costs are expensed as incurred. To the extent installation revenue exceeds direct selling costs, the excess revenue is deferred and amortized over the average expected subscriber life.

Service Revenue — Other. We recognize revenue from DTH, telephony and data services that are not provided over our cable network in the period the related services are provided. Installation revenue (including reconnect fees) related to services that are not provided over our cable network is deferred and amortized over the average expected subscriber life.

Programming Revenue. We recognize revenue arising from our programming businesses’ distribution agreements in the period the related programming is provided.

Promotional Discounts. For subscriber promotions, such as discounted or free services during an introductory period, revenue is recognized only to the extent of the discounted monthly fees charged to the subscriber, if any.

Subscriber Advance Payments and Deposits. Payments received in advance for the services we provide are deferred and recognized as revenue when the associated services are provided.

Sales, Use and Other Value-Added Taxes. Revenue is recorded net of applicable sales, use and other value-added taxes.
 
Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options based on their grant-date fair values and our estimates of forfeitures. We recognize the fair value of outstanding options as a charge to operations over the vesting period. The cash benefits of tax deductions in excess of deferred taxes on recognized compensation expense are reported as a financing cash flow.

We use the straight-line method to recognize stock-based compensation expense for our outstanding stock awards that do not contain a performance condition and the accelerated expense attribution method for our outstanding stock awards that contain a performance condition and vest on a graded basis. We also recognize the equity component of deferred compensation as additional paid-in capital.

We have calculated the expected life of options and stock appreciation rights (SARs) granted by LGI to employees based on historical exercise trends. The expected volatility for LGI options and SARs is generally based on a combination of (i) historical volatilities of LGI common stock for a period equal to the expected average life of the LGI awards and (ii) volatilities implied from publicly traded LGI options. For options with an expected life longer than the period for which historical volatilities of LGI common stock are available, our estimate of expected volatility also takes into account the volatilities of certain other companies with characteristics similar to LGI.

Although we generally expect to issue new shares of LGI common stock when LGI options or SARs are exercised, we may also elect to issue shares from treasury to the extent available. Although we repurchase shares of LGI common stock from time to time, the parameters of our share purchase and redemption activities are not established solely with reference to the dilutive impact of shares issued upon the exercise of stock options and SARs.

For additional information regarding our stock-based compensation, see note 12.

Litigation Costs

Costs related to litigation matters are expensed as incurred.

II-81


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Earnings or Loss per Common Share

Basic earnings or loss attributable to LGI stockholders per common share (EPS) is computed by dividing net earnings or loss attributable to LGI stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares (excluding restricted shares and restricted share units) outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings or loss attributable to LGI stockholders per common share presents the dilutive effect, if any, on a per share basis of potential common shares (e.g. options, SARs, restricted shares, restricted share units and convertible securities) as if they had been exercised, vested, settled or converted at the beginning of the period presented.

We reported losses from continuing operations attributable to LGI stockholders during 2011, 2010 and 2009. Therefore, the potentially dilutive effect at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 of (i) the aggregate number of then outstanding options, SARs and restricted shares and share units of approximately 11.3 million, 19.8 million and 22.3 million, respectively, (ii) the aggregate number of shares issuable pursuant to the then outstanding convertible debt securities and other obligations that may be settled in cash or shares of approximately 3.7 million, 53.5 million and 56.6 million, respectively, and (iii) the number of shares contingently issuable pursuant to LGI performance-based incentive awards (including PSUs, as defined in note 12) of 2.1 million, 1.3 million and 6.5 million, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share attributable to LGI stockholders because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive to the computation or, in the case of certain PSUs, because such awards had not yet met the applicable performance criteria.

The details of our net earnings (loss) attributable to LGI stockholders are set forth below:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
Amounts attributable to LGI stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from continuing operations, net of taxes
$
(846.1
)
 
$
(1,040.1
)
 
$
(274.7
)
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
73.4

 
1,428.3

 
(137.4
)
Net earnings (loss)
$
(772.7
)
 
$
388.2

 
$
(412.1
)

(3)    Acquisitions

2011 Acquisitions

KBW. On December 15, 2011, UPC Germany HoldCo 2 GmbH (UPC Germany HC2), our indirect subsidiary, acquired all of the outstanding shares of Kabel BW Musketeer GmbH (formerly known as Musketeer GmbH) (KBW Musketeer) pursuant to a Sale and Purchase Agreement dated March 21, 2011 with Oskar Rakso S.à.r.l. (Oskar Rakso) as the seller (the KBW Purchase Agreement). KBW Musketeer is the indirect parent company of KBW, Germany's third largest cable television operator in terms of number of subscribers. We acquired KBW in order to achieve certain financial, operational and strategic benefits through the integration of KBW with our existing operations in Germany and, to a lesser extent, other parts of Europe.

At closing, Oskar Rakso transferred its KBW Musketeer shares and assigned the balance of a loan receivable from KBW Musketeer to UPC Germany HC2 in consideration of UPC Germany HC2's payment of €1,062.4 million ($1,381.9 million at the transaction date) in cash (the KBW Purchase Price). The KBW Purchase Price, together with KBW's consolidated net debt at December 15, 2011 (aggregate fair value of debt and capital lease obligations outstanding less cash and cash equivalents) of €2,352.9 million ($3,060.7 million at the transaction date) resulted in total consideration of €3,415.3 million ($4,442.6 million at the transaction date) before direct acquisition costs of $23.0 million. These direct acquisition costs, substantially all of which were recorded during 2011, are included in impairment, restructuring and other operating charges, net, in our consolidated statements of operations. The KBW Purchase Price included €50.0 million ($65.0 million at the transaction date) that was deposited into escrow, which, subject to any claims timely made under the KBW Purchase Agreement, will be released to Oskar Rakso on December 31, 2012.


II-82


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


As part of the regulatory approval process for our acquisition of KBW Musketeer (the KBW Acquisition), we made certain commitments to address the competition concerns of the Federal Cartel Office (the FCO) in Germany, as outlined below:

(a)
The digital free-to-air television channels (as opposed to channels marketed in premium subscription packages) distributed on the networks of Unitymedia and KBW will be distributed in unencrypted form commencing January 1, 2013.  This commitment is consistent with KBW's current practice and generally covers free-to-air television channels in standard definition and high definition (HD). If, however, free-to-air television broadcasters request their HD content to be distributed in an encrypted HD package, the encryption of free-to-air HD channels is still possible. In addition, we made a commitment that, through December 15, 2015, the annual carriage fees received by Unitymedia and KBW for each such free-to-air television channel distributed in digital or simulcast in digital and analog would not exceed a specified annual amount, determined by applying the respective current rate card systems of Unitymedia and KBW as of January 1, 2012;

(b)
Effective January 1, 2012, Unitymedia and KBW waived their exclusivity rights in access agreements with housing associations with respect to the usage of infrastructures other than the in-building distribution networks of Unitymedia and KBW to provide television, internet or telephony services within the building;

(c)
Effective January 1, 2012, upon expiration of the minimum term of an access agreement with a housing association, Unitymedia or KBW, as applicable, will transfer the ownership rights to the in-building distribution network to the building owner or other party granting access. In addition, Unitymedia and KBW have waived their right to remove their in-building distribution networks; and

(d)
A special early termination right will be granted with respect to certain of Unitymedia's and KBW's existing access agreements with the largest housing associations that cover more than 800 dwelling units and have a remaining term of more than three years.  The total number of dwelling units covered by the affected agreements is approximately 340,000, of which approximately 230,000 and 110,000 are located in the footprints of Unitymedia and KBW, respectively.  The special termination right may be exercised on or before September 30 of each calendar year up to the expiration of the current contract term, with termination effective as of January 1 or July 1 of the following year. If the special termination right is exercised, compensation will be paid to partially reimburse Unitymedia or KBW, as applicable, for their unamortized investments in modernizing the in-building network based on an agreed formula. 

On March 21, 2011, Liberty Global Europe, as guarantor of the KBW Purchase Agreement, and Aldermanbury Investments Limited (Aldermanbury), a subsidiary of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., entered into a separate commitment letter agreement (the KBW Commitment Letter) and a cash settled share swap transaction and related agreements (the KBW Total Return Swap). Pursuant to the KBW Commitment Letter, if UPC Germany HC2 had been unable to obtain regulatory approval of the KBW Acquisition, Aldermanbury would have been required to assume UPC Germany HC2's rights and obligations under the KBW Purchase Agreement and to undertake to sell the acquired KBW Musketeer shares to a third-party purchaser within 12 months. Liberty Global Europe secured its obligations under the KBW Total Return Swap by placing €1,160.0 million ($1,650.0 million at the transaction date) into an escrow account (the KBW Escrow Account), and granting a security interest in this escrow account to Aldermanbury. In April 2011, a portion of the KBW Escrow Account was released and returned to Liberty Global Europe. At closing, the KBW Total Return Swap was terminated and the balance of the KBW Escrow Account was used to fund the KBW Purchase Price.

For information regarding appeals filed by certain of our competitors against the FCO approval, see note 16.

Aster. On September 16, 2011, a subsidiary of UPC Holding paid total cash consideration equal to PLN 2,445.7 million ($784.7 million at the transaction date) in connection with its acquisition of a 100% equity interest in Aster Sp. z.o.o. (Aster), a broadband communications provider in Poland (the Aster Acquisition).  The total cash consideration, which UPC Holding initially funded with available cash and cash equivalents, included the equivalent of PLN 1,602.3 million ($513.5 million at the transaction date) that was used to repay Aster's debt immediately prior to our acquisition of Aster's equity and excludes direct acquisition costs of $6.3 million.  The direct acquisition costs, all of which were incurred in 2011, are included in impairment, restructuring and other operating charges in our consolidated statement of operations. The approval of the Aster Acquisition by the regulatory authorities in Poland was conditioned upon our agreement to dispose of certain sections of Aster's network on or before March 5, 2013.  We do not expect the financial or operational impact of these required dispositions to be material.  We completed the Aster


II-83


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Acquisition in order to achieve certain financial, operational and strategic benefits through the integration of Aster with our existing operations in Poland.

We have accounted for the KBW and Aster Acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the total purchase price was allocated to the acquired identifiable net assets based on assessments of their respective fair values, and the excess of the purchase price over the fair values of these identifiable net assets was allocated to goodwill. The purchase price allocation for KBW as reflected in these consolidated financial statements is preliminary and subject to adjustment based on our final assessment of the fair values of the acquired identifiable assets and liabilities. Although most items in the valuation process remain open, the items with the highest likelihood of changing upon finalization of the valuation process include long-lived assets, goodwill and income taxes.

A summary of the purchase prices and opening balance sheets for the KBW and Aster Acquisitions is presented in the following table. The KBW opening balance sheet is preliminary and subject to adjustment, while the Aster opening balance sheet is final.
 
 
KBW
 
Aster
Effective acquisition date for financial reporting purposes:
 
December 15, 2011
 
September 16, 2011
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
233.8

 
$
22.0

Other current assets
65.0

 
19.3

Property and equipment, net
2,197.7

 
125.2

Goodwill (a)
1,840.6

 
476.8

Intangible assets subject to amortization (b)
865.6

 
225.0

Other assets, net
58.7

 
0.4

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations
(7.3
)
 

Other current liabilities
(222.0
)
 
(24.5
)
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations
(3,287.2
)
 

Other long-term liabilities
(363.0
)
 
(59.5
)
Total purchase price
$
1,381.9

 
$
784.7

___________________

(a)
The goodwill recognized in connection with the KBW and Aster Acquisitions is primarily attributable to (i) the ability to take advantage of the existing advanced broadband communications networks of KBW and Aster to gain immediate access to potential customers and (ii) substantial synergies that are expected to be achieved through the integration of KBW and Aster with our other broadband communications operations in Germany and Poland, respectively. We expect that $382.7 million of the goodwill associated with the KBW Acquisition will be deductible for tax purposes.

(b)
Amounts primarily include intangible assets related to customer relationships. At December 15, 2011, the weighted average useful life of KBW's intangible assets was approximately ten years. At September 16, 2011, the weighted average useful life of Aster's intangible assets was approximately seven years.

2010 Acquisition

Unitymedia. On January 28, 2010, Unitymedia, formerly UPC Germany GmbH, paid cash of €2,006.0 million ($2,803.0 million at the transaction date) (the Unitymedia Purchase Price), to acquire from Unity Media S.C.A. all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the entity (Old Unitymedia) that owned the second largest cable television provider in Germany based on the number of video cable subscribers (the Unitymedia Acquisition). The €2,006.0 million Unitymedia Purchase Price, together with Old Unitymedia's net debt at January 28, 2010 (aggregate fair value of debt and capital lease obligations outstanding less cash and cash equivalents) of €2,091.2 million ($2,922.0 million at the transaction date), resulted in total consideration of €4,097.2 million ($5,725.0 million at the transaction date) before direct acquisition costs of $51.4 million. On September 16, 2010, we merged Old Unitymedia with Unitymedia and Unitymedia became the surviving corporation. The direct acquisition costs, which were recorded during the fourth quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2010, are included in impairment, restructuring and other operating charges

II-84


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


in our consolidated statements of operations. We acquired Old Unitymedia in order to achieve certain financial, operational and strategic benefits through the integration of Old Unitymedia with our existing European operations.

The Unitymedia Purchase Price was funded with (i) €849.2 million ($1,186.6 million at the transaction date) of cash from the escrow accounts associated with the Unitymedia Senior Notes (as defined in note 9) and (ii) our existing cash and cash equivalent balances. We obtained financing for the Unitymedia Acquisition in November 2009 through (i) Unitymedia’s issuance of the Unitymedia Senior Notes, (ii) LGI’s issuance of 4.50% convertible senior notes due November 16, 2016 (the LGI Convertible Notes) and (iii) LGI’s sale of its Series A and Series C common stock in a private placement transaction.

We have accounted for the Unitymedia Acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the total purchase price was allocated to the acquired identifiable net assets based on assessments of their respective fair values, and the excess of the purchase price over the fair values of these identifiable net assets was allocated to goodwill.
 
A summary of the purchase price and opening balance sheet for the Unitymedia Acquisition at the January 28, 2010 acquisition date is presented in the following table. The opening balance sheet presented below reflects our final purchase price allocation (in millions).
Cash
$
175.9

Other current assets
298.7

Property and equipment, net
3,571.6

Goodwill (a)
2,015.7

Intangible assets subject to amortization (b)
991.2

Other assets, net
32.8

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations
(13.5
)
Other current liabilities
(611.4
)
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations
(3,084.4
)
Other long-term liabilities
(573.6
)
Total purchase price
$
2,803.0

 ____________________

(a)
The goodwill recognized in connection with the Unitymedia Acquisition is primarily attributable to (i) the ability to exploit Old Unitymedia’s existing advanced broadband communications network to gain immediate access to potential customers and (ii) substantial synergies that are expected to be achieved through the integration of Old Unitymedia with our other broadband communications operations in Europe.

(b)
Amount primarily includes intangible assets related to customer relationships. At January 28, 2010, the weighted average useful life of Old Unitymedia’s intangible assets was approximately seven years.


II-85


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Pro Forma Information

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated operating results give effect to (i) the KBW Acquisition, (ii) the Aster Acquisition and (iii) the Unitymedia Acquisition, as if they had been completed as of January 1, 2010. These pro forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if this transaction had occurred on such date. The pro forma adjustments are based on certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable.
 
Year ended
 
December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
in millions, except per share amounts
Revenue:
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
10,419.9

 
$
9,326.3

Discontinued operations
735.7

 
1,303.5

Total
$
11,155.6

 
$
10,629.8

 
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss) attributable to LGI stockholders
$
(832.8
)
 
$
306.9

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) attributable to LGI stockholders per share — Series A, Series B and Series C common stock
$
(3.16
)
 
$
1.21


Our consolidated statement of operations for 2011 includes aggregate revenue and net loss of $74.4 million and $12.9 million, respectively, attributable to KBW and Aster.

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated operating results for 2010 and 2009 give effect to the Unitymedia Acquisition as if it had been completed as of January 1, 2009. These pro forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if this transaction had occurred on such date. The pro forma adjustments are based on currently available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. 
 
Year ended
December 31,
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions, except per
share amounts
Revenue:
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
8,458.7

 
$
8,177.6

Discontinued operations
1,303.5

 
4,135.7

Total
$
9,762.2

 
$
12,313.3

 
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss) attributable to LGI stockholders
$
399.8

 
$
(635.5
)
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) attributable to LGI stockholders per share – Series A, Series B and Series C common stock
$
1.58

 
$
(2.36
)

Our consolidated statement of operations for 2010 includes revenue and net loss attributable to Old Unitymedia for the period from January 28, 2010 through December 31, 2010 of $1,146.6 million and $14.7 million, respectively.


II-86


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


(4) Disposition and Discontinued Operations

Disposition

Austar Spectrum License Sale. On February 16, 2011, Austar sold a wholly-owned subsidiary that owned certain spectrum licenses. Total sales consideration was AUD 119.4 million ($120.9 million at the transaction date), consisting of cash consideration of AUD 57.4 million ($58.1 million at the transaction date) for the share capital and a cash payment to Austar of AUD 62.0 million ($62.8 million at the transaction date) representing the repayment of the sold subsidiary's intercompany debt. In connection with the Austar spectrum license sale, Austar recognized a pre-tax gain of $115.3 million during the first quarter of 2011, which is included in earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Discontinued Operations

Austar. On July 11, 2011, our company and Austar entered into agreements with certain third parties (collectively, FOXTEL) pursuant to which FOXTEL would acquire 100% of Austar's ordinary shares through a series of transactions (the Austar Transaction), one of which involves our temporary acquisition of the 45.85% of Austar's ordinary shares held by the noncontrolling shareholders (the Austar NCI Acquisition). The sales price under the transaction is AUD 1.52 ($1.56) in cash per share, which represents a total equity sales price of AUD 1,932.7 million ($1,982.1 million) for a 100% interest in Austar (based on Austar ordinary shares outstanding at December 31, 2011) or AUD 1,046.5 million ($1,073.2 million) for our 54.15% interest in Austar.

The material conditions precedent to the closing of the Austar Transaction include (i) regulatory approvals regarding (a) competition, which approval has not yet been granted by the Australian Competition Authority and (b) foreign investment matters, which approval was received in December 2011, (ii) an independent expert's determination that the Austar Transaction is in the best interests of Austar's noncontrolling shareholders, which determination was received in December 2011, (iii) our receipt of a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service confirming our intended treatment of the transaction, which ruling we received in November 2011 and (iv) approval by a majority in number of the voting noncontrolling shareholders who represent at least 75% of the votes cast by noncontrolling shareholders at the Austar shareholder meeting, which is currently scheduled for March 30, 2012.

Pursuant to the terms of the Austar NCI Acquisition, all of the shares of Austar that LGI does not already own will be acquired by a new wholly-owned subsidiary of LGI (LGI Austar Holdco), with funding provided by FOXTEL, or at LGI's option, funding arranged by LGI. It is currently expected that the Austar NCI Acquisition will occur in April 2012 and that FOXTEL's acquisition of 100% of Austar from LGI Austar Holdco for AUD 1.52 per share will occur in May or June of 2012. If the Austar NCI Acquisition does not close by April 17, 2012 or FOXTEL does not acquire 100% of Austar by June 29, 2012, the applicable underlying agreements will expire if not otherwise extended.

Effective December 31, 2011, we concluded that it was probable that all substantive conditions precedent to the closing of the Austar Transaction will be satisfied, and accordingly, we began reporting Austar as a discontinued operation in our consolidated financial statements as of that date.


II-87


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The summarized financial position of Austar as of December 31, 2011 is as follows (in millions):
Cash and cash equivalents
$
208.9

Other current assets
66.7

Investments
61.9

Property and equipment, net
216.7

Goodwill
332.7

Other assets
158.8

Total assets
$
1,045.7

 
 
Current liabilities
$
114.1

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations
693.8

Other long-term liabilities
52.7

Total liabilities
860.6

Total equity
185.1

Total liabilities and equity
$
1,045.7


Unitymedia's arena segment. Effective September 30, 2010, we closed down the DTH operations of Unitymedia's arena segment. Accordingly, we have presented Unitymedia's arena segment as a discontinued operation.

J:COM Disposal Group. On February 18, 2010, we sold the J:COM Disposal Group to KDDI Corporation, a wireless operator in Japan. As a result of this disposition, we have presented the J:COM Disposal Group as a discontinued operation. As part of the sale agreement, we retained the right to receive the final 2009 dividend of ¥490 ($5.43 at the applicable rate) per share attributable to our interest in J:COM, which we received in March 2010. Including both the proceeds received upon the sale and the dividend, we realized gross proceeds of approximately ¥362.9 billion ($4,013.7 million at the applicable rate). In connection with the sale of the J:COM Disposal Group, we (i) repaid in full the ¥75 billion ($831.8 million at the applicable rate) senior secured credit facility (the LGJ Holdings Credit Facility) of our wholly-owned subsidiary, LGJ Holdings LLC, (ii) paid $35.0 million to settle the related interest rate swaps and (iii) incurred transaction costs of $11.5 million. In addition, (i) prior to the closing date, the interest in LGI/Sumisho Super Media LP (Super Media) held by Sumitomo Corporation (Sumitomo) was redeemed for the J:COM shares attributable to such interest and (ii) prior to closing, we acquired the noncontrolling interests in Liberty Jupiter LLC for $32.0 million. Upon the deconsolidation of the J:COM Disposal Group, our cash and cash equivalents were reduced by the ¥73.6 billion ($906.5 million) of cash and cash equivalents of the J:COM Disposal Group.

In connection with the sale of the J:COM Disposal Group, we recognized a pre-tax gain of $2,179.4 million that includes cumulative foreign currency translation gains of $376.0 million. The related income tax expense of $788.6 million differs from the actual federal and state income taxes of $228.0 million that our U.S. tax group paid during 2010, as the actual income taxes paid by our U.S. tax group during 2010 was a function of (i) the U.S. tax attributes that were available at December 31, 2010 to offset the liability resulting from the taxable gain and (ii) our other 2010 taxable activities in the U.S. The net gain of $1,390.8 million is included in discontinued operations in our consolidated statement of operations.

We were contractually required to use a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the J:COM Disposal Group to (i) repay the LGJ Holdings Credit Facility and (ii) settle the related interest rate swaps. Accordingly, during 2010 and 2009, (i) interest expense related to the LGJ Holdings Credit Facility of $5.1 million and $36.1 million, respectively, (ii) realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments related to the settled interest rate swaps of $2.2 million and $9.3 million, respectively, and (iii) foreign currency transaction gains (losses) related to the Japanese yen denominated LGJ Holdings Credit Facility of ($36.6 million) and $21.2 million, respectively, are included in discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations.

UPC Slovenia. On July 15, 2009, one of our subsidiaries sold 100% of its interest in UPC Slovenia for a cash purchase price of €119.5 million ($168.4 million at the transaction date).  As a result of this disposition, we have accounted for UPC Slovenia as a discontinued operation. In connection with the disposal of UPC Slovenia, we recognized a net gain of $25.7 million that includes a realized cumulative foreign currency translation gain of $3.7 million. This net gain is reflected in discontinued operations in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.

II-88


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The combined operating results of Austar (2011, 2010 and 2009), Unitymedia's arena segment (2010), the J:COM Disposal Group (2010 and 2009) and UPC Slovenia (2009) are classified as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations and are summarized in the following table:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
$
735.7

 
$
1,303.5

 
$
4,135.7

Operating income
$
260.7

 
$
237.2

 
$
736.0

Earnings before income taxes and noncontrolling interests
$
193.6

 
$
133.4

 
$
659.3

Income tax expense (a)
$
57.1

 
$
6.5

 
$
571.1

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to LGI stockholders, net of taxes
$
73.4

 
$
37.5

 
$
(163.1
)
____________

(a)
The 2009 amount includes $282.9 million of federal and state income tax expense resulting from our recognition of a deferred tax liability associated with the previously unrecorded tax effect of the difference between the financial and tax accounting basis of the J:COM Disposal Group.

(5)   Investments

The details of our investments are set forth below: 
 
 
December 31,
Accounting Method
 
2011
 
2010
 
in millions
Fair value:
 
 
 
Sumitomo (a)
$
617.9

 
$
646.1

Other (b)
352.2

 
365.9

Total — fair value
970.1

 
1,012.0

Equity
4.5

 
60.9

Cost
0.6

 
0.7

Total
$
975.2

 
$
1,073.6


(a)
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we owned 45,652,043 shares of Sumitomo common stock. Our Sumitomo shares represented less than 5% of Sumitomo’s outstanding common stock at December 31, 2011. These shares secure the Sumitomo Collar Loan, as defined and described in note 6.

(b)
Includes various fair value investments, the most significant of which is our 25.0% interest in Canal+ Cyfrowy Sp zoo (Cyfra+), a privately-held DTH operator in Poland. During the second quarter of 2011 and 2010, we received dividends from Cyfra+ of $7.9 million and $7.8 million, respectively. These dividends have been reflected as reductions of our investment in Cyfra+.


II-89


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


(6)    Derivative Instruments

Through our subsidiaries, we have entered into various derivative instruments to manage interest rate exposure and foreign currency exposure with respect to the U.S. dollar ($), the euro (€), the Czech koruna (CZK), the Hungarian forint (HUF), the Polish zloty (PLN), the Romanian lei (RON), the Swiss franc (CHF), the Chilean peso (CLP) and the Australian dollar (AUD). With the exception of certain of Austar's interest rate swaps, we generally do not apply hedge accounting to our derivative instruments. Accordingly, changes in the fair values of most of our derivative instruments are recorded in realized and unrealized gains or losses on derivative instruments, net, in our consolidated statements of operations.

The following table provides details of the fair values of our derivative instrument assets and liabilities:
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
Current (a)
 
Long-term (a)
 
Total
 
Current (a)
 
Long-term (a)
 
Total
 
in millions
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts (b)
$
155.8

 
$
544.4

 
$
700.2

 
$
90.6

 
$
192.2

 
$
282.8

Equity-related derivative contracts (c)

 
684.6

 
684.6

 

 
568.6

 
568.6

Foreign currency forward contracts
4.5

 
0.3

 
4.8

 
4.5

 

 
4.5

Other
1.7

 
2.1

 
3.8

 
1.8

 
3.6

 
5.4

Total
$
162.0

 
$
1,231.4

 
$
1,393.4

 
$
96.9

 
$
764.4

 
$
861.3

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts (b)
$
576.6

 
$
1,705.0

 
$
2,281.6

 
$
539.5

 
$
1,798.0

 
$
2,337.5

Equity-related derivative contracts (c)
23.3

 

 
23.3

 
15.4

 

 
15.4

Foreign currency forward contracts
0.1

 
2.7

 
2.8

 
7.5

 

 
7.5

Other
1.2

 
1.8

 
3.0

 
0.7

 
1.0

 
1.7

Total
$
601.2

 
$
1,709.5

 
$
2,310.7

 
$
563.1

 
$
1,799.0

 
$
2,362.1

_______________ 

(a)
Our current derivative assets are included in other current assets and our long-term derivative assets and liabilities are included in other assets, net, and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheets.

(b)
We consider credit risk in our fair value assessments. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, (i) the fair values of our cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts that represented assets have been reduced by credit risk valuation adjustments aggregating $59.3 million and $16.1 million, respectively, and (ii) the fair values of our cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts that represented liabilities have been reduced by credit risk valuation adjustments aggregating $255.1 million and $182.5 million, respectively. The adjustments to our derivative assets relate to the credit risk associated with counterparty nonperformance and the adjustments to our derivative liabilities relate to credit risk associated with our own nonperformance. In all cases, the adjustments take into account offsetting liability or asset positions within a given contract. Our determination of credit risk valuation adjustments generally is based on our and our counterparties' credit risks, as observed in the credit default swap market and market quotations for certain of our subsidiaries' debt instruments, as applicable. The changes in the credit risk valuation adjustments associated with our cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts resulted in net gains (losses) of $42.9 million, $88.4 million and ($19.5 million) during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts are included in realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments, net, in our consolidated statements of operations. For further information concerning our fair value measurements, see note 7.

(c)
The fair value of our equity-related derivatives relates to the share collar (the Sumitomo Collar) with respect to the Sumitomo shares held by our company. The fair value of the Sumitomo Collar does not include a credit risk valuation adjustment as we have assumed that any losses incurred by our company in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty would be,

II-90


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


subject to relevant insolvency laws, fully offset against amounts we owe to the counterparty pursuant to the secured borrowing arrangements of the Sumitomo Collar.

The details of our realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments, net, are as follows:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
Continuing operations:
 
 
 
 
 
Cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts
$
(110.6
)
 
$
(1,120.2
)
 
$
(1,031.4
)
Equity-related derivative contracts (a)
87.2

 
(0.1
)
 
(74.3
)
Foreign currency forward contracts
(36.1
)
 
(34.6
)
 
(18.0
)
Other
(0.9
)
 
2.6

 
5.5

Total — continuing operations
$
(60.4
)
 
$
(1,152.3
)
 
$
(1,118.2
)
Discontinued operations
$
(8.3
)
 
$
5.2

 
$
15.0

_______________ 

(a)
Includes activity related to the Sumitomo Collar.
 
The net cash received or paid related to our derivative instruments is classified as an operating, investing or financing activity in our consolidated statements of cash flows based on the objective of the derivative instrument and the classification of the applicable underlying cash flows. For cross-currency or interest rate derivative contracts that are terminated prior to maturity, the cash paid or received upon termination that relates to future periods is classified as a financing activity. The classifications of these cash inflows (outflows) are as follows: 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
Continuing operations:
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$
(459.1
)
 
$
(493.2
)
 
$
(334.7
)
Investing activities

 
34.7

 
2.1

Financing activities
(80.4
)
 
(113.5
)
 
(21.8
)
Total — continuing operations
$
(539.5
)
 
$
(572.0
)
 
$
(354.4
)
Discontinued operations
$
(13.3
)
 
$
(50.7
)
 
$
(22.5
)

Counterparty Credit Risk

We are exposed to the risk that the counterparties to our derivative instruments will default on their obligations to us.  We manage these credit risks through the evaluation and monitoring of the creditworthiness of, and concentration of risk with, the respective counterparties. In this regard, credit risk associated with our derivative instruments is spread across a relatively broad counterparty base of banks and financial institutions. We do not enter into master netting arrangements with any of our counterparties nor do we or our counterparties post collateral or other security. At December 31, 2011, our exposure to counterparty credit risk included derivative assets with a fair value of $708.8 million.

Under our derivative contracts, it is generally only the non-defaulting party that has a contractual option to exercise early termination rights upon the default of the other counterparty and to set off other liabilities against sums due upon such termination. However, in an insolvency of a derivative counterparty, under the laws of certain jurisdictions, the defaulting counterparty or its insolvency representatives may be able to compel the termination of one or more derivative contracts and trigger early termination payment liabilities payable by us, reflecting any mark-to-market value of the contracts for the counterparty. Alternatively, or in addition, the insolvency laws of certain jurisdictions may require the mandatory set-off of amounts due under such derivative contracts against present and future liabilities owed to us under other contracts between us and the relevant counterparty.

II-91


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Accordingly, it is possible that we may be subject to obligations to make payments, or may have present or future liabilities owed to us partially or fully discharged by set-off as a result of such obligations, in the event of the insolvency of a derivative counterparty, even though it is the counterparty that is in default and not us. To the extent that we are required to make such payments, our ability to do so will depend on our liquidity and capital resources at the time. In an insolvency of a defaulting counterparty, we will be an unsecured creditor in respect of any amount owed to us by the defaulting counterparty, except to the extent of the value of any collateral we have obtained from that counterparty.

The risks we would face in the event of a default by a counterparty to one of our derivative instruments might be eliminated or substantially mitigated if we were able to novate the relevant derivative contracts to a new counterparty following the default of our counterparty. While we anticipate that, in the event of the insolvency of one of our derivative counterparties, we would seek to effect such novations, no assurance can be given that we would obtain the necessary consents to do so or that we would be able to do so on terms or pricing that would be acceptable to us or that any such novation would not result in substantial costs to us. Furthermore, the underlying risks that are the subject of the relevant derivative contracts would no longer be effectively hedged due to the insolvency of our counterparty, unless and until we novate or replace the derivative contract.

While we currently have no specific concerns about the creditworthiness of any counterparty for which we have material credit risk exposures, we cannot rule out the possibility that one or more of our counterparties could fail or otherwise be unable to meet its obligations to us. Any such instance could have an adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations, financial condition and/or liquidity.

Equity-Related Derivative Contracts

Sumitomo Collar and Secured Borrowing. During 2007, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Liberty Programming Japan LLC (Liberty Programming Japan), executed the Sumitomo Collar, a zero cost share collar transaction with respect to the underlying ordinary shares of Sumitomo stock owned by Liberty Programming Japan. The Sumitomo Collar is comprised of purchased put options exercisable by Liberty Programming Japan and written call options exercisable by the counterparty. The Sumitomo Collar effectively hedges the value of our investment in Sumitomo shares from losses due to market price decreases below a per share value of ¥2,118.50 ($27.52) while retaining gains from market price increases up to a per share value of ¥2,787.50 ($36.21). At December 31, 2011, the market price of Sumitomo common stock was ¥1,042 ($13.54) per share. The Sumitomo Collar provides for a projected gross cash ordinary dividend to be paid per Sumitomo share during the term of the Sumitomo Collar. If the actual dividend paid does not exactly match the projected dividend, then an adjustment amount shall be payable between the parties to the Sumitomo Collar depending on the dividend actually paid by Sumitomo. The Sumitomo Collar may, at the option of Liberty Programming Japan, be settled in Sumitomo shares or in cash. The Sumitomo Collar also includes a purchased fair value put option, which effectively provides Liberty Programming Japan with the ability to sell the Sumitomo shares when the market price is trading between the put and call strike prices. The Sumitomo Collar matures in five equal semi-annual installments beginning on May 22, 2016.

We account for the Sumitomo Collar at fair value with changes in fair value reported in realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net, in our consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the Sumitomo Collar as of December 31, 2011 was a net asset of $661.3 million.

The Sumitomo Collar and related agreements also provide Liberty Programming Japan with the ability to borrow funds on a secured basis. Borrowings under these agreements, which are secured by a pledge of 100% of the Sumitomo shares owned by Liberty Programming Japan, bear interest at 1.883%, mature in five equal semi-annual installments beginning on May 22, 2016, and are included in long-term debt and capital lease obligations in our consolidated balance sheets. During 2007, Liberty Programming Japan borrowed ¥93.660 billion ($757.6 million at the transaction date) under these agreements (the Sumitomo Collar Loan). The pledge arrangement entered into by Liberty Programming Japan provides that Liberty Programming Japan will be able to exercise all voting and consensual rights and, subject to the terms of the Sumitomo Collar, receive dividends on the Sumitomo shares.


II-92


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Cross-currency and Interest Rate Derivative Contracts

Cross-currency Swaps:

The terms of our outstanding cross-currency swap contracts at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

Subsidiary /
Final maturity date (a)
 
Notional
amount
due from
counterparty
 
Notional
amount
due to
counterparty
 
Interest rate
due from
counterparty
 
Interest rate
due to
counterparty
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
UPC Holding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
April 2016 (b)
 
$
400.0

 
CHF
441.8

 
9.88%
 
9.87%
UPC Broadband Holding BV (UPC Broadband Holding), a subsidiary of UPC Holding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
October 2017
 
$
500.0

 
364.9

 
6 mo. LIBOR +  3.50%
 
6 mo. EURIBOR + 3.41%
November 2019
 
$
500.0

 
362.9

 
7.25%
 
7.74%
December 2016
 
$
340.0

 
CHF
370.9

 
6 mo. LIBOR +  3.50%
 
6 mo. CHF LIBOR + 4.01%
December 2014
 
$
171.5

 
CHF
187.1

 
6 mo. LIBOR +  2.75%
 
6 mo. CHF LIBOR + 2.95%
December 2014
 
898.4

 
CHF
1,466.0

 
6 mo. EURIBOR + 1.68%
 
6 mo. CHF LIBOR + 1.94%
December 2014 — December 2016
 
360.4

 
CHF
589.0

 
6 mo. EURIBOR + 3.75%
 
6 mo. CHF LIBOR + 3.94%
January 2020
 
175.0

 
CHF
258.6

 
7.63%
 
6.76%
September 2012
 
83.1

 
CHF
129.0

 
6 mo. EURIBOR + 2.50%
 
6 mo. CHF LIBOR + 2.46%
January 2017
 
75.0

 
CHF
110.9

 
7.63%
 
6.98%
July 2015
 
123.8

 
CLP
86,500.0

 
2.50%
 
5.84%
December 2015
 
69.1

 
CLP
53,000.0

 
3.50%
 
5.75%
December 2014
 
365.8

 
CZK
10,521.8

 
5.48%
 
5.56%
December 2014 — December 2016
 
60.0

 
CZK
1,703.1

 
5.50%
 
6.99%
July 2017
 
39.6

 
CZK
1,000.0

 
3.00%
 
3.75%
December 2014
 
260.0

 
HUF
75,570.0

 
5.50%
 
9.40%
December 2014 — December 2016
 
260.0

 
HUF
75,570.0

 
5.50%
 
10.56%
December 2016
 
150.0

 
HUF
43,367.5

 
5.50%
 
9.20%
July 2018
 
78.0

 
HUF
19,500.0

 
5.50%
 
9.15%
December 2014
 
400.5

 
PLN
1,605.6

 
5.50%
 
7.50%
December 2014 — December 2016
 
245.0

 
PLN
1,000.6

 
5.50%
 
9.03%
September 2016
 
200.0

 
PLN
892.7

 
6.00%
 
8.19%
July 2017
 
82.0

 
PLN
318.0

 
3.00%
 
5.60%
December 2016
 
31.9

 
RON
116.8

 
5.50%
 
12.14%
Unitymedia Hessen GmbH & Co. KG (Unitymedia Hessen), a subsidiary of Unitymedia:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 2017
 
$
845.0

 
569.4

 
8.13%
 
8.49%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

II-93


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Subsidiary /
Final maturity date (a)
 
Notional
amount
due from
counterparty
 
Notional
amount
due to
counterparty
 
Interest rate
due from
counterparty
 
Interest rate
due to
counterparty
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
KBW:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 2019
 
$
500.0

 
355.4

 
7.50%
 
7.98%
Chellomedia Programming Financing Holdco BV (Chellomedia PFH), a subsidiary of Chellomedia:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 2013
 
$
19.4

 
CZK
517.0

 
3.50%
 
4.49%
July 2013
 
$
32.5

 
HUF
8,632.0

 
5.50%
 
9.55%
December 2013
 
$
14.7

 
PLN
50.0

 
3.50%
 
5.56%
___________ 

(a)
For each subsidiary, the notional amount of multiple derivative instruments that mature within the same calendar month are shown in the aggregate and interest rates are presented on a weighted average basis. For derivative instruments that were in effect as of December 31, 2011, we present a single date that represents the applicable final maturity date.  For derivative instruments that become effective subsequent to December 31, 2011, we present a range of dates that represents the period covered by the applicable derivative instrument.

(b)
Unlike the other cross-currency swaps presented in this table, the UPC Holding cross-currency swap does not involve the exchange of notional amounts at the inception and maturity of the instrument.  Accordingly, the only cash flows associated with this instrument are interest payments and receipts.

Cross-currency Interest Rate Swaps:

The terms of our outstanding cross-currency interest rate swap contracts at December 31, 2011 are as follows: 
Subsidiary /
Final maturity date (a)
 
Notional  amount
due from
counterparty
 
Notional amount
due to
counterparty
 
Interest rate
due from
counterparty
 
Interest rate
due to
counterparty
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
UPC Broadband Holding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
July 2018
 
$
425.0

 
320.9

 
6 mo. LIBOR +  1.75%
 
6.08%
December 2014
 
$
300.0

 
226.5

 
6 mo. LIBOR + 1.75%
 
5.78%
December 2014 - July 2018
 
$
300.0

 
226.5

 
6 mo. LIBOR + 2.58%
 
6.80%
December 2016
 
$
244.1

 
179.3

 
6 mo. LIBOR + 3.50%
 
7.24%
March 2013
 
$
100.0

 
75.4

 
6 mo. LIBOR + 2.00%
 
5.73%
March 2013 - July 2018
 
$
100.0

 
75.4

 
6 mo. LIBOR + 3.00%
 
6.97%
November 2019
 
$
250.0

 
CHF
226.8

 
7.25%
 
6 mo. CHF LIBOR + 5.01%
December 2014
 
$
340.0

 
CLP
181,322.0

 
6 mo. LIBOR + 1.75%
 
8.76%
December 2016
 
$
254.0

 
RON
616.8

 
6 mo. LIBOR + 3.50%
 
14.01%
December 2014
 
134.2

 
CLP
107,800.0

 
6 mo. EURIBOR + 2.00%
 
10.00%
VTR:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 2014
 
$
451.3

 
CLP
249,766.9

 
6 mo. LIBOR + 3.00%
 
11.16%
__________________

(a)
For each subsidiary, the notional amount of multiple derivative instruments that mature within the same calendar month are

II-94


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


shown in the aggregate and interest rates are presented on a weighted average basis. For derivative instruments that were in effect as of December 31, 2011, we present a single date that represents the applicable final maturity date.  For derivative instruments that become effective subsequent to December 31, 2011, we present a range of dates that represents the period covered by the applicable derivative instrument.

Interest Rate Swaps:

The terms of our outstanding interest rate swap contracts at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

Subsidiary / Final maturity date (a)
 
Notional amount
 
Interest rate due from
counterparty
 
Interest rate due to
counterparty
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
UPC Broadband Holding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
January 2012 — January 2013
 
$
1,870.0

 
1 mo. LIBOR + 3.19%
 
6 mo. LIBOR + 2.98%
January 2012
 
$
1,471.5

 
1 mo. LIBOR + 3.27%
 
6 mo. LIBOR + 3.16%
July 2020
 
$
1,000.0

 
6.63%
 
6 mo. LIBOR + 3.03%
January 2012
 
3,000.0

 
1 mo. EURIBOR + 3.70%
 
6 mo. EURIBOR + 3.38%
January 2012 — January 2013
 
3,000.0

 
1 mo. EURIBOR + 3.60%
 
6 mo. EURIBOR + 3.14%
December 2014
 
1,681.8

 
6 mo. EURIBOR
 
4.65%
July 2020
 
750.0

 
6.38%
 
6 mo. EURIBOR + 3.16%
April 2012
 
555.0

 
6 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.32%
September 2012
 
500.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
2.96%
January 2015 — December 2016
 
500.0

 
6 mo. EURIBOR
 
4.32%
April 2012 — July 2014
 
337.0

 
6 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.94%
April 2012 — December 2015
 
263.3

 
6 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.97%
January 2014
 
185.0

 
6 mo. EURIBOR
 
4.04%
January 2015 — January 2018
 
175.0

 
6 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.74%
January 2015 — July 2020
 
171.3

 
6 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.95%
July 2020
 
171.3

 
6 mo. EURIBOR
 
4.32%
December 2013
 
90.5

 
6 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.84%
March 2013
 
75.4

 
6 mo. EURIBOR
 
4.24%
December 2014
 
CHF
1,668.5

 
6 mo. CHF LIBOR
 
3.50%
September 2012
 
CHF
711.5

 
6 mo. CHF LIBOR
 
2.33%
October 2012 — December 2014
 
CHF
711.5

 
6 mo. CHF LIBOR
 
3.65%
January 2015 — January 2018
 
CHF
400.0

 
6 mo. CHF LIBOR
 
2.51%
January 2015 — December 2016
 
CHF
370.9

 
6 mo. CHF LIBOR
 
3.82%
January 2015 — November 2019
 
CHF
226.8

 
6 mo. CHF LIBOR + 5.01%
 
6.88%
July 2013
 
CLP
73,800.0

 
6.77%
 
6 mo. TAB
July 2013
 
HUF
5,908.8

 
6 mo. BUBOR
 
8.52%
July 2013
 
PLN
115.1

 
6 mo. WIBOR
 
5.41%
KBW:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 2013
 
140.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
2.60%
March 2014
 
140.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
2.60%
March 2015
 
140.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
2.60%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

II-95


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Subsidiary / Final maturity date (a)
 
Notional amount
 
Interest rate due from
counterparty
 
Interest rate due to
counterparty
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
Telenet International Finance S.a.r.l (Telenet International):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
July 2017 — July 2019
600.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.29%
September 2012
 
350.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
4.35%
August 2015
 
350.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.54%
May 2012
 
325.0

 
1 mo. EURIBOR + 0.25%
 
3 mo. EURIBOR - 0.07%
June 2012
 
275.0

 
1 mo. EURIBOR + 0.33%
 
3 mo. EURIBOR
November 2012
 
250.0

 
1 mo. EURIBOR + 0.30%
 
3 mo. EURIBOR
December 2015 — June 2021
 
250.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.49%
July 2019
 
200.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.55%
January 2012 — January 2013
 
150.0

 
1 mo. EURIBOR + 0.30%
 
3 mo. EURIBOR
January 2012 — July 2017
 
150.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.55%
June 2012 — June 2015
 
50.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.55%
December 2015 — July 2019
 
50.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.40%
July 2017 — June 2021
 
50.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.00%
December 2017
 
50.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.52%
August 2015 — June 2021
 
45.0

 
3 mo. EURIBOR
 
3.20%
VTR:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
July 2013
 
CLP
73,800.0

 
6 mo. TAB
 
7.78%
Liberty Cablevision of Puerto Rico Ltd. (Liberty Puerto Rico), a subsidiary of LGI:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
June 2014
 
$
162.5

 
3 mo. LIBOR
 
5.14%
Chellomedia PFH:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 2013
 
$
85.5

 
6 mo. LIBOR
 
4.98%
December 2013
 
148.8

 
6 mo. EURIBOR
 
4.14%
Austar Entertainment Pty Ltd. (Austar Entertainment), a subsidiary of Austar (b):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
August 2013
 
AUD
500.0

 
3 mo. AUD BBSY + 0.05%
 
6.56%
August 2013 — December 2015 (c)
 
AUD
386.5

 
3 mo. AUD BBSY
 
6.09%
August 2014 (c)
 
AUD
175.9

 
3 mo. AUD BBSY
 
6.50%
August 2014 — December 2015 (c)
 
AUD
175.9

 
3 mo. AUD BBSY
 
6.25%
_______________

(a)
For each subsidiary, the notional amount of multiple derivative instruments that mature within the same calendar month are shown in the aggregate and interest rates are presented on a weighted average basis. For derivative instruments that were in effect as of December 31, 2011, we present a single date that represents the applicable final maturity date.  For derivative instruments that become effective subsequent to December 31, 2011, we present a range of dates that represents the period covered by the applicable derivative instrument.

(b)
As further described in note 4, we have accounted for Austar as a discontinued operation.

(c)
Austar accounts for these interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of these derivative instruments was a liability of $28.4 million, and the related balance included in our accumulated other comprehensive earnings was a loss of $19.7 million.

II-96


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Interest Rate Caps

Our interest rate cap contracts establish the maximum EURIBOR rate payable on the indicated notional amount, as detailed below:
 
 
December 31, 2011
Subsidiary / Final maturity date (a)
 
Notional amount
 
Maximum rate
 
 
in millions
 
 
Liberty Global Europe Financing BV (LGE Financing), the immediate parent of UPC Holding:
 
 
 
January 2015 — January 2020
1,135.0

 
7.00%
Telenet International:
 
 
 
January 2012
150.0

 
3.50%
June 2012
50.0

 
3.50%
June 2015 — June 2017
50.0

 
4.50%
Telenet NV, a subsidiary of Telenet:
 
 
 
December 2017
2.9

 
6.50%
December 2017
2.9

 
5.50%
 _______________

(a)
For each subsidiary, the notional amount of multiple derivative instruments that mature within the same calendar month are shown in the aggregate. For derivative instruments that were in effect as of December 31, 2011, we present a single date that represents the applicable final maturity date. For derivative instruments that become effective subsequent to December 31, 2011, we present a range of dates that represents the period covered by the applicable derivative instrument.

Telenet Interest Rate Collars

Telenet's interest rate collar contracts establish the minimum and maximum EURIBOR rate payable on the indicated notional amount, as detailed below:
 
 
December 31, 2011
Subsidiary / Final maturity date
 
Notional
amount
 
Minimum
rate
 
Maximum
rate
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
Telenet International:
 
 
 
 
 
 
July 2017 (a)
950.0

 
1.50%
 
4.00%
 _______________

(a)
Includes four derivative instruments that mature in July 2017.


II-97


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


UPC Holding Cross-Currency Options

Pursuant to its cross-currency option contracts, UPC Holding has the option to deliver U.S. dollars to the counterparty in exchange for Swiss francs at a fixed exchange rate of approximately 0.74 Swiss francs per one U.S. dollar, in the notional amounts listed below: 
 
 
Notional amount at
Contract expiration date
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
April 2018
$
419.8

October 2016
$
19.8

April 2017
$
19.8

October 2017
$
19.8


Foreign Currency Forwards

The following table summarizes our outstanding foreign currency forward contracts at December 31, 2011:
 
Subsidiary
 
Currency
purchased
forward
 
Currency
sold
forward
 
Maturity dates
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LGE Financing
$
4.9

 
3.6

 
January 2012 — January 2013
LGE Financing
CLP
13,600.0

 
$
26,153.8

 
January 2012
UPC Holding
$
479.0

 
CHF
415.1

 
October 2016 — April 2018
UPC Broadband Holding
3.5

 
CHF
4.3

 
January 2012 — December 2012
Telenet NV
$
47.0

 
34.5

 
January 2012 — December 2012
VTR
$
36.6

 
CLP
18,294.8

 
January 2012 — December 2012

(7)    Fair Value Measurements

We use the fair value method to account for (i) certain of our investments and (ii) our derivative instruments. The reported fair values of these investments and derivative instruments as of December 31, 2011 likely will not represent the value that will be realized upon the ultimate settlement or disposition of these assets and liabilities. In the case of the investments that we account for using the fair value method, the values we realize upon disposition will be dependent upon, among other factors, market conditions and the historical and forecasted financial performance of the investees at the time of any such disposition.  With respect to our derivative instruments, we expect that the values realized generally will be based on market conditions at the time of settlement, which may occur at the maturity of the derivative instrument or at the time of the repayment or refinancing of the underlying debt instrument. We also used the fair value method to account for the 1.75% euro-denominated convertible senior notes issued by UnitedGlobalCom, Inc. (UGC) (the UGC Convertible Notes) until April 2011, when the UGC Convertible Notes were converted into LGI common stock, as further described in note 9. UGC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of LGI.

GAAP provides for a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. Level 1 inputs are quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted market prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. We record transfers of assets or liabilities in or out of Level 3 at the beginning of the quarter during which the transfer occurred.

All of our Level 2 inputs (interest rate futures, swap rates, and certain of the inputs for our weighted average cost of capital

II-98


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


calculations) and certain of our Level 3 inputs (forecasted volatilities and credit spreads) are obtained from pricing services. These inputs, or interpolations or extrapolations thereof, are used in our internal models to calculate, among other items, yield curves, forward interest and currency rates and weighted average cost of capital rates. In the normal course of business, we receive market value assessments from the counterparties to our derivative contracts. Although we compare these assessments to our internal valuations and investigate unexpected differences, we do not otherwise rely on counterparty quotes to determine the fair values of our derivative instruments. The midpoints of applicable bid and ask ranges generally are used as inputs for our internal valuations.
 
For our investment in Sumitomo common stock, the recurring fair value measurement is based on the quoted closing price of the shares at each reporting date. Accordingly, the valuation of this investment falls under Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Our other investments that we account for at fair value are privately-held companies, and therefore, quoted market prices are unavailable. The valuation technique we use for such investments is a combination of an income approach (discounted cash flow model based on forecasts) and a market approach (market multiples of similar businesses). With the exception of certain inputs for our weighted average cost of capital calculations that are derived from pricing services, the inputs used to value these investments are based on unobservable inputs derived from our assumptions. Therefore, the valuation of our privately-held investments falls under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The recurring fair value measurement of the Sumitomo Collar is based on the binomial option pricing model, which requires the input of observable and unobservable variables such as exchange traded equity prices, risk-free interest rates, dividend yields and forecasted volatilities of the underlying equity securities. The valuation of the Sumitomo Collar is based on a combination of Level 1 inputs (exchange traded equity prices), Level 2 inputs (interest rate futures and swap rates) and Level 3 inputs (forecasted volatilities). As changes in volatilities could have a significant impact on the overall valuation, we have determined that this valuation falls under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

As further described in note 3, we have entered into various derivative instruments to manage our interest rate and foreign currency exchange risk. The recurring fair value measurements of these derivative instruments are determined using discounted cash flow models. Most of the inputs to these discounted cash flow models consist of, or are derived from, observable Level 2 data for substantially the full term of these derivative instruments. This observable data includes applicable interest rate futures and swap rates, which are retrieved or derived from available market data. Although we may extrapolate or interpolate this data, we do not otherwise alter this data in performing our valuations. We incorporate a credit risk valuation adjustment in our fair value measurements to estimate the impact of both our own nonperformance risk and the nonperformance risk of our counterparties. Our and our counterparties' credit spreads are Level 3 inputs that are used to derive the credit risk valuation adjustments with respect to our various interest rate and foreign currency derivative valuations. As we would not expect changes in our or our counterparties' credit spreads to have a significant impact on the valuations of these derivative instruments, we have determined that these valuations fall under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Our credit risk valuation adjustments with respect to our cross-currency and interest rate swaps are quantified and further explained in note 3.

Fair value measurements are also used in connection with nonrecurring valuations performed in connection with impairment assessments and acquisition accounting. These nonrecurring valuations include the valuation of reporting units, customer relationship intangible assets, property and equipment and the implied value of goodwill. The valuation of private reporting units is based at least in part on discounted cash flow analyses. With the exception of certain inputs for our weighted average cost of capital calculations that are derived from pricing services, the inputs used in our discounted cash flow analyses, such as forecasts of future cash flows, are based on our assumptions. The valuation of customer relationships is primarily based on an excess earnings methodology, which is a form of a discounted cash flow analysis. The excess earnings methodology requires us to estimate the specific cash flows expected from the customer relationship, considering such factors as estimated customer life, the revenue expected to be generated over the life of the customer, contributory asset charges, and other factors. Tangible assets are typically valued using a replacement or reproduction cost approach, considering factors such as current prices of the same or similar equipment, the age of the equipment and economic obsolescence. The implied value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of a reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination, with the residual amount allocated to goodwill. All of our nonrecurring valuations use significant unobservable inputs and therefore fall under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we performed nonrecurring fair value measurements in connection with our goodwill impairment assessments. These goodwill impairment assessments resulted in impairment charges of $15.9 million, $26.3 million and $118.8 million, respectively, that are included in impairment, restructuring and other operating charges, net, in our consolidated statements of operations. For additional information, see note 8. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we also performed nonrecurring fair value measurements in connection with our acquisitions. For additional information, see note 3.

II-99


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents



A summary of the assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis is as follows: 
 
 
 
Fair value measurements at  December 31, 2011 using:
Description
December 31,
2011
 
Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 
in millions
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts
$
700.2

 
$

 
$
700.2

 
$

Equity-related derivative instruments
684.6

 

 

 
684.6

Foreign currency forward contracts
4.8

 

 
4.8

 

Other
3.8

 

 
3.8

 

Total derivative instruments
1,393.4

 

 
708.8

 
684.6

Investments
970.1

 
617.9

 

 
352.2

Total assets
$
2,363.5

 
$
617.9

 
$
708.8

 
$
1,036.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts
$
2,281.6

 
$

 
$
2,281.6

 
$

Equity-related derivative instruments
23.3

 

 

 
23.3

Foreign currency forward contracts
2.8

 

 
2.8

 

Other
3.0

 

 
3.0

 

Total liabilities
$
2,310.7

 
$

 
$
2,287.4

 
$
23.3

 

II-100


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


 
 
 
Fair value measurements 
at December 31, 2010 using:
Description
December 31,
2010

 
Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 
in millions
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts
$
282.8

 
$

 
$
282.8

 
$

Equity-related derivative instruments
568.6

 

 

 
568.6

Foreign currency forward contracts
4.5

 

 
4.5

 

Other
5.4

 

 
5.4

 

Total derivative instruments
861.3

 

 
292.7

 
568.6

Investments
1,012.0

 
646.1

 

 
365.9

Total assets
$
1,873.3

 
$
646.1

 
$
292.7

 
$
934.5

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UGC Convertible Notes
$
514.6

 
$

 
$

 
$
514.6

Derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross-currency and interest rate derivative contracts
2,337.5

 

 
2,337.5

 

Equity-related derivative instruments
15.4

 

 

 
15.4

Foreign currency forward contracts
7.5

 

 
7.5

 

Other
1.7

 

 
1.7

 

Total derivative instruments
2,362.1

 

 
2,346.7

 
15.4

Total liabilities
$
2,876.7

 
$

 
$
2,346.7

 
$
530.0


A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable, or Level 3, inputs is as follows:
 
Investments
 
Equity-related
derivative
instruments
 
UGC
Convertible
Notes (a)
 
Total
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance of asset (liability) at January 1, 2011
$
365.9

 
$
553.2

 
$
(514.6
)
 
$
404.5

Gains (losses) included in net earnings (b):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized and unrealized gains on derivative instruments, net

 
89.9

 

 
89.9

Realized and unrealized losses due to changes in fair values of certain investments and debt, net
(19.9
)
 

 
(107.0
)
 
(126.9
)
Interest expense

 

 
(2.3
)
 
(2.3
)
Conversion of UGC Convertible Notes into LGI common stock

 

 
619.7

 
619.7

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other
6.2

 
18.2

 
4.2

 
28.6

Balance of asset at December 31, 2011
$
352.2

 
$
661.3

 
$

 
$
1,013.5

 
_______________

(a)
As further described in note 9, the UGC Convertible Notes were converted into LGI common stock in April 2011.

(b)
With the exception of the loss associated with the UGC Convertible Notes (which were converted into LGI common stock

II-101


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


in April 2011), substantially all of the net gains (losses) recognized during 2011 relate to assets and liabilities that we continue to carry on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011.

(8)    Long-lived Assets

Property and Equipment, Net
        
The details of our property and equipment and the related accumulated depreciation are set forth below:
 
Estimated useful
life at
December 31, 2011
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
Distribution systems
4 to 30 years
 
$
14,671.4

 
$
11,950.8

Customer premises equipment
3 to 5 years
 
4,081.2

 
4,670.7

Support equipment, buildings and land
3 to 40 years
 
2,270.9

 
2,358.9

 
 
 
21,023.5

 
18,980.4

Accumulated depreciation
 
(8,155.1
)
 
(7,868.1
)
Total property and equipment, net
 
$
12,868.4

 
$
11,112.3


Depreciation expense of our continuing operations related to our property and equipment was $2,050.2 million, $1,846.1 million and $1,677.9 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Depreciation expense of our discontinued operations related to our property and equipment was $114.8 million, $250.7 million and $933.6 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the amount of property and equipment, net, recorded under capital leases was $1,258.1 million and $1,048.3 million, respectively. Most of these amounts relate to assets included in our distribution systems category. Depreciation of assets under capital leases of our continuing operations is included in depreciation and amortization in our consolidated statements of operations.

During the 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recorded non-cash increases to our property and equipment related to assets acquired under capital leases of $38.2 million, $35.2 million and $28.7 million, respectively. In addition, during 2011, we recorded non-cash increases related to vendor financing arrangements of $101.4 million, which amount excludes related value-added tax of $13.7 million that was also financed by our vendors under these arrangements.

II-102


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of our goodwill during 2011 are set forth below:
 
January 1,
2011
 
Acquisitions
and related
adjustments
 
Impairment
 
Reclassification of Austar to discontinued operations
 
Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
and other
 
December 31,
2011
 
in millions
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
1,928.1

 
$
1,840.6

 
$

 
$

 
$
(65.4
)
 
$
3,703.3

The Netherlands
1,218.7

 

 

 

 
(37.0
)
 
1,181.7

Switzerland
3,042.5

 
(0.2
)
 

 

 
(15.5
)
 
3,026.8

Other Western Europe
1,044.7

 

 

 

 
(31.7
)
 
1,013.0

Total Western Europe
7,234.0

 
1,840.4

 

 

 
(149.6
)
 
8,924.8

Central and Eastern Europe
1,063.7

 
479.2

 

 

 
(138.7
)
 
1,404.2

Total UPC Broadband Division
8,297.7

 
2,319.6

 

 

 
(288.3
)
 
10,329.0

Telenet (Belgium)
2,185.9

 

 

 

 
(66.4
)
 
2,119.5

VTR Group (Chile)
570.9

 

 

 

 
(56.6
)
 
514.3

Austar (Australia)
332.3

 

 

 
(332.7
)
 
0.4

 

Corporate and other
347.9

 
1.3

 
(15.9
)
 

 
(6.8
)
 
326.5

Total
$
11,734.7

 
$
2,320.9

 
$
(15.9
)
 
$
(332.7
)
 
$
(417.7
)
 
$
13,289.3


During 2011, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $15.9 million related to Chellomedia's programming operations in central and eastern Europe. In the case of certain of our smaller reporting units, including our broadband communications operations in Hungary, the Czech Republic and Puerto Rico, a hypothetical 20% to 30% decline in the fair value of any of these reporting units could result in the need to record a goodwill impairment charge. At December 31, 2011, the goodwill associated with these reporting units aggregated $892.7 million. If, among other factors, (i) our equity values were to decline significantly, or (ii) the adverse impacts of economic, competitive, regulatory or other factors were to cause our results of operations or cash flows to be worse than anticipated, we could conclude in future periods that impairment charges are required in order to reduce the carrying values of our goodwill, and to a lesser extent, other long-lived assets.  Any such impairment charges could be significant.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010 and based on exchange rates as of those dates, the amount of our accumulated goodwill impairments was $276.2 million and $271.2 million, respectively. These amounts include accumulated impairments related to our broadband communications operations in Romania, which are included within the UPC Broadband Division's Central and Eastern Europe segment, and Chellomedia's programming operations in central and eastern Europe, which are included in our corporate and other category.


II-103


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Changes in the carrying amount of our goodwill during 2010 are set forth below:
 
January 1,
2010
 
Acquisitions
and related
adjustments
 
Impairment
 
Sale of J:COM Disposal Group
 
Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
and other
 
December 31,
2010
 
 
 
in millions
 
 
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$

 
$
2,015.7

 
$

 
$

 
$
(87.6
)
 
$
1,928.1

The Netherlands
1,306.8

 

 

 

 
(88.1
)
 
1,218.7

Switzerland
2,745.9

 

 

 

 
296.6

 
3,042.5

Other Western Europe
1,120.1

 

 

 

 
(75.4
)
 
1,044.7

Total Western Europe
5,172.8

 
2,015.7

 

 

 
45.5

 
7,234.0

Central and Eastern Europe
1,123.8

 

 

 

 
(60.1
)
 
1,063.7

Total UPC Broadband Division
6,296.6

 
2,015.7

 

 

 
(14.6
)
 
8,297.7

Telenet (Belgium)
2,341.7

 
1.6

 

 

 
(157.4
)
 
2,185.9

J:COM (Japan)
3,487.8

 

 

 
(3,553.8
)
 
66.0

 

VTR Group (Chile)
526.5

 

 

 

 
44.4

 
570.9

Austar (Australia)
314.5

 

 

 

 
17.8

 
332.3

Corporate and other
386.7

 
1.8

 
(26.3
)
 

 
(14.3
)
 
347.9

Total
$
13,353.8

 
$
2,019.1

 
$
(26.3
)
 
$
(3,553.8
)
 
$
(58.1
)
 
$
11,734.7

During 2010, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $26.3 million related to Chellomedia's programming operations in central and eastern Europe.

Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization, Net

The details of our intangible assets subject to amortization are set forth below: 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
Estimated useful life at December 31, 2011
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
Gross carrying amount
 
Accumulated amortization
 
Net carrying amount
 
Gross carrying amount
 
Accumulated amortization
 
Net carrying amount
 
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer relationships
4 to 15 years
 
$
4,110.0

 
$
(1,574.0
)
 
$
2,536.0

 
$
3,298.1

 
$
(1,388.7
)
 
$
1,909.4

Other
2 to 15 years
 
376.9

 
(100.4
)
 
276.5

 
278.7

 
(92.6
)
 
186.1

 
 
 
$
4,486.9

 
$
(1,674.4
)
 
$
2,812.5

 
$
3,576.8

 
$
(1,481.3
)
 
$
2,095.5


During the third quarter of 2011, Telenet acquired a spectrum license that expires in March 2021 in exchange for a commitment to make annual payments during the term of the license. In connection with this transaction, Telenet recorded a non-cash increase of $102.0 million to its intangible assets subject to amortization.


II-104


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Amortization of intangible assets with finite useful lives of our continuing operations was $406.8 million, $405.4 million and $313.4 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amortization of intangible assets with finite useful lives of our discontinued operations was $0.5 million, $20.4 million and $58.1 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Based on our amortizable intangible asset balances at December 31, 2011, we expect that amortization expense will be as follows for the next five years and thereafter. Amounts presented below represent U.S. dollar equivalents based on December 31, 2011 exchange rates (in millions): 
2012
$
465.4

2013
436.4

2014
420.4

2015
402.5

2016
348.7

Thereafter
739.1

Total
$
2,812.5


Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, franchise rights and other indefinite-lived intangible assets aggregating $194.8 million and $198.9 million, respectively, were included in other assets, net, in our consolidated balance sheets.


II-105


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


(9)    Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

The U.S. dollar equivalents of the components of our consolidated debt and capital lease obligations are as follows:
 
December 31, 2011
 
Estimated fair value (c)
 
Carrying value (d)
Weighted
average
interest
rate (a)
 
Unused borrowing
capacity (b)
 
Borrowing
currency
 
U.S. $
equivalent
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
 
in millions
Debt:
 
 
 
Parent:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LGI Convertible Notes (e)

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,393.6

 
$

 
$
660.5

Subsidiaries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility
4.48
%
 
1,078.1

 
1,397.2

 
5,870.7

 
7,579.4

 
6,139.4

 
7,862.2

UPC Holding Senior Notes
8.92
%
 
 

 

 
2,137.0

 
2,322.8

 
2,083.9

 
2,132.0

UPCB SPE Notes
6.88
%
 
 

 

 
3,292.9

 
707.1

 
3,365.2

 
662.9

Unitymedia Senior Notes
8.49
%
 
 

 

 
3,704.0

 
3,898.2

 
3,496.9

 
3,572.6

Unitymedia Revolving Credit Facility
4.93
%
 

 

 
100.1

 
101.6

 
103.7

 
106.9

KBW Notes
7.76
%
 
 

 

 
3,010.6

 

 
2,973.5

 

KBW Revolving Credit Facility
4.83
%
 
100.0

 
129.6

 

 

 

 

Telenet Credit Facility
4.58
%
 
158.0

 
204.8

 
1,569.0

 
2,562.2

 
1,593.7

 
2,561.3

Telenet SPE Notes
6.02
%
 
 

 

 
1,627.7

 
812.7

 
1,686.7

 
804.3

Sumitomo Collar Loan (f)
1.88
%
 
 

 

 
1,305.6

 
1,153.6

 
1,216.6

 
1,153.6

Austar Bank Facility (g)

 
 

 

 

 
758.9

 

 
791.6

UGC Convertible Notes (h)

 
 

 

 

 
514.6

 

 
514.6

Chellomedia Bank Facility
4.30
%
 
25.0

 
32.4

 
239.8

 
245.5

 
245.9

 
253.5

Liberty Puerto Rico Bank Facility
2.55
%
 
$
10.0

 
10.0

 
156.4

 
154.3

 
162.5

 
164.2

Other (i)
7.06
%
 
CLP
43,500.0

 
83.7

 
324.3

 
114.1

 
324.3

 
114.1

Total debt
6.25
%
 
 
 
 
$
1,857.7

 
$
23,338.1

 
$
22,318.6

 
23,392.3

 
21,354.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital lease obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany (j)
944.1

 
668.0

Telenet (k)
387.4

 
407.3

Other subsidiaries
34.1

 
33.0

Total capital lease obligations
1,365.6

 
1,108.3

Total debt and capital lease obligations
24,757.9

 
22,462.6

Current maturities
(184.1
)
 
(631.7
)
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations
$
24,573.8

 
$
21,830.9


II-106


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


_______________ 

(a)
Represents the weighted average interest rate in effect at December 31, 2011 for all borrowings outstanding pursuant to each debt instrument including any applicable margin. The interest rates presented represent stated rates and do not include the impact of our interest rate derivative agreements, deferred financing costs, original issue premiums or discounts or commitment fees, all of which affect our overall cost of borrowing. Including the effects of derivative instruments, original issue premiums and discounts and commitments fees, but excluding the impact of financing costs, our weighted average interest rate on our aggregate variable and fixed rate indebtedness was approximately 8.0% at December 31, 2011.  For information concerning our derivative instruments, see note 6.

(b)
Unused borrowing capacity represents the maximum availability under the applicable facility at December 31, 2011 without regard to covenant compliance calculations or other conditions precedent to borrowing. At December 31, 2011, the full amount of unused borrowing capacity was available to be borrowed under each of the respective facilities except as noted below. At December 31, 2011, our availability under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (as defined below) was limited to €245.8 million ($318.6 million). When the December 31, 2011 compliance reporting requirements have been completed, we anticipate that our availability under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility will be limited to €338.7 million ($439.0 million). The amount included in other debt represents the unused borrowing capacity of the VTR Wireless Bank Facility, as defined and described below. Our ability to draw down the VTR Wireless Bank Facility is subject to certain conditions precedent, including the condition precedent that immediately after the drawdown there is an equity contribution to debt ratio of at least 2.33 to 1. Based on the aggregate equity contributed to VTR Wireless through December 31, 2011, we would have been able to draw down CLP 9.0 billion ($17.3 million) in addition to the amount already borrowed under the VTR Wireless Bank Facility at December 31, 2011.

(c)
The estimated fair values of our debt instruments were determined using the average of applicable bid and ask prices or, when quoted market prices are unavailable or not considered indicative of fair value, discounted cash flow models.  The discount rates used in the cash flow models are based on the market interest rates and estimated credit spreads of the applicable entity, to the extent available, and other relevant factors.

(d)
Amounts include the impact of premiums and discounts, where applicable.

(e)
During the second and third quarters of 2011, we completed the exchange of 99.8% and 0.2%, respectively, of the $935.0 million principal amount of our 4.50% convertible senior notes due November 15, 2016 (the LGI Convertible Notes) for aggregate consideration of 26,423,266 shares of our LGI Series A common stock, 8,807,772 shares of our LGI Series C common stock and $186.7 million of cash (excluding cash paid for accrued but unpaid interest). Prior to these exchange transactions (the LGI Notes Exchange), the principal amount of the LGI Convertible Notes was allocated to debt and equity components. In connection with these transactions, we (i) reclassified (a) the carrying amount of the $676.2 million debt component of the exchanged LGI Convertible Notes, (b) the related deferred financing costs of $13.6 million and (c) the $96.7 million net deferred tax liability associated with the exchanged LGI Convertible Notes to additional paid-in capital and common stock in our consolidated balance sheet and (ii) recognized aggregate debt conversion losses of $187.2 million. The amount reported in the December 31, 2010 carrying value column represents the debt component and the amount reported in the December 31, 2010 estimated fair value column represents the then estimated fair value of the entire instrument, including both the debt and equity components. For additional information regarding the LGI Convertible Notes, see below.

(f)
For information regarding the Sumitomo Collar Loan, see note 6.

(g)
The December 31, 2011 amounts related to the Austar Bank Facility (as defined and discussed below) are not included in this table due to the fact that we have presented Austar as a discontinued operation. For information concerning Austar's financial position at December 31, 2011 and the pending Austar Transaction, see note 4.

(h)
On March 15, 2011, we called for redemption the remaining €328.2 million ($425.3 million) principal amount outstanding of the UGC Convertible Notes.  As a result of the call for redemption, note holders became entitled to convert their UGC Convertible Notes into LGI common stock at the specified ratios during a conversion period ending on April 18, 2011. During this conversion period, all of the outstanding principal amount of the UGC Convertible Notes was converted into an aggregate of 7,328,994 shares of LGI Series A common stock and 7,249,539 shares of LGI Series C common stock. In

II-107


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


connection with the conversion of the UGC Convertible Notes into LGI common stock, we reclassified (i) the $619.7 million carrying value of the UGC Convertible Notes and (ii) the $53.9 million net deferred tax asset associated with the exchanged UGC Convertible Notes to additional paid-in capital and common stock in our consolidated balance sheet. Prior to conversion, the UGC Convertible Notes were measured at fair value. For additional information regarding the UGC Convertible Notes, see below.

(i)
The December 31, 2011 carrying amount includes $99.9 million owed pursuant to interest-bearing vendor financing arrangements that are generally due within one year of the borrowing date. At December 31, 2011, the amounts owed pursuant to these arrangements included $12.3 million of value-added tax that was paid on our behalf by the vendor. Repayments of vendor financing obligations are included in repayments and repurchases of debt and capital lease obligations in our consolidated cash flow statements.

(j)
Primarily represents Unitymedia's and KBW's obligations under duct network lease agreements with Deutsche Telekom AG as the lessor. The original contracts were concluded in 2000 and 2001, respectively, and have indefinite terms, subject to certain mandatory statutory termination rights for either party after a term of 30 years.  With certain limited exceptions, the lessor generally is not entitled to terminate these leases.

(k)
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, Telenet’s capital lease obligations included €270.5 million ($350.6 million) and €272.0 million ($352.5 million), respectively, associated with Telenet’s lease of the broadband communications network of the four associations of municipalities in Belgium, which we refer to as the pure intercommunalues or the “PICs."

LGI Convertible Notes

In November 2009, LGI completed the offering and sale of the 4.50% LGI Convertible Notes. The net proceeds of $910.8 million, after deducting the initial purchaser’s discount and related transaction costs aggregating $24.2 million, were subsequently used on January 28, 2010 to fund a portion of the Unitymedia Purchase Price (see note 3). Interest was payable semi-annually, in arrears, on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning May 15, 2010. The LGI Convertible Notes were senior unsecured obligations of LGI that were convertible into LGI common stock. As discussed above, we completed the LGI Notes Exchange in 2011.

The $935.0 million principal amount of the LGI Convertible Notes was allocated between debt and equity components. The portion of the principal amount allocated to the debt component of $626.2 million was measured based on the estimated fair value of a debt instrument that had the same terms as the LGI Convertible Notes without the conversion feature. This debt component was accreted to the principal amount through the completion of the LGI Notes Exchange using the effective interest method. The stated interest rate of the LGI Convertible Notes, together with the annual accretion of the debt component to the principal amount due at maturity, resulted in an effective interest rate of 11.5%. The $308.8 million difference between the outstanding principal amount and the amount originally allocated to the debt component was recorded, net of deferred income taxes and a pro rata portion of the initial purchaser’s discount and related transaction costs, as an increase to additional paid-in capital in our consolidated statement of equity.

UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility

The UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility, as amended, is the senior secured credit facility of UPC Broadband Holding. The security package for the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility includes a pledge over the shares of UPC Broadband Holding and the shares of certain of UPC Broadband Holding’s majority-owned operating companies. The UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility is also guaranteed by UPC Holding, the immediate parent of UPC Broadband Holding, and is senior to other long-term debt obligations of UPC Broadband Holding and UPC Holding. The agreement governing the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility contains covenants that limit, among other things, UPC Broadband Holding’s ability to merge with or into another company, acquire other companies, incur additional debt, dispose of assets, make distributions or pay dividends, provide loans and guarantees and enter into hedging agreements. In addition to customary default provisions, including defaults on other indebtedness of UPC Broadband Holding and its subsidiaries, the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility provides that any event of default with respect to indebtedness of €50.0 million ($64.8 million) or more in the aggregate of (i) Liberty Global Europe, Inc. (a subsidiary of UGC and the indirect parent of Liberty Global Europe), (ii) any other company of which UPC Broadband Holding is a subsidiary and which is a subsidiary of Liberty Global Europe, Inc. and (iii) UPC Holding II BV (a subsidiary of UPC Holding) is an event of default under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.

II-108


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility permits UPC Broadband Holding to transfer funds to its parent company (and indirectly to LGI) through loans, advances or dividends provided that UPC Broadband Holding maintains compliance with applicable covenants. If a Change of Control occurs, as defined in the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility, the facility agent may (if required by the majority lenders) cancel each facility and declare all outstanding amounts immediately due and payable. The UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility requires compliance with various financial covenants such as: (i) Senior Debt to Annualized EBITDA, (ii) EBITDA to Total Cash Interest, (iii) EBITDA to Senior Debt Service, (iv) EBITDA to Senior Interest and (v) Total Debt to Annualized EBITDA, each capitalized term as defined in the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.

The covenant in the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility relating to disposals of assets includes a basket for permitted disposals of assets, the Annualized EBITDA of which does not exceed a certain percentage of the Annualized EBITDA of the Borrower Group, each capitalized term as defined in the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility. The UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility includes a recrediting mechanism, in relation to the permitted disposals basket, based on the proportion of net sales proceeds that are (i) used to prepay facilities and (ii) reinvested in the Borrower Group.

The UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility includes a mandatory prepayment requirement of four times Annualized EBITDA of certain disposed assets. The prepayment amount may be allocated to one or more of the facilities at UPC Broadband Holding’s discretion and then applied to the loans under the relevant facility on a pro rata basis. A prepayment may be waived by the majority lenders subject to the requirement to maintain pro forma covenant compliance. If the mandatory prepayment amount is less than €100 million ($130 million), then no prepayment is required (subject to pro forma covenant compliance). No such prepayment is required to be made where an amount, equal to the amount that would otherwise be required to be prepaid, is deposited in a blocked account on terms that the principal amount deposited may only be released in order to make the relevant prepayment or to reinvest in assets in accordance with the terms of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility, which expressly includes permitted acquisitions and capital expenditures. Any amounts deposited in the blocked account that have not been reinvested (or contracted to be so reinvested), within 12 months of the relevant permitted disposal, are required to be applied in prepayment in accordance with the terms of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.


II-109


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The details of our borrowings under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility are summarized in the following table:
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
Facility
 
Final maturity date
 
Interest rate
 
Facility amount
(in borrowing
currency) (a)
 
Unused
borrowing
capacity (b)
 
Carrying
value (c)
 
 
 
 
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M
December 31, 2014
 
EURIBOR + 2.00%
 
279.8

 
$

 
$
362.6

N
December 31, 2014
 
LIBOR + 1.75%
 
$
327.2

 

 
327.2

O
July 31, 2013
 
(d)
 
(d)
 

 
58.0

Q
July 31, 2014
 
EURIBOR + 2.75%
 
30.0

 
38.9

 

R
December 31, 2015
 
EURIBOR + 3.25%
 
290.7

 

 
376.8

S
December 31, 2016
 
EURIBOR + 3.75%
 
1,740.0

 

 
2,255.1

T
December 31, 2016
 
LIBOR + 3.50%
 
$
260.2

 

 
258.5

U
December 31, 2017
 
EURIBOR + 4.00%
 
750.8

 

 
973.0

V (e)
January 15, 2020
 
7.625%
 
500.0

 

 
648.0

W
March 31, 2015
 
EURIBOR + 3.00%
 
144.1

 
186.8

 

X
December 31, 2017
 
LIBOR + 3.50%
 
$
1,042.8

 

 
1,042.8

Y (e)
July 1, 2020
 
6.375%
 
750.0

 

 
972.0

Z (e)
July 1, 2020
 
6.625%
 
$
1,000.0

 

 
1,000.0

AA
July 31, 2016
 
EURIBOR + 3.25%
 
904.0

 
1,171.5

 

AB
December 31, 2017
 
(f)
 
$
500.0

 

 
485.4

AC (e)
November 15, 2021
 
7.250%
 
$
750.0

 

 
750.0

Elimination of Facilities V, Y, Z and AC in consolidation (e)
 

 
(3,370.0
)
Total
 
$
1,397.2

 
$
6,139.4

 _______________

(a)
Represents total third-party facility amounts at December 31, 2011 without giving effect to the impact of discounts. Certain of the originally committed amounts under Facilities M, N, Q and W have been novated to a subsidiary of UPC Broadband Holding and accordingly, such amounts are not included in the table above.

(b)
At December 31, 2011, our availability under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility was limited to €245.8 million ($318.6 million). When the December 31, 2011 compliance reporting requirements have been completed, we anticipate that our availability under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility will be limited to €338.7 million ($439.0 million). Facility Q, Facility W and Facility AA have commitment fees on unused and uncancelled balances of 0.75%, 1.2% and 1.3% per year, respectively.

(c)
The carrying values of Facilities T and AB include the impact of discounts.

(d)
The applicable interest payable under Facility O is 2.75% per annum plus the specified percentage rate per annum determined by the Polish Association of Banking Dealers - Forex Poland or the National Bank of Hungary, as appropriate for the relevant period. The principal amount of Facility O is comprised of (i) a HUF 5,962.5 million ($24.6 million) sub-tranche and (ii) a PLN 115.1 million ($33.4 million) sub-tranche.

(e)
As further discussed in the below description of the UPCB SPE Notes, the amounts outstanding under Facilities V, Y, Z and AC are eliminated in LGI's consolidated financial statements.

(f)
Facility AB bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.50% with a LIBOR floor of 1.25%.


II-110


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Refinancing Transactions. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we completed a number of refinancing transactions. These refinancing transactions, which generally were undertaken to extend the maturities of our borrowings under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility, are set forth below.

2011 Transactions. In July and August 2011, UPC Broadband Holding entered into various additional facility accession agreements resulting in a new redrawable term loan facility (Facility AA) with an aggregate principal amount of €904.0 million ($1,171.5 million). In connection with these transactions, certain lenders under existing Facilities L, M, N, Q and W novated their drawn and undrawn commitments to UPC Broadband Operations BV (UPC Broadband Operations), a direct subsidiary of UPC Broadband Holding, and entered into the new Facility AA. As a result of these transactions, total commitments of (i) €129.7 million ($168.1 million) under Facility L, (ii) €36.8 million ($47.7 million) under Facility M, (iii) $30.0 million under Facility N, (iv) €392.0 million ($508.0 million) under Facility Q and (v) €125.0 million ($162.0 million) under Facility W were effectively rolled into Facility AA. Facility AA may be increased in the future by entering into one or more additional facility accession agreements.

On October 25, 2011, UPC Broadband Holding entered into a new additional facility accession agreement (the Additional Facility AB Accession Agreement) under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.  Pursuant to the Additional Facility AB Accession Agreement, certain lenders agreed to make available a term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $500.0 million (Facility AB).  On October 28, 2011, we borrowed the total amount of Facility AB, receiving proceeds of $485.0 million on a net basis after payment of original issue discount of 3.0%. UPC Broadband Holding used a portion of the net proceeds to repay €285.0 million ($403.6 million at the transaction date) of outstanding redrawable term loans under Facility AA.

In addition, during the first and fourth quarters of 2011, we refinanced amounts outstanding under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility with proceeds received from the issuance of certain of the UPCB SPE Notes, as defined and described below. In connection with the refinancing transactions completed during the first quarter of 2011, we recognized losses on debt extinguishments aggregating $15.7 million, representing the write-off of deferred financing costs and an unamortized discount.

2010 Transactions. During 2010, pursuant to various additional facility accession agreements, (i) new Facilities W and X were executed and (ii) commitments under existing Facilities R, S and T were increased. Facility W is a redrawable term loan facility and Facility X is a non-redrawable term loan facility. In connection with these transactions, certain lenders under existing Facilities M, N and P novated their commitments to UPC Broadband Operations and entered into one or more of Facilities R, S, T, W or X. As a result, total commitments of (i) €218.1 million ($282.7 million) under Facility M were rolled into Facility W, (ii) $1,042.8 million under Facility N were rolled into Facility X and (iii) $322.9 million under Facility P were rolled into Facilities R, S, T and W. In addition, in July 2010, Facility W was increased by an aggregate principal amount of €25.0 million ($32.4 million).

Prior to the redemption of UPC Holding’s 2014 Senior Notes (as defined below) in August 2010, Facilities M, N, Q, R, S, T, U, W and X of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility would have matured on or before October 17, 2013 if in respect of Facilities S, T, U, W and X, the 2014 Senior Notes had an outstanding balance of €250.0 million ($324.0 million) or more on such maturity date or in respect of Facilities M, N, Q and R, the 2014 Senior Notes had not been repaid, refinanced or redeemed prior to such maturity date. With the refinancing or redemption of the 2014 Senior Notes (as described below), such earlier maturity dates no longer apply.

In addition, during the first quarter of 2010, we refinanced amounts outstanding under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility with proceeds received from the issuance of certain of the UPCB SPE Notes, as defined and described below.

2009 Transactions. During 2009, pursuant to various additional facility accession agreements, new Facilities Q, R, S, T and U (collectively, the 2009 Facilities) were executed. Facility Q is a redrawable term loan facility. Facilities R, S, T and U are non-redrawable term loan facilities.

In connection with the execution of the 2009 Facilities, certain of the lenders under existing Facilities L, M and N novated their commitments to Liberty Global Europe BV (LG Europe) (which commitments were subsequently novated by LG Europe to UPC Broadband Operations in December 2009) and entered into the 2009 Facilities. As a result, total commitments of €700.3 million ($907.6 million), €2,935.8 million ($3,804.8 million) and $500.0 million under Facilities L, M and N, respectively, were rolled into the 2009 Facilities during 2009.

During September and October 2009, Facility T was increased by $325.0 million through the addition of (i) a $25.0 million tranche issued at par and (ii) a $300.0 million tranche issued at a discount of 4%, resulting in net proceeds of $313.0 million.

II-111


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


In November 2009, Facility Q was increased by a €35.0 million ($45.4 million) redrawable term loan facility (Facility Q5).

Fees and third-party costs incurred during 2009 in connection with the 2009 Facilities included $33.2 million related to Facilities Q and R and $22.0 million related to Facilities S, T and U. Of these fees and third-party costs, (i) $35.6 million, representing the fees and third-party costs related to Facilities Q and R, and a portion of the fees and third-party costs related to Facility T, were capitalized as deferred financing costs and (ii) $19.6 million, representing the fees and third-party costs related to Facilities S and U, and a portion of the fees and third-party costs related to Facility T, were charged to expense and included in losses on debt modification, extinguishment and conversion, net, in our consolidated statement of operations.

UPC Holding Senior Notes

2010 Transactions. On August 13, 2010, UPC Holding issued €640.0 million ($829.4 million) principal amount of 8.375% senior notes (the 8.375% Senior Notes), resulting in net cash proceeds after fees of €627.2 million ($802.3 million at the transaction date). The 8.375% Senior Notes mature on August 15, 2020.

Concurrently with the offering of the 8.375% Senior Notes, holders of UPC Holding’s (i) €384.6 million ($498.4 million) aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2014 (the 7.75% Senior Notes) and (ii) €230.9 million ($299.2 million) aggregate principal amount of 8.625% Senior Notes due 2014 (the 8.625% Senior Notes and together with the 7.75% Senior Notes, the 2014 Senior Notes) were invited, subject to certain offering restrictions, to tender their 7.75% Senior Notes and 8.625% Senior Notes to UPC Holding (the Tender Offers). A total of €205.5 million ($266.3 million) aggregate principal amount of the 7.75% Senior Notes and €101.3 million ($131.3 million) aggregate principal amount of the 8.625% Senior Notes were tendered. The proceeds of the issuance of the 8.375% Senior Notes were used to (i) purchase the 2014 Senior Notes tendered pursuant to the Tender Offers, (ii) redeem and discharge the 2014 Senior Notes not tendered in the Tender Offers (the Post Closing Redemption) and (iii) pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offering of the 8.375% Senior Notes and the Tender Offers. To effect the Post-Closing Redemption, UPC Holding deposited funds sufficient to redeem and discharge such notes and such redemption was completed on (i) August 20, 2010 for the 7.75% Senior Notes and (ii) September 13, 2010 for the 8.625% Senior Notes. In connection with the repurchase and redemption of the 2014 Senior Notes, we paid debt redemption premiums of $16.1 million and wrote-off deferred financing costs of $8.8 million. These amounts are included in losses on debt modification, extinguishment and conversion, net, in our consolidated statement of operations.

2009 Transactions. On April 30, 2009, UPC Holding issued €184.4 million ($239.0 million) aggregate principal amount of new 9.75% senior notes due April 2018 (the 9.75% Senior Notes), together with cash payments of €4.6 million ($6.3 million at the average rate for the period) and €4.1 million ($5.6 million at the average rate for the period), respectively, in exchange for (i) €115.3 million ($152.3 million at the transaction date) aggregate principal amount of its existing 7.75% Senior Notes and (ii) €69.1 million ($91.3 million at the transaction date) aggregate principal amount of its existing 8.625% Senior Notes. In connection with this exchange transaction, UPC Holding paid the accrued interest on the exchanged senior notes and incurred applicable commissions and fees, including fees paid to third parties of $5.2 million that are included in losses on debt modification, extinguishment and conversion, net, in our consolidated statement of operations.

On April 30, 2009, UPC Holding also issued €65.6 million ($85.0 million) principal amount of additional 9.75% Senior Notes at an original issue discount of 16.5%, resulting in cash proceeds before commissions and fees of €54.8 million ($72.4 million at the transaction date).

On May 29, 2009, UPC Holding issued €150.0 million ($194.4 million) principal amount of additional 9.75% Senior Notes at an original issue discount of 10.853% and $400.0 million principal amount of new 9.875% Senior Notes due April 2018 (the 9.875% Senior Notes) at an original issue discount of 7.573%, resulting in cash proceeds before commissions and fees of €133.7 million ($188.8 million at the transaction date) and $369.7 million, respectively. We collectively refer to the 9.875% Senior Notes, the 8.375% Senior Notes, the 9.75% Senior Notes and UPC Holding's €300.0 million principal amount of 8.0% senior notes due 2016 (the 8.0% Senior Notes) as the "UPC Holding Senior Notes."

Each issue of the UPC Holding Senior Notes are senior obligations that rank equally with all of the existing and future senior debt and are senior to all existing and future subordinated debt of UPC Holding. The UPC Holding Senior Notes are secured (on a shared basis) by pledges of the shares of UPC Holding. In addition, the UPC Holding Senior Notes provide that any failure to pay principal prior to expiration of any applicable grace period, or any acceleration with respect to other indebtedness of €50.0 million


II-112


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


($64.8 million) or more in the aggregate of UPC Holding or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the applicable indenture), including UPC Broadband Holding, is an event of default under the UPC Holding Senior Notes.

The details of the UPC Holding Senior Notes are summarized in the following table: 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
Outstanding principal
amount
 
 
 
 
UPC Holding Senior Notes
 
Maturity
 
Borrowing
currency
 
U.S. $
equivalent
 
Estimated
fair value
 
Carrying
value (a)
 
 
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.0% Senior Notes
November 1, 2016
 
300.0

 
$
388.8

 
$
392.0

 
$
388.8

9.75% Senior Notes
April 15, 2018
 
400.0

 
518.4

 
530.5

 
490.0

9.875% Senior Notes
April 15, 2018
 
$
400.0

 
400.0

 
424.5

 
375.7

8.375% Senior Notes
August 15, 2020
 
640.0

 
829.4

 
790.0

 
829.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
2,136.6

 
$
2,137.0

 
$
2,083.9

  _______________

(a)Amounts include the impact of discounts, where applicable.

At any time prior to April 15, 2013 in the case of the 9.75% Senior Notes, April 15, 2014 in the case of the 9.875% Senior Notes and August 15, 2015 in the case of the 8.375% Senior Notes, UPC Holding may redeem some or all of such Senior Notes by paying a “make-whole” premium, which is the present value of all scheduled interest payments until April 15, 2013April 15, 2014 or August 15, 2015, as the case may be, using the discount rate (as specified in the applicable indenture) as of the redemption date, plus 50 basis points. In addition, at any time prior to April 15, 2012 in the case of the 9.75% and 9.875% Senior Notes and August 15, 2013 in the case of the 8.375% Senior Notes, UPC Holding may redeem up to 35% of the 9.75%, 9.875% and 8.375% Senior Notes (at a redemption price of 109.75%, 109.875% and 108.375% of the principal amount, respectively) with the net proceeds from one or more specified equity offerings.

The UPC Holding Senior Notes contain an incurrence-based Consolidated Leverage Ratio test, as defined in the applicable indenture.
 
UPC Holding may redeem some or all of the UPC Holding Senior Notes at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts (as defined in the applicable indenture), if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on November 1 in the case of the 8.0% Senior Notes, April 15 in the case of the 9.75% and 9.875% Senior Notes and August 15 in the case of the 8.375% Senior Notes, of the years set out below: 
 
 
Redemption price
Year
 
8.0%
Senior Notes
 
9.75%
Senior Notes
 
9.875%
Senior Notes
 
8.375%
Senior Notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
102.660%
 
N.A.
 
N.A.
 
N.A.
2013
101.330%
 
104.875%
 
N.A.
 
N.A.
2014
100.000%
 
102.437%
 
104.938%
 
N.A.
2015
100.000%
 
100.000%
 
102.469%
 
104.188%
2016
100.000%
 
100.000%
 
100.000%
 
102.792%
2017
N.A.
 
100.000%
 
100.000%
 
101.396%
2018 and thereafter
N.A.
 
100.000%
 
100.000%
 
100.000%



II-113


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


UPC Holding may redeem all of the UPC Holding Senior Notes at a price equal to their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest upon the occurrence of certain changes in tax law. If UPC Holding or certain of its subsidiaries sell certain assets or experience specified changes in control, UPC Holding must offer to repurchase the UPC Holding Senior Notes at a redemption price of 101%.

UPCB SPE Notes

UPCB Finance Limited (UPCB Finance I), UPCB Finance II Limited (UPCB Finance II), UPCB Finance III Limited (UPCB Finance III) and UPCB Finance V Limited (UPCB Finance V and, together with UPCB Finance I, UPCB Finance II and UPCB Finance III, the UPCB SPEs) are each special purpose financing entities that are owned 100% by a charitable trust. The UPCB SPEs were created for the primary purposes of facilitating the offerings of €500.0 million ($648.0 million) principal amount of 7.625% senior secured notes (the UPCB Finance I Senior Secured Notes), €750.0 million ($972.0 million) principal amount of 6.375% senior secured notes (the UPCB Finance II Senior Secured Notes), $1.0 billion principal amount of 6.625% senior secured notes (the UPCB Finance III Senior Secured Notes) and $750.0 million principal amount of 7.25% senior secured notes (the UPCB Finance V Senior Secured Notes and, together with the UPCB Finance I Senior Secured Notes, the UPCB Finance II Senior Secured Notes and the UPCB Finance III Senior Secured Notes, the UPCB SPE Notes), respectively. The UPCB Finance I Senior Secured Notes, the UPCB Finance II Senior Secured Notes, the UPCB Finance III Senior Secured Notes and the UPCB Finance V Senior Secured Notes were issued on January 20, 2010, January 31, 2011, February 16, 2011 and November 16, 2011, respectively.

The UPCB Finance I Senior Secured Notes were issued at an original issue discount of 0.862%, resulting in cash proceeds before commissions and fees of €495.7 million ($699.7 million at the transaction date). The UPCB Finance II Senior Secured Notes, UPCB Finance III Senior Secured Notes and UPCB Finance V Senior Secured Notes were each issued at par. UPCB Finance I, UPCB Finance II, UPCB Finance III and UPCB Finance V used the proceeds from the (i) UPCB Finance I Senior Secured Notes and available cash, (ii) UPCB Finance II Senior Secured Notes, (iii) UPCB Finance III Senior Secured Notes and (iv) UPCB Finance V Senior Secured Notes to fund new additional Facilities V, Y, Z and AC, respectively (each, a Funded Facility) under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility, with UPC Financing Partnership (UPC Financing), a wholly-owned subsidiary of UPC Holding, as the borrower. The proceeds from Facility V were used to reduce outstanding amounts under Facilities M and Q of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility through (i) the purchase of €152.7 million ($215.6 million at the transaction date) of loans under Facility M by UPC Broadband Operations and (ii) the repayment of €347.3 million ($490.2 million at the transaction date) of borrowings under Facility Q. The proceeds from Facility Y were used to repay outstanding amounts under Facilities M and U of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility. The proceeds from Facility Z were used to repay in full Facility P of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility and to repay $811.4 million under Facility T of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility. Of the proceeds from Facility AC, €507.1 million ($685.7 million at the transaction date) was used to reduce the amounts outstanding under Facilities AA and W of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.

Each UPCB SPE is dependent on payments from UPC Financing under the applicable Funded Facility in order to service its payment obligations under its UPCB SPE Notes. Although UPC Financing has no equity or voting interest in any of the UPCB SPEs, each of the Funded Facility loans creates a variable interest in the respective UPCB SPE for which UPC Financing is the primary beneficiary, as contemplated by GAAP. As such, UPC Financing and its parent entities, including UPC Holding and LGI, are required by the provisions of GAAP to consolidate the UPCB SPEs. As a result, the amounts outstanding under Facilities V, Y, Z and AC are eliminated in LGI's consolidated financial statements.

Pursuant to the respective indentures for the UPCB SPE Notes (the UPCB SPE Indentures) and the respective accession agreements for the Funded Facilities, the call provisions, maturity and applicable interest rate for each Funded Facility are the same as those of the related UPCB SPE Notes. The UPCB SPEs, as lenders under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility, are treated the same as the other lenders under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility, with benefits, rights and protections similar to those afforded to the other lenders. Through the covenants in the applicable UPCB SPE Indenture and the applicable security interests over (i) all of the issued shares of the relevant UPCB SPE and (ii) the relevant UPCB SPE's rights under the applicable Funded Facility granted to secure the relevant UPCB SPE's obligations under the relevant UPCB SPE Notes, the holders of the UPCB SPE Notes are provided indirectly with the benefits, rights, protections and covenants granted to the UPCB SPEs as lenders under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.

The UPCB SPEs are prohibited from incurring any additional indebtedness, subject to certain exceptions under the UPCB SPE Indentures.


II-114


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The details of the UPCB SPE Notes are summarized in the following table:
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
Outstanding principal
amount
 
 
 
 
UPCB SPEs
 
Maturity
 
Borrowing
currency
 
U.S. $
equivalent
 
Estimated
fair value
 
Carrying
value (a)
 
 
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UPCB Finance I Senior Secured Notes
January 15, 2020
 
500.0

 
$
648.0

 
$
644.8

 
$
643.2

UPCB Finance II Senior Secured Notes
July 1, 2020
 
750.0

 
972.0

 
901.5

 
972.0

UPCB Finance III Senior Secured Notes
July 1, 2020
 
$
1,000.0

 
1,000.0

 
986.3

 
1,000.0

UPCB Finance V Senior Secured Notes
November 15, 2021
 
$
750.0

 
750.0

 
760.3

 
750.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,370.0

 
$
3,292.9

 
$
3,365.2

 _______________

(a)Amounts include the impact of discounts, where applicable.

The UPCB Finance I Senior Secured Notes are non-callable until January 15, 2015, the UPCB Finance II Senior Secured Notes and the UPCB Finance III Senior Secured Notes are non-callable until July 1, 2015 and the UPCB Finance V Senior Secured Notes are non-callable until November 15, 2016 (each a UPCB SPE Notes Call Date). If, however, at any time prior to the applicable UPCB SPE Notes Call Date, all or a portion of the loans under the related Funded Facility are voluntarily prepaid (an Early Redemption Event), then the applicable UPCB SPE will be required to redeem an aggregate principal amount of its UPCB SPE Notes equal to the aggregate principal amount of loans so prepaid under the related Funded Facility. In general, the redemption price payable will equal the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the applicable UPCB SPE Notes to be redeemed, (ii) the excess of (a) the present value at such redemption date of (1) the redemption price thereof on such UPCB SPE Notes the applicable UPCB SPE Notes Call Date, as determined in accordance with the table below, plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments thereon due through the applicable UPCB SPE Notes Call Date (excluding accrued and unpaid interest to such redemption date), computed using the discount rate specified in the applicable UPCB SPE Indenture, over (b) the principal amount of such UPCB SPE Notes to be redeemed and (iii) accrued but unpaid interest thereon and Additional Amounts (as defined in the UPCB SPE Indentures), if any, to the applicable redemption date (the Make-Whole Redemption Price). However, in the case of an Early Redemption Event with respect to Facility Z or AC occurring prior to the applicable UPCB SPE Notes Call Date, the redemption price payable upon redemption of an aggregate principal amount of the relevant UPCB SPE Notes not exceeding 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of such UPCB SPE Notes during each twelve-month period commencing on February 16, 2011, in the case of Facility Z, or November 16, 2011, in the case of Facility AC, will equal 103% of the principal amount of the relevant UPCB SPE Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable redemption date. The redemption price payable for any principal amount of such UPCB SPE Notes redeemed in excess of the 10% limitation will be the Make-Whole Redemption Price.


II-115


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Upon the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event on or after the applicable UPCB SPE Notes Call Date, the applicable UPCB SPE will redeem an aggregate principal amount of its UPCB SPE Notes equal to the principal amount of the related Funded Facility prepaid at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve month period commencing on January 15 in the case of the UPCB Finance I Senior Secured Notes, July 1 in the case of the UPCB Finance II Senior Secured Notes and the UPCB Finance III Senior Secured Notes and November 15 in the case of the UPCB Finance V Senior Secured Notes, of the years set forth below: 
 
 
Redemption Price
Year
 
UPCB Finance I
Senior
Secured Notes
 
UPCB Finance II
Senior
Secured Notes
 
UPCB Finance III
Senior
Secured Notes
 
UPCB Finance V
Senior
Secured Notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
103.813%
 
103.188%
 
103.313%
 
N.A.
2016
102.542%
 
102.125%
 
102.208%
 
103.625%
2017
101.271%
 
101.063%
 
101.104%
 
102.417%
2018
100.000%
 
100.000%
 
100.000%
 
101.208%
2019 and thereafter
100.000%
 
100.000%
 
100.000%
 
100.000%

Unitymedia Senior Notes

On November 20, 2009, Unitymedia issued (i) €1,430.0 million ($1,853.3 million) principal amount of 8.125% senior secured notes (the UM Euro Senior Secured Notes) at an issue price of 97.844%, resulting in cash proceeds of €1,399.2 million ($2,077.8 million at the transaction date) before transaction costs, (ii) $845.0 million principal amount of 8.125% senior secured notes (the UM Dollar Senior Secured Notes and, together with the UM Euro Senior Secured Notes, the UM Senior Secured Notes) at an issue price of 97.844%, resulting in cash proceeds of $826.8 million before transaction costs and (iii) €665.0 million ($861.8 million) principal amount of 9.625% senior notes (the UM Senior Notes and together with the UM Senior Secured Notes, the Unitymedia Senior Notes) at an issue price of 97.652%, resulting in cash proceeds of €649.4 million ($964.3 million at the transaction date) before transaction costs. The net proceeds from the sale of the Unitymedia Senior Notes ($3,773.5 million at the transaction date) were placed into two escrow accounts. On January 28, 2010, we used €849.2 million ($1,186.6 million at the transaction date) of cash from the escrow accounts to fund a portion of the Unitymedia Purchase Price (see note 3). On March 2, 2010, (i) the remaining balances in the escrow accounts were released in connection with the repayment of Old Unitymedia’s then-existing indebtedness, (ii) the obligations under the UM Senior Secured Notes were assumed by Unitymedia Hessen and Unitymedia NRW GmbH (Unitymedia NRW) and (iii) the obligations under the UM Senior Notes were assumed by Old Unitymedia (collectively, the Unitymedia Debt Pushdown). Old Unitymedia was merged into Unitymedia in September 2010. Unitymedia Hessen and Unitymedia NRW (the Senior Secured Notes Co-Issuers) are subsidiaries of Unitymedia. In connection with the issuance of the Unitymedia Senior Notes, we incurred commissions and expenses, including legal, accounting and other professional fees of $104.0 million.

The UM Senior Secured Notes and the UM Senior Notes are senior obligations of the UM Senior Secured Notes Co-Issuers and Unitymedia (each a Unitymedia Issuer), respectively, that rank equally with all of the existing and future senior debt and are senior to all existing and future subordinated debt of the UM Senior Secured Notes Co-Issuers. The UM Senior Secured Notes are secured by a first-ranking pledge over the shares of the UM Senior Secured Notes Co-Issuers and certain other asset security of certain subsidiaries of Unitymedia. The UM Senior Notes are secured by a first-ranking pledge over the shares of Unitymedia and junior-priority share pledges and other asset security of certain subsidiaries of Unitymedia.

The Unitymedia Senior Notes provide that any failure to pay principal prior to expiration of any applicable grace period, or any acceleration with respect to other indebtedness of €25.0 million ($32.4 million) or more in the aggregate of a Unitymedia Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the applicable indenture) is an event of default under the Unitymedia Senior Notes.

The Unitymedia Senior Notes contain an incurrence-based Consolidated Leverage Ratio test, as defined in the applicable indenture.


II-116


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The details of the Unitymedia Senior Notes are summarized in the following table:
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding principal
amount
 
 
 
 
Unitymedia Senior Notes
 
Maturity
 
Interest
rate
 
Borrowing
currency
 
U.S. $
equivalent
 
Estimated
fair value
 
Carrying
value (a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UM Euro Senior Secured Notes
December 1, 2017
 
8.125%
 
1,430.0

 
$
1,853.3

 
$
1,924.8

 
$
1,821.4

UM Dollar Senior Secured Notes
December 1, 2017
 
8.125%
 
$
845.0

 
845.0

 
889.4

 
831.1

UM Senior Notes
December 1, 2019
 
9.625%
 
665.0

 
861.8

 
889.8

 
844.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,560.1

 
$
3,704.0

 
$
3,496.9

_______________
 
(a)
Amounts include the impact of discounts.

At any time prior to December 1, 2012 in the case of the UM Senior Secured Notes and December 1, 2014 in the case of the UM Senior Notes, the applicable Unitymedia Issuer may redeem some or all of the Unitymedia Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof, (ii) the excess of (a) the present value at such redemption date of (1) the redemption price on December 1, 2012 and December 1, 2014, respectively, as set forth in the table below, plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due through December 1, 2012 and December 1, 2014, respectively, computed using the discount rate specified in the applicable indenture, over (b) the principal amount of the applicable Unitymedia Senior Notes on the redemption date and (iii) accrued but unpaid interest and Additional Amounts (as defined in the applicable indenture), if any, to the applicable redemption date. 

The applicable Unitymedia Issuer may redeem some or all of the Unitymedia Senior Notes at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on December 1 of the years set out below:
 
 
 
Redemption Price
Year
 
UM Senior
Secured  Notes
 
UM
Senior Notes
 
 
 
 
 
2012
108.125%
 
N.A.
2013
104.063%
 
N.A.
2014
102.031%
 
104.813%
2015
100.000%
 
103.208%
2016
100.000%
 
101.604%
2017 and thereafter
100.000%
 
100.000%

In addition, at any time prior to December 1, 2012, the applicable Unitymedia Issuer may redeem up to 35% of the Unitymedia Senior Notes (at a redemption price of 108.125% of the principal amount in the case of the UM Senior Secured Notes and 109.625% of the principal amount in the case of the UM Senior Notes) with the net proceeds from one or more specified equity offerings.

At any time prior to November 20, 2012, the applicable Unitymedia Issuer has the option, following completion of a UPC/Unitymedia Exchange Transaction (as defined below), to redeem all, but not less than all, of the Unitymedia Senior Notes. The redemption price in such case (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount thereof) would be 102%. A UPC/Unitymedia Exchange Transaction means an exchange offer by UPC Broadband Holding or UPC Holding, as applicable, pursuant to which one or more series of senior notes issued by UPC Broadband Holding or UPC Holding, as applicable, are, subject to certain terms and


II-117


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


conditions (including consent by holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Unitymedia Senior Notes to participate in the exchange offer), offered in exchange for Unitymedia Senior Notes.

The applicable Unitymedia Issuer may redeem all of the Unitymedia Senior Notes at prices equal to their respective principal amounts, plus accrued and unpaid interest, upon the occurrence of certain changes in tax law. If the applicable Unitymedia Issuer or certain of its subsidiaries sell certain assets or experience specific changes in control, the applicable Unitymedia Issuer must offer to repurchase the Unitymedia Senior Notes at a redemption price of 101%.

Unitymedia Revolving Credit Facility

On December 21, 2009, Unitymedia entered into an €80.0 million ($103.7 million) secured revolving credit facility agreement with certain lenders (the Unitymedia Revolving Credit Facility). The interest rate for the Unitymedia Revolving Credit Facility is EURIBOR plus a margin of 3.75%. Borrowings under the Unitymedia Revolving Credit Facility, which mature on December 31, 2014, may be used for general corporate and working capital purposes. Upon completion of the Unitymedia Debt Pushdown, the obligations of Unitymedia under the Unitymedia Revolving Credit Facility were assumed by Unitymedia Hessen and Unitymedia NRW. In addition to customary restrictive covenants and events of default, the Unitymedia Revolving Credit Facility requires compliance with a Consolidated Leverage Ratio, as defined in the Unitymedia Revolving Credit Facility. The Unitymedia Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a pledge over the shares of the borrower and certain other asset security of certain subsidiaries of Unitymedia. The Unitymedia Revolving Credit Facility provides for an annual commitment fee of 1.25% on the unused portion.

KBW Notes

At December 31, 2011, the KBW Notes are comprised of (i) €680.0 million ($881.3 million) principal amount of 9.5% Senior Notes (the KBW Senior Notes), (ii) €800.0 million ($1,036.8 million) principal amount of 7.5% Senior Secured Notes (the KBW Euro Senior Secured Notes), (iii) $500.0 million principal amount of 7.5% Senior Secured Notes (the KBW Dollar Senior Secured Notes and together with the KBW Euro Senior Secured Notes, the KBW Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes) and (iv) €420.0 million ($544.3 million) principal amount of Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes (the KBW Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes and together with the KBW Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes, the KBW Senior Secured Notes). The KBW Senior Notes mature on March 15, 2021, the KBW Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes mature on March 15, 2019 and the KBW Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes mature on March 15, 2018.

The KBW Senior Notes are senior obligations of KBW Musketeer that rank equally with all of the existing and future senior debt of KBW Musketeer and are senior to all existing and future subordinated debt of KBW Musketeer. The KBW Senior Secured Notes are senior obligations of KBW that rank equally with all of the existing and future senior debt of KBW and are senior to all existing and future subordinated debt of KBW.

The KBW Senior Notes are secured by a first ranking security interest in the shares of KBW Musketeer and a second priority security interest in the shares of KBW and certain other asset security of KBW Musketeer. The KBW Senior Secured Notes are secured  by a first ranking pledge over the shares of KBW and certain other asset security of KBW and the guarantors of the KBW Senior Secured Notes.

The KBW Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by certain of KBW Musketeer's subsidiaries and the KBW Senior Secured Notes are guaranteed on a senior basis by KBW Musketeer and certain of its subsidiaries.

The KBW Notes provide that any failure to pay principal prior to expiration of any applicable grace period, or any acceleration with respect to other indebtedness of €25.0 million ($32.4 million) or more in the aggregate of KBW Musketeer or KBW (as applicable) or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the applicable indenture) is an event of default under the KBW Notes.

The KBW Notes contain an incurrence-based Consolidated Leverage Ratio test, as defined in the applicable indenture.


II-118


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The KBW Senior Notes and the KBW Senior Secured Notes have been issued pursuant to two indentures (the KBW Senior Indenture and KBW Senior Secured Indenture, respectively), each dated March 31, 2011. The details of the KBW Notes are summarized in the following table:
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding principal
amount
 
 
 
 
KBW Notes
 
Maturity
 
Interest rate
 
Borrowing
currency
 
U.S. $
equivalent
 
Estimated
fair value
 
Carrying
value (a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KBW Senior Notes
March 15, 2021
 
9.5%
 
680.0

 
$
881.3

 
$
884.5

 
$
879.0

KBW Euro Senior Secured Notes
March 15, 2019
 
7.5%
 
800.0

 
1,036.8

 
1,064.5

 
1,046.7

KBW Dollar Senior Secured Notes
March 15, 2019
 
7.5%
 
$
500.0

 
500.0

 
515.9

 
509.6

KBW Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes
March 15, 2018
 
EURIBOR + 4.25%
 
420.0

 
544.3

 
545.7

 
538.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
2,962.4

 
$
3,010.6

 
$
2,973.5

_______________
 
(a)
Amounts include the impact of premiums and discounts recorded in connection with the KBW acquisition accounting. For additional information, see note 3.

The KBW Senior Notes are non-callable until March 15, 2016. The KBW Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes are non-callable until March 15, 2015 and the KBW Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes are non-callable until March 15, 2012. At any time prior to March 15, 2016, in the case of the KBW Senior Notes or March 15, 2015, in the case of the KBW Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes, KBW Musketeer and KBW(as applicable), may redeem some or all of the KBW Senior Notes or the KBW Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes (as applicable), by paying a “make-whole” premium, which is the present value of all remaining scheduled interest payments using the discount rate (as specified in the KBW Senior Indenture and KBW Senior Secured Indenture, as applicable) as of the redemption date plus 50 basis points.

During the period from March 31, 2012 through March 31, 2014, we have the option, following completion of a UPC/KBW Exchange Transaction or a Unitymedia/KBW Exchange Transaction (each as defined below), as the case may be, to redeem all but not less than all, of the KBW Notes. The redemption price in such case (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount thereof) would be 101% (if such redemption is on or before March 31, 2013) or 102% (if such redemption is after March 31, 2013). A UPC/KBW Exchange Transaction means an exchange offer by UPC Broadband Holding or UPC Holding, as applicable, pursuant to which one or more series of senior notes issued by UPC Broadband Holding or UPC Holding, as applicable, are, subject to certain terms and conditions (including consent by holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of each of the KBW Senior Notes and KBW Senior Secured Notes to participate in the exchange offer), offered in exchange for KBW Notes. A Unitymedia/KBW Exchange Transaction means an exchange offer by the applicable Unitymedia Issuer, pursuant to which one or more series of senior notes issued by the applicable Unitymedia Issuer, are, subject to certain terms and conditions (including consent by holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of each of the KBW Senior Notes and KBW Senior Secured Notes to participate in the exchange offer), offered in exchange for KBW Notes.

KBW Musketeer and KBW (as applicable), may redeem all of the KBW Notes at prices equal to their respective principal amounts, plus accrued and unpaid interest, upon the occurrence of certain changes in tax law. If KBW Musketeer and KBW (as applicable) or certain of their subsidiaries sell certain assets or experience specific changes in control, KBW Musketeer and KBW (as applicable) must offer to repurchase the KBW Notes at a redemption price of 101%.


II-119


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


KBW Musketeer and KBW (as applicable), may redeem some or all of the KBW Notes at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional amounts, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve month period commencing on March 15 of the years set out below:
 
 
Redemption price
Year
 
Senior Notes
 
Senior Secured Fixed Rate Notes
 
Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
N.A.
 
N.A.
 
101.000%
2013
N.A.
 
N.A.
 
100.000%
2014
N.A.
 
N.A.
 
100.000%
2015
N.A.
 
103.750%
 
100.000%
2016
104.750%
 
101.875%
 
100.000%
2017
103.167%
 
100.000%
 
100.000%
2018
101.583%
 
100.000%
 
100.000%
2019 and thereafter
100.000%
 
100.000%
 
N.A.

KBW Revolving Credit Facility

A subsidiary of KBW is the borrower under a €100.0 million ($129.6 million) secured revolving credit facility agreement with certain lenders (the KBW Revolving Credit Facility), which was undrawn as of December 31, 2011. The interest rate for the KBW Revolving Credit Facility is EURIBOR plus a margin of 3.75%. Borrowings under the KBW Revolving Credit Facility, which mature on March 31, 2017, may be used for general corporate and working capital purposes. In addition to customary restrictive covenants and events of default, the KBW Revolving Credit Facility requires compliance with a Consolidated Leverage Ratio, as defined in the KBW Revolving Credit Facility. The KBW Revolving Credit Facility is secured by first ranking security interests over the same shares and assets that secure the KBW Senior Secured Notes. The KBW Revolving Credit Facility provides for an annual commitment fee of 1.50% on the unused portion.

Telenet Credit Facility

The Telenet Credit Facility, as amended, is the senior secured credit facility of Telenet NV and Telenet International. In addition to customary restrictive covenants, prepayment requirements and events of default, including defaults on other indebtedness of Telenet and its subsidiaries, the Telenet Credit Facility requires compliance with a Net Total Debt to Consolidated Annualized EBITDA covenant and a Consolidated EBITDA to Total Cash Interest covenant, each capitalized term as defined in the Telenet Credit Facility. Under the Telenet Credit Facility, members of the borrower group are permitted to make certain distributions and restricted payments to its shareholders subject to compliance with applicable covenants. The Telenet Credit Facility is secured by (i) pledges over the shares of Telenet NV and certain of its subsidiaries, (ii) pledges over certain intercompany and subordinated shareholder loans and (iii) pledges over certain receivables, real estate and other assets of Telenet NV, Telenet and certain other Telenet subsidiaries. The agreement governing the Telenet Credit Facility contains covenants that limit, among other things, Telenet's ability to merge with or into another company, acquire other companies, incur additional debt, dispose of assets, make distributions or pay dividends, provide loans and guarantees and enter into hedging agreements. In addition to customary default provisions, including defaults on other indebtedness of Telenet and its subsidiaries, the Telenet Credit Facility provides that any event of default with respect to indebtedness of €50.0 million ($64.8 million) or more in the aggregate of Telenet and certain of its subsidiaries is an event of default under the Telenet Credit Facility.



II-120


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The details of our borrowings under the Telenet Credit Facility are summarized in the following table:
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
Facility
 
Final maturity date
 
Interest rate
 
Facility amount
(in borrowing
currency) (a)
 
Unused
borrowing
capacity (b)
 
Carrying
value
 
 
 
 
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M (c)
November 15, 2020
 
6.375%
 
500.0

 
$

 
$
648.0

N (c)
November 15, 2016
 
5.300%
 
100.0

 

 
129.6

O (c)
February 15, 2021
 
6.625%
 
300.0

 

 
388.8

P (c)
June 15, 2021
 
EURIBOR + 3.875%
 
400.0

 

 
518.4

Q
July 31, 2017
 
EURIBOR + 3.25%
 
431.0

 

 
558.7

R
July 31, 2019
 
EURIBOR + 3.625%
 
798.6

 

 
1,035.0

S
December 31, 2016
 
EURIBOR + 2.75%
 
158.0

 
204.8

 

Elimination of Telenet Facilities M, N, O and P in consolidation (c)
 

 
(1,684.8
)
Total
 
$
204.8

 
$
1,593.7

 _______________

(a)
Represents total third-party facility amounts at December 31, 2011 without giving effect to the impact of premiums.

(b)
Telenet Facility S has a commitment fee on unused and uncancelled balances of 1.10% per year.

(c)
As described below, the amounts outstanding under Facilities M, N, O and P are eliminated in LGI's consolidated financial statements.

Refinancing Transactions. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, Telenet completed a number of refinancing transactions. These refinancing transactions, which generally were undertaken to extend the maturities of Telenet's borrowings under the Telenet Bank Facility, are set forth below.

2011 Transactions. During the third quarter of 2011, pursuant to various additional facility accession agreements, Telenet executed (i) two new term loan facilities (Telenet Facilities Q and R) in aggregate principal amounts of €431.0 million ($558.7 million) and €798.6 million ($1,035.0 million), respectively, and (ii) a revolving credit facility (Telenet Facility S) in an aggregate principal amount of €158.0 million ($204.8 million). In connection with these transactions, (i) certain lenders novated their existing Telenet Facility G drawn commitments to Telenet Luxembourg Finance Center S.à.r.l. (Telenet Luxembourg), a subsidiary of Telenet NV, and entered into the new Telenet Facilities Q and R and (ii) Telenet's then-existing undrawn €175.0 million ($251.7 million at the transaction date) revolving credit facility was canceled. As a result of these transactions, €1,229.6 million ($1,746.3 million at the transaction date) of Telenet Facility G drawn commitments were effectively rolled into the new Telenet Facilities Q and R. Telenet Facilities Q, R and S may be increased in the future by entering into one or more additional facility accession agreements.

In addition, during 2011, we refinanced the remaining amounts outstanding under Telenet Facilities K, L1, G and J with proceeds received from the issuance of certain of the Telenet SPE Notes, as defined and described below. In connection with these repayments, Telenet recognized aggregate debt extinguishment losses of $14.8 million, representing the write-off of deferred financing costs of $9.5 million and the incurrence of third-party costs of $5.3 million.

2010 Transactions. On October 4, 2010, Telenet International entered into seven new additional facility accession agreements (the Additional Facility G, H, I, J, K, L1 and L2 Accession Agreements, together the Additional Facility Accession Agreements) under the Telenet Credit Facility. Pursuant to the Additional Facility Accession Agreements, certain existing Telenet Facility A, B1, B2A, B2B, C, D, E1, E2 and F lenders (the Rolling Lenders) rolled substantially all of their existing commitments under the Telenet Credit Facility into new term loan facilities (Telenet Facilities G, H, I, J, K, L1 and L2). The Rolling Lenders novated their existing Telenet Facility A, B1, B2A, B2B, C, D, E1, E2 and F commitments to Telenet Luxembourg, and entered into the new Telenet Facilities G, H, I, J, K, L1 and L2. Telenet Luxembourg, the initial lender under the Additional Facility Accession Agreements, novated its Telenet Facility G, H, I, J, K, L1 and L2 commitments to the Rolling Lenders. The novation process was completed on

II-121


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


October 12, 2010. On October 29, 2010, the remainder of Telenet Facilities B and F were redeemed. In connection with the completion of these transactions, third-party costs of $2.4 million were charged to expense during the fourth quarter of 2010 and are included in losses on debt modification, extinguishment and conversion, net, in our consolidated statement of operations.

In connection with the Additional Facility Accession Agreements, Telenet NV entered into a supplemental agreement, dated October 4, 2010 (the Supplemental Agreement), amending the Telenet Credit Facility. The Supplemental Agreement provides that no new additional facility may be executed under the Telenet Credit Facility unless either (a) the average maturity date of the additional facility (taking into account any scheduled amortization and any voluntary or mandatory cancellation which is anticipated when the additional facility is arranged) is no earlier than July 31, 2017 or (b) after giving effect to the utilization in full of such additional facility the ratio of Net Total Debt to Consolidated Annualized EBITDA (as defined in the Telenet Credit Facility) would not be greater than 4:1.

In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2010, we refinanced the remaining amounts outstanding under Telenet Facilities H, I and L2 with proceeds received from the issuance of certain of the Telenet SPE Notes, as defined and described below.

2009 Transactions. In June 2009, Telenet NV amended the Telenet Credit Facility, whereby the then-existing undrawn Telenet Facility B2, which was then available to be drawn up to June 30, 2009, was split into two separate facilities: (i) a €135.0 million ($175.0 million) term loan facility (Telenet Facility B2A), which was then available to be drawn up to and including June 30, 2010, and (ii) a €90.0 million ($116.6 million) term loan facility (Telenet Facility B2B), which was drawn in full on June 29, 2009.

On August 25, 2009, pursuant to various additional facility accession agreements, new Telenet Facilities D, E1, E2 and F (collectively, the 2009 Telenet Facilities) were executed under the Telenet Credit Facility. All of the 2009 Telenet Facilities were euro-denominated term loan facilities.

In connection with the completion of the 2009 Telenet Facilities, certain of the lenders under the existing Telenet Facilities A, B1, B2A, B2B and C novated their commitments to Telenet Mobile NV, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Telenet, and entered into the 2009 Telenet Facilities. As a result, during the third quarter of 2009, total commitments of €452.8 million ($586.8 million), €238.5 million ($309.1 million), €90.0 million ($116.6 million), €90.0 million and €979.2 million ($1,269.1 million) under Telenet Facilities A, B1, B2A, B2B and C, respectively, were rolled into the 2009 Telenet Facilities.
 
In connection with the completion of the 2009 Telenet Facilities described above, third-party costs aggregating $8.6 million were charged to expense during 2009 and are included in losses on debt modification, extinguishment and conversion, net, in our consolidated statement of operations.

Telenet SPE Notes

Telenet Finance Luxembourg S.C.A. (Telenet Finance), Telenet Finance Luxembourg II S.A. (Telenet Finance II), Telenet Finance III Luxembourg S.C.A. (Telenet Finance III) and Telenet Finance IV Luxembourg S.C.A. (Telenet Finance IV and together with Telenet Finance, Telenet Finance II and Telenet Finance III, the Telenet SPEs) are each special purpose financing entities created for the primary purposes of facilitating the offerings of €500.0 million ($648.0 million) principal amount of 6.375% senior secured notes (the Telenet Finance Senior Notes), €100.0 million ($129.6 million) principal amount of 5.3% senior secured notes (the Telenet Finance II Senior Notes), €300.0 million ($388.8 million) principal amount of 6.625% senior secured notes (the Telenet Finance III Senior Notes) and €400.0 million ($518.4 million) principal amount of floating rate senior secured notes (the Telenet Finance IV Senior Notes and, together with the Telenet Finance Senior Notes, the Telenet Finance II Senior Notes and the Telenet Finance III Senior Notes, the Telenet SPE Notes), respectively.

Telenet Finance is owned 99.9% by a foundation established under the laws of the Netherlands and 0.1% by a Luxembourg private limited liability company as general partner. On November 3, 2010, Telenet Finance issued the Telenet Finance Senior Notes at par and used the proceeds to fund a new additional facility (Telenet Facility M) under the Telenet Credit Facility, with Telenet International as the borrower. Telenet International used €201.7 million ($282.7 million at the transaction date) of the proceeds from Telenet Facility M to repay outstanding amounts under Facilities H, I and L2 of the Telenet Credit Facility, and to service certain payments to Telenet Finance under agreements related to Telenet Facility M and the Telenet Finance Senior Notes. In connection with these repayments, Telenet incurred debt extinguishment losses of $3.1 million, representing the write-off of deferred financing costs.


II-122


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Telenet Finance II is owned by a foundation established under the laws of the Netherlands. On November 26, 2010, Telenet Finance II issued the Telenet Finance II Senior Notes at an original issue price of 101.75% and used the proceeds to fund an additional facility (Telenet Facility N) under the Telenet Credit Facility, with Telenet International as the borrower.

Telenet Finance III is owned 99.9% by a foundation established under the laws of the Netherlands and 0.1% by a Luxembourg private limited liability company as general partner. On February 15, 2011, Telenet Finance III issued the Telenet Finance III Senior Notes at par and used the proceeds to fund a new additional facility (Telenet Facility O) under the Telenet Credit Facility, with Telenet International as the borrower. Telenet International applied €286.5 million ($387.1 million at the transaction date) of the proceeds from Telenet Facility O to redeem a portion of the outstanding borrowings under Telenet Facilities K and L1.  The remaining €80.0 million ($103.7 million) of outstanding borrowings under Telenet Facilities K and L1 were rolled into a new Telenet Facility G2, which had terms similar to the existing Telenet Facility G.

Telenet Finance IV is owned 99.9% by a foundation established under the laws of the Netherlands and 0.1% by a Luxembourg private limited liability company as general partner. On June 15, 2011, Telenet Finance IV issued the Telenet Finance IV Senior Notes at par and used the proceeds to fund a new additional facility (Telenet Facility P) under the Telenet Credit Facility, with Telenet International as the borrower. In July 2011, Telenet International used the proceeds from Telenet Facility P to repay the remaining €400.1 million ($575.4 million at the transaction date) outstanding under Telenet Facilities G and J of the Telenet Credit Facility, after taking into account the €1,229.6 million ($1,746.3 million at the transaction date) of Telenet Facility G commitments that were rolled into new Telenet Facilities Q and R under the Telenet Credit Facility.

Each Telenet SPE is dependent on payments from Telenet International under the applicable of Telenet Facility M, N, O or P (each, a Telenet SPE Funded Facility) of the Telenet Credit Facility in order to service its payment obligations under its Telenet SPE Notes. Although Telenet International has no equity or voting interest in any of the Telenet SPEs, each of the Telenet SPE Funded Facility loans creates a variable interest in the respective Telenet SPE for which Telenet International is the primary beneficiary, as contemplated by GAAP. As such, Telenet International and its parent entities, including Telenet and LGI, are required by the provisions of GAAP to consolidate the Telenet SPEs.  Accordingly, the amounts outstanding under Telenet Facilities M, N, O and P have been eliminated in LGI's consolidated financial statements.

Pursuant to the respective indentures for the Telenet SPE Notes (the Telenet SPE Indentures) and the respective accession agreements for the Telenet SPE Funded Facilities, the call provisions, maturity and applicable interest rate for each Telenet SPE Funded Facility are the same as those of the related Telenet SPE Notes. The Telenet SPEs, as lenders under the Telenet Credit Facility, are treated the same as the other lenders under the Telenet Credit Facility, with benefits, rights and protections similar to those afforded to the other lenders. Through the covenants in the applicable Telenet SPE Indenture and the applicable security interests over (i) all of the issued shares of the relevant Telenet SPE and (ii) the relevant Telenet SPE's rights under the applicable Telenet SPE Funded Facility granted to secure the obligations of the relevant Telenet SPE under the relevant Telenet SPE Notes, the holders of the Telenet SPE Notes are provided indirectly with the benefits, rights, protections and covenants, granted to the Telenet SPEs as lenders under the Telenet Credit Facility.

The Telenet SPEs are prohibited from incurring any additional indebtedness, subject to certain exceptions under the Telenet SPE Indentures.

The Telenet Finance Senior Notes may not be redeemed prior to November 15, 2015, the Telenet Finance III Senior Notes may not be redeemed prior to February 15, 2016 and the Telenet Finance IV Senior Notes may not be redeemed prior to June 15, 2014 (each a Telenet SPE Notes Call Date). If, however, at any time prior to the applicable Telenet SPE Notes Call Date, a voluntary prepayment of all or a portion of the loans under the related Telenet SPE Funded Facility occurs, then the applicable Telenet SPE will be required to redeem an aggregate principal amount of its Telenet SPE Notes equal to the principal amount of the loans so prepaid under the related Telenet SPE Funded Facility. The redemption price payable will equal the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the applicable Telenet SPE Notes to be redeemed, (ii) the excess of (a) the present value at such redemption date of (1) the redemption price of such Telenet SPE Notes on the applicable Telenet SPE Notes Call Date, as determined in accordance with the table below, plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments thereon due through the applicable Telenet SPE Notes Call Date (excluding accrued and unpaid interest to such redemption date), computed using the discount rate specified in the applicable Telenet SPE Indenture, over (b) the principal amount of such Telenet SPE Notes to be redeemed and (iii) accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Amounts (as defined in the applicable Telenet SPE Indenture), if any, to the date of redemption.



II-123


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The Telenet Finance II Senior Notes may not be redeemed prior to November 15, 2013 and no voluntary prepayment of all or any portion of the related Telenet Facility N may occur prior to such date.

On or after (i) the applicable Telenet SPE Notes Call Date, upon the voluntary prepayment of all or a portion of the loans under the related Telenet SPE Funded Facility, the applicable Telenet SPE will redeem an aggregate principal amount of its Telenet SPE Notes equal to the principal amount of the loans so prepaid and (ii) November 15, 2013, upon the voluntary prepayment of Telenet Facility N, which may only be voluntarily prepaid in whole and not in part, Telenet Finance II will redeem all of the Telenet Finance II Senior Notes at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and, in the case of the Telenet SPE Notes, other than the Telenet Finance II Senior Notes, Additional Amounts (as defined in the applicable Telenet SPE Indenture), if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on (a) November 15 for the Telenet Finance Senior Notes and the Telenet Finance II Senior Notes, (b) February 15 for the Telenet Finance III Senior Notes and (c) June 15 for the Telenet Finance IV Senior Notes, of the years set forth below:
 
 
Redemption Price
Year
 
Telenet
Finance
Senior
Notes
 
Telenet
Finance II
Senior
Notes
 
Telenet
Finance III
Senior
Notes
 
Telenet
Finance IV
Senior
Notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013
N.A.
 
102.65%
 
N.A.
 
N.A.
2014
N.A.
 
101.77%
 
N.A.
 
102.00%
2015
103.188%
 
100.88%
 
N.A.
 
101.00%
2016
102.125%
 
100.00%
 
103.313%
 
100.00%
2017
101.063%
 
N.A.
 
102.209%
 
100.00%
2018
100.000%
 
N.A.
 
101.104%
 
100.00%
2019 and thereafter
100.000%
 
N.A.
 
100.000%
 
100.00%
The details of the Telenet SPEs Notes are summarized in the following table: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding principal 
amount
 
 
 
 
Telenet SPEs Notes
 
Maturity
 
Interest rate
 
Borrowing
currency
 
U.S. $
equivalent
 
Estimated
fair value
 
Carrying
value (a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Telenet Finance
Senior Notes
 
November 15, 2020
 
6.375%
 
500.0

 
$
648.0

 
$
627.6

 
$
648.0

Telenet Finance II
Senior Notes
 
November 15, 2016
 
5.300%
 
100.0

 
129.6

 
124.4

 
131.5

Telenet Finance III
Senior Notes
 
February 15, 2021
 
6.625%
 
300.0

 
388.8

 
375.4

 
388.8

Telenet Finance IV
Senior Notes
 
June 15, 2021
 
EURIBOR + 3.875%
 
400.0

 
518.4

 
500.3

 
518.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
1,300.0

 
$
1,684.8

 
$
1,627.7

 
$
1,686.7

_______________
 
(a)
Amounts include the impact of premiums, where applicable.


II-124


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Austar Bank Facility

The Austar senior facility agreement, as amended, is the senior credit facility of Austar Entertainment (the Austar Bank Facility). As we have presented Austar as a discontinued operation in our December 31, 2011 consolidated balance sheet, our borrowings under the Austar Bank Facility are included in long-term liabilities of discontinued operation in our December 31, 2011 consolidated balance sheet.

At December 31, 2011, the Austar Bank Facility provides for (i) a AUD 500.0 million ($512.8 million) term loan (Austar Tranche B), which bears interest at BBSY plus margins ranging from 1.30% to 2.00% and matures in August 2013,  (ii) a AUD 174.5 million ($179.0 million) term loan (Austar Tranche C1), which bears interest at BBSY plus margins ranging from 2.3% to 3.5% and matures in December 2015 and (iii) a AUD 100.0 million (102.6 million) revolving facility (the Austar Revolving Facility), which bears interest at BBSY plus margins ranging from 0.90% to 1.70% and matures in August 2012. The Austar Bank Facility also provides for an agreement with a single bank for a AUD 25.0 million ($25.6 million) working capital facility, which bears interest at BBSY plus margins ranging from 0.90% to 1.70% and matures in August 2012. The Austar Revolving Facility has a commitment fee on undrawn and uncancelled balances of 0.5% per year.

In December 2010, Austar Entertainment amended the Austar Bank Facility to, among other items, extend the maturity dates of Austar Tranche B and the Austar Revolving Facility through a “forward start” structure. Under the terms of the amendment, a new Austar Tranche C2, with a principal amount of AUD 387.9 million ($397.8 million) was created and will be available to be drawn, at Austar Entertainment’s option, upon the final maturity of Austar Tranche B in August 2013. In addition, (i) a new revolving facility (Austar Tranche R), with a principal amount of AUD 77.6 million ($79.6 million) was also created and will be available to be drawn, at Austar Entertainment’s option, upon the final maturity of the Austar Revolving Facility in August 2012 and (ii) the maturity date of the working capital facility was extended from August 2012. Austar Tranche C2, R and the working capital facility each mature on December 20, 2015 and each bear interest at BBSY plus margins ranging from 2.3% to 3.5%. Prior to the respective “forward start” date, (i) the commitment fee on Austar Tranche C2 ranges from 1.0% to 1.8% per year of the outstanding borrowings under Austar Tranche B and (ii) the commitment fee on Austar Tranche R ranges from 1.4% to 2.1% per year of the outstanding borrowings under the Austar Revolving Facility. Once available to be drawn, Austar Tranche R will have a commitment fee on undrawn and uncancelled balances of 0.5%.

As of December 31, 2011, Austar Tranche C1 and Austar Tranche B were drawn in full and and the working capital facility and the Austar Revolving Facility had unused borrowing capacity of AUD 121.8 million ($124.9 million).

In addition to customary restrictive covenants, prepayment requirements and events of default, including defaults on other indebtedness of Austar and its subsidiaries, the Austar Bank Facility requires compliance with various financial covenants including (i) Net Total Debt to EBITDA and (ii) EBITDA to Total Interest Expense, each capitalized term as defined in the Austar Bank Facility. The Austar Bank Facility is secured by pledges over (i) Austar Entertainment shares, (ii) shares of certain of Austar’s subsidiaries and (iii) certain other assets of Austar and certain of its subsidiaries. The Austar Bank Facility is also guaranteed by Austar Entertainment and certain of its subsidiaries.

UGC Convertible Notes

On April 6, 2004, UGC completed the offering and sale of €500.0 million ($648.0 million) principal amount of the 1.75% UGC Convertible Notes. The UGC Convertible Notes were senior unsecured obligations of UGC that under certain circumstances were convertible into LGI common stock. Interest was payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year. As discussed above, all of the remaining UGC Convertible Notes were converted into LGI common stock in April 2011.

During May 2010, we repurchased €70.8 million ($86.9 million at the transaction dates) principal amount of the UGC Convertible Notes at an aggregate purchase price equal to 102.5% of face value, for a total of €72.6 million ($89.1 million at the transaction dates), including accrued interest thereon. The $10.7 million gain associated with the change in fair value of the repurchased UGC Convertible Notes from December 31, 2009 through the repurchase dates is included in realized and unrealized losses due to changes in fair values of certain investments and debt, net, in our 2010 consolidated statement of operations.

In March 2009, we repurchased €101.0 million ($136.9 million at the transaction dates) principal amount of the UGC Convertible Notes at an aggregate purchase price equal to 65% of face value, for a total of €66.4 million ($90.1 million at the transaction dates), including accrued interest thereon. The $25.9 million gain associated with the change in fair value of the repurchased UGC

II-125


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Convertible Notes from December 31, 2008 through the repurchase dates is included in realized and unrealized losses due to changes in fair values of certain investments and debt, net, in our 2009 consolidated statement of operations.

Chellomedia Bank Facility

The senior secured credit facility of Chellomedia PFH (the Chellomedia Bank Facility), a subsidiary of Chellomedia, provides the terms and conditions upon which the lenders have made available to Chellomedia PFH (i) two euro-denominated term facilities due in December 2013 with aggregate outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2011 of €99.8 million ($129.3 million), (ii) two U.S. dollar-denominated term facilities due in December 2013 with aggregate outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2011 of $85.5 million, (iii) a delayed draw facility due in 2013 with outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2011 of €24.0 million ($31.1 million) and (iv) a revolving facility (which may also be drawn in Hungarian forints) due in 2012. As of December 31, 2011, the four term facilities and the delayed draw facility have been drawn in full. The margin for the term facilities and delayed draw facility is 3.00% per annum (over LIBOR or, in relation to any loan in euro, EURIBOR) and the margin for the revolving facility is 2.50% per annum (over EURIBOR or, in relation to any loan in Hungarian forints, BUBOR). The revolving facility has a commitment fee on unused and uncancelled balances of 0.75% per year.

In addition to customary restrictive covenants, prepayment requirements and events of default, including defaults on other indebtedness of Chellomedia PFH and its subsidiaries, the Chellomedia Bank Facility requires Chellomedia PFH to comply with various financial covenants including (i) Total Net Debt to Annualized EBITDA, (ii) Senior Net Debt to Annualized EBITDA and (iii) EBITDA to Total Cash Interest Payable, each capitalized term as defined in the Chellomedia Bank Facility. The Chellomedia Bank Facility permits Chellomedia PFH to transfer funds to its parent company (and indirectly to LGI) through loans, dividends or other distributions provided that Chellomedia PFH maintains compliance with applicable covenants.

The Chellomedia Bank Facility is secured by pledges over (i) the shares of Chellomedia PFH and certain of its material subsidiaries and (ii) certain bank accounts and intercompany loan receivables of Chellomedia PFH’s immediate parent company, Chellomedia PFH and certain of its subsidiaries. The Chellomedia Bank Facility is also guaranteed by Chellomedia PFH’s immediate parent company, by Chellomedia PFH (in respect of other obligors’ obligations) and by certain of Chellomedia PFH’s subsidiaries.

Liberty Puerto Rico Bank Facility

Liberty Puerto Rico’s bank facility (the Liberty Puerto Rico Bank Facility) provides for (i) a $150 million amortizing term loan (the LPR Term Loan), (ii) a $20 million amortizing delayed draw Senior Credit Facility (the LPR Delayed Draw Term Loan) and (iii) a $10 million revolving loan (the LPR Revolving Loan). Borrowings under the Liberty Puerto Rico Bank Facility may be used to fund the general corporate and working capital requirements of Liberty Puerto Rico. All amounts borrowed under the Liberty Puerto Rico Bank Facility bear interest at a margin of 2.00% over LIBOR. The LPR Term Loan, which began amortizing in September 2007, and the LPR Delayed Draw Term Loan, which began amortizing in June 2008, have final maturities in 2014. The LPR Revolving Loan has a final maturity in 2013. The LPR Revolving Loan has a commitment fee on unused and uncancelled balances of 0.5% per year.

In addition to customary restrictive covenants, prepayment requirements and events of default, including defaults on other indebtedness of Liberty Puerto Rico and its subsidiaries, the Liberty Puerto Rico Bank Facility requires compliance with the following financial covenants: (i) Net Debt to Annualized EBITDA and (ii) Annualized EBITDA to Total Cash Interest Charges, each capitalized term as defined in the Liberty Puerto Rico Bank Facility. The Liberty Puerto Rico Bank Facility permits Liberty Puerto Rico to transfer funds to its parent company (and indirectly to LGI) through loans, dividends or other distributions provided that Liberty Puerto Rico maintains compliance with applicable covenants.

The Liberty Puerto Rico Bank Facility is secured by pledges over (i) the Liberty Puerto Rico shares indirectly owned by our company and (ii) certain other assets owned by Liberty Puerto Rico. The Liberty Puerto Rico Bank Facility also requires that Liberty Puerto Rico maintain a $10 million cash collateral account to protect against losses in connection with an uninsured casualty event. This cash collateral account is reflected as long-term restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheets.

VTR Wireless Bank Facility

VTR Wireless is an entity that is 80%-owned by us and 20%-owned by the noncontrolling interest owner of VTR.  VTR Wireless is undertaking the launch of mobile services in Chile through a combination of its own wireless network and certain third-party

II-126


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


wireless access arrangements.   On May 12, 2011, VTR Wireless entered into a CLP 60 billion ($115.5 million) term loan bank facility (the VTR Wireless Bank Facility). The outstanding borrowings under the VTR Wireless Bank Facility were CLP 16.5 billion ($31.8 million) as of December 31, 2011. The VTR Wireless Bank Facility has an initial due date of May 12, 2016 (the Initial Due Date). Beginning on the Initial Due Date and provided that no events of default have occurred, VTR Wireless can extend the maturity date by (i) meeting certain conditions precedent, including the achievement of (a) positive EBITDA for the 12-month period preceding the Initial Due Date and (b) operating results that are substantially in line with the Business Plan (EBITDA and Business Plan each as defined in the VTR Wireless Bank Facility) and (ii) satisfying certain equity contribution requirements, as further discussed below. If the maturity date is so extended, the outstanding principal balance of the VTR Wireless Bank Facility will be due in nine semi-annual installments, as summarized in the following table:
Installment date
 
Installment
amount (a)
 
 
 
May 12, 2016
6.67%
November 12, 2016 and May 12, 2017
9.17%
November 12, 2017 and May 12, 2018
10.83%
November 12, 2018 and May 12, 2019
12.50%
November 12, 2019
14.17%
May 12, 2020
14.16%
_______________

(a)
Expressed as a percentage of the outstanding principal balance as of the Initial Due Date.

Through the Initial Due Date, the interest rate on outstanding borrowings is Nominal TAB (as defined in the VTR Wireless Bank Facility) plus 3.00%. After the Initial Due Date and through the extension period, the interest rate will be Nominal TAB plus 2.45%. The VTR Wireless Bank Facility has a commitment fee on undrawn balances of 0.45% per year plus applicable value-added tax. The VTR Wireless Bank Facility also has a voluntary prepayment fee of (i) 0.45% of the principal amount prepaid plus value-added tax through May 12, 2012, (ii) 0.3% of the principal amount prepaid plus value-added tax during the period from May 13, 2012 to May 12, 2013 and (iii) 0.2% of the principal amount prepaid plus value-added tax from May 13, 2013 through October 13, 2014.

In addition to customary restrictive covenants, prepayment requirements and events of default, including defaults on other indebtedness of VTR Wireless and its subsidiaries, the VTR Wireless Bank Facility requires, beginning in November 2014, compliance with the following financial covenants: (i) Interest Coverage Ratio, (ii) Financial Debt Coverage Ratio and (iii) Total Liabilities to Net Worth Ratio, each capitalized term as defined in the VTR Wireless Bank Facility. The VTR Wireless Bank Facility permits VTR Wireless to transfer funds to its parent company (and indirectly to LGI) after the Initial Due Date through loans, dividends or other distributions provided that VTR Wireless maintains compliance with applicable covenants.

The VTR Wireless Bank Facility is secured by pledges over (i) the VTR Wireless shares indirectly owned by our company and (ii) certain other assets owned by VTR Wireless. VTR Wireless is required to ensure, as a condition to any drawdown under the VTR Wireless Bank Facility, that immediately after the drawdown there is an equity contribution to debt ratio of at least 2.33 to 1. In addition, beginning in November 2014, VTR Wireless is required to maintain a minimum of CLP 10.0 billion ($19.2 million) in cash and cash equivalents. If the amounts due under the VTR Wireless Bank Facility are not fully repaid by the Initial Due Date, LGI is required to contribute, or cause VTR Wireless shareholders to contribute, an amount equal to CLP 215.0 billion ($413.9 million) less the aggregate amount of funds that previously have been contributed as equity or loaned on a subordinated basis to VTR Wireless.


II-127


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Maturities of Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

Maturities of our debt and capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2011 are presented below for the named entity and its subsidiaries, unless otherwise noted. For information regarding certain financing transactions completed subsequent to December 31, 2011 that impact the debt maturities for UPC Holding and Telenet, see note 19. Amounts presented below represent U.S. dollar equivalents based on December 31, 2011 exchange rates:

Debt:
 
UPC
Holding (a)
 
Unitymedia
 
KBW
 
Telenet (b)
 
Other
 
Total
 
in millions
Year ended December 31:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
$
100.2

 
$

 
$

 
$
9.6

 
$
8.0

 
$
117.8

2013
58.2

 

 

 
9.6

 
246.2

 
314.0

2014
689.8

 
103.7

 

 
9.6

 
160.3

 
963.4

2015
376.8

 

 

 
9.6

 
1.3

 
387.7

2016
2,904.0

 

 

 
139.2

 
519.9

 
3,563.1

Thereafter
7,633.7

 
3,560.1

 
2,962.4

 
3,271.2

 
743.1

 
18,170.5

Total debt maturities
11,762.7

 
3,663.8

 
2,962.4

 
3,448.8

 
1,678.8

 
23,516.5

 Unamortized premium and discount
(73.9
)
 
(63.2
)
 
11.1

 
1.9

 
(0.1
)
 
(124.2
)
Total debt
$
11,688.8

 
$
3,600.6

 
$
2,973.5

 
$
3,450.7

 
$
1,678.7

 
$
23,392.3

Current portion
$
100.2

 
$

 
$

 
$
9.6

 
$
8.0

 
$
117.8

Noncurrent portion
$
11,588.6

 
$
3,600.6

 
$
2,973.5

 
$
3,441.1

 
$
1,670.7

 
$
23,274.5

 _______________

(a)
Amounts include the UPCB SPE Notes issued by the the UPCB SPEs, which entities are consolidated by UPC Holding.

(b)
Amounts include the Telenet SPE Notes issued by the Telenet SPEs, which entities are consolidated by Telenet.

Capital lease obligations:
 
Germany
 
Telenet
 
Other
 
Total
 
in millions
Year ended December 31:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
$
97.8

 
$
54.7

 
$
6.6

 
$
159.1

2013
95.2

 
59.2

 
4.4

 
158.8

2014
95.0

 
57.4

 
3.8

 
156.2

2015
94.8

 
52.2

 
3.5

 
150.5

2016
94.8

 
50.7

 
3.5

 
149.0

Thereafter
1,316.7

 
260.3

 
32.0

 
1,609.0

 
1,794.3

 
534.5

 
53.8

 
2,382.6

Amounts representing interest
(850.2
)
 
(147.1
)
 
(19.7
)
 
(1,017.0
)
Present value of net minimum lease payments
$
944.1

 
$
387.4

 
$
34.1

 
$
1,365.6

Current portion
$
25.9

 
$
35.9

 
$
4.5

 
$
66.3

Noncurrent portion
$
918.2

 
$
351.5

 
$
29.6

 
$
1,299.3



II-128


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Non-cash Refinancing Transactions

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, certain of our refinancing transactions included non-cash borrowings and repayments of debt aggregating $2,908.0 million, $4,205.3 million and $5,585.0 million, respectively.

Subsequent Events

For information concerning certain financing transactions completed subsequent to December 31, 2011, see note 19.

(10)    Income Taxes

LGI files consolidated tax returns in the U.S. The income taxes of domestic and foreign subsidiaries not included within the consolidated U.S. tax group are presented in our financial statements based on a separate return basis for each tax-paying entity or group.

The domestic and foreign components of our loss from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic
$
(280.4
)
 
$
(117.8
)
 
$
(228.9
)
Foreign
(295.4
)
 
(1,032.8
)
 
(676.0
)
Total
$
(575.8
)
 
$
(1,150.6
)
 
$
(904.9
)


II-129


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Income tax benefit (expense) consists of:
 
Current
 
Deferred
 
Total
 
in millions
Year ended December 31, 2011:
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
(32.3
)
 
$
114.0

 
$
81.7

State and local
(1.4
)
 
1.0

 
(0.4
)
Foreign
(68.4
)
 
(244.6
)
 
(313.0
)
Total — continuing operations
$
(102.1
)
 
$
(129.6
)
 
$
(231.7
)
Discontinued operations
$

 
$
(57.1
)
 
$
(57.1
)
Year ended December 31, 2010:
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
722.8

 
$
(652.6
)
 
$
70.2

State and local
21.2

 
(20.7
)
 
0.5

Foreign
(37.1
)
 
163.3

 
126.2

Total — continuing operations
$
706.9

 
$
(510.0
)
 
$
196.9

Discontinued operations
$
(1,208.8
)
 
$
413.7

 
$
(795.1
)
Year ended December 31, 2009:
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
10.4

 
$
446.9

 
$
457.3

State and local
2.5

 
18.8

 
21.3

Foreign
(25.7
)
 
352.2

 
326.5

Total — continuing operations
$
(12.8
)
 
$
817.9

 
$
805.1

Discontinued operations
$
(264.5
)
 
$
(306.6
)
 
$
(571.1
)

Income tax benefit (expense) attributable to our loss from continuing operations before income taxes differs from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35%, as a result of the following:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
Computed “expected” tax benefit
$
201.5

 
$
402.7

 
$
316.7

Change in valuation allowances
(267.4
)
 
(11.4
)
 
244.3

Non-deductible or non-taxable interest and other expenses
(108.6
)
 
(79.0
)
 
(23.9
)
International rate differences (a)
(29.0
)
 
(97.6
)
 
(129.0
)
Non-deductible or non-taxable foreign currency exchange results
(23.6
)
 
(0.8
)
 
3.2

Basis and other differences in the treatment of items associated with investments in subsidiaries and affiliates
(7.3
)
 
(22.5
)
 
357.2

Recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits
4.7

 
17.5

 
17.5

Impairment of goodwill
(4.1
)
 
(5.5
)
 
(18.7
)
State and local income taxes, net of federal income taxes
(2.7
)
 
1.5

 
32.6

Other, net
4.8

 
(8.0
)
 
5.2

Total
$
(231.7
)
 
$
196.9

 
$
805.1

_______________


II-130


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


(a)
Amounts reflect statutory rates in jurisdictions that we operate outside of the U.S., all of which are lower than the U.S. federal income tax rate.

The current and non-current components of our deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows: 
 
December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
Current deferred tax assets
$
345.2

 
$
300.1

Non-current deferred tax assets (a)
83.0

 
492.7

Current deferred tax liabilities (a)
(1.1
)
 
(1.4
)
Non-current deferred tax liabilities (a)
(1,415.7
)
 
(1,129.7
)
Net deferred tax liability
$
(988.6
)
 
$
(338.3
)
_______________ 

(a)
Our current deferred tax liabilities are included in other accrued and current liabilities and our non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in other assets, net, and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheets.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below: 
 
December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
in millions
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Net operating loss and other carryforwards
$
1,956.0

 
$
2,602.8

Debt
612.2

 
323.3

Derivative instruments
415.5

 
88.5

Property and equipment, net
324.8

 
61.6

Intangible assets
87.8

 
30.1

Stock-based compensation
37.1

 
63.6

Other future deductible amounts
214.4

 
232.8

Deferred tax assets
3,647.8

 
3,402.7

Valuation allowance
(2,047.0
)
 
(1,828.3
)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
1,600.8

 
1,574.4

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Property and equipment, net
(1,181.1
)
 
(791.5
)
Intangible assets
(767.8
)
 
(565.8
)
Derivative instruments
(284.7
)
 
(233.2
)
Investments
(222.2
)
 
(247.2
)
Other future taxable amounts
(133.6
)
 
(75.0
)
Deferred tax liabilities
(2,589.4
)
 
(1,912.7
)
Net deferred tax liability
$
(988.6
)
 
$
(338.3
)

Our deferred income tax valuation allowance increased $218.7 million in 2011. This increase reflects the net effect of (i) the net tax expense related to our continuing operations of $267.4 million, including $222.7 million of valuation allowance recorded

II-131


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


in France during the fourth quarter of 2011 due to modification of our intercompany financing structure that resulted largely from a change in local tax law, (ii) acquisitions and reclassifications to discontinued operations, (iii)  foreign currency translation adjustments and (iv) other. During 2011, we entered into transactions whereby approximately €2.6 billion ($3.4 billion) of the Netherlands' net operating losses were converted into additional tax basis in network assets of €922.3 million ($1,195.3 million), other assets of €295.9 million ($383.5 million) and financial instruments of €1.4 billion ($1.8 billion). The decrease in deferred tax assets for net operating losses and increase in deferred tax assets for property and equipment, derivative instruments and other assets reflect these transactions.
 
The significant components of our tax loss carryforwards and related tax assets at December 31, 2011 are as follows:
 
Country
 
Tax loss
carryforward
 
Related
tax asset
 
Expiration
date
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
2,813.2

 
$
436.6

 
Indefinite
The Netherlands
2,189.2

 
547.3

 
2013-2020
Luxembourg
920.9

 
265.2

 
Indefinite
France
640.7

 
220.6

 
Indefinite
Hungary
521.1

 
62.8

 
Indefinite
Ireland
489.5

 
61.2

 
Indefinite
Belgium
377.5

 
128.3

 
Indefinite
Switzerland
323.3

 
66.2

 
2013-2018
U.S.
307.7

 
107.7

 
2031
Chile
75.7

 
12.9

 
Indefinite
Romania
70.7

 
11.3

 
2012-2018
Austria
65.7

 
16.4

 
Indefinite
Spain
27.8

 
8.3

 
2023-2028
United Kingdom
18.9

 
4.8

 
Indefinite
Other
28.1

 
6.4

 
Various
Total
$
8,870.0

 
$
1,956.0

 
 

Net operating losses arising from the deduction of stock-based compensation are not included in the above table. These net operating losses, which aggregated $44.9 million at December 31, 2011, will not be recognized for financial reporting purposes until such time as these tax benefits can be realized as a reduction of income taxes payable.

Our tax loss carryforwards within each jurisdiction combine all companies’ tax losses (both capital and ordinary losses) in that jurisdiction, however, certain tax jurisdictions limit the ability to offset taxable income of a separate company or different tax group with the tax losses associated with another separate company or group. Some losses are limited in use due to change in control or same business tests.

We intend to indefinitely reinvest earnings from certain foreign operations except to the extent the earnings are subject to current U.S. income taxes. The determination of the additional U.S. and non-U.S. withholding tax that would arise upon a reversal of temporary differences is subject to offset by available foreign tax credits, subject to certain limitations, and it is impractical to estimate the amount of withholding tax that might be payable.

A controlled foreign subsidiary of a U.S. corporation is considered to be a controlled foreign corporation or "CFC" under U.S. tax law. In general, our pro rata share of certain income earned by our CFCs during a taxable year when such subsidiaries have positive current or accumulated earnings and profits will be included in our income to the extent of the earnings and profits when the income is earned, regardless of whether the income is distributed to us. The income, often referred to as “Subpart F income,” generally includes, but is not limited to, such items as interest, dividends, royalties, gains from the disposition of certain

II-132


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


property, certain currency exchange gains in excess of currency exchange losses, and certain related party sales and services income.
 
In addition, a U.S. corporation that is a shareholder in a CFC may be required to include in its income its pro rata share of the CFC’s increase in the average adjusted tax basis of any investment in U.S. property (including intercompany receivables from U.S. entities) held by a wholly- or majority-owned CFC to the extent that the CFC has positive current or accumulated earnings and profits. This is the case even though the U.S. corporation may not have received any actual cash distributions from the CFC.

In general, a U.S. corporation may claim a foreign tax credit against its U.S. federal income tax expense for foreign income taxes paid or accrued. A U.S. corporation may also claim a credit for foreign income taxes paid or accrued on the earnings of a foreign corporation paid to the U.S. corporation as a dividend.

Our ability to claim a foreign tax credit for dividends received from our foreign subsidiaries or foreign taxes paid or accrued is subject to various significant limitations under U.S. tax laws including a limited carry back and carry forward period. Some of our operating companies are located in countries with which the U.S. does not have income tax treaties. Because we lack treaty protection in these countries, we may be subject to high rates of withholding taxes on distributions and other payments from these operating companies and may be subject to double taxation on our income. Limitations on the ability to claim a foreign tax credit, lack of treaty protection in some countries, and the inability to offset losses in one foreign jurisdiction against income earned in another foreign jurisdiction could result in a high effective U.S. federal tax rate on our earnings. Since substantially all of our revenue is generated abroad, including in jurisdictions that do not have tax treaties with the U.S., these risks are greater for us than for companies that generate most of their revenue in the U.S. or in jurisdictions that have these treaties.

Through our subsidiaries, we maintain a presence in many foreign countries. Many of these countries maintain highly complex tax regimes that differ significantly from the system of income taxation used in the U.S. We have accounted for the effect of foreign taxes based on what we believe is reasonably expected to apply to us and our subsidiaries based on tax laws currently in effect and reasonable interpretations of these laws. Because some foreign jurisdictions do not have systems of taxation that are as well established as the system of income taxation used in the U.S. or tax regimes used in other major industrialized countries, it may be difficult to anticipate how foreign jurisdictions will tax our and our subsidiaries’ current and future operations.

Although we intend to take reasonable tax planning measures to limit our tax exposures, there can be no assurance we will be able to do so.

We and our subsidiaries file various consolidated and stand alone income tax returns in U.S. federal and state jurisdictions and in various foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, our income tax filings are subject to review by various taxing authorities. In connection with such reviews, disputes could arise with the taxing authorities over the interpretation or application of certain income tax rules related to our business in that tax jurisdiction. Such disputes may result in future tax and interest and penalty assessments by these taxing authorities. The ultimate resolution of tax contingencies will take place upon the earlier of (i) the settlement date with the applicable taxing authorities in either cash or agreement of income tax positions or (ii) the date when the tax authorities are statutorily prohibited from adjusting the company’s tax computations.

With a few exceptions in certain foreign jurisdictions, tax returns filed by our company or our subsidiaries for years prior to 2004 are no longer subject to examination by tax authorities. Certain of our foreign subsidiaries are also currently involved in income tax examinations in various foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, including Czech Republic (2008), Germany (20052007), Hungary (2005 — 2006 and 2008 — 2010), Romania (2007), Slovakia (2008) and the United Kingdom (20042009). Any adjustments that might arise from the foregoing examinations are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 

II-133


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The changes in our unrecognized tax benefits are summarized below: 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1
$
475.0

 
$
400.6

 
$
424.6

Reductions for tax positions of prior years
(133.1
)
 
(44.5
)
 
(75.1
)
Additions for tax positions of prior years
42.7

 
125.9

 
8.6

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
16.7

 
173.0

 
60.5

Lapse of statute of limitations
(0.5
)
 
(1.3
)
 
(15.6
)
Foreign currency translation
(0.2
)
 
(2.0
)
 
(2.4
)
Reduction related to the sale of the J:COM Disposal Group

 
(176.7
)
 

Balance at December 31
$
400.6

 
$
475.0

 
$
400.6


No assurance can be given that any of these tax benefits will be recognized or realized.

As of December 31, 2011, our unrecognized tax benefits included $222.6 million of tax benefits that would have a favorable impact on our effective income tax rate if ultimately recognized, after considering amounts that we would expect to be offset by valuation allowances.

During 2012, it is reasonably possible that the resolution of currently ongoing examinations by tax authorities could result in changes to our unrecognized tax benefits related to tax positions taken as of December 31, 2011. Although we expect to record an estimated $75 million to $100 million reduction during the first quarter of 2012 related to our ability to utilize a foreign tax credit that is not expected to impact our effective tax rate, we do not otherwise expect that any such changes will have a material impact on our unrecognized tax benefits. No assurance can be given as to the nature or impact of any other changes in our unrecognized tax positions during 2012.

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the income tax benefit (expense) of our continuing operations includes net income tax benefit (expense) of ($16.0 million), $8.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively, and the income tax expense of our discontinued operations includes net income tax expense of nil, ($1.7 million) and ($10.2 million), respectively, representing the net release (accrual) of interest and penalties during the period. Our other long-term liabilities include accrued interest and penalties of $19.1 million at December 31, 2011.
 
(11)    Equity

Capitalization

Our authorized capital stock consists of (i) 1,050,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 500,000,000 shares are designated LGI Series A common stock, 50,000,000 shares are designated LGI Series B common stock and 500,000,000 shares are designated LGI Series C common stock and (ii) 50,000,000 shares of LGI preferred stock, par value $.01 per share. LGI’s restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the board of directors to authorize the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock.

Under LGI’s restated certificate of incorporation, holders of LGI Series A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of such stock held, and holders of LGI Series B common stock are entitled to 10 votes for each share of such stock held, on all matters submitted to a vote of LGI stockholders at any annual or special meeting. Holders of LGI Series C common stock are not entitled to any voting powers, except as required by Delaware law (in which case holders of LGI Series C common stock are entitled to 1/100th of a vote per share).

Each share of LGI Series B common stock is convertible into one share of LGI Series A common stock. One share of LGI Series A common stock is reserved for issuance for each share of LGI Series B common stock that is issued. At December 31, 2011, there were (i) 1,583,387 and 1,534,739 shares of LGI Series A and Series C common stock, respectively, reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding stock options, (ii) 3,694,198 and 3,671,981 shares of LGI Series A and Series C common stock, respectively,

II-134


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding SARs, and (iii) 1,463,279 and 1,463,458 shares of LGI Series A and Series C common stock, respectively, reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding restricted share units (including PSUs, as defined in note 12). In addition to these amounts, one share of LGI Series A common stock is reserved for issuance for each share of LGI Series B common stock that is issued (10,239,144 shares).

Subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding series of our preferred stock, the holders of LGI Series A, Series B and Series C common stock will be entitled to such dividends as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors from funds available therefor. Except with respect to certain share distributions, whenever a dividend is paid to the holder of one of our series of common stock, we shall also pay to the holders of the other series of our common stock an equal per share dividend. There are currently no contractual restrictions on our ability to pay dividends in cash or stock.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution and winding up, after payment or provision for payment of our debts and liabilities and subject to the prior payment in full of any preferential amounts to which our preferred stockholders may be entitled, the holders of LGI Series A, Series B and Series C common stock will share equally, on a share for share basis, in our assets remaining for distribution to the holders of LGI common stock.

Private Placement

In November 2009, we sold 4,500,000 shares of our LGI Series A common stock and 1,500,000 shares of our LGI Series C common stock at $21.375 per share in a private placement transaction. The net proceeds of $126.6 million after deducting commissions were used to fund a portion of the Unitymedia Purchase Price.

Stock Repurchases

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, our board of directors authorized various stock repurchase programs, the most recent of which was authorized on December 14, 2011 and provides for the repurchase of up to $1.0 billion (before direct acquisition costs) of LGI Series A and/or Series C common stock. Under these plans, we receive authorization to acquire up to the specified amount of our Series A and Series C common stock or other authorized securities from time to time through open market or privately negotiated transactions, which may include derivative transactions. The timing of the repurchase of shares or other securities pursuant to our equity repurchase programs, which may be suspended or discontinued at any time, is dependent on a variety of factors, including market conditions. As of December 31, 2011, the remaining amount authorized for stock repurchases was $1,011.1 million. This amount reflects a reduction for the $186.7 million of aggregate cash paid (excluding cash paid for accrued but unpaid interest) during 2011 in connection with the LGI Notes Exchange, as further described in note 9.
 
The following table provides details of our stock repurchases during 2011, 2010 and 2009:
 
 
 
LGI Series A common stock
 
LGI Series C common stock
 
 
Purchase date
 
Shares
purchased
 
Average price
paid per  share (a)
 
Shares
purchased
 
Average price
paid per  share (a)
 
Total cost (a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in millions
Stock purchased pursuant to repurchase programs during:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011 (b)
 
9,114,812

 
$
38.99

 
14,203,563

 
$
39.22

 
$
912.3

2010
 
18,440,293

 
$
27.07

 
13,887,284

13,887,284,000,000

$
28.21

 
$
890.9

2009
 
8,156,567

 
$
18.36

 
15,547,602

15,547,602,000,000

$
16.53

 
$
406.8

 ______________

(a)
Includes direct acquisition costs.

(b)
Excludes $186.7 million of aggregate cash paid (excluding cash paid for accrued but unpaid interest) in connection with the LGI Notes Exchange, as further described in note 9. These cash payments reduced our availability under the stock repurchase program in place at the time the payments were made.


II-135


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Subsidiary Stock Issuances, Dividends and Distributions

Telenet. On April 27, 2011, Telenet's shareholders approved a distribution of €4.50 ($6.51 at the applicable rate) per share or approximately €509.3 million ($736.5 million at the applicable rate). This distribution, the payment of which was initiated on July 29, 2011, was accrued by Telenet during the second quarter of 2011 following shareholder approval. Our share of this capital distribution was €255.8 million ($367.9 million at the applicable rate) and the noncontrolling interest owners' share was €253.5 million ($364.6 million at the applicable rate).

On April 28, 2010, Telenet’s shareholders approved a distribution of €2.23 ($2.93 at the approval date) per share or approximately €249.9 million ($328.9 million at the approval date) based on Telenet’s outstanding ordinary shares as of June 30, 2010. This distribution, the payment of which was initiated on August 2, 2010, was accrued by Telenet during the second quarter of 2010 following shareholder approval.  Our share of this capital distribution was approximately €125.8 million ($165.5 million at the transaction date) and the noncontrolling interest owners’ share was €124.1 million ($163.3 million at the transaction date).

On May 28, 2009, Telenet’s shareholders approved a distribution of €0.50 ($0.68 at the average rate for the period) per share or €55.9 million ($76.1 million at the average rate for the period). This distribution, the payment of which was initiated on September 1, 2009, was accrued by Telenet during the second quarter of 2009 following shareholder approval. Our share of this capital distribution was €28.0 million ($40.9 million at the average rate for the period) and the noncontrolling interest owners’ share was €27.9 million ($40.3 million at the average rate for the period).

VTR. During March 2011, we and the 20% noncontrolling interest owner in VTR (the VTR NCI Owner) approved a distribution of CLP 58.5 billion ($121.5 million at the applicable rate).  Of the approved distribution amount, CLP 53.2 billion ($111.8 million at the applicable rate) was paid during the second quarter of 2011 and the remaining amount was paid in July 2011. The VTR NCI Owner's share of the approved distribution was CLP 11.7 billion ($24.9 million at the applicable rate). During October 2011, we and the VTR NCI Owner approved an additional distribution of CLP 38.0 billion ($71.9 million at the applicable rate), all of which was paid in December 2011. The VTR NCI Owner's share of the approved distribution was CLP 7.6 billion ($14.8 million at the applicable rate). Separately, we and the VTR NCI Owner have agreed to proportionately fund, as required, the capital calls of VTR Wireless. During 2011, we and the VTR NCI Owner have made capital contributions to VTR Wireless of CLP 42.4 billion ($84.8 million at the applicable rate) and CLP 10.6 billion ($21.9 million at the applicable rate), respectively.

J:COM. During the first quarter of 2009, J:COM paid dividends to its shareholders of ¥250 per share or ¥1.715 billion ($18.3 million at the applicable rates). During the second quarter of 2009, Super Media distributed substantially all of its share of the proceeds from these J:COM dividends to our company and Sumitomo. During the third quarter of 2009, J:COM paid dividends to its shareholders of ¥490 per share or ¥3.361 billion ($36.0 million at the applicable rates) and Super Media distributed substantially all of its share of the proceeds from this J:COM dividend to our company and Sumitomo. After deducting withholding taxes, our share of these J:COM dividends was ¥3.063 billion ($32.2 million at the transaction dates) and the noncontrolling interest owners’ share was ¥5.146 billion ($52.7 million at the average rates for the periods).

Restricted Net Assets

The ability of certain of our subsidiaries to distribute or loan all or a portion of their net assets to our company is limited by the terms of applicable debt facilities.  At December 31, 2011, substantially all of our net assets represented net assets of our subsidiaries that were subject to such limitations.


II-136


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


(12)    Stock Incentive Awards

Our stock-based compensation expense is based on the stock incentive awards held by our and our subsidiaries' employees, including stock incentive awards related to LGI shares and the shares of certain of our subsidiaries. The following table summarizes our stock-based compensation expense: 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
LGI common stock:
 
 
 
 
 
LGI performance-based incentive awards (a)
$
46.8

 
$
51.3

 
$
64.6

Other LGI stock-based incentive awards
43.4

 
42.8

 
42.4

Total LGI common stock
90.2

 
94.1

 
107.0

Telenet stock-based incentive awards
40.0

 
13.1

 
4.5

Austar Performance Plan
3.6

 
11.8

 
15.9

Other
1.1

 
3.8

 
2.4

Total
$
134.9

 
$
122.8

 
$
129.8

Included in:
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations:
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expense
$
15.3

 
$
9.4

 
$
7.9

SG&A expense
116.0

 
101.6

 
105.3

Total - continuing operations
131.3

 
111.0

 
113.2

Discontinued operations
3.6

 
11.8

 
16.6

Total
$
134.9

 
$
122.8

 
$
129.8

_______________

(a)
Includes stock-based compensation expense related to our five-year performance-based incentive plans for our senior executives and certain key employees (the LGI Performance Plans) and LGI performance-based restricted share units (PSUs).

The following table provides certain information related to stock-based compensation not yet recognized for stock incentive awards related to LGI common stock and Telenet common stock as of December 31, 2011:
 
 
LGI
common
stock (a)
 
LGI
PSUs (b)
 
Telenet common stock (c)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total compensation expense not yet recognized (in millions)
$
71.5

 
$
28.9

 
$
25.5

Weighted average period remaining for expense recognition (in years)
2.6

 
1.3

 
2.2

_______________

(a)
Amounts relate to awards (other than LGI PSUs) under (i) the Liberty Global, Inc. 2005 Incentive Plan (as amended and restated October 31, 2006) (the LGI Incentive Plan) and (ii) the Liberty Global, Inc. 2005 Nonemployee Director Incentive Plan (as amended and restated November 1, 2006) (the LGI Directors Incentive Plan) described below.

(b)
Amounts relate to PSUs granted in 2011 and 2010, as described below.

(c)
Amounts relate to the Telenet Specific Stock Option Plan and the Telenet Employee Stock Option Plans, as described below.


II-137


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The following table summarizes certain information related to the incentive awards granted and exercised with respect to LGI common stock:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Assumptions used to estimate fair value of options and stock appreciation rights (SARs) granted:
 
 
 
 
 
Risk-free interest rate
0.82 - 3.31%
 
1.26 - 3.47%
 
1.42 - 3.81%
Expected life
3.4 - 8.7 years
 
3.2 - 9.0 years
 
3.2 - 8.2 years
Expected volatility
35.5 - 45.6%
 
37.1 - 56.8%
 
43.0 - 56.8%
Expected dividend yield
none
 
none
 
none
Weighted average grant-date fair value per share of awards granted:
 
 
 
 
 
Options
$
21.41

 
$
16.50

 
$
8.08

SARs
$
15.02

 
$
9.70

 
$
6.26

Restricted shares and restricted share units
$
44.79

 
$
24.68

 
$
12.71

PSUs
$
39.98

 
$
27.95

 
$

Total intrinsic value of awards exercised (in millions):
 
 
 
 
 
Options
$
93.8

 
$
74.7

 
$
15.2

SARs
$
39.2

 
$
51.8

 
$
4.4

Cash received from exercise of options (in millions)
$
32.7

 
$
70.8

 
$
11.4

Income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation (in millions)
$
20.9

 
$
25.8

 
$
32.8


Stock Incentive Plans — LGI Common Stock

The LGI Incentive Plan

General. The LGI Incentive Plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. The compensation committee has full power and authority to grant eligible persons the awards described below and to determine the terms and conditions under which any awards are made. The incentive plan is designed to provide additional remuneration to certain employees and independent contractors for exceptional service and to encourage their investment in our company. The compensation committee may grant non-qualified stock options, SARs, restricted shares, restricted share units, cash awards, performance awards or any combination of the foregoing under this incentive plan (collectively, awards).

The maximum number of shares of LGI common stock with respect to which awards may be issued under the incentive plan is 50 million, subject to anti-dilution and other adjustment provisions of the LGI Incentive Plan, of which no more than 25 million shares may consist of LGI Series B common stock. With limited exceptions, no person may be granted in any calendar year awards covering more than four million shares of our common stock, of which no more than two million shares may consist of LGI Series B common stock. In addition, no person may receive payment for cash awards during any calendar year in excess of $10 million. Shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to awards made under the incentive plan are made available from either authorized but unissued shares or shares that have been issued but reacquired by our company. Awards under the LGI Incentive Plan issued prior to June 2005 are fully vested and expire 10 years after the grant date. Awards (other than performance-based awards) under the LGI Incentive Plan issued after June 2005 generally (i) vest 12.5% on the six month anniversary of the grant date and then vest at a rate of 6.25% each quarter thereafter and (ii) expire seven years after the grant date. The LGI Incentive Plan had 11,639,553 shares available for grant as of December 31, 2011.

LGI Performance Plans. The LGI Senior Executive Performance Plan and the LGI Management Performance Plan (collectively the LGI Performance Plans) were five-year performance-based incentive plans for our senior executives and certain key employees, respectively. The LGI Performance Plans had a two-year performance period, which began January 1, 2007, and a three-year service period, which began January 1, 2009. At the end of the two-year performance period, each participant became eligible to receive varying percentages of the maximum achievable award specified for such participant based on our achievement of a specified compound annual growth rate (CAGR) in consolidated operating cash flow (see note 17), adjusted for events such as acquisitions, dispositions and changes in foreign currency exchange rates that affect comparability (OCF CAGR), and the

II-138


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


participant’s annual performance ratings during the performance period. With the exception of an initial equity incentive award granted to a new hire in 2007, participants in the LGI Senior Executive Performance Plan were not eligible to receive and were not granted any equity incentive awards during the two-year performance period.

Following completion of the performance period, on February 18, 2009, the compensation committee determined that an OCF CAGR of approximately 15.5% had been achieved during the performance period. Based on this determination and after deducting forfeited awards, participants in the LGI Performance Plans that met minimum annual performance rating levels earned $316.5 million or 87.4% of their aggregate maximum achievable awards. Earned awards were to be paid in six equal semi-annual installments on each March 31 and September 30 commencing on March 31, 2009, subject to forfeiture upon certain events of termination of employment or acceleration in certain circumstances.

On February 18, 2009, the compensation committee determined the method of payment for the March 31, 2009 and September 30, 2009 installments of the earned awards. In accordance with the compensation committee’s determination, we (i) paid cash aggregating $56.2 million and on February 18, 2009 granted 9,464 restricted share units with respect to LGI Series A common stock and 9,094 restricted share units with respect to LGI Series C common stock to settle the first installment of the awards earned under the LGI Performance Plans and (ii) granted restricted share units on February 18, 2009 with respect to 2,002,597 shares of LGI Series A common stock and 1,924,050 shares of LGI Series C common stock to settle the second installment of the awards earned under the LGI Performance Plans. The restricted share units granted in partial satisfaction of the first installment of the awards vested on March 31, 2009, and the restricted share units granted in satisfaction of the second installment of the awards vested on September 30, 2009. For purposes of determining the number of restricted share units to be granted, the compensation committee assigned a value of $13.50 to each restricted share unit, which represented a premium of approximately 13.5% to the closing price of LGI Series A common stock on February 18, 2009. As required by the terms of the LGI Performance Plans, the restricted share units were allocated between LGI Series A and Series C common stock in the same relative proportions as the then outstanding LGI Series A and Series C common stock (51%/49%). The decision by the compensation committee to settle the second installment of each earned award with restricted share units represented a modification that resulted in the reclassification of this portion of the earned awards from a liability to equity. The $5.1 million difference between the February 18, 2009 grant date market value of the restricted share units issued and the value assigned to the restricted share units by the compensation committee is reflected as a reduction of our stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 also includes a reduction of $10.7 million related to the first quarter 2009 forfeiture of certain awards under the LGI Performance Plans.

On February 16, 2010, the compensation committee determined the method of payment for the four remaining installments of the awards that had been earned. In accordance with the compensation committee’s determination, we (i) paid cash aggregating $50.9 million, together with 32,802 restricted plan shares (as defined in the LGI Performance Plans) of LGI Series A common stock and 31,708 restricted plan shares of LGI Series C common stock to settle the March 31, 2010 installment, and (ii) granted an aggregate of 3,248,061 restricted plan shares of LGI Series A common stock and 3,139,707 restricted plan shares of LGI Series C common stock to settle the remaining balance of each participant’s earned award, which shares vest in three equal installments. In accordance with the LGI Performance Plans, restricted plan shares may be restricted shares or restricted share units. The restricted plan shares issued in relation to the March 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010 installments vested in full on those dates and the remaining restricted plan shares vested in equal installments on March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2011. For purposes of determining the number of restricted plan shares to be granted, the compensation committee valued the restricted plan shares at the respective closing market prices for LGI Series A and Series C common stock on February 16, 2010. The decision by the compensation committee to settle the final three installments of each earned award with restricted plan shares represented a modification that resulted in the reclassification of this portion of the earned awards from a liability to equity during the first quarter of 2010.

Compensation expense under the LGI Performance Plans was (i) recognized using the accelerated attribution method based on our assessment of the awards that were probable to be earned and (ii) reported as stock-based compensation in our consolidated statement of operations, notwithstanding the fact that the compensation committee elected to cash settle a portion of the vested awards under the LGI Performance Plans.

LGI PSUs. In March 2010, the compensation committee determined to modify the equity incentive award component of our executive officers’ and other key employees’ compensation packages, whereby a target annual equity value would be set for each executive or key employee, of which approximately two-thirds would be delivered in the form of an annual award of PSUs and approximately one-third in the form of an annual award of SARs. Each PSU represents the right to receive one share of Series A

II-139


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


common stock or Series C common stock, as applicable, subject to performance and vesting. Each PSU represents the right to receive one share of Series A common stock or Series C common stock, as applicable, subject to performance and vesting.
  
In March and April 2010, the compensation committee approved the grant to our executive officers and certain key employees of a total of 692,678 LGI Series A PSUs and 692,678 LGI Series C PSUs pursuant to the LGI Incentive Plan. The performance period for these PSUs (the 2010 PSUs) was January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2011. The performance target selected by the committee was the achievement of a Target OCF CAGR (as defined in the grant agreement) of approximately 7% for the two-year performance period, determined by comparing 2011 Adjusted OCF to 2009 Adjusted OCF (each as defined in the grant agreement), and subject to upward or downward adjustment for certain events in accordance with the terms of the grant agreement. A performance range of 75% to 125% of the Target OCF CAGR would generally result in award recipients earning 50% to 150% of their 2010 PSUs, subject to reduction or forfeiture based on individual performance. One-half of the earned 2010 PSUs will vest on March 31, 2012 and the balance on September 30, 2012. The compensation committee also established a base performance objective of a 5.0% OCF CAGR (as defined in the grant agreement), which must be satisfied in order for award recipients to be eligible to earn any of their 2010 PSUs and is not subject to adjustment. As of February 22, 2012, the compensation committee had not yet made its final determination with respect to the OCF CAGR that was achieved with respect to the 2010 PSUs.

In March 2011, the compensation committee approved the grant to our executive officers and certain key employees of a total of 513,268 LGI Series A PSUs and 513,268 LGI Series C PSUs pursuant to the LGI Incentive Plan. The performance period for these PSUs (the 2011 PSUs) is January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2012.  The performance target selected by the committee is the achievement of a Target OCF CAGR (as defined in the grant agreement) of approximately 4.5% for the two-year performance period, determined by comparing 2012 Adjusted OCF to 2010 Adjusted OCF (each as defined in the grant agreement), and subject to upward or downward adjustment for certain events in accordance with the terms of the grant agreement. A performance range of 75% to 125% of the Target OCF CAGR would generally result in award recipients earning 50% to 150% of their 2011 PSUs, subject to reduction or forfeiture based on individual performance. One-half of the earned 2011 PSUs will vest on March 31, 2013 and the balance will vest on September 30, 2013. The compensation committee also established a base performance objective of 50% of the Target OCF CAGR, subject to certain limited adjustments, which must be satisfied in order for our named executive officers to be eligible to earn any of their 2011 PSUs.

Compensation expense attributable to the 2011 PSUs and 2010 PSUs is recognized over the requisite service period of the awards.

Exchange Offer for LGI Options and SARs. On May 13, 2009, we commenced an option and SAR exchange offer for certain outstanding LGI equity awards (Eligible Awards) granted under the LGI Incentive Plan. Under the terms of the exchange offer, certain LGI employees, other than those of our senior executives who held Eligible Awards, were given the opportunity to exchange Eligible Awards for the grant of new SARs on a 2-for-1 basis (exchange two existing options or SARs for one new SAR). Pursuant to the exchange offer, which was completed on June 16, 2009, eligible participants tendered, and LGI accepted for cancellation and exchange, Eligible Awards consisting of options and SARs covering an aggregate of 1,789,210 shares of LGI Series A common stock and 1,787,810 shares of LGI Series C common stock from 170 participants, representing approximately 99% of the total Series A and Series C shares underlying the options and SARs eligible for exchange. On June 16, 2009, after the cancellation of the tendered Eligible Awards, LGI granted new SARs to the exchange offer participants in respect of 894,627 shares of LGI Series A common stock and 893,927 shares of LGI Series C common stock, as applicable. The new SARs have a base price equal to $14.73 per share and $14.50 per share of LGI Series A and Series C common stock, respectively, which represents the closing price of the applicable series of common stock on June 16, 2009. The new SARs (i) vested 12.5% on November 1, 2009 and then began vesting at a rate of 6.25% per quarter and (ii) expire on May 1, 2016. This exchange did not have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2009.

The LGI Directors Incentive Plan

The LGI Directors Incentive Plan is designed to provide a method whereby non-employee directors may be awarded additional remuneration for the services they render on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors, and to encourage their investment in capital stock of our company. The LGI Directors Incentive Plan is administered by our full board of directors. Our board of directors has the full power and authority to grant eligible non-employee directors the awards described below and to determine the terms and conditions under which any awards are made, and may delegate certain administrative duties to our employees. The compensation committee may grant non-qualified stock options, SARs, restricted shares and restricted share units or any combination of the foregoing under this incentive plan.

II-140


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents



Only non-employee members of our board of directors are eligible to receive awards under the LGI Directors Incentive Plan. The maximum number of shares of our common stock with respect to which awards may be issued under the LGI Directors Incentive Plan is 10 million, subject to anti-dilution and other adjustment provisions, of which no more than five million shares may consist of LGI Series B common stock. Shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to awards made under the LGI Directors Incentive Plan will be made available from either authorized but unissued shares or shares that have been issued but reacquired by our company. Awards (other than restricted shares and restricted share units) issued prior to June 2005 under the LGI Directors Incentive Plan vested on the first anniversary of the grant date and expire 10 years after the grant date. Awards (other than restricted shares and restricted share units) issued after June 2005 under the LGI Directors Incentive Plan generally vest in three equal annual installments, provided the director continues to serve as director immediately prior to the vesting date, and expire 10 years after the grant date. Restricted shares and restricted share units vest on the date of the first annual meeting of stockholders following the grant date. The LGI Directors Incentive Plan had 9,055,190 shares available for grant as of December 31, 2011. These shares may be awarded at or above fair value in any series of stock, except that no more than five million shares may be awarded in LGI Series B common stock.

The Transitional Plan

In 2004, options to acquire shares of LGI Series A, Series B and Series C common stock were issued to directors and employees of LGI International, Inc. (LGI International) and directors and certain employees of Liberty Media Corporation (Liberty Media) pursuant to the LGI International Transitional Stock Adjustment Plan (the Transitional Plan). LGI International, which was formed in connection with the June 2004 spin-off of certain international cable television and programming subsidiaries and assets of Liberty Media, is the predecessor to LGI. All such options are fully vested and no new grants will be made under the Transitional Plan.

UGC Equity Incentive Plan and UGC Director Plans

Options, restricted shares and SARs were granted to employees and directors of UGC prior to June 2005 pursuant to these plans. All such awards are fully vested and no new grants will be made under these plans.

Stock Award Activity - LGI Common Stock

The following tables summarize the stock award activity during the year ended December 31, 2011 with respect to LGI common stock: 
Options — LGI Series A common stock
Number of
shares
 
Weighted
average
exercise price
 
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
 
Aggregate
intrinsic  value
 
 
 
 
 
in years
 
in millions
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
2,772,173

 
$
20.12

 
 
 
 
Granted
31,105

 
$
45.16

 
 
 
 
Expired or canceled
(22,096
)
 
$
38.80

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(1,197,795
)
 
$
16.53

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
1,583,387

 
$
23.07

 
2.6
 
$
28.7

Exercisable at December 31, 2011
1,501,157

 
$
22.55

 
2.2
 
$
27.9

 

II-141


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Options — LGI Series C common stock
Number of
shares
 
Weighted
average
exercise price
 
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
 
Aggregate
intrinsic  value
 
 
 
 
 
in years
 
in millions
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
4,416,666

 
$
19.22

 
 
 
 
Granted
32,518

 
$
43.19

 
 
 
 
Expired or canceled
(21,550
)
 
$
37.25

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(2,892,895
)
 
$
17.90

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
1,534,739

 
$
21.95

 
2.6
 
$
27.2

Exercisable at December 31, 2011
1,450,111

 
$
21.39

 
2.3
 
$
26.4

 
SARs — LGI Series A common stock
Number of
shares
 
Weighted
average
base price
 
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
 
Aggregate
intrinsic  value
 
 
 
 
 
in years
 
in millions
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
3,667,335

 
$
21.04

 
 
 
 
Granted
1,158,992

 
$
46.46

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
(144,347
)
 
$
21.67

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(987,782
)
 
$
19.83

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
3,694,198

 
$
29.31

 
4.9
 
$
49.2

Exercisable at December 31, 2011
1,239,680

 
$
24.06

 
3.9
 
$
21.7


SARs — LGI Series C common stock
Number of
shares
 
Weighted
average
base price
 
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
 
Aggregate
intrinsic  value
 
 
 
 
 
in years
 
in millions
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
3,632,848

 
$
20.62

 
 
 
 
Granted
1,158,992

 
$
44.35

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
(144,347
)
 
$
21.32

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(975,512
)
 
$
19.31

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
3,671,981

 
$
28.43

 
5.0
 
$
45.9

Exercisable at December 31, 2011
1,217,550

 
$
23.37

 
3.9
 
$
20.2



II-142


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Restricted shares and share units — LGI Series A common stock
Number of
shares
 
Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value
per share
 
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
 
 
 
 
 
in years
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
2,691,632

 
$
24.68

 
 
Granted
157,482

 
$
45.83

 
 
Forfeited
(41,352
)
 
$
24.52

 
 
Released from restrictions
(2,394,276
)
 
$
25.10

 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
413,486

 
$
30.34

 
2.1

Restricted shares and share units — LGI Series C common stock
Number of
shares
 
Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value
per share
 
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
 
 
 
 
 
in years
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
2,620,406

 
$
24.19

 
 
Granted
157,662

 
$
43.76

 
 
Forfeited
(41,100
)
 
$
23.89

 
 
Released from restrictions
(2,323,303
)
 
$
24.60

 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
413,665

 
$
29.37

 
2.1
 
PSUs — LGI Series A common stock
Number of
shares
 
Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value
per share
 
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
 
 
 
 
 
in years
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
634,494

 
$
28.12

 
 
Granted
513,268

 
$
40.75

 
 
Forfeited
(41,313
)
 
$
27.93

 
 
Released from restrictions
(56,656
)
 
$
34.65

 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
1,049,793

 
$
33.95

 
1.0

PSUs — LGI Series C common stock
Number of
shares
 
Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value
per share
 
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
 
 
 
 
 
in years
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
634,494

 
$
27.74

 
 
Granted
513,268

 
$
39.21

 
 
Forfeited
(41,313
)
 
$
27.55

 
 
Released from restrictions
(56,656
)
 
$
33.70

 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
1,049,793

 
$
33.03

 
1.0

At December 31, 2011, total SARs outstanding included 12,208 LGI Series A common stock capped SARs and 12,208 LGI Series C common stock capped SARs, all of which were exercisable. The holder of an LGI Series A common stock capped SAR

II-143


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


will receive the difference between $6.84 and the lesser of $10.90 or the market price of LGI Series A common stock on the date of exercise. The holder of an LGI Series C common stock capped SAR will receive the difference between $6.48 and the lesser of $10.31 or the market price of LGI Series C common stock on the date of exercise.

Stock Incentive Plans - Telenet Common Stock

Telenet Employee Share Purchase Plan

In February 2011, Telenet's Board of Directors offered to all of Telenet's employees the opportunity to purchase new shares of Telenet under the terms of an Employee Share Purchase Plan (the ESPP) at a discount of 16.67% to the average share price over the 30 days preceding March 24, 2011. Based on the average share price of €31.65 ($41.02) during this 30-day period, the shares were offered to employees at a subscription price per share of €26.38 ($34.19). As the shares acquired by employees in March 2011 were fully vested, the stock-based compensation related to these shares of $3.3 million was charged to expense during the three months ended March 31, 2011. Cash proceeds received from the issuance of the ESPP shares in the amount of €9.0 million ($11.7 million) were received in April 2011.

Telenet Stock Option Plans

General. During the second quarter of 2011, Telenet modified the terms of certain of its stock option plans to provide for anti-dilution adjustments in connection with the capital distribution that, as further described in note 11, was approved by Telenet shareholders on April 27, 2011 and paid on July 29, 2011. These anti-dilution adjustments, which were finalized on July 26, 2011, provided for increases in the number of options outstanding and proportionate reductions to the option exercise prices such that the fair value of the options outstanding before and after the capital distribution remained the same for all option holders. In connection with these anti-dilution adjustments, Telenet recognized stock-based compensation expense of $15.8 million during the second quarter of 2011, and continues to recognize additional stock-based compensation as the underlying options vest.

Telenet Specific Stock Option Plan. In February 2011, Telenet set the performance criteria for 232,258 stock options with an exercise price of €20.67 ($26.79) per option that previously had been granted to the Chief Executive Officer of Telenet under a specific stock option plan (the Telenet Specific Stock Option Plan). The vesting of these options is contingent upon the achievement of certain performance criteria, including the achievement of a minimum level of free cash flow (as defined by the Telenet Specific Stock Option Plan) during 2011. As it has been determined that the applicable performance criteria was achieved, these options will vest on March 1, 2012. Subject to the determination of appropriate performance criteria, Telenet has also granted additional stock options to its Chief Executive Officer as follows: (i) 232,258 options with an exercise price of €21.53 ($27.90) per option that, subject to achievement of relevant performance criteria, will vest on March 1, 2013 and (ii) 232,258 options with an exercise price of €22.39 ($29.02) that, subject to achievement of relevant performance criteria, will vest on March 1, 2014. Any options that vest pursuant to the Telenet Specific Stock Option Plan become exercisable during defined exercise periods following January 1, 2014. All of the options granted under the Telenet Specific Stock Option Plan have an expiration date of September 4, 2017. The share and per share amounts set forth in this paragraph have been adjusted to reflect the aforementioned anti-dilution adjustments related to Telenet's July 29, 2011 capital distribution, as described above.

The following table summarizes the activity during 2011 related to the Telenet Specific Stock Option Plan:

Options — Telenet ordinary shares
Number of
shares
 
Weighted
average
exercise  price
 
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
 
Aggregate
intrinsic  value
 
 
 
 
 
in years
 
in millions
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
250,000

 
23.00

 
 
 
 
Granted (a)
200,000

 
24.00

 
 
 
 
Net impact of anti-dilution adjustments related to capital distribution
72,581

 
(3.25
)
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
522,581

 
20.19

 
5.7
 
4.9

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

 

 

 


II-144


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


_______________

(a)
Represents the number of options for which the performance criteria was set during the period and does not include options that have been granted subject to the determination of performance criteria. The fair value of these options was calculated on the date that the performance criteria was set using an expected volatility of 36.9%, an expected life of 5.3 years, and a risk-free return of 3.62%. The grant date fair value during 2011 was €15.31 ($19.84).

Telenet Employee Stock Option Plans. In addition to the Telenet Specific Stock Option Plan, Telenet has granted stock options to members of senior management under four employee stock option plans (the Telenet Employee Stock Option Plans). The maximum aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2011 under the Telenet Employee Stock Option Plans is 1,595,300. Options generally vest at a rate of 6.25% per quarter over four years and expire on dates ranging from December 2012 to August 2016.

The following table summarizes the activity during 2011 related to the Telenet Employee Stock Option Plans:
Options — Telenet ordinary shares
Number of
shares
 
Weighted
average
exercise  price
 
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
 
Aggregate
intrinsic  value
 
 
 
 
 
in years
 
in millions
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
3,912,056

 
16.61

 
 
 
 
Granted
198,000

 
26.97

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
(84,773
)
 
20.21

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(710,940
)
 
14.68

 
 
 
 
Net impact of anti-dilution adjustments related to capital distribution
569,916

 
(2.34
)
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
3,884,259

 
14.98

 
2.9
 
56.4

Exercisable at December 31, 2011
1,988,531

 
12.87

 
2.9
 
33.0


Stock Incentive Plan - Austar Common Stock

The Austar Long Term Incentive Plan (the Austar Performance Plan) was a five-year plan, with a two-year performance period, which began on January 1, 2007, and a three-year service period which began on January 1, 2009. At the end of the two-year performance period, each participant became eligible to receive varying percentages of the maximum achievable award specified for such participant based on Austar's achievement of specified CAGRs in Austar's consolidated EBITDA, as defined by the Austar Performance Plan, and the participant's annual performance ratings during the performance period.
Following completion of the performance period, on February 24, 2009, the Austar remuneration committee determined that an EBITDA CAGR of approximately 21.4% had been achieved during the performance period. Based on this determination, participants in the Austar Performance Plan that met minimum annual performance rating levels earned AUD 63.8 million ($65.4 million) or 100% of their aggregate maximum achievable awards. Earned awards were to be paid in six equal semi-annual installments on each March 31 and September 30, commencing on March 31, 2009, subject to forfeiture upon certain events of termination of employment or acceleration in certain circumstances.

During 2009, Austar paid cash aggregating AUD 10.6 million ($10.9 million) on both March 31 and September 30 to settle the first two installments of the awards earned under the Austar Performance Plan. On March 31, 2010, Austar paid cash aggregating AUD 2.0 million ($1.8 million at the average rate for the period) and granted 7,270,261 of its ordinary shares to settle the third installment of the awards earned. On September 30, 2010, Austar granted 11,257,151 of its ordinary shares to settle the fourth installment of awards earned. The fifth and sixth semi-annual installments of the earned awards that were due on March 31, 2011 and September 30, 2011 were cash settled for AUD 10.6 million ($11.0 million at the transaction date) and AUD 10.0 million ($9.9 million at the transaction date), respectively.

The stock-based compensation expense associated with the Austar Performance Plan is included in discontinued operations for all periods presented.

II-145


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


(13)    Related Party Transactions

Our related party transactions are as follows:

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
Continuing operations:
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue earned from related parties (a)
$
22.0

 
$
30.0

 
$
25.8

Operating expenses charged by related parties (b)
$
37.6

 
$
32.5

 
$
22.1

Discontinued operations:
 
 
 
 
 
Net expenses charged by related parties:
 
 
 
 
 
Austar (c)
$
7.7

 
$
5.0

 
$
5.0

J:COM Disposal Group (d)
$

 
$
9.4

 
$
89.0

Capital lease additions - related parties (e)
$

 
$
25.5

 
$
179.1

_______________ 

(a)
Amounts consist primarily of management, advisory and programming license fees and fees for uplink services and construction services charged to our equity method affiliates.

(b)
Amounts consist primarily of programming costs and interconnect fees charged by certain of our investees.

(c)
Amounts represent the net of (i) programming costs charged to Austar by its equity method affiliate and (ii) reimbursements charged by Austar for marketing and director fees incurred on behalf of its equity method affiliate.

(d)
Amounts consist primarily of (i) operating expenses for programming, billing system, program guide and other services provided to J:COM by its and Sumitomo’s affiliates (ii) SG&A expenses for management, rental and IT support services provided by Sumitomo to J:COM and (iii) interest expense primarily related to assets leased from certain Sumitomo entities. These amounts are shown net of revenue related to programming services provided to certain J:COM affiliates and distribution fee revenue from a subsidiary of Sumitomo.

(e)
Represents capital leases for customer premises equipment, various office equipment and vehicles from certain subsidiaries and affiliates of Sumitomo.


II-146


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


(14)
Restructuring Liabilities

A summary of changes in our restructuring liabilities during 2011 is set forth in the table below: 
 
 
Employee
severance
and
termination
 
Office
closures
 
Programming
and lease
contract
termination
 
Other
 
Total
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring liability as of January 1, 2011
 
$
8.3

 
$
5.2

 
$
22.6

 
$
0.1

 
$
36.2

Restructuring charges
 
20.4

 
0.3

 
(2.2
)
 

 
18.5

Cash paid
 
(21.6
)
 
(1.8
)
 
(2.1
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(25.6
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
0.1

 
(0.1
)
 
(0.7
)
 

 
(0.7
)
Restructuring liability as of December 31, 2011
 
$
7.2

 
$
3.6

 
$
17.6

 
$

 
$
28.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term portion
 
$
7.0

 
$
0.7

 
$
3.4

 
$

 
$
11.1

Long-term portion
 
0.2

 
2.9

 
14.2

 

 
17.3

Total
 
$
7.2

 
$
3.6

 
$
17.6

 
$

 
$
28.4


Our 2011 restructuring charges for employee severance and termination costs relate to reorganization and integration activities, primarily in Europe and Chile.

A summary of changes in our restructuring liabilities during 2010 is set forth in the table below:

 
 
Employee
severance
and
termination
 
Office
closures
 
Programming
and lease
contract
termination
 
Other
 
Total
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring liability as of January 1, 2010
 
$
6.6

 
$
9.4

 
$
8.5

 
$

 
$
24.5

Restructuring charges
 
16.3

 
0.2

 
23.0

 
8.9

 
48.4

Cash paid
 
(14.0
)
 
(4.0
)
 
(9.2
)
 
(9.2
)
 
(36.4
)
Other
 
(0.4
)
 
0.3

 
0.1

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
(0.2
)
 
(0.7
)
 
0.2

 
0.4

 
(0.3
)
Restructuring liability as of December 31, 2010
 
$
8.3

 
$
5.2

 
$
22.6

 
$
0.1

 
$
36.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term portion
 
$
8.0

 
$
2.1

 
$
2.7

 
$
0.1

 
$
12.9

Long-term portion
 
0.3

 
3.1

 
19.9

 

 
23.3

Total
 
$
8.3

 
$
5.2

 
$
22.6

 
$
0.1

 
$
36.2

Our 2010 restructuring charges include (i) $17.2 million, representing the estimated additional amounts to be paid in connection with Chellomedia’s contractual obligations with respect to satellite capacity that is no longer used by Chellomedia and (ii) $16.4 million, representing dish-turning and duplicate satellite costs incurred in connection with the migration of the UPC Broadband Division’s DTH operations in the Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia to a new satellite. Our 2010 restructuring charges for employee severance and termination costs relate to reorganization and integration activities, primarily in Europe.




II-147


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


A summary of changes in our restructuring liabilities during 2009 is set forth in the table below:
 
 
 
Employee
severance
and
termination
 
Office
closures
 
Programming
and lease
contract
termination
 
Total
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring liability as of January 1, 2009
 
$
12.8

 
$
13.1

 
$
16.0

 
$
41.9

Restructuring charges
 
13.9

 
0.9

 
(4.4
)
 
10.4

Cash paid
 
(20.5
)
 
(4.7
)
 
(3.6
)
 
(28.8
)
Other
 

 

 
0.8

 
0.8

Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
0.4

 
0.1

 
(0.3
)
 
0.2

Restructuring liability as of December 31, 2009
 
$
6.6

 
$
9.4

 
$
8.5

 
$
24.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term portion
 
$
6.1

 
$
4.7

 
$
2.6

 
$
13.4

Long-term portion
 
0.5

 
4.7

 
5.9

 
11.1

Total
 
$
6.6

 
$
9.4

 
$
8.5

 
$
24.5


Our 2009 restructuring charges are primary related to reorganization and integration activities in certain of our European operations.

(15)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive earnings included in our consolidated balance sheets and statements of equity reflect the aggregate impact of foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges and pension related adjustments. The changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive earnings, net of taxes, are summarized as follows: 
 
 
LGI stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
 
Unrealized
gains
(losses) on
cash flow
hedges
 
Pension
related
adjustments
 
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
earnings
 
Non-controlling
interests
 
Total
accumulated
other
comprehensive
earnings
 
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2009
 
$
1,146.9

 
$
(3.4
)
 
$
(2.5
)
 
$
1,141.0

 
$
382.8

 
$
1,523.8

Other comprehensive earnings
 
145.2

 
(0.8
)
 
13.6

 
158.0

 
(78.7
)
 
79.3

Balance at December 31, 2009
 
1,292.1

 
(4.2
)
 
11.1

 
1,299.0

 
304.1

 
1,603.1

Sale of J:COM Disposal Group
 

 

 

 

 
(373.7
)
 
(373.7
)
Other comprehensive earnings
 
142.6

 
2.9

 
(4.2
)
 
141.3

 
67.5

 
208.8

Balance at December 31, 2010
 
1,434.7

 
(1.3
)
 
6.9

 
1,440.3

 
(2.1
)
 
1,438.2

Other comprehensive earnings
 
95.0

 
(9.2
)
 
(16.6
)
 
69.2

 
(21.0
)
 
48.2

Balance at December 31, 2011
 
$
1,529.7

 
$
(10.5
)
 
$
(9.7
)
 
$
1,509.5

 
$
(23.1
)
 
$
1,486.4

 


II-148


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The components of other comprehensive earnings, net of taxes are reflected in our consolidated statements of comprehensive earnings (loss). The following table summarizes the tax effects related to each component of other comprehensive earnings, net of amounts reclassified to our consolidated statements of operations:
 
 
 
Pre-tax
amount
 
Tax  benefit
(expense)
 
Net-of-tax
amount
 
 
in millions
Year ended December 31, 2011:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
$
82.3

 
$
0.9

 
$
83.2

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges
 
(24.8
)
 
7.6

 
(17.2
)
Pension related adjustments
 
(22.2
)
 
4.4

 
(17.8
)
Other comprehensive earnings
 
35.3

 
12.9

 
48.2

Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests (a)
 
25.0

 
(4.0
)
 
21.0

Other comprehensive earnings attributable to LGI stockholders
 
$
60.3

 
$
8.9

 
$
69.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2010:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
$
219.4

 
$
(8.8
)
 
$
210.6

Unrealized gains on cash flow hedges
 
2.3

 
0.6

 
2.9

Pension related adjustments
 
(5.3
)
 
0.6

 
(4.7
)
Other comprehensive earnings
 
216.4

 
(7.6
)
 
208.8

Other comprehensive earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests (a)
 
(67.0
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(67.5
)
Other comprehensive earnings attributable to LGI stockholders
 
$
149.4

 
$
(8.1
)
 
$
141.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2009:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
$
52.7

 
$
14.2

 
$
66.9

Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges
 
(2.4
)
 
0.5

 
(1.9
)
Pension related adjustments
 
14.7

 
(0.4
)
 
14.3

Other comprehensive earnings
 
65.0

 
14.3

 
79.3

Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests (a)
 
79.0

 
(0.3
)
 
78.7

Other comprehensive earnings attributable to LGI stockholders
 
$
144.0

 
$
14.0

 
$
158.0

 _______________

(a)
Amounts primarily represent the noncontrolling interest owners’ share of our foreign currency translation adjustments.


II-149


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


(16)    Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

In the normal course of business, we have entered into agreements that commit our company to make cash payments in future periods with respect to non-cancellable operating leases, programming contracts, satellite carriage commitments, purchases of customer premises equipment and other items. As of December 31, 2011, the U.S. dollar equivalents (based on December 31, 2011 exchange rates) of such commitments that are not reflected in our consolidated balance sheet are as follows:
 
Payments due during:
 
 
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
Thereafter
 
Total
 
in millions
Continuing operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating leases
$
156.6

 
$
108.0

 
$
86.4

 
$
74.1

 
$
57.9

 
$
205.5

 
$
688.5

Programming obligations
275.2

 
174.0

 
93.7

 
38.2

 
24.5

 
22.8

 
628.4

Other commitments
540.9

 
250.4

 
145.4

 
141.4

 
114.8

 
1,352.2

 
2,545.1

Total — continuing operations
$
972.7

 
$
532.4

 
$
325.5

 
$
253.7

 
$
197.2

 
$
1,580.5

 
$
3,862.0

Discontinued operations
$
8.9

 
$
7.5

 
$
6.7

 
$
4.6

 
$
3.9

 
$

 
$
31.6


Programming commitments consist of obligations associated with certain of our programming, studio output and sports rights contracts that are enforceable and legally binding on us in that we have agreed to pay minimum fees without regard to (i) the actual number of subscribers to the programming services, (ii) whether we terminate service to a portion of our subscribers or dispose of a portion of our distribution systems, or (iii) whether we discontinue our premium film or sports services. The amounts reflected in the table with respect to these contracts are significantly less than the amounts we expect to pay in these periods under these contracts. Payments to programming vendors have in the past represented, and are expected to continue to represent in the future, a significant portion of our operating costs. In this regard, during 2011, 2010 and 2009, (i) the programming and copyright costs incurred by our broadband communications and DTH operations aggregated $965.3 million, $824.3 million and $714.4 million, respectively, (including intercompany charges that eliminate in consolidation of $78.9 million, $73.3 million and $72.5 million, respectively) and (ii) the third-party programming costs incurred by our programming distribution operations aggregated $115.9 million, $102.0 million and $98.5 million, respectively. The ultimate amount payable in excess of the contractual minimums of our studio output contracts, which expire at various dates through 2016, is dependent upon the number of subscribers to our premium movie service and the theatrical success of the films that we exhibit.

Other commitments relate primarily to Telenet's commitments for certain operating costs associated with its leased network. Subsequent to October 1, 2015, these commitments are subject to adjustment based on changes in the network operating costs incurred by Telenet with respect to its own networks. These potential adjustments are not subject to reasonable estimation, and therefore, are not included in the above table. Other commitments also include (i) certain commitments of Telenet to purchase (a) broadcasting capacity on a digital terrestrial television (DTT) network and (b) certain spectrum licenses, (ii) certain repair and maintenance, fiber capacity and energy commitments of Unitymedia and KBW, (iii) satellite commitments associated with satellite carriage services provided to our company, (iv) purchase obligations associated with commitments to purchase customer premises and other equipment that are enforceable and legally binding on us, (v) certain fixed minimum contractual commitments associated with our agreements with franchise or municipal authorities and (vi) commitments associated with our MVNO agreements. The amounts reflected in the table with respect to our MVNO commitments represent fixed minimum amounts payable under these agreements and therefore may be significantly less than the actual amounts we ultimately pay in these periods. Commitments arising from acquisition agreements are not reflected in the above table.

In addition to the commitments set forth in the table above, we have significant commitments under derivative instruments pursuant to which we expect to make payments in future periods. For information concerning our derivative instruments, including the net cash paid or received in connection with these instruments during 2011, 2010 and 2009, see note 6.

We also have commitments pursuant to agreements with, and obligations imposed by, franchise authorities and municipalities, which may include obligations in certain markets to move aerial cable to underground ducts or to upgrade, rebuild or extend portions of our broadband communication systems. Such amounts are not included in the above table because they are not fixed or determinable.

II-150


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents



Rental expense of our continuing operations under non-cancellable operating lease arrangements amounted to $168.6 million, $159.3 million and $128.1 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Rental expense of our discontinued operations under non-cancellable operating lease arrangements amounted to $4.7 million, $12.8 million and $71.1 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. It is expected that in the normal course of business, operating leases that expire generally will be renewed or replaced by similar leases.
We have established various defined contribution benefit plans for our and our subsidiaries’ employees. The aggregate expense of our continuing operations for matching contributions under the various defined contribution employee benefit plans was $25.2 million, $21.4 million and $19.4 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts exclude $4.4 million, $4.2 million and $7.6 million, respectively, related to our discontinued operations.

Contingent Obligations

We are a party to various stockholder and similar agreements pursuant to which we could be required to make capital contributions to the entity in which we have invested or purchase another investor's interest. We do not expect any payments made under these provisions to be material in relationship to our financial position or results of operations.
 
Guarantees and Other Credit Enhancements

In the ordinary course of business, we have provided indemnifications to purchasers of certain of our assets, our lenders, our vendors and certain other parties. In addition, we have provided performance and/or financial guarantees to local municipalities, our customers and vendors. Historically, these arrangements have not resulted in our company making any material payments and we do not believe that they will result in material payments in the future.

Legal and Regulatory Proceedings and Other Contingencies

Cignal. On April 26, 2002, Liberty Global Europe received a notice that certain former shareholders of Cignal Global Communications (Cignal) filed a lawsuit (the 2002 Cignal Action) against Liberty Global Europe in the District Court in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, claiming damages for Liberty Global Europe's alleged failure to honor certain option rights that were granted to those shareholders pursuant to a shareholders agreement entered into in connection with the acquisition of Cignal by Priority Telecom NV (Priority Telecom). The shareholders agreement provided that in the absence of an initial public offering (IPO), as defined in the shareholders agreement, of shares of Priority Telecom by October 1, 2001, the Cignal shareholders would be entitled until October 31, 2001 to exchange their Priority Telecom shares into shares of Liberty Global Europe, with a cash equivalent value of $200 million in the aggregate, or cash at Liberty Global Europe's discretion. Liberty Global Europe believes that it complied in full with its obligations to the Cignal shareholders through the successful completion of the IPO of Priority Telecom on September 27, 2001, and accordingly, the option rights were not exercisable.

On May 4, 2005, the District Court rendered its decision in the 2002 Cignal Action, dismissing all claims of the former Cignal shareholders. On August 2, 2005, an appeal against the District Court decision was filed with the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam. Subsequently, when the grounds of appeal were filed in November 2005, nine individual plaintiffs, rather than all former Cignal shareholders, continued to pursue their claims. Based on the share ownership information provided by the nine plaintiffs, the damage claims remaining subject to the 2002 Cignal Action are approximately $28 million in the aggregate before statutory interest. On September 13, 2007, the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam rendered its decision that no IPO within the meaning of the shareholders agreement had been realized and accordingly the plaintiffs should have been allowed to exercise their option rights. The Court of Appeals in Amsterdam gave the parties leave to appeal to the Dutch Supreme Court and deferred all further decisions and actions, including the calculation and substantiation of the damages claimed by the plaintiffs, pending such appeal. Liberty Global Europe filed the appeal with the Dutch Supreme Court on December 13, 2007. On February 15, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a conditional appeal against the decision with the Dutch Supreme Court, challenging certain aspects of the decision of the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam in the event that Liberty Global Europe's appeal was not dismissed by the Dutch Supreme Court. On April 9, 2010, the Dutch Supreme Court issued its decision in which it honored the appeal of Liberty Global Europe, dismissed the plaintiffs' conditional appeal and referred the case to the Court of Appeals in The Hague. It is unclear whether the Cignal shareholders will request the Court of Appeals in The Hague to render a new decision.

On June 13, 2006, Liberty Global Europe, Priority Telecom, Euronext NV and Euronext Amsterdam NV were each served with a summons for a new action (the 2006 Cignal Action) purportedly on behalf of all other former Cignal shareholders and

II-151


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


provisionally for the nine plaintiffs in the 2002 Cignal Action. The 2006 Cignal Action claims, in addition to the claims asserted in the 2002 Cignal Action, that (i) Liberty Global Europe did not meet its duty of care obligations to ensure an exit for the Cignal shareholders through an IPO and (ii) the listing of Priority Telecom on Euronext Amsterdam NV in September 2001 did not meet the requirements of the applicable listing rules and, accordingly, that the IPO was not valid and did not satisfy Liberty Global Europe's obligations to the Cignal shareholders. Aggregate claims of $200 million, plus statutory interest, are asserted in this action, which amount includes the $28 million provisionally claimed by the nine plaintiffs in the 2002 Cignal Action. On December 19, 2007, the District Court rendered its decision dismissing the plaintiffs' claims against Liberty Global Europe and the other defendants. The plaintiffs appealed the decision of the District Court to the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam. On December 10, 2009, the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam issued a partial decision holding that Priority Telecom was not liable to the Cignal shareholders, but postponed its decision with respect to the other defendants pending receipt of the decision of the Dutch Supreme Court. The Dutch Supreme Court's April 9, 2010 decision was delivered to the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam and, on September 6, 2011, the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam confirmed the decision of the District Court and dismissed all claims of the former Cignal shareholders. On December 6, 2011, the Cignal shareholders appealed the September 6, 2011 decision to the Dutch Supreme Court.

In light of the September 13, 2007 decision by the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam and other factors, we recorded a provision of $146.0 million during the third quarter of 2007, representing our estimate of the loss (exclusive of legal costs, which are expensed as incurred) that we would incur upon an unfavorable outcome in the 2002 and 2006 Cignal Actions.  This provision was recorded notwithstanding our appeal of the Court of Appeals decision in the 2002 Cignal Action to the Dutch Supreme Court and the fact that the Court of Appeals decision was not binding with respect to the 2006 Cignal Action.  Notwithstanding (i) the April 9, 2010 Dutch Supreme Court decision in the 2002 Cignal Action and (ii) the September 6, 2011 decision of the Court of Appeals in Amsterdam in the 2006 Cignal Action, we do not anticipate reversing the provision until such time as the final disposition of this matter has been reached.

KBW Acquisition. The KBW Acquisition was subject to approval by the FCO, which approval was received in December 2011 upon final agreement of certain commitments we made to address the competition concerns of the FCO, as further described in note 3. In January 2012, two competitors of our German cable business, including the incumbent telecommunications operator, each filed an appeal against the FCO regarding its decision to approve the KBW Acquisition. We believe that the FCO's decision will ultimately be upheld and currently intend to support the FCO in defending the decision. In addition, we do not expect that the filing of these appeals will have any impact on the ongoing integration and development of our operations in Germany. The ultimate resolution of this matter is expected to take up to four years, including the appeals process.

Interkabel Acquisition. On November 26, 2007, Telenet and the PICs announced a non-binding agreement-in-principle to transfer the analog and digital television activities of the PICs, including all existing subscribers to Telenet.  Subsequently, Telenet and the PICs entered into a binding agreement (the 2008 PICs Agreement), which closed effective October 1, 2008.  Beginning in December 2007, Belgacom NV/SA (Belgacom), the incumbent telecommunications operator in Belgium, instituted several proceedings seeking to block implementation of these agreements.  It lodged summary proceedings with the President of the Court of First Instance of Antwerp to obtain a provisional injunction preventing the PICs from effecting the agreement-in-principle and initiated a civil procedure on the merits claiming the annulment of the agreement-in-principle.  In March 2008, the President of the Court of First Instance of Antwerp ruled in favor of Belgacom in the summary proceedings, which ruling was overturned by the Court of Appeal of Antwerp in June 2008.  Belgacom brought this appeal judgment before the Cour de Cassation (the Belgian Supreme Court), which confirmed the appeal judgment in September 2010.  On April 6, 2009, the Court of First Instance of Antwerp ruled in favor of the PICs and Telenet in the civil procedure on the merits, dismissing Belgacom's request for the rescission of the agreement-in-principle and the 2008 PICs Agreement.  On June 12, 2009, Belgacom appealed this judgment with the Court of Appeal of Antwerp. In this appeal, Belgacom is now also seeking compensation for damages should the 2008 PICs Agreement not be rescinded. However, the claim for compensation has not yet been quantified. At the introductory hearing, which was held on September 8, 2009, the proceedings on appeal were postponed indefinitely at the request of Belgacom.

In parallel with the above proceedings, Belgacom filed a complaint with the Government Commissioner seeking suspension of the approval by the PICs' board of directors of the agreement-in-principle and initiated suspension and annulment procedures before the Belgian Council of State against these approvals and subsequently against the board resolutions of the PICs approving the 2008 PICs Agreement. In this complaint, Belgacom's primary argument was that the PICs should have organized a public market consultation before entering into the agreement-in-principal and the 2008 PICs Agreement.  Belgacom's efforts to suspend approval of these agreements were unsuccessful.  Final judgment in the Council of State annulment cases, which may be joined, has not


II-152


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


yet been rendered.  However, the auditor of the Belgian Council of State, who advises the judges, issued an opinion to the Belgian Council of State on May 3, 2011, indicating his belief that no public market consultation was required.

It is possible that Belgacom or another third party or public authority will initiate further legal proceedings in an attempt to block the integration of the PICs' analog and digital television activities or obtain the rescission of the 2008 PICs Agreement. No assurance can be given as to the outcome of these or other proceedings. However, an unfavorable outcome of existing or future proceedings could potentially lead to the rescission of the 2008 PICs Agreement and/or to an obligation for Telenet to pay compensation for damages, subject to the relevant provisions of the 2008 PICs Agreement, which stipulate that Telenet is only responsible for damages in excess of €20.0 million ($25.9 million). In light of the fact that Belgacom has not quantified the amount of damages that it is seeking and we have no basis for assessing the amount of losses we would incur in the unlikely event that the 2008 PICs Agreement were to be rescinded, we cannot provide a reasonable estimate of the range of loss that would be incurred in the event the ultimate resolution of this matter were to be unfavorable to Telenet. However, we do not expect the ultimate resolution of this matter to have a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

Belgium Regulatory Developments. In December 2010, the Belgisch Instituut voor Post en Telecommunicatie (the BIPT) and the regional regulators for the media sectors (the Belgium Regulatory Authorities) published their respective draft decisions reflecting the results of their joint analysis of the broadcasting market in Belgium.  In addition, the BIPT published an analysis of the wholesale broadband market in Belgium. These draft decisions aimed to impose regulatory obligations on cable operators and Belgacom, the incumbent telecommunications operator.

The Belgium Regulatory Authorities held a public consultation on the proposed measures and published the comments made by various market players. Based on these comments, the Belgium Regulatory Authorities made some changes to the draft decisions. The draft decisions were then notified to the European Commission by the Belgian Conference of Regulators for Electronic Communications (the CRC), a body which brings together the BIPT and the Belgium Regulatory Authorities. On June 20, 2011, the European Commission sent a letter to the CRC criticizing the analysis of the broadcasting markets. The Commission more specifically criticized the fact that the Belgium Regulatory Authorities failed to analyze upstream wholesale markets. It also expressed doubts as to the necessity and proportionality of the various remedies.

The Belgium Regulatory Authorities nevertheless adopted a final decision on July 1, 2011 (the July 2011 Decision) after making some minor changes to the text of their draft decisions. The July 2011 Decision was notified to Telenet on July 18, 2011. The regulatory obligations imposed by the July 2011 Decision include (i) an obligation to make a resale offer at ''retail minus'' of the cable analog package available to third party operators (including Belgacom), (ii) an obligation to grant third-party operators (except Belgacom) access to digital television platforms (including the basic digital video package) at "retail minus," and (iii) an obligation to make a resale offer at ''retail minus'' of broadband internet access available to beneficiaries of the digital television access obligation that wish to offer bundles of digital video and broadband internet services to their customers (except Belgacom). A "retail-minus" method would imply a wholesale tariff calculated as the retail price for the offered service, excluding value-added taxes and copyrights, and further deducting the retail costs avoided by offering the wholesale service (such as, for example, costs for billing, franchise, consumer service, marketing, and sales). On February 1, 2012, Telenet submitted draft reference offers regarding the obligations described above. A national consultation and a notification to the European Commission of the reference offers still need to take place before final approval by the Belgium Regulatory Authorities. Any approved reference offer is not expected to be available in the market until 2013.

For Belgacom, the regulatory obligations include (i) an obligation to provide wholesale access to the local loop, (ii) an obligation to provide wholesale internet access at bitstream level and (iii) an obligation to provide wholesale multicast access for distribution of television channels. 

Telenet believes that there are serious grounds to challenge the findings of the Belgium Regulatory Authorities' broadcasting market analysis and the resulting regulatory obligations, and has lodged an appeal for suspension and annulment against the July 2011 Decision with the Brussels Court of Appeal. It cannot be excluded, however, that one or more regulatory obligations will be eventually upheld. A decision from the Brussels Court of Appeal is expected in the second quarter of 2012.
 
The July 2011 Decision aims to, and in its application may, strengthen Telenet's competitors by granting them resale access to Telenet's network to offer competing products and services. In addition, any resale access granted to competitors could (i) limit the bandwidth available to Telenet to provide new or expanded products and services to the customers served by its network and (ii) adversely impact Telenet's ability to maintain or increase its revenue and cash flows. The extent of any such adverse impacts

II-153


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


ultimately will be dependent on whether the July 2011 Decision is implemented in its current form and, if implemented, the wholesale rates established by the Belgium Regulatory Authorities and the extent that competitors take advantage of the resale access ultimately afforded to Telenet's network.

Chilean Antitrust Matter. On December 12, 2006, Liberty Media announced publicly that it had agreed to acquire an approximate 39% interest in The DirecTV Group, Inc. (DirecTV), the parent of DirecTV Chile.  On August 1, 2007, VTR received formal written notice from the Chilean Federal Economic Prosecutor (the FNE) stating that Liberty Media's acquisition of the DirecTV interest would violate one of the conditions imposed by the Chilean Antitrust Court on VTR's 2005 combination with Metrópolis Intercom SA, which condition prohibited VTR and its control group from participating, directly or indirectly through related persons, in Chilean satellite or microwave television businesses through April 2010.  On March 19, 2008, following the closing of Liberty Media's investment in DirecTV, the FNE commenced an action before the Chilean Antitrust Court against John C. Malone, the chairman of our board of directors and of Liberty Media's board of directors.  In this action, the FNE alleged that Mr. Malone is a controller of VTR and either controls or indirectly participates in DirecTV's satellite operations in Chile, thus violating the condition. The FNE requested the Antitrust Court to impose a fine on Mr. Malone and order him to effect the transfer of the shares, interests or other assets that are necessary to restore the independence, in ownership and administration, of VTR and DirecTV Chile.  Liberty Media no longer owns an interest in DirecTV and Mr. Malone's voting interest in DirecTV has been reduced to less than 5%.  On December 29, 2011, the Chilean Antitrust Court issued its final decision.  No remedies impacting LGI or VTR were imposed by this decision. 

Other Regulatory Issues. Video distribution, broadband internet, telephony and content businesses are regulated in each of the countries in which we operate. The scope of regulation varies from country to country, although in some significant respects regulation in European markets is harmonized under the regulatory structure of the EU. Adverse regulatory developments could subject our businesses to a number of risks. Regulation could limit growth, revenue and the number and types of services offered and could lead to increased operating costs and capital expenditures. In addition, regulation may restrict our operations and subject them to further competitive pressure, including pricing restrictions, interconnect and other access obligations, and restrictions or controls on content, including content provided by third parties. Failure to comply with current or future regulation could expose our businesses to various penalties.

Other. In addition to the foregoing items, we have contingent liabilities related to matters arising in the ordinary course of business including (i) legal proceedings, (ii) wage, property, sales and other tax issues, (iii) disputes over interconnection fees and (iv) disputes over programming and copyright fees. While we generally expect that the amounts required to satisfy these contingencies will not materially differ from the estimated amounts we have accrued, no assurance can be given that the resolution of one or more of these contingencies will not result in a material impact on our results of operations or cash flows in any given period. Due, in general, to the complexity of the issues involved and, in certain cases, the lack of a clear basis for predicting outcomes, we cannot provide a meaningful range of potential losses or cash outflows that might result from any unfavorable outcomes.

(17)    Segment Reporting

We own a variety of international subsidiaries that provide broadband communications and DTH services, and to a lesser extent, programming services. We generally identify our reportable segments as those consolidated subsidiaries that represent 10% or more of our revenue, operating cash flow (as defined below) or total assets. In certain cases, we may elect to include an operating segment in our segment disclosure that does not meet the above-described criteria for a reportable segment. We evaluate performance and make decisions about allocating resources to our operating segments based on financial measures such as revenue and operating cash flow. In addition, we review non-financial measures such as subscriber growth, as appropriate.

Operating cash flow is the primary measure used by our chief operating decision maker to evaluate segment operating performance. Operating cash flow is also a key factor that is used by our internal decision makers to (i) determine how to allocate resources to segments and (ii) evaluate the effectiveness of our management for purposes of annual and other incentive compensation plans. As we use the term, operating cash flow is defined as revenue less operating and SG&A expenses (excluding stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, provisions for litigation, and impairment, restructuring and other operating charges or credits). Other operating charges or credits include (i) gains and losses on the disposition of long-lived assets, (ii) direct acquisition costs, such as third-party due diligence, legal and advisory costs, and (iii) other acquisition-related items, such as gains and losses on the settlement of contingent consideration. Our internal decision makers believe operating cash flow is a meaningful measure and is superior to available GAAP measures because it represents a transparent view of our recurring operating performance that is unaffected by our capital structure and allows management to (i) readily view operating trends, (ii) perform analytical

II-154


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


comparisons and benchmarking between segments and (iii) identify strategies to improve operating performance in the different countries in which we operate. We believe our operating cash flow measure is useful to investors because it is one of the bases for comparing our performance with the performance of other companies in the same or similar industries, although our measure may not be directly comparable to similar measures used by other public companies. Operating cash flow should be viewed as a measure of operating performance that is a supplement to, and not a substitute for, operating income, net earnings (loss), cash flow from operating activities and other GAAP measures of income or cash flows. A reconciliation of total segment operating cash flow to our loss from continuing operations before income taxes is presented below.
 
The UPC Broadband Division provides DTH services to customers in the Czech Republic, Hungary, Romania and Slovakia through a Luxembourg-based organization, which we refer to as “UPC DTH.” Beginning in the first quarter of 2011, UPC DTH is reported within the UPC Broadband Division's central and other category. Prior to this change, the UPC DTH operating results were reported within the UPC Broadband Division's Central and Eastern Europe segment. In addition, certain backbone costs incurred by the UPC Broadband Division were previously included in the operating expenses of the UPC Broadband Division's central and other category. Beginning in the first quarter of 2011, these backbone costs are included within the operating expenses of the applicable UPC Broadband Division operating segment based on usage. Segment information for all periods presented has been restated to reflect the changes described above and to present Austar as a discontinued operation. We present only the reportable segments of our continuing operations in the tables below.

We have identified the following consolidated operating segments as our reportable segments:

UPC Broadband Division:
Germany
The Netherlands
Switzerland
Other Western Europe
Central and Eastern Europe

Telenet (Belgium)

VTR Group (Chile)

All of the reportable segments set forth above derive their revenue primarily from broadband communications services, including video, broadband internet and telephony services. Most reportable segments also provide business-to-business (B2B) services. At December 31, 2011, our operating segments in the UPC Broadband Division provided services in 10 European countries. Our Germany segment includes Unitymedia and KBW. Our Other Western Europe segment includes our broadband communications operating segments in Austria and Ireland. Our Central and Eastern Europe segment includes our broadband communications operating segments in the Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania and Slovakia. The UPC Broadband Division's central and other category includes (i) the UPC DTH operating segment, (ii) costs associated with certain centralized functions, including billing systems, network operations, technology, marketing, facilities, finance and other administrative functions and (iii) intersegment eliminations within the UPC Broadband Division. Telenet provides broadband communications operations in Belgium. In Chile, the VTR Group includes VTR, which provides broadband communications services, and VTR Wireless, which is undertaking the launch of mobile services through a combination of its own wireless network and certain third-party wireless access arrangements. Our corporate and other category includes (i) less significant consolidated operating segments that provide (a) broadband communications services in Puerto Rico and (b) programming and other services in Europe and Argentina and (ii) our corporate category. Intersegment eliminations primarily represent the elimination of intercompany transactions between our broadband communications and programming operations, primarily in Europe.


II-155


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Performance Measures of Our Reportable Segments

The amounts presented below represent 100% of each of our reportable segment's revenue and operating cash flow. As we have the ability to control Telenet and the VTR Group, we consolidate 100% of the revenue and expenses of these entities in our consolidated statements of operations despite the fact that third parties own significant interests in these entities. The noncontrolling owners' interests in the operating results of Telenet, the VTR Group and other less significant majority-owned subsidiaries are reflected in net earnings or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests in our consolidated statements of operations.
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
Revenue
 
Operating cash flow
 
Revenue
 
Operating cash flow
 
Revenue
 
Operating cash flow
 
in millions
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
1,450.0

 
$
863.7

 
$
1,146.6

 
$
659.8

 
$

 
$

The Netherlands
1,273.4

 
755.3

 
1,156.8

 
673.9

 
1,139.7

 
663.9

Switzerland
1,292.3

 
727.8

 
1,076.8

 
593.9

 
1,020.6

 
561.9

Other Western Europe
883.6

 
412.8

 
820.3

 
377.5

 
835.3

 
389.9

Total Western Europe
4,899.3

 
2,759.6

 
4,200.5

 
2,305.1

 
2,995.6

 
1,615.7

Central and Eastern Europe
1,122.5

 
548.0

 
1,001.5

 
496.8

 
1,008.1

 
526.0

Central and other
122.7

 
(140.5
)
 
108.6

 
(120.3
)
 
113.6

 
(110.5
)
Total UPC Broadband Division
6,144.5

 
3,167.1

 
5,310.6

 
2,681.6

 
4,117.3

 
2,031.2

Telenet (Belgium)
1,918.5

 
967.0

 
1,727.2

 
872.8

 
1,674.6

 
832.6

VTR Group (Chile)
889.0

 
341.2

 
798.2

 
327.7

 
700.8

 
288.4

Corporate and other
645.2

 
7.0

 
608.6

 
(0.4
)
 
548.9

 
(5.5
)
Intersegment eliminations
(86.4
)
 

 
(80.4
)
 

 
(78.1
)
 

Total
$
9,510.8

 
$
4,482.3

 
$
8,364.2

 
$
3,881.7

 
$
6,963.5

 
$
3,146.7



II-156


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The following table provides a reconciliation of total segment operating cash flow from continuing operations to loss from continuing operations before income taxes:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
Total segment operating cash flow from continuing operations
$
4,482.3

 
$
3,881.7

 
$
3,146.7

Stock-based compensation expense
(131.3
)
 
(111.0
)
 
(113.2
)
Depreciation and amortization
(2,457.0
)
 
(2,251.5
)
 
(1,991.3
)
Impairment, restructuring and other operating charges, net
(75.6
)
 
(125.6
)
 
(138.1
)
Operating income
1,818.4

 
1,393.6

 
904.1

Interest expense
(1,455.2
)
 
(1,283.6
)
 
(807.6
)
Interest and dividend income
73.2

 
36.2

 
46.1

Realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments, net
(60.4
)
 
(1,152.3
)
 
(1,118.2
)
Foreign currency transaction gains (losses), net
(572.6
)
 
(237.1
)
 
126.9

Realized and unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair values of certain investments and debt, net
(155.1
)
 
127.8

 
(22.1
)
Losses on debt modification, extinguishment and conversion, net
(218.4
)
 
(29.8
)
 
(33.4
)
Other expense, net
(5.7
)
 
(5.4
)
 
(0.7
)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
$
(575.8
)
 
$
(1,150.6
)
 
$
(904.9
)


II-157


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Balance Sheet Data of our Reportable Segments

Selected balance sheet data of our reportable segments is set forth below:
 
Long-lived assets
 
Total assets
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2011
 
2010
 
in millions
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
10,681.4

 
$
6,137.9

 
$
11,105.6

 
$
6,443.5

The Netherlands
2,323.4

 
2,384.4

 
2,581.9

 
2,285.1

Switzerland
4,635.8

 
4,752.2

 
5,057.6

 
5,229.8

Other Western Europe
1,892.0

 
1,961.9

 
1,957.3

 
2,029.4

Total Western Europe
19,532.6

 
15,236.4

 
20,702.4

 
15,987.8

Central and Eastern Europe
2,744.2

 
2,234.6

 
2,860.0

 
2,336.7

Central and other
298.5

 
230.6

 
1,685.7

 
2,598.3

Total UPC Broadband Division
22,575.3

 
17,701.6

 
25,248.1

 
20,922.8

Telenet (Belgium)
4,583.6

 
4,722.2

 
5,424.1

 
5,902.7

VTR Group (Chile)
1,220.8

 
1,292.7

 
1,451.6

 
1,559.4

Corporate and other
785.3

 
848.9

 
3,239.7

 
3,915.8

Total - continuing operations
29,165.0

 
24,565.4

 
35,363.5

 
32,300.7

Discontinued operations (a)
770.1

 
576.0

 
1,045.7

 
1,028.1

Total
$
29,935.1

 
$
25,141.4

 
$
36,409.2

 
$
33,328.8

______________

(a)
At December 31, 2011, the long-lived assets of Austar are presented in long-term assets of discontinued operations in our consolidated balance sheet.


II-158


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Capital Expenditures of our Reportable Segments

The capital expenditures of our reportable segments (excluding capital additions financed under vendor financing or capital lease arrangements) are presented below. For additional information concerning capital additions financed under vendor financing and capital lease arrangements see note 8.
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
360.0

 
$
276.5

 
$

The Netherlands
193.3

 
166.5

 
149.5

Switzerland
210.9

 
204.5

 
255.4

Other Western Europe
200.3

 
190.6

 
238.8

Total Western Europe
964.5

 
838.1

 
643.7

Central and Eastern Europe
180.8

 
189.2

 
281.5

Central and other
141.7

 
123.7

 
107.6

Total UPC Broadband Division
1,287.0

 
1,151.0

 
1,032.8

Telenet (Belgium)
363.8

 
313.6

 
368.3

VTR Group (Chile)
234.1

 
187.5

 
155.6

Corporate and other
42.1

 
38.4

 
34.7

Total
$
1,927.0

 
$
1,690.5

 
$
1,591.4


Revenue by Major Category

Our revenue by major category is set forth below: 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
Subscription revenue (a):
 
 
 
 
 
Video
$
4,405.2

 
$
3,915.5

 
$
3,118.4

Broadband internet
2,203.7

 
1,913.6

 
1,739.4

Telephony
1,294.5

 
1,130.0

 
951.2

Total subscription revenue
7,903.4

 
6,959.1

 
5,809.0

Other revenue (b)
1,607.4

 
1,405.1

 
1,154.5

Total
$
9,510.8

 
$
8,364.2

 
$
6,963.5

_______________ 

(a)
Subscription revenue includes amounts received from subscribers for ongoing services, excluding installation fees, late fees and mobile telephony revenue. Subscription revenue from subscribers who purchase bundled services at a discounted rate is generally allocated proportionally to each service based on the standalone price for each individual service. However, due to regulatory, billing system and other constraints, the allocation of bundling discounts may vary between our broadband communications operating segments.

(b)
Other revenue includes non-subscription revenue (including B2B, interconnect, installation, carriage fee and mobile telephony revenue) and programming revenue.


II-159


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


Geographic Segments

The revenue of our geographic segments is set forth below:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
Europe:
 
 
 
 
 
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
 
 
Germany
$
1,450.0

 
$
1,146.6

 
$

The Netherlands
1,273.4

 
1,156.8

 
1,139.7

Switzerland
1,292.3

 
1,076.8

 
1,020.6

Austria
453.4

 
449.0

 
483.9

Ireland
430.2

 
371.3

 
351.4

Poland
390.7

 
316.3

 
277.9

Hungary
270.9

 
251.7

 
277.9

The Czech Republic
251.9

 
225.3

 
225.1

Romania
143.5

 
147.5

 
161.1

Slovakia
65.5

 
60.7

 
66.1

Other (a)
122.7

 
108.6

 
113.6

Total UPC Broadband Division
6,144.5

 
5,310.6

 
4,117.3

Belgium
1,918.5

 
1,727.2

 
1,674.6

Chellomedia:
 
 
 
 
 
Poland
118.6

 
111.7

 
73.3

The Netherlands
108.4

 
111.8

 
106.3

Spain
73.2

 
65.8

 
48.7

Hungary
66.8

 
49.6

 
50.1

Other (b)
133.6

 
128.5

 
131.9

Total Chellomedia
500.6

 
467.4

 
410.3

Intersegment eliminations
(86.4
)
 
(80.4
)
 
(78.1
)
Total Europe
8,477.2

 
7,424.8

 
6,124.1

The Americas:
 
 
 
 
 
Chile
889.0

 
798.2

 
700.8

Other (c)
144.6

 
141.2

 
138.6

Total - The Americas
1,033.6

 
939.4

 
839.4

Total
$
9,510.8

 
$
8,364.2

 
$
6,963.5

_______________ 

(a)
Primarily represents revenue of UPC DTH from customers located in Hungary, the Czech Republic, Slovakia and Romania.

(b)
Chellomedia's other geographic segments are located primarily in Portugal, Romania, the United Kingdom, the Czech Republic, Slovakia and Italy.

(c)
Includes certain less significant operating segments that provide broadband communications in Puerto Rico and programming services in Argentina.


II-160


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


The long-lived assets of our geographic segments are set forth below:
 
December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
in millions
Europe:
 
 
 
UPC Broadband Division:
 
 
 
Germany
$
10,681.4

 
$
6,137.9

The Netherlands
2,323.4

 
2,384.4

Switzerland
4,635.8

 
4,752.2

Austria
1,141.1

 
1,193.1

Ireland
750.9

 
768.8

Poland
1,086.7

 
406.8

Hungary
561.6

 
652.5

The Czech Republic
762.5

 
809.9

Romania
205.9

 
229.6

Slovakia
127.5

 
135.8

Other (a)
298.5

 
230.6

Total UPC Broadband Division
22,575.3

 
17,701.6

Belgium
4,583.6

 
4,722.2

Chellomedia:
 
 
 
Spain
109.8

 
119.4

Hungary
98.4

 
129.5

United Kingdom
80.8

 
93.0

The Netherlands
32.3

 
34.2

The Czech Republic
28.2

 
30.7

Poland
1.8

 
1.7

Total Chellomedia
351.3

 
408.5

Other
4.2

 
3.5

Total Europe
27,514.4

 
22,835.8

The Americas:
 
 
 
Chile
1,220.8

 
1,292.7

U.S. (b)
56.9

 
59.6

Other (c)
372.9

 
377.3

Total - The Americas
1,650.6

 
1,729.6

Total - continuing operations
29,165.0

 
24,565.4

Discontinued operations (d)
770.1

 
576.0

Total
$
29,935.1

 
$
25,141.4

_______________ 

(a)
Primarily represents long-lived assets of the UPC Broadband Division's central operations, which are located in the Netherlands.

(b)
Primarily represents the assets of our corporate category.

(c)
Primarily represents a less significant operating segment that provides broadband communications in Puerto Rico.

(d)
At December 31, 2011, the long-lived assets of Austar are presented in long-term assets of discontinued operations in our consolidated balance sheet.


II-161


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


(18)    Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

 
 
2011
 
 
1st quarter
 
2nd quarter
 
3rd quarter
 
4th quarter
 
 
in millions, except per share amounts
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As previously reported
 
$
2,432.3

 
$
2,618.6

 
$
2,607.9

 
$
2,404.5

Effect of reclassification of Austar to discontinued operations (note 4)
 
(174.4
)
 
(189.0
)
 
(189.1
)
 

As adjusted
 
$
2,257.9

 
$
2,429.6

 
$
2,418.8

 
$
2,404.5

Operating income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As previously reported
 
$
577.6

 
$
530.8

 
$
521.9

 
$
408.2

Effect of reclassification of Austar to discontinued operations (note 4)
 
(144.7
)
 
(36.6
)
 
(38.8
)
 

As adjusted
 
$
432.9

 
$
494.2

 
$
483.1

 
$
408.2

Net earnings (loss) attributable to LGI stockholders
 
$
342.4

 
$
(347.0
)
 
$
(333.1
)
 
$
(435.0
)
Earnings (loss) attributable to LGI stockholders per share — Series A, Series B and Series C common stock (note 2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
1.42

 
$
(1.37
)
 
$
(1.18
)
 
$
(1.58
)
Diluted
 
$
1.22

 
$
(1.37
)
 
$
(1.18
)
 
$
(1.58
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010
 
 
1st quarter
 
2nd quarter
 
3rd quarter
 
4th quarter
 
 
in millions, except per share amounts
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As previously reported
 
$
2,175.7

 
$
2,168.8

 
$
2,246.8

 
$
2,425.6

Effect of reclassification of Austar to discontinued operations (note 4)
 
(156.4
)
 
(156.5
)
 
(162.8
)
 
(177.0
)
As adjusted
 
$
2,019.3

 
$
2,012.3

 
$
2,084.0

 
$
2,248.6

Operating income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As previously reported
 
$
303.6

 
$
327.1

 
$
446.7

 
$
417.8

Effect of reclassification of Austar to discontinued operations (note 4)
 
(27.8
)
 
(21.2
)
 
(21.9
)
 
(30.7
)
As adjusted
 
$
275.8

 
$
305.9

 
$
424.8

 
$
387.1

Net earnings (loss) attributable to LGI stockholders
 
$
736.6

 
$
(684.4
)
 
$
278.5

 
$
57.5

Earnings (loss) attributable to LGI stockholders per share — Series A, Series B and Series C common stock (note 2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
2.75

 
$
(2.66
)
 
$
1.15

 
$
0.24

Diluted
 
$
2.75

 
$
(2.66
)
 
$
0.99

 
$
0.22




II-162


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


(19)    Subsequent Events

UPCB Finance VI Senior Secured Notes

On February 7, 2012, UPCB Finance VI Limited (UPCB Finance VI), issued $750.0 million principal amount of 6.875% senior secured notes (the UPCB VI Notes), at par. The UPCB VI Notes mature on January 15, 2022. UPCB Finance VI is incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, as a special purpose financing company, for the primary purpose of facilitating the offering of the UPCB VI Notes and is owned 100% by a charitable trust. UPCB Finance VI, which has no material business operations, used the proceeds from the UPCB VI Notes, together with fees payable to it by UPC Financing pursuant to a fee letter between the parties, to fund a new additional facility (Facility AD) under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility, with UPC Financing as the borrower. The proceeds from Facility AD were used to repay in full amounts outstanding under Facilities M, N and O of the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.

UPCB Finance VI is dependent on payments from UPC Financing under Facility AD in order to service its payment obligations under the UPCB VI Notes. Although UPC Financing has no equity or voting interest in UPCB Finance VI, the Facility AD loan creates a variable interest in UPCB Finance VI for which UPC Financing is the primary beneficiary, as contemplated by GAAP. As such, UPC Financing and its parent entities, including UPC Holding and LGI, are required by the provisions of GAAP to consolidate UPCB Finance VI following the issuance of the UPCB VI Notes. As such, the amounts outstanding under Facility AD will eliminate in LGI's consolidated financial statements.

The UPCB VI Notes have been issued pursuant to an indenture (the Indenture), dated February 7, 2012. Facility AD is made pursuant to an additional Facility AD accession agreement (the Facility AD Accession Agreement). Pursuant to the Facility AD Accession Agreement, the call provisions, maturity and applicable interest rate for Facility AD are the same as those of the UPCB VI Notes. UPCB Finance VI, as a lender under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility, is treated the same as the other lenders under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility, with benefits, rights and protections that are similar to those afforded to the other lenders. Through the covenants in the Indenture and the security interests over (i) all of the issued shares of UPCB Finance VI and (ii) UPCB Finance VI's rights under Facility AD granted to secure the obligations of UPCB Finance VI under the UPCB VI Notes, the holders of the UPCB VI Notes are provided indirectly with the benefits, rights and protections granted to UPCB Finance VI as a lender under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.

The UPCB VI Notes are non-callable until January 15, 2017. If, however, at any time prior to January 15, 2017, all or a portion of Facility AD is voluntarily prepaid (and Early Redemption Event), UPCB Finance VI will be required to redeem an aggregate principal amount of the UPCB VI Notes equal to the principal amount of Facility AD prepaid, not to exceed an amount equal to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the UPCB VI Notes during each twelve-month period commencing on February 7, 2012, at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the UPCB VI Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable redemption date. To the extent that, during any such twelve-month period prior to January 15, 2017, the principal amount of Facility AD prepaid is greater than 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the UPCB VI Notes, UPCB Finance VI will also be required to redeem an aggregate principal amount of the UPCB VI Notes equal to such excess amount at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the UPCB VI Notes to be redeemed, (ii) the excess of (a) the present value at such redemption date of (1) the redemption price thereof on January 15, 2017, as set forth in the table below, plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments thereon due through January 15, 2017 (excluding accrued and unpaid interest to such redemption date), computed using the discount rate specified in the Indenture, over (b) the principal amount of the UPCB VI Notes so redeemed on the redemption date and (iii) accrued but unpaid interest and Additional Amounts (as defined in the Indenture), if any, to the applicable redemption date.


II-163


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Table of Contents


On or after January 15, 2017, upon the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event, UPCB Finance VI will redeem an aggregate principal amount of the UPCB VI Notes equal to the principal amount of Facility AD prepaid at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve month period commencing on January 15 of the years set out below:
 
Redemption Price
 
 
2017
103.438
%
2018
102.292
%
2019
101.146
%
2020 and thereafter
100.000
%

New Term Loan under Telenet Credit Facility

On February 17, 2012, Telenet International entered into an additional facility accession agreement (the Additional Facility T Accession Agreement) under the Telenet Credit Facility.  Pursuant to the Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, certain lenders agreed to provide a new term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of €175.0 million ($226.8 million) (Facility T). Facility T matures on December 31, 2018 and bears interest at a rate of EURIBOR plus 3.50%.


II-164

Table of Contents


PART III
The capitalized terms used in PART III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are defined in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. In the following text, the terms, “we,” “our,” “our company” and “us” may refer, as the context requires, to LGI or collectively to LGI and its predecessors and subsidiaries.
Except as indicated below, the following required information is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we intend to hold during the second quarter of 2012.
 
Item 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
 
 
 
Item 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
 
 
 
Item 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
 
 
 
 
The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is included below and accordingly will not be incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement.
 
 
 
 
Item 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
 
 
 
Item 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
We intend to file our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of shareholders with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or before April 30, 2012.

III-1

Table of Contents


Item 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The capitalized terms used in Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are defined in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. In the following text, the terms, “we,” “our,” “our company” and “us” may refer, as the context requires, to LGI or collectively to LGI and its predecessors and subsidiaries. The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2011 with respect to shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
Plan Category
 
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise  of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights (1)(2)
 
Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights (1)(2)
 
Number of
securities
available for
future issuance
under  equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities
reflected in the
first column)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
LGI Incentive Plan (3):
 
 
 
 
 
 
LGI Series A common stock
 
4,297,054

 
$
28.87

 
11,639,553

LGI Series C common stock
 
4,222,916

 
$
28.00

 
 
LGI Directors Incentive Plan (4) (5):
 
 
 
 
 
 
LGI Series A common stock
 
344,548

 
$
28.47

 
9,055,190

LGI Series C common stock
 
347,442

 
$
27.36

 
 
The Transitional Plan (5) (6):
 
 
 
 
 
 
LGI Series A common stock
 
130,478

 
$
17.51

 
 
LGI Series C common stock
 
134,668

 
$
16.59

 
 
UGC Plans (7):
 
 
 
 
 
 
LGI Series A common stock
 
505,505

 
$
17.09

 
 
LGI Series C common stock
 
501,694

 
$
26.52

 
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
None
 

 

 

Totals:
 
 
 
 
 
 
LGI Series A common stock
 
5,277,585

 
 
 
20,694,743

LGI Series C common stock
 
5,206,720

 
 
 
 
 ____________

(1)
This table includes SARs with respect to 3,694,198 and 3,671,981 shares of LGI Series A and Series C common stock, respectively. Upon exercise, the appreciation of a SAR, which is the difference between the base price of the SAR and the then-market value of the underlying series of LGI common stock or in certain cases, if lower, a specified price, may be paid in shares of the applicable series of LGI common stock. Based upon the respective market prices of LGI Series A and Series C common stock at December 31, 2011 and excluding any related tax effects, 1,202,602 and 1,165,549 shares of LGI Series A and Series C common stock, respectively, would have been issued if all outstanding SARs had been exercised on December 31, 2011. For further information, see note 12 to our consolidated financial statements.

(2)
In addition to the option and SAR information included in this table, there are outstanding under the various incentive plans restricted shares and restricted share unit awards (including PSUs) with respect to an aggregate of 1,463,279 shares of LGI Series A common stock and 1,463,458 shares of LGI Series C common stock.

(3)
The LGI Incentive Plan permits grants of, or with respect to, LGI Series A, Series B or Series C common stock subject

III-2

Table of Contents


to a single aggregate limit of 50 million shares (of which no more than 25 million shares may consist of Series B shares), subject to anti-dilution adjustments. As of December 31, 2011, an aggregate of 11,639,553 shares of common stock were available for issuance pursuant to the incentive plan.

(4)
The non-employee director incentive plan permits grants of, or with respect to, LGI Series A, Series B or Series C common stock subject to a single aggregate limit of 10 million shares (of which no more than five million shares may consist of LGI Series B shares), subject to anti-dilution adjustments. As of December 31, 2011, an aggregate of 9,055,190 shares of common stock were available for issuance pursuant to the non-employee director incentive plan (of which no more than five million shares may consist of LGI Series B shares).

(5)
Prior to LGI International’s spin off from Liberty Media, Liberty Media approved the non-employee director incentive plan and the Transitional Plan in its capacity as the then sole shareholder of LGI International.

(6)
The Transitional Plan was adopted in connection with LGI International’s spin off from Liberty Media to provide for the supplemental award of options to purchase shares of LGI common stock and restricted shares of LGI common stock, in each case, pursuant to adjustments made to outstanding Liberty Media stock incentive awards in accordance with the anti-dilution provisions of Liberty Media’s stock incentive plans. No additional awards will be made under the Transitional Plan.

(7)
The UGC Plans are comprised of the UnitedGlobalCom, Inc. Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, effective June 1, 1993, amended and restated as of January 22, 2004; the UnitedGlobalCom, Inc. Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, effective March 20, 1998, amended and restated as of January 22, 2004; and the UnitedGlobalCom, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, amended and restated effective October 17, 2003. Awards outstanding under each of these plans were converted into awards with respect to LGI common stock in connection with the June 2005 combination of LGI International and UGC. No additional awards will be made under these plans.
































III-3

Table of Contents



PART IV

Item 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) (1)    FINANCIAL STATEMENT

The financial statements required under this Item begin on page II-65 of this Annual Report.

(a) (2)    FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The financial statement schedules required under this Item are as follows:

Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Information):
 
Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (Parent Company Only)
IV-10
Condensed Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (Parent Company Only)
IV-11
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (Parent Company Only)
IV-12
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
IV-13

(a) (3)    EXHIBITS

Listed below are the exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report (according to the number assigned to them in Item 601 of Regulation S-K):
3 -- Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws:
3.1

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, dated June 15, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2011 (File No. 000-51360) (the 2010 10-K)).
3.2

Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 2010 10-K).
4 -- Instruments Defining the Rights of Securities Holders, including Indentures:
4.1

Specimen certificate for shares of the Registrant's Series A common stock, par value $.01 per share (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the 2010 10-K).
4.2

Specimen certificate for shares of the Registrant's Series B common stock, par value $.01 per share (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the 2010 10-K).
4.3

Specimen certificate for shares of the Registrant's Series C Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the 2010 10-K).
4.4

Deed of Amendment and Restatement, dated May 10, 2006, among UPC Broadband Holding BV (UPC Broadband Holding) and UPC Financing Partnership (UPC Financing) as Borrowers, the guarantors listed therein, and the Senior Hedging Banks listed therein, with Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, and TD Bank Europe Limited as Existing Security Agent, amending and restating the senior secured credit agreement originally dated January 16, 2004, as amended and restated from time to time among the Borrower, the guarantors as defined therein, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and the bank and financial institutions acceding thereto from time to time (the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility).*
4.5

Amendment Letter, dated December 11, 2006, among UPC Broadband Holding and UPC Financing as Borrowers, the guarantors listed therein and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, to the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.*
4.6

Additional Facility M Accession Agreement, dated April 12, 2007, among UPC Broadband Holding, UPC Financing as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited, as Security Agent, and the Additional Facility M Lenders listed therein under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 17, 2007 (File No. 000-51360) (the April 2007 8-K)).
4.7

Additional Facility M Accession Agreement, dated April 13, 2007, among UPC Broadband Holding, UPC Financing as Borrowers, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited, as Security Agent, and the Additional Facility M Lenders listed therein, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the April 2007 8-K).

IV-1

Table of Contents


4.8

Additional Facility M Accession Agreement, dated May 4, 2007, among UPC Broadband Holding, UPC Financing as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited, as Security Agent, and the Additional Facility M Lenders listed therein, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2007 (File No. 000-51360) (the May 10, 2007 10-Q)).
4.9

Additional Facility N Accession Agreement, dated May 11, 2007 among UPC Broadband Holding, UPC Financing as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent and TD Bank Europe as Security Agent, and the Additional Facility N Lenders listed therein under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed May 15, 2007 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.10

Additional Facility M Accession Agreement, dated May 18, 2007, among UPC Broadband Holding, UPC Financing as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent and TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the Additional Facility M Lenders listed therein, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 22, 2007 (File No. 000-51360) (the May 2007 8-K)).
4.11

Additional Facility N Accession Agreement, dated May 18, 2007, among UPC Broadband Holding, UPC Financing as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent and TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the Additional Facility N Lenders listed therein under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the May 2007 8-K).
4.12

Additional Facility O Accession Agreement dated August 12, 2008, among UPC Broadband Holding as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the banks and financial institutions listed therein as Additional Facility O Lenders, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 21, 2008 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.13

Additional Facility Q Accession Agreement, dated March 25, 2009, among UPC Broadband Holding as Borrower, UPC Financing, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the banks and financial institutions listed therein as Additional Facility Q Lenders, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 26, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the March 2009 8-K)).
4.14

Additional Facility R Accession Agreement, dated March 25, 2009, among UPC Financing Partnership as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the banks and financial institutions listed therein as Additional Facility R Lenders, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the March 2009 8-K).
4.15

Additional Facility Q Accession Agreement dated April 27, 2009, among UPC Broadband Holding as Borrower, UPC Financing, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the banks and financial institutions listed therein as Additional Facility Q Lenders, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed April 28, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the April 2009 8-K/A)).
4.16

Additional Facility R Accession Agreement dated April 27, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the banks and financial institutions listed therein as Additional Facility R Lenders, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the April 2009 8-K/A).
4.17

Additional Facility S Accession Agreement, dated May 6, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and Liberty Global Europe BV (LG Europe) as the initial Additional Facility S Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 6, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the May 2009 8-K)).
4.18

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated May 6, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and LG Europe as the initial Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the May 2009 8-K).
4.19

Additional Facility S Accession Agreement, dated May 22, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and LG Europe as the initial Additional Facility S Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed May 26, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.20

Additional Facility U Accession Agreement, dated June 3, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and LG Europe as the initial Additional Facility U Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.21

Amendment Letter dated June 9, 2009, among UPC Broadband Holding and UPC Financing as Borrowers, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Facility Agent, and the guarantors listed therein to the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 10, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).

IV-2

Table of Contents


4.22

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated September 8, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and LG Europe as an Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 8, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the September 2009 8-K)).
4.23

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated September 8, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and Nomura International plc as an Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the September 2009 8-K).
4.24

Additional Facility Q Accession Agreement, dated September 8, 2009, among UPC Broadband Holding as Borrower, UPC Financing, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and Bank of America, N.A. as an Additional Facility Q Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the September 2009 8-K).
4.25

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated September 17, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and LG Europe as an Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 18, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.26

Additional Facility Q Accession Agreement, dated October 30, 2009, among UPC Broadband Holding as Borrower, UPC Financing, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UBS Limited as an Additional Facility Q Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 5, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the November 2009 8-K)).
4.27

Additional Facility U Accession Agreement, dated November 3, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and LG Europe as an Additional Facility U Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the November 2009 8-K).
4.28

Additional Facility Q Accession Agreement, dated November 18, 2009, among UPC Broadband Holding as Borrower, UPC Financing, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA as an Additional Facility Q Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 24, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.29

Additional Facility S Accession Agreement, dated January 19, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility S Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 21, 2010 (File No. 000-51360) (the January 2010 8-K)).
4.30

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated January 19, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the January 2010 8-K).
4.31

Additional Facility V Accession Agreement, dated January 20, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPCB Finance Limited as an Additional Facility V Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the January 2010 8-K).
4.32

Additional Facility W Accession Agreement, dated March 24, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility W Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 25, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.33

Additional Facility W Accession Agreement, dated April 20, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility W Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 21, 2010 (File No. 000-51360) (the April 2010 8-K)).
4.34

Additional Facility R Accession Agreement, dated April 20, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility R Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the April 2010 8-K).
4.35

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated April 20, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the April 2010 8-K).

IV-3

Table of Contents


4.36

Additional Facility X Accession Agreement, dated May 4, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility X Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 4, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.37

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated May 27, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 28, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.38

Additional Facility W Accession Agreement, dated July 2, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Security Agent, and Scotiabank Europe plc as an Additional Facility W Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 7, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.39

Indenture dated January 31, 2011, among UPCB Finance II Limited, The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee, registrar, transfer agent, principal paying agent and security agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 1, 2011 (File No. 000-51360) (the January 2011 8-K)).
4.40

Additional Facility Y Accession Agreement, dated January 31, 2011, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent and Security Agent and UPCB Finance II Limited as an Additional Facility Y Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the January 2011 8-K).
4.41

Indenture dated February 16, 2011, among UPCB Finance III Limited, The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee, registrar, transfer agent, principal paying agent and security agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Transparency Directive Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 17, 2011 (File No. 000-51360) (the February 2011 8-K)).
4.42

Additional Facility Z Accession Agreement, dated February 16, 2011, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent and Security Agent and UPCB Finance III Limited as an Additional Facility Z Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the February 2011 8-K).
4.43

Additional Facility AA Accession Agreement, dated July 26, 2011, among UPC Financing Partnership as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding BV, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent and Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility AA Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 27, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.44

Additional Facility AA2 Accession Agreement, dated August 2, 2011, among UPC Financing Partnership as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding BV, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent and Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility AA2 Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 2, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.45

Additional Facility AA3 Accession Agreement, dated September 6, 2011, among UPC Financing Partnership as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding BV, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent and Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility AA3 Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 6, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.46

Additional Facility AB Accession Agreement, dated October 25, 2011, among UPC Financing Partnership, as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding BV, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Facility Agent and Security Agent, and Citibank N.A., London and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Additional Facility AB Lenders, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 26, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.47

Additional Facility AC Accession Agreement, dated November 16, 2011, among UPC Financing Partnership, as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding BV, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Facility Agent and Security Agent, and UPCB Finance V Limited, as an Additional Facility AC Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.*
4.48

Additional Facility AD Accession Agreement, dated February 7, 2012, among UPC Financing Partnership, as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding BV, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Facility Agent and Security Agent, and UPCB Finance VI Limited, as an Additional Facility AD Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.*
4.49

€2,300,000,000 Credit Agreement, originally dated August 1, 2007, and as amended and restated by supplemental agreements dated August 22, 2007, September 11, 2007, October 8, 2007 and June 23, 2009, among Telenet Bidco NV (now known as Telenet NV) as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, the parties listed therein as Original Guarantors, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., BNP Paribas S.A. and J.P. Morgan PLC as Mandated Lead Arrangers, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent, and the financial institutions listed therein as Initial Original Lenders (the Telenet Credit Facility) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 26, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the June 2009 8-K)).
4.50

Supplemental Agreement dated June 23, 2009, between Telenet Bidco NV (now known as Telenet NV) and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent relating to the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the June 2009 8-K).

IV-4

Table of Contents


4.51

Supplemental Agreement to the Telenet Credit Facility, dated October 4, 2010, among, inter alia, Telenet NV as Guarantor, and Security Provider and The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the October 2010 8-K).
4.52

Additional Facility M Accession Agreement, dated November 3, 2010, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and Telenet Finance Luxembourg S.C.A. as an additional Facility M Lender, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.50 to the 2010 10-K).
4.53

Additional Facility N Accession Agreement, dated November 26, 2010, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and Telenet Finance Luxembourg II S.A. as an additional Facility N Lender, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.51 to the 2010 10-K).
4.54

Additional Facility O Accession Agreement, dated February 15, 2011, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and Telenet Finance III Luxembourg S.C.A. as an additional Facility O Lender, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.52 to the 2010 10-K).
4.55

Telenet Additional Facility P Accession Agreement, dated June 15, 2011, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and Telenet Luxembourg Finance Center S.â.r.l. as an additional Facility Q Lender, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 2, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.56

Telenet Additional Facility Q Accession Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and Telenet Luxembourg Finance Center S.â.r.l. as an additional Facility Q Lender, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 22, 2011 (File No. 000-51360) (the July 2011 8-K)).
4.57

Telenet Additional Facility R Accession Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and Telenet Luxembourg Finance Center S.â.r.l. as an additional Facility R Lender, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the July 2011 8-K).
4.58

Telenet Additional Facility S Accession Agreement, dated July 29, 2011, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and the financial institutions listed therein as additional Facility S Lenders, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 29, 2011) (File No. 000-51360)).
4.59

Telenet Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated February 17, 2012, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and the financial institutions listed therein as additional Facility T Lenders, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 17, 2012) (File No. 000-51360)).
4.60

Registration Rights Agreement dated November 18, 2009, between the Registrant, SPO Partners II, L.P. and San Francisco Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed November 19, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.61

Indenture dated November 20, 2009, between, among others, UPC Germany GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee (relating to the 8 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 20, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the November 20, 2009 8-K)).
4.62

Accession Agreement dated as of March 2, 2010, by UPC Germany GmbH, Unitymedia Hessen GmbH & Co. KG, Unitymedia NRW GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to the 8 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017).*
4.63

Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 2, 2010, among the guarantors listed therein, UPC Germany GmbH and The Bank of New York, as trustee (relating to the 8 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017).*
4.64

Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 31, 2010, by UPC Germany GmbH, Unitymedia Hessen GmbH & Co. KG, Unitymedia NRW GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to the 8 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017).*
4.65

Indenture dated November 20, 2009, between, among others, UPC Germany GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee (relating to the 9 5/8 Senior Notes due 2019) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the November 20, 2009 8-K).
4.66

Accession Agreement dated as of March 2, 2010, by UPC Germany GmbH, Unitymedia GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to the 9 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2019).*
4.67

Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 2, 2010, between, among others, UPC Germany GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to the 9 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2019).*

IV-5

Table of Contents


4.68

Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 31, 2010, among UPC Germany GmbH, Unitymedia GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to the 9 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2019).*
4.69

Indenture dated March 31, 2011 between, among others, Kabel BW Erste Beteiligungs GmbH and Kabel Baden-Württemberg GmbH & Co. KG, as co-issuers, and The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as trustee, registrar, transfer agent and principal paying agent, and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as security trustee (relating to the Senior Secured Notes) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 15, 2011 (File No. 000-51360) (the December 2011 8-K)).
4.70

Accession Agreement dated August 31, 2011 between the Kabel BW GmbH, Kabel BW Erste Beteiligungs GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as trustee (relating to the Senior Secured Notes) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the December 2011 8-K).
4.71

Supplemental Indenture dated August 31, 2011 between the Kabel BW GmbH, Kabel BW Erste Beteiligungs GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as trustee (relating to the Senior Secured Notes) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the December 2011 8-K).
4.72

Indenture dated March 31, 2011 between, among others, Musketeer GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as trustee, registrar, transfer agent and principal paying agent, and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as security trustee (relating to the Senior Notes) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the December 2011 8-K).
4.73

The Registrant undertakes to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, a copy of all instruments with respect to long-term debt not filed herewith.
10 -- Material Contracts:
10.1

Liberty Global, Inc. 2005 Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective October 31, 2006) (the Incentive Plan).*
10.2

Form of the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the 2010 10-K).
10.3

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 7, 2008 (File No. 000-51360) (the May 7, 2008 10-Q)).
10.4

Form of Restricted Shares Agreement under the Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the 2010 10-K).
10.5

Form of Restricted Share Units Agreement under the Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the May 7, 2008 10-Q).
10.6

Notice to Holders of Liberty Global, Inc. Stock Options Awarded by Liberty Media International, Inc. of Additional Method of Payment of Option Price dated March 6, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the May 7, 2008 10-Q).
10.7

Liberty Global, Inc. 2005 Nonemployee Director Incentive Plan (as Amended and Restated Effective November 1, 2006 (the Director Plan).*
10.8

Form of Restricted Shares Agreement under the Director Plan.*
10.9

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Director Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the 2010 10-K).
10.10

Form of Restricted Share Units Agreement under the Director Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 4, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.11

Liberty Global, Inc. Compensation Policy for Nonemployee Directors (As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2012).*
10.12

Liberty Global, Inc. 2010 Annual Cash Performance Award Program for executive officers under the Incentive Plan (description of said plan is incorporated by reference to the description thereof included in Item 5.02(e) of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 19, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.13

Liberty Global, Inc. 2010 Performance Incentive Plan for executive officers under the Incentive Plan (a description of said plan is incorporated by reference to the description thereof included in Item 5.02(e) of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 1, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.14

Liberty Global, Inc. 2011 Annual Cash Performance Award Program for executive officers under the Incentive Plan (description of said plan is incorporated by reference to the description thereof included in Item 5.02(e) of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 24, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.15

Liberty Global, Inc. 2011 Performance Incentive Plan for executive officers under the Incentive Plan (a description of said plan is incorporated by reference to the description thereof included in Item 5.02(e) of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 23, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.16

Form of Performance Share Units Agreement under the Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 4, 2011 (file No. 000-51360) (the May 4, 2011 10-Q)).
10.17

Deferred Compensation Plan (adopted effective December 15, 2008; Amended and Restated as of November 20, 2009) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2010 (File No. 000-51360) (the 2009 10-K)).

IV-6

Table of Contents


10.18

Form of Deferral Election Form under the Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 23, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.19

Nonemployee Director Deferred Compensation Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective December 14, 2011).*
10.20

Form of Deferral Election Form under the Nonemployee Director Deferred Compensation Plan.*
10.21

Liberty Media International, Inc. Transitional Stock Adjustment Plan (the Transitional Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the 2009 10-K).
10.22

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Exercise Price Amendment under the Transitional Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the 2010 10-K).
10.23

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Amendment under the Transitional Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the 2010 10-K).
10.24

UnitedGlobalCom, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (amended and restated effective October 17, 2003) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 1, 2007 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.25

Form of Amendment to Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the UnitedGlobalCom, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (amended and restated effective October 17, 2003) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the 2010 10-K).
10.26

Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors of UGC, effective March 20, 1998, amended and restated as of January 22, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the 2009 10-K).
10.27

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its Directors.*
10.28

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its Executive Officers.*
10.29

Personal Usage of Aircraft Policy, amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the May 4, 2011 10-Q).
10.30

Form of Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement (900EX) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 4, 2009 (File No. 000-51630)).
10.31

Form of Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement (7X).*
10.32

Executive Service Agreement, dated December 15, 2004, between UPC Services Limited and Charles Bracken (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the 2009 10-K).
10.33

Employment Agreement, effective November 1, 2007, between Liberty Global Services II, LLC and Shane O'Neill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2007 (File No. 000-51360) (the November 8, 2007 10-Q)).
10.34

Executive Service Agreement, effective November 1, 2007, between Chellomedia Services Ltd. and Shane O'Neill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the November 8, 2007 10-Q).
10.35

Deed of Indemnity, effective November 1, 2007, between the Registrant and Shane O'Neill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the November 8, 2007 10-Q).
10.36

Modifications to awards made to J. Shane O'Neill, the Registrant's Chief Strategy Officer, under the Registrant's 2005 Incentive Plan (as Amended and Restated October 31, 2005) (description of said modification is incorporated by reference to the description thereof included in Item 5.02(e) of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 29, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.37

Executive Services Agreement effective January 1, 2011, between Liberty Global Europe BV and Diederik Karsten (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the 2010 10-K).
10.38

Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated January 25, 2010, between LGI International, Inc. and KDDI Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.39

Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated March 21, 2011, among UPC Germany HoldCo 2 GmbH, Liberty Global Europe Holding BV, Liberty Global Holding BV and Oskar Rakso S.a.r.l. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the May 4, 2011 10-Q).
10.40

Letter Agreement, dated March 21, 2011, between Liberty Global Europe Holding BV and Aldermanbury Investments Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the May 4, 2011 10-Q).
10.41

Confirmation of a Cash Settled Share Swap Transaction, dated March 21, 2011, between Liberty Global Europe Holding BV and Aldermanbury Investments Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the May 4, 2011 10-Q).
21 -- List of Subsidiaries*
23 -- Consent of Experts and Counsel:
23.1

Consent of KPMG LLP*
31 -- Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification:
31.1

Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer*
31.2

Certification of Senior Vice President and Co-Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)*

IV-7

Table of Contents


31.3

Certification of Senior Vice President and Co-Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)*
32 -- Section 1350 Certification **
 
 
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document*
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase*
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*
________________

*     Filed herewith
**     Furnished herewith


IV-8

Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
  
LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
 
 
 
Dated:
February 22, 2012
  
/s/ BRYAN H. HALL
 
 
  
Bryan H. Hall
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JOHN C. MALONE
 
Chairman of the Board
 
February 22, 2012
John C. Malone
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ MICHAEL T. FRIES
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
February 22, 2012
Michael T. Fries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JOHN P. COLE
 
Director
 
February 22, 2012
John P. Cole
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ MIRANDA CURTIS
 
Director
 
February 22, 2012
Miranda Curtis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JOHN W. DICK
 
Director
 
February 22, 2012
John W. Dick
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ PAUL A. GOULD
 
Director
 
February 22, 2012
Paul A. Gould
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ RICHARD R. GREEN
 
Director
 
February 22, 2012
Richard R. Green
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ DAVID E. RAPLEY
 
Director
 
February 22, 2012
David E. Rapley
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ LARRY E. ROMRELL
 
Director
 
February 22, 2012
Larry E. Romrell
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ J.C. SPARKMAN
 
Director
 
February 22, 2012
J.C. Sparkman
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ J. DAVID WARGO
 
Director
 
February 22, 2012
J. David Wargo
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ CHARLES H.R. BRACKEN
 
Executive Vice President and Co-Chief Financial
 
February 22, 2012
Charles H.R. Bracken
 
Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ BERNARD G. DVORAK
 
Executive Vice President and Co-Chief Financial
 
February 22, 2012
Bernard G. Dvorak
 
Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 

IV-9

Table of Contents


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
SCHEDULE I
(Parent Company Information - See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
(Parent Company Only)

 
December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
in millions
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
256.1

 
$
1,031.8

Deferred income taxes
111.7

 
16.5

Income taxes receivable
40.6

 

Other current assets
1.0

 
1.3

Total current assets
409.4

 
1,049.6

Investments in consolidated subsidiaries, including intercompany balances
2,427.8

 
2,746.9

Property and equipment, at cost
3.9

 
3.7

Accumulated depreciation
(2.3
)
 
(1.8
)
Property and equipment, net
1.6

 
1.9

Deferred income taxes
26.9

 

Other assets, net
0.1

 
14.5

Total assets
$
2,865.8

 
$
3,812.9

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
7.5

 
$
7.5

Accrued liabilities and other
16.0

 
19.1

Total current liabilities
23.5

 
26.6

LGI Convertible Notes

 
660.5

Deferred income taxes

 
66.1

Other long-term liabilities
36.9

 
15.1

Total liabilities
60.4

 
768.3

Commitments and contingencies
 
 
 
Stockholders' Equity:
 
 
 
Series A common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 500,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 146,266,629 and 119,049,061 shares, respectively
1.5

 
1.2

Series B common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 50,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 10,239,144 and 10,242,728 shares, respectively
0.1

 
0.1

Series C common stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 500,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 118,470,699 and 113,317,514 shares, respectively
1.2

 
1.1

Additional paid-in capital
3,964.6

 
3,500.7

Accumulated deficit
(2,671.5
)
 
(1,898.8
)
Accumulated other comprehensive earnings, net of taxes
1,509.5

 
1,440.3

Total stockholders' equity
2,805.4

 
3,044.6

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
2,865.8

 
$
3,812.9






IV-10

Table of Contents


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
SCHEDULE I
(Parent Company Information - See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Parent Company Only)

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative (including stock-based compensation)
$
96.0

 
$
102.5

 
$
114.6

Depreciation and amortization
0.6

 
0.6

 
0.5

Other operating charges

 

 
0.1

Operating loss
(96.6
)
 
(103.1
)
 
(115.2
)
Non-operating income (expense):
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense, net
(36.3
)
 
(71.7
)
 
(9.7
)
Loss on debt conversion
(187.2
)
 

 

Other income, net

 
1.7

 

 
(223.5
)
 
(70.0
)
 
(9.7
)
Loss before income taxes and equity in earnings (losses) of consolidated subsidiaries, net
(320.1
)
 
(173.1
)
 
(124.9
)
Equity in earnings (losses) of consolidated subsidiaries, net
(552.6
)
 
500.7

 
(330.7
)
Income tax benefit
100.0

 
60.6

 
43.5

Net earnings (loss)
$
(772.7
)
 
$
388.2

 
$
(412.1
)































IV-11

Table of Contents



LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
SCHEDULE I
(Parent Company Information - See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Parent Company Only)

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
in millions
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings (loss)
$
(772.7
)
 
$
388.2

 
$
(412.1
)
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash used by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in losses (earnings) of consolidated subsidiaries, net
552.6

 
(500.7
)
 
330.7

Stock-based compensation expense
38.2

 
44.6

 
55.1

Depreciation and amortization
0.6

 
0.6

 
0.5

Amortization of deferred financing costs and non-cash interest accretion
16.5

 
31.4

 
4.7

Loss on debt conversion
187.2

 

 

Foreign currency transaction gains, net

 
(2.0
)
 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
(98.3
)
 
112.2

 
(64.1
)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
(38.4
)
 
(43.3
)
 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables and other operating assets
(2.3
)
 
2.7

 
(2.0
)
Payables and accruals
(7.0
)
 
(452.9
)
 
11.8

Net cash used by operating activities
(123.6
)
 
(419.2
)
 
(75.4
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Distributions and advances from (contributions to) subsidiaries and affiliates, net
447.5

 
2,325.8

 
(441.7
)
Capital expenditures
(2.4
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(0.6
)
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
445.1

 
2,325.3

 
(442.3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchase of LGI common stock
(912.6
)
 
(884.9
)
 
(416.3
)
Payment of exchange offer consideration
(187.5
)
 

 

Payment of net settled employee withholding taxes on stock incentive awards
(68.2
)
 
(20.1
)
 
(19.0
)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
38.4

 
43.3

 

Proceeds from issuance of LGI common stock upon exercise of stock options
32.7

 
70.8

 
11.4

Repayments and repurchases of debt

 
(89.2
)
 
(90.1
)
Borrowings of debt

 

 
935.0

Proceeds from issuance of LGI common stock to a third party, net

 

 
126.6

Payment of financing costs

 

 
(24.2
)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
(1,097.2
)
 
(880.1
)
 
523.4

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(775.7
)
 
1,026.0

 
5.7

Cash and cash equivalents:
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning of period
1,031.8

 
5.8

 
0.1

End of period
$
256.1

 
$
1,031.8

 
$
5.8



IV-12

Table of Contents


LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts—Trade receivables
 
Balance at
beginning
of period
 
Additions to
costs and
expenses
 
Acquisitions
 
Deductions
or write-offs
 
Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
 
Disposals/ discontinued operations
 
Balance at
end of 
period
 
in millions
Year ended December 31:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2009
$
144.6

 
65.9

 
0.4

 
(73.2
)
 
7.4

 
(2.6
)
 
$
142.5

2010
$
142.5

 
78.7

 
25.4

 
(92.5
)
 
(2.3
)
 
(5.2
)
 
$
146.6

2011
$
146.6

 
74.4

 
12.5

 
(80.6
)
 
(8.0
)
 
(0.9
)
 
$
144.0

 


IV-13

Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX
 
3 -- Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws:
3.1

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, dated June 15, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2011 (File No. 000-51360) (the 2010 10-K)).
3.2

Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 2010 10-K).
4 -- Instruments Defining the Rights of Securities Holders, including Indentures:
4.1

Specimen certificate for shares of the Registrant's Series A common stock, par value $.01 per share (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the 2010 10-K).
4.2

Specimen certificate for shares of the Registrant's Series B common stock, par value $.01 per share (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the 2010 10-K).
4.3

Specimen certificate for shares of the Registrant's Series C Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the 2010 10-K).
4.4

Deed of Amendment and Restatement, dated May 10, 2006, among UPC Broadband Holding BV (UPC Broadband Holding) and UPC Financing Partnership (UPC Financing) as Borrowers, the guarantors listed therein, and the Senior Hedging Banks listed therein, with Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, and TD Bank Europe Limited as Existing Security Agent, amending and restating the senior secured credit agreement originally dated January 16, 2004, as amended and restated from time to time among the Borrower, the guarantors as defined therein, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and the bank and financial institutions acceding thereto from time to time (the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility).*
4.5

Amendment Letter, dated December 11, 2006, among UPC Broadband Holding and UPC Financing as Borrowers, the guarantors listed therein and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, to the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.*
4.6

Additional Facility M Accession Agreement, dated April 12, 2007, among UPC Broadband Holding, UPC Financing as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited, as Security Agent, and the Additional Facility M Lenders listed therein under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 17, 2007 (File No. 000-51360) (the April 2007 8-K)).
4.7

Additional Facility M Accession Agreement, dated April 13, 2007, among UPC Broadband Holding, UPC Financing as Borrowers, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited, as Security Agent, and the Additional Facility M Lenders listed therein, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the April 2007 8-K).
4.8

Additional Facility M Accession Agreement, dated May 4, 2007, among UPC Broadband Holding, UPC Financing as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited, as Security Agent, and the Additional Facility M Lenders listed therein, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2007 (File No. 000-51360) (the May 10, 2007 10-Q)).
4.9

Additional Facility N Accession Agreement, dated May 11, 2007 among UPC Broadband Holding, UPC Financing as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent and TD Bank Europe as Security Agent, and the Additional Facility N Lenders listed therein under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed May 15, 2007 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.10

Additional Facility M Accession Agreement, dated May 18, 2007, among UPC Broadband Holding, UPC Financing as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent and TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the Additional Facility M Lenders listed therein, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 22, 2007 (File No. 000-51360) (the May 2007 8-K)).
4.11

Additional Facility N Accession Agreement, dated May 18, 2007, among UPC Broadband Holding, UPC Financing as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent and TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the Additional Facility N Lenders listed therein under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the May 2007 8-K).
4.12

Additional Facility O Accession Agreement dated August 12, 2008, among UPC Broadband Holding as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the banks and financial institutions listed therein as Additional Facility O Lenders, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 21, 2008 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.13

Additional Facility Q Accession Agreement, dated March 25, 2009, among UPC Broadband Holding as Borrower, UPC Financing, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the banks and financial institutions listed therein as Additional Facility Q Lenders, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 26, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the March 2009 8-K)).


Table of Contents


4.14

Additional Facility R Accession Agreement, dated March 25, 2009, among UPC Financing Partnership as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the banks and financial institutions listed therein as Additional Facility R Lenders, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the March 2009 8-K).
4.15

Additional Facility Q Accession Agreement dated April 27, 2009, among UPC Broadband Holding as Borrower, UPC Financing, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the banks and financial institutions listed therein as Additional Facility Q Lenders, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed April 28, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the April 2009 8-K/A)).
4.16

Additional Facility R Accession Agreement dated April 27, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and the banks and financial institutions listed therein as Additional Facility R Lenders, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the April 2009 8-K/A).
4.17

Additional Facility S Accession Agreement, dated May 6, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and Liberty Global Europe BV (LG Europe) as the initial Additional Facility S Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 6, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the May 2009 8-K)).
4.18

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated May 6, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and LG Europe as the initial Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the May 2009 8-K).
4.19

Additional Facility S Accession Agreement, dated May 22, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and LG Europe as the initial Additional Facility S Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed May 26, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.20

Additional Facility U Accession Agreement, dated June 3, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and LG Europe as the initial Additional Facility U Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.21

Amendment Letter dated June 9, 2009, among UPC Broadband Holding and UPC Financing as Borrowers, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Facility Agent, and the guarantors listed therein to the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 10, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.22

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated September 8, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and LG Europe as an Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 8, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the September 2009 8-K)).
4.23

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated September 8, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and Nomura International plc as an Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the September 2009 8-K).
4.24

Additional Facility Q Accession Agreement, dated September 8, 2009, among UPC Broadband Holding as Borrower, UPC Financing, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and Bank of America, N.A. as an Additional Facility Q Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the September 2009 8-K).
4.25

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated September 17, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and LG Europe as an Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 18, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.26

Additional Facility Q Accession Agreement, dated October 30, 2009, among UPC Broadband Holding as Borrower, UPC Financing, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UBS Limited as an Additional Facility Q Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 5, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the November 2009 8-K)).
4.27

Additional Facility U Accession Agreement, dated November 3, 2009, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and LG Europe as an Additional Facility U Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the November 2009 8-K).


Table of Contents


4.28

Additional Facility Q Accession Agreement, dated November 18, 2009, among UPC Broadband Holding as Borrower, UPC Financing, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA as an Additional Facility Q Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 24, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.29

Additional Facility S Accession Agreement, dated January 19, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility S Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 21, 2010 (File No. 000-51360) (the January 2010 8-K)).
4.30

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated January 19, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the January 2010 8-K).
4.31

Additional Facility V Accession Agreement, dated January 20, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPCB Finance Limited as an Additional Facility V Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the January 2010 8-K).
4.32

Additional Facility W Accession Agreement, dated March 24, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility W Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 25, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.33

Additional Facility W Accession Agreement, dated April 20, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility W Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 21, 2010 (File No. 000-51360) (the April 2010 8-K)).
4.34

Additional Facility R Accession Agreement, dated April 20, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility R Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the April 2010 8-K).
4.35

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated April 20, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the April 2010 8-K).
4.36

Additional Facility X Accession Agreement, dated May 4, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility X Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 4, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.37

Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated May 27, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, TD Bank Europe Limited as Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility T Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 28, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.38

Additional Facility W Accession Agreement, dated July 2, 2010, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Security Agent, and Scotiabank Europe plc as an Additional Facility W Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 7, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.39

Indenture dated January 31, 2011, among UPCB Finance II Limited, The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee, registrar, transfer agent, principal paying agent and security agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 1, 2011 (File No. 000-51360) (the January 2011 8-K)).
4.40

Additional Facility Y Accession Agreement, dated January 31, 2011, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent and Security Agent and UPCB Finance II Limited as an Additional Facility Y Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the January 2011 8-K).
4.41

Indenture dated February 16, 2011, among UPCB Finance III Limited, The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee, registrar, transfer agent, principal paying agent and security agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as Transparency Directive Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 17, 2011 (File No. 000-51360) (the February 2011 8-K)).


Table of Contents


4.42

Additional Facility Z Accession Agreement, dated February 16, 2011, among UPC Financing as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent and Security Agent and UPCB Finance III Limited as an Additional Facility Z Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the February 2011 8-K).
4.43

Additional Facility AA Accession Agreement, dated July 26, 2011, among UPC Financing Partnership as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding BV, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent and Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility AA Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 27, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.44

Additional Facility AA2 Accession Agreement, dated August 2, 2011, among UPC Financing Partnership as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding BV, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent and Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility AA2 Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 2, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.45

Additional Facility AA3 Accession Agreement, dated September 6, 2011, among UPC Financing Partnership as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding BV, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent and Security Agent, and UPC Broadband Operations BV as an Additional Facility AA3 Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 6, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.46

Additional Facility AB Accession Agreement, dated October 25, 2011, among UPC Financing Partnership, as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding BV, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Facility Agent and Security Agent, and Citibank N.A., London and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Additional Facility AB Lenders, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 26, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.47

Additional Facility AC Accession Agreement, dated November 16, 2011, among UPC Financing Partnership, as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding BV, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Facility Agent and Security Agent, and UPCB Finance V Limited, as an Additional Facility AC Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.*
4.48

Additional Facility AD Accession Agreement, dated February 7, 2012, among UPC Financing Partnership, as Borrower, UPC Broadband Holding BV, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Facility Agent and Security Agent, and UPCB Finance VI Limited, as an Additional Facility AD Lender, under the UPC Broadband Holding Bank Facility.*
4.49

€2,300,000,000 Credit Agreement, originally dated August 1, 2007, and as amended and restated by supplemental agreements dated August 22, 2007, September 11, 2007, October 8, 2007 and June 23, 2009, among Telenet Bidco NV (now known as Telenet NV) as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent, the parties listed therein as Original Guarantors, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., BNP Paribas S.A. and J.P. Morgan PLC as Mandated Lead Arrangers, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent, and the financial institutions listed therein as Initial Original Lenders (the Telenet Credit Facility) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 26, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the June 2009 8-K)).
4.50

Supplemental Agreement dated June 23, 2009, between Telenet Bidco NV (now known as Telenet NV) and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Facility Agent relating to the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the June 2009 8-K).
4.51

Supplemental Agreement to the Telenet Credit Facility, dated October 4, 2010, among, inter alia, Telenet NV as Guarantor, and Security Provider and The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the October 2010 8-K).
4.52

Additional Facility M Accession Agreement, dated November 3, 2010, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and Telenet Finance Luxembourg S.C.A. as an additional Facility M Lender, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.50 to the 2010 10-K).
4.53

Additional Facility N Accession Agreement, dated November 26, 2010, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and Telenet Finance Luxembourg II S.A. as an additional Facility N Lender, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.51 to the 2010 10-K).
4.54

Additional Facility O Accession Agreement, dated February 15, 2011, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and Telenet Finance III Luxembourg S.C.A. as an additional Facility O Lender, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.52 to the 2010 10-K).
4.55

Telenet Additional Facility P Accession Agreement, dated June 15, 2011, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and Telenet Luxembourg Finance Center S.â.r.l. as an additional Facility Q Lender, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 2, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).


Table of Contents


4.56

Telenet Additional Facility Q Accession Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and Telenet Luxembourg Finance Center S.â.r.l. as an additional Facility Q Lender, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 22, 2011 (File No. 000-51360) (the July 2011 8-K)).
4.57

Telenet Additional Facility R Accession Agreement, dated July 20, 2011, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and Telenet Luxembourg Finance Center S.â.r.l. as an additional Facility R Lender, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the July 2011 8-K).
4.58

Telenet Additional Facility S Accession Agreement, dated July 29, 2011, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and the financial institutions listed therein as additional Facility S Lenders, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 29, 2011) (File No. 000-51360)).
4.59

Telenet Additional Facility T Accession Agreement, dated February 17, 2012, among, inter alia, Telenet International as Borrower, Telenet NV and Telenet International as Guarantors, The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent, KBC Bank NV as Security Agent and the financial institutions listed therein as additional Facility T Lenders, under the Telenet Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 17, 2012) (File No. 000-51360)).
4.60

Registration Rights Agreement dated November 18, 2009, between the Registrant, SPO Partners II, L.P. and San Francisco Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed November 19, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
4.61

Indenture dated November 20, 2009, between, among others, UPC Germany GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee (relating to the 8 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 20, 2009 (File No. 000-51360) (the November 20, 2009 8-K)).
4.62

Accession Agreement dated as of March 2, 2010, by UPC Germany GmbH, Unitymedia Hessen GmbH & Co. KG, Unitymedia NRW GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to the 8 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017).*
4.63

Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 2, 2010, among the guarantors listed therein, UPC Germany GmbH and The Bank of New York, as trustee (relating to the 8 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017).*
4.64

Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 31, 2010, by UPC Germany GmbH, Unitymedia Hessen GmbH & Co. KG, Unitymedia NRW GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to the 8 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017).*
4.65

Indenture dated November 20, 2009, between, among others, UPC Germany GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee (relating to the 9 5/8 Senior Notes due 2019) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the November 20, 2009 8-K).
4.66

Accession Agreement dated as of March 2, 2010, by UPC Germany GmbH, Unitymedia GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to the 9 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2019).*
4.67

Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 2, 2010, between, among others, UPC Germany GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to the 9 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2019).*
4.68

Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 31, 2010, among UPC Germany GmbH, Unitymedia GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (relating to the 9 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2019).*
4.69

Indenture dated March 31, 2011 between, among others, Kabel BW Erste Beteiligungs GmbH and Kabel Baden-Württemberg GmbH & Co. KG, as co-issuers, and The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as trustee, registrar, transfer agent and principal paying agent, and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as security trustee (relating to the Senior Secured Notes) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 15, 2011 (File No. 000-51360) (the December 2011 8-K)).
4.70

Accession Agreement dated August 31, 2011 between the Kabel BW GmbH, Kabel BW Erste Beteiligungs GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as trustee (relating to the Senior Secured Notes) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the December 2011 8-K).
4.71

Supplemental Indenture dated August 31, 2011 between the Kabel BW GmbH, Kabel BW Erste Beteiligungs GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as trustee (relating to the Senior Secured Notes) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the December 2011 8-K).
4.72

Indenture dated March 31, 2011 between, among others, Musketeer GmbH and The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as trustee, registrar, transfer agent and principal paying agent, and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as security trustee (relating to the Senior Notes) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the December 2011 8-K).
4.73

The Registrant undertakes to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, a copy of all instruments with respect to long-term debt not filed herewith.


Table of Contents


10 -- Material Contracts:
10.1

Liberty Global, Inc. 2005 Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective October 31, 2006) (the Incentive Plan).*
10.2

Form of the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the 2010 10-K).
10.3

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 7, 2008 (File No. 000-51360) (the May 7, 2008 10-Q)).
10.4

Form of Restricted Shares Agreement under the Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the 2010 10-K).
10.5

Form of Restricted Share Units Agreement under the Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the May 7, 2008 10-Q).
10.6

Notice to Holders of Liberty Global, Inc. Stock Options Awarded by Liberty Media International, Inc. of Additional Method of Payment of Option Price dated March 6, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the May 7, 2008 10-Q).
10.7

Liberty Global, Inc. 2005 Nonemployee Director Incentive Plan (as Amended and Restated Effective November 1, 2006 (the Director Plan).*
10.8

Form of Restricted Shares Agreement under the Director Plan.*
10.9

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Director Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the 2010 10-K).
10.10

Form of Restricted Share Units Agreement under the Director Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 4, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.11

Liberty Global, Inc. Compensation Policy for Nonemployee Directors (As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2012).*
10.12

Liberty Global, Inc. 2010 Annual Cash Performance Award Program for executive officers under the Incentive Plan (description of said plan is incorporated by reference to the description thereof included in Item 5.02(e) of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 19, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.13

Liberty Global, Inc. 2010 Performance Incentive Plan for executive officers under the Incentive Plan (a description of said plan is incorporated by reference to the description thereof included in Item 5.02(e) of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 1, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.14

Liberty Global, Inc. 2011 Annual Cash Performance Award Program for executive officers under the Incentive Plan (description of said plan is incorporated by reference to the description thereof included in Item 5.02(e) of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 24, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.15

Liberty Global, Inc. 2011 Performance Incentive Plan for executive officers under the Incentive Plan (a description of said plan is incorporated by reference to the description thereof included in Item 5.02(e) of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 23, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.16

Form of Performance Share Units Agreement under the Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 4, 2011 (file No. 000-51360) (the May 4, 2011 10-Q)).
10.17

Deferred Compensation Plan (adopted effective December 15, 2008; Amended and Restated as of November 20, 2009) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2010 (File No. 000-51360) (the 2009 10-K)).
10.18

Form of Deferral Election Form under the Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 23, 2009 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.19

Nonemployee Director Deferred Compensation Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective December 14, 2011).*
10.20

Form of Deferral Election Form under the Nonemployee Director Deferred Compensation Plan.*
10.21

Liberty Media International, Inc. Transitional Stock Adjustment Plan (the Transitional Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the 2009 10-K).
10.22

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Exercise Price Amendment under the Transitional Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the 2010 10-K).
10.23

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Amendment under the Transitional Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the 2010 10-K).
10.24

UnitedGlobalCom, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (amended and restated effective October 17, 2003) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 1, 2007 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.25

Form of Amendment to Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the UnitedGlobalCom, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (amended and restated effective October 17, 2003) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the 2010 10-K).
10.26

Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors of UGC, effective March 20, 1998, amended and restated as of January 22, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the 2009 10-K).


Table of Contents


10.27

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its Directors.*
10.28

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its Executive Officers.*
10.29

Personal Usage of Aircraft Policy, amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the May 4, 2011 10-Q).
10.30

Form of Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement (900EX) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 4, 2009 (File No. 000-51630)).
10.31

Form of Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement (7X).*
10.32

Executive Service Agreement, dated December 15, 2004, between UPC Services Limited and Charles Bracken (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the 2009 10-K).
10.33

Employment Agreement, effective November 1, 2007, between Liberty Global Services II, LLC and Shane O'Neill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2007 (File No. 000-51360) (the November 8, 2007 10-Q)).
10.34

Executive Service Agreement, effective November 1, 2007, between Chellomedia Services Ltd. and Shane O'Neill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the November 8, 2007 10-Q).
10.35

Deed of Indemnity, effective November 1, 2007, between the Registrant and Shane O'Neill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the November 8, 2007 10-Q).
10.36

Modifications to awards made to J. Shane O'Neill, the Registrant's Chief Strategy Officer, under the Registrant's 2005 Incentive Plan (as Amended and Restated October 31, 2005) (description of said modification is incorporated by reference to the description thereof included in Item 5.02(e) of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 29, 2011 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.37

Executive Services Agreement effective January 1, 2011, between Liberty Global Europe BV and Diederik Karsten (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the 2010 10-K).
10.38

Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated January 25, 2010, between LGI International, Inc. and KDDI Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2010 (File No. 000-51360)).
10.39

Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated March 21, 2011, among UPC Germany HoldCo 2 GmbH, Liberty Global Europe Holding BV, Liberty Global Holding BV and Oskar Rakso S.a.r.l. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the May 4, 2011 10-Q).
10.40

Letter Agreement, dated March 21, 2011, between Liberty Global Europe Holding BV and Aldermanbury Investments Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the May 4, 2011 10-Q).
10.41

Confirmation of a Cash Settled Share Swap Transaction, dated March 21, 2011, between Liberty Global Europe Holding BV and Aldermanbury Investments Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the May 4, 2011 10-Q).
21 -- List of Subsidiaries*
23 -- Consent of Experts and Counsel:
23.1

Consent of KPMG LLP*
31 -- Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification:
31.1

Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer*
31.2

Certification of Senior Vice President and Co-Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)*
31.3

Certification of Senior Vice President and Co-Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)*
32 -- Section 1350 Certification **
 
 
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document*
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase*
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*
_______________ 
*
Filed herewith
**
Furnished herewith


Ex 4.4 DEED OF Amendment and Restatement
Exhibit 4.4

 
 
 
DEED OF Amendment and Restatement
DATED 10 MAY 2006
Between
UPC BROADBAND HOLDING B.V.
and
UPC FINANCING PARTNERSHIP
as Borrowers
and
THE COMPANIES LISTED IN Schedule 1
as Guarantors
and
The Senior Hedging Banks
with
TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC
as Facility Agent
relating to a FACILITY AGREEMENT originally dated 16 January 2004
and
relating to a SECURITY DEED originally dated 16 January 2004
TD BANK EUROPE LIMITED
as Existing Security Agent




CONTENTS
Clause    Page
1.
Interpretation    1
2.
Amendments    2
3.
Representations and Warranties    2
4.
Accession of Senior Hedging Banks    2
5.
Miscellaneous    3
6.
Counterparts    3
7.
Governing Law    3

Schedule
1.
Guarantors    4
2.
Restated New Facility Agreement    6
3.
Restated New Security Deed    7

Signatories    8





THIS DEED is dated 10 May 2006
BETWEEN:
(1)
UPC BROADBAND HOLDING B.V. (UPC Broadband) and UPC FINANCING PARTNERSHIP (the US Borrower) as Borrowers;
(2)
THE COMPANIES whose names and addresses are set out in Schedule 1 (Guarantors) as Guarantors;
(3)
TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC as Facility Agent;
(4)
TD BANK EUROPE LIMITED in as Security Agent; and
(5)
THE SENIOR HEDGING BANKS who are a party to this Deed from time to time.
BACKGROUND
(A)
This Deed is supplemental to and amends a credit agreement originally dated 16 January 2004 (the New Facility Agreement), and a security deed originally dated 16 January 2004 (the New Security Deed), both as amended from time to time, between, among others, the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent.
(B)
The Majority Lenders (as defined in the New Facility Agreement) have consented to the amendments to the New Facility Agreement and the New Security Deed contemplated by this Deed. Accordingly, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent is authorised to execute this Deed on behalf of the Finance Parties.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1.
INTERPRETATION
1.1
Definitions
In this Deed:
Amendment Effective Date has the meaning given to it in Clause 2(c) (Amendments).
1.2
Construction
(a)
Capitalised terms defined in the New Facility Agreement or the New Security Deed (each as amended and restated pursuant to this Deed) have, unless expressly defined in this Deed, the same meaning in this Deed.
(b)
The provisions of Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the New Facility Agreement apply to this Deed as though they were set out in full in this Deed except that references to the New Facility Agreement are to be construed as references to this Deed.
(c)
Reference is made to Clause 1.3 of the New Facility Agreement. References in any of the Finance Documents to the Existing Facility Agreement and the Existing Security Deed shall be references to the Existing Facility Agreement and the Existing Security Agreement as amended by a deed of amendment and restatement dated on or about the date of this Deed.



2.
AMENDMENTS
(a)
The New Facility Agreement will be amended, with effect from the Amendment Effective Date, so that it reads as if it were restated in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Restated New Facility Agreement).
(b)
The New Security Deed will be amended, with effect from the Amendment Effective Date, so that it reads as if it were restated in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Restated New Security Deed).
(c)
The amendments to be made to the New Facility Agreement and the New Security Deed by this Deed shall take effect on the date (the Amendment Effective Date) on which the Facility Agent notifies UPC Broadband and the Lenders that it has received in form and substance satisfactory to it (acting reasonably):
(i)
evidence of the due authorisation and execution of this Deed by each Obligor; and
(ii)
legal opinions in respect of Dutch, English and New York law from Allen & Overy LLP, English, Dutch and New York legal advisers to the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.
3.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
(a)
The representations and warranties set out in clause 15 (Representations and Warranties) of the New Facility Agreement (as amended and restated in Schedule 2 (Restated New Facility Agreement) to this Deed) (with the exception of clauses 15.6(a) (Consents), 15.10 (Financial condition), 15.12 (Security Interests), 15.13(b) (Litigation and insolvency proceedings), 15.14 (Business Plan), 15.15 (Tax liabilities), 15.16 (Ownership of assets), 15.18 (Works councils), 15.19 (Borrower Group Structure), 15.20 (ERISA) and 15.24 (UPC Financing)) are true and correct as if made on the date of this Deed, with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing, and as if each reference to (i) the Finance Documents includes a reference to this Deed, (ii) the New Facility Agreement is a reference to the New Facility Agreement as amended and restated by this Deed and (iii) the New Security Deed is a reference to the New Security Deed as amended and restated by this Deed.
(b)
UPC Broadband represents and warrants to each Finance Party that there has been no material adverse change in the consolidated financial position of the Borrower Group (taken as a whole) since the date of the financial statements most recently provided under clause 16.2(a) (Financial Information) of the New Facility Agreement which would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.
ACCESSION OF SENIOR HEDGING BANKS
(a)
As of the Amendment Effective Date, each Senior Hedging Bank agrees that it shall become a party to the New Security Deed in its capacity as a Senior Hedging Bank and shall observe, perform and be bound by the terms and provisions of and be entitled to exercise all the rights set out in the New Security Deed in the capacity of a Senior Hedging Bank.
(b)
Paragraph (a) above constitutes a Senior Hedging Bank's Deed of Accession in respect of each Senior Hedging Bank for the purposes of clause 9.7 (Assignment and/or transfer by Senior Hedging Banks) of the New Security Deed.



(c)
For the purposes of clause 14.1 (Mechanics) of the New Security Deed, the address and facsimile number of each Senior Hedging Bank will be notified by each Senior Hedging Bank to the Security Agent prior to the Amendment Effective Date.
5.
MISCELLANEOUS
(a)
Each of this Deed, the New Facility Agreement, as amended and restated by this Deed and the New Security Deed, as amended and restated by this Deed, is a Finance Document.
(b)
Subject to the terms of this Deed, the New Facility Agreement and the New Security Deed will remain in full force and effect.
(c)
Each Obligor confirms:
(i)
that the Security Interests granted to the Beneficiaries pursuant to the Security Documents and its obligations under the Finance Documents shall continue and remain unaffected by the entry into this Deed;
(ii)
in accordance with Article 1278 of the Belgian Civil Code, its duties and obligations under the share pledge listed in paragraph (i) of Schedule 7 (Security Documents) of the New Facility Agreement shall not be affected or impaired by the entry into of this Agreement and that this Deed does not constitute a novation.
6.
COUNTERPARTS
This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts each of which, when executed and delivered shall constitute an original, but all the counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same Deed.
7.
GOVERNING LAW
This Deed is governed by English law.
IN WITNESS whereof, the parties to this Deed have caused this Deed to be duly executed on the date first above written.



SCHEDULE 1
GUARANTORS
Name
Address
UPC Financing Partnership
4643 South Ulster Street
Suite 1300
Denver, Co 80237
United States
UPC Broadband Holding B.V. (previously called UPC Distribution Holding B.V.)
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Holding II B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Holding B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC France Holding B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Austria Holding B.V. (previously called Cable Network Austria Holding B.V.)
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Central Europe Holding B.V. (previously called Stipdon Investments B.V.)
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Nederland B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Poland Holding B.V. (previously called UPC Telecom B.V.)
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Broadband N.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Broadband Ireland B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands




SCHEDULE 2
RESTATED NEW FACILITY AGREEMENT




SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT
 
Dated 16th January 2004 as amended and restated pursuant to a Deed of Amendment and Restatement dated 10 May 2006

For

UPC BROADBAND HOLDING B.V.
as Borrower

with

TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC
acting as Facility Agent






CONTENTS
Clause    Page
1.
Interpretation    4
2.
The Facilities    33
3.
Purpose    35
4.
Conditions Precedent    36
5.
Advances    37
6.
Repayment    38
7.
Cancellation and Prepayment    40
8.
Interest    45
9.
Payments    46
10.
Tax Gross-up and Indemnities    48
11.
Market Disruption    51
12.
Increased Costs    53
13.
Illegality and Mitigation    54
14.
Guarantee    54
15.
Representations and Warranties    58
16.
Undertakings    65
17.
Financial Covenants    87
18.
Default    93
19.
Facility Agent, Security Agent and Lenders    100
20.
Fees    104
21.
Expenses    105
22.
Stamp Duties    105
23.
Indemnities    105
24.
Evidence and Calculations    107
25.
Amendments and Waivers    107
26.
Changes to the Parties    109
27.
Disclosure of Information    115
28.
Set-off    116
29.
Pro Rata Sharing    116
30.
Severability    117
31.
Counterparts    117
32.
Notices    118
33.
Language    119
34.
Jurisdiction    119
35.
Waiver of Immunity    120
36.
Waiver of Trial by Jury    121
37.
Governing Law    121




Schedule    Page
1.
Original Parties    122
Part 1
Original Guarantors    122
2.
Conditions Precedent Documents    124
Part 1
To be Delivered before the First Advance    124
Part 2
To be Delivered by an Additional Obligor    127
3.
Mandatory Cost Formulae    130
4.
Form of Request and Cancellation Notice    132
Part 1
Form of Request    132
Part 2
Form of Cancellation and/or Prepayment Notice    133
5.
Forms of Accession Documents    134
Part 1
Novation Certificate    134
Part 2
Obligor Accession Agreement    136
Part 3
Additional Facility Accession Agreement    137
6.
Form of Confidentiality Undertaking    140
Part 1
Form of LMA Confidentiality Undertaking    140
Part 2
Form of LSTA Confidentiality Undertaking    145
7.
Security Documents    150
8.
Borrower Group Structure    152
9.
Shareholders' Agreements    153

Signatories    154





THIS AGREEMENT originally dated 16 January 2004 as amended and restated by an amendment agreement dated 24 June 2004 and as amended by amendment letters dated 22 July 2004 and 2 December 2004 and subsequently amended and restated on 7 March 2005 and amended by an amendment letter dated 15 December 2005 and as amended and restated on 10 May 2006 and made
BETWEEN:
(1)
UPC BROADBAND HOLDING B.V. (previously called UPC Distribution Holding B.V.) (UPC Broadband);
(2)
THE COMPANIES identified as guarantors in Schedule 1 (Original Guarantors) (the Original Guarantors);
(3)
TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC as facility agent (the Facility Agent); and
(4)
TD BANK EUROPE LIMITED as security agent for the Finance Parties (in this capacity, the Security Agent).
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1.
INTERPRETATION
1.3
Definitions
In this Agreement:
2006 Amendment Effective Date means the Amendment Effective Date as defined in the Deed of Amendment and Restatement dated 10 May 2006 between (among others) UPC Broadband, UPC Financing and the Facility Agent.
Accounting Period in relation to any person means any period of approximately three months or one year for which accounts of such person are required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement.
Acquisition means the acquisition, whether by one or a series of transactions, (including, without limitation, by purchase, subscription or otherwise) of all or any part of the share capital or equivalent of any company or other person (including, without limitation, any partnership or joint venture) or any asset or assets of any company or other person (including, without limitation, any partnership or joint venture) constituting a business or separate line of business of that company or other person.
Acquisition Business Plan means, in respect of an Acquisition, a business plan for the Target to be acquired which has been reviewed by Deloitte & Touche (or such other leading firm of independent and internationally recognised consultants or accountants appointed by UPC Broadband) and which sets out the management plan for the period from the date of the proposed Acquisition (taking into account the Acquisition Cost of such Acquisition and financial projections relating to the Target) up to and including the Final Maturity Date and based on assumptions which are no more aggressive (when taken as a whole) than those used in preparation of the Business Plan.

11


Acquisition Cost means, in relation to an Acquisition, the value of the consideration for that Acquisition at the time of completion of the Acquisition and for this purpose:
(a)
the value at the time of completion of the Acquisition of any consideration to be paid or delivered after the time of completion of the Acquisition will be determined in accordance with GAAP;
(b)
if the entity acquired becomes a member of the Borrower Group as a result of the Acquisition, the aggregate principal amount of Financial Indebtedness of any entity acquired outstanding at the time of completion of the Acquisition (including without limitation any Lending Transaction (as defined in Clause 16.14(f) (Loans and guarantees) made by a member of the Borrower Group in connection with the relevant Acquisition) will be counted as part of the consideration for that Acquisition;
(c)
if the entity acquired does not become a member of the Borrower Group as a result of the Acquisition, the aggregate principal amount of Financial Indebtedness of the entity acquired at the time of completion of the Acquisition will be counted as part of the consideration for that Acquisition to the extent of the aggregate principal amount of the payment and repayment obligations in respect of such Financial Indebtedness assumed or guaranteed by any member of the Borrower Group; and
(d)
subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, the value at the time of completion of the Acquisition of any non-cash consideration will be determined in accordance with GAAP,
expressed in euros, if required, using the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of completion of the Acquisition.
Additional Borrower means a member of the Borrower Group which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 26.4 (Additional Obligors).
Additional Currency means any currency that is the lawful currency for the time being of a country in which a member of the Borrower Group is incorporated and/or carries out its Business.
Additional Facility means an additional term loan facility referred to in Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) and Additional Facilities means all or any such Additional Facilities.
Additional Facility Accession Agreement means a deed in the form of Part 3 of Schedule 5, with such amendments as the Facility Agent may approve or reasonably require.
Additional Facility Availability Period in relation to an Additional Facility means the period specified in the Additional Facility Accession Agreement for that Additional Facility.
Additional Facility Commitment means in relation to:
(a)
an Initial Additional Facility Lender the amount in euros, US Dollars or relevant Additional Currency set out as the Additional Facility Commitment of a Lender in the relevant Additional Facility Accession Agreement and the amount of any other Additional Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and
(b)
any other Lender, the amount in euros, US Dollars or relevant Additional Currency (as applicable) transferred to it in accordance with this Agreement,

12


to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it in accordance with this Agreement.
Additional Guarantor means:
(a)
a Subsidiary of UPC Broadband; and
(b)
any UPC Broadband Holdco (other than UPC Holding),
which in each case becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 26.4 (Additional Obligors).
Additional Obligor means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.
Advance means an advance made to a Borrower under an Additional Facility.
Affiliate means, in respect of a person, a direct or indirect Subsidiary or Holding Company of that person or any other person which is under common control with that person (and for this purpose, control has the meaning given to it in section 416 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 in force as at the Signing Date).
Agent means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent (or both), as the context requires.
Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange means the spot rate of exchange as determined by the Facility Agent for the purchase of US Dollars (or any other relevant currency) in the London foreign exchange market with euros at or about 11.00 a.m. on a particular day.
Amendment Agreement means the agreement dated on or around 24 June 2004 between UPC Broadband, the Original Guarantors the Facility Agent and the Security Agent, pursuant to which this Agreement was amended.
Annualised EBITDA has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.1 (Financial definitions).
Anti-Terrorism Law means each of:
(a)
Executive Order No. 13224 of 23 September 2001 - Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (the Executive Order);
(b)
the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56 (commonly known as the USA Patriot Act);
(c)
the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, Public Law 99-570; and
(d)
any similar law enacted in the United States of America subsequent to the date of this Agreement.
Approved Stock Options means any options, warrants, rights to purchase or other equivalents (however designated) issued or granted by a member of the Borrower Group to any former, present or future officers, consultants, directors and/or employees of any member of the Borrower Group or its Associated Companies to subscribe for share capital or similar rights of ownership in that member of the Borrower Group provided that the maximum aggregate amount of such options, warrants, rights to purchase or other equivalents (however designated) shall not exceed (i) 8 per cent. of its issued share capital, in the case of UPC Central

13


Europe Holding B.V. and any Subsidiary of UPC Central Europe Holding B.V. (provided that the aggregate amount of such options, warrants, rights to purchase or other equivalents issued by UPC Central Europe Holding B.V. and its Subsidiaries does not exceed 8 per cent. of the issued share capital of UPC Central Europe Holding B.V.) and (ii) 7.5 per cent. of its issued share capital or similar rights of ownership, in the case of each other member of the Borrower Group.
Associated Company of a person means:
(a)
any other person which is directly or indirectly Controlled by, under common Control with or Controlling such person; or
(b)
any other person owning beneficially and/or legally directly or indirectly 10 per cent. or more of the equity interest in such person or 10 per cent. of whose equity is owned beneficially and/or legally directly or indirectly by such person.
Auditors means KPMG or such other leading firm of independent and internationally recognised accountants appointed by UPC Broadband as its auditors for the purposes of preparing the audited consolidated accounts of UPC Broadband.
Beneficiaries has the meaning given to it in the Security Deed.
Borrower means UPC Broadband and any Additional Borrower.
Borrower Group means:
(a)
UPC Broadband and its Subsidiaries from time to time excluding Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and
(b)
UPC Financing.
Borrower Group Business Plan means, in respect of an Acquisition, a business plan for the Borrower Group (including the Target to be acquired) which has been certified by a director of UPC Broadband and which sets out the management plan for the period from the date of the proposed Acquisition (taking into account the Acquisition Cost of such Acquisition and financial projections relating to the Target) up to and including the Final Maturity Date and based on assumptions which are no more aggressive (when taken as a whole) than those used in preparation of the Business Plan.
Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:
(a)
the amount of interest (excluding the Margin and any Mandatory Costs) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in an Advance or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Advance or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period,
exceeds:
(b)
the amount of interest which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the London interbank market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

14


Business means any business of the Borrower Group:
(a)
that consists of the upgrade, construction, creation, development, marketing, acquisition (to the extent permitted under this Agreement), operation, utilisation and maintenance of networks that use existing or future technology for the transmission, reception and delivery of voice, video and/or other data (including networks that transmit, receive and/or deliver services such as multi-channel television and radio, programming, telephony, Internet services and content, high speed data transmission, video, multi-media and related activities); or
(b)
that supports, is incidental to or is related to any such business; or
(c)
that comprises being a Holding Company of one or more persons engaged in such business,
and references to business or ordinary course of business shall be similarly construed.
Business Day means:
(a)
a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in:
(i)
London and Amsterdam;
(ii)
in relation to a transaction involving US Dollars, New York; and
(iii)
in relation to a transaction involving an Additional Currency, the principal financial centre of the country of that currency; or
(b)
in relation to a rate fixing day or a payment date for euros, a TARGET Day.
Business Plan means the business plan for the Borrower Group for the period from the Effective Date to, as a minimum, the Final Maturity Date as provided to the Facility Agent prior to the Effective Date.
Cancellation Notice means a notice of cancellation and/or prepayment substantially in the form of Part 2 of Schedule 4 (Form of Cancellation and/or Prepayment Notice).
Capital Expenditure means any expenditure which is or will be treated as a capital expenditure in the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower Group in accordance with GAAP.
Cash Flow means, for any period, as set out in the most recent relevant management accounts of or in respect of the Target for that period, EBITDA of or relating to the Target for such period:
(a)
minus Capital Expenditure of or relating to the Target for such period;
(b)
minus all Taxes actually paid and/or falling due for payment by or in respect of the Target during such period;
(c)
minus the amount of all dividends, redemptions and other distributions payable by the Target during such period on, or in respect of any of its share capital not held by a member of the Borrower Group;
(d)
minus any increase or plus any decrease in working capital of or in respect of the Target for such

15


period;
(e)
minus the aggregate of (i) Interest payable by or in respect of the Target during such period and (ii) an amount equal to the Interest that would have been payable in respect of an Advance made during such period in an amount equal to the principal amount of Financial Indebtedness incurred in connection with the Acquisition of the Target, and plus any Interest that was received by the Target during such period; and
(f)
minus all extraordinary or exceptional items (including one off restructuring costs) which were paid by the Target during such period on (net of any cash proceeds of insurance or warranty claims which relate to such items) and plus all extraordinary or exceptional items which were received by or in respect of the Target during such period.
For the purposes of the above calculation no item shall be effectively deducted or credited more than once.
Cash Flow Hedging Agreement has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.17 (Hedging).
Change of Control has the meaning given to it in Clause 7.4(a) (Change of Control).
Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and any rule or regulation issued thereunder from time to time in effect.
Commitments means Additional Facility Commitments.
Confidentiality Undertaking means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the recommended form of either the LMA as set out in Part 1 of Schedule 6 (Form of LMA Confidentiality Undertaking) or the LSTA as set out in Part 2 of Schedule 6 (Form of LSTA Confidentiality Undertaking) or in any other form agreed between UPC Broadband and the Facility Agent.
Control means the power of a person:
(a)
by means of the holding of shares or the possession of voting power in or in relation to any other person; or
(b)
by virtue of any powers conferred by the articles of association or other documents regulating any other person,
to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that other person,
and Controlled and Controlling have a corresponding meaning.
Current Assets means, at any relevant time, the aggregate of the current assets (excluding cash) of the Borrower Group at such time which would be included as current assets in a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower Group drawn up at such time in accordance with GAAP.
Current Liabilities means, at any relevant time, the aggregate of the current liabilities (excluding short term debt and overdrafts) of the Borrower Group at such time which would be included as current liabilities in a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower Group drawn up at each time in accordance with GAAP.

16


Dangerous Substance means any radioactive emissions and any natural or artificial substance (whether in solid or liquid form or in the form of a gas or vapour and whether alone or in combination with any other substance) which, taking into account the concentrations and quantities present and the manner in which it is being used or handled, it is reasonably foreseeable will cause harm to man or any other living organism or damage to the Environment including any controlled, special, hazardous, toxic, radioactive or dangerous waste.
Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstances specified in Clause 18 (Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period or the giving of notice) be an Event of Default.
Designated Party means any person listed:
(a)
in the Annex to the Executive Order;
(b)
on the "Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons" list maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury; or
(c)
in any successor list to either of the foregoing.
Distribution Business means:
(a)
the business of upgrading, constructing, creating, developing, acquiring, operating, owning, leasing and maintaining cable television networks (including for avoidance of doubt master antenna television, satellite master antenna television, single and multi-channel microwave single or multi-point distribution systems and direct-to-home satellite systems) for the transmission, reception and/or delivery of multi-channel television and radio programming, telephony and internet and/or data services to the residential markets; or
(b)
any business which is incidental to or related to and, in either case, material to such business.
Dutch Banking Act means the Dutch Act on the Supervision of the Credit System 1992 (Wet toezicht Kredietwezen 1992), including the Dutch Exemption Regulation.
Dutch Borrower means a Borrower incorporated in the Netherlands.
Dutch Civil Code means the Burgerlijk Wetboek.
Dutch Exemption Regulation means the Exemption Regulation of the Minister of Finance (Vrijstellingsregeling Wtk 1992).
Eastern Europe means Europe other than Western Europe.
Eastern European Acquisition means an acquisition (including, without limitation, by purchase, subscription or otherwise) of:
(a)
all or any part of the share capital or equivalent of a person or company (including, without limitation any partnership or joint venture) incorporated or carrying on a material part of its business in Eastern Europe; or
(b)
any asset or assets constituting a business or separate line of business, a material part of which is being carried on in Eastern Europe,

17


but excluding any such acquisition in relation to an entity which is a Subsidiary of UPC on the Signing Date and is incorporated or carries on business in Poland on the Signing Date.
EBITDA has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.1 (Financial definitions).
Effective Date has the meaning given to it in Clause 4.1 (Documentary conditions precedent).
Environment means the media of air, water and land (wherever occurring) and in relation to the media of air and water includes, without limitation, the air and water within buildings and the air and water within other natural or man-made structures above or below ground and any water contained in any underground strata.
Environmental Claim means any claim by any person:
(a)
in respect of any loss or liability suffered or incurred by that person as a result of or in connection with any violation of Environmental Law; or
(b)
that arises as a result of or in connection with Environmental Contamination and that could give rise to any remedy or penalty (whether interim or final) that may be enforced or assessed by private or public legal action or administrative order or proceedings including, without limitation, any such claim that arises from injury to persons or property.
Environmental Contamination means each of the following and their consequences:
(a)
any release, emission, leakage or spillage of any Dangerous Substance at or from any site owned or occupied by any member of the Borrower Group into any part of the Environment; or
(b)
any accident, fire, explosion or sudden event at any site owned or occupied by any member of the Borrower Group which is directly caused by or attributable to any Dangerous Substance; or
(c)
any other pollution of the Environment arising at or from any site owned or occupied by any member of the Borrower Group.
Environmental Law means all legislation, regulations or orders (insofar as such regulations or orders have the force of law) to the extent that it relates to the protection or impairment of the Environment or the control of Dangerous Substances (whether or not in force at the date of this Agreement) which are capable of enforcement in any applicable jurisdiction by legal process.
Environmental Licence means any permit, licence, authorisation, consent, filing, registration or other approval required by any Environmental Law.
ERISA means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
ERISA Affiliate means each trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that would be treated as a single employer with any member of the Borrower Group under section 414 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. When any provision of this Agreement relates to a past event, the term ERISA Affiliate includes any person that was an ERISA Affiliate of a member of the Borrower Group at the time of that past event.
EURIBOR means in relation to any Advance or Unpaid Sum denominated in euros:

18


(a)
the applicable Screen Rate for deposits in the currency of the relevant Advance or Unpaid Sum for a period equal or comparable to the required period at or about 11.00 a.m. (Brussels time) on the applicable Rate Fixing Day; or
(b)
if the rate cannot be determined under paragraph (a) above, the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest four decimal places) of the respective rates, as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks for the offering of deposits in euros for the required period in the London interbank market at or about 11.00 a.m. on the Rate Fixing Day for such period,
and for the purposes of this definition, required period means the Interest Period of an Advance or the period in respect of which EURIBOR falls to be determined in relation to any Unpaid Sum.
ε, euro or euros means the single currency of the Participating Member States.
Event of Default means an event specified as such in Clause 18 (Default).
Excess Cash Flow means the aggregate consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Group calculated for the most recently ended financial year (beginning with the financial year ending on 31 December 2004), as shown in the quarterly management accounts delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 16.2(b) (Financial information) in respect of the financial quarter ending on 31 December in any relevant year:
(a)
less:
(i)
any interest and other charges in respect of Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower Group paid during such financial year;
(ii)
repayments and/or prepayments of any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower Group paid during such financial year; and
(iii)
capital expenditure of the Borrower Group incurred during such financial year; and
(b)
either (i) plus any amount by which Net Working Capital at the commencement of such financial year exceeds Net Working Capital at the close of such financial year or, as appropriate, (ii) minus any amount by which Net Working Capital at the end of such financial year exceeds Net Working Capital at the beginning of such financial year.
For the purposes of this definition of "Excess Cash Flow", Net Working Capital means, at any time, the aggregate of the Current Assets of the Borrower Group at such time less the aggregate of the Current Liabilities of the Borrower Group at such time.
Existing Beneficiaries means Beneficiaries as defined in the Existing Security Deed.

19


Existing Facility means a facility made available to a borrower under the Existing Facility Agreement.
Existing Facility Agent means Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as facility agent under the Existing Facility.
Existing Facility Agents means the facility agents under the Existing Facility.
Existing Facility Agreement means the senior secured credit facility dated 26 October 2000 made between, inter alia, UPC Broadband, UPC Financing and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as facility agent and the banks and financial institutions listed therein, as amended from time to time.
Existing Finance Document means a Finance Document as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement.
Existing Lender has the meaning given to it in Clause 26.2 (Transfers by Lenders).
Existing Security Deed means the security deed dated 26 October 2000 between, among others, UPC Broadband, UPC Financing, UPC, UPC Holding, the Existing Facility Agents, TD Bank Europe as security agent, the lenders and financial institutions listed therein, the senior hedging banks, the High Yield Hedging Banks and each Subordinated Creditor (as defined in the Existing Security Deed) and includes each Deed of Accession (as defined in the Existing Security Deed) entered into in relation to the Existing Security Deed.
Existing Security Documents means:
(a)
the Security Documents as defined in paragraph (a) of the definition of Security Documents in the Existing Facility Agreement; and
(b)
any other Security Documents as defined in paragraph (b) of the definition of Security Documents in the Existing Facility Agreement provided that the Security Interest(s) granted under any such Security Document are simultaneously granted on the same terms (save for variations directly attributable to the identity of the parties and the loan amounts) to the Security Agent on behalf of Beneficiaries to secure the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Deed).
Facility means each Additional Facility.
Facility A means Facility A as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement.
Facility I Advance means an advance under the Additional Facility under the Additional Facility Accession Agreement dated 9 March 2005.
Facility Office means the office(s) notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent:
(a)
on or before the date it becomes a Lender; or
(b)
by not less than five Business Days' notice,
as the office(s) through which it will perform all or any of its obligations under this Agreement.

20


Fee Letter means the letter between the Facility Agent and UPC Broadband, dated on or about the Signing Date, setting out the amount of agency fees referred to in Clause 20.2 (Agent's fees).
Final Maturity Date means the date falling after 30 June 2009 specified in the relevant Additional Facility Accession Agreement or, if that day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day (and without any such designation means the latest such date).
Finance Document means this Agreement, a Security Document, the Security Deed, a Fee Letter, an Obligor Accession Agreement, a Novation Certificate, an Additional Facility Accession Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and any other document designated in writing as such by the Facility Agent and UPC Broadband.
Finance Party means a Lender, the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.
Financial Indebtedness means, without double counting, indebtedness in respect of:
(a)
money borrowed or raised and debit balances at banks;
(b)
any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar debt instrument;
(c)
acceptance or documentary credit facilities;
(d)
receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis and other than in the normal course of business for collection);
(e)
payments for assets acquired or services supplied deferred for a period of over 180 days (or 360 days if such deferral is in accordance with the terms pursuant to which the relevant assets were or are to be acquired or services were or are to be supplied) after the relevant assets were or are to be acquired or the relevant services were or are to be supplied;
(f)
finance leases and hire purchase contracts to the extent that they constitute capital leases within the meaning of GAAP, provided that indebtedness in respect of network leases shall only be included in this paragraph (f) for the purposes of the definition of Excess Cash Flow and Clause 18.5 (Cross default);
(g)
any other transaction (including without limitation forward sale or purchase agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money or any of (b) to (f) above;
(h)
(for the purposes of Clause 18.5 (Cross default) only) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked-to-market value shall be taken into account); and
(i)
guarantees in respect of indebtedness of any person falling within any of paragraphs (a) to (g) above (including for the avoidance of doubt, without double counting, guarantees given by a member of the Borrower Group for the indebtedness of the type falling within (a) to (g) above of another member of the Borrower Group),
provided that indebtedness which has been cash-collateralised shall not be included in any calculation of Financial Indebtedness to the extent so cash-collateralised and indebtedness which is in the nature of equity (other than redeemable shares) shall not be regarded as Financial Indebtedness.

21


GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the United States.
Guaranteed Document means each Finance Document and the High Yield Hedging Agreements.
Guarantor means each Original Guarantor and each Additional Guarantor.
High Yield Hedging Agreements has the meaning given to it in the Security Deed.
High Yield Hedging Bank means a Lender or its Affiliate or a Lender or its Affiliate as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement which is or becomes a party to the Existing Security Deed and/or the Security Deed as a High Yield Hedging Bank.
High Yield Hedging Counterparty means any member of the UGCE Borrower Group that enters into a High Yield Hedging Agreement.
High Yield Notes means high yield debt securities or other instruments not mandatorily convertible into equity, in each case issued by a company which is a member of the UGCE Borrower Group.
Holding Company means, in relation to a person, an entity of which that person is a Subsidiary.
Initial Additional Facility Lender means a person which becomes a Lender under an Additional Facility pursuant to Clause2.2 (Additional Facilities).
Intellectual Property Rights means all know-how, patents, trade marks, designs and design rights, trading names, copyrights (including any copyright in computer software), database rights and other intellectual property rights anywhere in the world (in each case whether registered or not and including all applications for the same).
Interconnect Agreements means each interconnection agreement, network contract, franchise agreement, telecommunications service agreement and any agreement of a similar nature entered into by any member of the Borrower Group in connection with the conduct of its business as may be permitted by the terms of this Agreement (including any interconnect agreements maintained pursuant to Clause 16.20 (Inter-connection and chello)).
Intercreditor Agreement means the intercreditor deed entered into on or about the date of this Agreement between, among others, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent, the facility agent and security agent under the Existing Facility Agreement and UPC Broadband.
Interest has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.1 (Financial definitions).
Interest Date means the last day of an Interest Period.
Interest Period means each period determined in accordance with Clause 8 (Interest).
Lender means:
(a)
an Initial Additional Facility Lender; and
(b)
any person which has become a New Lender (as defined in Clause 26.2 (Transfers by Lenders) under an Additional Facility in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Parties),

22


which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
LGEF means Liberty Global Europe Financing B.V., a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and, as of the Signing Date, with its registered office at Amsterdam and its business office at Boeing Avenue 53, 1119 PE Schiphol Rijk, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
LIBOR means in relation to any Advance or Unpaid Sum denominated in US Dollars or in an Additional Currency (other than euros):
(a)
the applicable Screen Rate for deposits in the currency of the relevant Advance or Unpaid Sum for a period equal or comparable to the required period at or about 11.00 a.m. on the applicable Rate Fixing Day; or
(b)
(if no Screen Rate is available for the required currency or required period of that Advance or Unpaid Sum) the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest four decimal places) of the respective rates, as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks for the offering of deposits in the required currency and for the required period in the London interbank market at or about 11.00 a.m. on the Rate Fixing Day for such period,
and for the purposes of this definition, required period means the applicable Interest Period of an Advance or the period in respect of which LIBOR falls to be determined in relation to any Unpaid Sum.
Licence means each approval, consent, authorisation and licence from, and all filings, registrations and agreements with any governmental or regulatory authority, in each case granted, issued, made or entered into pursuant to any Telecommunications and Cable Law necessary in order to enable each member of the Borrower Group to carry on its business as may be permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
LMA means the Loan Market Association.
Majority Acquisition has the meaning given in paragraph (c) of the definition of Permitted Acquisition.
Majority Lenders means, at any time Lenders the aggregate of whose undrawn Additional Facility Commitments (translated into euros, where such Additional Facility Commitment is denominated in US Dollars or an Additional Currency, on the basis of the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of the Additional Facility Accession Agreement) and participations in outstanding Advances (calculated by reference to the Original Euro Amount of such Advances) exceeds 662/3 per cent. of the aggregate undrawn Total Commitments and the Original Euro Amount of outstanding Advances.
Management Fees means any management, consultancy or similar fees payable by any member of the Borrower Group to any Restricted Person.
Mandatory Cost means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Facility Agent in accordance with Schedule 3 (Mandatory Cost Formulae).
Margin means the amount specified in and, if applicable, adjusted in accordance with the Additional Facility Accession Agreement.
Material Adverse Effect means any event or circumstance which has a material adverse effect on the ability of the Obligors (taken as a whole) to perform their payment or other material obligations under any of the Finance Documents.

23


Material Contracts means:
(a)
the Interconnect Agreements;
(b)
the Priority Pledge;
(c)
the Shareholders' Agreements as from time to time amended, varied, restated or replaced, in each case in a manner that does not constitute an Event of Default under Clause 18.18 (Material Contracts); and
(d)
each other agreement agreed as such by the Facility Agent and UPC Broadband.
Material Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of UPC Broadband which accounts for more than five per cent. of consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Group as shown in the financial statements most recently delivered under Clause 16.2(a) or (b) (Financial information) (except that for purposes of determining the consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Group in respect of the financial statements delivered under Clause 16.2(b) (Financial information), the amount of such EBITDA shall equal two times the consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Group during the relevant Ratio Period ending on the date to which such financial statements are prepared).
If a Subsidiary which is not a Material Subsidiary on the basis of the most recent such financial statements most recently delivered receives on any date (the Relevant Date) a transfer of assets or the right to receive any earnings which, taken together with the existing earnings of that Subsidiary, would satisfy the test above, then that Subsidiary shall also be a Material Subsidiary on and from the Relevant Date. If a Material Subsidiary disposes of any assets or the right to receive any earnings such that it would on the basis of the most recent such financial statements most recently delivered cease to be a Material Subsidiary, then it shall be excluded as a Material Subsidiary on and from the date it makes such disposal.
Mid-Interest Period Transfer means an assignment, transfer or novation by an Existing Lender of all or any of its rights and/or obligations in respect of an Advance under this Agreement in accordance with Clause 26.2 (Transfers by Lenders) where such assignment, transfer or novation:
(a)
includes the assignment or transfer of the right to receive an amount of principal and interest under this Agreement; and
(b)
is made on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period.
Necessary Authorisations means all material approvals, consents, authorisations and licences (other than the Licences) from, all rights granted by and all filings, registrations and agreements with, any government or other regulatory authority necessary in order to enable each member of the Borrower Group to carry on its business as may be permitted by the terms of this Agreement as carried on by it at the relevant time.
Net Proceeds means the aggregate cash (or cash equivalent) proceeds received by any member of the Borrower Group in consideration for or otherwise in respect of a relevant disposal, net of all Taxes applicable on, or to any gain resulting from, that disposal and of all reasonable costs, fees and expenses properly incurred by continuing members of the Borrower Group in arranging and effecting that disposal.
Network means the networks operated from time to time by any member of the Borrower Group pursuant to the Licences and in accordance with this Agreement.
New Lender has the meaning given to it in Clause 26.2 (Transfers by Lenders).

24


non-Distribution Business Assets has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.10(b)(viii) (Disposals).
Novation Certificate has the meaning given to it in Clause 26.3(a)(i) (Procedure for novations).
Obligor means a Borrower or a Guarantor including, for the purposes of Clause 18 (Default), any Subsidiary of UPC Broadband that is required to become a Guarantor under Clause 26.4 (Additional Obligors) but has not yet become a Guarantor.
Obligor Accession Agreement means a deed in the form of Part 2 of Schedule 5 (Obligor Accession Agreement), with such amendments as the Facility Agent may approve or reasonably require (including, without limitation, any limitation on the obligations of the relevant Additional Guarantor which has been approved by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 26.4(a)(vi) (Additional Obligors).
Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans means the deeds of pledge of shareholder loans entered into between certain Obligors and the Security Agent listed in subparagraphs 1)a)i), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Schedule 7 (Security Documents) and any other deed of pledge of shareholder loans in substantially the same form entered into by an Obligor pursuant to any such deed of pledge or Clause 16.14(a) (Loans and guarantees) or Clause 26.4 (Additional Obligors).
Obligors' Framework Agreement means the Framework Agreement (as defined in any Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans).
Original Borrower Group Financial Statements means the financial statements of the Borrower Group for the Accounting Period ended 31 March 2003 (comprising the unaudited compiled financial statements of each of the Obligors for the Accounting Period ended 31 March 2003 and a combination of those financial statements).
Original Euro Amount means:
(a)
the principal amount of an Advance (as applicable) denominated in euros; or
(b)
the principal amount of an Advance denominated in US Dollars or an Additional Currency translated into euros on the basis of the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of receipt by the Facility Agent of the Request for the relevant Advance.
Participating Member State means a member state of the European Community that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community for Economic Monetary Union.
Party means a party to this Agreement.
Permitted Acquisition means:
(a)
any Acquisition of a member of the Borrower Group by any other member of the Borrower Group as part of the solvent reorganisation of the Borrower Group;
(b)
any Acquisition where, upon completion of the Acquisition, the person acquired will be a Subsidiary of UPC Broadband or where UPC Broadband or one of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Borrower Group will own directly or indirectly greater than a 50 per cent. interest in the asset or assets constituting the acquired business (a Majority Acquisition) and where:

25


(i)
the business of the acquired entity or the business acquired, as the case may be, is of the same nature as the business of the Borrower Group as at the Effective Date and is carried out principally in Europe (other than Great Britain or Germany);
(ii)
in the case of any Majority Acquisition where the Acquisition Cost is ε40,000,000 or greater, UPC Broadband delivers to the Facility Agent:
(A)
a Borrower Group Business Plan which must:
I.
contain cash flow projections which show that the sum of the undrawn Total Facility A Commitments (as defined under the Existing Facility Agreement), any undrawn Additional Facility Commitments that are available to be drawn for the general corporate and working capital purposes of the Borrower Group, and Unrestricted Cash, taking into account the proposed Majority Acquisition, is projected to be greater than ε100,000,000 on the date on which financial covenants relating to the eleventh quarterly Accounting Period after the quarterly Accounting Period in which the Acquisition is made are tested under Clause 17 (Financial Covenants); and
II.
contain financial projections which demonstrate that the Borrowers will be in compliance with the undertakings set out in Clause 17 (Financial Covenants) for the period from completion of the Acquisition (taking into account the Acquisition Cost of such Acquisition) to the Final Maturity Date; and
(B)
an Acquisition Business Plan;
(iii)
UPC Broadband delivers to the Facility Agent the most recent six-months management accounts of or relating to the Target, together with a certificate signed by two managing directors or the sole managing director, as the case may be, of UPC Broadband certifying the amount of the Cash Flow of the Target for the most recent six months and setting out the supporting calculations;
(iv)
no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused by the Majority Acquisition; and
(v)
UPC Broadband delivers to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two managing directors or the sole managing director of UPC Broadband which certifies that, if the ratio of Senior Debt to Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group was re-calculated for the most recent Ratio Period ending prior to the date of the Acquisition for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Clause 16.2(a) or (b) (Financial information) (the Relevant Ratio Period) but adding to the:
(A)
amount of Senior Debt used in such calculation any net increase in the Senior Debt of the Borrower Group since the end of the Relevant Ratio Period or subtracting from the amount of Senior Debt used in such calculation any net deduction in the Senior Debt of the Borrower Group (in each case taking into account the amount of Senior Debt used to fund the Acquisition Cost); and
(B)
Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group, the Annualised EBITDA of the

26


Target for the Relevant Ratio Period,
the ratio of Senior Debt to Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group would be less than the higher of:
I.    4.0:1; and
II.
the ratio of Senior Debt to Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group for the Relevant Ratio Period; or
(c)
any Acquisition by a member of the Borrower Group for the purposes of a solvent reorganisation of the Borrower Group where the Acquisition is of share capital or equivalent of a company which:
(i)
has not traded and does not own any assets; or
(ii)
is a dormant Subsidiary of Liberty Global, Inc. and,
in each case, which has no liabilities.
All references in this definition to euro or ε shall, where applicable, mean the equivalent in any other currency, converted to euro, based on the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange at the relevant time.
Permitted Borrower Group Guarantee Facilities means the guarantee facilities under which UPC Broadband and/or any of its Subsidiaries can draw guarantees up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of €10,000,000.
Permitted Borrower Group Revolving Credit Facility means the revolving credit facility to be entered into after the date of the Amendment Agreement by UPC Broadband as borrower, under which UPC Broadband can borrow revolving advances for general corporate and working capital purposes of the Borrower Group up to a maximum principal amount of ε10,000,000.
Permitted Business means the carrying on of the Business in Europe.
Permitted Disposal has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.10(b) (Disposals).
Permitted Financial Indebtedness has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.12(b) (Restrictions on Financial Indebtedness).
Permitted Joint Venture means:
(a)
any Acquisition referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition of "Permitted Acquisition" and any Acquisition as a result of a reorganisation of a person that is not a Subsidiary of UPC Broadband but in which a member of the Borrower Group has an interest, provided that such reorganisation does not result in an overall increase in the value of the Borrower Group's interest in that person, other than adjustments to the basis of any member of the Borrower Group's interest in accordance with GAAP; or
(b)
any Acquisition where, upon completion of the Acquisition, the person acquired will not be a Subsidiary of UPC Broadband or where UPC Broadband or one of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Borrower Group will own directly or indirectly no more than a 50 per cent. interest in the asset or assets constituting the acquired business (a JV Minority Acquisition) and where:

27


(i)
the business of the acquired entity or the business acquired, as the case may be, is of the same nature as the business of the Borrower Group as at the Effective Date and is carried out principally in Europe (other than Great Britain or Germany);
(ii)
in the case of any JV Minority Acquisition where the Acquisition Cost is ε40,000,000 or greater, UPC Broadband delivers to the Facility Agent:
(A)
a Borrower Group Business Plan which in relation to any JV Minority Acquisition must:
I.
contain cash flow projection which show that the sum of the undrawn Total Facility A Commitments (as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement), any undrawn Additional Facility Commitments that are available to be drawn for the general corporate and working capital purposes of the Borrower Group, and Unrestricted Cash, taking into account the proposed JV Minority Acquisition, is projected to be greater than ε100,000,000 on the date on which financial covenants relating to the eleventh quarterly Accounting Period after the quarterly Accounting Period in which the Acquisition is made are tested under Clause 17 (Financial Covenants); and
II.
contain financial projections which demonstrate that the Borrowers will be in compliance with the undertakings set out in Clause 17 (Financial Covenants) for the period from completion of the Acquisition (taking into account the Acquisition Cost of such Acquisition) to the Final Maturity Date; and
(B)    an Acquisition Business Plan;
(iii)
UPC Broadband delivers to the Facility Agent the most recent six months management accounts of or relating to the Target, together with a certificate signed by two managing directors or the sole managing director, as the case may be, of UPC Broadband certifying the amount of the Cash Flow of the Target for the most recent six months and setting out the supporting calculations;
(iv)
no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused by the JV Minority Acquisition; and
(v)
UPC Broadband delivers to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two managing directors or the sole managing director of UPC Broadband which certifies that, if the ratio of Senior Debt to Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group was re-calculated for the most recent Ratio Period ending prior to the date of the Acquisition for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Clause 16.2(a) or (b) (Financial information) (the Relevant Ratio Period) but adding to the:
(A)
amount of Senior Debt used in such calculation any net increase in the Senior Debt of the Borrower Group since the end of the Relevant Ratio Period or subtracting from the amount of Senior Debt used in such calculation any net deduction in the Senior Debt of the Borrower Group since the end of the Relevant Ratio Period (in each case taking into account the amount of Senior Debt used to fund the Acquisition Cost); and

28


(B)
Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group the Annualised EBITDA of the Target for the Relevant Ratio Period,
the ratio of Senior Debt to Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group would be less than the higher of:
(1)
4.0:1; and
(2)
the ratio of Senior Debt to Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group for the Relevant Ratio Period.
All references in this definition to euro or ε shall, where applicable, mean the equivalent in any other currency, converted to euro, based on the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange at the relevant time.
Permitted Payment has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.13(c) (Restricted Payments).
Permitted Security Interest means:
(a)
any Security Interest arising hereunder or under any Security Document;
(b)
any Security Interest arising under any Existing Security Document;
(c)
any liens arising in the ordinary course of business by way of contract which secure indebtedness under any agreement for the supply of goods or services in respect of which payment is not deferred for more than 180 days (or 360 days if such deferral is in accordance with the terms pursuant to which the relevant goods were acquired or services were provided);
(d)
any Security Interest imposed by any taxation or governmental authority in respect of amounts which are being contested in good faith and not yet payable and for which adequate reserves have been set aside in the books of the Borrower Group (or, as the case may be, UPC Broadband Holdco) in respect of the same in accordance with GAAP;
(e)
any Security Interests approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);
(f)
any Security Interest in favour of any bank incurred in relation to any cash management arrangements;
(g)
rights of set-off arising in the ordinary course of business;
(h)
any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness referred to in Clause 16.12(b)(xi) (Restrictions on Financial Indebtedness), provided that (A) such Security Interest was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of such company, (B) the debt secured by such Security Interest is not increased beyond that secured at the date the company in question is acquired and such Security Interest secures only that debt and (C) such Encumbrance is discharged within 12 months of completion of the relevant acquisition;
(i)
any Security Interest over non-Distribution Business Assets referred to in Clause 16.12(b)(xii) (Restrictions on Financial Indebtedness), securing Financial Indebtedness described therein or any other obligation in respect of such non-Distribution Business Assets;

29


(j)
Security Interests arising under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business relating to (i) network leases or (ii) the leasing of (A) building; (B) cars; and (C) other operational equipment;
(k)
any Security Interest securing Financial Indebtedness arising under the Permitted Borrower Group Revolving Credit Facility or the Permitted Borrower Group Guarantee Facilities provided that any such Security Interest will constitute a Security Interest over assets that are not secured or required to be secured as at the date of the Amendment Agreement under the Finance Documents or the Existing Finance Documents; and
(l)
any Security Interests not falling within paragraphs (a) to (k) above and securing indebtedness (other than indebtedness in relation to an Acquisition) not exceeding ε15,000,000 (or its equivalent).
Plan means a plan that is subject to section 302 or regulated by Title IV of ERISA maintained by any member of the Borrower Group or any ERISA Affiliate currently or at any time within the last five years, or to which any member of the Borrower Group or any ERISA Affiliate is required to make payments or contributions or has made payments or contributions within the past five years.
Pledge of Subordinated Shareholder Loans means the deed of pledge and subordination of Subordinated Shareholder Loans entered into between certain Restricted Persons and the Security Agent listed in subparagraph 3(b) of Schedule 7 (Security Documents) and any other deed of pledge entered into pursuant to any such deed of pledge or Clause 16.24(a) (Shareholder Loans).
Polska Holdco means:
(a)
UPC Poland Holding B.V. (previously called UPC Telecom NV); and
(b)
if the entity referred to in (a) above:
(i)
consolidates with or merges with or is acquired by any other person or persons; or
(ii)
directly or indirectly, sells, leases, conveys or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to any other person or persons,
the successor person (including any Holding Company which holds all the shares of Polska Holdco) formed by such consolidation or into which such entity is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made.
Priority Pledge means the pledge entered into between UPC Broadband as pledgee and Priority Telecom Netherlands N.V. as pledgor dated 30 August 2002 in relation to telephony switches.
Professional Market Party means a professional market party (professionele marktpartij) under the Dutch Exemption Regulation.
Rate Fixing Day means:
(a)
the second Business Day before the Utilisation Date of an Advance denominated in US Dollars; or
(b)
the second TARGET Day before the Utilisation Date of an Advance denominated in euros,

30


or such other day on which it is market practice in the London or, as the case may be, European interbank market for leading banks to give quotations in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of the relevant Utilisation Date.
Ratio Period has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.1 (Financial definitions).
Reference Banks means, subject to Clause 26.5 (Reference Banks), the principal London offices of JPMorgan Chase Bank, The Toronto-Dominion Bank and CIBC World Markets plc.
Related Fund means, with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests in commercial loans, any other fund that invests in commercial loans and is administered or managed by (a) that Lender, (b) any Affiliate of that Lender or (c) the same investment adviser (or an Affiliate of that investment adviser) that administers or manages that Lender.
Relevant Convertible Preference Shares means, at any time, convertible preference shares issued by a member of the UGCE Borrower Group but excluding:
(a)
convertible preference shares that cannot in accordance with their terms be redeemed for cash:
(i)
before the date on which all amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents and the Existing Finance Documents have been repaid or prepaid in full; or
(ii)
(if they can be redeemed for cash before that date) until the ratio of Senior Debt to Annualised EBITDA (i) is 3.5:1 or less for the two immediately preceding consecutive Ratio Periods and (ii) will be less than 3.5:1 immediately after such cash redemption; and
(b)
convertible preference shares issued by a member of the UGCE Borrower Group and subscribed for by a member of the Wider Group.
Relevant Eastern European Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of any Obligor which Subsidiary is incorporated and has all its material operations in Eastern Europe, provided that the aggregate of the contributions of the Relevant Eastern European Subsidiaries to the consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Group attributable to Eastern Europe does not exceed in aggregate 10 per cent.
For the purposes of this definition, consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower Group or any Subsidiary of an Obligor shall be determined by reference to the 12 month period ending on the most recent date in respect of which financial statements have been delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 16.2(b) (Financial information).
Relevant Event means a Default in relation to (a) Clause 18.2 (Non-payment) or (b) Clause 17.2 (Financial ratios).
Repayment Instalment has the meaning given to that term in Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Advances).
Reportable Event means:
(a)
an event specified as such in section 4043 of ERISA or any regulation promulgated thereunder, with respect to a Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, other than an event in relation to which the requirement to give 30 days notice of that event is waived by any regulation; or
(b)
a failure to meet the minimum funding standard under section 412 of the Code or section 302 of

31


ERISA with respect to a Plan that is subject to such sections of the Code and ERISA, whether or not there has been any waiver of notice or waiver of the minimum funding standard under section 412 of the Code.
Request means a request made by a Borrower to utilise any of the Facilities and, subject to Clause 5.2 (Form of Request), substantially in the form of Part 1 of Schedule 4 (Form of Request).
Requested Amount means the amount requested in a Request.
Restricted Payment has the meaning given to it in Clause 16.13(b) (Restricted Payments).
Restricted Person means UGCE Inc., UPC, LGEF, UPC Holding, any other company (not being a member of the Borrower Group) which is a Subsidiary of, or an Associated Company of, UGCE Inc. (other than Associated Companies of UGCE Inc. which are its Associated Companies by virtue of controlling UGCE Inc. or owning beneficially and/or legally directly or indirectly 10 per cent. or more of the equity interests in UGCE Inc.).
Restricted Person's Framework Agreement means the Framework Agreement as defined in any Pledge of Subordinated Shareholder Loans.
Restructuring means the transfer of share capital and intercompany receivables that took place prior to the Signing Date so that the Borrower Group was restructured to consist of UPC Broadband and its Subsidiaries as described in the structure chart set out at Schedule 8 (Borrower Group Structure).
Sale and Purchase Agreements means the following sale and purchase agreements relating to the sale and transfer of shares and receivables entered into on 9 April 2003 between:
(a)
UPC, LGEF, UPC Holding, UPC Broadband and UPC Broadband Operations B.V. (previously called UPC Operations B.V.);
(b)
UPC, LGEF, UPC Holding and UGC Europe Services B.V. (previously called UPC Services B.V.);
(c)
UPC, LGEF, UPC Holding, UPC Broadband and UPC Broadband Holding Services B.V. (previously called UPC Holding Services B.V.); and
(d)
UPC, LGEF, UPC Holding, UPC Broadband and UPC Services Ltd.
Screen Rate means:
(a)
in relation to LIBOR, the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for the relevant currency and period; and
(b)
in relation to EURIBOR, the percentage rate per annum determined by the Banking Federation of the European Union for the relevant period,
displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If that page is replaced or the service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with UPC Broadband and the Lenders.
Security Deed means the Security Deed dated 16 January 2004 between, among others, each Obligor, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Lenders, the High Yield Hedging Banks and each Subordinated

32


Creditor and includes each Deed of Accession (as defined in the Security Deed) entered into in relation to the Security Deed.
Security Documents means:
(a)
the documents listed in Schedule 7 (Security Documents); and
(b)
such other security documents as may from time to time be entered into in favour of any Beneficiary pursuant to any of the Finance Documents (including without limitation any other Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans or Pledge of Subordinated Shareholder Loans, any security document referred to in Clause 16.22 (UPC Broadband Pledged Account), Clause 16.23 (Share security) or Clause 16.25 (Further security over receivables) and any security document provided to the Security Agent in connection with the accession of an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 26.4 (Additional Obligors) and Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents) or otherwise.
Security Interest means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment by way of security, trust arrangement for the purpose of providing security or other security interest of any kind securing any obligation of any person or any other arrangement having the effect of conferring rights of retention or other disposal rights over an asset (including without limitation title transfer and/or retention arrangements having a similar effect or a deposit of money with the primary intention of affording a right of set-off) and includes any agreement to create any of the foregoing but does not include (a) liens arising in the ordinary course of business by operation of law and not by way of contract and (b) any grant of indefeasible rights of use or equivalent arrangements with respect to network capacity, communications, fibre capacity or conduit.
Security Provider's Deed of Accession has the meaning given to it in the Security Deed.
Senior Beneficiary has the meaning given to the term in the Security Deed.
Senior Debt has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.1 (Financial definitions).
Senior Hedging Agreements means any Cash Flow Hedging Agreement and all interest rate and/or currency swap and/or interest rate and/or currency cap and/or other interest rate and/or currency hedging agreements entered into or to be entered into by any member of the Borrower Group with any of the Senior Hedging Banks from time to time in relation to the Borrower Group's floating rate interest exposure and/or currency exposure.
Senior Hedging Bank means a Lender or its Affiliate as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement which is or becomes a party to the Existing Security Deed as a senior hedging bank.
Serviceable Subordinated Debt means any Financial Indebtedness not prohibited by the Finance Documents or the Existing Finance Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, High Yield Notes and Relevant Convertible Preference Shares) which is raised by an entity that is not a member of the Borrower Group, all or part of, the proceeds of which are on-lent directly or indirectly to a member of the Borrower Group by a Subordinated Creditor by means of a Subordinated Shareholder Loan provided that, all or part of, such proceeds are applied in permanent prepayment and cancellation of the Facilities in accordance with this Agreement or of the Existing Facility in accordance with the Existing Facility Agreement.
Shareholder means UGCE Inc. or a UGCE Inc. Subsidiary.

33


Shareholders' Agreements means the agreements listed in Schedule 9 (Shareholders' Agreements).
Signing Date means the date of this Agreement.
Sterling means the lawful currency for the time being of the United Kingdom.
Subordinated Creditor means any Restricted Person who has, at any relevant time, entered into a Pledge of Subordinated Shareholder Loans and the Security Deed or a Security Provider's Deed of Accession.
Subordinated Shareholder Loans means any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Borrower Group owed to a Subordinated Creditor.
Subsidiary of a person means any company or entity directly or indirectly controlled by such person, for which purpose control means ownership of more than 50 per cent. of the economic and/or voting share capital (or equivalent right of ownership of such company or entity).
Target means any assets or entity which is or are the subject of an Acquisition in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
TARGET Day means a day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement (TARGET) System is operating.
Taxes or Tax means all present and future taxes, imposts, duties, levies, fees or charges of a similar nature, together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereof.
Telecommunications and Cable Law means all laws, statutes, regulations and judgments relating to telecommunications, cable television and data services applicable to any member of the Borrower Group and/or the business carried on by any member of the Borrower Group in any jurisdiction in which a member of the Borrower Group is incorporated or formed or in which such member has its principal place of business or owns any material assets.
Telekabel Wien means Telekabel Wien GmbH a company incorporated under the laws of Austria with its corporate seat at Erlachgasse 116, 1100 Wien, Austria and with registration number FN 84116a.
Third Party Debt means any Financial Indebtedness which is owed to any person other than a member of the Wider Group (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any indebtedness arising under any instrument that does not impose any obligations on the obligor to make any cash payment and does not permit such obligor to elect to make any cash payments and to the extent only that such instrument is not amended so as to become an instrument under which there are (or may be) cash payment obligations).
Total Additional Facility Commitments means in relation to an Additional Facility, the aggregate for the time being of the Additional Facility Commitments for that Additional Facility.
Total Cash Interest has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.1 (Financial definitions).
Total Commitments means the aggregate for the time being of the aggregate Total Additional Facility Commitments for all Additional Facilities.
Total Debt has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.1 (Financial definitions).
UGC means:

34


(a)
UnitedGlobalCom, Inc. a corporation incorporated in the State of Delaware, United States and, as of the Signing Date, having its business office at 4643 South Ulster Street, Suite 1300, Denver, Colorado 80237 U.S.A.; and
(b)
if the entity referred to in (a) above:
(i)
consolidates with or merges with any other person or persons; or
(ii)
directly or indirectly, sells, leases, conveys or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to any other person or persons,
the successor person formed by such consolidation or into which such entity is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made.
UGCE Borrower Group means:
(a)
UGCE Inc.;
(b)
any other company of which UPC Broadband is a Subsidiary and which is a Subsidiary of UGCE Inc.; and
(c)
UPC Holding II.
UGCE Inc. means:
(a)
UGC Europe Inc. a company organised under the laws of the State of Delaware; and
(b)
if the entity referred to in (a) above:
(i)
consolidates with or merges with any other person or persons; or
(ii)
directly or indirectly, sells, leases, conveys or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to any other person or persons,
the successor person formed by such consolidation or into which such entity is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made.
UGCE Inc. Subsidiary means:
(a)
any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50 per cent. of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or persons performing similar functions); or
(b)
any partnership, joint venture limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50 per cent. of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), at the time owned or controlled, directly indirectly, by:

35


(i)
UGCE Inc;
(ii)
UGCE Inc. and one or more UGCE Inc. Subsidiaries; or
(iii)
one or more UGCE Inc. Subsidiaries.
For the purposes of the above definition:
Capital Stock of any UGCE Inc. Subsidiary means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participation or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such UGCE Inc. Subsidiary, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity; and
Preferred Stock, as applied to the Capital Stock of any UGCE Inc. Subsidiary, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such UGCE Inc. Subsidiary, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such UGCE Inc. Subsidiary.
United States or US means the United States of America.
Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.
Unrestricted Cash has the meaning given to that term under GAAP.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means each Subsidiary of UPC Broadband and, prior to the Restructuring, each Subsidiary of each Obligor that is not a Subsidiary of UPC Broadband, the acquisition cost of which and whose on-going funding requirements are not funded directly or indirectly (in whole or in part) by any member of the Borrower Group by way of drawings under the Facilities and which is designated by UPC Broadband in writing as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
UPC means United Pan-Europe Communications N.V., a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and, as of the Signing Date, with its registered office at Amsterdam and its business office at Boeing Avenue 53, 1119 PE Schiphol Rijk, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
UPC Austria means UPC Austria Holding B.V. a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and, as of the Signing Date, with its registered office at Amsterdam and its business office at Boeing Avenue 53, 1119 PE Schiphol Rijk, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
UPC Broadband Holdco means the immediate Holding Company of UPC Broadband from time to time, being UPC Holding as of the Signing Date.
UPC Broadband Pledged Account has the meaning given in Clause 16.22(b) (UPC Broadband Pledged Account).
UPC Financing means UPC Financing Partnership, a general partnership formed under the laws of Delaware, United States with its principal place of business at 4643 South Ulster Street, Suit 1300, Denver, Colorado 80237, USA.
UPC Holding means UPC Holding B.V., a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and, as of the Signing Date, with its registered office at Amsterdam and its business office at

36


Boeing Avenue 53, 1119 PE Schiphol Rijk, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
UPC Holding II means UPC Holding II B.V., a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and, as of the Signing Date, with its registered office at Amsterdam and its business office at Boeing Avenue 53, 1119 PE Schiphol Rijk, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
UPC Polska means UPC Polska LLC.
US Borrower means any Additional Borrower under this Agreement which is incorporated or formed under the laws of a State of the United States or that resides or has a domicile, a place of business or property in the United States.
US Dollars and US$ means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States.
US Obligor has the meaning given to it in Clause 18.6(c) (Insolvency).
Utilisation Date means the date specified as such in the relevant Request or, on and after the making and/or issue thereof pursuant to such Request, the date on which it was made and/or issued.
VAT means value added or similar tax.
Western Europe means the countries that comprised the European Community as at the Effective Date, Scandinavia and Switzerland.
Wider Group means UGCE Inc. and each of its Affiliates including (for the avoidance of doubt) UGC, Liberty Global, Inc. and Liberty Media International, Inc. or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
1.4
Construction
(a)
In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to:
(i)
a document being in the agreed form means a document (A) in a form previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Facility Agent and UPC Broadband, or (B) in a form substantially as set out in any Schedule to any Finance Document, or (C) (if not falling within (A) or (B) above) in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders and initialled by or on behalf of the Facility Agent and UPC Broadband for the purposes of identification;
amendment includes a supplement, novation or re-enactment and amended is to be construed accordingly;
assets includes all or any part of any business, undertaking, real property, personal property, uncalled capital and any rights (whether actual or contingent, present or future) to receive, or require delivery of, any of the foregoing;
references to the equivalent of an amount specified in a particular currency (the specified currency amount) shall be construed as a reference to the amount of the other relevant currency which can be purchased with the specified currency amount in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11.00 a.m. on the day on which the calculation falls to be made for spot delivery as determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with its customary practices;
European interbank market means the interbank market for euro operating in Participating

37


Member States;
a guarantee includes a reference to an indemnity or other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any indebtedness and guaranteed shall be construed accordingly;
indebtedness is a reference to any obligation for the payment or repayment of money, whether as principal or as surety and whether present or future, actual or contingent;
a month is a reference to a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that, if there is no numerically corresponding day in the month in which that period ends, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that month;
permanent prepayment and cancellation means, in relation to any facility, a permanent prepayment of outstanding advances under that facility with a corresponding permanent cancellation of the total commitments in relation to that facility;
a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any state or any of its agencies;
a regulation includes any present or future regulation, rule, directive, requirement, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, only if compliance therewith is in accordance with the general practice of the relevant persons to whom it is intended to apply or, in the case of Clause 12 (Increased Costs) only, the relevant Finance Party or its Holding Company) of any agency, authority, central bank or government department or any self-regulatory or other national or supra-national authority;
(A)
a provision of a law is a reference to that provision as amended, re-enacted or extended;
(B)
a Clause or a Schedule is a reference to a clause of or a schedule to this Agreement;
(C)
a person includes its successors, transferees and assigns;
(D)
(or to any specified provision of) this Agreement or any other document shall be construed, save where expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, as a reference to this Agreement, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as from time to time amended in accordance with its terms, or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties and (where such consent is, by the terms of this Agreement or the relevant document, required to be obtained as a condition to such amendment being permitted) the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, all of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders (as the case may be);
(E)
other than in the definition of EURIBOR in Clause 1.1 (Definitions), a time of day is a reference to London time; and
(F)
words importing the plural include the singular and vice versa.
(b)
Unless the contrary intention appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

38


(c)
The index to and the headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and are to be ignored in construing this Agreement.
(d)
Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a party to a Finance Document may not enforce any of its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.
(e)
Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any third party is not required for any variation (including any release or compromise of any liability under) or termination of that Finance Document.
1.5
Existing Facility Agreement
(a)
Unless expressly stated to the contrary, and subject to paragraph (b), references in any of the Finance Documents to the Existing Finance Documents and to terms defined in, and provisions of, any of the Existing Finance Documents, shall be references to the relevant Existing Finance Document and such terms and provisions as at the Effective Date, as the same may be amended with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) from time to time.
(b)
References in any of the Finance Documents to any Finance Party (as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement) shall include such Finance Party's permitted successors, transferees or assigns from time to time.
2.
THE FACILITIES
2.2
[Intentionally left blank]
2.3
Additional Facilities
(a)
Any person may, subject to the terms of this Agreement, become a Lender by delivering to the Facility Agent an Additional Facility Accession Agreement in each case duly completed and executed by that person, , UPC Broadband and, if the Additional Facility is to be granted to an Additional Borrower, the relevant Additional Borrower. If, on the date the Additional Facility Accession Agreement becomes effective, it is a requirement under Dutch law that a Lender needs to be qualified as a Professional Market Party, such Lender must make the declaration and representation set out in paragraph 4 of the Additional Facility Accession Agreement. That person shall become a Lender on the date specified in the Additional Facility Accession Agreement.
(b)
Upon the relevant person becoming a Lender, the Total Commitments shall be increased by the amount set out in the relevant Additional Facility Accession Agreement as that Lender's Additional Facility Commitment.
(c)
Each Lender will grant to the relevant Borrower a term loan facility in the amount specified in the relevant Additional Facility Accession Agreement in euros, US Dollars or an Additional Currency (as applicable) during the Additional Facility Availability Period specified in the Additional Facility Accession Agreement, subject to the terms of this Agreement.
(d)
The execution by UPC Broadband and the relevant Borrower of an Additional Facility Accession Agreement constitutes confirmation by each Guarantor that its obligations under Clause 14 (Guarantee) shall continue unaffected except that those obligations shall extend to the Total Commitments as increased by the addition of the relevant Lender's Commitment and shall be owed to each Finance Party including the relevant Lender.

39


2.4
Overall facility limits
(a)
The aggregate amount of all outstanding Advances under an Additional Facility shall not at any time exceed the relevant Total Additional Facility Commitments for that Additional Facility.
(b)
The aggregate amount of the participations of a Lender in Advances under an Additional Facility shall not at any time exceed that Lender's Additional Facility Commitment for that Additional Facility at that time.
2.5
Number of Requests and Advances
(a)
No more than one Request may be made under each Additional Facility unless an Additional Facility Accession Agreement specifies otherwise, in which case the maximum number of requests for Advances under that Additional Facility will be as set out in that Additional Facility Accession Agreement.
(b)
Unless the Facility Agent agrees otherwise, no more than five Advances may be outstanding at any one time under each Additional Facility (other than Additional Facilities that can be redrawn) and no more than ten Advances may be outstanding at any one time under each Additional Facility that can be redrawn.
2.6
Nature of a Finance Party's rights and obligations
(a)
The obligations of a Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure of a Finance Party to carry out those obligations does not relieve any other Party of its obligations under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.
(b)
The rights of a Finance Party under the Finance Documents are divided rights. A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce those rights.
(c)
Each of the Obligors and each of the Finance Parties agrees that the Security Agent shall be the joint and several creditor (hoofdelijk crediteur) of each and every obligation of any Obligor towards each of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document, and that accordingly the Security Agent will have its own independent claim as creditor and not as agent against each Obligor to demand performance by the relevant Obligor of those obligations. However, any discharge of any such obligation to either of the Security Agent or the relevant Finance Party shall, to the same extent, discharge the corresponding obligation owing to the other.
(d)
Without limiting or affecting the Security Agent's rights against any Obligor (whether under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Finance Documents), the Security Agent agrees with each other Finance Party (on a several and divided basis) that, subject as set out in the next sentence, it will not exercise its rights as a joint and several creditor with a Finance Party except with the prior written consent of the relevant Finance Party. However, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in the previous sentence shall in any way limit the Agent's right to act in the protection or preservation of rights under or to enforce any Security Document or the Security Deed as contemplated by the Finance Documents (or to do any act reasonably incidental to any of the foregoing).
2.7
UPC Broadband as Obligors' agent
Each Obligor:
(a)
irrevocably authorises and instructs UPC Broadband to give and receive as agent on its behalf all notices (including Requests) and sign all documents in connection with the Finance Documents

40


on its behalf (including but not limited to amendments and variations and execution of any new Finance Documents) and take such other action as may be necessary or desirable under or in connection with the Finance Documents; and
(b)
confirms that it will be bound by any action taken by UPC Broadband under or in connection with the Finance Documents.
2.8
Actions of UPC Broadband as Obligors' agent
The respective liabilities of each of the Obligors under the Finance Documents shall not be in any way affected by:
(a)
any irregularity (or purported irregularity) in any act done by or any failure (or purported failure) by UPC Broadband;
(b)
UPC Broadband acting (or purporting to act) in any respect outside any authority conferred upon it by any Obligor; or
(c)
the failure (or purported failure) by or inability (or purported inability) of UPC Broadband to inform any Obligor of receipt by it of any notification under this Agreement or any other Finance Document.
3.
PURPOSE
3.2
Purpose
Each Advance will be applied to finance the general corporate and working capital purposes of the Borrower Group, including, without limitation, to finance capital expenditure and the making of Acquisitions by the Borrower Group (to the extent permitted by this Agreement) and the repayment or prepayment of any Facilities or Existing Facilities.
3.3
Lender's declarations and representations as Professional Market Party
(a)
Each Lender under an Additional Facility made available to a Dutch Borrower makes the following declarations and representations to those relevant Dutch Borrowers:
(i)
it is a Professional Market Party; and
(ii)
it acknowledges that as a consequence it has no benefit from the (creditor) protection under the Dutch Banking Act for non-Professional Market Parties.
(b)
Each declaration and representation set out in paragraph (a) above is made by each relevant Lender on the 2006 Amendment Effective Date and on each date that this Agreement is amended, restated or supplemented.
(c)
If on the date on which a Dutch Borrower accedes to this Agreement, it is a requirement under Dutch law that a Lender needs to be qualified as a Professional Market Party in respect of Advances to be made to that Dutch Borrower, each then current Lender under an Existing Facility or an Additional Facility to which that Dutch Borrower is a Borrower shall make the declaration and representation set out under paragraph (a) above to such Dutch Borrower.

41


3.4
No monitoring
Without affecting the obligations of the Borrowers in any way, no Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of the proceeds of any Advance.
4.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
4.2
Documentary conditions precedent
(a)
This Agreement will take effect on the day falling no less than five Business Days after the Signing Date (the Effective Date) on which the Facility Agent notifies UPC Broadband and the Lenders that it has received written confirmation from the Existing Facility Agents that the conditions precedent in Clause 2(b) of the amendment and restatement agreement dated on or about the date of this Agreement between, inter alia, UPC Broadband and the Existing Facility Agents amending and restating the Existing Facility Agreement have been either satisfied or waived and that such agreement is effective.
(b)
No Borrower may draw an Advance under this Agreement until the Facility Agent has notified UPC Broadband and the Lenders that it has received all of the documents set out in Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.
(c)
The Facility Agent will confirm to UPC Broadband and to the Existing Facility Agents that it has received the documents referred to in paragraph (b) above as soon as practicable upon receiving all of them in form and substance satisfactory to it.
4.3
Further conditions precedent
The obligations of each Lender in respect of each Advance are subject to the further conditions precedent that:
(a)
on the date of the Request for that Advance and on the proposed Utilisation Date the representations and warranties in Clause 15 (Representations and Warranties) to be repeated on those dates are and will be immediately after the relevant Advance is drawn down correct in all material respects;
(b)
on the date of the Request for that Advance and on the proposed Utilisation Date no Default is outstanding or would result from the proposed Advance;
(c)
on the date of the Request for that Advance and on the proposed Utilisation Date no Change of Control has occurred where the event has not been waived by the Majority Lenders; and
(d)
the relevant Borrower confirms to the Facility Agent in the Request that the proceeds of such Advance are only to be applied in accordance with Clause 3.1 (Purpose) and specifies the relevant purpose of the proposed Advance in such Request.
4.4
Pro forma covenant compliance
No Borrower may Request or obtain any Advance in an amount which, when aggregated with all other Advances (and all Advances (other than Rollover Advances) (in each case as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement)) (the Relevant Advances) made since the last day of the most recent Ratio Period ending prior to the proposed date of that Advance for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Documentary conditions precedent) or Clause 16.2(a) or (b) (Financial information) (the Relevant Ratio Period) would cause UPC Broadband to fail to be in compliance with the financial ratios

42


set out in Clause 17.2 (Financial ratios) for the Relevant Ratio Period, if such financial ratios were re-tested for the Relevant Ratio Period after adding the aggregate amount of all such Relevant Advances to the amount of Senior Debt and Total Debt used in calculating such ratios.
4.5
Deferred Acquisition Costs
Where a member of the Borrower Group has made an Acquisition permitted by Clause 16.11 (Acquisitions and mergers), no Borrower may Request, or apply the proceeds of, any Advance for the purpose of paying any consideration referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition of Acquisition Cost in relation to that Acquisition, unless UPC Broadband delivers to the Facility Agent on or before the date of each relevant Request:
(a)
where the Acquisition Cost of the acquisition was greater than ε100,000,000 and no more than ε150,000,000, a certificate signed by two managing directors or the sole managing director, as the case may be, of UPC Broadband and certifying; or
(b)
where the Acquisition Cost of the acquisition was greater than ε150,000,000, financial projections based on assumptions which are no more aggressive (when taken as a whole) than those used in the preparation of the Business Plan which demonstrate,
that the Borrowers will be in compliance with Clause 6 (Repayment) and the undertakings set out in Clause 17 (Financial Covenants) for the period from the Utilisation Date of such Advance (taking into account (i) the Acquisition Cost of such acquisition (but deducting from that Acquisition Cost the value of any consideration referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition of Acquisition Cost which has yet to be paid or delivered), (ii) the amount of such Advance and (iii) financial projections relating to the acquired business or asset(s)) to the Final Maturity Date.
5.
ADVANCES
5.2
Delivery of Request
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, a Borrower may request an Advance by delivering to the Facility Agent by not later than 11.00 a.m. on the third Business Day before the Utilisation Date or (if applicable) by not later than the time specified in the relevant Additional Facility Accession Agreement, a duly completed Request.
5.3
Form of Request
Each Request shall specify (where applicable):
(a)
the relevant Facility and the corresponding Utilisation Date which shall be a Business Day falling during the relevant Additional Facility Availability Period;
(b)
the currency of the proposed Advance (which must be euros, US Dollars or an Additional Currency (in each case as specified in the relevant Additional Facility Accession Agreement));
(c)
the principal amount of the proposed Advance which:
(i)
for an Advance denominated in euros, shall be a minimum amount of ε10,000,000;
(ii)
for an Advance denominated in US Dollars, shall be a minimum amount of US

43


$10,000,000; and
(iii)
for an Advance denominated in any Additional Currency, shall be a minimum amount equivalent to €10,000,000 (in each case using the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of receipt by the Agent of the Request and rounded up to the nearest million units in the relevant Additional Currency);
(d)
the Interest Period of the Advance, which must be a period complying with Clause 8 (Interest); and
(e)
unless previously notified to the Facility Agent in writing and not revoked the details of the bank and account to which the proceeds of the proposed Advance are to be made available, which must comply with Clause 9 (Payments).
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Request shall be irrevocable and the relevant Borrower shall be bound to borrow an Advance in accordance with such Request.
5.4
Notification to the Lenders
The Facility Agent shall promptly notify each Lender participating in the relevant Advance of each Request for an Advance and the amount of its participation in the Advance.
5.5
Participations in Advances
(a)
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on the date specified in any Request for an Advance, make available to the Facility Agent for the account of the relevant Borrower the amount of its participation in that Advance. All such amounts shall be made available to the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 9.2 (Funds) for disbursement to or to the order of the relevant Borrower in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
(b)
The amount of a Lender's participation in an Advance will be the proportion (applied to the amount set out in the Request) which its relevant Additional Facility Commitment bears to the relevant Total Additional Facility Commitments.
(c)
Advances denominated in euro will only be made available in the euro unit.
6.
REPAYMENT
6.1
Repayment of Advances
(a)
Each Borrower must repay the Advances made to it in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Additional Facility Accession Agreement, which shall provide, subject to paragraph (b) below, for repayment of the relevant Additional Facility to be made:
(i)
in full on the relevant Final Maturity Date; or
(ii)
by payment of instalments (each a Repayment Instalment) on any date or dates up to and including the relevant Final Maturity Date. Each Repayment Instalment shall be in the amount and on the date or dates set out in or calculated in accordance with the relevant Additional Facility Accession Agreement.

44


(b)
(i)    The aggregate Original Euro Amount of each:
(A)
Repayment Instalment; and
(B)
amount of any Facility A Advances (as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement) repaid or prepaid pursuant to clause 6.1(a) (Repayment of Advances) of the Existing Facility Agreement,
on any date falling prior to 1 July 2009 (each a Relevant Date) shall not exceed:
(ii)
(iii)    the cumulative amount in euros set out in column (2) below opposite the current repayment date set out in column (1) below which immediately precedes that Relevant Date, minus
(A)
the aggregate Original Euro Amount of each amount referred to in paragraphs (b)(i)(A) and (b)(i)(B) above repaid or prepaid on any date during the period from 2 December 2004 to (but excluding) that Relevant Date.

(1)
(2)
current repayment dates
cumulative amount
June 30, 2005
€4,017,079
December 31, 2005
€6,025,618
June 30, 2006
€215,174,782
December 31, 2006
€596,336,446
June 30, 2007
€944,235,611
December 31, 2007
€1,208,734,775
June 30, 2008
€2,038,469,660
December 31, 2008
€2,134,879,545
June 30, 2009
€3,156,732,530
6.2
Notification
The Agent shall notify the relevant Lender(s) and UPC Broadband of US Dollar or Additional Currency amounts (and the applicable Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange) promptly after they are ascertained under this Agreement.
7.
CANCELLATION AND PREPAYMENT
7.1
Automatic Cancellation of the Commitments
The undrawn Additional Facility Commitment under each Additional Facility shall be automatically cancelled at the close of business in London on the last day of the relevant Additional Facility Availability Period.
7.2
Voluntary cancellation
UPC Broadband may, by delivering to the Facility Agent a duly completed Cancellation Notice not less than five Business Days prior to the due date of cancellation, cancel the unutilised portion of the Total Additional Facility Commitments in whole or in part (but, if in part, in an aggregate minimum Original Euro Amount of ε10,000,000) in such proportions as UPC Broadband may specify in the Cancellation Notice on the date specified in the Cancellation Notice. Any cancellation in part shall be applied against

45


the relevant Additional Facility Commitment of each Lender pro rata.
7.3
Voluntary prepayment
(a)
UPC Broadband may, by delivering to the Facility Agent a duly completed Cancellation Notice not less than five Business Days prior to the due date of prepayment, prepay the whole or any part, (but if in part in an aggregate minimum Original Euro Amount of ε10,000,000) of the outstanding Advances made to a Borrower under any Additional Facility.
(b)
Any voluntary prepayment made under paragraph (a) above will be applied against the Additional Facilities in such proportion as may be specified by UPC Broadband in the notice of prepayment and:
(i)
(in the case of any Additional Facility which may be redrawn following prepayment) against all outstanding Advances under such Additional Facility pro rata or against such Advances as UPC Broadband may designate in the Cancellation Notice; and
(ii)
(in the case of any other Additional Facility) against all the outstanding Advances made under the relevant Additional Facility pro rata (and, if applicable, against the Repayment Instalments for the relevant Additional Facility or Additional Facilities in such order as may be specified by UPC Broadband).
7.4
Change of Control
(a)
If:
(i)
UGC ceases:
(A)
directly or indirectly to own more than 50 per cent. of the issued share capital of UGCE Inc.; and
(B)
to Control UGCE Inc.; or
(ii)
UGCE Inc. does not or ceases to own, directly or indirectly through one or more of its Subsidiaries or other persons Controlled by it, the legal and beneficial interest in more than 50 per cent. of the voting and economic rights attaching to the issued share capital of, or otherwise ceases to Control, UPC Broadband Holdco, (except as a result of a merger or consolidation of UPC Broadband Holdco with or into a Shareholder, provided that such merger or consolidation is in accordance with paragraph (b) below); or
(iii)
in accordance with the terms of any share pledge in favour of the Security Agent over the issued share capital of UPC Broadband Holdco and UPC Holding II, UPC Broadband Holdco does not or ceases to own directly (or indirectly through one or more of its Subsidiaries or other persons Controlled by it, subject to such Subsidiary or person complying with Clause 26.4(a) (Additional Obligors)) the legal and beneficial interest in 100 per cent. of the issued share capital of UPC Broadband and UPC Holding II or otherwise ceases to Control UPC Broadband and UPC Holding II; or
(iv)
in accordance with the terms of the share pledges in favour of the Security Agent over the issued share capital of each of the Obligors (other than UPC Broadband Holdco, UPC Holding II, UPC Financing and UPC Broadband), UPC Broadband does not or ceases to own directly or indirectly through one or more of its Subsidiaries or other persons Controlled by it, the legal and beneficial

46


interest in at least 75 per cent. of the voting and economic rights attaching to the issued share capital of any Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco, UPC Holding II, UPC Financing or UPC Broadband) or otherwise ceases to Control such Obligor; or
(v)
UPC Broadband Holdco and UPC Holding II do not or cease to own, in accordance with the terms of the pledge referred to in paragraph 2 of Schedule 7 (Security Documents), the legal and beneficial interest in 100 per cent. of the partnership interests and economic rights attaching to the partnership interests of, or otherwise ceases to Control, UPC Financing,
(any of the events described in (i) to (v) above being a Change of Control):
(A)
UPC Broadband shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of a Change of Control; and
(B)
if the Majority Lenders so require, the Facility Agent shall, by not less than 20 Business Days' notice to UPC Broadband, cancel each Additional Facility and declare all outstanding Advances, together with accrued interest and all other relevant amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon each Additional Facility will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.
(b)
UPC Broadband Holdco shall not enter into a merger or consolidation with or into a Shareholder (the resulting entity being the UPC Merged Entity) unless:
(i)
reasonable details of the proposed merger concerning the matters set out in paragraphs (ii) and (iii) below are provided to the Facility Agent at least 10 days before the merger is to be entered into;
(ii)
the UPC Merged Entity will be liable for the obligations of UPC Broadband Holdco (including the obligations under the Finance Documents), which obligations will continue in full force and effect after the merger, and entitled to the benefit of all rights of UPC Broadband Holdco; and
(iii)
the UPC Merged Entity has entered into Security Documents (if applicable) which provide security over the same assets of at least an equivalent nature and ranking to the security provided by UPC Broadband Holdco pursuant to any Security Documents entered into by it and such Security Documents are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the UPC Merged Entity enforceable in accordance with their terms subject (to the extent applicable) to substantially similar qualifications to those made in the legal opinions referred to in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents).
7.5
Mandatory prepayment from Excess Cash Flow and Relevant Convertible Preference Shares
(a)
Subject to paragraph (b) below and Clause 7.7 (Date for prepayment), within 10 Business Days of the delivery of the Borrower Group's audited consolidated financial statements which relate to any financial year of the Borrower Group (starting with the annual Accounting Period ending 31 December 2004) under Clause 16.2 (Financial information) the Borrowers (unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall prepay, or procure that there is prepaid, an amount of the Facilities equal to 50 per cent. of the Excess Cash Flow for such financial year.
(b)
The Borrowers shall not be required to make any prepayments under (a) above:
(i)
after the date on which the Facility Agent receives financial statements delivered under Clause

47


16.2(b) (Financial information) which show that, for the two most recent Ratio Periods, the ratio of Senior Debt to Annualised EBITDA is less than or equal to 4:1; or
(ii)
if the amount of Excess Cash Flow in respect of the relevant financial year is less than ε5,000,000.
(c)
Subject to paragraph (d) below and Clause 7.7 (Date for prepayment) UPC Broadband shall, within ten Business Days of receipt by or for the account of a member of the UGCE Borrower Group of the proceeds of an issue of Relevant Convertible Preference Shares, prepay or procure that there is prepaid an amount of the Facilities equal to 40 per cent. of the balance of the proceeds of the Relevant Convertible Preference Shares. Such amount shall be applied pro rata against all outstanding Advances in accordance with Clause 7.8 (Order of application).
(d)
UPC Broadband shall not be required to make any prepayments under paragraph (c) above provided that the most recently delivered financial statements provided to the Facility Agent under Clause 16.2(b) (Financial information) show that, for the two most recent Ratio Periods, the applicable ratio for the purposes of Clause 17.2(a) (Financial ratios) is 3.5:1 or less.
7.6
Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds
(a)
Other than as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) below, on a Permitted Disposal (other than a disposal in accordance with paragraphs (b)(i) to (xiii) of Clause 16.10 (Disposals)), the Borrowers shall immediately prepay, or procure that there is prepaid, an amount of the Additional Facilities equal to four times Annualised EBITDA (calculated in accordance with Clause 16.10(c) (Disposals)) of the person or asset that is being disposed of for the Ratio Period which ends on the most recent quarterly Accounting Period end date for which financial information has been delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 16.2 (Financial information). Such amount shall be applied against the Additional Facilities in accordance with Clause 7.8 (Order of application).
(b)
No prepayment in accordance with paragraph (a) above is required where the amount of any such prepayment would be less than €100,000,000.
(c)
The Facility Agent may, with the approval of the Majority Lenders, waive the requirement for the Borrowers to make a prepayment in accordance with paragraph (a). Notwithstanding any such waiver, the Borrowers shall in any event be required to prepay an amount of the Additional Facilities to ensure that the financial ratios set out in Clause 17.2 (Financial ratios) for the Latest Ratio Period (as defined in Clause 16.10(b)(xiv) (Disposals)) in respect of the relevant disposal would not be breached if such financial ratios were tested for that Latest Ratio Period taking into account (on a pro forma basis) all disposals made since the last day of that Latest Ratio Period and the amount of such prepayment.
7.7
Date for prepayment
Each amount of the Facilities to be prepaid under Clause 7.5 (Mandatory prepayment from Excess Cash Flow and Relevant Convertible Preference Shares), Clause 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds) and Clause 17.4 (Cure provisions) shall be applied in prepayment of the Facility within the period required by the relevant Clause or deposited before the end of such period with the Security Agent or as the Security Agent may reasonably direct in an account (or accounts) (each a Blocked Account) in the name of any Obligor bearing interest at rates customarily offered by the Security Agent in such circumstances, secured (if requested by the Security Agent) by a first ranking security interest in favour of the Security Agent on behalf of the Beneficiaries, on terms that the principal amount so deposited may only be released by making the relevant prepayment on Interest Dates falling immediately thereafter, in accordance with Clause 7.8 (Order of application) (where applicable), until the prepayment obligations

48


under Clause 7.5 (Mandatory prepayment from Excess Cash Flow and Relevant Convertible Preference Shares), 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds) and Clause 17.4 (Cure provisions) have been satisfied.
7.8
Order of application
(a)
The amount of each prepayment of the Facilities made under Clauses 7.5(a) and (c) (Mandatory prepayment from Excess Cash Flow and Relevant Convertible Preference Shares) shall be applied, subject to any requirements described in this Agreement first to apply amounts in prepayment of the Existing Facilities:
(i)
first pro rata between outstanding Advances other than Advances that can be prepaid and re-borrowed (and, if applicable, against the Repayment Instalments for the relevant Additional Facility or Additional Facilities in such order as may be specified by UPC Broadband); and
(ii)
second against outstanding Advances that can be repaid or voluntarily prepaid and re-borrowed, pro rata between such outstanding Advances,
in each case with a corresponding permanent cancellation of the Total Additional Facility Commitments (pro rata between the Additional Facility Commitments of the Lenders under each Additional Facility).
(b)
The amount of each prepayment of the Additional Facilities made under Clause 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds) shall be applied against the Additional Facilities in such proportion as may be specified to the Facility Agent by UPC Broadband not less than two Business Days before the date on which the prepayment is due to be made and against all the outstanding Advances made under the relevant Additional Facility pro rata (and, if applicable, against the Repayment Instalments for the relevant Additional Facility or Additional Facilities in such order as may be specified by UPC Broadband).
(c)
If UPC Broadband does not give a notice to the Facility Agent specifying how amounts are to be applied in prepayment under Clause 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds) within the time period specified in paragraph (b) above, the amount of the relevant prepayment shall be applied in accordance with paragraph (a) above.
7.9
Right of prepayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender
(a)
If:
(i)
any sum payable to any Lender by a Borrower is required to be increased under Clause 10.2(c) (Tax gross-up); or
(ii)
any Lender claims indemnification from a Borrower under Clause 10.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 12.1 (Increased Costs),
a Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement or indemnification continues, in respect only of the Facilities made available to it, give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of the Additional Facility Commitment (as applicable) of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender's participation in all relevant Advances.
(b)
On receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Additional Facility Commitment of that Lender shall each immediately be reduced to zero.
(c)
On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after a Borrower has given notice under paragraph (a)

49


above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the relevant Borrower in that notice), the relevant Borrower shall repay that Lender's participation in all relevant Advances.
(d)
Prepayments made pursuant to this Clause 7.9 shall be applied against the outstanding Advances and the outstanding Repayment Instalments (if applicable) pro rata.
7.10
Miscellaneous provisions
(a)
Any Cancellation Notice delivered under this Agreement is irrevocable. The Facility Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly of receipt of any such notice.
(b)
All prepayments under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and any other amounts due under this Agreement in respect of that prepayment and, subject to Clause 23.4 (Break Costs), without premium or penalty.
(c)
No prepayment or cancellation is permitted except in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement.
(d)
The amount of an Advance prepaid by UPC Broadband in accordance with Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) may, if specified in the relevant Additional Facility Accession Agreement, be re-borrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. No other amount prepaid under this Agreement may subsequently be re-borrowed.
(e)
No amount of any Additional Facility Commitment cancelled under this Agreement may subsequently be reinstated.
(f)
Any prepayment in part of any Advance shall be applied against the participations of the Lenders in that Advance pro rata.
8.
INTEREST
8.1
Interest rate
The rate of interest on each Advance for its Interest Period is the rate per annum determined by the Facility Agent to be the aggregate of:
(a)
the applicable Margin; and
(b)
(i)    LIBOR (in the case of an Advance denominated in US Dollars or an Additional Currency); or
(ii)
EURIBOR (in the case of an Advance denominated in euros); and
(c)
the Mandatory Costs.
8.2
Selection of Interest Periods
(a)
The Interest Period of each Advance will be the period selected in the Request for that Advance and each subsequent Interest Period will be the period selected by the Borrower by notice (a Selection Notice) to the Facility Agent received not later than the third Business Day before the end of the then current Interest Period.

50


(b)
Each Interest Period shall be one month, two, three or six months or in any case such other period not exceeding six months as the relevant Borrower and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) may agree from time to time. Each Interest Period for an Advance will commence on its Utilisation Date or in the case of each subsequent Interest Period the expiry of its preceding Interest Period.
8.3
Non-Business Days
If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
8.4
Further Adjustments to Interest Periods
If an Interest Period for an Advance would otherwise overrun the relevant Final Maturity Date, it shall be shortened so that it ends on that Final Maturity Date.
8.5
Other adjustments
The Facility Agent and the Borrowers may enter into such other arrangements as they may agree for the adjustment of Interest Periods and the consolidation and/or splitting of Advances.
8.6
Notification
The Facility Agent shall notify the relevant Borrower and the Lenders of the duration of each Interest Period promptly after ascertaining its duration.
8.7
Due dates
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, accrued interest on each Advance is payable by the relevant Borrower on its Interest Date and also, in the case of any Advance with an Interest Period longer than six months, at six monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period for so long as the Interest Period continues.
8.8
Default interest
(a)
If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under the Finance Documents, it shall forthwith on demand by the Facility Agent pay interest on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment, both before and after judgment, at a rate (the default rate) determined by the Facility Agent to be two per cent. per annum above the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted an Advance at the Margin applicable to a new Advance if it had been drawn down at such time in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for such successive Interest Periods of such duration (not being more than three months) as the Facility Agent may determine, having regard to the likely duration of the default (a Designated Term).
(b)
The default rate will be determined on each Business Day or the first day of, or two Business Days before the first day of, the relevant Designated Term, as appropriate.
(c)
Default interest will be compounded at the end of each Designated Term.
8.9
Notification of rates of interest

51


The Facility Agent will promptly notify each relevant Party of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.
9.
PAYMENTS
9.1
Place of Payment
All payments by an Obligor or a Lender under this Agreement shall be made to the Facility Agent to its account at such office or bank in the principal financial centre of the country of the currency concerned (or, in the case of euros, the financial centre of such of the Participating Member States or London) as the Facility Agent may notify to the Obligor or Lender for this purpose.
9.2
Funds
Payments under this Agreement to the Facility Agent shall be made for value on the due date at such times and in such funds as the Facility Agent may specify to the Party concerned as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place for payment.
9.3
Distribution
(a)
Each payment received by the Facility Agent under this Agreement for another Party shall, except as set out in paragraph (d) below and subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, be made available by the Facility Agent to that Party by payment (on the date of value of receipt and in the currency and funds of receipt) to its account with such bank in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant currency (or, in the case of euros, in the principal financial centre of such of the Participating Member States or London) as it may notify to the Facility Agent for this purpose by not less than five Business Days' prior notice.
(b)
The Facility Agent may apply any amount received by it for an Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from an Obligor under this Agreement in the same currency on such date or in or towards the purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.
(c)
Where a sum is to be paid under this Agreement to the Facility Agent for the account of another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that Party until it has established that it has actually received that sum. The Facility Agent may, however, assume that the sum has been paid to it in accordance with this Agreement and, in reliance on that assumption, make available to that Party a corresponding amount. If the sum has not been made available but the Facility Agent has paid a corresponding amount to another Party, that Party shall forthwith on demand refund the corresponding amount to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt, calculated at a rate reasonably determined by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.
(d)
Subject to paragraph (c) above, in the case of a Mid-Interest Period Transfer, the Facility Agent shall:
(i)
make any interest payable in respect of the principal amount that is assigned, transferred or novated under a Mid-Interest Period Transfer, that accrues on and prior to the date on which the Mid-Interest Period Transfer becomes effective, available to the Existing Lender; and
(ii)
make any interest payable in respect of the principal amount that is assigned, transferred or novated as a Mid-Interest Period Transfer, that accrues after the date on which the Mid-Interest Period Transfer becomes effective, available to the New Lender,

52


such payments shall be paid (on the date of value of receipt and in the currency and funds of receipt) to the Existing Lenders' account or the New Lenders' account (as applicable) with such bank and in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant currency (or in the case of euros, in the principal financial centre of one of the Participating Member States or London) as it may notify to the Facility Agent for this purpose by not less that five Business Days' prior notice.
9.4
Currency
(a)
A repayment or prepayment of an Advance is payable in the currency in which the Advance is denominated.
(b)
All interest is payable in the currency in which the relevant amount in respect of which it is payable is denominated.
(c)
Amounts payable in respect of costs, expenses, Taxes and the like are payable in the currency in which they are incurred.
(d)
Any other amount payable under this Agreement is, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, payable in euros.
9.5
Set-off and counterclaim
All payments made by an Obligor under this Agreement shall be made without set-off or counterclaim.
9.6
Non-Business Days
(a)
If a payment under this Agreement is due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date for that payment shall instead be the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
(b)
During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal at the rate payable on the original due date.
9.7
Partial payments
(a)
Subject to the Security Deed, if the Facility Agent receives a payment insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under this Agreement, the Facility Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of the Obligors under this Agreement in the following order:
(i)
first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid costs, fees and expenses of the Facility Agent under this Agreement;
(ii)
secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued fees (other than any commitment fees payable under Clause 20.1 (Commitment fee)) due but unpaid under Clause 20 (Fees);
(iii)
thirdly, in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any accrued interest (including, where a Mid-Interest Period Transfer has taken place towards payment to the Existing Lenders and the New Lenders pro rata) and commitment fees due but unpaid under this Agreement;
(iv)
fourthly, in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

53


(v)
fifthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.
(b)
Subject to the Security Deed, the Facility Agent shall, if so directed by all of the Lenders, vary the order set out in subparagraphs (a)(ii) to (v) above. The Facility Agent shall notify UPC Broadband of any such variation.
(c)
Paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall override any appropriation made by any Obligor.
10.
TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES
10.1
Definitions
(a)
In this Clause 10:
Protected Party means a Finance Party which is or will be, for or on account of Tax, subject to any liability or required to make any payment in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.
Tax Credit means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.
Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document.
Tax Payment means an increased payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 10.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 10.3 (Tax indemnity).
Treaty Lender means a Lender which is (on the date a payment falls due), entitled to that payment under a double taxation agreement in force on the date (subject to the completion of any necessary procedural formalities) without a Tax Deduction.
(b)
In this Clause 10 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.
10.2
Tax gross-up
(a)
Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.
(b)
UPC Broadband or a Lender shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify UPC Broadband and that Obligor.
(c)
Subject to Clause 10.5 (U.S. Taxes), if a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.
(d)
If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum

54


amount required by law.
(e)
Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.
(f)
A Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate and use its reasonable efforts to complete any procedural formalities and provide any information, in each case on a timely basis, necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction (or with a reduced rate of such Tax Deduction).
10.3
Tax indemnity
(a)
The Obligors shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party.
(b)
Paragraph (a) above shall not apply with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:
(i)
under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or
(ii)
under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,
if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income or net profits received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party.
(c)
A Protected Party making or intending to make a claim pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent in writing of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, including details of the nature of the Tax due or paid by that Protected Party, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly provide such information to UPC Broadband.
(d)
A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 10.3, notify the Facility Agent.
10.4
Tax Credit
(a)
If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:
(i)
a Tax Credit is attributable to that Tax Payment; and
(ii)
that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,
the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been made by the Obligor.
(b)
No provision of this Agreement shall:

55


(i)
interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its tax or any other affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit or oblige any Finance Party to claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment in respect of any payment of Tax in priority to any other credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it, except that the Finance Party's sole reason (acting in good faith) for not claiming or for deferring such credit, relief, remission or repayment shall not be its obligation to make a payment under this Clause 10.4; or
(ii)
oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its Tax or other affairs or any computations in respect thereof.
10.5
U.S. Taxes
A US Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount pursuant to Clause 10.2 (Tax gross-up) in respect of United States Taxes (including, without limitation, federal, state, local or other income Taxes), branch profits or franchise Taxes with respect to a sum payable by it pursuant to this Agreement to a Lender if on the date such Lender becomes a Party to this Agreement or has designated a new Facility Office either:
(a)
in the case of a Lender which is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), such Lender has not provided the Borrower with two accurate and complete original signed copies of (i) U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (relating to such Lender and claiming a complete exemption from withholding under an income tax treaty (or successor form) or (ii) U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or successor form) certifying, in each case, to such Lender's entitlement as of such date to a complete exemption from United States withholding with respect to all amounts payable pursuant to the Finance Documents;
(b)
after the date such Lender becomes a Party to this Agreement, when a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders the previous certification of such Lender made pursuant to Clause 10.5(a) above obsolete or inaccurate, such Lender has not delivered to UPC Broadband two new accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or Form W-8BEN (with respect to the benefit of any income tax treaty), as the case may be, and such other forms as may be required in order to confirm or establish the entitlement of such Lender to a continued exemption from or reduction in United States withholding tax with respect to amounts payable pursuant to the Finance Documents; or
(c)
such Lender is subject to such Tax by reason of any connection between the jurisdiction imposing such Tax and the Lender or its Facility Office other than a connection arising solely from this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.
10.6
Value added tax
(a)
All consideration payable under a Finance Document by an Obligor to a Finance Party shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT. If VAT is chargeable, the Obligor shall, following delivery of a VAT invoice, pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT.
(b)
Where a Finance Document requires an Obligor to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Obligor shall also at the same time pay and indemnify that Finance Party against all VAT incurred by that Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses save to the extent that that Finance Party is entitled to repayment or credit in respect of the VAT.

56


11.
MARKET DISRUPTION
11.1
Absence of quotations
Subject to Clause 11.2 (Market disruption), if LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by noon on the Rate Fixing Day, the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.
11.2
Market disruption
(a)
If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to an Advance for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender's share of that Advance for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:
(i)
the Margin;
(ii)
the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Advance from whatever source it may reasonably select; and
(iii)
the Mandatory Cost.
(b)
In this Agreement Market Disruption Event means:
(i)
at or about noon on the Rate Fixing Day for the relevant Term or Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Facility Agent to determine LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR for the relevant currency and period; or
(ii)
before close of business in London on the Rate Fixing Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in an Advance aggregate not less than one‑third of that Advance) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the London Interbank Market or, as the case may be, the European Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR.
11.3
Alternative basis of interest or funding
(a)
If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Facility Agent or UPC Broadband so requires, the Facility Agent and UPC Broadband shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.
(b)
Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and UPC Broadband, be binding on all Parties.
11.4
Revocation of currency
If before 9.30 a.m. on any Rate Fixing Day, the Facility Agent receives notice from a Lender that:
(a)
it is impracticable for the Lender to fund its participation in an Advance in US Dollars or an Additional Currency (as applicable) during that Interest Period in the ordinary course of business

57


in the London or (in the case of euro) European Interbank Market; and/or
(b)
the use of US Dollars or an Additional Currency (as applicable) might contravene any law or regulation,
the Facility Agent shall give notice to UPC Broadband and to the Lenders to that effect before 11.00 a.m. on that day. In this event:
(i)
UPC Broadband and the Lenders may agree that the drawdown will not be made; or
(ii)
in the absence of agreement:
(A)
that Lender's participation in the Advance (or, if more than one Lender is similarly affected, those Lender's participations in the Advance) shall be treated as a separate Advance denominated in euros during the relevant Interest Period;
(B)
in the definitions of LIBOR or, as applicable, EURIBOR, (insofar as it applies to that Advance) in Clause 1.1 (Definitions):
I.
there shall be substituted for the time "11.00 a.m." the time "1.00 p.m."; and
II.
paragraph (c) of the relevant definition shall apply.
12.
INCREASED COSTS
12.1
Increased Costs
(a)
Subject to Clause 12.3 (Exceptions) the Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Holding Companies as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation or application of) any law or regulation after the Signing Date or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the Signing Date.
(b)
In this Agreement Increased Costs means:
(i)
a reduction in the rate of return from the Facilities or on a Finance Party's (or any of its Holding Companies') overall capital;
(ii)
an additional or increased cost; or
(iii)
a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,
which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Holding Companies to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.
12.2
Increased cost claims
(a)
A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 12.1 (Increased Costs) as soon as is reasonably practicable after that Finance Party becomes aware that circumstances have arisen which entitle it to make

58


such claim, shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify UPC Broadband.
(b)
Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.
12.3
Exceptions
(a)
Clause 12.1 (Increased Costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:
(i)
attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;
(ii)
compensated for by Clause 10.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 10.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in Clause 10.3(b) (Tax indemnity) applied);
(iii)
compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; or
(iv)
attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or any of its Holding Companies of any law or regulation.
(b)
In this Clause 12.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 10.1 (Definitions).
13.
ILLEGALITY AND MITIGATION
13.1
Illegality
If it is or will become unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to give effect to any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or allow to remain outstanding all or part of its participation in any Advance:
(a)
that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of the same;
(b)
upon the Facility Agent notifying UPC Broadband, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and
(c)
if the Facility Agent on behalf of such Lender requires, the relevant Borrower or Borrowers shall repay that Lender's participation in any Advance made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Advance occurring after the Facility Agent has notified UPC Broadband or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).
13.2
Mitigation
(a)
Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with UPC Broadband, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount (including without limitation, VAT) becoming payable under, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 10 (Tax Gross-up and Indemnities), Clause 12 (Increased Costs) or Clause 13.1 (Illegality) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

59


(b)
Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.
13.3
Limitation of Liability
(a)
The Borrowers shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 13.2 (Mitigation).
(b)
A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 13.2 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.
14.
GUARANTEE
14.1
Guarantee and indemnity
In consideration of the Finance Parties entering into this Agreement and, where applicable, the other Finance Documents and performing their obligations thereunder and the High Yield Hedging Banks from time to time entering into the High Yield Hedging Agreements respectively, each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally, jointly and severally:
(a)
guarantees to each Finance Party and the Security Agent on behalf of the Beneficiaries punctual performance by each Borrower and each High Yield Hedging Counterparty of all their respective obligations under the Guaranteed Documents;
(b)
undertakes with each Finance Party and the Security Agent on behalf of the Beneficiaries that whenever a Borrower or a High Yield Hedging Counterparty does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Guaranteed Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and
(c)
indemnifies each Finance Party and the Security Agent on behalf of the Beneficiaries immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered by that Finance Party or Beneficiary if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal. The amount of the cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which that Finance Party or Beneficiary would otherwise have been entitled to recover.
Any demand issued to a Guarantor under this Clause 14.1 shall be copied to UPC Broadband at the same time as it is issued to the relevant Guarantor, provided that failure to do so shall not affect the validity or effectiveness of the demand or the obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 14 (Guarantee).
14.2
Continuing guarantee
This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor or any High Yield Hedging Counterparty under the Guaranteed Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.
14.3
Reinstatement
If any payment by an Obligor or a High Yield Hedging Counterparty or any discharge given by a Beneficiary (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any High Yield Hedging Counterparty or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is avoided or reduced as a result of insolvency or any similar event:

60


(a)
the liability of each Obligor shall continue as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and
(b)
each Beneficiary shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security or payment from each Obligor, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.
14.4
Waiver of defences
The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 14 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 14 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Beneficiary) including:
(a)
any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or any High Yield Hedging Counterparty or other person;
(b)
the release of any other Obligor or any High Yield Hedging Counterparty or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Borrower Group or any High Yield Hedging Counterparty;
(c)
the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or any High Yield Hedging Counterparty or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;
(d)
any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of, or dissolution or change in, the members or status of an Obligor or a High Yield Hedging Counterparty or any other person;
(e)
any amendment (however fundamental) or replacement of a Guaranteed Document or any other document or security;
(f)
any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Guaranteed Document or any other document or security; or
(g)
any insolvency or similar proceedings.
14.5
Immediate recourse
None of the Beneficiaries shall be obliged to make any claim or demand on the Borrowers or any High Yield Hedging Counterparty or to resort to any security document or other means of payment now or hereafter held by or available to them or it before enforcing its rights under this Clause 14 and no action taken or omitted by any of the Beneficiaries in connection with any such security document or other means of payment shall discharge, reduce, prejudice or affect the liability of any Guarantor under this Clause 14 nor shall any of the Beneficiaries be obliged to apply any money or other property received or recovered in consequence of any enforcement or realisation of any such Security Document or other means of payment in reduction of the obligations and liabilities expressed to be guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to this Clause 14.
14.6
Appropriations
Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors and the High Yield Hedging

61


Counterparties under or in connection with the Guaranteed Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Beneficiary (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:
(a)
refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Beneficiary (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and
(b)
hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor's liability under this Clause 14.
14.7
Deferral of Guarantors' rights
Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors and the High Yield Hedging Counterparties under or in connection with the Guaranteed Documents have been irrevocably paid in full (and notwithstanding payment of a dividend in any liquidation or under any compromise or arrangement) each Guarantor agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, it will not:
(a)
exercise its rights of subrogation, reimbursement and indemnity against any other Obligor or High Yield Hedging Counterparty or any other person liable; or
(b)
demand or accept any security to be executed in respect of any of its obligations under this guarantee or any other indebtedness now or hereafter due to such Guarantor from any other member of the Borrower Group or any High Yield Hedging Counterparty or from any other person liable; or
(c)
take any step or enforce any right against any Obligor or any High Yield Hedging Counterparty or any other person liable in respect of any obligations and liabilities expressed to be guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to this Clause 14; or
(d)
exercise any right of set off or counterclaim against any other Obligor or any High Yield Hedging Counterparty or any other person liable or claim or prove or vote as a creditor in competition with any of the Beneficiaries in the bankruptcy, liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceeding of any other Obligor or any High Yield Hedging Counterparty or any other person liable or have the benefit of, or share in, any payment from or composition with, any other Obligor or any High Yield Hedging Counterparty or any other person liable or any other security document now or hereafter held by any of the Beneficiaries for the obligations and liabilities expressed to be guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to this Clause 14 or for the obligations or liabilities of any other person liable, but so that, if so directed by the Facility Agent, it will prove for the whole or any part of its claim in the liquidation of any other Obligor or any High Yield Hedging Counterparty, as the case may be, on terms that the benefit of such proof and of all money received by it in respect thereof shall immediately be transferred to an account to be designated by the Security Agent for the Beneficiaries and applied in or towards discharge of the obligations and liabilities expressed to be guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to this Clause 14 in accordance with the Security Deed.
14.8
Additional security
This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Beneficiary.
14.9
Limitation

62


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 14, the obligations of each US Guarantor under this Clause 14, shall be limited to a maximum aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, any applicable provisions of comparable state law or any applicable case law (collectively, the Fraudulent Transfer Laws), in each case after giving effect to all other liabilities of such US Guarantor, contingent or otherwise, that are relevant under the Fraudulent Transfer Laws and after giving effect as assets to the value (as determined under the applicable provisions of the Fraudulent Transfer Laws) of any rights to subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar rights of such US Guarantor pursuant to (i) applicable law or (ii) any agreement providing for an equitable allocation among such US Guarantors and other Affiliates of the Borrower Group of the obligations arising under guarantees by such parties.
For the purposes of this Clause 14.9, US Guarantor means each Guarantor incorporated (or in the case of a non-corporate Guarantor, formed and subsisting) in the United States of America (or any of its states or territories or any political or legal subdivision thereof).
15.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
15.1
Representations and warranties
(a)
Subject to paragraph (b), each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 15, in respect of itself and (where applicable) its Subsidiaries which are members of the Borrower Group, other than:
(i)
Clauses 15.9 (Accounts), 15.10 (Financial condition) and 15.14 (Business Plan) Clause 15.15(b) (Tax liabilities) and 15.25 (Dutch Banking Act), which shall only be made by UPC Broadband;
(ii)
Clause 15.24 (UPC Financing), which shall only be made by UPC Financing,
to each Finance Party.
(b)
UPC Broadband Holdco does not make the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 15.6(b) or (c) (Consents), 15.7 (Material Contracts), 15.9 (Accounts), 15.10 (Financial condition), 15.11 (Environmental), 15.13(a) (Litigation and insolvency proceedings), 15.15(a) (Tax liabilities), 15.16 (Ownership of assets), 15.17 (Intellectual Property Rights), 15.19 (Borrower Group structure) and 15.24 (UPC Financing).
15.2
Status
(a)
It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its place of incorporation and, in the case of UPC Financing only, it is a Delaware general partnership duly formed and wholly existing under the laws of its place of formation.
(b)
It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.
15.3
Powers and authority
It has the power:
(a)
to enter into and comply with all obligations expressed on its part under the Finance Documents; and

63


(b)
(in the case of a Borrower) to borrow under this Agreement; and
(c)
(in the case of a Guarantor) to give the guarantee in Clause 14 (Guarantee),
and has taken all necessary actions to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
15.4
Legal validity
(a)
Each Finance Document to which it is or will be a party constitutes, or when executed in accordance with its terms will constitute, its legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable, subject to any relevant reservations or qualifications as to matters of law contained in any legal opinion referred to in paragraph 3 of Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents) or (as applicable) paragraph 12 of Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents), in accordance with its terms.
(b)
The choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents and its irrevocable submission to the jurisdiction of the courts of England in respect of any proceedings relating to the Finance Documents (in each case other than any Finance Document which is expressly to be governed by a law other than English law) will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation, subject to any relevant reservation or qualification as to matters of law contained in any legal opinion referred to in paragraph (a) above.
(c)
Any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document (in each case other than any Security Document which is expressly to be governed by a law other than English law) will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation, subject to any relevant reservation or qualification as to matters of law contained in any legal opinion referred to in paragraph (a) above.
15.5
Non-violation
The execution and delivery by it of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party, and its performance of the transactions contemplated thereby, will not violate:
(a)
in any material respect, any law or regulation or official judgment or decree applicable to it;
(b)
in any material respect, its constitutional documents; or
(c)
any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or binding on any of its assets or binding upon any other member of the Borrower Group or any other member of the Borrower Group's assets, where such violation would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
15.6
Consents
(a)
Subject to any relevant reservations or qualifications contained in any legal opinion referred to in Clause 15.4(a) (Legal validity) above, all material and necessary authorisations, registrations, consents, approvals, licences (other than the Licences), and filings required by it in connection with the execution, validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents to which it is a party and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents have been obtained (or, if applicable, will be obtained within the required time period) and are validly existing.
(b)
The Licences are in full force and effect and each member of the Borrower Group is in compliance in all material respects with all provisions thereof such that the Licences are not the subject of any pending or,

64


to the best of its knowledge, threatened attack, suspension or revocation by a competent authority except, in each case, to the extent that any lack of effect, non-compliance or attack, suspension or revocation of a Licence would not have or be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)
All the Necessary Authorisations are in full force and effect, each member of the Borrower Group is in compliance in all material respects with all provisions thereof and the Necessary Authorisations are not the subject of any pending or, to the best of its knowledge, threatened attack or revocation by any competent authority except, in each case, to the extent that any lack of effect, non-compliance or attack or revocation of a Necessary Authorisation would not have or be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
15.7
Material Contracts
(a)
Each Material Contract to which any member of the Borrower Group is a party constitutes, or will when executed constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of such member, subject to the application of any relevant insolvency, bankruptcy or similar laws or other laws affecting the interests of creditors generally, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
(b)
No member of the Borrower Group is in breach of any of its material obligations under any Material Contract to which such member is a party, nor (to the best of its knowledge and belief), is any other party thereto, in each case in such a manner or to such an extent as would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the best of its knowledge and belief there is no material dispute between any member of the Borrower Group and any other party to a Material Contract and there have been no amendments to any Material Contract in the form provided to the Facility Agent prior to the date of this Agreement which would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
15.8
No default
(a)
No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from the making of any Advance.
(b)
None of it or any other member of the Borrower Group is in default under any law, regulation or agreement to which it is subject, except for a default which will not have or be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
15.9
Accounts
The consolidated financial statements of it and the Borrower Group most recently delivered to the Facility Agent (which, at the date of this Agreement are the Original Borrower Group Financial Statements):
(a)
present a true and fair view of (in the case of audited financial statements) or fairly present (in the case of unaudited financial statements) its financial position and the consolidated financial position of the Borrower Group respectively as at the date to which they were drawn up; and
(b)
have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with GAAP (except that such consolidated financial statements do not include all consolidated Subsidiaries to the extent they are Unrestricted Subsidiaries).
15.10
Financial condition
There has been no material adverse change in the consolidated financial position of the Borrower Group (taken as a whole) since the date of the Original Borrower Group Financial Statements which would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

65


15.11
Environmental
(a)
It and each other member of the Borrower Group (i) have obtained all requisite Environmental Licences required for the carrying on of its business as currently conducted and (ii) have at all times complied with the terms and conditions of such Environmental Licences and (iii) have at all times complied with all other applicable Environmental Law, which in each such case, if not obtained or complied with, would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)
There is no Environmental Claim in existence, pending or, to the best of its knowledge, threatened, against it which is reasonably likely to be decided against it and which, if so decided, would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)
So far as it is aware, no Dangerous Substance has been used, disposed of, generated, stored, transported, dumped, released, deposited, buried or emitted at, on, from or under any premises (whether or not owned, leased, occupied or controlled by it or any member of the Borrower Group and including any offsite waste management or disposal location utilised by it or any member of the Borrower Group) in circumstances where this would be reasonably likely to result in a liability on it which would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
15.12
Security Interests
Its execution and delivery of this Agreement does not necessitate and will not result in the creation or imposition of any Security Interest over any of its material assets or those of any member of the Borrower Group (except for any Security Interest created pursuant to the Security Documents).
15.13
Litigation and insolvency proceedings
(a)
No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency have been started against any member of the Borrower Group and, to its knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened, where in any such case, there is a reasonable likelihood of an adverse outcome to any member of the Borrower Group where that outcome is of a nature which would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)
None of the circumstances referred to in Clause 18.7 (Insolvency proceedings) are pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it or any member of the Borrower Group which is a Material Subsidiary.
15.14
Business Plan
To the best of its knowledge after due inquiry, as of the date of the Business Plan:
(a)
the factual information relating to the Borrower Group contained in the Business Plan is accurate in all material respects;
(b)
all UPC Broadband's projections and forecasts contained in the Business Plan were based on and arrived at after due and careful consideration and have been prepared by UPC Broadband on the basis of assumptions that UPC Broadband believed were reasonable as of the date of the projections;
(c)
there are no material facts or circumstances which have not been disclosed to the Lenders in writing prior to the date of the Business Plan and which would make any material factual information referred to in (a) above untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect as at the date of the Business Plan, or any such opinions, projections, or assumptions referred to in (b) above

66


misleading in any material respect as at the date of the Business Plan.
15.15
Tax liabilities
(a)
No claims are being asserted against it or any member of the Borrower Group with respect to Taxes which are reasonably likely to be determined adversely to it or to such member and which, if so adversely determined, would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns required to be filed by it (where such late filing might result in any material fine or penalty on it) and it has paid within any period required by law all Taxes shown to be due on any Tax returns required to be filed by it or on any assessments made against it (other than Tax liabilities being contested by it in good faith and where it has made adequate reserves for such liabilities or where such overdue filing, or non-payment, or a claim for payment, of which in each such case would not have or be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect).
(b)
Each Obligor (other than UPC Financing) is part of the same fiscal unity for Dutch corporate income tax purposes. UPC Financing is transparent for Dutch corporate income tax purposes and all of the partners in UPC Financing are part of the fiscal unity for Dutch corporate income tax purposes as all of the other Obligors.
15.16
Ownership of assets
It and each member of the Borrower Group has good title to or valid leases or licences of or is otherwise entitled to use all assets necessary to conduct its business, except where the failure to do so would not have or be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
15.17
Intellectual Property Rights
(a)
It (and each member of the Borrower Group) owns or has the legal right to use all the Intellectual Property Rights which are required for the conduct of the business of the Borrower Group as a whole from time to time or are required by it (or such member) in order for it to carry on such business as it is then being conducted, except where the failure to do so would not have or be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. As far as it is aware it does not (nor does any member of the Borrower Group), in carrying on its business, infringe any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party in any way which would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)
None of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by any member of the Borrower Group is, to its knowledge, being infringed nor, to its knowledge, is there any threatened infringement of those Intellectual Property Rights, by any third party which, in either case, would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)
All registered Intellectual Property Rights owned by it (or any member of the Borrower Group) are subsisting and all actions (including payment of all fees) required to maintain the same in full force and effect have been taken except where the absence of such rights or the failure to take any such action would not have or be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
15.18
Works councils
All of the requirements of Section 25 of The Netherlands Works Council Act (Wet op de Ondernemingsraden) in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents which are applicable to an Obligor have been complied with by that Obligor.

67


15.19
Borrower Group structure
Schedule 8 (Borrower Group Structure) sets out a description which is true and complete in all material respects as at the Effective Date of the corporate ownership structure of the Borrower Group and of the ownership of the Borrower (but does not describe any level of ownership above UGCE Inc.).
15.20
ERISA
Neither it nor any member of the Borrower Group or ERISA Affiliate maintains, contributes to or has any obligation to contribute to or any liability under, any Plan, or in the past five years has maintained or contributed to or had any obligation to, or liability under, any Plan.
15.21
United States Regulations
Neither it nor any member of the Borrower Group is:
(a)
a holding company as defined in the United States Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935 or subject to regulation thereunder;
(b)
a public utility as defined in the United States Federal Power Act of 1920; or subject to regulation thereunder;
(c)
required to be registered as an investment company as defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940 or subject to regulation thereunder; or
(d)
subject to regulation under any United States Federal or State law or regulation that limits its ability to incur or guarantee indebtedness.
15.22
Anti-Terrorism Laws
To the best of its knowledge, neither it nor any member of the Borrower Group:
(a)
is, or is controlled by, a Designated Party;
(b)
has received funds or other property from a Designated Party; or
(c)
is in material breach of or is the subject of any action or investigation under any Anti-Terrorism Law
It and each of its Affiliates have taken commercially reasonable measures to ensure compliance with the Anti-Terrorism Laws.
15.23
Margin stock
(a)
(In the case of the Borrowers only) the proceeds of the Facilities have been and will be used only for the purposes described in Clause 3 (Purpose).
(b)
Neither it nor any member of the Borrower Group is engaged principally in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System), and no portion of any Advance

68


has been or will be used, directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.
15.24
UPC Financing
UPC Financing did not trade or carry on any business from the date it was formed up to and including 26 October 2000 except for investment in or proposed investment in other members of the Borrower Group by way of intercompany loan or subscription of shares.
15.25
Dutch Banking Act
On the Effective Date UPC Broadband is in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Dutch Banking Act and any implementing regulations.
15.26
Investment Company Act
Neither it nor any member of the Borrower Group is an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company", within the meaning of the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
15.27
Public Utility Holding Company Act and Federal Power Act
Neither it nor any member of the Borrower Group is a "holding company", or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", within the meaning of, or otherwise subject to regulation under, the United States Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended. Neither it nor any member of the Borrower Group is a "public utility" within the meaning of, or otherwise subject to regulation under, the United States Federal Power Act.
15.28
Times for making representations and warranties
(a)
The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 15 (Representations and Warranties) are made by each Obligor on the Signing Date (except for Clause 15.25 (Dutch Banking Act) which shall be made on the Effective Date) and (except for Clauses 15.6(a) (Consents), 15.10 (Financial condition), 15.12 (Security Interests), 15.13(b) (Litigation and insolvency proceedings), 15.14 (Business Plan), 15.15 (Tax liabilities), 15.16 (Ownership of assets), 15.18 (Works councils), 15.19 (Borrower Group structure), 15.20 (ERISA), 15.24 (UPC Financing) and 15.25 (Dutch Banking Act)) are deemed to be made again by each relevant Obligor on the date of each Request, the first day of each Interest Period and on each Utilisation Date with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.
(b)
The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 15 (Representations and Warranties) (except Clauses 15.9 (Accounts), 15.10 (Financial condition), 15.14 (Business Plan), 15.19 (Borrower Group structure) and 15.24 (UPC Financing)) are repeated by each Additional Obligor with respect to itself on the date of the Obligor Accession Agreement relating to that Additional Obligor, with reference to the facts and circumstances then subsisting.
(c)
The representation and warranty made by UPC Broadband in Clause 15.14 (Business Plan) will be deemed to be repeated on the date any updated Business Plan is delivered to the Facility Agent by UPC Broadband, but only in respect of that updated Business Plan, by reference to the facts and circumstances existing on the relevant date.
16.
UNDERTAKINGS

69


16.1
Duration
The undertakings in this Clause 16 (Undertakings) will remain in force from the Signing Date for so long as any amount is or may be outstanding under any Finance Document or any Commitment is in force.
16.2
Financial information
UPC Broadband shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:
(a)
as soon as the same are available (and in any event within 150 days of the end of each of its financial years) audited consolidated financial statements of UPC Broadband Holdco for that financial year;
(b)
as soon as the same are available (and, in any event, (in the case of its first three financial quarters in any financial year) within 60 days of the end of each of its financial quarters and (in the case of its fourth financial quarter in each financial year) within 150 days of the end of each such financial quarter), unaudited quarterly consolidated management accounts of UPC Broadband Holdco for that financial quarter in the agreed form;
(c)
by no later than 60 days after the last day of each of its financial years, an annual budget for the Distribution Business of the Borrower Group in the agreed form for the immediately following financial year;
(d)
together with any financial statements specified in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, a certificate signed by a director of UPC Broadband:
(i)
confirming that no Default is outstanding or if a Default is outstanding, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it;
(ii)
setting out in reasonable detail computations establishing, as at the date of such financial statements, whether each of the financial ratios set out in Clause 17 (Financial Covenants) were complied with;
(iii)
(in the case of financial statements specified in paragraph (a) above, starting with the annual financial statements for 31 December 2004) setting out in reasonable detail computations establishing the Excess Cash Flow (if any) for the financial year to which such financial statements were delivered for the purposes of Clause 7.5 (Mandatory prepayment from Excess Cash Flow and Relevant Convertible Preference Shares);
(iv)
certifying current compliance with the Borrowers' obligations under Clause 7.6(a) (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds); and
(v)
certifying compliance with Clause 16.11(a) (Acquisitions and mergers);
(e)
as soon as the same is available (and in any event within 90 days after each of its financial quarters) the consolidated financial statements of UGC. for that financial quarter on Form 10Q as filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) or such other comparable form as UGC. is required to file with the Commission under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the 1934 Act) or, if UGC. is no longer subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act, in the form required to be filed with the regulatory body comparable to the Commission then having jurisdiction over UGC.;

70


(f)
as soon as the same is available (and in any event within 180 days after each of its financial years) the audited consolidated financial statements of UGC. for that financial year on Form 10K as filed with the Commission or such other comparable form as UGC. is required to file with the Commission under the 1934 Act or, if UGC. is no longer subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act, in the form required to be filed with the regulatory body comparable to the Commission then having jurisdiction over UGC.;
(g)
together with the financial statements and accounts referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), a reconciliation demonstrating the effect of excluding from such financial statements or accounts the results of any business or activity other than the Distribution Business of the Borrower Group, provided that non-Distribution Business Assets need not be so excluded (and the reconciliation need not apply to such assets) unless they are subject to any Security Interest referred to in paragraph (i) of the definition of Permitted Security Interest or any other form of recourse as contemplated by Clause 16.12(b)(xii) (Restrictions on Financial Indebtedness); and
(h)
details of the principal terms (including without limitation, details of the notional amount, the termination date and applicable rates) of any Senior Hedging Agreements or High Yield Hedging Agreements to which any member of the Borrower Group is a party within five Business Days of any Senior Hedging Agreement or High Yield Hedging Agreement being entered into.
16.3
Information - Miscellaneous
UPC Broadband shall supply promptly (and in any event in the case of paragraph (d) below within five Business Days of the date on which UPC Broadband becomes aware of such information) or procure that there shall be supplied (both in hard copy and in electronic form) promptly to the Facility Agent:
(a)
all notices, reports or other documents despatched by or on behalf of any Obligor to its creditors generally in relation to it or any of its Subsidiaries;
(b)
a copy of any material report or other notice, statement or circular, sent or delivered by any member of the Borrower Group whose shares are pledged to the Security Agent pursuant to any Security Document to any person in its capacity as shareholder of such member of the Borrower Group, which materially adversely affects the interest of the Finance Parties under such Security Document;
(c)
such other material information regarding the Borrower Group and which is in the possession or control of any member of the Borrower Group as the Facility Agent may from time to time reasonably request; and
(d)
written notification of:
(i)
the Priority Pledge becoming enforceable;
(ii)
any breach by Priority Telecom N.V. of its obligations set out in the Priority Pledge; and
(iii)
any breach of the Sale and Purchase Agreements.
16.3A    Enforcement of and undertakings in relation to certain agreements
(a)
UPC Broadband agrees promptly after (and in any event within five Business Days of) receiving notice from the Facility Agent to do so, to take all necessary action to:

71


(i)
if the Priority Pledge becomes enforceable, enforce the Priority Pledge;
(ii)
if Priority Telecom N.V. has breached its obligations set out in the Priority Pledge in any material respect enforce its rights in respect of any such breaches by Priority Telecom N.V. of its obligations under the Priority Pledge; and
(iii)
if any party to the Sale and Purchase Agreements is in default under any one or more of the Sale and Purchase Agreements in any material respect, enforce its rights in respect of such default.
(b)
UPC Broadband undertakes to keep the Lenders informed and to take such action in connection with the enforcement of the Priority Pledge or its rights under the Priority Pledge or any of the Sale and Purchase Agreements (as the case may be) as may be requested by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
(c)
UPC Broadband undertakes not to agree to any amendment, variation, supplement or waiver of the Priority Pledge or the Sale and Purchase Agreements
without the written consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) where the same would prejudice in any material respect the interests of the Lenders under such arrangements.
16.4
Notification of Default and inspection rights
(a)
Each Obligor shall notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of it (unless that Obligor is aware that such a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).
(b)
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) shall, if required by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), at any time whilst an Event of Default is continuing or the Facility Agent has reasonable grounds to believe that an Event of Default may exist and at other times if the Facility Agent has reasonable grounds for such request, permit representatives of the Facility Agent upon reasonable prior written notice to UPC Broadband to:
(i)
visit and inspect the properties of any member of the Borrower Group during normal business hours;
(ii)
inspect its books and records other than records which the relevant member of the Borrower Group is prohibited by law, regulation or contract from disclosing to the Facility Agent; and
(iii)
discuss with its principal officers and Auditors its business, assets, liabilities, financial position, results of operations and business prospects provided that (A) any such discussion with the Auditors shall only be on the basis of the audited financial statements of the Borrower Group and any compliance certificates issued by the Auditors and (B) representatives of UPC Broadband shall be entitled to be present at any such discussion with the Auditors.
(c)
Any Obligor must promptly upon becoming aware of it notify the Facility Agent of:
(i)
any Reportable Event;
(ii)
the termination of or withdrawal from, or any circumstances reasonably likely to result in the termination of or withdrawal from, any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA; and

72


(iii)
material non-compliance with any law or regulation relating to any Plan which would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
16.5
Authorisations
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco, in the case of paragraphs (b) below) will, and will procure that each of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Borrower Group will:
(a)
obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain and comply with the terms of:
(i)
every material consent, authorisation, licence or approval of, or filing or registration with or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts; and
(ii)
every material notarisation, filing, recording, registration or enrolment in any court or public office,
in each case required under any law or regulation to enable it to perform its obligations under, or for the validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document to which it is a party; and
(b)
obtain or cause to be obtained every Necessary Authorisation and the Licences and ensure that (i) none of the Necessary Authorisations or Licences is revoked, cancelled, suspended, withdrawn, terminated, expires and is not renewed or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect and (ii) no Necessary Authorisation or Licence is modified and no member of the Borrower Group commits any breach of the terms or conditions of any Necessary Authorisation or Licence which, in each case, would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
16.6
Pari passu ranking
Each Obligor will procure that its payment obligations under the Finance Documents do and will rank at least pari passu with all the claims of its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated creditors (save for those obligations mandatorily preferred by applicable law applying to companies generally).
16.7
Negative pledge
(a)
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will not permit any Security Interest (other than the Permitted Security Interests) by any member of the Borrower Group to subsist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of their respective present or future undertakings, assets, rights or revenues to secure or prefer any present or future indebtedness of any member of the Borrower Group or any other person.
(b)
UPC Broadband Holdco will not create or permit to subsist any Security Interest over its assets which are subject to the Security Documents to which it is a party (other than any Permitted Security Interest referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), (d), (e) or (g) of the definition of Permitted Security Interest).
(c)
(i)    UPC Broadband will procure that none of LGEF, UPC, UGCE Inc. or any other member of the UGCE Borrower Group (each a Relevant Company) will create or permit to subsist any Security Interest (other than an Agreed Security Interest) over all or part of that Relevant Company's present or future undertakings, assets, rights or revenues.
(ii)
For the purposes of subparagraph (c)(i) above:

73


Agreed Security Interest means:
(a)
any liens arising in the ordinary course of business by way of contract which secure indebtedness under any agreement for the supply of goods or services in respect of which payment is not deferred for more than 180 days (or 360 days if such deferral is in accordance with the terms pursuant to which the relevant goods were acquired or services were provided);
(b)
any Security Interest imposed by any taxation or governmental authority in respect of amounts which are being contested in good faith and not yet payable and for which adequate reserves have been set aside in the accounts of the Relevant Company in respect of the same in accordance with GAAP;
(c)
any Security Interest in favour of any bank incurred in relation to any cash management arrangements;
(d)
rights of set-off arising in the ordinary course of business;
(e)
any Security Interest granted by a Relevant Company over its shareholding in any of its Subsidiaries which is not itself a Relevant Company;
(f)
any Security Interest granted by a Relevant Company under any Existing Security Documents provided that, (other than in the case of the Security Interests referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition of Existing Security Documents) at the same time that such Security Interest is granted, the Relevant Company grants an identical Security Interest over the same assets to the Beneficiaries and under the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, such Security Interest ranks pari passu with the Security Interest(s) arising under the corresponding Security Document which purports to create a Security Interest over the same property, assets or rights provided that any such Existing Security Document will be in the same form as the corresponding Security Document (save for changes directly attributable to the identity of the parties and the loan amounts);
(g)
any Security Interest granted by a Relevant Party to secure any Third Party Debt permitted under Clause 16.12(d) (Restrictions on Financial Indebtedness); and
(h)
any Security Interest not falling within subparagraphs (a) to (g) above securing any indebtedness which, when aggregated with all other indebtedness secured by that Relevant Company and each other Relevant Company, does not exceed ε15,000,000 (or its equivalent).
16.8
Permitted Business
(a)
Each Obligor will ensure that it and its Subsidiaries which are members of the Borrower Group (other than any Relevant Eastern European Subsidiary) engage:
(i)
in no material activity outside the Permitted Business; and/or
(ii)
in the business of acting as the holder of shares and/or interests in other members of the Borrower Group (which shall include the raising of Permitted Financial Indebtedness and the on-lending of such Financial Indebtedness to its Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the entry into of hedging arrangements on behalf of its Subsidiaries).
(b)
The Borrowers will ensure that UPC Financing will engage primarily in the business of a finance company for and in respect of the Borrower Group in connection with the Existing Facilities and the transactions

74


contemplated by the Existing Facility Agreement.
16.9
Compliance with laws
Each Obligor will, and will procure that each of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Borrower Group will, comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, having jurisdiction over it or any of its assets, except where failure to comply with which would not have or be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
16.10
Disposals
(a)
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will not and will procure that no other member of the Borrower Group (other than a Relevant Eastern European Subsidiary) will, sell, transfer, lend (subject to Clause 16.14 (Loans and guarantees)) or otherwise dispose of or cease to exercise direct control over (each a disposal) any part of its present or future undertaking, assets, rights or revenues whether by one or a series of transactions related or not (other than Permitted Disposals).
(b)
As used herein a Permitted Disposal means:
(i)
disposals (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the outsourcing of activities that support or are incidental to the Permitted Business) on arm's length commercial terms in the ordinary course of business;
(ii)
the disposal of property or other assets on bona fide arm's length commercial terms in the ordinary course of business in consideration for, or to the extent that the net proceeds of disposal are applied within 120 days after such disposal in the acquisition of, property or other assets of a similar nature and approximately equal value to be used in the Permitted Business;
(iii)
disposals of assets on bona fide arm's length commercial terms where such assets are obsolete or no longer required for the purposes of the Permitted Business;
(iv)
the application of cash in payments which are not otherwise restricted by the terms of this Agreement and the Security Documents including, for the avoidance of doubt, Permitted Acquisitions and Permitted Payments;
(v)
disposals (or the payment of management, consultancy or similar fees):
(A)
by an Obligor to another Obligor; or
(B)
from a member of the Borrower Group which is not an Obligor, to any member of the Borrower Group; or
(C)
from an Obligor to another member of the Borrower Group which is not an Obligor;
(vi)
disposals of any interest in an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(vii)
disposals made in connection with Approved Stock Options;
(viii)
disposals of undertakings, assets, rights or revenues comprising interests in the share capital of persons not holding or engaged in the Distribution Business of the Borrower Group or other undertakings, assets, rights or revenues not constituting part of the Distribution Business of the

75


Borrower Group (non-Distribution Business Assets);
(ix)
payment, transfer or other disposal of consideration for any Acquisition, merger or consolidation permitted by Clause 16.11 (Acquisitions and mergers);
(x)
disposals of cash or cash equivalents constituting any distribution, dividend, transfer, loan or other transaction permitted by Clause 16.13 (Restricted Payments);
(xi)
the grant of indefeasible rights of use or equivalent arrangements with respect to network capacity, communications, fibre capacity or conduit, in each case on arm's length commercial terms or on terms that are fair and reasonable and in the best interests of the Borrower Group;
(xii)
disposal of any interest (whether direct or indirect) held by Polska Holdco in Fox Kids Inc., Telewizja Korporacja Partycypacyjana SA and/or @media S.p.zoo.
For the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of subparagraph (x) above, non-Distribution Business Assets shall include:
(A)
undertakings, assets, rights and revenues comprising interests in the share capital of any person engaged solely in the competitive local exchange carrier (CLEC) business, including without limitation, the business of providing traditional voice and data services and services based on Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) technology and other undertakings, assets, rights or revenues constituting a part of such businesses; and
(B)
undertakings, assets, rights and revenues comprising interests in the share capital of any person engaged solely in the business of television and radio programming, including without limitation, the business or creating and distributing special interest television channels, radio programmes, pay per view programmes and near video on demand services and other undertakings, assets, rights or revenues constituting a part of such businesses;
(xiii)
the disposal by UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V. of:
(A)
the shares in UPC Norge A.S. and/or NBS Nordic Broadband Services A.B.; or
(B)
the business or a substantial part of the business of UPC Norge A.S. and/or NBS Nordic Broadband Services A.B.,
provided that, in each case, an amount equal to four times Annualised EBITDA of the entity (or the business) that is being disposed of under this Subclause for the Ratio Period which ends on the most recent quarterly Accounting Period end date for which financial information has been delivered under Clause 16.2 (Financial information) (the Scandinavia Repayment Amount) is deposited immediately with the Facility Agent and/or the Existing Facility Agent and applied in prepayment and cancellation or repayment of the Additional Facilities in accordance with paragraphs (f), (g), (h) and (i) below and/or the Existing Facilities in accordance with clauses 16.10(f), (g), (h) and (i) (Disposals) of the Existing Facility Agreement; and
(xiv)
any disposal made after the 2006 Amendment Effective Date (in addition to those described in sub paragraphs (i) to (xiii) above) of any person or asset the Annualised EBITDA of or attributable to which does not exceed the Remaining Percentage of the Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group for the Latest Ratio Period Provided that:

76


(A)
no Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of such disposal;
(B)
where required, a prepayment is made in accordance with Clause 7.6(a) (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds) in respect of such disposal; and
(C)
UPC Broadband delivers to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two managing directors or the sole managing director of UPC Broadband which certifies that, if the financial ratios set out in Clause 17.2 (Financial ratios) were re-calculated for the Latest Ratio Period but adjusting the:
I.
amount of Senior Debt and Total Debt used in such calculations by adding any net increase in Senior Debt or Total Debt (respectively) of the Borrower Group since the end of the Latest Ratio Period or subtracting any net reduction in the Senior Debt or Total Debt (respectively) of the Borrower Group since the end of the Latest Ratio Period and any such reduction which will occur from a prepayment of a Facility made under Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) or Clause 7.6(a) (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds) of this Agreement from the proceeds of such disposal; and
II.
Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group used in such calculations by subtracting the Annualised EBITDA attributable to persons or assets disposed of since the end of the Latest Ratio Period and the Annualised EBITDA attributable to the person or asset the subject of such disposal, in each case for the Latest Ratio Period,
those financial ratios would not be breached.
(c)
The Remaining Percentage is:
(i)
the greater of (A) 17.5% and (B) the percentage of the Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group represented by the Annualised EBITDA of the French Group for the Latest Ratio Period;
(ii)
less the aggregate percentage value of all previous disposals made after the 2006 Amendment Effective Date; and
(iii)
plus the aggregate percentage value of all Reinvestments made after the 2006 Amendment Effective Date,
as calculated in accordance with paragraph (d) below.
Provided that:-
(x)
the percentage of the Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group represented by the Annualised EBITDA of the person or asset disposed of can never be more than the Remaining Percentage immediately prior to such disposal;
(y)
the percentage value of a Reinvestment shall be disregarded if, immediately after and taking account of the Reinvestment under consideration, the Annualised EBITDA of the members of the Borrower Group which is derived from persons or assets located in Western Europe is less than 662/3 per cent. of the Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group (in each case for the Latest Ratio Period but taking into account each disposal and Reinvestment made after the date on which that

77


Latest Ratio Period ended); and
(z)
the Remaining Percentage can never be more than 17.5%, except in respect of a disposal of the French Group.
(d)
For the purposes of paragraphs (b)(xiv) and (c) above:
Annualised EBITDA and EBITDA have the meaning given to them in Clause 17.1 (Financial definitions) but, when calculating EBITDA in relation to a person or asset that is being (or has been) acquired or disposed of, any amounts will be calculated using the methodology for calculating operating cash flow used in the accounts most recently filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by or on behalf of UPC Holding prior to the date of that acquisition or disposal, and, for the avoidance of doubt, any corporate costs or allocations paid or payable during the relevant period by a member of the Borrower Group which is being disposed of to one of its Affiliates pursuant to any general services (or similar) arrangement shall be deducted from the EBITDA of the member of the Borrower Group being disposed of.
French Group means the group of companies of which UPC France Holding B.V. is the holding company as at the 2006 Amendment Effective Date;
Latest Ratio Period means the most recent Ratio Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Clause 16.2 (Financial Information);
percentage value means:
(a)
in relation to a disposal, the percentage of the Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group for what was the Latest Ratio Period at the time of the disposal which is represented by the Annualised EBITDA of the person or asset disposed of (the EBITDA Percentage), after deducting a percentage equal to the EBITDA Percentage multiplied by the Proportion Repaid; and
(b)
in relation to a Reinvestment, the percentage of the Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group for what was the Latest Ratio Period at the time of the Reinvestment (but taking into account each disposal made by the Borrower Group after the last day of that Latest Ratio Period and prior to the date of the relevant Reinvestment) which is represented by the Annualised EBITDA of the person or asset acquired multiplied by the Proportion Reinvested,
Where:
the Proportion Reinvested is that proportion of the purchase price for the person or asset acquired which is represented by the amount of the Net Proceeds of a previous disposal that were reinvested pursuant to the relevant Reinvestment;
the Proportion Repaid is that proportion of the Net Proceeds of that disposal prepaid pursuant to Clause 7.6(a) (Mandatory prepayment of disposal proceeds) and/or repaid pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment);and
Reinvestment means the reinvestment of all or any part of the Net Proceeds of a previous disposal made under paragraph (b)(xiv) above by the Borrower Group after the 2006 Amendment Effective Date, including in circumstances where all or any part of such Net Proceeds are distributed as a Permitted Payment and an equity subscription is subsequently made in, or a Subordinated Shareholder Loan is subsequently made to, a member of the Borrower Group.

78


(e)
Except as otherwise expressly permitted in this Agreement or the relevant Security Document, UPC Broadband Holdco will not sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its assets which are subject to a Security Document to which it is a party.
(f)
Any prepayment and cancellation or repayment made under subparagraph (b)(xiii) above will be applied against the Additional Facilities and/or the Existing Facilities in such proportion as may be specified by UPC Broadband in the notice of prepayment and cancellation or repayment and in the case of a prepayment and cancellation or repayment of Advances, against all outstanding Advances made under the relevant Additional Facilities pro rata (and, if applicable, against the Repayment Instalments for the relevant Additional Facility or Additional Facilities in such order as may be specified by UPC Broadband).
(g)
Subject to paragraph (h), each Lender may elect not to accept prepayment and cancellation of Advances under subparagraph (b)(xiii) above by notifying the Facility Agent in writing on or before 29 November 2005. In the event of such election, any amounts which would otherwise have been applied in prepayment and cancellation of the relevant Advances (the balance), shall be applied in prepayment and cancellation or repayment pro rata of any other outstanding Advances or Existing Facility Advances in accordance with paragraph (f) above (and paragraph (f) above and this paragraph (g) shall continue to be applied to any balance until it has been exhausted or until all Advances and Existing Facility Advances in respect of which the relevant Lenders or Existing Lenders have not elected not to accept prepayment and cancellation have been repaid or prepaid and cancelled in full).
(h)
Any election under paragraph (g) above not to accept prepayment and cancellation of an Advance will only apply in relation to disposals made under subparagraph (b)(xiii) above on or before 8 May 2006.
(i)
The amount of a Facility I Advance prepaid or repaid by UPC Broadband in accordance with subparagraph (b)(xiii) above may be re-borrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
16.11
Acquisitions and mergers
(a)
No Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will, and each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will procure that none of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Borrower Group will, make any Acquisition, other than:
(i)
any Acquisition approved in writing by the Majority Lenders;
(ii)
any Permitted Acquisition;
(iii)
any Permitted Joint Venture; or
(iv)
any Acquisition from any person which is a member of the Borrower Group or subscription of an interest in the share capital (or equivalent) in any person which is a member of the Borrower Group.
(b)
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will not merge or consolidate with any other company or person and will procure that no member of the Borrower Group will merge or consolidate with any other company or person (other than, in each case, in connection with the Romania Restructuring) save for:
(i)
Acquisitions permitted by paragraph (a) above and disposals permitted by Clause 16.10 (Disposals); or

79


(ii)
with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders); or
(iii)
mergers between any member of the Borrower Group with (I) any or all of the other members of the Borrower Group or (II) an Unrestricted Subsidiary (Original Entities), into one or more entities (each a Merged Entity) provided that:
(A)
reasonable details of the proposed merger in order to demonstrate satisfaction with subparagraphs (C) to (G) below are provided to the Facility Agent at least 10 days before the merger is to be entered into;
(B)
if the proposed merger is between a member of the Borrower Group and an Unrestricted Subsidiary, UPC Broadband has delivered to the Facility Agent financial projections based on assumptions which are no more aggressive than those used in the preparation of the Business Plan which demonstrate that the Borrower Group will be in compliance with the undertakings set out in Clause 17.2 (Financial ratios) for the period commencing on the date of merger and ending on the Final Maturity Date;
(C)
such Merged Entity will be a member of the Borrower Group and will be liable for the obligations of the relevant Original Entities (including the obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents), which obligations remain unaffected by the merger, and entitled to the benefit of all rights of such Original Entities;
(D)
(if all or any part of the share capital of any of the relevant Original Entities was charged pursuant to a Security Document) the equivalent part of the issued share capital of such Merged Entity is charged pursuant to a Security Document on terms of at least an equivalent nature and equivalent ranking as any Security Document relating to the shares in each relevant Original Entity within 60 days of the merger;
(E)
such Merged Entity has entered into Security Documents (if applicable) within 60 days of the merger which provide security over the same assets of at least an equivalent nature and ranking to the security provided by the relevant Original Entities pursuant to any Security Documents entered into by them;
(F)
any possibility of the Security Documents referred to in subparagraphs (D) or (E) above being challenged or set aside is not materially greater than any such possibility in relation to the Security Documents entered into by, or in respect of the share capital of, any relevant Original Entity; and
(G)
all the property and other assets of the relevant Original Entities are vested in the Merged Entity and the Merged Entity has assumed all the rights and obligations of the relevant Original Entities under any relevant Material Contracts, material Necessary Authorisations and Licences and other licences or registrations (to the extent reasonably necessary for the business of the relevant Original Entities) granted in favour of the Original Entities under Telecommunications and Cable Laws and/or all such rights and obligations have been transferred to the Merged Entity and/or the relevant Material Contracts, Necessary Authorisations and Licences and other licences or registrations (to the extent reasonably necessary for the business of the relevant Original Entities) granted in favour of the Original Entities under Telecommunications and Cable Laws have been reissued to the Merged Entity,

80


except that the requirements of paragraphs (C) to (G) above will not apply in respect of any merger between Original Entities:
I.
both of which are not Obligors; and
II.
neither one of which is party to a Security Document, neither one of whose share capital is charged pursuant to a Security Document and neither one of whom owes any receivables to another member of the Borrower Group which are pledged pursuant to a Security Document.
16.12
Restrictions on Financial Indebtedness
(a)
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will not, and will procure that no other member of the Borrower Group (other than a Relevant Eastern European Subsidiary) will, create, incur or otherwise permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness (other than Permitted Financial Indebtedness).
(b)
As used herein, Permitted Financial Indebtedness means, without duplication:
(i)
any Financial Indebtedness arising hereunder or under the Security Documents;
(ii)
any Financial Indebtedness arising under the Existing Facility;
(iii)
any Financial Indebtedness or guarantees permitted pursuant to Clause 16.14 (Loans and guarantees);
(iv)
any Financial Indebtedness incurred through a Subordinated Shareholder Loan made to any member of the Borrower Group;
(v)
any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Borrower Group arising as a result of the issue by it or a financial institution of a surety or performance bond in relation to the performance by such member of the Borrower Group or its obligations under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of its business (other than for the purpose of raising finance);
(vi)
any Financial Indebtedness approved in writing by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);
(vii)
any Financial Indebtedness incurred in connection with the Senior Hedging Agreements and any other hedging arrangements permitted by Clause 16.17 (Hedging);
(viii)
any deposits or prepayments constituting Financial Indebtedness received by any member of the Borrower Group from a customer or subscriber for its services;
(ix)
any Financial Indebtedness owing by any member of the Borrower Group being Management Fees or management, consultancy or similar fees payable to another member of the Borrower Group in respect of which payment has been deferred;
(x)
any Financial Indebtedness being Permitted Payments in respect of which payment has been deferred;
(xi)
any Financial Indebtedness of a company which is acquired by a member of the Borrower Group after the date hereof as an acquisition permitted by Clause 16.11 (Acquisitions and mergers) where

81


such Financial Indebtedness existed at the date of completion of such Permitted Acquisition provided that (A) such Financial Indebtedness was not incurred in contemplation of the acquisition, (B) the amount of such Financial Indebtedness is not increased beyond the amount in existence at the date of completion of the acquisition and (C) such Financial Indebtedness is discharged within six months of the date of completion of the acquisition;
(xii)
any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Borrower Group, in respect of which the person or persons to whom such Financial Indebtedness is or may be owed has or have no recourse whatever to any member of the Borrower Group for any payment or repayment in respect thereof other than recourse to such member of the Borrower Group for the purpose only of enabling amounts to be claimed in respect of such Financial Indebtedness in an enforcement of any Security Interest given by any member of the Borrower Group over non-Distribution Business Assets, provided that:
(A)
the extent of such recourse to such member is limited solely to the amount of any recoveries made on any such enforcement;
(B)
such person or persons are not entitled, pursuant to the terms of any agreement evidencing any right or claim arising out of or in connection with such Financial Indebtedness, to commence proceedings for the winding up, dissolution or administration of any member of the Borrower Group (or proceedings having an equivalent effect) or to appoint or procure the appointment of any receiver, trustee or similar person or officer in respect of any member of the Borrower Group or any of its assets (save only for the non-Distribution Business Assets the subject of that Security Interest) until after the Commitments have been reduced to zero and all amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents have been repaid or paid in full; and
(C)
the aggregate outstanding amount of all such Financial Indebtedness of all members of the Borrower Group does not exceed ε100,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies);
(xiii)
any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Borrower Group (other than any Obligor) constituting Financial Indebtedness to all the holders (or their Associated Companies) of the share capital of any such member of the Borrower Group on a basis that is substantially proportionate to their interests in such share capital (with any disproportionately large interest received by any member of the Borrower Group or any disproportionately small interest received by any person other than a member of the Borrower Group, in each case relative to its interests in such share capital, being ignored for this purpose), provided such Financial Indebtedness does not bear interest (other than by way of addition to its principal amount on a proportionate basis as described above) and is made on terms that repayment or pre-payment of such Financial Indebtedness shall only be made to each such holder (A) in proportion to their respective interests in such share capital (ignoring any disproportionately large interest held by any member of the Borrower Group or any disproportionately small interest received by any person other than a member of the Borrower Group, in each case relative to its interests in such share capital, for this purpose) and (B) only on and in connection with the liquidation or winding up (or equivalent) of such member of the Borrower Group;
(xiv)
any Financial Indebtedness arising under the Permitted Borrower Group Revolving Credit Facility or the Permitted Borrower Group Guarantee Facilities; and
(xv)
any other Financial Indebtedness in addition to the Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (i) to (xiv) above not exceeding at any time more than ε25,000,000 in aggregate (or its equivalent) provided that such Financial Indebtedness is not indebtedness incurred in respect

82


of Acquisitions.
(c)
No Obligor will, and each Obligor will procure that none of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Borrower Group will, incur or have outstanding any Financial Indebtedness due to or for the benefit of UPC or any Subsidiary of UPC (not being a member of the Borrower Group), other than Subordinated Shareholder Loans and any Permitted Financial Indebtedness referred to in Clause 16.12(b)(iv), (viii), (ix), (x) or (xii).
(d)
(i)    Subject to subparagraph (ii) below, UPC Broadband will ensure that no member of the UGCE Borrower Group will incur any Third Party Debt (other than any Third Party Debt subsisting prior to 28 September 2002) unless such Third Party Debt will not become due and payable until after 31 December 2011.
(ii)
Subparagraph (d)(i) above shall not apply if:
(A)
the most recently delivered financial statements provided to the Facility Agent under Clause 16.2(b) (Financial information) show that, for the two most recent Ratio Periods, the applicable ratio for the purposes of Clause 17.2(a) (Financial ratios) is 3.5:1 or less; or
(B)
the principal amount of such Third Party Debt, when aggregated with (I) any other Third Party Debt incurred by that member of the UGCE Borrower Group after 28 September 2002, and (II) any Third Party Debt incurred by any other member of the UGCE Borrower Group after 28 September 2002, is equal to or less than ε15,000,000.
16.13
Restricted Payments
(a)
Except for any payment or transfer of consideration for the transfer of shares or receivables to a member of the Borrower Group pursuant to the Restructuring, each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will not, and will procure that no member of the Borrower Group will, make any Restricted Payments other than Permitted Payments or enter into any transaction with a Restricted Person other than on bona fide arm's length commercial terms or on terms which are fair and reasonable and in the best interests of the Borrower Group.
(b)
As used herein, a Restricted Payment means, in each case whether in cash, securities, property or otherwise:
(i)
any direct or indirect distribution, dividend or other payment on account of any class of its share capital or capital stock or other securities;
(ii)
any payment of principal of, or interest on, any loan; or
(iii)
any transfer of assets, loan or other payment,
in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii), to a Restricted Person.
(c)
As used herein, a Permitted Payment means any distribution, dividend, transfer of assets, loan or other payment:
(i)
to any Restricted Person in relation to transactions carried out on bona fide arm's length commercial terms in the ordinary course of business or on terms which are fair and reasonable and in the best

83


interest of the Borrower Group (including but not limited to, such transactions under Clause 16.21 (Priority));
(ii)
by way of payment of Management Fees (A) which are paid on bona fide arm's length terms in the ordinary course of business to a Restricted Person or (B) of up to €15,000,000 in any financial year provided that, at the time of payment, no Default is outstanding or would occur as a result of such payment;
(iii)
by way of payment of principal or interest on Subordinated Shareholder Loans or by way of distributions, dividends or other payments paid by UPC Broadband in respect of its share capital provided that:
(A)
the applicable ratio for the purposes of Clause 17.2(a) (Financial ratios) is 4:1 or less prior to making the relevant payment and will be 4:1 or less after such payment has been made; and
(B)
no Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of such payment;
(iv)
by way of payment to any Restricted Person of consideration for an acquisition, merger or consolidation permitted by Clause 16.11 (Acquisitions and mergers);
(v)
by way of transfer to any Restricted Person of any non-Distribution Business Assets (as defined in Clause 16.10(b)(viii) (Disposals)) permitted in accordance with Clause 16.10(b)(viii) (Disposals); and
(vi)
by way of distributions, dividends or other payments paid by UPC Broadband in respect of its share capital or by way of repayment or payment by UPC Broadband or UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V. (as the case may be) in respect of a Subordinated Shareholder Loan (each an Applicable Payment) but only to the extent that (A) UPC Broadband or UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V. (as the case may be) makes the Applicable Payment from the proceeds of sale or a disposal by UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V. permitted by Clause 16.10(b)(xiii) (Disposals); and (B) the aggregate of all Applicable Payments is less than or equal to the Net Proceeds of the sale or disposal by UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V. permitted by Clause 16.10(b)(xiii) (Disposals) less the Scandinavia Repayment Amount (as defined in Clause 16.10(b)(xiii) (Disposals)) and provided that no Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of such payment.
(d)
The restriction contained in paragraph (a) on the payment by any member of the Borrower Group of Management Fees shall cease to apply during such period as the applicable ratio for the purposes of Clause 17.2(a) (Financial ratios) is 3.50:1 (or less), provided that no Management Fees may be paid by any member of the Borrower Group at any time after a Relevant Event has occurred or if a Relevant Event would result from such payment.
16.14
Loans and guarantees
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will not, and will procure that no member of the Borrower Group will make any loans, grant any credit or give any guarantee, to or for the benefit of, or enter into any transaction having the effect of lending money to, any person, other than:
(a)
loans from a member of the Borrower Group to another member of the Borrower Group, provided that no Obligor shall make a loan to any other member of the Borrower Group unless:

84


(i)
such Obligor has first entered into an Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans which creates an effective pledge in favour of the Security Agent in relation to such loan and provided the Security Agent with such evidence as it may reasonably request as the power and authority of such Obligor to enter into such Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans and that such Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans constitutes valid and legally binding obligations of such Obligor enforceable in accordance with its terms subject (to the extent possible) to substantially similar qualifications to those made in the legal opinions referred to in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents); and
(ii)
the relevant member of the Borrower Group to whom the shareholder loan is to be made has given a notification of pledge to the Security Agent in respect of such shareholder loans;
(b)
as permitted by Clause 16.12 (Restrictions on Financial Indebtedness);
(c)
normal trade credit in the ordinary course of business;
(d)
guarantees given:
(i)
by any Obligor in respect of the liabilities of another Obligor;
(ii)
by a member of the Borrower Group in respect of the liabilities of an Obligor; or
(iii)
by a member of the Borrower Group (which is not an Obligor) in respect of the liabilities of another member of the Borrower Group (which is not an Obligor);
(iv)
by an Obligor in respect of the liabilities of any other member of the Borrower Group to the extent that such liabilities could have been incurred by such Obligor directly without breaching this Agreement; or
(v)
by an Obligor in respect of the liabilities of any other member of the Borrower Group which is not an Obligor provided that that other member of the Group must become an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 26.4(a) (Additional Obligors) within 30 days of the granting of the guarantee made pursuant to this paragraph (v); or
(e)
to the extent that the same constitute Permitted Payments or a Permitted Disposal (not being a Permitted Disposal of cash or cash equivalents);
(f)
loans, the granting of credit, guarantees and other transactions having the effect of lending money (each a Lending Transaction) from a member of the Borrower Group, in connection with an acquisition by that member which is permitted by Clause 16.11 (Acquisitions and mergers), to the relevant person being acquired or one or more of its Subsidiaries, provided that:
(i)
no Lending Transaction may have a term longer than 12 months (including any extensions or refinancings of the original Lending Transaction); and
(ii)
the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Lending Transactions (which principal amount shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding for this purpose at the time the beneficiary of the relevant Lending Transaction becomes a member of the Borrower Group upon completion of the relevant acquisition, provided such Lending Transaction was made to or in favour of the person acquired or its Subsidiaries) shall not exceed ε100,000,000

85


at any time; and
(g)
Lending Transactions from a member of the Borrower Group to any person of the proceeds of equity subscribed by any Restricted Person in, or Subordinated Shareholder Loans provided to, such member (other than any such proceeds which are otherwise applied in mandatory prepayment of any or all Facilities under this Agreement or the Existing Facilities under the Existing Facility Agreement or pursuant to Clause 17.4 (Cure provisions) or otherwise).
16.15
Environmental matters
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will and will procure that each of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Borrower Group will:
(a)
(i) obtain all requisite Environmental Licences, (ii) comply with the terms and conditions of all Environmental Licences applicable to it and (iii) comply with all other applicable Environmental Law, in each case where failure to do so would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(b)
promptly upon receipt of the same, notify the Facility Agent and the Security Agent of any claim, notice or other communication served on it in respect of any alleged breach of, or corrective or remedial obligation or liability under, any Environmental Law which, if substantiated, would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
16.16
Insurance
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will, and will procure that each of its Material Subsidiaries which is a member of the Borrower Group will maintain insurance cover of a type and level which a prudent company in the same business would effect.
16.17
Hedging
(a)
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will not, and will procure that no member of the Borrower Group will, enter into any interest rate or currency swaps, other interest rate or currency derivative transactions or other hedging arrangements other than:
(i)
transactions and arrangements entered into with a High Yield Hedging Bank or a Senior Hedging Bank directly relating to the management of interest rate and/or currency exchange rate risk arising out of any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Borrower Group permitted to subsist by the terms of this Agreement (or transactions and arrangements relating to interest rate or currency swaps, other interest rate or currency derivative transactions or other hedging arrangements that themselves relate to the management of interest rate and/or currency exchange rate risk arising out of any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Borrower Group permitted to subsist by the terms of this Agreement), in each case excluding any such transactions or arrangements that directly or indirectly relate to Subordinated Shareholder Loans; and
(ii)
transactions and arrangements entered into by any Obligor with a Senior Hedging Bank directly relating to the management of currency exchange risk arising out of income denominated in a currency other than euro (each such transaction or arrangement, a Cash Flow Hedging Agreement); and
(iii)
to the extent they constitute interest rate or currency swaps or other hedging arrangements, the

86


guarantees granted by each of the Guarantors pursuant to Clause 14 (Guarantee) or clause 14 (Guarantee) of the Existing Facility Agreement (as applicable) in respect of any High Yield Hedging Agreements.
(b)
UPC Broadband will procure that any member of the Borrower Group that enters into a Senior Hedging Agreement (as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement) and any member of the UGCE Borrower Group that enters into a High Yield Hedging Agreement accedes to the Security Deed and the Intercreditor Agreement as a Charging Entity by delivering to the Security Agent a Security Provider's Deed of Accession duly executed by that company.
16.18
Intellectual Property Rights
Except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will, and will procure that each of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Borrower Group will:
(a)
make such registrations and pay such fees and similar amounts as are necessary to keep those registered Intellectual Property Rights owned by any member of the Borrower Group and which are material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower Group as a whole from time to time;
(b)
take such steps as are necessary and commercially reasonable (including, without limitation, the institution of legal proceedings) to prevent third parties infringing those Intellectual Property Rights referred to in paragraph (a) above and (without prejudice to paragraph (a) above) take such other steps as are reasonably practicable to maintain and preserve its interests in those rights, except where failure to do so will not have or be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c)
ensure that any licence arrangements in respect of the Intellectual Property Rights referred to in paragraph (a) above entered into with any third party are entered into on arm's length terms and in the ordinary course of business (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, any such licensing arrangements entered into in connection with outsourcing on normal commercial terms) and will not have or be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d)
not permit any registration of any of the Intellectual Property Rights referred to in paragraph (a) above to be abandoned, cancelled or lapsed or to be liable to any claim of abandonment for non-use or otherwise to the extent the same would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(e)
pay all fees, and comply with each of its material obligations under, any licence of Intellectual Property Rights which are material to the conduct of the business of the Borrower Group as a whole from time to time.
16.19
Share capital
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will not, and will procure that no member of the Borrower Group (other than in respect of such other members of the Borrower Group in order to permit a solvent reorganisation permitted under Clause 16.11(b)(iii) (Acquisitions and mergers)) will, reduce its capital or purchase or redeem any class of its shares or any other ownership interest in it, except to the extent the same constitutes a Permitted Payment or in the case of members of the Borrower Group other than the Obligors, is otherwise permitted by Clause 16.13 (Restricted Payments) or is in connection with the Romania Restructuring.

87


16.20
Inter-connection and chello
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will ensure that each member of the Borrower Group which is not a Relevant Eastern European Subsidiary:
(a)
which offers residential telephony services in any country, maintains inter-connection arrangements with one or more major fixed line telephony operators in that country; and
(b)
which offers internet and/or data services is provided with such services by UPC Broadband N.V. or by another provider on arm's length commercial terms.
16.21
Priority
For as long as Priority Telecom N.V. is a Restricted Person, each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will not and will not permit any contractual arrangements between Priority Telecom N.V. and the Borrower Group to be entered into other than on bona fide arm's length commercial terms or on terms that are fair and reasonable and in the best interests of the Borrower Group.
16.22
UPC Broadband Pledged Account
(a)
Subject to receipt of all necessary legal, regulatory, shareholder and partner approvals (all of which each Obligor will, and will ensure that each of its Subsidiaries will, use all reasonable efforts to obtain as soon as practicable), each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) shall on receipt of a request from the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) ensure that it and each of its Subsidiaries which is a member of the Borrower Group, promptly following the last day of either each calendar month or each calendar quarter (as may be directed by the Facility Agent in its request) of UPC Broadband ending after 31 March 2006 transfers an amount equal to its Excess Cash on that date to the UPC Broadband Pledged Account.
(b)
For the purposes of this Clause 16.22:
(i)
Excess Cash means, in relation to any member of the Borrower Group at any time, the aggregate cash in hand and at bank (less withdrawals and other transfers of cash that have not cleared at bank) of that member at that time in excess of ε5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies); and
(ii)
the UPC Broadband Pledged Account means one or more accounts in the name of UPC Broadband or any other member of the Borrower Group, held with a branch of a bank or financial institution, which has been pledged to the Beneficiaries pursuant to a Security Document in the agreed form and in respect of which account(s) all notices required by that Security Document have been served upon the relevant bank or financial institution in the manner required by that Security Document and the relevant account bank(s) have waived any lien, right of set-off or other Security Interest, other than in respect of routine account keeping charges and set offs between UPC Broadband Pledged Accounts.
(c)
UPC Broadband may withdraw amounts standing to the credit of the UPC Broadband Pledged Account at any time provided that:
(i)
any such withdrawn amount is to be applied to meet expenditure arising in the course of the Business of the Borrower Group as carried on in accordance with this Agreement or for any other purpose permitted under this Agreement; and

88


(ii)
no Event of Default has occurred which is continuing.
16.23
Share security
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will not, and will procure that no member of the Borrower Group will, issue any shares of any class provided that:
(a)
notwithstanding paragraph (b), an Obligor (other than UPC Broadband, UPC Holding II or UPC Broadband Holdco) may issue shares to any person other than a member of the Borrower Group and shall not be required to procure that such shares are charged or pledged in favour of the Beneficiaries, provided that such share issue does not result in a Change of Control;
(b)
any member of the Borrower Group may issue shares to or otherwise acquire additional rights from any other member of the Borrower Group so long as (if any of the existing shares in the relevant member of the Borrower Group are charged or pledged in favour of any Beneficiary) such shares are charged or pledged in favour of the Beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of a Security Document and there are delivered at the same time to the Security Agent the relevant share certificates and blank stock transfer forms (or equivalent documents) in respect thereof together with such other documents and evidence and legal opinions as the Security Agent may reasonably require;
(c)
UPC Broadband and UPC Holding II may issue shares to UPC Broadband Holdco provided that such shares are charged or pledged in favour of the Beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of a Security Document and there are delivered at the same time to the Security Agent the relevant share certificates and blank stock transfer forms (or equivalent documents) in respect thereof together with such other documents and evidence and legal opinions as the Security Agent may reasonably require;
(d)
any member of the Borrower Group may issue shares pursuant to the exercise of Approved Stock Options;
(e)
a member of the Borrower Group may issue shares as part of an Acquisition or merger or consolidation permitted by Clause 16.11 (Acquisitions and mergers), provided that the issue of such shares does not cause a Change of Control;
(f)
a member of the Borrower Group (other than an Obligor) may issue shares to all the holders of the share capital of such member pro rata to their interests in such share capital provided that, if any existing shares in that member of the Borrower Group are charged or pledged in favour of any Beneficiary under any Security Document, upon issue the shares that are issued to any other member of the Borrower Group or any Shareholder are charged or pledged in favour of the Beneficiaries as provided in paragraph (b) above; and
(g)
any member of the Borrower Group (other than UPC Broadband or UPC Holding II) may issue shares to any person pursuant to any agreement or other legally binding arrangement existing, and disclosed to the Facility Agent in writing, on or before the Signing Date, provided that such share issue does not result in a Change of Control.
16.24
Shareholder Loans
(a)
Each Obligor will procure that prior to any Restricted Person making any Financial Indebtedness (other than Permitted Payments) available to any member of the Borrower Group, such Restricted Person shall

89


enter into a Pledge of Subordinated Shareholder Loans on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Facility Agent and a Security Provider's Deed of Accession and provides (i) the Facility Agent with such documents and evidence as it may reasonably require as to the power and authority of the Restricted Person to enter into such Pledge of Subordinated Shareholder Loans and Security Provider's Deed of Accession and that the same constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Restricted Person enforceable in accordance with their terms subject (to the extent applicable) to substantially similar qualifications to those made in the legal opinions referred to in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents); and (ii) notification of such pledge to the relevant member of the Borrower Group.
(b)
Each Obligor shall ensure that each Subordinated Shareholder Loan and each shareholder loan entered into between an Obligor which is a party to an Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans as a creditor and a member of the Borrower Group is governed by the law of The Netherlands.
16.25
Further security over receivables
UPC Broadband shall:
(a)
on each date on which it is required to deliver the financial statements referred to in Clause 16.2(b) (Financial information) in respect of its second and fourth financial quarters in each financial year, notify the Facility Agent of the details of any contracts, agreements or other arrangements entered into by any member of the Borrower Group with Priority Telecom N.V. at any time under which receivables owing to such member of the Borrower Group aggregating ε10,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) or more are outstanding on such date, together with details of such receivables; and
(b)
if the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) requires, promptly grant, or procure the grant by the relevant member of the Borrower Group of (in each case subject to receipt of all necessary legal, regulatory, shareholder and partner approvals, other than approvals from Priority Telecom N.V, all of which UPC Broadband will and will ensure that each member of the Borrower Group will use all reasonable efforts to obtain as soon as possible) (i) a pledge in favour of the Beneficiaries over the receivables referred to in (a) above in substantially the same form as a receivables pledge already granted to the Security Agent by a member of the Borrower Group in respect of receivables located in, or governed by the laws of, or (as the case may be) owed by or to a person incorporated in, the same jurisdiction as the relevant receivables or (as the case may be) relevant person by or to whom such receivables are owed or in such other form as the Security Agent may reasonably request and (ii) a Security Provider's Deed of Accession and shall provide the Security Agent with such evidence as it may reasonably request as to the power and authority of such member of the Borrower Group to enter into such pledge of receivables and Security Provider's Deed of Accession and that the same constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such member enforceable in accordance with their terms subject (to the extent possible) to substantially similar qualifications to those made in the legal opinions referred to in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents), together with all such notices and other documents as the Security Agent may reasonably require to perfect the receivables pledge.
16.26
Financial year end
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will, and will procure that its Subsidiaries which are members of the Borrower Group will, maintain a financial year end of 31 December save with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders in each case not to be unreasonably withheld).

90


16.27
Capital expenditure
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will not, and will procure that no member of the Borrower Group will, incur any material Capital Expenditure other than in relation to the Permitted Business.
16.28
Constitutive documents
Each Obligor will not, and will procure that no member of the Borrower Group will, amend its constitutive documents in any way which would or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect (in terms of value, enforceability or otherwise) any charge or pledge over the shares or partnership interest of any member of the Borrower Group granted to the Beneficiaries pursuant to the Security Documents.
16.29
ERISA
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will, and will procure that its Subsidiaries which are members of the Borrower Group will, give the Facility Agent prompt notice of the adoption of, participation in or contribution to any Plan by it or any ERISA Affiliate, or any action by any of these to adopt, participate in or contribute to any Plan, or the incurrence by any of them of any liability or obligation to any Plan.
16.30
UPC Financing
(a)
Each Borrower will ensure that the proceeds of any loan made to the UPC Financing by UPC Broadband or UPC Holding II and the proceeds of any drawing made by UPC Financing shall be invested by way of intercompany loan or equity subscription in one or more other members of the Borrower Group within five Business Days of receipt of such proceeds or, as the case may be, the relevant Utilisation Date.
(b)
Each Obligor (other than UPC Broadband Holdco) will ensure that, in accordance with the terms of any pledge of intercompany loans made by UPC Financing, any intercompany loan made by UPC Financing to any Obligor or any Subsidiary of an Obligor which is a member of the Borrower Group is made on bona fide arm's length commercial terms or on terms which are fair and reasonable and in the best interests of UPC Financing and entered into in good faith.
17.
FINANCIAL COVENANTS
17.1
Financial definitions
In this Clause 17:
Annualised EBITDA means:
(a)
for the purposes of the definition of Permitted Acquisition, Clause 16.10 (Disposals) and Clause 7.6(a) (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds) in respect of any person, in respect of any six month period, two times EBITDA of that person (calculated on a consolidated basis) for that period; and
(b)
for all other purposes, in respect of any Ratio Period, two times EBITDA of the Borrower Group for that Ratio Period.
EBITDA means, in respect of any period or person, the Net Income of that person (plus, in the case of the Borrower Group, any amount attributable to non-cash compensation payable to employees or directors

91


of members of the Borrower Group deducted in calculating Net Income, any depreciation, amortisation, other non-cash charges (such as deferred Taxes), accrued Management Fees (whether or not paid), fees accrued (whether or not paid) in respect of Financial Indebtedness and interest expense and other charges in respect of Financial Indebtedness) for such period adjusted as follows:
(a)
minus extraordinary income of the relevant person for such period;
(b)
plus any extraordinary expenses (including one off restructuring costs) of the relevant person for such period;
(c)
minus any interest income of the relevant person for such period; and
(d)
in the case of the Borrower Group, minus any Management Fees paid during such period,
to the extent attributed to the Distribution Business of the Borrower Group and all as determined in accordance with GAAP and (in the case of the Borrower Group or any part of the Borrower Group) as shown in the relevant financial statements prepared and delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 16.2(a) or (b) (Financial information) (as the case may be).
Interest means:
(a)
interest and amounts in the nature of interest (including, without limitation, the interest element of finance leases) accrued;
(b)
discount fees and acceptance fees payable or deducted in respect of any Financial Indebtedness (including all commissions payable in connection with any letter of credit); and
(c)
any net payment (or, if appropriate in the context, receipt) under any interest rate hedging agreement or instrument (including without limitation under the Senior Hedging Agreements and (as applicable) High Yield Hedging Agreements), taking into account any premiums payable.
Net Income means, in respect of any period and for any period, the net profit after Taxes and (in the case of the Borrower Group only) Management Fees, in the case of the Borrower Group to the extent attributed to the Distribution Business of the Borrower Group for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP and (in the case of the Borrower Group) as shown in the financial statements in respect of such period prepared and delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 16.2(a) or (b) (Financial information).
Ratio Period means each period of approximately 6 months covering two quarterly Accounting Periods of the Borrower Group ending on each date to which each set of financial statements required to be delivered under Clause 16.2(a) or (b) (Financial information) are prepared.
Senior Debt means at any time, the consolidated Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower Group, excluding:
(a)
any Financial Indebtedness which is a contingent obligation of a member of the Borrower Group; and
(b)
any Subordinated Shareholder Loans and any Financial Indebtedness referred to in Clause 16.12(b)(viii), (xi), (xii) and (xiii) (Restrictions on Financial Indebtedness).
Senior Debt Service means, for any Ratio Period, the sum of:

92


(a)
all scheduled repayments (including scheduled reductions of revolving credits to the extent they are drawn) of Senior Debt which fell due during such Ratio Period excluding any scheduled repayments of facilities under this Agreement or the Existing Facility Agreement that are funded by drawings of an Additional Facility in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and
(b)
Total Cash Interest for that Ratio Period.
Senior Interest means, in respect of any period, the amount of Total Cash Interest accrued in respect of Senior Debt during that period.
Total Cash Interest means, in respect of any period, the total amount of all Interest accrued in respect of Senior Debt and Subordinated Shareholder Loans during such period and payable in cash (either during such period or after such period) (having taken into account the effect of any Senior Hedging Agreements), except in each case, to the extent that such payments (other than payments in respect of Senior Debt) are funded by distributions made by Unrestricted Subsidiaries to UPC Broadband or any other member of the Borrower Group and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, capitalisation of Interest accrued in respect of Subordinated Shareholder Loans.
Total Debt means, at any time, the aggregate amount of:
(a)
Senior Debt; and
(b)
Financial Indebtedness of each other member of the UGCE Borrower Group, but excluding any Financial Indebtedness (i) owing between members of the UGCE Borrower Group and (ii) owing between a member of the UGCE Borrower Group and a member of the Wider Group (other than a member of the UGCE Borrower Group).
17.2
Financial ratios
UPC Broadband will procure that:
(a)
the ratio of Senior Debt to Annualised EBITDA for each Ratio Period which ends on a date or in a period specified in column 1 below shall not exceed the ratio specified in column 2 below opposite such date or period:

Test Dates
Ratio
September 30, 2003
7.75:1
December 31, 2003
6.75:1
March 31, 2004
6.75:1
June 30, 2004
5.90:1
September 30, 2004
5.40:1
December 31, 2004
4.90:1
March 31, 2005
4.80:1
June 30, 2005
4.60:1
September 30, 2005
4.40:1
December 31, 2005
4.10:1
thereafter
4.00:1
(b)
the ratio of EBITDA to Total Cash Interest for each Ratio Period which ends on a date or in a period specified in column 1 below shall not be less than the ratio specified in column 2 below

93


opposite such date and period:

Test Dates
Ratio
September 30, 2003
2.25:1
December 31, 2003
2.25:1
March 31, 2004
2.00:1
June 30, 2004
2.25:1
September 30, 2004
2.50:1
December 31, 2004
2.50:1
March 31, 2005
2.50:1
June 30, 2005
2.50:1
September 30, 2005
2.75:1
December 31, 2005
2.75:1
March 31, 2006
2.75:1
June 30, 2006
2.75:1
Thereafter
3.00:1
(c)
the ratio of EBITDA to Senior Debt Service for each Ratio Period which ends on a date or in a period specified in column 1 below shall not be less than the ratio specified in column 2 below opposite such date or period:

Test Dates
Ratio
December 31, 2003
1.00:1
March 31, 2004
1.00:1
June 30, 2004
1.50:1
September 30, 2004
1.50:1
December 31, 2004
1.50:1
March 31, 2005
2.25:1
June 30, 2005
2.25:1
September 30, 2005
2.25:1
December 31, 2005
2.25:1
March 31, 2006
2.25:1
June 30, 2006
1.00:1
September 30, 2006
1.00:1
December 31, 2006
1.00:1
March 31, 2007
1.00:1
Thereafter
1.00:1
(d)
the ratio of EBITDA to Senior Interest for each Ratio Period which ends on a date or in a period specified in column 1 below shall not be less than the ratio specified in column 2 below opposite such date or period:


94


Test Dates
Ratio
 
September 30, 2003
2.25:1
 
December 31, 2003
2.25:1
 
March 31, 2004
2.10:1
 
June 30, 2004
2.10:1
 
September 30, 2004
2.50:1
 
December 31, 2004
2.65:1
 
March 31, 2005
2.80:1
 
June 30, 2005
2.85:1
 
September 30, 2005
3.05:1
 
December 31, 2005
3.15:1
 
thereafter
3.40:1
; and
(e)
the ratio of Total Debt to Annualised EBITDA for each Ratio Period shall not exceed 5.75:1.
17.3
Calculations
For the purposes of Clause 17.2 (Financial ratios), Senior Debt for any Ratio Period will be calculated on the basis of Senior Debt outstanding on the last day of that Ratio Period.
17.4
Cure provisions
(a)
UPC Broadband may cure a breach of the financial ratios set out in Clause 17.2(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) (Financial ratios) by procuring that additional equity is injected into the Borrower Group by one or more Restricted Persons and/or additional Subordinated Shareholder Loans are provided to the Borrower Group in an aggregate amount equal to:
(i)
in the case of a breach of Clause 17.2(a) or (e) (Financial ratios), the amount which, if it had been deducted from Senior Debt or Total Debt (as applicable) for the Ratio Period in respect of which the breach arose, would have avoided the breach; or
(ii)
in the case of a breach of Clause 17.2(b), (c) or (d) (Financial ratios), the amount which, if it had been added to EBITDA for the Ratio Period in respect of which the breach arose, would have avoided the breach; or
(iii)
in the case of a breach of more than one paragraph of Clause 17.2 (Financial ratios), the higher of the relevant amount referred to in (i) or (ii) above.
(b)
A cure under paragraph (a) above will not be effective unless:
(i)
the required amount of additional equity or the proceeds of Subordinated Shareholder Loans is received by the Borrower Group before delivery of the financial statements delivered under Clause 16.2(a) or (b) (Financial information) which show that Clause 17.2 (Financial ratios) has been breached; and
(ii)
in the case of a cure of Clause 17.2(a) or (e) (Financial ratios), the proceeds of the relevant additional equity or Subordinated Shareholder Loans are applied in full in or towards repayment or prepayment of Facility A Advances (as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement) in accordance with Clause 7 (Cancellation and Prepayment) and, to the extent of any surplus after such repayment or prepayment, for the purposes of the Permitted Business.

95


(c)
No cure may be made under this Clause 17.4:
(i)
in respect of more than five Ratio Periods during the life of the Additional Facilities; or
(ii)
in respect of consecutive Ratio Periods.
(d)
Where a cure is exercised under this Clause 17.4 in respect of a breach of Clause 17.2(b), (c) or (d) (Financial ratios) and the next Ratio Period ends approximately three months after the Ratio Period in respect of which the cure was made, EBITDA in respect of that next Ratio Period will be deemed, for the purposes of Clause 17.2(b), (c) and (d) (Financial ratios), to be increased by the amount determined under subparagraph 17.4(a)(ii) above in respect of the relevant cure. This deemed increase will not be treated as a separate cure.
17.5
Determinations
(a)
Any amount outstanding in a currency other than euros is to be taken into account at its euro equivalent calculated at the rate used in the latest accounts delivered to the Facility Agent.
(b)
All the terms used above are to be calculated in accordance with the GAAP on which the preparation of the Original Borrower Group Financial Statements was based.
(c)
If there is a dispute as to any interpretation of or computation for Clause 17.1 (Financial definitions), the interpretation or computation of the auditors of UPC Broadband shall prevail.
(d)
If UPC Broadband is obliged or chooses to prepare its financial statements on a different basis from the basis used in the preparation of the Original Borrower Group Financial Statements, such financial statements shall be accompanied by a statement (providing reasonable detail) from UPC Broadband either:
(i)
confirming that the change(s) would have no effect on the operation of the ratios set out in Clause 17.2 (Financial ratios); or
(ii)
unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Facility Agent (acting upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders), if the change(s) would have such an effect, containing a reconciliation demonstrating the effect of the change(s) (and, for the purpose of calculating the ratios set out in Clause 17.2 (Financial ratios), such financial statements will be treated as though adjusted by that reconciliation so as to exclude the effect of the changes).
18.
DEFAULT
18.1
Events of Default
Each of the events set out in Clauses 18.2 (Non-payment) to 18.20 (ERISA) is an Event of Default (whether or not caused by any reason whatsoever outside the control of any Obligor or any other person).
18.2
Non-payment
An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable by it under the Finance Documents (other than any amount payable by UPC Broadband under Clause 7.6(a) (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds) of this Agreement) at the place at, and in the currency in, which it is expressed to be payable, unless the relevant amount is paid in full within one Business Day (in the case of principal amounts) or three Business Days (in the case of other amounts) of the due date.

96


18.3
Breach of other obligations
(a)
An Obligor does not comply with any of Clauses 16.6 (Pari passu ranking), 16.7 (Negative pledge), 16.10 (Disposals), 16.11 (Acquisitions and mergers), 16.13 (Restricted Payments), 16.14 (Loans and guarantees), 16.19 (Share capital) or 17 (Financial Covenants).
(b)
An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in paragraph (a) above or in Clause 18.2 (Non-payment) and other than non‑payment by UPC Broadband of any amount under Clause 7.6(a) (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds) of this Agreement) and such failure (if capable of remedy before the expiry of such period) continues unremedied for a period of 28 days from the earlier of the date on which (i) such Obligor has become aware of the failure to comply or (ii) the Facility Agent gives notice to UPC Broadband requiring the same to be remedied.
18.4
Misrepresentation
A representation or warranty made or repeated by any Obligor in or in connection with any Finance Document or in any certificate or statement delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document (other than the representation in Clause 15.25 (Dutch Banking Act) but only to the extent that an Obligor has relied on the declaration of a Lender that it qualified as a Professional Market Party) is incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to have been made or repeated and, in the event that any representation or warranty is capable of remedy, the misrepresentation is not remedied within 28 days of the earlier of the date on which (i) such Obligor has become aware of the misrepresentation or (ii) the Facility Agent gives notice to UPC Broadband requiring the same to be remedied.
18.5
Cross default
(a)
Subject to paragraph (d) below, any Financial Indebtedness of a member of the Borrower Group or a member of the UGCE Borrower Group is not paid when due or within any originally applicable grace period.
(b)
Subject to paragraph (d) below, any Financial Indebtedness of a member of the Borrower Group or a member of the UGCE Borrower Group becomes prematurely due and payable or is placed on demand, in each case as a result of an event of default (howsoever described) under the document relating to that Financial Indebtedness.
(c)
Subject to paragraph (d) below, any Financial Indebtedness of a member of the Borrower Group or a member of the UGCE Borrower Group becomes capable of being declared prematurely due and payable or placed on demand, in each case as a result of an event of default (howsoever described) under the document relating to that Financial Indebtedness.
(d)
It shall not be an Event of Default under:
(i)
this Clause 18.5 where the aggregate principal amount of all Financial Indebtedness to which any event specified in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) relates is less than ε15,000,000 (in the case of the Borrower Group) or ε50,000,000 (in the case of any member of the UGCE Borrower Group) or, as the case may be, the equivalent in other currencies;
(ii)
this Clause 18.5 in respect of Financial Indebtedness owing by a member of the Borrower Group to another member of the Borrower Group which is permitted under this Agreement; and

97


(iii)
paragraph (c) above, in the case of the Acquisition of an entity which results in that entity becoming a member of the Borrower Group, for a period of 180 days following completion of that Acquisition, by reason only of an event of default (however described) arising in relation to the Financial Indebtedness of that acquired entity as a result only of the Acquisition of that acquired entity, provided that such Financial Indebtedness is not placed on demand, becomes prematurely due and payable or is otherwise accelerated during that period).
(e)
Any Financial Indebtedness of a member of the Borrower Group under an Existing Finance Document becomes capable of being due and payable or placed on demand, in each case as a result of an Event of Default as defined under the relevant Existing Finance Document.
18.6
Insolvency
(a)
The Netherlands: any Obligor, any Material Subsidiary or member of the UGCE Borrower Group organised in The Netherlands is declared bankrupt (in staat van faillissement verklaard) or enters into a preliminary or definitive moratorium (in voorlopige of definitieve surseance van betaling gaan) pursuant to the Dutch Bankruptcy Act (Faillissementswet); or
(b)
General: any of the following occurs in respect of an Obligor, any Material Subsidiary or any member of the UGCE Borrower Group:
(i)
it is, or is deemed for the purposes of any law to be, unable to pay its debts as they fall due or insolvent;
(ii)
it admits its inability to pay its debts as they fall due;
(iii)
it suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so; or
(iv)
a moratorium is declared in respect of any of its indebtedness.
If a moratorium occurs in respect of any Obligor, any Material Subsidiary or any member of the UGCE Borrower Group, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by the moratorium.
(c)
United States of America: any Obligor, any Material Subsidiary or any member of the UGCE Borrower Group which is a partnership, or a partner of any partnership, formed under the laws of the states of Colorado or Delaware, United States or which is incorporated under the laws of a State of the United States or that resides or has a domicile, a place of business or property in the United States (each a U.S. Obligor):
(i)
admit in writing its inability to, or be generally unable to, pay its debts as such debts become due;
(ii)
makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(iii)
shall have had appointed a receiver, a custodian, trustee or similar official for, or a receiver, custodian, trustee or similar official shall have taken possession of, all or substantially all of its assets, in proceedings brought by or against such Obligor or Material Subsidiary, and such appointment shall not have been discharged or such possession shall not have been terminated within 60 days after the effective date thereof or such Obligor or Material Subsidiary shall have consented to or acquiesced in such appointment or possession;
(iv)
shall have filed a petition for relief under the insolvency, bankruptcy or similar laws of the United

98


States of America or any state thereof, or an involuntary petition for such relief shall have been filed against any such Obligor or Material Subsidiary under such laws and shall not have been dismissed or terminated within 60 days after such involuntary petition is filed; or
(v)
shall have failed to have discharged or obtained a stay of any proceeding to enforce, within a period of 45 days after the commencement thereof, any attachment, sequestration or similar proceeding asserted against all or substantially all of the assets of such Obligor or Material Subsidiary,
(vi)
in each case other than in connection with the solvent liquidation of UPC Polska following the transfer of its assets to Polska Holdco.
18.7
Insolvency proceedings
(a)
Any formal voluntary step commencing legal proceedings (including petition or convening a meeting) is taken by any Obligor, any Material Subsidiary or any member of the UGCE Borrower Group with a view to a moratorium or a composition, assignment or arrangement with any class of creditors of any Obligor, any Material Subsidiary or any member of the UGCE Borrower Group; or
(b)
a meeting of any Obligor, any Material Subsidiary or any member of the UGCE Borrower Group is convened by its shareholders, directors, managing partner (in the case of UPC Financing), secretary or other officers for the purpose of considering any resolution for, to petition for or to file documents with a court for its winding-up, dissolution or for its administration, suspension of payments, composition or bankruptcy or any such resolution is passed; or
(c)
any person presents a petition or files documents, with the appropriate legal authorities, for the winding-up or for the administration or for the bankruptcy of any Obligor, any Material Subsidiary or any member of the UGCE Borrower Group and the petition is not discharged or stayed within 45 days (or, in the case of a US Obligor, 60 days); or
(d)
an order for the winding-up or administration of any Obligor, any Material Subsidiary or any member of the UGCE Borrower Group is made,
in each case other than in connection with a reconstruction or amalgamation on terms approved by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) or in connection with the solvent liquidation of UPC Polska following the transfer of its assets to Polska Holdco.
18.8
Appointment of receivers and managers
(a)
Any liquidator, trustee-in-bankruptcy, preliminary trustee, composition trustee, judicial custodian, compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver or administrator is appointed in respect of any Obligor, any Material Subsidiary or any member of the UGCE Borrower Group or any part of its assets which is material in the context of the Borrower Group (taken as a whole) and, only in the case of the appointment of a judicial custodian, compulsory manager or receiver, is not discharged within 45 days (or, in the case of a US Obligor, 60 days); or
(b)
the directors, shareholders or other officers of any Obligor, any Material Subsidiary or any member of the UGCE Borrower Group request the appointment of, or give notice of their intention to appoint, a liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, preliminary trustee, composition trustee, judicial custodian, compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver or administrator,

99


in each case other than in connection with a reconstruction or amalgamation on terms approved by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
18.9
Creditors' process
A distress, execution, attachment or other legal process is levied, enforced or sued out upon or against all or any part of the assets of any Obligor, any Material Subsidiary or any member of the UGCE Borrower Group which is material in the context of the Borrower Group (taken as a whole), except where the same is being contested in good faith or is removed, discharged or paid within 45 days (or, in the case of a US Obligor, 60 days).
18.10
Similar proceedings
Anything which has an equivalent effect to any of the events specified in Clauses 18.6 (Insolvency) to 18.9 (Creditors' process) (inclusive) shall occur under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction in relation to any Obligor, any Material Subsidiary or any member of the UGCE Borrower Group.
18.11
Unlawfulness
It is or becomes unlawful for any Obligor or Subordinated Creditor to perform any of its payments or other material obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
18.12
Repudiation
Any Obligor or Subordinated Creditor repudiates, or evidences an intention to repudiate, any Finance Document to which it is a party.
18.13
Cessation of Distribution Business
The Borrower Group (taken as a whole) ceases to carry on all or substantially all of its Distribution Business.
18.14
Seizure
All or a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interests in, UGCE Inc., UPC Broadband Holdco or the Borrower Group (taken as a whole but excluding any undertaking, assets, rights or revenues which do not form part of the Distribution Business) are seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under the authority of any government.
18.15
Environmental Matters
As a result of any Environmental Law any of the Finance Parties becomes subject to a material obligation (actual or contingent and, in the case of any contingent obligation, being one which, at the relevant time, would be likely to arise) directly as a result of it entering into any of the Finance Documents which was not caused by its negligence or wilful default.
18.16
Breach of Security Deed and Intercreditor Agreement
(a)
A Subordinated Creditor fails to comply with any of its obligations under the Security Deed or the Pledge of Subordinated Shareholder Loans to which it is party and such failure (if capable of remedy before the expiry of such period) continues unremedied for a period of 28 days from the earlier of the date on which (i) UPC or UPC Broadband has become aware of the failure to comply or (ii) the Facility Agent gives

100


notice to the relevant Subordinated Creditor and UPC Broadband requiring the same to be remedied.
(b)
Any representation or warranty made by a Subordinated Creditor under the Security Deed or the Pledge of Subordinated Shareholder Loans is incorrect in any material aspect when made or repeated and, in the event that any representation or warranty is capable of remedy, the misrepresentation is not remedied within 28 days of the earlier of the date on which (i) such Obligor has become aware of the misrepresentation or (ii) the Facility Agent gives notice to that Subordinated Creditor requiring the same to be remedied.
(c)
Any representation or warranty made by a Finance Party (as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement) is incorrect in any material respect when made or repeated.
18.17
Loss of Licences
Any Licence is in whole or part:
(a)
terminated, suspended or revoked or does not remain in full force and effect or otherwise expires and is not renewed prior to its expiry (in each case, without replacement by Licence(s) having substantially equivalent effect) in any case in a manner which would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(b)
is modified or is breached in a manner which would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.18
Material Contracts
(a)
Except as is required by any term of this Agreement, any Material Contract to which a member of the Borrower Group is a party is terminated, suspended, revoked or cancelled or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect, unless:
(i)
in the case of an Interconnect Agreement only, services of a similar nature to those provided pursuant to such Material Contract are at all times provided to the Borrower Group on terms which are not materially more onerous on the relevant member of the Borrower Group or on the terms imposed by the mandatory requirements of any regulatory body; or
(ii)
such termination, suspension, revocation, cancellation or cessation (in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent) would not or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)
Any alteration or variation is made to any term of any Material Contract to which a member of the Borrower Group is a party which individually or cumulatively (in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent) would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)
Any party breaches any term of or repudiates any of its obligations under any Material Contract to which a member of the Borrower Group is a party where such breach or repudiation (in the opinion of the Facility Agent exercised reasonably) would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect unless, in the case of a breach of a Material Contract by any person other than any member of the Borrower Group, the relevant services are at all relevant times provided to the appropriate members of the Borrower Group on the basis set out in (a) above.
18.19
Material Adverse Change
Any event or series of events occurs which would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

101


18.20
ERISA
The occurrence of:
(a)
any event or condition that presents a material risk that any member of the Borrower Group or any ERISA Affiliate may incur a material liability to a Plan or to the United States Internal Revenue Service or to the United States Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation; or
(b)
an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as that term is defined in section 412 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, by reason of the failure of any member of the Borrower Group or any ERISA Affiliate to make a contribution to a Plan.
18.21
Acceleration
On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default while such event is continuing the Facility Agent may, and if so directed by the Majority Lenders will, by notice to UPC Broadband declare that an Event of Default has occurred and:
(a)
cancel the Total Commitments; and/or
(b)
declare that all the Advances be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or
(c)
demand that all the Advances be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable together with all interest accrued on those Advances and all other amounts payable by the Obligors under the Finance Documents.
18.22
Automatic Acceleration
If an Event of Default described in Clause 18.6(c)(ii), (iii) or (iv) (United States of America) occurs, or upon the entry of an order for relief in a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy of a US Borrower, all outstanding Advances drawn by a US Borrower under this Agreement will be immediately and automatically due and payable and the Total Commitments (to the extent they relate to such Advances) will, if not already cancelled under this Agreement, be immediately and automatically cancelled.
19.
FACILITY AGENT, SECURITY AGENT AND LENDERS
19.1
Appointment and duties of the Agents
(a)
Each Lender irrevocably appoints each Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.
(b)
Each Finance Party appointing each Agent irrevocably authorises each Agent on its behalf to:
(i)
perform the duties and to exercise the rights, powers and discretions that are specifically delegated to it under or in connection with the Finance Documents, together with any other incidental rights, powers and discretions; and
(ii)
execute each Finance Document expressed to be executed by the Facility Agent on that Finance Party's behalf.

102


(c)
Each Agent shall have only those duties which are expressly specified in this Agreement. Those duties are solely of a mechanical and administrative nature.
19.2
Relationship
The relationship between each Agent and the other Finance Parties is that of agent and principal only. Nothing in this Agreement constitutes either Agent as trustee or fiduciary for any other Party or any other person and neither Agent need hold in trust any moneys paid to it for a Party save as provided in the Finance Documents or be liable to account for interest on those moneys.
19.3
Majority Lenders' directions
(a)
Each Agent will be fully protected if it acts in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders in connection with the exercise of any right, power or discretion or any matter not expressly provided for in the Finance Documents. Any such instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Lenders. In the absence of such instructions each Agent may act as it considers to be in the best interests of all the Lenders.
(b)
No Agent is authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.
19.4
Delegation
Each Agent may act under the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.
19.5
Responsibility for documentation
Neither Agent is responsible to any other Party for:
(a)
the execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or sufficiency of any Finance Document or any other document by any other Party;
(b)
the collectability of amounts payable under any Finance Document;
(c)
the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document by any other Party; or
(d)
the integrity or security of any Finance Document or other document or information posted or distributed electronically on any intranet based system (or similar) in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of the Finance Documents or the administration of the Facilities.
19.6
Default
(a)
Neither Agent is obliged to monitor or enquire as to whether or not a Default has occurred. Neither Agent will be deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of a Default. However, if an Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing the Default and stating that the event is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Lenders of such notice.
(b)
Each Agent may require the receipt of security satisfactory to it whether by way of payment in advance or otherwise, against any liability or loss which it will or may incur in taking any proceedings or action

103


arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document before it commences these proceedings or takes that action.
19.7
Exoneration
(a)
Without limiting paragraph (b) below, neither Agent will be liable for any action taken or not taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
(b)
No Party may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of either Agent in respect of any claim it might have against that Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind (including negligence or wilful misconduct) by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document.
(c)
Any officer, employee or agent of either Agent may rely on this Clause 19.7 and enforce its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.
19.8
Reliance
Each Agent may:
(a)
rely on any notice or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed by, or with the authority of, the proper person;
(b)
rely on any statement made by a director or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify; and
(c)
engage, pay for and rely on legal or other professional advisers selected by it (including those in the Facility Agent's employment and those representing a Party other than the Facility Agent).
19.9
Credit approval and appraisal
Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms that it:
(a)
has made its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by either Agent in connection with any Finance Document; and
(b)
will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
19.10
Information
(a)
Each Agent shall promptly forward to the person concerned the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to that Agent by a Party for that person.
(b)
Except where this Agreement specifically provides otherwise, neither Agent is obliged to review or check the accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

104


(c)
Except as provided above, neither Agent has a duty:
(i)
either initially or on a continuing basis to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the financial condition or affairs of any Obligor or any related entity of any Obligor whether coming into its possession or that of any of its related entities before, on or after the Signing Date; or
(ii)
unless specifically requested to do so by a Lender in accordance with this Agreement, to request any certificates or other documents from any Obligor.
19.11
Each Agent individually
(a)
If it is also a Lender, each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent has the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise those rights and powers as though it were not the Facility Agent or Security Agent (as applicable).
(b)
Each of the Agents may:
(i)
carry on any business with an Obligor or its related entities;
(ii)
act as agent or trustee for, or in relation to any financing involving, an Obligor or its related entities; and
(iii)
retain any profits or remuneration in connection with its activities under the Finance Documents, or in relation to any of the foregoing.
19.12
Indemnities
Each Lender shall indemnify each Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the relevant Agent (otherwise than by reason of the relevant Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the relevant Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document). Such indemnification shall be pro rata to its Commitments (and for the purposes of calculating this proportion, the amount of the Total Additional Facility Commitments and each Lender's Additional Facility Commitments shall be converted to euros at the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of the relevant calculation).
19.13
Compliance
(a)
Each Agent may refrain from doing anything which might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person, and may do anything which, in its reasonable opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation of any jurisdiction.
(b)
Without limiting paragraph (a) above, neither Agent need disclose any information relating to any Obligor or any of its related entities if the disclosure might, in the opinion of the relevant Agent, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or any duty of secrecy or confidentiality or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person.
19.14
Resignation of Agents
(a)
Notwithstanding its irrevocable appointment (but subject to paragraphs (f) and (g) below), each Agent may resign by giving notice to the Lenders and UPC Broadband, in which case the relevant Agent may,

105


following consultation with and with the consent of UPC Broadband (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) forthwith appoint one of its Affiliates as successor Agent or, failing that, the Majority Lenders may with the consent of UPC Broadband (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) appoint a reputable and experienced bank as successor Agent. The resignation of the Security Agent is subject to compliance with clause 9.1 (Retirement of Security Agent) of the Security Deed.
(b)
If the appointment of a successor Agent is to be made by the Majority Lenders but they have not, within 30 days after notice of resignation, appointed a successor Agent which accepts the appointment, the retiring Agent may, following consultation with and with the consent of UPC Broadband (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), appoint a successor Agent.
(c)
The resignation of the retiring Agent and the appointment of any successor Agent will both become effective only upon the successor Agent notifying all the Parties that it accepts the appointment. On giving the notification and receiving such approval, the successor Agent will succeed to the position of the retiring Facility Agent and the term Facility Agent or Security Agent (as the case may be) will mean the successor Facility Agent or Security Agent, respectively.
(d)
The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as the Agent under this Agreement.
(e)
Upon its resignation becoming effective, this Clause 19 shall continue to benefit the retiring Agent in respect of any action taken or not taken by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents while it was the relevant Agent and, subject to paragraph (d) above, it shall have no further obligation under any Finance Document.
(f)
The Majority Lenders may by notice to an Agent require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (a) above. In this event, the relevant Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (a) above but it shall not be entitled to appoint one of its Affiliates as successor Agent.
(g)
UPC Broadband may, if it is unsatisfied (acting reasonably) with the performance by an Agent of its role as Agent, following a period of consultation with the relevant Agent of not less than 14 days, by notice to that Agent require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (a) above. Such notice must specify the reasons for which UPC Broadband is seeking the Agent's resignation, which must be based on reasonable grounds. In this event, the relevant Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (a) above but it shall not be entitled to appoint one of its Affiliates as successor Agent.
19.15
Lenders
(a)
Each Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and as acting through its Facility Office(s) until it has received notice from the Lender to the contrary by not less than five Business Days prior to the relevant payment.
(b)
Each Lender, on the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (if it is a requirement of Dutch law that such Lender is a Professional Market Party) represents to the Finance Parties and UPC Broadband that it is a Professional Market Party. Such Lender acknowledges that the Finance Parties and UPC Broadband have relied upon such representation.
19.16
Separate divisions
In acting as an Agent, the agency division of each of the Agents shall be treated as a separate entity from

106


its other divisions and departments. Any information acquired at any time by either Agent otherwise than in the capacity of Agent through its agency division (whether as financial adviser to any member of the Borrower Group or otherwise) may be treated as confidential by the relevant Agent and shall not be deemed to be information possessed by the relevant Agent in its capacity as such. Each Finance Party acknowledges that each Agent may, now or in the future, be in possession of, or provided with, information relating to the Obligors which has not or will not be provided to the other Finance Parties. Each Finance Party agrees that, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither Agent will be under any obligation to provide, or be under any liability for failure to provide, any such information to the other Finance Parties.
20.
FEES
20.1
Commitment fee
(a)
Subject to paragraph (b) below, if specified in the relevant Additional Facility Accession Agreement, UPC Broadband shall pay to the Facility Agent for distribution to each Lender pro rata to the proportion that the relevant Lender's Additional Facility Commitment bears to the Total Additional Facility Commitments from time to time a commitment fee (subject to paragraph (c) below computed at the rate specified in the Additional Facility Accession Agreement on any undrawn uncancelled amount of Total Additional Facility Commitments.
(b)
Commitment fee is calculated and accrues on a daily basis on and from the date of the relevant Additional Facility Accession Agreement and payable quarterly in arrear from the date of the relevant Additional Facility Accession Agreement and on the relevant Utilisation Date. Accrued commitment fee is also payable to the Facility Agent for the relevant Lender(s) on the cancelled amount of its (their) Additional Facility Commitments at the time the cancellation takes effect (but only in respect of the period up to the date of cancellation).
(c)
Commitment fee is payable in the currency in which the Additional Facility is denominated.
20.2
Agent's fees
UPC Broadband shall pay to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for their own account an agency fee in the amounts and on the dates agreed in the relevant Fee Letter.
20.3
VAT
Any fee referred to in this Clause 20 (Fees) is exclusive of any applicable value added tax. If any value added tax is so chargeable and is invoiced, it shall be paid by UPC Broadband at the same time as it pays the relevant fee. Where appropriate, the relevant Finance Party will supply a VAT invoice in respect of such fees.
21.
EXPENSES
21.1
Transaction Expenses
UPC Broadband shall within ten Business Days of demand pay the Agents the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and perfection of:
(a)
this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

107


(b)
any other Finance Document executed after the date of this Agreement.
21.2
Amendment Costs
If:
(a)
an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent under or in connection with any Finance Document;
(b)
an amendment is required under Clause 25.3 (Change of Currency),
UPC Broadband shall, within ten Business Days of demand, reimburse the Facility Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent, for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Facility Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.
21.3
Enforcement Costs
UPC Broadband shall, within ten Business Days of demand, pay to the Facility Agent on behalf of each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.
22.
STAMP DUTIES
UPC Broadband shall pay and, within ten Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document (other than those imposed by reason of any assignment or novation by any Finance Party).
23.
INDEMNITIES
23.1
Currency indemnity
(a)
If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency) for the purpose of:
(i)
making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor;
(ii)
obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,
that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within ten Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.
(b)
Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

108


23.2
Other indemnities
UPC Broadband shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within ten Business Days of demand, indemnify each Lender against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Lender as a result of:
(a)
the occurrence of any Event of Default;
(b)
a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 29 (Pro Rata Sharing);
(c)
funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in an Advance requested by a Borrower in a Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Lender alone); or
(d)    an Advance (or part of an Advance) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower.
23.3
Indemnity to the Facility Agent
UPC Broadband shall, within ten Business Days of demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:
(a)
investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or
(b)
acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.
23.4
Break Costs
(a)
UPC Broadband shall, within ten Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of an Advance or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Advance or Unpaid Sum.
(b)
Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate (which shall be provided to UPC Broadband) confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.
24.
EVIDENCE AND CALCULATIONS
24.1
Accounts
Accounts maintained by a Finance Party in connection with this Agreement are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.
24.2
Certificates and determinations
Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount payable under this Agreement or otherwise expressed to be determined by a Finance Party is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.

109


24.3
Calculations
The interest and the fees payable under Clause 20.1 (Commitment fee) accrue from day to day and are calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, where practice in the London inter-bank market, in the case of non-euro amounts, or the European interbank market, in the case of euro amounts, otherwise dictates, 365 days.
25.
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
25.1
Required consents
(a)
Subject to Clause 25.2 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Majority Lenders and UPC Broadband and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.
(b)
The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 25.
25.2
Exceptions
(a)
An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:
(i)
the definitions of "Majority Lenders" in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);
(ii)
an extension to the date of payment of any amount of principal, interest or commitment fees under this Agreement or the Security Documents or the extension of an Additional Facility Availability Period;
(iii)
a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable under this Agreement or the Security Documents;
(iv)
an increase in a Lender's Additional Facility Commitment;
(v)
an assignment, transfer, novation or other disposal of any of, or any interest in, an Obligor's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement other than in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Parties);
(vi)
any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;
(vii)
Clause 2.5 (Nature of a Finance Party's rights and obligations), Clause 26.2 (Transfers by Lenders) or this Clause 25;
(viii)
a release of the guarantee under Clause 14 (Guarantee) other than in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Parties);
(ix)
the selection of an Interest Period exceeding six months; or
(x)
the release of an asset from a Security Document (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein or in any such Security Document and except in furtherance of a disposal or any other transaction which is permitted by any Finance Document),

110


shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.
(b)
An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Facility Agent may not be effected without the consent of the Facility Agent.
(c)
The Facility Agent may agree with UPC Broadband any amendment to or the modification of the provisions of any of the Finance Documents or any Schedule thereto, which is necessary to correct a manifest error.
(d)
If authorised by the Majority Lenders, the Security Agent may, subject to paragraph (a) above, grant any waiver or consent in relation to, or variation of the material provisions of, any Security Document.
25.3
Change of Currency
(a)
If more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:
(i)
any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent; and
(ii)
any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official conversion rate recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent acting reasonably.
(b)
If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will be amended to the extent the Agent specifies to be necessary to reflect the change in currency and to put the Banks in the same position, so far as possible, that they would have been in if no change in currency had occurred.
25.4
Waivers and remedies cumulative
The rights of each Party under the Finance Documents:
(a)
may be exercised as often as necessary, subject to the terms of the relevant Finance Documents;
(b)
are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law; and
(c)
may be waived only in writing and specifically.
Delay in the exercise or non-exercise of any such right is not a waiver of that right.
26.
CHANGES TO THE PARTIES
26.1
Transfers by Obligors
(a)
No Obligor may assign, transfer, novate or dispose of any of, or any interest in, its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement, except:
(i)
pursuant to a merger in accordance with Clause 16.11(b) (Acquisitions and mergers); and
(ii)
that UPC Broadband Holdco (Existing UPC Broadband Holdco) may at any time assign, transfer,

111


novate or dispose of all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which it is a party to another person which is the immediate Holding Company of UPC Broadband (New UPC Broadband Holdco) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the terms of such other Finance Document, provided that any transfer or novation of obligations by Existing UPC Broadband Holdco will not be effective until New UPC Broadband Holdco has become an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 26.4 (Additional Obligors) and has delivered or delivers the documents specified in Clause 26.4(a)(v) (Additional Obligors).
(b)
At the time the foregoing conditions for the transfer or novation of Existing UPC Broadband Holdco's obligations shall have been satisfied (or waived, as the case may be) and such transfer or novation has taken effect:
(i)
Existing UPC Broadband Holdco will be released from its obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, without prejudice to any such obligations which may have accrued and shall not have been discharged prior to such time; and
(ii)
Existing UPC Broadband Holdco will cease to be an Original Guarantor.
26.2
Transfers by Lenders
(a)
A Lender (the Existing Lender) may at any time after the day falling five Business Days after the Signing Date assign, transfer or novate any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to another person (the New Lender), provided that in the case of a partial assignment, transfer or novation of rights and/or obligations, such assignment, transfer or novation shall be in a minimum amount (in relation to an Additional Facility Commitment denominated in euros) of €1,000,000 or (in relation to an Additional Facility Commitment denominated in US Dollars) of US$1,000,000 or, in each case, such lower amount as the Existing Lender may agree with UPC Broadband (save that in the case of a partial assignment, transfer or novation by a Lender of its rights and/or obligations under an Additional Facility to an Affiliate or Related Fund of that Lender, such assignment, transfer or novation shall be in a minimum amount (in relation to an Additional Facility Commitment denominated in euros) of €500,000 or (in relation to an Additional Facility Commitment denominated in US Dollars) of US$500,000 or, in each case, such lower amount as that Lender may agree with UPC Broadband).
(b)
The prior consent of UPC Broadband is required for any such assignment, transfer or novation (unless to an Affiliate or to a Lender, but without prejudice to Clause 26.2(a)), provided that:
(i)
UPC Broadband's consent must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;
(ii)
the consent of UPC Broadband to an assignment, transfer or novation must not be withheld solely because the assignment, novation or transfer may result in an increase to the Mandatory Cost;
(iii)
the prior consent of UPC Broadband is not required when (A) the assignment, novation or transfer of a Lender's rights and/or obligations is to an Affiliate or Related Fund of that Lender or (B) an Event of Default is outstanding;
(iv)
nothing in this Clause 26.2 restricts the ability of any Lender to enter into any sub‑participation or other arrangement with any third party relating to the Finance Documents which does not transfer to that third party any obligation and/or legal or equitable interest in any of the rights arising under this Agreement.
(c)
A transfer of obligations will be effective only if the obligations are novated in accordance with Clause

112


26.3 (Procedure for novations).
(d)
If, on the date of an assignment, transfer or novation of rights and/or obligations, it is a requirement of Dutch law that each Lender must be a Professional Market Party, then on the date that such assignment, transfer or novation becomes effective, the New Lender must make the declaration and representation on the terms set out in paragraph 2 of the Novation Certificate.
(e)
On each occasion an Existing Lender assigns, transfers or novates any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (other than to an Affiliate or Related Fund of that Existing Lender), the New Lender shall, on the date the assignment, transfer and/or novation takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent for its own account a fee of ε1,500.
(f)
An Existing Lender is not responsible to a New Lender for:
(i)
the execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or sufficiency of any Finance Document or any other document;
(ii)
the collectability of amounts payable under any Finance Document; or
(iii)
the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in connection with any Finance Document.
(g)
Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that:
(i)
it has made its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and
(ii)
it will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under this Agreement or any Additional Facility Commitment is in force; and
(iii)
where such New Lender is a Lender under an Additional Facility to which a Dutch Borrower is a Borrower it is a Professional Market Party and that it is aware that it therefore does not benefit from the (creditor) protection under the Dutch Banking Act for non-Professional Market Parties.
(h)
Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:
(i)
accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and/or obligations assigned, transferred or novated under this Clause 26; or
(ii)
support any losses incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under this Agreement or otherwise.
(i)
Any reference in this Agreement to a Lender includes a New Lender (to the extent rights have been assigned, transferred or novated to that New Lender and to the extent that obligations have been assumed by the New Lender) but excludes a Lender if no amount is or may be owed to or by it under this Agreement and its Additional Facility Commitment has been cancelled or reduced to nil.
(j)
If any assignment, transfer or novation results, or will result by reason of circumstances existing at the

113


time of the assignment, transfer or novation, in additional amounts becoming due under Clause 10 (Tax Gross-up and Indemnities) or amounts becoming due under Clause 12 (Increased Costs), the New Lender shall be entitled to receive such additional amounts only to the extent that the Existing Lender would have been so entitled had there been no such assignment, transfer or novation.
26.3
Procedure for novations
(a)
A novation is effected if:
(i)
the Existing Lender and the New Lender deliver to the Facility Agent a duly completed certificate (a Novation Certificate), substantially in the form of Part 1 of Schedule 5 (Novation Certificate); and
(ii)
the Facility Agent executes it (which the Facility Agent shall promptly do).
(b)
Each Finance Party (other than the Existing Lender and the New Lender) irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent to execute any duly completed Novation Certificate on its behalf if that Novation Certificate effects a novation permitted by Clause 26.2 (Transfers by Lenders).
(c)
To the extent that they are expressed to be the subject of the novation in the Novation Certificate and subject to paragraph (e) below:
(i)
the Existing Lender and the other Parties (the existing Parties) will be released from their obligations to each other (the discharged obligations);
(ii)
the New Lender and the existing Parties will assume obligations towards each other which differ from the discharged obligations only insofar as they are owed to or assumed by the New Lender instead of the Existing Lender;
(iii)
the rights of the Existing Lender against the existing Parties and vice versa (the discharged rights) will be cancelled;
(iv)
the New Lender and the existing Parties will acquire rights against each other which differ from the discharged rights only insofar as they are exercisable by or against the New Lender instead of the Existing Lender; and
(v)
the New Lender shall become, by the execution by the Facility Agent of such Novation Certificate, bound by the terms of the Security Deed as if it were an original party thereto as a Senior Beneficiary and shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations towards the other parties to the Security Deed as would have been acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an original party to the Security Deed as a Senior Beneficiary,
all on the later of (i) five Business Days after receipt of a Novation Certificate executed by the Existing Lender and the New Lender; (ii) the date of execution of such Novation Certificate by the Facility Agent or; (iii) the date specified in the Novation Certificate.
(d)
If the effective date of a novation is after the date a Request is received by the Facility Agent but before the date the requested Advance is disbursed to the relevant Borrower, the Existing Lender shall be obliged to participate in that Advance in respect of its discharged obligations notwithstanding that novation, and the New Lender shall reimburse the Existing Lender for its participation in that Advance and all interest and fees thereon up to the date of reimbursement (in each case to the extent attributable to the discharged

114


obligations) within three Business Days of the Utilisation Date of that Advance.
(e)
If an Existing Lender effects a Mid-Interest Period Transfer:
(i)
the Facility Agent has an obligation to make interest accruing on and prior to the date on which the Mid-Interest Period Transfer took effect (the Pre‑Transfer Accrued Interest) available to the Existing Lender in accordance with Clause 9.3 (Distribution). Once such Accrued Interest has been made available to the Existing Lender in accordance with Clause 9.3 (Distribution), the Facility Agent will be released from all obligations towards the Existing Lender;
(ii)
the Facility Agent will have no obligation to pay Pre‑Transfer Accrued Interest to the New Lender;
(iii)
such Existing Lender will continue to have the right to receive Pre‑Transfer Accrued Interest. Once such Pre-Transfer Accrued Interest has been made available to such Existing Lender in accordance with Clause 9.3 (Distribution), all rights of such Existing Lender against the Facility Agent will be cancelled; and
(iv)
the New Lender will have no right to receive Pre‑Transfer Accrued Interest from the Facility Agent.
26.4
Additional Obligors
(a)
(i)    Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, a Subsidiary of UPC Broadband may become an Additional Guarantor and any member of the Borrower Group may become an Additional Borrower by delivering to the Facility Agent an Obligor Accession Agreement, duly executed by that company as an Additional Guarantor or Additional Borrower (as applicable).
(ii)
A person which (A) becomes the immediate Holding Company of UPC Broadband or (B) becomes a Guarantor under the Existing Facility Agreement shall, prior to or contemporaneously with becoming such Holding Company, become an Additional Guarantor by delivering to the Facility Agent an Obligor Accession Agreement, duly executed by that company as an Additional Guarantor.
(iii)
A member of the Borrower Group that becomes an Additional Borrower shall, prior to or contemporaneously with becoming an Additional Borrower, become an Additional Guarantor by delivering to the Facility Agent an Obligor Accession Agreement (which may be the same Obligor Accession Agreement entered into by that Additional Borrower referred to in subparagraph (i) above) duly executed by that company as an Additional Guarantor.
(iv)
Upon execution and delivery of an Obligor Accession Agreement and delivery of the documents specified in subparagraph (v) below, the relevant Subsidiary, member of the Borrower Group or person referred to in subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) above will become an Additional Guarantor or Additional Borrower and an Additional Guarantor (as applicable).
(v)
UPC Broadband shall procure that, at the same time as an Obligor Accession Agreement is delivered to the Facility Agent, there is also delivered to the Facility Agent all those documents listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents), in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).
(vi)
The Obligor Accession Agreement referred to in subparagraph (i) above may, in the case of an Additional Guarantor, with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent, include a limitation

115


of the obligations or liabilities of the relevant Additional Guarantor under Clause 14 (Guarantee) where such limitation is required by any applicable law.
(b)
UPC Broadband shall:
(i)
procure that at all times the value of the aggregate EBITDA of:
(A)
the Guarantors as of the Effective Date (other than UPC Broadband, any UPC Broadband Holdco, UPC Holding and UPC Holding II) and their respective Subsidiaries (as calculated by reference to the relevant financial statements most recently provided under Clause 16.2(a) or (b) (Financial information)); and
(B)
any Additional Guarantors which have become Guarantors since the Effective Date and their respective Subsidiaries (as calculated by reference to the relevant financial statements most recently provided under Clause 16.2(a) or (b) (Financial information) or, if no such financial statements have been provided in respect of such Additional Guarantors, as calculated by reference to the financial statements referred to in paragraph 11 of Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents) provided under Clause 26.4(a)(iii) (Additional Obligors) in respect of each Additional Guarantor),
is equal to or greater than 95 per cent. of the Borrower Group's consolidated EBITDA (as calculated by reference to the relevant financial statements most recently provided under Clause 16.2(a) or (b) (Financial information) but, for the avoidance of doubt, deducting any corporate costs or allocations paid or payable by a member of the Borrower Group to one of its Affiliates pursuant to any general services arrangement), if necessary by procuring that additional Subsidiaries of UPC Broadband become Additional Guarantors; and
(ii)
consult with the Facility Agent prior to any entity becoming an Additional Guarantor in order to ensure that no material adverse change would or be reasonably likely to occur, as a result of such entity becoming an Additional Guarantor, in the consolidated financial position of the Borrower Group (taken as a whole) which would or be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)
A member of the Borrower Group may only become an Additional Borrower:
(i)
if such member of the Borrower Group executes an Obligor Accession Agreement prior to or contemporaneously with the execution by the relevant Initial Additional Facility Lenders of the relevant Additional Facility Accession Agreement and (other than in the case of UPC Financing) such Obligor Accession Agreement specifies the relevant Additional Facility under which that member of the Borrower Group is to be a Borrower; and
(ii)
with the prior consent of the Majority Lenders (except in the case of UPC Financing).
(d)
UPC Broadband represents and warrants to the Finance Parties that it is in compliance with paragraph (b) above as of the Effective Date (all relevant calculations being made by reference to the financial statements most recently provided under Clause 16.2(a) or (b) (Financial information)).
(e)
After the Effective Date, UPC Broadband shall be in compliance with its obligations under paragraph (b) above if it procures that any of its Subsidiaries which are required to become Additional Guarantors do so within 60 days after the delivery to the Facility Agent of any financial statements delivered under Clause 16.2(a) or (b) (Financial information) which demonstrate that additional Subsidiaries of UPC Broadband are required to be become Additional Guarantors under paragraph (b).

116


(f)
The execution of an Obligor Accession Agreement constitutes confirmation by the relevant Additional Guarantor or Additional Borrower (if applicable) that the relevant representations and warranties set out in Clause 15 (Representations and Warranties) to be made by it on the date of the Obligor Accession Agreement are correct, as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.
26.5
Reference Banks
(a)
If a Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender, the Facility Agent shall (after consulting with UPC Broadband) appoint another Lender which is not a Reference Bank to replace that Reference Bank.
(b)
UPC Broadband and the Facility Agent may agree to add one or more additional Reference Bank(s) from among the Lenders.
26.6
Register
The Facility Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in Clause 32.2(b) (Addresses for notices) a copy of each Novation Certificate delivered to and accepted by it and a register of the names and addresses all the Parties including, in the case of Lenders, their Commitments under each Facility, the principal amount of the Advances owing under each Facility to each Lender from time to time and the details of their Facility Office notified to the Facility Agent from time to time, and shall supply any other Party (at that Party's expense) with a copy of the register on request. The entries in such register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Obligors, the Facility Agent and the Lenders shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement.
27.
DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION
(a)
Any Lender may disclose to any of its Affiliates and any other person:
(i)
to (or through) whom that Lender assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;
(ii)
with (or through) whom that Lender enters into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to, this Agreement or any Obligor; or
(iii)
to whom, and to the extent that, information is required to be disclosed by any applicable law or regulation,
any information about any Obligor, the Borrower Group and the Finance Documents as that Lender shall consider appropriate (acting reasonably) if, in relation to subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above, the person to whom the information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking.
(b)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Party to this Agreement (and any of its affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives, professional advisers, or other agents) may (and has since the commencement of discussions with respect to the Additional Facilities been permitted to) disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind:
(i)
the U.S. tax treatment and U.S. tax structure (each as defined below) of the Additional Facilities; and
(ii)
all material of any kind (including opinions and other tax analyses) that are provided to such party

117


relating to such U.S. tax treatment or U.S. tax structure,
except to the extent reasonably necessary to comply with applicable federal or state securities laws.
For the purposes of this subsection, the U.S. tax treatment of the Additional Facilities is the purported or claimed U.S. federal, state and local income tax treatment of the Additional Facilities, and the U.S. tax structure of the Additional Facilities is any fact that may be relevant to understanding the purported or claimed U.S. federal, state and local income tax treatment of the Additional Facilities. This authorisation is not intended to permit disclosure of any information (other than information relating to the U.S. tax treatment or U.S. tax structure of the Additional Facilities) including (without limitation) (i) any portion of any materials to the extent not related to the U.S. tax treatment or U.S. tax structure of the Additional Facilities, (ii) the identities of participants or potential participants in the Additional Facilities (except to the extent such identities are related to the U.S. tax treatment or the U.S. tax structure of the Facility), (iii) the existence or status of any negotiations, (iv) any pricing or financial information (except to the extent such pricing or financial information is related to the U.S. tax treatment or the U.S. tax structure of the Additional Facilities), or (v) any other term or detail not relevant to the U.S. tax treatment or the U.S. tax structure of the Additional Facilities.
28.
SET-OFF
28.1
Contractual set‑off
A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation owed by an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.
28.2
Set-off not mandatory
No Finance Party shall be obliged to exercise any right given to it by Clause 28.1 (Contractual set‑off).
28.3
Notice of set-off
Any Finance Party exercising its rights under Clause 28.1 (Contractual set‑off) shall notify the relevant Obligor promptly after set-off is applied.
29.
PRO RATA SHARING
29.1
Redistribution
If any amount owing by an Obligor under any Finance Document to a Finance Party (the recovering Finance Party) is discharged by payment, set-off or any other manner other than through the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 9 (Payments) (a recovery), then:
(a)
the recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the recovery to the Facility Agent;
(b)
the Facility Agent shall determine whether the recovery is in excess of the amount which the recovering Finance Party would have received had the recovery been received by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 9 (Payments);

118


(c)
subject to Clause 29.3 (Exceptions), the recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the redistribution) equal to the excess;
(d)
the Facility Agent shall treat the redistribution as if it were a payment by the Obligor concerned under Clause 9 (Payments) and shall pay the redistribution to the Finance Parties (other than the recovering Finance Party) in accordance with Clause 9.7 (Partial payments); and
(e)
after payment of the full redistribution, the recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the portion of the claims paid under paragraph (d) above, and that Obligor will owe the recovering Finance Party a debt which is equal to the redistribution, immediately payable and of the type originally discharged.
29.2
Reversal of redistribution
If under Clause 29.1 (Redistribution):
(a)
a recovering Finance Party must subsequently return a recovery, or an amount measured by reference to a recovery, to an Obligor; and
(b)
the recovering Finance Party has paid a redistribution in relation to that recovery,
each Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the recovering Finance Party through the Facility Agent, reimburse the recovering Finance Party all or the appropriate portion of the redistribution paid to that Finance Party. Thereupon the subrogation in Clause 29.1(e) (Redistribution) will operate in reverse to the extent of the reimbursement.
Each Finance Party agrees with the Facility Agent that it will comply with any notice given to it by the Facility Agent under this Clause 29.2.
29.3
Exceptions
(a)
A recovering Finance Party need not pay a redistribution to the extent that it would not, after the payment, have a valid claim against the Obligor concerned in the amount of the redistribution pursuant to Clause 29.1(e) (Redistribution).
(b)
A recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal proceedings, if the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal proceedings but did not do so and did not take separate legal proceedings.
30.
SEVERABILITY
If a provision of any Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, that shall not affect:
(a)
the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of the Finance Documents; or
(b)
the legality, validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of the Finance Documents.

119


31.
COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.
32.
NOTICES
32.1
Giving of notices
All notices or other communications under or in connection with this Agreement shall be given in writing and, unless stated, may be made by letter, telex or facsimile or (to the extent that (i) the relevant Party has specified such an address pursuant to Clause 32.2 (Addresses for notices) and (ii) such notice or communication is not required to be signed by an Authorised Signatory, other officer or board of the relevant entity and the form of such notice or communication does not provide for signature by an Authorised Signatory, other officer or board of the relevant entity) by e-mail. Any such notice will be deemed to be given as follows:
(a)
if by letter, when delivered personally or on actual receipt; and
(b)
if by facsimile or e-mail, when received in legible form.
However, a notice given in accordance with the above but received on a non-working day or after business hours in the place of receipt will only be deemed to be given on the next working day in that place.
32.2
Addresses for notices
(a)
The address and facsimile number and (if so specified) e-mail address of each Party (other than the Facility Agent and the Borrowers) for all notices under or in connection with this Agreement are:
(i)
that notified by that Party for this purpose to the Facility Agent on or before it becomes a Party; or
(ii)
any other notified by that Party for this purpose to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice.
(b)
The address, facsimile numbers and e-mail address of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent are:
Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC / TD Bank Europe Limited
Triton Court
14/18 Finsbury Square
London EC2A 1DB
Contact:     Rory McCarthy
Facsimile:    +44 20 7638 0006
E-mail:        rory.mccarthy@tdsecurities.com

120


and in each case with a copy to:
TD Bank Europe Limited
Royal Trust Tower
77 King Street West
18th Floor
Toronto
Ontario, Canada
M5K 1A2
Contact:    Jim Bridwell / Elhamy Khalil
Facsimile:    +1 416 307 3826
or such other as the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties by not less than five Business Days' notice.
(c)
The address, facsimile numbers and e-mail address of UPC Broadband is:
UPC Broadband Holding B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
Contact:    Dennis Okhuijsen
Facsimile:    + 3120 778 9453; and
E-mail:        dokhuijsen@lgi.com
or such other as the Borrower may notify to the other Parties by not less than five Business Days' notice.
(d)
The Facility Agent shall, promptly upon request from any Party, give to that Party the address, facsimile number or e-mail address (if applicable) of any other Party applicable at the time for the purposes of this Clause 32.
33.
LANGUAGE
(a)
Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be in English.
(b)
All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be:

121


(i)
in English; or
(ii)
if not in English and the Facility Agent so requests, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation shall prevail unless the document is a statutory or other official document.
34.
JURISDICTION
34.1
Submission
For the benefit of each Finance Party, each Obligor agrees that the courts of England have jurisdiction to settle any disputes in connection with any Finance Document (other than any Security Document expressed to be governed by laws other than the laws of England) and accordingly submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts.
34.2
Service of process
Without prejudice to any other mode of service, each Obligor which is not incorporated in England and Wales:
(a)
irrevocably appoints UPC Services Ltd, 4th Floor, Michelen House, 81 Fulham Road, London, SW3 6RD as its agent for service of process relating to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document;
(b)
agrees to maintain an agent for service of process in England until all Additional Facility Commitments have terminated and the Advances and all other amounts payable under the Finance Documents have been finally, irrevocably and indefeasibly repaid in full;
(c)
agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned;
(d)
consents to the service of process relating to any such proceedings by prepaid posting of a copy of the process to its address for the time being applying under Clause 32.2 (Addresses for notices); and
(e)
agrees that if the appointment of any person mentioned in paragraph (a) above ceases to be effective, the relevant Obligor shall immediately appoint a further person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in England and, failing such appointment within 15 days, the Facility Agent is entitled and authorised to appoint a process agent for the Obligor by notice to the Obligor.
34.3
Forum convenience and enforcement abroad
Each Obligor:
(a)
waives objection to the English courts on grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise as regards proceedings in connection with a Finance Document; and
(b)
agrees that a judgment or order of an English court in connection with a Finance Document is conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
34.4
Non-exclusivity

122


Nothing in this Clause 34 limits the right of a Finance Party to bring proceedings against an Obligor in connection with any Finance Document:
(a)
in any other court of competent jurisdiction; or
(b)
concurrently in more than one jurisdiction.
35.
WAIVER OF IMMUNITY
Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a)
agrees that if a Finance Party brings proceedings against it or its assets in relation to a Finance Document, no immunity from those proceedings (including, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgment, other attachment, the obtaining of judgment, execution or other enforcement) will be claimed by or on behalf of itself or with respect to its assets;
(b)
waives any such right of immunity which it or its assets now has or may subsequently acquire; and
(c)
consents generally in respect of any such proceedings to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with those proceedings, including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any assets whatsoever (irrespective of its use or intended use) of any order or judgment which may be made or given in those proceedings.
36.
WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY
EACH PARTY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION IN CONNECTION WITH ANY FINANCE DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED BY ANY FINANCE DOCUMENT. THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO TRIAL BY THE COURT.
37.
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

123


SCHEDULE 1
ORIGINAL PARTIES
ORIGINAL GUARANTORS
Name
Address
UPC Financing Partnership
4643 South Ulster Street
Suite 1300
Denver, Co 80237
United States
UPC Broadband Holding B.V. (previously called UPC Distribution Holding B.V.)
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Holding II B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Holding B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC France Holding B.V
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Austria Holding B.V. (previously called Cable Network Austria Holding B.V.)
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Central Europe Holding B.V (previously called Stipdon Investments B.V.)
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands

124


Name
Address
UPC Nederland B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Poland Holding B.V. (previously called UPC Telecom B.V.)
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Broadband N.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Broadband Ireland B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands


125


SCHEDULE 2
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS
PART 1
TO BE DELIVERED BEFORE THE FIRST ADVANCE
1.
Constitutional Documents
(a)
A copy of the articles of association and certificate of incorporation of each Obligor (other than UPC Financing) and the partnership agreement in relation to UPC Financing or, if the Facility Agent already has a copy, a certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor confirming that the copy in the Facility Agent's possession is still correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the date of this Agreement.
(b)
An extract of the registration in the trade register of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce of each Obligor established in The Netherlands.
2.
Authorisations
(a)
A copy of an extract of a resolution of the managing or supervisory board of directors (or equivalent) and, to the extent that a shareholders' resolution is required under the constitutional documents of any Obligor established in The Netherlands, a copy of an extract of the shareholders' resolution of each Obligor:
(i)
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party (including, in the case of each Guarantor, the giving of the guarantee under Clause 14 (Guarantee)) and resolving that it execute and, where applicable, deliver the Finance Documents;
(ii)
authorising a specified person or persons to execute and, where applicable, deliver the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and
(iii)
authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including Requests) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party;
(b)
a specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolutions referred to in paragraph (a) above;
(c)
certificate of an authorised signatory of UPC Broadband certifying that each copy of the documents specified in Part 1 of this Schedule 2 and supplied by UPC Broadband is a true copy and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the Signing Date; and
(d)
evidence that all of the requirements of Section 25 of the Netherlands Works Council Act (Wet op de Ondernemingsraden) in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents have been complied with by each Obligor established in The Netherlands.

126


3.
Legal opinions
Legal opinions of:
(a)
Allen & Overy, London, Amsterdam, Antwerp and New York, legal advisers to the Facility Agent;
(b)
Vinge KB, Stockholm, legal advisers to the Facility Agent;
(c)
Wiersholm, Mellbye & Bech, Oslo, legal advisers to the Facility Agent.
4.
Finance Documents
(a)
The Security Documents in Schedule 7 (Security Documents) duly executed by all parties thereto.
(b)
The Security Deed duly executed by all parties thereto.
(c)
All relevant notices of security required to be delivered under any Security Document together with acknowledgements of such notices, in each case in the form required by the relevant Security Document.
(d)
Delivery to the Security Agent of share certificates and duly completed blank stock transfer forms (or equivalent) in respect of all shares or partnership interests (as applicable) subject to the Security Documents listed in Schedule 7 (Security Documents).
(e)
UCC-1 Financing Statements duly executed by each of UPC Holding and UPC Holding II.
(f)
Completion of all other steps specified by the Security Agent as being necessary to perfect the Security Interests intended to be created by the Security Documents listed in Schedule 7 (Security Documents).
5.
Financial information
(a)
Audited consolidated financial statements for UPC for the financial year ending 31 December 2002.
(b)
The Original Borrower Group Financial Statements, together with the financial statements of the Borrower Group for the Accounting Period ended 30 September 2003.
6.
Other documents
(a)
A copy of (and of all applications for) any and all approvals, consents, licences, exemptions and other requirements of governmental and other authorities required for the entering into or performance of the Finance Documents to be entered into on or about the Signing Date by each party.
(b)
A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent has notified UPC Broadband is necessary in connection with the entry into and performance of transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the validity and enforceability of this Agreement.
(c)
Evidence that all fees, costs and expenses required to be paid by UPC Broadband on or before the Effective Date pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Transaction Expenses) have been paid.
(d)
A duly executed copy of Intercreditor Agreement.

127


(e)
A copy of the Business Plan.
(f)
A copy of a duly executed Verification Letter from each Facility D Lender.
(g)
A copy of an amendment to the partnership agreement of UPC Financing to permit a further assignment of the partnership interest in UPC Financing to be granted.
(h)
A copy of a deed of amendment to the articles of association of UPC Nederland B.V. permitting the entry into of further security agreements and the related notulen and evidence of the execution and delivery to the Ministry of Justice in the Netherlands of the deed of amendment and notulen.
(i)
A statement signed on behalf of United Pan-Europe Communications Norge AS confirming that it has not received any notifications of pledges other than the share pledge dated 31 October 2000 granted to TD Bank Europe Limited as security agent under the Existing Facility Agreement.
(j)
A copy of a letter from UPC Services Limited acknowledging its appointment as agent for service of process relating to any proceedings before the English courts, in connection with any Finance Document by each Obligor which is not incorporated in England and Wales.
(k)
A copy of the Fee Letter.


128


PART 2
TO BE DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL OBLIGOR
1.
An Obligor Accession Agreement, duly executed as a deed (or using any equivalent necessary formality, in the case of an Additional Obligor incorporated outside the United Kingdom) by the Additional Obligor.
2.
In the case of an Additional Obligor (other than any UPC Broadband Holdco), a pledge over all the issued shares of the Additional Obligor owned by any member of the Borrower Group in substantially the same form as a share pledge already granted to the Security Agent over shares of another Obligor incorporated in the same jurisdiction as the Additional Obligor or in such other form as the Security Agent may reasonably require, together with a Security Provider's Deed of Accession executed by such member of the Borrower Group, such notices and other documents as the Security Agent may require to perfect such share pledge.
3.
Details of:
(a)
(in the case of an Additional Obligor, other than any UPC Broadband Holdco) all material receivables (aggregating ε10,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) or more) which are owed to the Additional Obligor by Priority Telecom N.V.;
(b)
(in the case of, an Additional Obligor, other than UPC Broadband Holdco) all intercompany loans owed to the Additional Obligor by any member of the Borrower Group, together with an Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans executed by the Additional Obligor in respect of such intercompany loans and the other documents referred to in Clause 16.14 (Loans and guarantees);
(c)
where the Additional Guarantor will become a UPC Broadband Holdco at the same time as, or after, it becomes an Additional Guarantor, details of all Financial Indebtedness owing to the Additional Guarantor by any member of the Borrower Group, together with a Pledge of Subordinated Shareholder Loans executed by the Additional Guarantor in respect of such Financial Indebtedness and the other documents referred to in Clause 16.24(a) (Shareholder Loans); and
(d)
(in the case of an Additional Obligor, other than any UPC Broadband Holdco) all Financial Indebtedness owing by the Additional Obligor to any Restricted Person, together with a Pledge of Subordinated Shareholder Loans executed by the relevant Restricted Person(s) (if any) in respect of such Financial Indebtedness and the other documents referred to in Clause 16.24(a) (Shareholder Loans).
4.
A pledge over such of the receivables referred to in subparagraph 3(a) above (in the case of an Additional Obligor, other than any UPC Broadband Holdco) as in the opinion of the Security Agent is necessary to maintain the coverage of the Security Documents over such receivables owed to the Borrower Group on a basis consistent with Clause 16.25 (Further security over receivables) in substantially the same form as a receivables pledge already granted to the Security Agent (i) by a member of the Borrower Group incorporated in the same jurisdiction as the Additional Obligor or (ii) in respect of receivables located in the same jurisdiction as the relevant receivables or (iii) in such other form as the Security Agent may reasonably request, together with all such notices and other documents as the Security Agent may require to perfect the receivables pledge.
5.
A copy of the memorandum and articles of association and certificate of incorporation (or other equivalent constitutional documents) of the Additional Obligor (and any Subsidiary of the Additional Obligor, the issued shares of which are to be subject to a share pledge referred to in paragraph 6 below).

129


6.
(a)    Where the Additional Guarantor will become a UPC Broadband Holdco at the same time as, or after, it becomes an Additional Guarantor, a pledge over all the issued shares of UPC Broadband substantially in the same form as a share pledge already granted to the Security Agent over shares of UPC Broadband or in such other form as the Security Agent may reasonable require, together with such notices and other documents as the Security Agent may require to perfect such share pledge.
(b)
In the case of an Additional Obligor (other than any UPC Broadband Holdco), a pledge over all the issued shares of any Subsidiary (a Relevant Subsidiary) of the Additional Obligor (other than shares not owned by the Additional Obligor or any Subsidiary of the Additional Obligor) if in the opinion of the Security Agent such pledge is necessary to maintain the coverage of the Security Documents over shares in Obligors (other than UPC Holding and any other UPC Broadband Holdco) or other key members of the Borrower Group (being holding companies in respect of one or more members of the Borrower Group which carry on business in a particular jurisdiction). Such share pledge shall be in substantially the same form as a Share Pledge already granted to the Security Agent over shares in a person incorporated in the same jurisdiction as the Relevant Subsidiary or in such other form as the Security Agent may reasonably require, together with such notices and other documents as the Security Agent may require to perfect such pledge.
7.
A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor:
(a)
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Obligor Accession Agreement (and any relevant Security Document referred to in paragraphs 2, 3, 4 or 6 above (each an Additional Security Document) resolving that it execute the Obligor Accession Agreement (and each Additional Security Document);
(b)
authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Obligor Accession Agreement and each Additional Security Document; and
(c)
authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.
8.
A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent reasonably considers to be necessary in connection with the entry into and performance of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Obligor Accession Agreement or any Additional Security Document.
9.
A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 7 above.
10.
A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Obligor certifying that each copy of the documents specified in Part 2 of this Schedule 2 and provided by it is a true copy and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Obligor Accession Agreement (and, in the case of an Additional Obligor other than any UPC Broadband Holdco, if required by the Facility Agent, a certificate of each Relevant Subsidiary in respect of each copy of the documents provided by it in accordance with the provisions of Part 2 of this Schedule 2).
11.
A copy of the latest financial statements (audited, if available) of the Additional Obligor.
12.
A legal opinion of legal advisers to the Facility Agent, and, if applicable, other lawyers approved by the Facility Agent in the place of incorporation of the Additional Obligor (and/or each Relevant Subsidiary) addressed to the Finance Parties.

130


13.
All other notices, documents and other steps required to perfect the security constituted by each Additional Security Document (including, without limitation, accession to, or entry into (as the case may be), by:
(a)
the relevant Additional Obligor (and any member of the Borrower Group which is an intercompany debtor in respect of the Additional Obligor) of an Obligors' Framework Agreement; or
(b)
as the case may be, the relevant Restricted Person referred to subparagraph 3(d) above (and the Additional Obligor) of a Restricted Person's Framework Agreement.

131


SCHEDULE 3
MANDATORY COST FORMULAE
1.
The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.
2.
On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Facility Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, the arithmetic mean (rounded up, if necessary, to four decimal places) of the respective rates notified by each Reference Bank to the Facility Agent at its request as the rate resulting from the application of the formulae set out in paragraphs 3 and 4 below (the Additional Cost Rate).
3.
The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Facility Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Facility Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender's participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.
4.
The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Facility Agent as follows:
in relation to an Advance in any currency other than sterling:
EX0.01 per cent. per annum.
300
Where:
E
is designed to compensate the Reference Banks for amounts payable under the Fees Rules (but, for this purpose, ignoring any minimum fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules) and is calculated by the Facility Agent as being the average for the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph 6 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.
5.
For the purposes of this Schedule:
(a)
Fees Rules means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;
(b)
Fee Tariffs means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate; and
(c)
Tariff Base has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

132


6.
If requested by the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Facility Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.
7.
Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Facility Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which its becomes a Lender:
(d)
the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and
(e)
any other information that the Facility Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.
Each Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.
8.
The rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Facility Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 6 and 7 above.
9.
The Facility Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Reference Bank pursuant to paragraph 3 above is true and correct in all respects.
10.
The Facility Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Costs to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above.
11.
Any determination by the Facility Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.
12.
The Facility Agent may from time to time, after consultation with UPC Broadband and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

133


SCHEDULE 4
FORM OF REQUEST AND CANCELLATION NOTICE
PART 1
FORM OF REQUEST
To:    [                    ]
Attention:     [            ]
From:    UPC Broadband Holding B.V.
Date: [          ]
REQUEST (ADVANCE)
UPC Broadband Holding B.V. - ε1,072,000,000 Term Credit Agreement dated 16th January, 2004 (as amended, the Credit Agreement)
Dear Sirs,
We hereby give you notice pursuant to Clause 5.1 (Delivery of Request) of the above Credit Agreement that we require an Advance to be made to that Borrower under the Credit Agreement, as follows:
 
Facility:
[relevant Additional Facility]
 
Utilisation Date:
[a date falling within the relevant Additional Facility Availability Period]
 
Requested Amount:
[                    ]
 
[Currency:
[                    ]]
 
Interest Period:
[                    ]
Payment instructions with respect to the proceeds of the Advance to be made in relation to this Request are as follows: [                    ].
We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Request. [In particular, we confirm that the proceeds of the Advance will be applied [specify purpose] in accordance with Clause 3.1 (Purpose).]
Terms used in this Request and defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning in this Request as in the Credit Agreement.
Yours faithfully
[Authorised Signatory]
[Borrower]

134


PART 2
FORM OF CANCELLATION AND/OR PREPAYMENT NOTICE
To:    [     ] as Facility Agent
From:    [BORROWER]
Date:    [          ]
UPC Broadband Holding B.V. - ε1,072,000,000 Term Credit Agreement dated 16th January, 2004 (as amended)
1.
[We wish to cancel a portion of Total Additional Facility Commitments in the following amounts:
Cancellation:
Total Additional Facility Commitments:    [     ]
OR
[We wish to prepay the whole or part of the following Advances which are to be applied against the Additional Facilities in the following order:
(a)
Additional Facilities:
Advance:    [     ]
(b)
Application of Advance[s]:
Additional Facility:     [     ]
2.
Terms defined in the above Credit Agreement have the same meaning in this notice.
By:
[BORROWER]
Authorised Signatory

135


SCHEDULE 5
FORMS OF ACCESSION DOCUMENTS
PART 1
NOVATION CERTIFICATE
To:    [     ] as Facility Agent and [BORROWER]
From:    [THE EXISTING LENDER] and [THE NEW LENDER]         Date: [          ]

UPC Broadband Holding B.V. - ε1,072,000,000 Term Credit Agreement dated 16th January, 2004 (as amended, the Credit Agreement)
We refer to Clause 26.3 (Procedure for novations) of the Credit Agreement and clause 9.3 (Transfers by the Lenders) of the Security Deed. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning in this Novation Certificate.
1.
We [             ] (the Existing Lender) and [     ] (the New Lender) agree to the Existing Lender and the New Lender novating all the Existing Lender's rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 26.3 (Procedure for novations) of the Credit Agreement and clause 9.3 (Transfers by the Lenders) of the Security Deed.
2.
In the case of an Additional Facility under which a Dutch Borrower is a Borrower, on the [date of execution of the Novation Certificate] and on the [effective transfer date], the New Lender declares and represents to the Existing Lender, the other Finance Parties and each Dutch Borrower that [it is exempted from the requirement to be a Professional Market Party because it forms part of a closed circle (besloten kring) with [name of Dutch Borrower].][:
(a)
it is a Professional Market Party;
(b)
it acknowledges that as a consequence it has no benefit from the (creditor) protection under the Dutch Banking Act for non-Professional Market Parties; and
(c)
it has made its own credit appraisal of each Dutch Borrower.]
3.
The Facility Office and address for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 (Addresses for notices) are set out in the Schedule.
4.
This Novation Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Novation Certificate.
5.
This Novation Certificate is governed by English law.

136


THE SCHEDULE
Rights and obligations to be novated
[Details of the rights and obligations of the Existing Lender to be novated.]

[New Lender]
 
 
[Facility Office
Address for notices for administrative purposes
 
 
Address for notices for credit purposes]
 
[Existing Lender]
[New Lender]
[                    ]
By:
By:
By:
Date:
Date:
Date:
 
 
 



137


PART 2
OBLIGOR ACCESSION AGREEMENT
To:    [      ] as Facility Agent and [     ] as Security Agent
From:    [PROPOSED OBLIGOR]
Date: [          ]
UPC Broadband Holding B.V. - ε1,072,000,000 Term Credit Agreement dated 16th January, 2004 (as amended, the Credit Agreement)
We refer to Clause 26.4 (Additional Obligors). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement have the same meaning in this Deed.
We, [name of company] of [Registered Office] (Registered no. [                    ]) agree:
(a)
to become an [Additional Borrower and an Additional Guarantor/Additional Guarantor and to be bound by the terms of the Credit Agreement as an [Additional Borrower and an Additional Guarantor/Additional Guarantor] in accordance with Clause 26.4 (Additional Obligors);
(b)
to become a party to the Security Deed as a Charging Entity and to observe, perform and be bound by the terms and provisions of the Security Deed in the capacity of a Charging Entity in accordance with clause 9.6 (Charging Entities) of the Security Deed; and
(c)
to become a party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Charging Entity and to observe, perform and be bound by the terms and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement in the capacity of a Charging Entity in accordance with clause 8.1 of the Intercreditor Agreement.
(d)
[The relevant Additional Facility will be a [insert currency][       ] term facility with [                 ] as Lenders].* 
Our address for notices for the purposes of Clause 32.2 (Addresses for notices) is:
[
]
This Deed is governed by English law.

Executed as a deed by    )    Director
[PROPOSED OBLIGOR]    )
acting by    )    Director/Secretary
and    )

138


PART 3
ADDITIONAL FACILITY ACCESSION AGREEMENT

To:    [                               ] as Facility Agent
[                               ] as Security Agent
From:    [PROPOSED LENDER(S)]
Date: [               ]

UPC Broadband Holding B.V. - ε1,072,000,000 Term Credit Agreement
dated 16
th January 2004 (as amended, the Credit Agreement)
1.
Terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meaning in this Deed.
2.
We refer to Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) of the Credit Agreement.
3.
We, [Name of Lender(s)] agree:
(e)
to become party to and to be bound by the terms of the Credit Agreement as [a] Lender(s) in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities); and
(f)
to become a party to the Security Deed as a Lender and to observe, perform and be bound by the terms and provisions of the Security Deed in the capacity of Lender in accordance with clause 9.3 (Transfers by Lenders) of the Security Deed.
4.
On the date on which this agreement becomes effective and where such Lender is a Lender under an Additional Facility to which a Borrower is a Dutch Borrower, the Lender declares and represents to the Finance Parties and UPC Broadband that [it is [exempted from the requirement to be a Professional Market Party because it forms part of a closed circle (besloten kring) with UPC Broadband.][:
(a)
it is a Professional Market Party;
(b)
it acknowledges that, as a consequence, it has no benefit from the (creditor) protection under the Dutch Banking Act for non-professional Market Parties; and
(c)
it has made its own credit appraisal of UPC Broadband.]
5.
Our Additional Facility Commitment is EUR/US$/Additional Currency [             ].
[If the Additional Facility Commitment is denominated in US Dollars or an Additional Currency and any determination under the Credit Agreement needs to be made by reference to a euro amount, the Facility Agent will translate the relevant US Dollar or Additional Currency amount into euros using the Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the relevant date.]

139


6.
[The Final Maturity Date in respect of our Additional Facility Commitment is [         ]/[Our Additional Facility Commitment will be repaid at a rate of [up to one] per cent. per annum starting on the day falling 12 months from the date of this accession agreement until [     ] on which date each Advance under this Additional Facility will be repaid in full].
7.
The Availability Period in relation to this Additional Facility is [     ].
8.
The Margin in relation to this Additional Facility is [   ] per annum. [If applicable set out how the Margin will be adjusted].
9.
The commitment fee in relation to this Additional Facility under Clause 20.1 (Commitment fee) is [   ] per cent. per annum.
10.
[The Borrower in relation to this Additional Facility is [         ].]
11.
Advances under this Additional Facility will be applied [                        ].
12.
[This Additional Facility can be re-borrowed in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement (as set out in Clause 7.10(d) (Miscellaneous provisions).)]
13.
[For the purposes of partial assignments, transfers or novations of rights and/or obligations by a Lender in respect of this Additional Facility under Clause 26.2 (Transfers by Lenders) of the Credit Agreement, the Lenders and UPC Broadband agree that, for the purposes of Clause 26.2(a) (Transfers by Lenders), such assignment, transfer or novation shall be in a minimum amount of [insert Additional Currency amount that is lower than the equivalent of €1,000,000 and U.S.$1,000,000] (save that in the case of a partial assignment, transfer or novation by a Lender of its rights and/or obligations under this Additional Facility to an Affiliate or Related Fund of that Lender, such assignment, transfer or novation shall be in a minimum amount of [insert Additional Currency amount that is lower than the equivalent of €500,000 and US$500,000]).]
14.
We confirm to each Finance Party that:
(a)
we have made our own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in the Credit Agreement and have not relied on any information provided to us by a Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document; and
(b)
we will continue to make our own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under the Credit Agreement or any Additional Facility Commitment is in force.
15.
The Facility Office and address for notices of the Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 (Addresses for notices) is:
[              ]
16.
This Agreement is governed by English law.
[LENDER(S)]
By:

140


[           ] as Facility Agent
By:
UPC BROADBAND HOLDING B.V.
By:
[RELEVANT BORROWER]
By:

141


SCHEDULE 6
FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING
PART 1
FORM OF LMA CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING
LMA CONFIDENTIALITY LETTER (PURCHASER) [Letterhead of Existing Lender]
To:
[insert name of New Lender]

Re:    The Facility    

Borrower:
Amount:
Agent:
 

Dear Sirs
We understand that you are considering participating in the Facility. In consideration of us agreeing to make available to you certain information, by your signature of a copy of this letter you agree as follows:
1.
Confidentiality Undertaking
You undertake:
(a)
to keep the Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone except as provided for by paragraph 2 below and to ensure that the Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to your own confidential information;
(b)
to keep confidential and not disclose to anyone the fact that the Confidential Information has been made available or that discussions or negotiations are taking place or have taken place between us in connection with the Facility;
(c)
to use the Confidential Information only for the Permitted Purpose;
(d)
to use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that any person to whom we pass any Confidential Information (unless disclosed under subparagraph 21.1(b) below) acknowledges and complies with the provisions of this letter as if that person were also a party to it; and
(e)
not to make enquiries of any member of the Borrower Group or any of their officers, directors, employees or professional advisers relating directly or indirectly to the Facility.

142


2.
Permitted Disclosure
(a)
We agree that you may disclose Confidential Information:
(i)
to members of the Participant Group and their officers, directors, employees and professional advisers to the extent necessary for the Permitted Purpose and to any auditors of members of the Participant Group;
(ii)
(A) where requested or required by any court of competent jurisdiction or any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body, (B) where required by the rules of any stock exchange on which the shares or other securities of any member of the Participant Group are listed or (C) where required by the laws or regulations of any country with jurisdiction over the affairs of any member of the Participant Group;
(iii)
with the prior written consent of us and the Borrower.
(b)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this letter, any party to this letter (and any of its affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives, professional advisers, or other agents) may and has since the commencement of discussions with respect to the Facility been permitted to disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind:
(i)
the U.S. tax treatment and U.S. tax structure (each as defined below) of the Facility: and
(ii)
all material of any kind (including opinions and other tax analyses) that are provided to such party relating to such U.S. tax treatment or U.S. tax structure,
except to the extent reasonably necessary to comply with applicable federal or state securities laws.
For the purposes of this subsection, the U.S. tax treatment of the Facility is the purported or claimed U.S. federal, state and local income tax treatment of the Facility, and the U.S. tax structure of the Facility is any fact that may be relevant to understanding the purported or claimed U.S. federal, state and local income tax treatment of the Facility. This authorisation is not intended to permit disclosure of any information (other than information relating to U.S. tax treatment or U.S. tax structure of the Facility) including (without limitation (i) any portion of any materials to the extent not related to the U.S. tax treatment or U.S. tax structure of the Facility, (ii) the identities of participants or potential participants in the Facility (except to the extent such identities are related to the tax treatment or the U.S. tax structure of the Facility), (iii) the existence or status of any negotiations, (iv) any pricing or financial information (except to the extent such pricing or financial information is related to the U.S. tax treatment or the U.S. tax structure of the Facility), or (v) any other term or detail not relevant to the U.S. tax treatment or the U.S. tax structure of the Facility.
3.
Notification of Required or Unauthorised Disclosure
You agree (to the extent permitted by law) to inform us of the full circumstances of any disclosure under subparagraph 2(b) or upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this letter.
4.
Return of Copies
If we so request in writing, you shall return all Confidential Information supplied to you by us and destroy or permanently erase all copies of Confidential Information made by you and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that anyone to whom you have supplied any Confidential Information destroys or permanently

143


erases such Confidential Information and any copies made by them, in each case save to the extent that you or the recipients are required to retain any such Confidential Information by any applicable law, rule or regulation or by any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body or in accordance with internal policy, or where the Confidential Information has been disclosed under subparagraph 2(b) above.
5.
Continuing Obligations
The obligations in this letter are continuing and, in particular, shall survive the termination of any discussions or negotiations between you and us. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the obligations in this letter shall cease (a) if you become a party to or otherwise acquire (by assignment or sub-participation) an interest, direct or indirect, in the Facility or (b) 12 months after we have returned all Confidential Information supplied to you by us and destroyed or permanently erased all copies of Confidential Information made by you (other than any such Confidential Information or copies which have been disclosed under paragraph 2 above (other than subparagraph 2(a) or which, pursuant to paragraph 4 above, are not required to be returned or destroyed).
6.
No Representation; Consequences of Breach, etc
You acknowledge and agree that:
(d)
neither we nor any of our officers, employees or advisers (each a Relevant Person) (i) make any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to, or assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, reliability or completeness of any of the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or any member of the Borrower Group or the assumptions on which it is based or (ii) shall be under any obligation to update or correct any inaccuracy in the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or any member of the Borrower Group or be otherwise liable to you or any other person in respect to the Confidential Information or any such information; and
(e)
we or members of the Borrower Group may be irreparably harmed by the breach of the terms of this letter and damages may not be an adequate remedy; each Relevant Person or member of the Borrower Group may be granted an injunction or specific performance for any threatened or actual breach of the provisions of this letter by you.
7.
No Waiver; Amendments, etc.
This letter sets out the full extent of our obligations of confidentiality owed to us in relation to the information the subject of this letter. No failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege under this letter will operate as a waiver thereof nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privileges under this letter. The terms of this letter and your obligations under this letter may only be amended or modified by written agreement between us.
8.
Inside Information
We acknowledge that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation relating to insider dealing and you undertake not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.
9.
Nature of Undertakings

144


The undertakings given by you under this letter are given to us and (without implying any fiduciary obligations on our part) are also given for the benefit of the Borrower and each other member of the Borrower Group.
10.
Third party rights
(a)
Subject to paragraph 6 and paragraph 9 the terms of this letter may be enforced and relied upon only by you and us and the operation of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 is excluded.
(b)
Notwithstanding any provisions of this letter, the parties to this letter do not require the consent of any Relevant Person or any member of the Borrower Group to rescind or vary this letter at any time.
11.
Governing Law and Jurisdiction
This letter (including the agreement constituted by your acknowledgement of its terms) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and the parties submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.
12.
Definitions
In this letter (including the acknowledgement set out below):
Borrower Group means UPC Broadband and each of its holding companies and subsidiaries and each subsidiary of each of its holding companies (as each such term is defined in the Companies Act 1985);
Confidential Information means any information relating to a Borrower, the Borrower Group, the Facility including information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that (a) is or becomes public knowledge other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach of this letter or (b) is known by you before the date the information is disclosed to you by us or any of our affiliates or advisers or is lawfully obtained by you thereafter, other than from a source which is connected with the Borrower Group and which, in either case, as far as you are aware, has not been obtained in violation of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality;
Participant Group means us, each of your holding companies and subsidiaries and each subsidiary of each of your holding companies (as each such term is defined in the Companies Act 1985); and
Permitted Purpose means considering and evaluating whether to enter into the Facility.
Please acknowledge your agreement to the above by signing and returning the enclosed copy.

145


Yours faithfully

    
For and on behalf of
[Arranger]

To:    [Existing Lender]
The Borrower and each other member of the Borrower Group
We acknowledge and agree to the above:
    
For and on behalf of
[New Lender]

146


PART 2
FORM OF LSTA CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING
Master Confidentiality Agreement dated as of [         ] (this Agreement) between [Existing Lender] (the Existing Lender) and [New Lender] (the New Lender).
This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions that will apply, in each instance, to the treatment of certain non-public information that the Existing Lender may supply to the New Lender in connection with the consideration by the New Lender of its participating in any financing or proposed financing (a Financing) for any borrower or group of borrowers (each a Borrower) specified in a Schedule described below.
As used herein: (a) Evaluation Material refers to (i) the non-public information furnished to the Existing Lender, including any Information Memorandum, in respect of a particular Financing of a Borrower that the Existing Lender supplies to the New Lender on or after the date of the Schedule in respect of such Financing, (ii) all memoranda, notes, and other documents and analyses (collectively, analyses) internally developed by the Existing Lender that it supplies to the New Lender and (iii) all analyses developed by the New Lender using any information specified under clauses (i) and (ii) above; (b) Internal Evaluation Material refers to analyses specified under clause (iii) of the definition of Evaluation Material; and (c) participation refers to a transfer of a lender's interest in a Financing (or a grant of derivative rights in respect thereof), whether by assignment, participation or otherwise (and participate and participating shall have correlative meanings thereto).
As a condition to the Existing Lender's furnishing the New Lender with any Evaluation Material in the Existing Lender's possession in respect of a particular Financing, the New Lender shall execute and return to the Existing Lender a schedule, in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, that the Existing Lender may have completed, executed and delivered to it (a Schedule). Each Schedule shall identify the Existing Lender and the New Lender in respect of such Financing and the related Evaluation Material, the name of each Borrower that the New Lender has under consideration and a description of the documentation (the Operative Documentation) in respect thereof.
The New Lender in respect of a particular Financing agrees that it will use all Evaluation Material in respect of such Financing solely for the purpose of evaluating its possible participation, or obtaining the participation of another eligible person (an Additional Assignee), in such Financing and that the New Lender will use reasonable precautions in accordance with its established procedures to keep such information confidential; provided, however, that any such information may be disclosed to the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, counsel, auditors, affiliates, advisors and representatives (collectively, Representatives) of the New Lender's institution who need to know such information for the purpose of evaluating its participation in such Financing (it being understood that such Representatives shall be informed by the New Lender of the confidential nature of such information and shall be directed by it to treat such information in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) and to any Additional Assignee and its Representatives (provided that such Additional Assignee shall have previously executed and delivered to the New Lender an agreement in substantially the same substance as this Agreement in respect of the Evaluation Material). The New Lender agrees to be responsible for any breach of this Agreement that results from the actions or omissions of its Representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the New Lender will not use such information to obtain an Additional Assignee if otherwise prohibited by agreements binding on the New Lender.
In addition, the New Lender in respect of a particular Financing agrees that prior to the settlement of its participation in such Financing, it will not disclose to any person, other than its Representatives, the identity of the Existing Lender with which discussions or negotiations are taking place concerning the New Lender's possible participation in the related Financing or any of the terms or conditions of such proposed participation. The term person as used in this Agreement shall be broadly interpreted to include the media and any corporation, partnership, group, individual or other entity and, if the New Lender's participation in the Financing would constitute a secondary market transaction, the Borrower.

147


The New Lender in respect of a particular Financing shall be permitted to disclose any related Evaluation Material (and the fact that such Evaluation Material has been made available to it and that discussions or negotiations are taking place concerning the transaction or any of the terms, conditions or other facts with respect thereto) in the event that the New Lender is required by law or regulation or requested by any governmental agency or other regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory organization having or claiming to have jurisdiction) or in connection with any legal proceedings. The New Lender agrees that it will notify the Existing Lender as soon as practical in the event of any such disclosure (other than as a result of an examination by any regulatory agency), unless such notification shall be prohibited by applicable law or legal process.
The New Lender in respect of a particular Financing and its Representatives shall have no obligation hereunder with respect to any information in any related Evaluation Material to the extent that such information (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the New Lender in violation of this Agreement, (ii) was within the New Lender's possession prior to its being furnished to it pursuant hereto, provided that the source of such information was not known by the New Lender to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to the Borrower or any other party with respect to such information or (iii) is or becomes available to the New Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or the Existing Lender, or their respective Representatives, provided that such source is not known by the New Lender to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to the Existing Lender, the Borrower or any other party with respect to such information.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this letter, any party to this letter (and any of its affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives, professional advisers, or other agents) may and has since the commencement of discussions with respect to the Facility been permitted to disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind:
(a)
the U.S. tax treatment and U.S. tax structure (each as defined below) of the Facility; and
(a)
all material of any kind (including opinions and other tax analyses) that are provided to such party relating to such U.S. tax treatment or U.S. tax structure,
except to the extent reasonably necessary to comply with applicable federal or state securities laws.
For the purposes of this subsection, the U.S. tax treatment of the Facility is the purported or claimed U.S. federal, state and local income tax treatment of the Facility, and the U.S. tax structure of the Facility is any fact that may be relevant to understanding the purported or claimed U.S. federal, state and local income tax treatment of the Facility. This authorisation is not intended to permit disclosure of any information (other than information relating to U.S. tax treatment or U.S. tax structure of the Facility) including (without limitation) (i) any portion of any materials to the extent not related to the U.S. tax treatment or U.S. tax structure of the Facility, (ii) the identities of participants or potential participants in the Facility (except to the extent such identities are related to the tax treatment or the U.S. tax structure of the Facility), (iii) the existence or status of any negotiations, (iv) any pricing or financial information (except to the extent such pricing or financial information is related to the U.S. tax treatment or the U.S. tax structure of the Facility), or (v) any other term or detail not relevant to the U.S. tax treatment or the U.S. tax structure of the Facility.
To the extent the Operative Documentation for a particular Financing contains provisions regarding the use of non-public information which conflict with, are more restrictive than or are in addition to the provisions of this Agreement, then (so long as such Operative Documentation shall be effective as to the Existing Lender) solely with application to any Evaluation Material concerning the Borrower that is the subject of such Financing (and without application hereunder to any other Evaluation Material or otherwise), such provisions of the Operative Documentation shall be incorporated herein by this reference and shall supersede and control the terms of this Agreement to the extent that such provisions are in conflict with or more restrictive than the terms hereof or are

148


in addition to those contained herein. Upon the New Lender's request, the Existing Lender will furnish to the New Lender the provisions of the Operative Documentation for such Financing regarding the use of non-public information. In addition, in the event that the New Lender actually becomes a lender (bound as a party to the Operative Documentation) with respect to a particular Financing, the application of this Agreement in respect of all Evaluation Material in respect of such Financing shall terminate and the applicable confidentiality provisions, if any, contained in the Operative Documentation shall govern and control.
If the New Lender in respect of a particular Financing chooses not to participate in such Financing, the New Lender agrees on request of the Existing Lender to return to the Existing Lender as soon as practical all related Evaluation Material (other than Internal Evaluation Material) or destroy such Evaluation Material (other than Internal Evaluation Material) without retaining any copies thereof unless prohibited from doing so by its internal policies and procedures.
The New Lender in respect of a particular Financing understands and agrees that the Existing Lender will have received the related Evaluation Material from third party sources (including the Borrower) and that the Existing Lender bears no responsibility (and shall not be liable) for the accuracy or completeness (or lack thereof) of such Evaluation Material or any information contained therein.
The New Lender hereby acknowledges that United States securities laws prohibit any person with material, non-public information about an issuer from purchasing or selling securities of such issuer or, subject to certain limited exceptions, from communicating such information to any other person. The New Lender agrees to comply with its internal compliance policies and procedures with respect to material confidential information.
The New Lender agrees that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for breach of this Agreement, and that in addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity, the Existing Lender shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including injunction and specific performance, without proof of actual damages.
This Agreement (including each Schedule delivered pursuant hereto and the provisions of any Operative Documentation incorporated herein by reference) embodies the entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to all Evaluation Material for each Financing and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements relating thereto. Unless otherwise agreed in writing between the parties hereto, the application of this Agreement shall terminate with respect to all Evaluation Material concerning each Financing on the date falling one year after the Schedule in respect of such Financing.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law (except Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligation Law to the extent that it mandates that the law of the State of New York govern).
This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original and both of which taken together shall constitute the same instrument.
It is understood by the parties that the custom in the loan syndications and loan trading markets is to execute and deliver any confidentiality agreement, schedule, confirmation or other transaction documents by telecopy or telefax. The parties agree that all telecopied or telefaxed copies of this Agreement, the Schedules, confirmations and other transaction documents, and signatures hereto and thereto, shall be duplicate originals.

149


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective authorized officers as of the date first written above.
[Existing Lender]
By:     
Name:
Title:
[New Lender]
By:     
Name:
Title:

150


EXHIBIT A
This Schedule, dated as of [         ], is one of the Schedules referred to in the Master Confidentiality Agreement dated today between [Existing Lender] and [New Lender], Terms used herein, unless defined herein, shall have the respective meanings given them in said Master Confidentiality Agreement.
Name(s) of the Borrower(s): [                                   ]
Description of the Operative Documentation: [                                   ]
Existing Lender
[                                   ].
By: [                                   ]
Name:
Title:
Received and accepted as of
the date first written above:
New Lender
[                                   ].
By: [                                   ]
Name:
Title:


151


SCHEDULE 7
SECURITY DOCUMENTS
1.
Each share pledge given in favour of the Security Agent by:
(c)
UPC Holding in respect of its interest in the share capital of UPC Broadband;
(d)
UPC Holding in respect of its interest in the share capital of UPC Holding II;
(e)
UPC Broadband in respect of its interest in the share capital of UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V.;
(f)
UPC Broadband in respect of its interest in the share capital of UPC Austria Holding B.V. (previously called Cable Networks Austria Holding B.V.);
(g)
UPC Broadband in respect of its interest in the share capital of UPC France Holding B.V.;
(h)
UPC Broadband in respect of its interest in the share capital of UPC Nederland B.V.;
(i)
UPC Broadband in respect of its interest in the share capital of UPC Central Europe Holding B.V. (previously called Stipdon Investments B.V.).;
(j)
UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V. in respect of its interest in the share capital of United Pan-Europe Communications Norge AS;
(k)
UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V. and UPC Austria Holding B.V. (previously called Cable Networks Austria Holding B.V.) in respect of their respective interests in the share capital of UPC Belgium SA;
(l)
UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V. in respect of its interest in the share capital of NBS Nordic Broadband Services AB;
(m)
UPC Central Europe Holding B.V. (previously called Stipdon Investments B.V.) in respect of its interest in the share capital of UPC Czech Holding B.V.;
(n)
UPC Central Europe Holding B.V. (previously called Stipdon Investments B.V.) in respect of its interest in the share capital of UPC Slovakia Holding B.V.;
(o)
UPC Central Europe Holding B.V. (previously called Stipdon Investments B.V.) in respect of its interest in the share capital of UPC Romania Holding B.V.; and
(p)
UPC Central Europe Holding B.V. (previously called Stipdon Investments B.V.) in respect of its interests in the share capital of Telekabel Hungary N.V.
(q)
UPC Broadband in respect of the its interest in the share capital of UPC Poland Holding B.V. (previously called UPC Telecom B.V.).
2.
Pledge by each of UPC Holding and UPC Holding II of its partnership interest in UPC Financing.
3.
(b)    Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans between UPC Broadband, UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V.,

152


UPC Central Europe Holding B.V. (previously called Stipdon Investments B.V.), UPC Nederland B.V. and UPC Financing Partnership and the Security Agent;
(a)
Pledge of Subordinated Shareholder Loans between UPC Holding and the Security Agent;
(b)
Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans between UPC Broadband and the Security Agent;
(c)
Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans between UPC Broadband and the Security Agent;
(d)
Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans between UPC Central Europe Holding B.V. (previously called Stipdon Investments B.V.) and the Security Agent;
(e)
Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans between Scandinavia Holding B.V. and the Security Agent;
(f)
Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans between UPC Broadband and the Security Agent; and
(g)
Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans between UPC Broadband and the Security Agent in respect of UPC Poland Holding B.V. receivables;
(h)
Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans between UPC Poland Holding B.V. and the Security Agent in respect of UPC Polska LLC receivables;
(i)
Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans between UPC France Holding B.V. and the Security Agent in respect of MediaReseaux receivables; and
(j)
Obligor Pledge of Shareholder Loans between UPC Broadband and the Security Agent in respect of UPC France Holding SNC receivables.
4.
Deed of pledge of registered shares in favour of the Security Agent by UPC Broadband over its interest in UGC Europe Holding Services B.V.
5.
Bank account pledge between UPC Broadband, Fortis Bank (Nederland) B.V. and the Security Agent.
6.
Securities account pledge between UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V., Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V. and the Security Agent in relation to the shares in the capital of NBS Nordic Broadband AB.


153


SCHEDULE 8
BORROWER GROUP STRUCTURE




*
All the asterisked entities are not part of the Borrower Group at the Signing Date. These entities figure on the chart for the sake of clarification.
1.    One share in UPC Belgium S.A. is held by UPC Austria Holding B.V.






 




SCHEDULE 9
SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENTS
1.
Austria
Syndikatsvereinbarung (shareholders agreement) dated 28 June 1995 among Osterreichische Philips Industrie GmbH, Cable Networks Austria Holding B.V. and Kabel-TV-Wien GmbH. (In English and German).
2.
France
Stockholders Agreement dated 29 February 2000 between Belmarken Holding B.V., InterComm France CVOHA, InterComm France II CVOHA and Reflex Participants.
3.
The Netherlands
Shareholders' Agreement, dated 6 July 1995, among The Municipality of Amsterdam, A2000 Holding N.V. and Kabeltelevisie Amsterdam B.V. (in English).
4.
Romania
Partnership Agreement between Comtec 2000, Multicanal Holdings S.R.L. and Control SA.




SIGNATORIES
[This section is not restated]



SCHEDULE 3
RESTATED NEW SECURITY DEED





RESTATED NEW SECURITY DEED
DATED 16 January 2004 as amended pursuant to an amendment Deed dated 25 January 2004 AND AMENDED AND RESTATED PURSUANT TO A DEED OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT DATED 10 may 2006






CONTENTS
Clause    Page
1.
Interpretation    1
2.
Powers of the Security Agent    8
3.
General Duties of the Security Agent    10
4.
Supplementary Provisions    10
5.
Enforcement of and Other Action under the Security Agent Security Documents13
6.
Application of Proceeds14
7.
Restrictions and Limitations on and Exclusions of the Duties and Responsibilities of the Security Agent    16
8.
No Restriction on or Liability to Account for Other Transactions    18
9.
Changes to Parties to this Deed    18
10.
Effect of this Deed as regards the Charging Entities    22
11.
Senior Hedging Agreements    22
12.
High Yield Hedging Agreements    24
13.
Miscellaneous    25
14.
Notices    26
15.
Governing Law and Jurisdiction    28
Schedule
10.
The Original Guarantors      29
11.
Lenders    31
12.
Form of Facility Agent's Deed of Accession    33
13.
Form of Senior Hedging Bank's Deed of Accession    35
14.
Form of Security Provider's Deed of Accession    37
15.
Form of Security Agent's Deed of Accession    39
16.
Form of High Yield Hedging Bank's Deed of Accession    41

Signatories    43





THIS DEED is dated 16 January 2004 as amended by an amendment deed dated 24 June 2004 and a deed of amendment and restatement dated 10 May 2006 and made
BETWEEN:
(1)
UPC BROADBAND HOLDING B.V. (previously called UPC Distribution Holding B.V.) (UPC Broadband);
(2)
UPC HOLDING B.V., a private limited company incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands with its registered office as of the Signing Date at Beech Avenue 100, 1119 PW Schiphol Rijk, Postbus 74763, 1070 BT Amsterdam, The Netherlands as Subordinated Creditor;
(3)
THE COMPANIES whose names and addresses are set out in Schedule 1 as Original Guarantors;
(4)
THE LENDERS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS whose names and addresses are set out in Schedule 2 in their capacities as Lenders;
(5)
TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC in its capacity as Facility Agent;
(6)
TD BANK EUROPE LIMITED in its capacity as Security Agent;
(7)
The Senior Hedging Banks who are a party to this Deed from time to time; and
(8)
The High Yield Hedging Banks who are a party to this Deed from time to time.
WHEREAS:
(A)
By an agreement (as from time to time amended, varied, extended, restated, refinanced or replaced, the New Facility Agreement) dated 16 January 2004 and made between UPC Broadband (1), the entities whose names and registered offices are set out in Schedule 1 thereto as Original Guarantors (2), the banks and financial institutions whose names and addresses are set out in part 2 of schedule 1 thereto as Initial Original Facility Lenders (3), the Facility Agent (3) and the Security Agent (4) and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as facility agent under the Existing Facility (6), the Lenders have agreed to make available to UPC Broadband credit facilities of up to €1,072,000,000 as well as additional credit facilities from time to time.
(B)
The execution and delivery of this Deed, pursuant to which, inter alia, the Security Agent agrees to hold the benefit of the Security Agent Security Documents (including the security created thereby) on trust or as otherwise provided by this Deed is one of the conditions precedent to the Lenders making their Additional Facility Commitments available under the New Facility Agreement.
1.
INTERPRETATION
1.1
Definitions
In this Deed (including its recitals), unless the context otherwise requires:
Additional Facility Lender means:
(a)
an Initial Additional Facility Lender; and

1


(b)
any person which has become a New Lender under an Additional Facility in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Parties) of the New Facility Agreement,
which in each case has not ceased to be a party to the New Facility Agreement in accordance with the terms of the New Facility Agreement;
Beneficiaries means the Second Beneficiaries and, where the context permits, the First Beneficiary;
Changeover Date means the date on which:
(c)
the Total Commitments (as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement) have been irrevocably cancelled or reduced to nil and all Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Existing Security Deed) has been irrevocably paid in full; and
(d)
the Total Commitments have been irrevocably cancelled or reduced to nil and all Senior Indebtedness has been irrevocably paid in full. Paragraph (b) of this definition shall not apply for the purposes of Clause 7.8 (Indemnity Beneficiaries) only.
Charging Entities means the Borrowers, the Original Guarantors, UPC Holding, any other person who enters into an Obligor Accession Agreement as an Additional Guarantor or as an Additional Borrower pursuant to Clause 26.4 (Additional Obligors) of the New Facility Agreement and any Subordinated Creditor, Security Provider or High Yield Hedging Counterparty who has entered into a Security Provider's Deed of Accession;
Deed of Accession means a Facility Agent's Deed of Accession, a Security Agent's Deed of Accession, a Senior Hedging Bank's Deed of Accession, a High Yield Hedging Bank's Deed of Accession, an Obligor Accession Agreement, or a Security Provider's Deed of Accession (as the case may be);
disposal includes any sale, lease, sub‑lease, assignment or transfer, the grant of an option or similar right, the grant of any easement, right or privilege, the creation of a trust or other equitable interest in favour of a third party, a sharing or parting with possession or occupation whether by way of licence or otherwise and the granting of access to any other person over any intellectual property, and dispose and disposition shall be construed accordingly;
Enforcement Date means (a) at any time before the Changeover Date, the date on which the Facility Agent gives a notice under Clause 18.22 (Acceleration) of the New Facility Agreement or (b) at any time on or after the Changeover Date, the date on which the Security Agent notifies UPC Broadband that an event of default or termination event (however described) has occurred and is continuing under the Senior Hedging Agreements or the High Yield Hedging Agreements;
Facility Agent's Deed of Accession means a deed of accession substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Form of Facility Agent's Deed of Accession);
Facility D means the €1,071,836,720 term loan originally made to UPC Broadband under the New Facility Agreement;
First Beneficiary means the Security Agent, to the extent only of the amounts payable to the Security Agent (for its own account) pursuant to the New Facility Agreement or any of the Security Agent Security Documents (which includes without limitation all amounts payable to the Security Agent in respect of third party costs and expenses but excluding amounts payable to the Security Agent in respect of its rights under Clause 5.3 (Security Agent as joint and several creditor) and the equivalent provisions of any other Finance Documents) and any other person who may be appointed as Security Agent pursuant to the

2


provisions of the New Facility Agreement, to the extent only of the amounts payable to the Security Agent (for its own account) pursuant to the New Facility Agreement or any of the Security Agent Security Documents, in relation to the period from and including its appointment up to and including its retirement as Security Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Deed;
Further Assurance Deed means any Security Agent Security Document executed or to be executed pursuant to a further assurance covenant or obligation contained in another Security Agent Security Document;
High Yield Hedging Agreements means any currency and/or interest rate hedging agreements, each as amended, increased or novated from time to time entered into by a High Yield Hedging Counterparty at any relevant time with a High Yield Hedging Bank in relation to any Serviceable Subordinated Debt;
High Yield Hedging Bank's Deed of Accession means a deed of accession substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of High Yield Hedging Bank's Deed of Accession);
High Yield Hedging Counterparty means any person other than a member of the Borrower Group who enters into a High Yield Hedging Agreement;
High Yield Hedging Discharge Date means the date on which each High Yield Hedging Bank has notified the Security Agent that its High Yield Hedging Indebtedness has been fully and finally satisfied and no further transactions can be entered into in respect of the High Yield Hedging Agreements entered into by any High Yield Hedging Bank;
High Yield Hedging Exposure means, with respect to a High Yield Hedging Bank, on a Valuation Date, the sum of:
(e)
in respect of its High Yield Hedging Agreements which have then been terminated:
(i)
where all or part of the proceeds of the Subordinated Shareholder Loans in respect of any Serviceable Subordinated Debt have been applied in mandatory prepayment and cancellation of the Facility D under the New Facility Agreement or the Facilities under the Existing Facility Agreement, the aggregate amount(s) outstanding from any High Yield Hedging Counterparty to such High Yield Hedging Bank in respect of any High Yield Hedging Agreements which relate to such Serviceable Subordinated Debt; and
(ii)
where all or part of the proceeds of the Subordinated Shareholder Loans in respect of any Serviceable Subordinated Debt have been applied in prepayment and cancellation of Facility D under the New Facility Agreement or the Facilities under the Existing Facility Agreement, other than in mandatory prepayment, only the Relevant Proportion of the aggregate amount(s) outstanding from any High Yield Hedging Counterparty to such High Yield Hedging Bank in respect of any High Yield Hedging Agreements which relate to such Serviceable Subordinated Debt; and
(f)
in respect of its High Yield Hedging Agreements which have not then been terminated:
(i)
where all or part of the proceeds of the Subordinated Shareholder Loans in respect of any Serviceable Subordinated Debt have been applied in mandatory prepayment and cancellation of Facility D under the New Facility Agreement or the Facilities under the Existing Facility Agreement, the aggregate of the amount(s) (the Termination Amount(s)), if any, that would be payable to such High Yield Hedging Bank by any High Yield Hedging Counterparty in respect of such High Yield Hedging Agreements to which such

3


High Yield Hedging Bank is a party relating to such Serviceable Subordinated Debt (expressed as a positive number) or by such High Yield Hedging Bank to any High Yield Hedging Counterparty in respect of such High Yield Hedging Agreements (expressed as a negative number) if such High Yield Hedging Agreements to which such High Yield Hedging Bank and such High Yield Hedging Counterparty are a party were being terminated as of the relevant Valuation Date and such amount shall be determined by the Security Agent acting reasonably and in good faith as its estimate at mid-market of the net replacement cost of such terminated High Yield Hedging Agreements, which estimate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be binding on the parties to such High Yield Hedging Agreements; and
(ii)
where all or part of the proceeds of the Subordinated Shareholder Loans in respect of any Serviceable Subordinated Debt have been applied in prepayment and cancellation of Facility D under the New Facility Agreement or the Facilities under the Existing Facility Agreement, other than in mandatory prepayment, only the Relevant Proportion of the Termination Amount(s),
provided that (x) if any amount payable by any High Yield Hedging Counterparty to a High Yield Hedging Bank under or in respect of any High Yield Hedging Agreement described above is netted (in whole or in part) against any amount payable by such High Yield Hedging Bank under any other High Yield Hedging Agreement or under any other interest rate or currency hedging arrangements, the High Yield Hedging Exposure of that High Yield Hedging Bank shall be the netted amount payable to it under such High Yield Hedging Agreements and (y) if the High Yield Hedging Exposure of any High Yield Hedging Bank is less than zero it shall be deemed to be zero;
High Yield Hedging Indebtedness means:
(a)
where all or part of the proceeds of the Subordinated Shareholder Loans in respect of any Serviceable Subordinated Debt have been applied in mandatory prepayment and cancellation of Facility D under the New Facility Agreement or the Facilities under the Existing Facility Agreement, all indebtedness covenanted to be paid or discharged by any High Yield Hedging Counterparty to the High Yield Hedging Banks under any High Yield Hedging Agreements which relate to such Serviceable Subordinated Debt; and
(b)
where all or part of the proceeds of the Subordinated Shareholder Loans in respect of any Serviceable Subordinated Debt have been applied in prepayment and cancellation of Facility D under the New Facility Agreement or the Facilities under the Existing Facility Agreement other than in mandatory prepayment, only the Relevant Proportion of the indebtedness covenanted to be paid or discharged by any High Yield Hedging Counterparty to the High Yield Hedging Banks under any High Yield Hedging Agreements which relate to such Serviceable Subordinated Debt;
Instructing Party means, at any time prior to the Changeover Date, the Lenders or the Majority Lenders (as the case may be) in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents or, at any time from (and including) the Changeover Date, all of the High Yield Hedging Banks (in relation to matters where consent of all High Yield Hedging Banks is required in accordance with the terms of the relevant documents) or the Majority Hedging Banks (as the case may be);
Majority Hedging Banks means on any Valuation Date the High Yield Hedging Banks the aggregate of whose High Yield Hedging Exposure exceeds 66 2/3 per cent. of the Total High Yield Hedging Exposure.
Original Security Agent Security Documents means this Deed, the guarantee and indemnity arrangements contained in Clause 14 of the New Facility Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the

4


Security Documents substantially in the form of those listed in Schedule 7 of the New Facility Agreement;
Relevant Proportion means the proportion that the amount of any relevant Serviceable Subordinated Debt that is on-lent to the Borrower Group by a Subordinated Creditor by means of a Subordinated Shareholder Loan and applied in permanent prepayment and cancellation of the Facilities under the Existing Facility Agreement or Facility D under the New Facility Agreement bears to the aggregate amount of such Serviceable Subordinated Debt;
Second Beneficiaries means the Senior Beneficiaries and the High Yield Hedging Banks;
Secured Assets means the undertaking, goodwill, property, assets or rights of whatsoever nature which are the subject of the security created pursuant to any of the Security Agent Security Documents;
Secured Obligations means the Security Agent Indebtedness, the Senior Indebtedness, and the High Yield Hedging Indebtedness;
Security Agent Indebtedness means the amounts referred to in the definition of First Beneficiary;
Security Agent's Deed of Accession means a deed of accession substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Security Agent's Deed of Accession);
Security Agent Security Documents means the Original Security Agent Security Documents, any other Security Documents, each Deed of Accession and all other mortgages, charges, guarantees, inter‑creditor deeds and other instruments from time to time entered into in favour of the Security Agent by way of guarantee or other assurance and/or security for or (in the case of inter‑creditor agreements or deeds) otherwise in relation to the Secured Obligations, each as amended, increased or novated from time to time;
Security Provider means any person other than an Obligor, a Subordinated Creditor or a Beneficiary who has entered into a Security Document;
Security Provider's Deed of Accession means a deed of accession substantially in the form of Schedule 5 (Form of Security Provider's Deed of Accession);
Senior Beneficiaries means the Facility Agent, the Lenders, the Existing Lenders (in respect of any ongoing right to receive interest payments under Clause 26.3 (Procedure for novations) of the New Facility Agreement) and the Security Agent (in respect of its rights under Clause 5.3 (Security Agent as joint and several creditor) and the equivalent provisions of any other Finance Documents);
Senior Hedging Bank’s Deed of Accession means the deed of accession substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Senior Hedging Bank’s Deed of Accession);
Senior Hedging Counterparty means a member of the Borrower Group who enters into a Senior Hedging Agreement;
Senior Indebtedness means all indebtedness covenanted to be paid or discharged by all or any of the Charging Entities to all or any of the Senior Beneficiaries under the Finance Documents (for the avoidance of doubt the terms of this Deed shall not alter the nature of any several obligation of a Charging Entity under any of the Finance Documents);
Subordinated Creditors means any Restricted Person who has, at any relevant time, entered into a Pledge of Subordinated Shareholder Loans and the Security Deed or a Security Provider's Deed of Accession;

5


Total Commitments means the aggregate Total Additional Facility Commitments for all Additional Facilities;
Total High Yield Hedging Exposures means the aggregate of the High Yield Hedging Exposures of all the High Yield Hedging Banks;
Trust Property means collectively, (a) the security, powers, rights, titles, benefits and interests (both present and future) constituted by and conferred on the Security Agent under or pursuant to the Security Agent Security Documents (including, without limitation, the benefit of all covenants given in the Security Agent Security Documents), (b) all moneys, property and other assets paid or transferred to or vested in the Security Agent (or any agent of the Security Agent) or received or recovered by the Security Agent (or any agent of the Security Agent) pursuant to, or in connection with, any of the Security Agent Security Documents whether from any Charging Entity or any other person and (c) all rights, benefits, interests, money, investments, property and other assets at any time representing or deriving from any of the foregoing, including all interest, income and other sums at any time received or receivable by the Security Agent (or any agent of the Security Agent) in respect of the same (or any part thereof);
Valuation Date means any date on which a High Yield Hedging Exposure falls to be determined.
1.2
Successors and assigns
In this Deed, unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to a person includes its successors and permitted transferees and assigns.
1.3
Agreement definitions
Unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined in this Deed, words and expressions defined in the New Facility Agreement (as amended and restated from time to time) shall have the same meaning when used in this Deed.
1.4
Headings
Clause and schedule headings and the contents page are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Deed.
1.5
Construction of certain terms
In this Deed, unless the context otherwise requires:
(a)
references to Clauses and Schedules are to be construed as references to the clauses of, and the schedules to, this Deed and references to this Deed include its schedules;
(b)
reference to (or to any specified provision of) this Deed or any other document shall be construed as references to this Deed, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as amended in accordance with the terms thereof or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties and (where such consent is, by the terms of this Deed or the relevant document or otherwise, required to be obtained as a condition to such amendment being permitted) the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, all of the Lenders, the Majority Lenders or all or any of the Beneficiaries (as the case may be);
(c)
references to a regulation include any present or future regulation, rule, directive, requirement,

6


request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law, only if compliance therewith is in accordance with the general practice of the relevant persons to whom it is intended to apply) of any agency, authority, central bank or government department or any self‑regulatory or other national or supra‑national authority;
(d)
words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;
(e)
references to a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any state or any of its agencies;
(f)
references to assets includes all or any part of any business, undertaking, real property, personal property, uncalled capital and any rights (whether actual or contingent, present or future) to receive, or require delivery of, any of the foregoing;
(g)
references to a guarantee include references to an indemnity or other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any indebtedness and guaranteed shall be construed accordingly;
(h)
references to a provision of the law is a reference to that provision as amended, re‑enacted or extended;
(i)
references to indebtedness include any obligation for the payment or repayment of money, whether as principal or as surety and whether present or future, actual or contingent;
(j)
references to amendment includes a supplement, novation or re‑enactment and amended is to be construed accordingly.
1.6
Effect as a deed
This Deed is intended to take effect as a deed notwithstanding that the Security Agent or any other party hereto may have executed it under hand only.
1.7
Specific capacity of parties
References in this Deed to the Facility Agent, the Lenders, the High Yield Hedging Banks, the Senior Hedging Banks, the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Security Providers, the Charging Entities, the High Yield Hedging Counterparties, the Subordinated Creditors or the Security Agent and references to the obligations or liabilities of such person shall be strictly construed as references to any such person or (as the case may be) obligations or liabilities of any such person solely in its capacity as such.
1.8
Majority Lenders and Majority Hedging Banks
(a)
Where this Deed provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion of the Majority Lenders or to be subject to the consent or request of the Majority Lenders or for any action to be taken on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, such opinion, consent, request or instructions shall (as between the Lenders) only be regarded as having been validly given or issued by the Majority Lenders if all of the Lenders shall have received appropriate prior notice of the matter on which such opinion, consent, request or instructions are required to be obtained and the relevant majority of Lenders shall have given or issued such opinion, consent, request or instructions but each Charging Entity shall be entitled (and bound) to assume that such notice shall have been duly received by each Lender and that the relevant majority shall

7


have been obtained to constitute Majority Lenders whether or not this is in fact the case.
(b)
Where this Deed provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion of the Majority Hedging Banks or to be subject to the consent or request of the Majority Hedging Banks or for any action to be taken on the instructions of the Majority Hedging Banks, such opinion, consent, request or instructions shall (as between the High Yield Hedging Banks) only be regarded as having been validly given or issued by the Majority Hedging Banks if all of the High Yield Hedging Banks shall have received appropriate prior notice of the matter on which such opinion, consent, request or instructions are required to be obtained and the relevant majority of High Yield Hedging Banks shall have given or issued such opinion, consent, request or instructions but each Charging Entity shall be entitled (and bound) to assume that such notice shall have been duly received by each High Yield Hedging Bank and that the relevant majority shall have been obtained to constitute Majority Hedging Banks whether or not this is in fact the case.
1.9
Instructing Party
Where, at any relevant time, the Instructing Party is the Lenders or the Majority Lenders, the instructions of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders (as the case may be) shall be provided to the Security Agent by the Facility Agent on their behalf. Where at any relevant time, the Instructing Party are all the High Yield Hedging Banks or the Majority Hedging Banks, the instructions of all the High Yield Hedging Banks (as the case may be) or the Majority Hedging Banks shall be provided to the Security Agent by each High Yield Hedging Bank and the Majority Hedging Banks respectively.
1.10
Equality of treatment
Following the Facility A Refinancing Date (as defined in the Existing Security Deed), any instruction given to the Security Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders or the Lenders (as the case may be) pursuant to the terms of this Deed will not be effective unless an instruction on the same terms is also given to the Security Agent under the Existing Security Deed.
2.
POWERS OF THE SECURITY AGENT
2.1
Authorisation of Security Agent
Each of the Beneficiaries hereby authorises the Security Agent (whether or not by or through employees or agents):
(a)
to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to or conferred upon the Security Agent by the Security Agent Security Documents together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto; and
(b)
to take such action on its behalf or in its own name as may from time to time be authorised under or in accordance with the Security Agent Security Documents.
2.2
Extent of Security Agent's duties
The Security Agent shall have no duties, obligations or liabilities to any of the Beneficiaries beyond those expressly stated in the Security Agent Security Documents.
2.3
Security Agent's authority to execute Security Agent Security Documents
Each of the Beneficiaries hereby confirms its approval of the Security Agent Security Documents and

8


authorises, empowers and directs the Security Agent (by itself or by such person(s) as it may nominate) to enter into and execute:
(a)
each of the Original Security Agent Security Documents (and each Beneficiary ratifies any Original Security Agent Security Document which the Security Agent shall have entered into prior to the execution of this Deed);
(b)
any one or more further Security Agent Security Documents comprising a Further Assurance Deed; and
(c)
any and all such further Security Agent Security Documents as may be approved by the Instructing Party in writing for entry into by the Security Agent,
and, in each and every case, to (i) hold any and all guarantees and/or security thereby created, as appropriate, for the Beneficiaries in the manner contemplated by this Deed; and (ii) enforce the Security Agent Security Documents as trustee or as otherwise provided (and whether or not expressly) in the names of the Beneficiaries on its behalf or for itself.
2.4
Amendments to Security Agent Security Documents
Subject to Clause 2.5 (Matters requiring unanimous consent), the Security Agent may (a) prior to the Changeover Date, with the consent of all of the Majority Lenders, or (b) on or after the Changeover Date, with the consent of the Majority Hedging Banks (provided that no amendment may be made to Clause 11 (Senior Hedging Agreements) unless, contemporaneously with such change, an identical change is made to clause 11 (Senior Hedging Agreements) of the Existing Security Deed), or (c) at any time if and to the extent expressly authorised by any other provision of any relevant Security Agent Security Document, amend, modify or otherwise vary or waive breaches of, or defaults under, or otherwise excuse performance of, any provision of any Security Agent Security Document. Any such action so authorised and effected by the Security Agent shall be promptly notified to the Facility Agent (before the Changeover Date) and the High Yield Hedging Banks (after the Changeover Date) and shall be binding on all of the Beneficiaries. For the avoidance of doubt the consent of any Beneficiary other than those specifically referred to in (a) and (b) above shall not be required in relation to any of the matters referred to in this Clause 2.4.
2.5
Matters requiring unanimous consent
Except (a) prior to the Changeover Date, with the prior written consent of all of the Lenders, or (b) on or after the Changeover Date, with the prior written consent of all of the High Yield Hedging Banks, the Security Agent shall not have authority on behalf of the Beneficiaries:
(a)
to agree with any Charging Entity any amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:
(i)
(prior to the Changeover Date only) any of the items set out in Clause 25.2(a) (Exceptions) of the New Facility Agreement; and
(ii)
(on or following the Changeover Date) (b)an extension to the date of payment of any amount of principal or interest payable under any Security Agent Security Document, (c)this Clause 2.5, (d)the definition of Majority Hedging Banks or (e)a change to any provision of any Security Agent Security Document which expressly requires the consent of all the High Yield Hedging Banks; or
(f)
to release any asset from a Security Agent Security Document (except as otherwise expressly

9


permitted in the New Facility Agreement or in such Security Agent Security Document and except in furtherance of a disposal or any other transaction which is permitted (or would have been permitted but for the Changeover Date having occurred) by any Finance Document or Security Agent Security Document); or
(g)
to release any Guarantor from its obligations under any guarantee under Clause 14 (Guarantee) of the New Facility Agreement other than in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Parties) of the New Facility Agreement.
For the avoidance of doubt the consent of any Beneficiary other than those specifically referred to in subparagraphs (a)(i) and (ii) above shall not be required in relation to any of the matters referred to in this Clause 2.5.
3.
GENERAL DUTIES OF THE SECURITY AGENT
3.1
Duty to act on instructions from the Instructing Party
The Security Agent shall (subject always to Clauses 2.4 (Amendments to Security Agent Security Documents), 2.5 (Matters requiring unanimous consent), 7.7 (Unlawful actions ) and 7.8 (Indemnity by Beneficiaries)) act, in its capacity as trustee of and generally in relation to the Trust Property or as joint and several creditor or agent (as the case may be) or (as the case may be) refrain from acting, as directed in writing from time to time by the Instructing Party in accordance with Clause 5.2 (Duty to act as directed). In taking (or, as the case may be, in refraining from taking) any such action, the Security Agent may rely on the indemnities set out in the Finance Documents but, if the Security Agent deems such indemnities not to be satisfactory, the Security Agent shall not be bound to act (or, as the case may be, refrain from acting) on such directions unless and until the Security Agent shall have been indemnified to its satisfaction against all liabilities, damages, costs and claims liable to be incurred by the Security Agent in so acting (or, as the case may be, refraining from acting).
3.2
Protection in acting on Facility Agent's instructions
The Security Agent and each Charging Entity shall be entitled (and bound) to assume that any directions given by the Facility Agent under or pursuant to this Deed are either the directions of the Majority Lenders or, as the case may be, all the Lenders, being made through the Facility Agent, or the directions of the Facility Agent itself, acting pursuant to the provisions of the Finance Documents to which the Facility Agent may from time to time be party (as appropriate) or as otherwise duly authorised or empowered by or on behalf of the Lenders.
3.3
Duty to notify
The Security Agent shall promptly notify the Facility Agent (prior to the Changeover Date) and the High Yield Hedging Banks (on or after the Changeover Date) of the contents of each notice, certificate or other document received by the Security Agent from any Charging Entity under or pursuant to any of the Security Agent Security Documents.
4.
SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
4.1
Declaration of Trust
The Security Agent hereby declares itself trustee of the Trust Property with effect from the date of this Deed to hold the same on trust for the Beneficiaries and to apply the same in accordance with Clause 6 (Application of Proceeds).

10


4.2
Duration
This Deed shall remain in full force and effect until whichever is the earliest of:
(a)
(if the trust is applicable) the expiration of a period of 80 years from the date of this Deed;
(b)
the date on which the Security Agent receives unconditional confirmation in writing from all the Beneficiaries that there is no longer outstanding any Security Agent Indebtedness, Senior Indebtedness or High Yield Hedging Indebtedness nor are any of the Beneficiaries under an obligation to permit such indebtedness to be incurred, such confirmation to be promptly provided by the Beneficiaries and, in any event, to be deemed to have been given if not provided within 10 Business Days of written request from the Security Agent; and
(c)
the unconditional release of the Charging Entities from all their respective obligations under the Security Agent Security Documents,
and the parties to this Deed declare that the perpetuity period applicable to this Deed shall for the purposes of the Perpetuities and Accumulations Act 1964 be the period of 80 years. The Security Agent shall notify UPC Broadband promptly on receipt by the Security Agent of any written confirmation referred to in paragraph (b) above.
4.3
Powers of Security Agent
In its capacity as trustee in relation to the Security Agent Security Documents and in relation to the Trust Property, the Security Agent shall, without prejudice to any of the powers, discretions and immunities conferred upon trustees by law (and to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Deed or any of the other Security Agent Security Documents), have all the same powers and discretions as a natural person acting as the beneficial owner of such property and/or as are conferred upon the Security Agent by this Deed and/or any other Security Agent Security Document Provided that the Security Agent may only exercise such powers and discretions to the extent that the Security Agent is authorised so to exercise the same in accordance with the provisions of this Deed, the New Facility Agreement and the relevant Security Agent Security Document (including specifically, but without limitation, Clause 5.2 (Duty to act as directed) of this Deed) and, in exercising such powers and discretions, the Security Agent shall have regard to and comply with any applicable constraints and/or restrictions imposed by this Deed.
4.4
Power to invest
It is expressly declared that, in its capacity as trustee in relation to the Security Agent Security Documents, the Security Agent shall be entitled to invest moneys forming part of the Trust Property and which, in the opinion of the Security Agent, may not be paid out promptly following receipt in the name or under the control of the Security Agent in any of the investments for the time being authorised by law for the investment by trustees of trust moneys or in any other property or investments whether similar to the aforesaid or not or by placing the same on deposit in the name or under the control of the Security Agent as the Security Agent may think fit without being under any duty to diversify its investments and the Security Agent may at any time vary or transpose any such property or investments for or into any others of a like nature and shall not be responsible for any loss due to depreciation in value or otherwise of such property or investments except in the case of fraud, wilful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Security Agent. Any investment of any part or all of the Trust Property may, at the discretion of the Security Agent, be made or retained in the names of nominees.
4.5
Power to engage agents

11


The Security Agent may in the conduct of its obligations under and in respect of the Security Agent Security Documents (otherwise than in relation to its right to make any declaration, determination or decision), instead of acting personally, employ and pay any agent to transact or concur in transacting any business and to do or concur in doing any acts required to be done by the Security Agent (including the receipt and payment of money). Any such agent engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to be paid all usual professional and other charges for business transacted and acts done by him or any partner or employee of his in connection with such trusts. The Security Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such agent if the Security Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such agent.
4.6
Power to appoint new trustees
Without prejudice to Clause 10 (Effect of this Deed as regards the Charging Entities), the statutory power to appoint new or additional trustees of the trusts constituted by this Deed shall be vested in the Security Agent.
4.7
Power to appoint additional trustees
With the prior consent of the Instructing Party, the Security Agent shall have power, by notice in writing given to the Facility Agent, to appoint any person either to act as separate trustee or as co‑trustee jointly with the Security Agent:
(a)
if the Security Agent considers such appointment to be in the interests of the Beneficiaries; or
(b)
for the purpose of conforming with any legal requirement, restriction or condition in any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed; or
(c)
for the purpose of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction against any person of a judgment already obtained,
and any person so appointed shall (subject to the provisions of this Deed) have such rights (including as to reasonable remuneration) and such trusts, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Security Agent by this Deed) and such duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment. The Security Agent shall have power to remove any person so appointed. At the request of the Security Agent, the other parties to this Deed shall forthwith execute all such documents and do all such things as may be required to perfect such appointment or removal and each such party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent in its name and on its behalf to do the same. The Security Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such person if the Security Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such person.
4.8
Co‑trustees to act by majority decision
If there ever shall be more than two trustees having equal authority under this Deed the majority of such trustees shall be competent to execute and exercise all the duties, powers, trusts, authorities and discretions vested by this Deed in the Security Agent generally.
4.9
Conflicts of law; consent of Beneficiaries to amendments to trusts
It is agreed between all parties to this Deed that:

12


(a)
in relation to any jurisdiction the courts of which would not recognise or give effect to the trusts expressed to be constituted by this Deed, the relationship of the Security Agent to the other Beneficiaries shall be construed simply as one of agent and principal or as otherwise provided in Clause 5.3 (Security Agent as joint and several creditor) but, to the fullest extent permissible under the laws of each and every such jurisdiction, this Deed shall have full force and effect as between the parties; and
(b)
any of the provisions of this Clause 4 or of Clause 6 (Application of Proceeds), 7 (Restrictions and Limitations on and Exclusions of the Duties and Responsibilities of the Security Agent) or 8 (No Restriction on or Liability to Account for Other Transactions) may be amended by agreement between the Security Agent and the other Beneficiaries without the consent of any other party to this Deed so long as such amendments do not impose additional obligations on the Charging Entities and each such other party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent in its name and on its behalf to execute all documents necessary to effect any such amendment.
5.
ENFORCEMENT OF AND OTHER ACTION UNDER THE SECURITY AGENT SECURITY DOCUMENTS
5.1
All action through the Security Agent
None of the Beneficiaries shall have any independent power to enforce any of the Security Agent Security Documents or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to any of the Security Agent Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by any of the Security Agent Security Documents except through the Security Agent.
5.2
Duty to act as directed
Subject to Clause 3.1 (Duty to act on instructions from the Instructing Party), the Security Agent shall take such action (including, without limitation, the exercise of all rights, discretions or powers and the granting of consents or releases) or, as the case may be, refrain from taking such action under or pursuant to the Security Agent Security Documents as the Instructing Party shall specifically direct the Security Agent in writing from time to time. Unless and until the Security Agent shall have received such directions, the Security Agent shall not take any action under the Security Agent Security Documents provided that it may (but in the absence of such directions shall not be obliged to) take such action permitted under the terms of the Security Agent Security Documents as it reasonably believes necessary or appropriate to protect the interests of the Beneficiaries under the Security Agent Security Documents but the Charging Entities shall not be concerned with whether the Security Agent shall be acting in accordance with these provisions and shall be conclusively entitled to assume that the Security Agent has all the necessary right, title and authority.
5.3
Security Agent as joint and several creditor
Each Charging Entity and each of the Beneficiaries agrees that the Security Agent shall be the joint and several creditor (hoofdelijk crediteur) of each and every obligation of each Charging Entity towards each of the Beneficiaries under each Finance Document and the High Yield Hedging Agreements and that accordingly the Security Agent will have its own independent claim as creditor and not as agent against each Charging Entity to demand performance of those obligations, provided that it is expressly acknowledged that any discharge of its payment obligations to either of the Security Agent or the relevant Beneficiary shall to the same extent discharge the corresponding obligations owing to the other.

13


5.4
Security Agent's rights as joint and several creditor
Without limiting or affecting the Security Agent's rights against the Charging Entities (whether under this clause or under any other provision of the Finance Documents) the Security Agent agrees with each Beneficiary that it will not exercise its rights as a joint and several creditor with a Beneficiary under Clause 5.3 (Security Agent as joint and several creditor) except with the prior written consent of the relevant Beneficiary. However, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in the previous sentence shall in any way limit the Security Agent's rights to act in the protection or preservation of rights under or to enforce any Security Agent Security Document as contemplated by the Finance Documents. Any amount recovered by the Security Agent as a result of the operation of this clause shall be held for the benefit of the Beneficiaries to be applied in accordance with Clause 6.2 (Order of application on enforcement).
5.5
Security Agent and Dutch Security
Subject to the provisions of this Clause, the Security Agent shall obtain any Security provided under or pursuant to a Security Document governed by Dutch law (the Dutch Security) in its own name. The Security Agent shall have full and unrestricted entitlement to and authority in respect of the Dutch Security, provided that it shall be under an obligation to exercise such rights (and obligations) in accordance with the contractual undertakings set out in this Deed including but not limited to Clause 5.4 (Security Agent's rights as joint and several creditor).
43.
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS
6.1
Co‑operation to achieve agreed priorities of application
The Beneficiaries shall co‑operate with each other and with the Security Agent in realising the Secured Assets and in ensuring that the net proceeds realised under the Security Agent Security Documents after deduction of the expenses of realisation are applied in accordance with Clause 6.2 (Order of application on enforcement).
6.2
Order of application on enforcement
All moneys received by the Security Agent and/or any other moneys otherwise received by it pursuant to any of the Security Agent Security Documents shall be applied, after the discharge of the remuneration and expenses of all liabilities having priority to the Secured Obligations, in the order set out below except that the Security Agent may credit the same to a suspense account (bearing interest at a commercially competitive rate according to the currency, amount and period of deposit of such moneys) for so long and in such manner as the Security Agent may from time to time determine, save that if the amounts standing to the credit of the suspense account are at least equal to the Secured Obligations such amounts must be promptly applied in or towards satisfaction of the Secured Obligations. The monies received by the Security Agent shall be applied as follows:
(a)
FIRST, as to a sum equivalent to the aggregate of the Security Agent Indebtedness for the First Beneficiary absolutely.
(b)
SECONDLY, as to a sum equivalent to the sum of the aggregate of (c)the Senior Indebtedness, and (d)the Total High Yield Hedging Exposures to the Second Beneficiaries absolutely (and shall pay (A)to the Senior Beneficiaries in the order set out in clause 9.7 (Partial payments) of the New Facility Agreement a sum equivalent to the proportion that the Senior Indebtedness bears to the aggregate of the Senior Indebtedness and the Total High Yield Hedging Exposures; and (B)to each High Yield Hedging Bank a sum equivalent to the proportion that the High Yield Hedging Exposure owing to such High Yield Hedging Bank bears to the aggregate of the Senior Indebtedness and

14


the Total High Yield Hedging Exposures provided that applications made by the Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (B) of this Clause 6.2(b) shall not exceed €200,000,000 in aggregate or such greater amount agreed from time to time by UPC Broadband and the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
If, following application by the Security Agent of amounts in accordance with this paragraph (b), (x) any amounts received by the Security Agent have not been applied to reduce Total High Yield Hedging Exposure owing to High Yield Hedging Banks as a result of the proviso to subparagraph (B) above and (y) the Changeover Date has not occurred, the Security Agent shall apply any such excess amounts in accordance with subparagraph (A) above (but disregarding the Total High Yield Hedging Exposure for this purpose only).
(e)
THIRDLY, subject to each of the Changeover Date and the Senior Hedge Discharge Date (as defined in the Existing Security Deed) having occurred, to each High Yield Hedging Bank a sum equivalent to the proportion that the outstanding High Yield Hedging Exposure of such High Yield Hedging Bank bears to the outstanding High Yield Hedging Exposure of all the High Yield Hedging Banks.
(f)
FOURTHLY, subject to the High Yield Hedging Discharge Date having occurred, as to the balance for the relevant Charging Entity or whoever else is entitled to such balance absolutely.
Distributions pursuant to this Clause 6.2 shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by the Security Agent of the sums being distributed.
6.3
Security Agent to rely on Beneficiaries
In considering at any time (and from time to time) the persons entitled to the benefit of any of the Secured Obligations, the Security Agent may (without prejudice to Clause 7.4 (Limit on Security Agent's responsibility)), rely and act in reliance upon any information from time to time furnished to the Security Agent by the Beneficiaries (whether pursuant to Clause 7.4 (Limit on Security Agent's responsibility) or otherwise) unless and until the same is superseded by further such information, so that the Security Agent shall have no liability or responsibility to any party as a consequence of placing reliance on and acting in reliance upon any such information unless the Security Agent has actual knowledge that such information is inaccurate or incorrect.
6.4
Information to be provided to the Security Agent
Without prejudice to Clause 6.3 (Security Agent to rely on Beneficiaries), each Beneficiary (whether directly or through the Facility Agent) shall provide the Security Agent with all necessary directions in writing so as to apply the proceeds of realisation of the security constituted by the Security Agent Security Documents as contemplated by this Deed and such other information as it may reasonably require for the purpose of carrying out its duties and obligations under the Security Agent Security Documents provided that each Beneficiary is not obliged to disclose such other information where, in its reasonable opinion, to do so would materially and adversely prejudice its affairs.
6.5
Waivers by the Charging Entities
Each Charging Entity hereby unconditionally waives any right it may have, whether at law or otherwise, to require demands to be made under the Finance Documents or for the security or any guarantee created by the Finance Documents to be enforced or realised in any specific order or manner or to require the proceeds thereof to be appropriated in any specific order or manner.

15


6.6
Security Agent's duty of care
Nothing in this Deed shall in any case where the Security Agent has failed to show the degree of care and diligence required of it as a trustee having regard to the provisions of the Security Agent Security Documents exempt the Security Agent from or indemnify it against any liability for breach of trust or any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise attach to it in respect of any fraud, gross negligence, wilful default, gross breach of duty or gross breach of trust of which it may be guilty in relation to its duties under any of the Security Agent Security Documents.
7.
RESTRICTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ON AND EXCLUSIONS OF THE DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SECURITY AGENT
7.1
No liability
The Security Agent shall not:
(a)
be obliged to make any enquiry as to any default by any Charging Entity in the performance or observance of any provision of any of the Security Agent Security Documents or as to whether any event or circumstance has occurred as a result of which the security constituted by any of the Security Agent Security Documents shall have or may become enforceable; or
(b)
be liable to any of the Beneficiaries for any action taken or omitted under or in connection with any of the Security Agent Security Documents unless caused by its fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
7.2
Limited duty to notify
The Security Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any of the Beneficiaries with any information with respect to any Charging Entity whenever coming into its possession other than as provided in Clauses 2.4 (Amendments to Security Agent Security Documents) and 3.3 (Duty to notify).
7.3
Indemnity from Security Agent Security Documents
The Security Agent and every agent or other person appointed by it in connection with its appointment under this Deed shall be entitled to be indemnified out of the proceeds of enforcement of the Security Agent Security Documents and/or the Trust Property in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses whatsoever properly incurred or suffered by it:
(a)
in the execution or exercise or bona fide purported execution or exercise of the trusts, rights, powers, authorities, discretions and duties created or conferred by or pursuant to the Security Agent Security Documents; and/or
(b)
in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted or in any way relating to the Trust Property or the provisions of any of the Security Agent Security Documents.
The rights conferred by this Clause 7.3 are without prejudice to any right to indemnity by law given to trustees generally and to any provision of the Security Agent Security Documents entitling the Security Agent or any other person to indemnity in respect of, and/or reimbursement of, any liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses incurred or suffered by it in connection with any of the Security Agent Security Documents or the performance of any duties under any of the Security Agent Security Documents.

16


Nothing contained in this Clause 7.3 shall entitle the Security Agent or any other person to be indemnified in respect of any liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses to the extent that the same arise from such person's own fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
7.4
Limit on Security Agent's responsibility
The Security Agent shall not have any responsibility to any Beneficiary (a) to ascertain whether all deeds and documents which should have been deposited with it under or pursuant to any Security Agent Security Document have been so deposited or (b) to investigate or make any enquiry into the title of any Charging Entity to the Secured Assets or any part thereof or (c) for the failure, omission or defect in perfecting or registering any Security Agent Security Document in accordance with the requirements of any applicable law or regulation (other than as a result of gross negligence on the part of the Security Agent) or (d) for the failure, omission or defect in perfecting or registering any Security Agent Security Document in accordance with the provisions of the documents of title of any Charging Entity to any of the Secured Assets (other than as a result of gross negligence on the part of the Security Agent) or (e) for acting (or, as the case may be, refraining from acting) in accordance with the directions of any of the Beneficiaries given pursuant to this Deed.
7.5
Reliance on communications and professional advice
The Security Agent shall be entitled to rely on any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct unless notified to the contrary and to have been signed or sent by the proper person and shall be entitled to rely as to legal or other professional matters on opinions and statements of any legal or other professional advisers selected or approved by it.
7.6
Retention of deeds and documents; power to grant access
The Security Agent shall not (save where the Security Agent has a pledge of shares) be under any obligation to hold any Security Agent Security Documents or any other document in connection with the Security Agent Security Documents or the Secured Assets (including title deeds) in its own possession or to take steps to protect or preserve the same. The Security Agent shall be entitled (a) to permit any Beneficiary to retain any Security Agent Security Documents or other documents in its possession; or (b) to place all deeds, certificates and other documents relating to the Secured Assets deposited with it under or pursuant to the Security Agent Security Documents or any of them in any safe deposit, safe or receptacle selected by the Security Agent or with any solicitor or firm of solicitors and may make any such arrangements as it thinks fit for allowing the Charging Entity concerned access to, or its solicitors or auditors possession of, such documents when necessary or convenient and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss incurred in connection with any such deposit, access or possession.
7.7
Unlawful actions
The Security Agent may refrain from doing anything which would, or might in its opinion, be contrary to any law of any jurisdiction or any directive, regulation or regulatory requirement of any State (or any agency thereof) or which would or might render it liable to any person and may do anything which is, in its opinion, necessary to comply with any such law, directive, regulation or regulatory requirement.
7.8
Indemnity by Beneficiaries
Prior to the Changeover Date each Lender shall reimburse the Security Agent (rateably in accordance with such Lender's Commitment) and on or after the Changeover Date each High Yield Hedging Bank shall reimburse the Security Agent (rateably in accordance with the proportion that its High Yield Hedging Exposure, bears to the aggregate of the Total High Yield Hedging Exposure) in either case to the extent

17


that the Security Agent is not reimbursed by the Charging Entities in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses referred to in Clause 7.3 (Indemnity from Security Agent Security Documents).
8.
NO RESTRICTION ON OR LIABILITY TO ACCOUNT FOR OTHER TRANSACTIONS
8.1
Rights as a Beneficiary
With respect to its own status as a Beneficiary the Security Agent shall have the same rights and powers under the Security Agent Security Documents as any other Beneficiary and may exercise the same as though it were not performing the duties and functions of the Security Agent.
8.2
Other dealings
The Security Agent may, without any liability to account to any of the Beneficiaries, accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of trust or banking business (other than in relation to the Trust Property) with any Charging Entity, or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Associated Companies as if it were not the Security Agent.
8.3
Separate capacities
Notwithstanding that the Facility Agent and the Security Agent may from time to time be the same entity, the Facility Agent and Security Agent have entered into this Deed in their separate capacities. Provided that where this Deed provides for the Facility Agent to communicate with or provide instructions to the Security Agent, while the Facility Agent and the Security Agent are the same entity, it will not be necessary for there to be any such formal communication or instructions notwithstanding that this Deed provides in certain cases for the same to be in writing.
9.
CHANGES TO PARTIES TO THIS DEED
9.1
Retirement of Security Agent
(a)
The Security Agent may, at any time upon 30 days' notice to UPC Broadband and the Lenders and conditional upon the successor security agent executing a Security Agent's Deed of Accession to give effect to the provisions of subclause (c) below, retire from its appointment as Security Agent under this Deed. No such retirement shall take effect unless there has been appointed by the Lenders as a successor security agent:
(i)
a Lender nominated by the Majority Lenders with the consent of UPC Broadband (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); or, failing such a nomination
(ii)
any other reputable and experienced bank or financial institution with offices in London nominated by the Security Agent with the consent of UPC Broadband (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(b)
On the Changeover Date the provisions of Clause 9.1(a) shall cease to apply and the Security Agent may, upon 30 days' notice to UPC Broadband and the High Yield Hedging Banks and conditional upon the successor security agent executing a Security Agent's Deed of Accession to give effect to the provisions of subclause (c) below, retire from its appointment as Security Agent under this Deed. No such retirement shall take effect unless there has been appointed as a successor security agent any reputable and experienced bank or financial institution with offices in London nominated by the Security Agent with the consent of

18


UPC Broadband (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The High Yield Hedging Banks undertake to the Security Agent that following receipt of a notice from the Security Agent pursuant to this Clause 9.1(b) they will ensure that a successor security agent is appointed in accordance with this Clause 9.1(b) as soon as practicable.
(c)
Upon any such successor as aforesaid being appointed, and subject to appropriate arrangements having been made:
(i)
in relation to the rights, titles and interests constituted by this Deed; and
(ii)
for the purpose of ensuring the preservation of all security interests in the name of the successor as may be required by the laws applicable to the relevant Security Documents,
to the satisfaction of the Beneficiaries, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged from any further obligations under this Deed but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the provisions of this Deed in relation to the period from and including its appointment up to and including its retirement as Security Agent and its successor and the other parties to this Deed shall have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had if such successor had been a party to this Deed in place of the retiring Security Agent.
(d)
Any corporation into which the Security Agent may be merged or converted or any corporation with which the Security Agent may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion, amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganisation to which the Security Agent shall be a party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the preservation of any Security Interest under the laws applicable thereto, be the successor Security Agent under the Security Agent Security Documents without the execution or filing of any document or any further act on the part of any of the parties to this Deed or any Security Agent Security Document, save that notice of any such merger, conversion, amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganisation shall forthwith be given to UPC Broadband and the Beneficiaries.
9.2
Effective Date
The retirement of the Security Agent and the appointment of the successor agent shall take effect (subject to compliance with the provisions of Clause 9.1 (Retirement of Security Agent)) upon the signing by the Security Agent and the successor agent of all deeds and other documents and the performing of all other acts necessary for the transfer of all the Security Agent's title to and interest in the Secured Assets (other than any interest accruing to the Security Agent by virtue of the Security Agent being a Second Beneficiary) to the successor agent, such title and interest to be held by the successor trustee on the same trusts and on the same terms as if the successor agent had been a party to this Deed in place of the retiring Security Agent.
9.3
Transfer by the Lenders
Each party to this Deed agrees and acknowledges that (a) the Lenders may transfer their respective rights, liabilities and obligations under this Deed in accordance with the provisions of Clause 26 (Changes to the Parties) of the New Facility Agreement and (b) if a Lender transfers all of its commitment, rights and obligations under the New Facility Agreement it shall cease to be a Beneficiary in its capacity as a Lender but if at such time it is also a High Yield Hedging Bank it shall continue to be a Beneficiary in such capacity. Each party to this Deed agrees and acknowledges that, subject to the terms of the New Facility Agreement, any person may become an Additional Facility Lender by delivering to the Facility Agent an Additional Facility Accession Agreement and that each Additional Facility Lender will become a party to this Deed in the capacity as a Lender on the date specified in the Additional Facility Accession Agreement.

19


9.4
References to Lenders following a transfer
If any Lender transfers all or any of its rights and obligations as provided in Clause 9.3 (Transfer by the Lenders) all relevant references in the Security Agent Security Documents to such Lender shall thereafter be construed as a reference to such Lender and/or a New Lender (as such term is defined in Clause 26.2 of the New Facility Agreement) to the extent of their respective rights and/or obligations and, in the case of a transfer of all or part of such Lender's rights or obligations, the other parties to the Security Agent Security Documents shall thereafter look only to the New Lender in respect of that proportion of that Lender's rights or obligations under the relevant Security Agent Security Documents as corresponds to the rights or obligations assumed by such New Lender.
9.5
Authorisation of Facility Agent
Each party to this Deed irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent to countersign each Novation Certificate on its behalf without any further consent of, or consultation with, any such party provided that all relevant conditions under the New Facility Agreement have been satisfied.
9.6
Charging Entities
None of the Charging Entities may assign or transfer any of their respective rights or obligations under this Deed other than pursuant to clause 26.1 (Transfers by Obligors) of the New Facility Agreement. Each party to this Deed agrees and acknowledges that (a) upon the execution and delivery of an Obligor Accession Agreement in accordance with Clause 26.4 (Additional Obligors) of the New Facility Agreement, the relevant Additional Guarantor or Additional Borrower shall become a party to this Deed and to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Charging Entity; (b) upon the execution and delivery of a Security Provider's Deed of Accession in accordance with the New Facility Agreement, the relevant Subordinated Creditor, Security Provider or High Yield Hedging Counterparty will become a party to this Deed and to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Charging Entity.
9.7
Assignment and/or transfer by Senior Hedging Banks
Each party to this Deed agrees and acknowledges that upon the execution and delivery of a Senior Hedging Bank's Deed of Accession the relevant Senior Hedging Bank will become a party to this Deed as such. Each party to this Deed agrees and acknowledges that a Senior Hedging Bank may assign or transfer all or any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under this Deed, provided that:
(a)
such assignment or transfer is contemporaneous with and to the same person as an assignment or transfer by the relevant Senior Hedging Bank of its corresponding rights and/or obligations in respect of the relevant Senior Hedging Agreements (as the case may be);
(b)
such assignment or transfer shall be conditional upon the relevant assignee or transferee having executed a Senior Hedging Bank's Deed of Accession by which such assignee or transferee agrees to be bound by and comply with the obligations incumbent upon the relevant Senior Hedging Bank under this Deed and the Security Agent Security Documents as if it had been a party to this Deed in place of the Senior Hedging Bank; and
(c)
such assignment or transfer is contemporaneous with an assignment or transfer by the relevant Senior Hedging Bank of its corresponding rights and obligations under the Existing Security Deed.
The Security Agent may deem and treat such assignee or transferee as a Senior Hedging Bank (as the case may be) for all purposes of this Deed and the Security Agent Security Documents after the conditions set out in this Clause 9.7 have been satisfied.

20


9.8
Assignment and/or transfer by High Yield Hedging Banks
Each party to this Deed agrees and acknowledges that upon the execution and delivery of a High Yield Hedging Bank's Deed of Accession the relevant High Yield Hedging Bank will become a party to this Deed as such. Each party to this Deed agrees and acknowledges that a High Yield Hedging Bank may assign or transfer all or any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under this Deed, provided that:
(a)
such assignment or transfer is contemporaneous with and to the same person as an assignment or transfer by the relevant High Yield Hedging Bank of its corresponding rights and/or obligations in respect of the relevant High Yield Hedging Agreements (as the case may be); and
(b)
any such assignment or transfer shall be conditional upon the relevant assignee or transferee having executed a High Yield Hedging Bank's Deed of Accession by which such assignee or transferee agrees to be bound by and comply with the obligations incumbent upon the relevant High Yield Hedging Bank under this Deed and the Security Agent Security Documents as if it had been a party to this Deed in place of the High Yield Hedging Bank; and
(c)
such assignment or transfer is contemporaneous with an assignment or transfer of the relevant High Yield Hedging Bank of its corresponding rights and obligations under the Existing Security Deed.
The Security Agent may deem and treat such assignee or transferee as a High Yield Hedging Bank (as the case may be) for all purposes of this Deed and the Security Agent Security Documents after the conditions set out in this Clause 9.8 have been satisfied.
9.9
Discharge of retiring Facility Agent
Upon any successor to the Facility Agent being appointed pursuant to Clause 19.15 (Resignation of Agents) of the New Facility Agreement and conditional upon the successor agent (the New Facility Agent) executing and delivering a Facility Agent's Deed of Accession, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligations under this Deed and the New Facility Agent and each of the other parties to this Deed shall have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had if the New Facility Agent had been a party to this Deed in place of the retiring Facility Agent.
9.10
Deeds of Accession
(a)
Each party to this Deed shall be fully entitled to rely on any Deed of Accession and any related documents that may be required under Clause 9.2 (Effective Date) delivered to the Security Agent in connection with this Deed which is complete and regular on its face as regards its contents and purportedly signed on behalf of the new Facility Agent, Security Agent, Senior Hedging Bank, High Yield Hedging Bank or new Charging Entity, as appropriate.
(b)
No party to this Deed shall have any liability or responsibility to any other party to this Deed as a consequence of placing reliance on and acting in accordance with such Deed of Accession if it proves to be the case that it was not authentic or duly authorised.
(c)
Each of the parties to this Deed hereby irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to execute any duly completed Deed of Accession as appropriate, on behalf of that party.
(d)
The Security Agent shall provide a copy of each duly completed Deed of Accession to UPC Broadband upon request.

21


10.
EFFECT OF THIS DEED AS REGARDS THE CHARGING ENTITIES
10.1
Consent and agreement to arrangements
Each of the Charging Entities joins in this Deed for the purpose of acknowledging the provisions of this Deed and undertakes with the Security Agent and each of the Beneficiaries to observe the provisions of this Deed at all times and not in any way to prejudice or affect the enforcement of such provisions or do anything which would be in breach of the terms of this Deed.
10.2
No prejudice to other rights and remedies
Nothing contained in this Deed shall as between any Charging Entity and the Security Agent and/or the Beneficiaries or any of them affect or prejudice any rights or remedies of any such person against any Charging Entity in respect of any of the Secured Obligations.
11.
SENIOR HEDGING AGREEMENTS
11.1
Senior Hedging Agreements
Each of the Senior Hedging Banks agrees that any Senior Hedging Agreements to which it is a party governing the terms of a hedging transaction will provide for "two way payments" in the event of a termination of that hedging transaction entered into under such Senior Hedging Agreements howsoever caused, meaning that the defaulting party under those Senior Hedging Agreements will be entitled to receive payment under the relevant termination provisions if the net replacement value of all terminated transactions effected under the Senior Hedging Agreements is in its favour, but that netting will not be permitted between any Senior Hedging Agreements and any other interest rate or currency hedging arrangements. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that close out netting within and among any Senior Hedging Agreements is not prohibited.
11.2
Termination of Senior Hedging Agreements
Each of the Senior Hedging Banks agrees with the Security Agent and the other Beneficiaries that prior to the Changeover Date it will not terminate any of the Senior Hedging Agreements other than Cash Flow Hedging Agreements to which it is a party except:
(a)
as a result of non‑payment of any indebtedness under such Senior Hedging Agreements which non‑payment continues for seven days after notice of such non‑payment has been given by such Senior Hedging Bank to the Security Agent (provided that if such Senior Hedging Bank and the Security Agent are the same entity it will not be necessary for there to be any formal notice of such non‑payment to be given by such Senior Hedging Bank to the Security Agent); or
(b)
a Senior Hedging Bank may terminate a Senior Hedging Agreement upon the earliest of:
(i)
the last day on which a payment of principal is due to be made under the New Facility Agreement in respect of any Additional Facility in relation to which that Senior Hedging Agreement provides interest rate or currency hedging protection from time to time;
(ii)
an acceleration of the principal amount outstanding under the New Facility Agreement, following consultation with (but without being required to obtain the consent of) the Security Agent; or

22


(iii)
the date on which the Lenders have been repaid in full in respect of any Additional Facility in relation to which that Senior Hedging Agreement provides interest rate or currency hedging protection from time to time and the Additional Facility Commitment in respect of such Additional Facility has been reduced to zero; or
(c)
following the repudiation of any such Senior Hedging Agreements by the relevant Senior Hedging Counterparty; or
(d)
upon:
(i)
it becoming contrary to any law or regulation for the relevant Senior Hedging Counterparty or such Senior Hedging Bank to perform the payment obligations expressed to be assumed by it in respect of such Senior Hedging Agreements or such obligations becoming invalid or unenforceable against the relevant Senior Hedging Counterparty; or
(ii)
any provision of such Senior Hedging Agreements relating to the termination thereof (including, without limitation, the calculation of or obligation to pay amounts upon such termination) becoming invalid or unenforceable against the relevant Senior Hedging Counterparty; or
(e)
an order being made either for the administration or winding‑up of the relevant Senior Hedging Counterparty or there occurs in relation to the relevant Senior Hedging Counterparty in any country or territory in which it carries on business any event which corresponds with either event or has similar or equivalent effects to either event; or
(f)
with the prior written consent of the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
11.3
Proceeds of termination of Senior Hedging Agreements
Each Senior Hedging Bank and each Charging Entity which is a party to any Senior Hedging Agreement agrees that:
(a)
if upon the termination of any Senior Hedging Agreement and following the application of any netting pursuant to the terms thereof an amount falls due from the Senior Hedging Bank to a Senior Hedging Counterparty that amount shall be paid by the Senior Hedging Bank, to the extent that it is lawfully possible, to the Security Agent and shall be treated to the extent that the Security Agent is entitled to do and subject, without limitation, to Clause 7.7 (Unlawful actions), as the proceeds of enforcement of the Security Agent Security Documents and shall be applied in accordance with Clause 6.2 (Order of application on enforcement);
(b)
promptly after the Facility Agent takes any action as is referred to in Clause 18.22 (Acceleration) of the New Facility Agreement or the facility agent under the Existing Facility Agreement takes any action as is referred to in clause 18.22 (Acceleration) of the Existing Facility Agreement or the non‑payment of any amount due under the New Facility Agreement or the Existing Facility Agreement on the last day on which a payment of principal is due to be made under the New Facility Agreement or the Existing Facility Agreement (as applicable) each Senior Hedging Bank:
(i)
shall exercise any and all rights it may have to terminate and close out all Senior Hedging Agreements to which it is a party, unless the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the facility agent under the Existing Facility Agreement (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement)

23


otherwise agrees;
(ii)
shall not enter into any new Senior Hedging Agreements without the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the facility agent under the Existing Facility Agreement (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement); and
(c)
promptly following the giving thereof, it will provide the Security Agent with a copy of any notice of the termination of any Senior Hedging Agreements.
11.4
Copies of Senior Hedging Agreements
Each Senior Hedging Bank undertakes to provide the Security Agent with a copy of each document constituting the Senior Hedging Agreements to which it is a party and each amendment, supplement or variation to it upon it becoming a party to this Deed or upon the execution of the same, if later.
12.
HIGH YIELD HEDGING AGREEMENTS
12.1
High Yield Hedging Agreements
Each of the High Yield Hedging Banks agrees that any High Yield Hedging Agreements to which it is a party governing the terms of a hedging transaction will provide for "two way payments" in the event of a termination of that hedging transaction entered into under such High Yield Hedging Agreements howsoever caused, meaning that the defaulting party under those High Yield Hedging Agreements will be entitled to receive payment under the relevant termination provisions if the net replacement value of all terminated transactions effected under the High Yield Hedging Agreements is in its favour. The parties hereto agree that close out netting within and among any High Yield Hedging Agreements and/or within and among any High Yield Hedging Agreements and any other interest rate or currency hedging arrangements is not prohibited.
12.2
Copies of High Yield Hedging Agreements
Each High Yield Hedging Bank undertakes to provide the Security Agent with a copy of each document constituting the High Yield Hedging Agreements to which it is a party and each amendment, supplement or variation to it upon it becoming a party to this Deed or upon the execution of the same, if later and promptly following the giving thereof a copy of any notice of the termination of any High Yield Hedging Agreements.
12.3
Release of Security Agent Security Documents
Each High Yield Hedging Bank undertakes to the Charging Entities that if the Beneficiaries request the release of the security created by the Security Agent Security Documents either after the Changeover Date or in connection with a refinancing of the New Facility Agreement, they will negotiate in good faith with a view to agreeing replacement arrangements providing them with equivalent security (taking into account the reduced amount of the Secured Obligations) to that which was available to them under the Security Agent Security Documents prior to the Changeover Date or such refinancing (as the case may be) and will instruct the Security Agent to release the Security Agent Security Documents on such replacement arrangement coming into effect.

24


13.
MISCELLANEOUS
13.1
Rights under other arrangements
Nothing contained in this Deed shall prejudice or affect the rights of the Security Agent or the Beneficiaries or any of them under any guarantee, lien, bill, note, charge or other security (other than pursuant to the Security Agent Security Documents) now or hereafter held by it in respect of any moneys, obligations or liabilities thereby secured and so that (without limitation) each and any such person may apply any moneys recovered under any such guarantee, lien, bill, note, charge or other security in or towards payment of any money, obligation or liability, actual or contingent, now or hereafter due, owing or incurred to it by any Charging Entity or may hold such moneys on a suspense account for such period as it may in its absolute discretion think fit.
13.2
Several obligations
The obligations of all parties under this Deed are several; the failure of all parties to perform such obligations shall not relieve any other Beneficiary or any of the Charging Entities of any of their respective obligations or liabilities under the Finance Documents nor shall any Beneficiary be responsible for the obligations of any other Beneficiary under this Deed.
13.3
Provisions severable
Each of the provisions of this Deed is severable and distinct from the others and if any one or more of such provisions is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Deed shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
13.4
No partnership
This Deed shall not and shall not be construed so as to constitute a partnership between the parties or any of them.
13.5
No implied waivers, remedies cumulative
No failure or delay on the part of the Security Agent or any other Beneficiary to exercise any power, right or remedy under this Deed or any other Security Agent Security Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Security Agent or any other Beneficiary of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The remedies provided in this Deed and the other Security Agent Security Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
13.6
Counterparts
This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts each of which, when executed and delivered, shall constitute an original, but all counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
13.7
Release of assets
Where UPC Broadband requests that the Security Agent releases a Secured Asset from the charges created by a Security Agent Security Document and the Facility Agent has certified that such release is permitted under the terms of the Finance Documents, the Security Agent is authorised and shall at the cost of UPC

25


Broadband execute such deeds and do all such acts and things as may be reasonably necessary to release the Secured Asset from the charges created by the relevant Security Agent Security Document. Prior to the Changeover Date the consent of none of the High Yield Hedging Banks shall be required for such release.
14.
NOTICES
14.1
Mechanics
All notices or other communications under or in connection with this Deed shall be given in writing and, unless stated, may be made by letter, telex or facsimile or (to the extent that (a) the relevant Party has specified such an address pursuant to Clause 32.2 of the New Facility Agreement (Addresses for Notices) or pursuant to this Deed and (b) such notice or communication is not required to be signed by an Authorised Signatory, other officer or board of the relevant entity and the form of such notice or communication does not provide for signature by an Authorised Signatory, other officer or board of the relevant entity) by e‑mail. Any such notice will be deemed to be given as follows:
(a)
if by letter, when delivered personally or on actual receipt; and
(b)
if by facsimile or e‑mail, when received in legible form.
However, a notice given in accordance with the above but received on a non‑working day or after business hours in the place of receipt will only be deemed to be given on the next working day in that place.
The address and facsimile number and (if so specified) e‑mail address of each Party for all notices under or in connection with this Deed are:
(c)
that notified by that Party for this purpose to the Facility Agent on or before it becomes a Party; or
(d)
any other notified by that Party for this purpose to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice.
Every notice, request, demand, or other communication under this Deed shall be sent:
(i)
to each Charging Entity at:

Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands

Facsimile:    + 3120 778 9453
Attention:    Dennis Okhuijsen
Email:        dokhuijsen@lgi.com

with a copy to:
UGC Europe Inc.

Facsimile:    + 3120 778 9453
Attention:    Dennis Okhuijsen
Email:        dokhuijsen@lgi.com


26


or its address or facsimile number specified in any relevant Deed of Accession;

(ii)
to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent at:

TD Bank Europe Limited
Triton Court
14/18 Finsbury Square
London EC2A 1DB

Contact:    Rory McCarthy
Facsimile:    + 44 207 638 0006
E‑mail:        rory.mccarthy@tdsecurities.com

and in each case with a copy to:
TD Bank Europe Limited
Royal Trust Tower
77 King Street West
18th Floor
Toronto
Ontario
Canada M5K 1A2

Contact:    Jim Bridewell / Elhamy Khalil
Facsimile;    +1 416 307 3826
(iii)
to the Lenders at the address or facsimile number:
(A)
notified by each such Lender to the Security Agent for this purpose on or before it becomes a party hereto; or
(B)
any other notified by each such Lender to the Security Agent for this purpose by not less than five Business Days' notice.
(iv)
to each Senior Hedging Bank at its address or facsimile number specified in the relevant Senior Hedging Bank's Deed of Accession,
(v)
to each High Yield Hedging Bank at its address or facsimile number specified in the relevant High Yield Hedging Bank's Deed of Accession,
or to such other address, or facsimile number as is notified by the relevant party to the other parties to this Deed save that a change of address of a Charging Entity, a Senior Hedging Bank, a High Yield Hedging Bank or a Lender need only be notified to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent.
14.2
Notices through the Security Agent
Every notice, request, demand or other communication under this Deed to be given by any Charging Entity to any other party shall be given to the Security Agent for onward transmission as appropriate and to be given to any Charging Entity shall (except as otherwise provided in this Deed) be given by the Security Agent.

27


15.
GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION
15.1
Law
This Deed is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with English law.
15.2
Submission to jurisdiction
The parties to this Deed agree for the benefit of the Beneficiaries that:
(a)
if any party has any claim against any other arising out of or in connection with this Deed such claim shall (subject to Clause 15.2(c)) be referred to the High Court of Justice in England, to the jurisdiction of which each of the parties irrevocably submits;
(b)
the jurisdiction of the High Court of Justice in England over any such claim against any Beneficiary shall be an exclusive jurisdiction and no courts outside England shall have jurisdiction to hear or determine any such claim; and
(c)
nothing in this Clause 15.2 shall limit the right of any Beneficiary to refer any such claim against any Charging Entity to any other court of competent jurisdiction outside England, to the jurisdiction of which each Charging Entity hereby irrevocably agrees to submit, nor shall the taking of proceedings by any Beneficiary before the courts in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction whether concurrently or not.
15.3
Agent for service of process
Each Charging Entity which is not incorporated in England and Wales irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers HRO Registrars Limited of Heathcoat House, 20 Saville Row, London W1X 1AE to receive for it and on its behalf service of process issued out of the High Court of Justice in England in relation to any claim arising out of or in connection with this Deed.
15.4
Inconvenient forum
Each Charging Entity irrevocably waives any objection they may have now or hereafter to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding in any court or jurisdiction referred to in Clause 15.2 (Submission to jurisdiction) and any claim they may have now or hereafter that any action or proceeding brought in such courts or jurisdiction has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Deed have caused this Deed to be duly executed on the date first above written.

28


SCHEDULE 1
THE ORIGINAL GUARANTORS

Name
Address
UPC Financing Partnership
4643 South Ulster Street
Suite 1300
Denver, Co 80237
United States
UPC Broadband Holding B.V.
(previously called UPC Distribution Holding B.V.)
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Holding II B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Holding B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC France Holding B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Scandinavia Holding B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Austria Holding B.V.
(previously called Cable Network Austria Holding B.V.)
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Central Europe Holding B.V.
(previously called Stipdon Investments B.V.)
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Nederland B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Poland Holding B.V.
(previously called UPC Telecom B.V.)
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands

29


Name
Address
UPC Broadband N.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
UPC Broadband Ireland B.V.
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
Amsterdam
The Netherlands


30


SCHEDULE 2
LENDERS
Name
ARES LEVERAGED INVESTMENT FUND II LP
B&W MASTER TOBACCO RETIRMENT
BANK OF AMERICA N.A.
BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING INC.
BNP PARIBAS, BELGIAN BRANCH
CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE, LONDON BRANCH
CITIBANK N.A.
CREDIT LYONNAIS SA
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
DEUTSCHE BANK AG
DEUTSCHE BANK STRUCTURED PRODUCTS INC.
FORTIS BANK (NEDERLAND) N.V.
GE CAPITAL CORPORATION
GOLDEN TREE HY MASTER
GOLDEN TREE HY MASTER FUND II
GOLDEN TREE HY OPPORTUNITIES I
GOLDEN TREE HY OPPORTUNITIES II
GOLDEN TREE HY VALUE MASTER FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS, L.P.
ING BANK N.V.
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK
MOORE US RESTRUCTURING, L.P.

31


MORGAN STANLEY EMERGING MARKETS
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING INC
MUNICIPAL FIRE AND POLICE RETIREMENT FUND
ORN EUROPEAN DEBT FUND L.P.
PERRY PRINCIPALS LLC
QDRF MASTER LIMITED
QUANTUM PARTNERS LDC
SATELLITE SENIOR INCOME FUND LLC
SCOTIABANK EUROPE PLC
STRATEGIC VALUE MASTER FUND LTD
TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS), INC
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC
THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
TRS IO LLC
UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO

32


SCHEDULE 3
FORM OF FACILITY AGENT'S DEED OF ACCESSION
THIS FACILITY AGENT'S DEED OF ACCESSION is dated l and made BETWEEN:
(1)
[NEW FACILITY AGENT] (the New Facility Agent) and
(2)
[          ] as Security Agent,
and relates to a Security Deed dated 16 January 2004 (as amended) between UPC Broadband (1), UPC Holding B.V. (2), the Original Guarantors (3), the Lenders (4), the Facility Agent (5), the Security Agent (6), the Senior Hedging Banks (7) and the High Yield Hedging Banks (8) as amended, varied, extended, restated, refinanced or replaced from time to time (the Security Deed).
WHEREAS:
The New Facility Agent is to become the Facility Agent for the purposes of the Security Deed.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
1.
Definitions under the Security Deed
Unless the context otherwise requires, words and expressions defined in the Security Deed shall have the same meaning in this Deed of Accession.
2.
Succession and Adherence
Each of the parties to the Security Deed and the New Facility Agent hereby agree that:
(f)
the New Facility Agent shall become a party to the Security Deed in its capacity as the Facility Agent; and
(g)
the New Facility Agent shall observe, perform and be bound by the terms and provisions of and be entitled to exercise all the rights set out in the Security Deed in the capacity of the Facility Agent.
3.
Accession
This Deed of Accession is supplemental to the Security Deed and the other Security Agent Security Documents and shall be read and construed as one instrument together with the Security Deed.
4.
Notices
For the purposes of Clause 14.1 (Mechanics) of the Security Deed every notice, request, demand or other communication under the Security Deed shall be sent to the New Facility Agent at:

[Address]
[Telefax]
[Attention]

33


5.
Effect as a Deed
This Deed of Accession is intended to take effect as a Deed notwithstanding that either party or both parties may have executed it under hand only.
6.
Law
This Deed of Accession is governed by English law.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Deed of Accession to be duly executed as a Deed on the date first written above.

New Facility Agent
 
 
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED by [FACILITY AGENT]
)))))))))

Director


Director/secretary
Security Agent
 
 
SIGNED for and on behalf of
[           ]
(as Security Agent and on behalf of each
of the other parties to the Security Deed
))))
 

34


SCHEDULE 4
FORM OF SENIOR HEDGING BANK'S DEED OF ACCESSION
THIS SENIOR HEDGING BANK'S DEED OF ACCESSION is dated l and made BETWEEN:
(1)
[NEW SENIOR HEDGING BANK] (the New Senior Hedging Bank); and
(2)
[          ] as Security Agent,
and relates to a Security Deed dated 16 January 2004 (as amended) between UPC Broadband (1), UPC Holding B.V. (2), the Original Guarantors (3), the Lenders (4), the Facility Agent (5), the Security Agent (6), the Senior Hedging Banks (7) and the High Yield Hedging Banks (8) as amended, varied, extended, restated, refinanced or replaced from time to time (the Security Deed).
WHEREAS:
The New Senior Hedging Bank is to become a Senior Hedging Bank for the purposes of the Security Deed.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
1.
Definitions under the Security Deed
Unless the context otherwise requires, words and expressions defined in the Security Deed shall have the same meaning in this Deed of Accession.
2.
Succession and Adherence
Each of the parties to the Security Deed and the New Senior Hedging Bank hereby agree that:
(a)
the New Senior Hedging Bank shall become a party to the Security Deed in its capacity as a Senior Hedging Bank; and
(b)
the New Senior Hedging Bank shall observe, perform and be bound by the terms and provisions of and be entitled to exercise all the rights set out in the Security Deed in the capacity of a Senior Hedging Bank.
3.
Accession
This Deed of Accession is supplemental to the Security Deed and the other Security Agent Security Documents and shall be read and construed as one instrument together with the Security Deed.
4.
Notices
For the purposes of Clause 14.1 (Mechanics) of the Security Deed every notice, request, demand or other communication under the Security Deed shall be sent to the New Senior Hedging Bank at:
[Address]
[Telefax]
[Attention]
5.
Effect as a Deed

35


This Deed of Accession is intended to take effect as a Deed notwithstanding that either party or both parties may have executed it under hand only.
6.
Law
This Deed of Accession is governed by English law.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Deed of Accession to be duly executed as a Deed on the date first written above.

New Senior Hedging Bank

EXECUTED and DELIVERED    )
as a DEED by [Senior    )
Hedging Bank]    )    Director
)
)
)    Director/Secretary
Security Agent
SIGNED for and on behalf of    )
[          ]    )
(as Security Agent and    )
on behalf of each    )
of the other parties to the Security Deed)    )

36


SCHEDULE 5
FORM OF SECURITY PROVIDER'S DEED OF ACCESSION
THIS CHARGING ENTITY'S DEED OF ACCESSION is dated l and made BETWEEN:
(1)
[NEW CHARGING ENTITY] (the New Charging Entity); and
(2)
[          ] as Security Agent,
and relates to a Security Deed dated 16 January 2004 (as amended) between UPC Broadband (1), UPC Holding B.V. (2), the Original Guarantors (3), the Lenders (4), the Facility Agent (5), the Security Agent (6), the Senior Hedging Banks (7) and the High Yield Hedging Banks (8) as amended, varied, extended, restated, refinanced or replaced from time to time (the Security Deed).
WHEREAS:
The New Charging Entity is to become a Charging Entity for the purposes of the Security Deed.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
1.
Definitions under the Security Deed
Unless the context otherwise requires, words and expressions defined in the Security Deed shall have the same meaning in this Deed of Accession.
2.
Succession and Adherence
Each of the parties to the Security Deed and the New Charging Entity hereby agree that:
(a)
the New Charging Entity shall become a party to the Security Deed in its capacity as a Charging Entity; and
(b)
the New Charging Entity shall observe, perform and be bound by the terms and provisions of and be entitled to exercise all the rights set out in the Security Deed in the capacity of a Charging Entity.
3.
Accession
This Deed of Accession is supplemental to the Security Deed and the other Security Agent Security Documents and shall be read and construed as one instrument together with the Security Deed.
4.
Notices
For the purposes of Clause 14.1 (Mechanics) of the Security Deed every notice, request, demand or other communication under the Security Deed shall be sent to the New Charging Entity at:
[Address]
[Telefax]
[Attention]

37


5.
Effect as a Deed
This Deed of Accession is intended to take effect as a Deed notwithstanding that either party or both parties may have executed it under hand only.
6.
Law
This Deed of Accession is governed by English law.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Deed of Accession to be duly executed as a Deed on the date first written above.

New Charging Entity
 
 
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED by [CHARGING ENTITY]
))))))))))

Director


Director/secretary
Security Agent
 
 
SIGNED for and on behalf of
[           ]
(as Security Agent and on behalf of each
of the other parties to the Security Deed)
))))
 

38


SCHEDULE 6
FORM OF SECURITY AGENT'S DEED OF ACCESSION
THIS SECURITY AGENT'S DEED OF ACCESSION is dated l and made BETWEEN:
(1)
[NEW SECURITY AGENT] (the New Security Agent); and
(2)
[          ] as Security Agent,
and relates to a Security Trust Deed dated 16 January 2004 (as amended) between UPC Broadband (1), UPC Holding B.V. (2), the Original Guarantors (3), the Lenders (4), the Facility Agent (5), the Security Agent (6), the Senior Hedging Banks (7) and the High Yield Hedging Banks (8) as amended, varied, extended, restated, refinanced or replaced from time to time (the Security Deed).
WHEREAS:
The New Security Agent is to become the Security Agent for the purposes of the Security Deed.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
1.
Definitions under the Security Deed
Unless the context otherwise requires, words and expressions defined in the Security Deed shall have the same meaning in this Deed of Accession.
2.
Succession and Adherence
Each of the parties to the Security Deed and the New Security Agent hereby agree that:
(a)
the New Security Agent shall become a party to the Security Deed in its capacity as a Security Agent; and
(b)
the New Security Agent shall observe, perform and be bound by the terms and provisions of and be entitled to exercise all the rights set out in the Security Deed in the capacity of the Security Agent.
3.
Accession
This Deed of Accession is supplemental to the Security Deed and the other Security Agent Security Documents and shall be read and construed as one instrument together with the Security Deed.
4.
Notices
For the purposes of Clause 14.1 (Mechanics) of the Security Deed every notice, request, demand or other communication under the Security Deed shall be sent to the New Security Agent at:

[Address]
[Telefax]
[Attention]

39


5.
Effect as a Deed
This Deed of Accession is intended to take effect as a Deed notwithstanding that either party or both parties may have executed it under hand only.
6.
Law
This Deed of Accession is governed by English law.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Deed of Accession to be duly executed as a Deed on the date first written above.

New Security Agent
 
 
EXECUTED and DELIVERED
as a DEED by [NEW SECURITY AGENT]
)))))))))

Director


Director/Secretary
Security Agent
 
 
SIGNED for and on behalf of
[          ]
(as Security Agent and
on behalf of each
of the other parties to the Security Deed)
)))))
 

40


SCHEDULE 7
FORM OF HIGH YIELD HEDGING BANK'S DEED OF ACCESSION
THIS HIGH YIELD HEDGING BANK'S DEED OF ACCESSION is dated l and made BETWEEN:
(1)
[NEW HIGH YIELD HEDGING BANK] (the New High Yield Hedging Bank); and
(2)
[          ] as Security Agent,
and relates to a Security Deed dated 16 January 2004 (as amended) between UPC Broadband (1), UPC Holding B.V. (2), the Original Guarantors (3), the Lenders (4), the Facility Agent (5), the Security Agent (6), the Senior Hedging Banks (7) and the High Yield Hedging Banks (8) as amended, varied, extended, restated, refinanced or replaced from time to time (the Security Deed).
WHEREAS:
The New High Yield Hedging Bank is to become a High Yield Hedging Bank for the purposes of the Security Deed.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
1.
Definitions under the Security Deed
Unless the context otherwise requires, words and expressions defined in the Security Deed shall have the same meaning in this Deed of Accession.
2.
Succession and Adherence
Each of the parties to the Security Deed and the New High Yield Hedging Bank hereby agree that:
(a)
the New High Yield Hedging Bank shall become a party to the Security Deed in its capacity as a High Yield Hedging Bank; and
(b)
the New High Yield Hedging Bank shall observe, perform and be bound by the terms and provisions of and be entitled to exercise all the rights set out in the Security Deed in the capacity of a High Yield Hedging Bank.
3.
Accession
This Deed of Accession is supplemental to the Security Deed and the other Security Agent Security Documents and shall be read and construed as one instrument together with the Security Deed.
4.
Notices
For the purposes of Clause 14.1 (Mechanics) of the Security Deed every notice, request, demand or other communication under the Security Deed shall be sent to the New High Yield Hedging Bank at:

[Address]
[Telefax]
[Attention]

41


5.
Effect as a Deed
This Deed of Accession is intended to take effect as a Deed notwithstanding that either party or both parties may have executed it under hand only.
6.
Law
This Deed of Accession is governed by English law.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Deed of Accession to be duly executed as a Deed on the date first written above.

New High Yield Hedging Bank
 
 
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED by [HIGH YIELD HEDGING BANK]
)))))))))

Director


Director/secretary
Security Agent
 
 
SIGNED for and on behalf of
[           ]
(as Security Agent and on behalf of each
of the other parties to the Security Deed)
))))
 

42


SIGNATORIES
[this section is not restated]



43
Ex 4.5 Amendment letter dated Dec 11, 2006
EXHIBIT 4.5

To:
 
UPC Broadband Holding B.V. (the Company)
 
 
Boeing Avenue 53
 
 
1119 PE Schiphol Rijk
 
 
Amsterdam
 
 
The Netherlands
For the attention of:  Dennis Okhuijsen
December 11, 2006
Dear Sirs,
€1,072,000,000 senior secured credit facility (the Agreement) dated 16th January, 2004 between, among others, the Company and Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as facility agent, as most recently amended and restated on 10th May, 2006
1.                                      Background
(a)                                  This letter is supplemental to and amends the Agreement.
(b)                                 Pursuant to clause 25 (Amendments and waivers) of the Agreement, the Majority Lenders have consented to the amendments to the Agreement contemplated by this letter.  Accordingly, we are authorised to execute this letter on behalf of the Finance Parties.
2.                                      Construction
(a)                                  Capitalised terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this letter.
(b)                                 The provisions of clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Agreement apply to this letter as though they were set out in full in this letter except that references to the Agreement are to be construed as references to this letter.
(c)                                  Amendment Effective Date has the meaning given to it in paragraph 4 (Amendment Effective Date).
(d)                                 Reference is made to clause 1.4 of the Agreement. References in any of the Finance Documents to the Existing Facility Agreement shall be references to the Existing Facility Agreement as amended by an amendment letter dated on or about the date of this letter.
3.                                      Amendments
(a)                                  We are authorised to confirm on behalf of the Majority Lenders that, with effect from the Amendment Effective Date:
(i)                                     the requirement for the Borrowers to make a prepayment in connection with the disposal of the French Group or any other Permitted Disposal in accordance with
1
 



 
 
                                                Clause 7.6(a) (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds) is waived, subject to the conditions set out in the amendments referred to below; and
(ii)                                  the Agreement will be amended as set out in the schedule to this letter.
(b)                                 Each Obligor confirms that the Security Interests granted to the Beneficiaries pursuant to the Security Documents and its obligations under the Finance Documents shall continue and remain unaffected by the entry into of this letter and shall extend to the liability and obligations of the Obligors to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents as amended by this letter.
(c)                                  In accordance with Article 1278 of the Belgian Civil Code, each Obligor that is a party to the share pledge listed in paragraph 1(i) of Schedule 7 (Security Documents) of the Agreement confirms that its duties and obligations under such share pledge shall not be affected or impaired by the entry into of this letter and that the pledge created under such share pledge shall be maintained in accordance with Clause 6.4 (Preservation of Security in the event of novation) of such share pledge.
4.                                       Amendment Effective Date
This letter shall take effect on the date (the Amendment Effective Date) on which the Facility Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that it has received in form and substance to it (acting reasonably):
(a)                                  evidence of the due authorisation and execution of this letter by each Obligor;
(b)                                 legal opinions in respect of Dutch, English and New York law from Allen & Overy LLP, English, Dutch and New York legal advisers to the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.
5.                                      Reservation of rights
Each Finance Party reserves any other right or remedy it may have now or subsequently.  This letter does not constitute a waiver of any right or remedy.
6.                                      Miscellaneous
(a)                                  This letter is a Finance Document and the Agreement, as amended by this letter, is a Finance Document.
(b)                                 Subject to the terms of this letter, the Agreement will remain in full force and effect and the Agreement and this letter will be read and construed as one document.
(c)                                  The representations and warranties in Clause 15 (Representations and Warranties) of the Agreement (with the exception of Clauses 15.6(a) (Consents), 15.10 (Financial Condition), 15.12 (Security Interests), 15.13(b) (Litigation and insolvency proceedings), 15.14 (Business Plan), 15.15 (Tax liabilities), 15.16 (Ownership of assets), 15.19 (Borrower Group Structure),  15.20 (ERISA) and 15.24 (UPC Financing)) are true and correct as if made on the date of this letter and on the Amendment Effective Date, with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing, as if each reference to (i) the Finance Documents includes a reference to this letter and (ii) references to the Agreement are to the Agreement as amended by this letter.
2
 



 
 
(d)                                 This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures were on a single copy of this letter.
7.                                      Governing law
This letter is governed by English law.
Authorized Signatory
For
TORONTO DOMINON (TEXAS) LLC
as Facility Agent
3
 



 
 
SCHEDULE
1.                                       Clause 7.6(b)(Mandatory prepayments from disposal proceeds) of the Agreement will be amended by:
(i)                                     renumbering paragraph (b) to become (b)(i) and the "." at the end of the paragraph will be replaced with "; and"; and
(ii)                                  adding new sub-paragraph (ii) as follows :
(A)                              No prepayment is required in accordance with paragraph (a) above in connection with any Permitted Disposal where an amount equal to the amount that would otherwise be required to be prepaid under paragraph (a) above is promptly deposited in a Blocked Account (as defined in Clause 7.7 (Date for prepayment) below) on terms that the principal amount deposited may only be released in order to make prepayments in accordance with this Clause 7.6 or to reinvest in assets in the Permitted Business (for the avoidance of doubt, including Permitted Acquisitions and Capital Expenditure).  Any amount so deposited that has not been so reinvested (or contracted to be so reinvested) within 12 months of the relevant Permitted Disposal shall be applied in prepayment of the Additional Facilities.
2.                                       Clause 7.7 (Date for prepayment) shall be amended by inserting "or otherwise as permitted under Clause 7.6(b)(ii) above" at the end of that Clause.
3.                                       The definition of "Senior Debt" in Clause 17.1 (Financial definitions) shall be amended by inserting after "consolidated Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower Group" the following: "after deducting any amount standing to the credit of the Blocked Account referred to in Clause 7.6(b)(ii) (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds) to the extent such amount has been deposited in that Blocked Account pursuant to Clause 7.6(b)(ii) (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds) and has not at the relevant time been applied in prepayment or reinvestment as described in Clause 7.6(b)(ii) (Mandatory prepayment from disposal proceeds) and".
4
 



 We agree with the terms of this letter.
Borrowers:
UPC BROADBAND HOLDING B.V.
By:  Authorized Signatory
 UPC FINANCING PARTNERSHIP
By:  Authorized Signatory
 Guarantors:
UPC BROADBAND HOLDING B.V.
By:  Authorized Signatory
 UPC HOLDING II B.V.
By:  Authorized Signatory
 UPC FINANCING PARTNERSHIP
By:  Authorized Signatory
 UPC HOLDING B.V
By:  Authorized Signatory
 UPC FRANCE HOLDING B.V.
By:  Authorized Signatory
 UPC SCANDINAVIA HOLDING B.V.
By:  Authorized Signatory
5 
 




UPC AUSTRIA HOLDING B.V.
By:  Authorized Signatory
 
UPC CENTRAL EUROPE HOLDING B.V.
By:  Authorized Signatory
 
UPC NEDERLAND B.V.
By:  Authorized Signatory
 
UPC POLAND HOLDING B.V.
By:  Authorized Signatory
 
UPC BROADBAND N.V.
By:  Authorized Signatory
 
UPC BROADBAND IRELAND B.V.
By:  Authorized Signatory
6


Ex 4.47 Accession Agreement (UPCB Finance V)


Exhibit 4.47

FINCO ACCESSION AGREEMENT
US$750,000,000 Additional Facility AC Accession Agreement
To:
The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent (the Facility Agent) and The Bank of Nova Scotia as Security Agent (the Security Agent)
From:
UPCB Finance V Limited (the Additional Facility AC Lender)
Date:
November 16, 2011
UPC Broadband Holding B.V. (formerly known as UPC Distribution Holding B.V.) — Term Credit Agreement dated 16 January 2004 as amended from time to time (the Credit Agreement)
1.
In this Agreement:
Indenture means the indenture, dated on or about the date of this Agreement, among, inter alios, the Additional Facility AC Lender, as issuer, The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, transfer agent, registrar and principal paying agent.
Facility AC means US$750,000,000 term loan facility made available under this Agreement.
Facility AC Advance means the U.S. dollar denominated advance made to UPC Financing by the Additional Facility AC Lender under Facility AC.
Facility AC Commitment means, in relation to the Additional Facility AC Lender, the amount in U.S. dollars set opposite its name under the heading “Facility AC Commitment” in Schedule 1 to this Agreement, to the extent not cancelled, transferred, or reduced under the Credit Agreement.
Notes has the meaning given to that term in the Indenture.
Trustee has the meaning given to that term in the Indenture.
2.
Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meaning in this Agreement and a reference to a Clause is a reference to a Clause of the Credit Agreement. The principles of construction set out in Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Credit Agreement apply to this Agreement as though they were set out in full in this Agreement.
3.
We refer to Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) of the Credit Agreement.
4.
This Agreement will take effect on the date on which the Facility Agent notifies UPC Broadband and the Additional Facility AC Lender that it has received the documents and evidence set out in Schedule 2 to this Agreement, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to it or, as the case may be, the requirement to provide any of such documents or evidence has been waived by the Facility Agent on behalf of the Additional Facility AC Lender (the Effective Date).
5.
The Additional Facility AC Lender agrees:



1



(a)
to become a party to and to be bound by the terms of the Credit Agreement as Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) of the Credit Agreement; and
(b)
to become a party to the Security Deed as Lender and to observe, perform and be bound by the terms and provisions of the Security Deed in the capacity of Lender in accordance with Clause 9.3 (Transfers by Lenders) of the Security Deed.
6.
The Additional Facility Commitment in relation to the Additional Facility AC Lender (for the purpose of the definition of Additional Facility Commitment in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) of the Credit Agreement) is its Facility AC Commitment.
7.
The Borrower in relation to Facility AC is UPC Financing.
8.
(a)    Provided that any upsizing of Facility AC permitted under this Clause 8 will not breach any term of the Credit Agreement, Facility AC may be upsized by any amount, by the signing of one or more further Additional Facility AC Accession Agreements, that specify (along with the other terms specified therein) UPC Financing as the sole Borrower and which specify Additional Facility AC Commitments denominated in U.S. dollars, to be drawn in U.S. dollars, with the same Final Maturity Date and Margin as specified in this Additional Facility AC Accession Agreement.
(b)
For the purposes of this Clause 8 (unless otherwise specified), references to Facility AC Advances shall include Advances made under any such further Additional Facility AC Accession Agreement.
(c)
Where any Facility AC Advance has not already been consolidated with any other Facility AC Advance, on the last day of any Interest Period for such Facility AC Advance, that Facility AC Advance will be consolidated with any other Facility AC Advance which has an Interest Period ending on the same day as that Facility AC Advance, and all such Facility AC Advances will then be treated as one Advance.

9.
Facility AC may be drawn by one Advance on the date of this Agreement and such date will constitute the Availability Period for Facility AC. No more than one Request may be made in respect of Facility AC under the Credit Agreement and such Request may only be in a principal amount of the Additional Facility Commitment in relation to Facility AC as set out in Clause 6 above.
10.
The Facility AC Advance will be used for general corporate purposes and working capital purposes, including the repayment or prepayment of existing indebtedness.
11.
The Final Maturity Date in respect of Facility AC is November 15, 2021. Any outstanding Advance under Facility AC shall be repaid in full on the Final Maturity Date.
12.
The interest rate for the Facility AC will be a fixed rate of 7.250 per cent. per annum. This will be calculated in accordance with Clause 8.1 (Interest rate) of the Credit Agreement as being the sum of LIBOR, the applicable Margin and the Mandatory Costs, where, in order to achieve the fixed rate referred to above, the applicable Margin will be:
(a)
7.250 per cent. per annum, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months;

2


minus
(b)
the sum of LIBOR plus the Mandatory Costs.
For the avoidance of doubt, for the purpose of this calculation, the applicable Margin may be a negative number. Further, the interest rate for this Facility AC will never exceed 7.250 per cent. per annum (save to the extent that Clause 8.8 (Default interest) may apply).
13.
Pursuant to Clause 8.2 (Selection of Interest Periods) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby notifies the Facility Agent that while the Facility AC Advance is outstanding it selects six months for all Interest Periods in relation to that Advance.
14.
Upon the delivery by the Facility Agent of a notice of cancellation of Facility AC pursuant to Clause 7.4(v)(B) (Change of Control) of the Credit Agreement following the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined under Clause 7.4 (Change of Control) of the Credit Agreement, UPC Broadband shall make a payment to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AC Lender) in an amount equal to 1 per cent. of the principal amount of the outstanding Facility AC Advance. Such payment shall be due and payable by UPC Broadband to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AC Lender) on the actual date of such mandatory prepayment.
15.
Subject to Clause 17 of this Agreement, at any time prior to November 15, 2016, upon the occurrence of any voluntary prepayment of the Facility AC Advance by UPC Broadband pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement in an amount not to exceed 10% of the original principal amount of the Facility AC Advance during each twelve-month period commencing on the date of this Agreement, UPC Broadband shall make a payment to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AC Lender) in an amount (the Prepayment Premium) equal to 3% of the principal amount of the Facility AC Advance being prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest then due on the amount of the Facility AC Advance prepaid to the due date of prepayment. Such payment shall be due and payable by UPC Broadband to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AC Lender) on the actual date of such prepayment. Prior to November 15, 2016, to the extent that during any twelve-month period commencing on the date of this Agreement, the principal amount of the Facility AC Advance prepaid in any one or more voluntary prepayments is greater than an amount equal to 10% of the original principal amount of the Facility AC Advance (any such amount, the “Excess Early Redemption Proceeds”), UPC Broadband will apply the Excess Early Redemption Proceeds to a voluntary prepayment of the Facility AC Advance as described in Clause 16 below.
16.
Subject to Clause 17 of this Agreement, at any time prior to November 15, 2016, upon the occurrence of a voluntary prepayment of all or any part of the outstanding Facility AC Advance by UPC Broadband pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement with any Excess Early Redemption Proceeds, UPC Broadband shall make a payment to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AC Lender) in an amount equal to the Make-Whole Amount (as defined below) (calculated as of a date no more than three Business Days prior to the date of the relevant Cancellation Notice) as of the due date of such prepayment. Such payment shall be due and payable by UPC Broadband to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AC Lender) on the actual date of such prepayment.
For the purposes of this Clause 16:

3


Make-Whole Amount means, with respect to Facility AC on any date on which all or any part of the outstanding Facility AC Advance is to be prepaid pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement (to the extent of any Excess Early Redemption Proceeds), the excess of:
(a)
the present value at such prepayment date of (i) the total amount that would be payable to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AC Lender) if all or such portion of the outstanding Facility AC Advance were prepaid pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement on November 15, 2016 (including the outstanding principal amount of such Advance and the Additional Amount (as defined below) required under this Clause 16, but excluding accrued interest and any other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement in connection with such prepayment) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due in respect of all or such portion of the outstanding Facility AC Advance through November 15, 2016 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the prepayment date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate (as defined below) as of such prepayment date plus 50 basis points; over
(b)
the principal amount of the outstanding Facility AC Advance being prepaid.
Treasury Rate means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market date selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to November 15, 2016; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to November 15, 2016 is not equal to the constant maturity of a U.S. Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by a linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of U.S. Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to November 15, 2016 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
Subject to Clause 17 of this Agreement, on or after November 15, 2016, upon the occurrence of a voluntary prepayment of all or any part of the outstanding Facility AC Advance by UPC Broadband pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement, UPC Broadband shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AC Lender) an amount (the Additional Amount) equal to the relevant percentage set out in the table below of the principal amount of the Facility AC Advance being prepaid on the due date of such prepayment, if prepaid during the twelve month period beginning on November 15 of the years indicated below:
Year
Relevant Percentage
2016
103.63
%
2017
102.42
%
2018
101.21
%
2019 and thereafter
%


4


Such payment shall be due and payable by UPC Broadband to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AC Lender) on the actual date of such prepayment.
17.
Notwithstanding Clauses 15 and 16 above, no Prepayment Premium, Make-Whole Amount or Additional Amount shall be payable in connection with a voluntary prepayment of the whole of the outstanding Facility AC Advance by UPC Broadband pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement that is made following the completion of the UPC Exchange Transaction (as defined in the Indenture), provided that the Borrower has given notice of such prepayment not later than three Business Days prior to the completion of the UPC Exchange Transaction and such prepayment is made on the completion of the UPC Exchange Transaction.
18.
The Additional Facility AC Lender acknowledges that the Borrower may discharge all or part of the Facility AC Advance pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement in connection with the UPC Exchange Transaction by way of one or a combination of (1) a cash prepayment, (2) an issue of new notes or (3) the purchase of the existing Notes (in the case of (2) and (3), in accordance with the mechanisms, and on the terms, agreed between the Borrower and the Additional Facility AC Lender at the relevant time and provided that the amount and date of such discharge is notified to the Facility Agent in writing by the Borrower and the Additional Facility AC Lender on or before the date of such discharge). The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that this Agreement may require amendment (in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Credit Agreement) to facilitate the discharge of all or part of the Facility AC Advance in connection with the UPC Exchange Transaction and agree to discuss and negotiate any such amendments in good faith at the relevant time.
19.
For the purposes of any amendment or waiver (including with respect to any existing Default or Event of Default) that may be sought by UPC Broadband and UPC Financing under the Credit Agreement on or after the date of this Agreement, the Additional Facility AC Lender hereby consents to any and all of the following (and this Agreement shall constitute the Additional Facility AC Lender’s irrevocable and unconditional written consent for the purposes of Clause 25 of the Credit Agreement without any further action required on the part of any Party):

(a)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to provide that an “Additional Facility Commitment” and an “Advance” (and any participation therein) as set forth in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be cancelled (with respect to any Additional Facility Commitment) and not outstanding (with respect to any Advance) for purposes of voting or consents (other than any vote or consent related to non-payment of such Advance) under the Credit Agreement if UPC Broadband Holding has delivered to the Facility Agent a duly completed Cancellation Notice with respect to such Additional Facility Commitment or Advance; provided that any such Advance shall remain due and payable on the applicable prepayment date and, if not repaid in full on the applicable prepayment date, then all voting or consent rights with respect thereto shall be reinstated with retroactive effect from the date of delivery of such Cancellation Notice;
(b)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to reduce the percentage specified in the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement from 66⅔ per cent. to a percentage that is not less than 50.1 per cent. (for any or all purposes under the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document);

5



(c)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to change the definition of “Western Europe” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement to include the countries that comprise the European Union as of a specified date more recent than the Effective Date, or from time to time (in addition to Scandinavia and Switzerland);
(d)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to change the definition of “Acquisition Business Plan” and the definition of “Borrower Group Business Plan” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement to limit the time period covered by any business plan of the Target or, as applicable, the Borrower Group (including the Target) to a period of not less than the earlier of five years following the date of the relevant Acquisition and the Final Maturity Date;
(e)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to eliminate the limitations set forth in subclause (b)(i) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement and in subclause (b)(i) of the definition of “Permitted Joint Venture” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement with respect to businesses conducted in Great Britain and/or Germany;
(f)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to eliminate the requirements set forth in subclause (b)(ii)(A)(II) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement and in subclause (b)(ii)(A)(II) of the definition of “Permitted Joint Venture” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement to deliver the financial projections specified therein, or to reduce the time period for compliance stated in either subclause;
(g)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to increase the amount of secured indebtedness specified in subclause (n) of the definition of “Permitted Security Interest” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement from €15,000,000 to an amount not to exceed €100,000,000 (or its equivalent);
(h)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to eliminate the reporting requirements set forth in subclause (c) of Clause 16.2 of the Credit Agreement, or to change the time period for compliance specified therein;
(i)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to include as a “Permitted Disposal” under Clause 16.10(b)(xvi) of the Credit Agreement the disposal of any person or asset if: (i) at the time of such disposal, UPC Broadband has contractually committed or agreed to a future Acquisition and such an Acquisition occurs within twelve months (or less) of the disposal; (ii) the Remaining Percentage would not be exceeded if the aggregate percentage value of the contemplated Acquisition is added to the calculation and tested at the time of the disposal on a pro forma basis (giving effect to the Annualised EBITDA of the Target based on then available historical financial information) and on an actual basis at the completion of the Acquisition (and for these purposes (A) subclause 16.10(c)(z) of the Credit Agreement would be disapplied so that the Remaining Percentage could exceed 17.5 per cent. in respect of the relevant disposal and (B) subclause 16.10(c)(x) of the Credit Agreement would be disapplied so that the percentage of the Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group represented by the Annualised EBITDA of the relevant disposal could be more than the Remaining Percentage immediately prior to such disposal, in each case provided the Remaining Percentage would not be exceeded once any contemplated Acquisition is taken into account as described in this subparagraph (ii)); and (iii) for the purpose of the certificate required in Clause 16.10(b)(xvi)(C), the financial ratios are calculated giving pro forma effect to such Acquisition (based on the then available historical financial information of the Target and including the Annualised EBITDA of the Target and any Financial Indebtedness expected to be incurred by the Borrower Group to finance such Acquisition) (and any such amendment, waiver or other modification contemplated by this subclause (h) may apply to all such disposals and future Acquisitions or only to specified disposals and Acquisitions);

6



(j)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to eliminate the provision set forth in subclause (c)(y) of Clause 16.10 of the Credit Agreement that the percentage value of a Reinvestment shall be disregarded if the Annualised EBITDA of the members of the Borrower Group derived from persons or assets located in Western Europe is less than 66⅔ per cent. of the Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group, or to change the percentage or the geographical limitation specified therein;
(k)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to increase the amount of Financial Indebtedness specified in Clause 16.12(b)(xvii) of the Credit Agreement from €25,000,000 to an amount not to exceed €100,000,000 (or its equivalent);
(l)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to change the calculation of any financial ratio that requires the calculation of Senior Debt and/or Total Debt to provide for the netting of cash and cash equivalents (to be defined substantially in line with and/or with reference to standard language used in the European banking market) against Senior Debt and/or Total Debt; and
(m)
any consequential amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document arising as a direct result of the changes envisaged in subclauses (a) to (l) of this Clause 19.
The Additional Facility AC Lender hereby waives receipt of any fee in connection with the foregoing consent, notwithstanding that other consenting Lenders under the Credit Facility may be paid a fee in consideration of such Lenders’ consent to any or all of the foregoing amendments, waivers or other modifications.
20.
In the event that the Additional Facility AC Lender is eligible or required to vote (or otherwise consent) with respect to any matter (other than the matters specified in paragraphs (a) through (m) of Clause 19 above) arising from time to time under the Credit Agreement or this Agreement the Facility Agent will apply the votes of the Additional Facility AC Lender in accordance with a written direction to be provided by the Additional Facility AC Lender or the Trustee (on behalf of the Additional Facility AC Lender). The Additional Facility AC Lender agrees that it will give any such direction in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.01 of the Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agent may rely on any such directions received and shall have no duty to enquire or monitor as to whether such direction complies with Section 9.01 of the Indenture.

7



21.
Each of UPC Broadband and UPC Financing confirms, on behalf of themselves and each other Obligor that the representations and warranties set out in Clause 15 (Representations and Warranties) of the Credit Agreement (with the exception of Clauses 15.6(a) (Consents), 15.10 (Financial condition), 15.12 (Security Interests), 15.13(b) (Litigation and insolvency proceedings), 15.14 (Business Plan), 15.15 (Tax liabilities), 15.16 (Ownership of assets), 15.18 (Works Council), 15.19 (Borrower Group Structure), 15.20 (ERISA), 15.24 (UPC Financing) and 15.25 (Dutch Banking Act)) are true and correct as if made at the Effective Date with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing, and as if each reference to the Finance Documents includes a reference to this Agreement.
22.
UPC Broadband further represents and warrants on the Effective Date that the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not violate any agreement or instrument to which UPC Holding is a party or binding upon UPC Holding or any member of the Borrower Group or any assets of UPC Holding or any member of the Borrower Group’s assets, where such violation would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
23.
The Additional Facility AC Lender confirms to each Finance Party that:
(a)
it has made its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in the Credit Agreement and has not relied on any information provided to it by a Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document; and
(b)
it will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under the Credit Agreement or any Additional Facility Commitment is in force.
24.
The Additional Facility AC Lender agrees to waive the notice period in respect of delivery of drawdown requests under Clause 5.1 (Delivery of Request) of the Credit Agreement in respect of the Facility AC. The Additional Facility AC Lender, the Borrower and the Facility Agent acknowledge and agree that (a) the Facility AC Advance shall be made by the Additional Facility AC Lender directly to the Borrower to an account notified by the Borrower to the Additional Facility AC Lender, rather than through the Facility Agent, and (b) in respect of any other payments of principal, interest or other amounts due under Facility AC, (i) the Borrower shall make payments payable by it to the Additional Facility AC Lender directly to the Additional Facility AC Lender (or to such account as the Additional Facility AC Lender may specify), and (ii) the Additional Facility AC Lender shall make payments payable by it to the Borrower directly to the Borrower (or to such account as the Borrower may specify). The Additional Facility AC Lender agrees that it shall promptly notify the Facility Agent if the Borrower fails to make any payment under subclause (b)(i) of this Clause 24 when due, and the Borrower agrees that it shall promptly notify the Facility Agent if the Additional Facility AC Lender fails to make any payment under subclause (b)(ii) of this Clause 24 when due.
25.
The Facility Office and address for notices of the Additional Facility AC Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 (Addresses for notices) of the Credit Agreement will be that notified by the Additional Facility AC Lender to the Facility Agent.
26.
The Facility Agent may provide copies of the Indenture, or disclose its contents, to any Finance Party upon request by that Finance Party.

8



27.
This Agreement and any non contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.
28.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each party on separate counterparts. Each counterpart is an original, but all counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart signature page of this Agreement by e-mail (PDF) or telecopy shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. In relation to each counterpart, upon confirmation by or on behalf of the signatory that the signatory authorises the attachment of such counterpart signature page to the final text of this Agreement, such counterpart signature page shall take effect together with such final text as a complete authoritative counterpart.
29.
For purposes of any assignment, transfer or novation of rights and/or obligations (in whole or in part) by a Lender in respect of Facility AC under Clause 26.2 (Transfers by Lenders) of the Credit Agreement, UPC Broadband hereby consents to any assignment, transfer or novation made by the Additional Facility AC Lender (including any subsequent Lender under Facility AC) following an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture), provided that any such assignment, transfer or novation in part shall be in a minimum amount of $150,000. The Additional Facility AC Lender may only deliver to the Facility Agent a completed assignment or transfer document or Novation Certificate (as applicable) if at that time it confirms to the Facility Agent in writing that such assignment, transfer or novation is not prohibited under the terms of any agreement that is binding on it or any of its assets.

9


SCHEDULE 1
ADDITIONAL FACILITY AC LENDER AND COMMITMENT
Additional Facility AC Lender
Facility AC
Commitment
UPCB Finance V Limited
US$750,000,000
Total
US$750,000,000


10


SCHEDULE 2
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS
1.
Constitutional Documents
(a)
A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor (other than UPC Financing) and the partnership agreement of UPC Financing or, if the Facility Agent already has a copy, a certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor confirming that the copy in the Facility Agent’s possession is still correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.
(b)
An extract of the registration of each Obligor established in the Netherlands in the trade register of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce.
2.
Authorisations
(a)
A copy of a resolution of the board of managing and, to the extent applicable, board of supervisory directors (or equivalent) and, to the extent that a shareholders’ resolution is required, a copy of the shareholders’ resolution of each Obligor:
(i)
approving the terms of and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (in the case of UPC Broadband and UPC Financing) resolving that it execute the same (and, in the case of the Guarantors and the Charging Entities (as defined in the Security Deed) resolving that it execute the confirmation described at paragraph 4(a) below; and
(ii)
(in the case of UPC Broadband and UPC Financing) authorising the issuance of a power of attorney to a specified person or persons to execute this Agreement on its behalf and (in the case of the Guarantors and the Charging Entities (as defined in the Security Deed)) authorising the issuance of a power of attorney to a specified person or persons to execute the confirmation described in paragraph 4(a) below.
(b)
A specimen of the signature of each person authorised pursuant to its constitutional documents or to the power of attorney referred to in paragraph (a) above to sign this Agreement or the confirmation described in paragraph 4(a) below (as appropriate).
(c)
A certificate of an authorised signatory of UPC Broadband, each Guarantor and each Charging Entity certifying that each copy document specified in this Schedule and supplied by UPC Broadband, each Guarantor and each Charging Entity is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.
(d)
A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent has notified UPC Broadband is necessary in connection with the entry into and performance of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement or for the validity and enforceability of this Agreement.
3.
Legal opinions
(a)
A legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, English legal advisers to the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.

11



(b)
A legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, Dutch legal advisers to the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.
(c)
A legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, New York legal advisers to the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.
4.
Other documents
(a)
Confirmation (in writing) from (i) each of the Guarantors that its obligations under Clause 14 (Guarantee) of the Credit Agreement and (ii) each of the Charging Entities (as defined in the Security Deed) that the Security Interests granted to the Beneficiaries pursuant to the Security Documents and its obligations under the Finance Documents, shall continue unaffected and that such obligations extend to the Total Commitments as increased by the addition of Facility AC and that such obligations shall be owed to each Finance Party including the Additional Facility AC Lender.



12



SIGNATORIES
Facility Agent and Security Agent
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA as Facility Agent
By:    Authorized Signatory
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA as Security Agent
By:    Authorized Signatory













    








[signature page to Accession Agreement to Credit Agreement]




SIGNATORIES
Additional Facility AC Lender
UPCB FINANCE V LIMITED
By:    Authorized Signatory























[signature page to Accession Agreement to Credit Agreement]




SIGNATORIES
UPC BROADBAND HOLDING B.V.
By:    Authorized Signatory
UPC FINANCING PARTNERSHIP
By:    Authorized Signatory























[signature page to Accession Agreement to Credit Agreement]

Ex 4.48 Accession Agreement (UPCB Finance VI)


Exhibit 4.48

FINCO ACCESSION AGREEMENT
US$750,000,000 Additional Facility AD Accession Agreement
To:
The Bank of Nova Scotia as Facility Agent (the Facility Agent) and The Bank of Nova Scotia as Security Agent (the Security Agent)
From:
UPCB Finance VI Limited (the Additional Facility AD Lender)
Date:
February 7, 2012
UPC Broadband Holding B.V. (formerly known as UPC Distribution Holding B.V.) — Term Credit Agreement dated 16 January 2004 as amended from time to time (the Credit Agreement)
1.
In this Agreement:
Indenture means the indenture, dated on or about the date of this Agreement, among, inter alios, the Additional Facility AD Lender, as issuer, The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, transfer agent, registrar and principal paying agent.
Facility AD means the US$750,000,000 term loan facility made available under this Agreement.
Facility AD Advance means the U.S. dollar denominated advance made to UPC Financing by the Additional Facility AD Lender under Facility AD.
Facility AD Commitment means, in relation to the Additional Facility AD Lender, the amount in U.S. dollars set opposite its name under the heading “Facility AD Commitment” in Schedule 1 to this Agreement, to the extent not cancelled, transferred, or reduced under the Credit Agreement.
Notes has the meaning given to that term in the Indenture.
Trustee has the meaning given to that term in the Indenture.
2.
Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meaning in this Agreement and a reference to a Clause is a reference to a Clause of the Credit Agreement. The principles of construction set out in Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Credit Agreement apply to this Agreement as though they were set out in full in this Agreement.
3.
We refer to Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) of the Credit Agreement.
4.
This Agreement will take effect on the date on which the Facility Agent notifies UPC Broadband and the Additional Facility AD Lender that it has received the documents and evidence set out in Schedule 2 to this Agreement, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to it or, as the case may be, the requirement to provide any of such documents or evidence has been waived by the Facility Agent on behalf of the Additional Facility AD Lender (the Effective Date).
5.
The Additional Facility AD Lender agrees:



1




(a)
to become a party to and to be bound by the terms of the Credit Agreement as Lender in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Facilities) of the Credit Agreement; and
(b)
to become a party to the Security Deed as Lender and to observe, perform and be bound by the terms and provisions of the Security Deed in the capacity of Lender in accordance with Clause 9.3 (Transfers by Lenders) of the Security Deed.
6.
The Additional Facility Commitment in relation to the Additional Facility AD Lender (for the purpose of the definition of Additional Facility Commitment in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) of the Credit Agreement) is its Facility AD Commitment.
7.
The Borrower in relation to Facility AD is UPC Financing.
8.
(a)    Provided that any upsizing of Facility AD permitted under this Clause 8 will not breach any term of the Credit Agreement, Facility AD may be upsized by any amount, by the signing of one or more further Additional Facility AD Accession Agreements, that specify (along with the other terms specified therein) UPC Financing as the sole Borrower and which specify Additional Facility AD Commitments denominated in U.S. dollars, to be drawn in U.S. dollars, with the same Final Maturity Date and Margin as specified in this Additional Facility AD Accession Agreement.
(b)
For the purposes of this Clause 8 (unless otherwise specified), references to Facility AD Advances shall include Advances made under any such further Additional Facility AD Accession Agreement.
(c)
Where any Facility AD Advance has not already been consolidated with any other Facility AD Advance, on the last day of any Interest Period for such Facility AD Advance, that Facility AD Advance will be consolidated with any other Facility AD Advance which has an Interest Period ending on the same day as that Facility AD Advance, and all such Facility AD Advances will then be treated as one Advance.

9.
Facility AD may be drawn by one Advance on the date of this Agreement and such date will constitute the Availability Period for Facility AD. No more than one Request may be made in respect of Facility AD under the Credit Agreement and such Request may only be in a principal amount of the Additional Facility Commitment in relation to Facility AD as set out in Clause 6 above.
10.
The Facility AD Advance will be used for general corporate purposes and working capital purposes, including the repayment or prepayment of existing indebtedness.
11.
The Final Maturity Date in respect of Facility AD is January 15, 2022. Any outstanding Advance under Facility AD shall be repaid in full on the Final Maturity Date.
12.
The interest rate for Facility AD will be a fixed rate of 6.875 per cent. per annum. This will be calculated in accordance with Clause 8.1 (Interest rate) of the Credit Agreement as being the sum of LIBOR, the applicable Margin and the Mandatory Costs, where, in order to achieve the fixed rate referred to above, the applicable Margin will be:
(a)
6.875 per cent. per annum, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months;

2


minus
(b)
the sum of LIBOR plus the Mandatory Costs.
For the avoidance of doubt, for the purpose of this calculation, the applicable Margin may be a negative number. Further, the interest rate for Facility AD will never exceed 6.875 per cent. per annum (save to the extent that Clause 8.8 (Default interest) may apply).
13.
Pursuant to Clause 8.2 (Selection of Interest Periods) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby notifies the Facility Agent that while the Facility AD Advance is outstanding it selects six months for all Interest Periods in relation to that Advance.
14.
Upon the delivery by the Facility Agent of a notice of cancellation of Facility AD pursuant to Clause 7.4(v)(B) (Change of Control) of the Credit Agreement following the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined under Clause 7.4 (Change of Control) of the Credit Agreement, UPC Broadband shall make a payment to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AD Lender) in an amount equal to 1 per cent. of the principal amount of the outstanding Facility AD Advance. Such payment shall be due and payable by UPC Broadband to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AD Lender) on the actual date of such mandatory prepayment.
15.
Subject to Clause 17 of this Agreement, at any time prior to January 15, 2017, upon the occurrence of any voluntary prepayment of the Facility AD Advance by UPC Broadband pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement in an amount not to exceed 10% of the original principal amount of the Facility AD Advance during each twelve-month period commencing on the date of this Agreement, UPC Broadband shall make a payment to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AD Lender) in an amount (the Prepayment Premium) equal to 3% of the principal amount of the Facility AD Advance being prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest then due on the amount of the Facility AD Advance prepaid to the due date of prepayment. Such payment shall be due and payable by UPC Broadband to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AD Lender) on the actual date of such prepayment. Prior to January 15, 2017, to the extent that during any twelve-month period commencing on the date of this Agreement, the principal amount of the Facility AD Advance prepaid in any one or more voluntary prepayments is greater than an amount equal to 10% of the original principal amount of the Facility AD Advance (any such amount, the “Excess Early Redemption Proceeds”), UPC Broadband will apply the Excess Early Redemption Proceeds to a voluntary prepayment of the Facility AD Advance as described in Clause 16 below.
16.
Subject to Clause 17 of this Agreement, at any time prior to January 15, 2017, upon the occurrence of a voluntary prepayment of all or any part of the outstanding Facility AD Advance by UPC Broadband pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement with any Excess Early Redemption Proceeds, UPC Broadband shall make a payment to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AD Lender) in an amount equal to the Make-Whole Amount (as defined below) (calculated as of a date no more than three Business Days prior to the date of the relevant Cancellation Notice) as of the due date of such prepayment. Such payment shall be due and payable by UPC Broadband to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AD Lender) on the actual date of such prepayment.
For the purposes of this Clause 16:

3


Make-Whole Amount means, with respect to Facility AD on any date on which all or any part of the outstanding Facility AD Advance is to be prepaid pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement (to the extent of any Excess Early Redemption Proceeds), the excess of:
(a)
the present value at such prepayment date of (i) the total amount that would be payable to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AD Lender) if all or such portion of the outstanding Facility AD Advance were prepaid pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement on January 15, 2017 (including the outstanding principal amount of such Advance and the Additional Amount (as defined below) required under this Clause 16, but excluding accrued interest and any other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement in connection with such prepayment) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due in respect of all or such portion of the outstanding Facility AD Advance through January 15, 2017 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the prepayment date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate (as defined below) as of such prepayment date plus 50 basis points; over
(b)
the principal amount of the outstanding Facility AD Advance being prepaid.
Treasury Rate means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market date selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to January 15, 2017; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to January 15, 2017 is not equal to the constant maturity of a U.S. Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by a linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of U.S. Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to January 15, 2017 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
Subject to Clause 17 of this Agreement, on or after January 15, 2017, upon the occurrence of a voluntary prepayment of all or any part of the outstanding Facility AD Advance by UPC Broadband pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement, UPC Broadband shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AD Lender) an amount (the Additional Amount) equal to the relevant percentage set out in the table below of the principal amount of the Facility AD Advance being prepaid on the due date of such prepayment, if prepaid during the twelve month period beginning on January 15 of the years indicated below:
Year
Relevant Percentage
2017
3.44
%
2018
2.29
%
2019
1.15
%
2020 and thereafter
%


4


Such payment shall be due and payable by UPC Broadband to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Additional Facility AD Lender) on the actual date of such prepayment.
17.
Notwithstanding Clauses 15 and 16 above, no Prepayment Premium, Make-Whole Amount or Additional Amount shall be payable in connection with a voluntary prepayment of the whole of the outstanding Facility AD Advance by UPC Broadband pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement that is made following the completion of the UPC Exchange Transaction (as defined in the Indenture), provided that the Borrower has given notice of such prepayment not later than three Business Days prior to the completion of the UPC Exchange Transaction and such prepayment is made on the completion of the UPC Exchange Transaction.
18.
The Additional Facility AD Lender acknowledges that the Borrower may discharge all or part of the Facility AD Advance pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Voluntary prepayment) of the Credit Agreement in connection with the UPC Exchange Transaction by way of one or a combination of (1) a cash prepayment, (2) an issue of new notes or (3) the purchase of the existing Notes (in the case of (2) and (3), in accordance with the mechanisms, and on the terms, agreed between the Borrower and the Additional Facility AD Lender at the relevant time and provided that the amount and date of such discharge is notified to the Facility Agent in writing by the Borrower and the Additional Facility AD Lender on or before the date of such discharge). The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that this Agreement may require amendment (in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Credit Agreement) to facilitate the discharge of all or part of the Facility AD Advance in connection with the UPC Exchange Transaction and agree to discuss and negotiate any such amendments in good faith at the relevant time.
19.
For the purposes of any amendment or waiver (including with respect to any existing Default or Event of Default) that may be sought by UPC Broadband and UPC Financing under the Credit Agreement on or after the date of this Agreement, the Additional Facility AD Lender hereby consents to any and all of the following (and this Agreement shall constitute the Additional Facility AD Lender’s irrevocable and unconditional written consent for the purposes of Clause 25 of the Credit Agreement without any further action required on the part of any Party):

(a)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to provide that an “Additional Facility Commitment” and an “Advance” (and any participation therein) as set forth in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be cancelled (with respect to any Additional Facility Commitment) and not outstanding (with respect to any Advance) for purposes of voting or consents (other than any vote or consent related to non-payment of such Advance) under the Credit Agreement if UPC Broadband Holding has delivered to the Facility Agent a duly completed Cancellation Notice with respect to such Additional Facility Commitment or Advance; provided that any such Advance shall remain due and payable on the applicable prepayment date and, if not repaid in full on the applicable prepayment date, then all voting or consent rights with respect thereto shall be reinstated with retroactive effect from the date of delivery of such Cancellation Notice;
(b)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to reduce the percentage specified in the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement from 66⅔ per cent. to a percentage that is not less than 50.1 per cent. (for any or all purposes under the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document);

5


(c)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to change the definition of “Western Europe” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement to include the countries that comprise the European Union as of a specified date more recent than the Effective Date, or from time to time (in addition to Scandinavia and Switzerland);
(d)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to change the definition of “Acquisition Business Plan” and the definition of “Borrower Group Business Plan” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement to limit the time period covered by any business plan of the Target or, as applicable, the Borrower Group (including the Target) to a period of not less than the earlier of five years following the date of the relevant Acquisition and the Final Maturity Date;
(e)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to eliminate the limitations set forth in subclause (b)(i) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement and in subclause (b)(i) of the definition of “Permitted Joint Venture” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement with respect to businesses conducted in Great Britain and/or Germany;
(f)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to eliminate the requirements set forth in subclause (b)(ii)(A)(II) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement and in subclause (b)(ii)(A)(II) of the definition of “Permitted Joint Venture” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement to deliver the financial projections specified therein, or to reduce the time period for compliance stated in either subclause;
(g)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to increase the amount of secured indebtedness specified in subclause (n) of the definition of “Permitted Security Interest” in Clause 1.1 of the Credit Agreement from €15,000,000 to an amount not to exceed €100,000,000 (or its equivalent);
(h)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to eliminate the reporting requirements set forth in subclause (c) of Clause 16.2 of the Credit Agreement, or to change the time period for compliance specified therein;
(i)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to include as a “Permitted Disposal” under Clause 16.10(b)(xvi) of the Credit Agreement the disposal of any person or asset if: (i) at the time of such disposal, UPC Broadband has contractually committed or agreed to a future Acquisition and such an Acquisition occurs within twelve months (or less) of the disposal; (ii) the Remaining Percentage would not be exceeded if the aggregate percentage value of the contemplated Acquisition is added to the calculation and tested at the time of the disposal on a pro forma basis (giving effect to the Annualised EBITDA of the Target based on then available historical financial information) and on an actual basis at the completion of the Acquisition (and for these purposes (A) subclause 16.10(c)(z) of the Credit Agreement would be disapplied so that the Remaining Percentage could exceed 17.5 per cent. in respect of the relevant disposal and (B) subclause 16.10(c)(x) of the Credit Agreement would be disapplied so that the percentage of the Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group represented by the Annualised EBITDA of the relevant disposal could be more than the Remaining Percentage immediately prior to such disposal, in each case provided the Remaining Percentage would not be exceeded once any contemplated Acquisition is taken into account as described in this subparagraph (ii)); and (iii) for the purpose of the certificate required in Clause 16.10(b)(xvi)(C), the financial ratios are calculated giving pro forma effect to such Acquisition (based on the then available historical financial information of the Target and including the Annualised EBITDA of the Target and any Financial Indebtedness expected to be incurred by the Borrower Group to finance such Acquisition) (and any such amendment, waiver or other modification contemplated by this subclause (h) may apply to all such disposals and future Acquisitions or only to specified disposals and Acquisitions);

6


(j)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to eliminate the provision set forth in subclause (c)(y) of Clause 16.10 of the Credit Agreement that the percentage value of a Reinvestment shall be disregarded if the Annualised EBITDA of the members of the Borrower Group derived from persons or assets located in Western Europe is less than 66⅔ per cent. of the Annualised EBITDA of the Borrower Group, or to change the percentage or the geographical limitation specified therein;
(k)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to increase the amount of Financial Indebtedness specified in Clause 16.12(b)(xvii) of the Credit Agreement from €25,000,000 to an amount not to exceed €100,000,000 (or its equivalent);
(l)
any amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document to change the calculation of any financial ratio that requires the calculation of Senior Debt and/or Total Debt to provide for the netting of cash and cash equivalents (to be defined substantially in line with and/or with reference to standard language used in the European banking market) against Senior Debt and/or Total Debt; and
(m)
any consequential amendment, waiver or other modification to the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document arising as a direct result of the changes envisaged in subclauses (a) to (l) of this Clause 19.
The Additional Facility AD Lender hereby waives receipt of any fee in connection with the foregoing consent, notwithstanding that other consenting Lenders under the Credit Facility may be paid a fee in consideration of such Lenders’ consent to any or all of the foregoing amendments, waivers or other modifications.
20.
In the event that the Additional Facility AD Lender is eligible or required to vote (or otherwise consent) with respect to any matter (other than the matters specified in paragraphs (a) through (m) of Clause 19 above) arising from time to time under the Credit Agreement or this Agreement the Facility Agent will apply the votes of the Additional Facility AD Lender in accordance with a written direction to be provided by the Additional Facility AD Lender or the Trustee (on behalf of the Additional Facility AD Lender). The Additional Facility AD Lender agrees that it will give any such direction in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.01 of the Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agent may rely on any such directions received and shall have no duty to enquire or monitor as to whether such direction complies with Section 9.01 of the Indenture.

7


21.
Each of UPC Broadband and UPC Financing confirms, on behalf of themselves and each other Obligor, that the representations and warranties set out in Clause 15 (Representations and Warranties) of the Credit Agreement (with the exception of Clauses 15.6(a) (Consents), 15.10 (Financial condition), 15.12 (Security Interests), 15.13(b) (Litigation and insolvency proceedings), 15.14 (Business Plan), 15.15 (Tax liabilities), 15.16 (Ownership of assets), 15.18 (Works Council), 15.19 (Borrower Group Structure), 15.20 (ERISA), 15.24 (UPC Financing) and 15.25 (Dutch Banking Act)) are true and correct as if made at the Effective Date with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing, and as if each reference to the Finance Documents includes a reference to this Agreement.
22.
UPC Broadband further represents and warrants on the Effective Date that the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not violate any agreement or instrument to which UPC Holding is a party or binding upon UPC Holding or any member of the Borrower Group or any assets of UPC Holding or any member of the Borrower Group’s assets, where such violation would or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
23.
The Additional Facility AD Lender confirms to each Finance Party that:
(a)
it has made its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in the Credit Agreement and has not relied on any information provided to it by a Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document; and
(b)
it will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under the Credit Agreement or any Additional Facility Commitment is in force.
24.
The Additional Facility AD Lender agrees to waive the notice period in respect of delivery of drawdown requests under Clause 5.1 (Delivery of Request) of the Credit Agreement in respect of Facility AD. The Additional Facility AD Lender, the Borrower and the Facility Agent acknowledge and agree that (a) the Facility AD Advance shall be made by the Additional Facility AD Lender directly to the Borrower to an account notified by the Borrower to the Additional Facility AD Lender, rather than through the Facility Agent, and (b) in respect of any other payments of principal, interest or other amounts due under Facility AD, (i) the Borrower shall make payments payable by it to the Additional Facility AD Lender directly to the Additional Facility AD Lender (or to such account as the Additional Facility AD Lender may specify), and (ii) the Additional Facility AD Lender shall make payments payable by it to the Borrower directly to the Borrower (or to such account as the Borrower may specify). The Additional Facility AD Lender agrees that it shall promptly notify the Facility Agent if the Borrower fails to make any payment under subclause (b)(i) of this Clause 24 when due, and the Borrower agrees that it shall promptly notify the Facility Agent if the Additional Facility AD Lender fails to make any payment under subclause (b)(ii) of this Clause 24 when due.
25.
The Facility Office and address for notices of the Additional Facility AD Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 (Addresses for notices) of the Credit Agreement will be that notified by the Additional Facility AD Lender to the Facility Agent.
26.
The Facility Agent may provide copies of the Indenture, or disclose its contents, to any Finance Party upon request by that Finance Party.

8


27.
This Agreement and any non contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.
28.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each party on separate counterparts. Each counterpart is an original, but all counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart signature page of this Agreement by e-mail (PDF) or telecopy shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. In relation to each counterpart, upon confirmation by or on behalf of the signatory that the signatory authorises the attachment of such counterpart signature page to the final text of this Agreement, such counterpart signature page shall take effect together with such final text as a complete authoritative counterpart.
29.
For purposes of any assignment, transfer or novation of rights and/or obligations (in whole or in part) by a Lender in respect of Facility AD under Clause 26.2 (Transfers by Lenders) of the Credit Agreement, UPC Broadband hereby consents to any assignment, transfer or novation made by the Additional Facility AD Lender (including any subsequent Lender under Facility AD) following an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture), provided that any such assignment, transfer or novation in part shall be in a minimum amount of $150,000. The Additional Facility AD Lender may only deliver to the Facility Agent a completed assignment or transfer document or Novation Certificate (as applicable) if at that time it confirms to the Facility Agent in writing that such assignment, transfer or novation is not prohibited under the terms of any agreement that is binding on it or any of its assets.

9


SCHEDULE 1
ADDITIONAL FACILITY AD LENDER AND COMMITMENT
Additional Facility AD Lender
Facility AD
Commitment
UPCB Finance VI Limited
US$750,000,000
Total
US$750,000,000


10


SCHEDULE 2
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS
1.
Constitutional Documents
(a)
A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor (other than UPC Financing) and the partnership agreement of UPC Financing or, if the Facility Agent already has a copy, a certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor confirming that the copy in the Facility Agent’s possession is still correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.
(b)
An extract of the registration of each Obligor established in the Netherlands in the trade register of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce.
2.
Authorisations
(a)
A copy of a resolution of the board of managing and, to the extent applicable, board of supervisory directors (or equivalent) and, to the extent that a shareholders’ resolution is required, a copy of the shareholders’ resolution of each Obligor:
(i)
approving the terms of and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (in the case of UPC Broadband and UPC Financing) resolving that it execute the same (and, in the case of the Guarantors and the Charging Entities (as defined in the Security Deed) resolving that it execute the confirmation described at paragraph 4(a) below; and
(ii)
(in the case of UPC Broadband and UPC Financing) authorising the issuance of a power of attorney to a specified person or persons to execute this Agreement on its behalf and (in the case of the Guarantors and the Charging Entities (as defined in the Security Deed)) authorising the issuance of a power of attorney to a specified person or persons to execute the confirmation described in paragraph 4(a) below.
(b)
A specimen of the signature of each person authorised pursuant to its constitutional documents or to the power of attorney referred to in paragraph (a) above to sign this Agreement or the confirmation described in paragraph 4(a) below (as appropriate).
(c)
A certificate of an authorised signatory of UPC Broadband, each Guarantor and each Charging Entity certifying that each copy document specified in this Schedule and supplied by UPC Broadband, each Guarantor and each Charging Entity is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.
(d)
A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent has notified UPC Broadband is necessary in connection with the entry into and performance of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement or for the validity and enforceability of this Agreement.
3.
Legal opinions
(a)
A legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, English legal advisers to the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.

11


(b)
A legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, Dutch legal advisers to the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.
(c)
A legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, New York legal advisers to the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.
4.
Other documents
(a)
Confirmation (in writing) from (i) each of the Guarantors that its obligations under Clause 14 (Guarantee) of the Credit Agreement and (ii) each of the Charging Entities (as defined in the Security Deed) that the Security Interests granted to the Beneficiaries pursuant to the Security Documents and its obligations under the Finance Documents, shall continue unaffected and that such obligations extend to the Total Commitments as increased by the addition of Facility AD and that such obligations shall be owed to each Finance Party including the Additional Facility AD Lender.

12


SIGNATORIES
Facility Agent and Security Agent
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA as Facility Agent
By:     Authorized Signatory
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA as Security Agent
By:     Authorized Signatory


















[signature page to Accession Agreement to Credit Agreement]

13


SIGNATORIES
Additional Facility AD Lender
UPCB FINANCE VI LIMITED
By:    Authorized Signatory




















[signature page to Accession Agreement to Credit Agreement]

14


SIGNATORIES
UPC BROADBAND HOLDING B.V.
By:    Authorized Signatory
UPC FINANCING PARTNERSHIP
By:    Authorized Signatory



















[signature page to Accession Agreement to Credit Agreement]

15
Ex 4.62 Accession Agreement to Senior Secured Notes Indenture (EXECUTION VERSION)
Exhibit 4.62
EXECUTION VERSION
ACCESSION AGREEMENT
This ACCESSION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of March 2, 2010, is made by UPC Germany GmbH (“UPC Germany”), Unitymedia Hessen GmbH & Co. KG (“Unitymedia Hessen” or the “Company”), Unitymedia NRW GmbH (“Unitymedia NRW”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, as the Trustee (“Trustee”), under the Indenture referred to below.
WHEREAS, UPC Germany has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of November 20, 2009 providing for the issuance of an initial aggregate principal amount of €1,430,000,000 of 8 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 and $845,000,000 of 8 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”).
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances Unitymedia Hessen and Unitymedia NRW shall execute and deliver to the Trustee an Accession Agreement pursuant to which Unitymedia Hessen and Unitymedia NRW shall accede to the Indenture, as co-issuers, and assume all of the obligations of UPC Germany under the Indenture and the Notes.
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that upon the execution and delivery of this Accession Agreement, UPC Germany shall be released from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.24 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Accession Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1.    CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used in this Accession Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.
2.    AGREEMENT TO ACCEDE. Each of Unitymedia Hessen and Unitymedia NRW hereby agrees to accede to the Indenture, as co-issuers, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Accession Agreement and the Indenture. In particular connection with such succession, each of Unitymedia Hessen and Unitymedia NRW agrees (a) to be bound by all of the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements set forth in the Indenture and (b) to perform in accordance with its terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Indenture are required to be performed by UPC Germany. Furthermore, Unitymedia Hessen agrees to comply with and be bound by all of the terms of, and perform all of its obligations under, the Indenture and the Notes as the “Company”.
3.    RELEASE OF UPC GERMANY. UPC Germany shall cease to be an Issuer for the purposes of the Indenture and the Notes (but without prejudice to any indemnities or exclusions of liability which apply).
4.    NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS ACCESSION AGREEMENT BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.



5.    COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Accession Agreement. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
6.    EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
7.    THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity of sufficiency of this Accession Agreement or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by UPC Germany, Unitymedia Hessen and Unitymedia NRW.
8.    RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; ACCESSION AGREEMENT PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Accession Agreement shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes.
9.    SUCCESSORS. All covenants and agreements in this Accession Agreement by the parties hereto shall bind their successors.
(Signature page to follow)




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Accession Agreement to be duly executed and attested, as of the date first above written.
UPC GERMANY GMBH
By:
Authorized Signatory
Name:    Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By:
Authorized Signatory
Name:    Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

UNITYMEDIA HESSEN GMBH & CO. KG
as an Issuer
as the Company
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:    Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:    Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

UNITYMEDIA NRW GMBH
as an Issuer
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:    Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:    Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative



THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
as Trustee
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:    Authorized Signatory
Title:    Vice President



Appendix A – Addresses for Notices
If to the Issuer:
Unitymedia Hessen GmbH & Co. KG
Unitymedia NRW GmbH
Aachener Strasse 746- 750
50933 Köln
Germany
Attn: Heinz Benesch, Senior Vice President, Legal & Corporate Affairs, Unitymedia Group
Telephone:
Fax: +49 221 3792 802
Email: Heinz.Benesch@unitymedia.de
Attn: Marcus Koppers, Director Treasury, Finance & Administration, Unitymedia Group
Telephone: +49 221 37792-107
Fax: +49 2273 5947-1912
Email: Marcus.Koppers@Unitymedia.de
Copy to:
Liberty Global Europe BV
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol-Rijk
The Netherlands
Attn: Gerrit-Jan Bakker
Telephone: +31 20 778 8148
Fax: +31 20 778 8105
Email: gjbakker@lgi.com


Ex 4.63 Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors (EXECUTION VERSION)
Exhibit 4.63
EXECUTION VERSION

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of March 2, 2010, among Unitymedia GmbH, Unitymedia Management GmbH, Unitymedia Hessen Verwaltung GmbH and Unitymedia Beteiligungs GmbH (each a “Guaranteeing Company” and collectively, the “Guaranteeing Companies”), UPC Germany GmbH, as Issuer (the “Issuer”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of November 20, 2009, providing for the issuance of an initial aggregate principal amount of €1,430,000,000 of 8 1/8% Senior Notes due 2017 and $845,000,000 of 8 1/8% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”).
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances a Guaranteeing Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which such Guaranteeing Company shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.05 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Guaranteeing Companies and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1.    CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2.    AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. Each Guaranteeing Company hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in such Guarantee and in the Indenture.
3.    NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of any Guaranteeing Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guaranteeing Company under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture, the Notes Proceeds Loan, any Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Documents or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
5.    NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
6.    COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
7.    EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.



8.    THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Companies and the Issuer.
9.    RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes.
10.    SUCCESSORS. All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the parties hereto shall bind their successors.

(Signature page to follow.)



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

UNITYMEDIA GMBH, as a Guaranteeing Company
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative
UNITYMEDIA MANAGEMENT GMBH, as a Guaranteeing Company
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative
UNITYMEDIA HESSEN VERWALTUNG GMBH, as a Guaranteeing Company
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative



UNITYMEDIA BETEILIGUNGS GMBH, as a Guaranteeing Company
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative
UPC GERMANY GMBH, as Issuer
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Vice President


Ex 4.64 Supplemental UPC merger- supplemental indenture (senior secured notes) (EXECUTION VERSION)
Exhibit 4.64
EXECUTION VERSION

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of August 31, 2010, among UPC Germany GmbH (“UPC Germany”) as the guaranteeing company in its capacity as a parent guarantor (the “Guaranteeing Company”), Unitymedia Hessen GmbH & Co. KG (“Unitymedia Hessen”) and Unitymedia NRW GmbH (“Unitymedia NRW”), as co-issuers (the “Co-Issuers”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the UPC Germany has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of November 20, 2009, providing for the issuance of an initial aggregate principal amount of €1,430,000,000 of 8 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 and $845,000,000 of 8 1/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”).
WHEREAS, in connection with the debt pushdown as set out in Section 4.24 of the Indenture (the “Debt Pushdown”), on March 2, 2010, UPC Germany, Unitymedia Hessen, Unitymedia NRW and the Trustee entered into an Accession Agreement pursuant to which Unitymedia Hessen and Unitymedia NRW acceded to the Indenture, as co-issuers, and assumed all of the obligations of UPC Germany under the Notes and the Indenture.
WHEREAS, in connection with the Debt Pushdown, on March 2, 2010, Unitymedia GmbH (“Unitymedia”), Unitymedia Management GmbH, Unitymedia Hessen and Unitymedia Beteiligungs GmbH (each as a guaranteeing company), UPC Germany, as issuer at the time, and the Trustee executed and delivered to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to the Indenture pursuant to which Unitymedia provided a guarantee of the Co-Issuers’ obligations under the Notes.
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement dated on or about August 30, 2010 (the “Merger Agreement”), among Unitymedia and UPC Germany, Unitymedia shall merge (the “Merger”), on registration of the Merger Agreement with Handelsregister, Amtsgericht Köln, with and into UPC Germany. The date of registration shall be the effective date (the “Effective Date’’).
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Company shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 5.01 and 9.05 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1.    CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.



2.    AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Company hereby agrees that on and from the Effective Daye to provide an unconditional Guarantee as a parent guarantor on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in such Guarantee and in the Indenture.
3.    EFFECTIVE DATE. The Guaranteeing Company shall notify the Trustee promptly upon the occurrence of the Effective Date.
4.    NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of either Co-Issuer or the Guaranteeing Company under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture, the Notes Proceeds Loan, any Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Documents or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
5.    NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
6.    COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
7.    EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
8.    THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Company and the Co-Issuers.
9.    RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes.
10.    SUCCESSORS. All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the parties hereto shall bind their successors.

(Signature page to follow.)





IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

UPC GERMANY GmbH, as Guaranteeing Company

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:
Representative



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

UPC GERMANY GmbH, as Guaranteeing Company

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:
Representative



Unitymedia GmbH, as Guaranteeing Company

By: Authorized Signatory
Name: Authorized Signatory
Title:
Representative



Unitymedia GmbH, as Guaranteeing Company

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:
Representative



UNITYMEDIA HESSEN GMBH & CO. KG, as a Co-Issuer

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:
Representative




UNITYMEDIA HESSEN GMBH & CO. KG, as a Co-Issuer

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:
Representative



UNITYMEDIA NRW GMBH, as a Co-Issuer

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:
Representative




UNITYMEDIA NRW GMBH, as a Co-Issuer

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:
Representative



THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:
Vice President


Ex 4.66 Accession Agreement to Senior Notes Indenture (EXECUTION VERSION)
Exhibit 4.66
EXECUTION VERSION
ACCESSION AGREEMENT
This ACCESSION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of March 2, 2010, is made by UPC Germany GmbH (“UPC Germany”), Unitymedia GmbH  (“Unitymedia GmbH” or the “Company”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as the Trustee (“Trustee”), under the Indenture referred to below.
WHEREAS, UPC Germany has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of November 20, 2009 providing for the issuance of an initial aggregate principal amount of €665,000,000 of 9 5/8% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”).
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances Unitymedia GmbH shall execute and deliver to the Trustee an Accession Agreement pursuant to which Unitymedia GmbH shall accede to the Indenture, as issuer, and assume all of the obligations of UPC Germany under the Indenture and the Notes.
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that upon the execution and delivery of this Accession Agreement, UPC Germany shall be released from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.24 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Accession Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1.    CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used in this Accession Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.
2.    AGREEMENT TO ACCEDE. Unitymedia GmbH hereby agrees to accede to the Indenture, as issuer, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Accession Agreement and the Indenture. In particular connection with such succession, Unitymedia GmbH agrees (a) to be bound by all of the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements set forth in the Indenture and (b) to perform in accordance with its terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Indenture are required to be performed by UPC Germany. Furthermore, Unitymedia GmbH agrees to comply with and be bound by all of the terms of, and perform all of its obligations under, the Indenture and the Notes as the “Company”.
3.    RELEASE OF UPC GERMANY. UPC Germany shall cease to be an Issuer for the purposes of the Indenture and the Notes (but without prejudice to any indemnities or exclusions of liability which apply).
4.    NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS ACCESSION AGREEMENT BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
5.    COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Accession Agreement. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
6.    EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.



7.    THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity of sufficiency of this Accession Agreement or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by UPC Germany and Unitymedia GmbH.
8.    RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; ACCESSION AGREEMENT PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Accession Agreement shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes.
9.    SUCCESSORS. All covenants and agreements in this Accession Agreement by the parties hereto shall bind their successors.
(Signature page to follow)




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Accession Agreement to be duly executed and attested, as of the date first above written.
UPC GERMANY GMBH
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:    Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:    Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative
UNITYMEDIA GMBH
as an Issuer
as the Company
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:    Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:    Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
as Trustee
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:    Authorized Signatory
Title:    Vice President




Appendix A – Addresses for Notices
If to the Issuer:
Unitymedia GmbH
Aachener Strasse 746- 750
50933 Köln
Germany
Attn: Heinz Benesch, Senior Vice President, Legal & Corporate Affairs, Unitymedia Group
Telephone:
Fax: +49 221 3792 802
Email: Heinz.Benesch@unitymedia.de
Attn: Marcus Koppers, Director Treasury, Finance & Administration, Unitymedia Group
Telephone: +49 221 37792-107
Fax: +49 2273 5947-1912
Email: Marcus.Koppers@Unitymedia.de
Copy to:
Liberty Global Europe BV
Boeing Avenue 53
1119 PE Schiphol-Rijk
The Netherlands
Attn: Gerrit-Jan Bakker
Telephone: +31 20 778 8148
Fax: +31 20 778 8105
Email: gjbakker@lgi.com


Ex 4.67 Supplemental Indenture under Senior Notes Indenture (EXECUTION VERSION)
Exhibit 4.67
EXECUTION VERSION

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of March 2, 2010, among Unitymedia Management GmbH, Unitymedia Hessen GmbH & Co. KG, Unitymedia Hessen Verwaltung GmbH and Unitymedia Beteiligungs GmbH (each a “Guaranteeing Company” and collectively, the “Guaranteeing Companies”), UPC Germany GmbH, as Issuer (the “Issuer”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of November 20, 2009, providing for the issuance of an initial aggregate principal amount of €665,000,000 of 9 5/8% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”).
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances a Guaranteeing Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which such Guaranteeing Company shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.05 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Guaranteeing Companies and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1.    CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2.    AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. Each Guaranteeing Company hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in such Guarantee and in the Indenture.
3.    NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of any Guaranteeing Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guaranteeing Company under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture, the Notes Proceeds Loan, any Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Documents or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
5.    NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
6.    COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
7.    EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.



8.    THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Companies and the Issuer.
9.    RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes.
10.    SUCCESSORS. All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the parties hereto shall bind their successors.

(Signature page to follow.)



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

UNITYMEDIA MANAGEMENT GMBH, as a Guaranteeing Company
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative
UNITYMEDIA HESSEN GMBH & CO. KG, as a Guaranteeing Company
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

UNITYMEDIA HESSEN VERWALTUNG GMBH, as a Guaranteeing Company
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative



    

UNITYMEDIA NRW GMBH, as a Guaranteeing Company
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

UNITYMEDIA BETEILIGUNGS GMBH, as a Guaranteeing Company
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

UPC GERMANY GMBH, as Issuer
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Representative

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
By: Authorized Signatory
Name:
Authorized Signatory
Title:    Vice President


Ex 4.68 Supplemental Indenture (Restructuring) under Senior Notes Indenture (EXECUTION VERSION)
Exhibit 4.68
EXECUTION VERSION

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY THE SUCCESSOR COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of August 31, 2010, among Unitymedia GmbH (the “Issuer” or “Unitymedia”), UPC Germany GmbH, (“UPC Germany” or the “Successor Company”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, UPC Germany has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended and supplemented, the “Indenture”), dated as of November 20, 2009 providing for the issuance of an initial aggregate principal amount of €665,000,000 of 9 5/8% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”).
WHEREAS, Unitymedia, UPC Germany and the Trustee entered into an Accession Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2010, pursuant to which Unitymedia acceded to the Indenture, as issuer, and assumed all of the obligations of UPC Germany under the Indenture and the Notes.
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement dated on or about August 30, 2010 (the “Merger Agreement”), among Unitymedia and UPC Germany, Unitymedia shall merge ( the “Merger”), on registration of the Merger Agreement with Handelsregister, Amtsgericht Köln, with and into UPC Germany. The date of registration shall be the effective date (the “Effective Date’’).
WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 5.01 and Section 9.05 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each of UPC Germany and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1.    CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2.    AGREEMENT TO ACCEDE. The Successor Company hereby agrees that on and from the Effective Date it will accede (the “Accession”) to the Indenture, as issuer, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture. In particular connection with such succession, the Successor Company agrees that on and from the Effective Date (a) be bound by all of the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements set forth in the Indenture and (b) to perform in accordance with its terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Indenture and the Notes that are required to be performed by UPC Germany, the “Issuer” and/or the “Company”.
3.    EFFECTIVE DATE . The Successor Company shall notify the Trustee promptly upon the occurrence of the Effective Date.
4.    NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of Unitymedia or UPC Germany shall have any liability for any obligations of Unitymedia or UPC Germany under the Notes, the Indenture, the Notes Proceeds Loan, any Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Documents or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.



5.    NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
6.    COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
7.    EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
8.    THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Companies and the Issuer.
9.    RATIFICATION OF INDENTURE; SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES PART OF INDENTURE. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes.
10.    SUCCESSORS. All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the parties hereto shall bind their successors.

(Signature page to follow.)



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

UPC GERMANY GMBH, as Successor Company
By: Authorized Signatory
Name: Authorized Signatory
Title: Representative



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

UPC GERMANY GMBH, as Successor Company
By: Authorized Signatory
Name: Authorized Signatory
Title: Representative



UNITYMEDIA GMBH, as Issuer
By: Authorized Signatory
Name: Authorized Signatory
Title: Representative



UNITYMEDIA GMBH, as Issuer
By: Authorized Signatory
Name: Authorized Signatory
Title: Representative






THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee

By: Authorized Signatory
Name: Authorized Signatory
Title: Vice President


Ex 10.1 LGI 2005 Incentive Plan
EXHIBIT 10.1
LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
2005 INCENTIVE PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective October 31, 2006)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE OF PLAN
     1.1 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success of the Company by providing a method whereby (i) eligible employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) independent contractors providing services to the Company and its Subsidiaries may be awarded additional remuneration for services rendered and encouraged to invest in capital stock of the Company, thereby increasing their proprietary interest in the Company's businesses, encouraging them to remain in the employ of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and increasing their personal interest in the continued success and progress of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Plan is also intended to aid in (i) attracting Persons of exceptional ability to become officers and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) inducing independent contractors to agree to provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries.
     1.2 Effective Date. The Plan was originally effective May 11, 2004 (the "Effective Date"), was amended and restated effective as of March 9, 2005 with respect to Awards made after that date, and was further amended and restated effective as of March 8, 2006. The Plan is hereby further amended and restated effective as of October 31, 2006.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
     2.1 Certain Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in the Plan shall have the following meanings (whether used in the singular or plural):
     "Affiliate" of the Company means any corporation, partnership or other business association that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company.
     "Agreement" means a stock option agreement, stock appreciation rights agreement, restricted shares agreement, stock units agreement, cash award agreement or an agreement evidencing more than one type of Award, specified in Section 11.5, as any such Agreement may be supplemented or amended from time to time.
     "Approved Transaction" means any transaction in which the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of the
 
 




 
Company) shall approve (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company, or binding share exchange, pursuant to which shares of Common Stock of the Company would be changed or converted into or exchanged for cash, securities, or other property, other than any such transaction in which the common stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction have the same proportionate ownership of the Common Stock of, and voting power with respect to, the surviving corporation immediately after such transaction, (ii) any merger, consolidation or binding share exchange to which the Company is a party as a result of which the Persons who are common stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto have less than a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Company ordinarily (and apart from the rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors immediately following such merger, consolidation or binding share exchange, (iii) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (iv) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company.
     "Award" means a grant of Options, SARs, Restricted Shares, Stock Units, Performance Awards, Cash Awards and/or cash amounts under the Plan.
     "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     "Board Change" means, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the entire Board cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.
     "Cash Award" means an Award made pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Plan to a Holder that is paid solely on account of the attainment of one or more Performance Objectives that have been preestablished by the Committee.
     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Code section shall include any successor section.
     "Committee" means the committee of the Board appointed pursuant to Section 3.1 to administer the Plan.
     "Common Stock" means each or any (as the context may require) series of the Company's common stock.
     "Company" means Liberty Global, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     "Control Purchase" means any transaction (or series of related transactions) in which (i) any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the
-2-
 




 
Exchange Act), corporation or other entity (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) shall purchase any Common Stock of the Company (or securities convertible into Common Stock of the Company) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or (ii) any person (as such term is so defined), corporation or other entity (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any Exempt Person (as defined below)) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily (and apart from the rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in Rule 13d-3(d) under the Exchange Act in the case of rights to acquire the Company's securities), other than in a transaction (or series of related transactions) approved by the Board. For purposes of this definition, "Exempt Person" means each of (a) the Chairman of the Board, the President and each of the directors of the Company as of June 15, 2005, and (b) the respective family members, estates and heirs of each of the Persons referred to in clause (a) above and any trust or other investment vehicle for the primary benefit of any of such Persons or their respective family members or heirs. As used with respect to any Person, the term "family member" means the spouse, siblings and lineal descendants of such Person.
     "Disability" means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.
     "Dividend Equivalents" means, with respect to Restricted Shares to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, to the extent specified by the Committee only, an amount equal to all dividends and other distributions (or the economic equivalent thereof) which are payable to stockholders of record during the Restriction Period on a like number and kind of shares of Common Stock.
     "Domestic Relations Order" means a domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules thereunder.
     "Effective Date" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.2.
     "Equity Security" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(11) of the Exchange Act, and an equity security of an issuer shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Rule 16a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor Rule.
-3-
 




 
     "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Exchange Act section shall include any successor section.
     "Fair Market Value" of a share of any series of Common Stock on any day means the last sale price (or, if no last sale price is reported, the average of the high bid and low asked prices) for a share of such series of Common Stock on such day (or, if such day is not a trading day, on the next preceding trading day) as reported on the consolidated transaction reporting system for the principal national securities exchange on which shares of such series of Common Stock are listed on such day or if such shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange, then as reported on Nasdaq. If for any day the Fair Market Value of a share of the applicable series of Common Stock is not determinable by any of the foregoing means, then the Fair Market Value for such day shall be determined in good faith by the Committee on the basis of such quotations and other considerations as the Committee deems appropriate.
     "Free Standing SAR" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.1.
     "Holder" means a Person who has received an Award under the Plan.
     "Nasdaq" means The Nasdaq Stock Market.
     "Nonqualified Stock Option" means a stock option granted under Article VI.
     "Option" means a Nonqualified Stock Option.
     "Performance Award" means an Award made pursuant to Article X of the Plan to a Holder that is subject to the attainment of one or more Performance Objectives.
     "Performance Objective" means a standard established by the Committee to determine in whole or in part whether a Performance Award shall be earned.
     "Person" means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity of any kind.
     "Plan" means this Liberty Global, Inc. 2005 Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective October 31, 2006).
     "Restricted Shares" means shares of any series of Common Stock or the right to receive shares of any specified series of Common Stock, as the case may be, awarded pursuant to Article VIII.
     "Restriction Period" means a period of time beginning on the date of each Award of Restricted Shares and ending on the Vesting Date with respect to such Award.
-4-
 




 
     "Retained Distribution" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.3.
     "SARs" means stock appreciation rights, awarded pursuant to Article VII, with respect to shares of any specified series of Common Stock.
     "Stock Unit Awards" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9.1.
     "Subsidiary" of a Person means any present or future subsidiary (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) of such Person or any business entity in which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting, capital or profits interests. An entity shall be deemed a subsidiary of a Person for purposes of this definition only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.
     "Tandem SARs" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.1.
     "Vesting Date," with respect to any Restricted Shares awarded hereunder, means the date on which such Restricted Shares cease to be subject to a risk of forfeiture, as designated in or determined in accordance with the Agreement with respect to such Award of Restricted Shares pursuant to Article VIII. If more than one Vesting Date is designated for an Award of Restricted Shares, reference in the Plan to a Vesting Date in respect of such Award shall be deemed to refer to each part of such Award and the Vesting Date for such part.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
     3.1 Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board unless a different committee is subsequently appointed by the Board. The Committee shall be comprised of not less than two Persons. The Board may from time to time appoint members of the Committee in substitution for or in addition to members previously appointed, may fill vacancies in the Committee and may remove members of the Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the members shall be as fully effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.
     3.2 Powers. The Committee shall have full power and authority to grant to eligible Persons Options under Article VI of the Plan, SARs under Article VII of the Plan, Restricted Shares under Article VIII of the Plan, Stock Units under Article IX of the Plan, Cash Awards under Article X of the Plan and/or Performance Awards under Article X of the Plan, to determine the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of all Awards so granted, to interpret the provisions of the Plan and any Agreements relating to Awards granted under the Plan and to supervise the administration of the Plan. The Committee in making an Award may
-5-
 




 
provide for the granting or issuance of additional, replacement or alternative Awards upon the occurrence of specified events, including the exercise of the original Award. The Committee shall have sole authority in the selection of Persons to whom Awards may be granted under the Plan and in the determination of the timing, pricing and amount of any such Award, subject only to the express provisions of the Plan. In making determinations hereunder, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees and independent contractors, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion deems relevant.
     3.3 Interpretation. The Committee is authorized, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or advisable for the proper administration of the Plan and to take such other action in connection with or in relation to the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable. Each action and determination made or taken pursuant to the Plan by the Committee, including any interpretation or construction of the Plan, shall be final and conclusive for all purposes and upon all Persons. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made or taken by him or the Committee in good faith with respect to the Plan.
ARTICLE IV
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
     4.1 Number of Shares; Award Limits. Subject to the provisions of this Article IV, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted during the term of the Plan shall be 50 million shares; provided, however, that the maximum number of the Company's shares of Series B common stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Series B common stock") with respect to which Awards may be so granted during the term of the Plan shall be 25 million shares. Shares of Common Stock will be made available from the authorized but unissued shares of the Company or from shares reacquired by the Company, including shares purchased in the open market. The shares of Common Stock subject to (i) any Award granted under the Plan that shall expire, terminate or be annulled for any reason without having been exercised (or considered to have been exercised as provided in Section 7.2), (ii) any Award of any SARs granted under the Plan that shall be exercised for cash, and (iii) any Award of Restricted Shares or Stock Units that shall be forfeited prior to becoming vested (provided that the Holder received no benefits of ownership of such Restricted Shares or Stock Units other than voting rights and the accumulation of Retained Distributions and unpaid Dividend Equivalents that are likewise forfeited) shall again be available for purposes of the Plan. Except for Awards described in Section 11.1, and subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 4.2, (i) no Person may be granted in any calendar year Awards covering more than 4 million shares of Common Stock, and (ii) no Person may be granted in any calendar year Awards covering more than 2 million shares of Series B common stock. No Person shall receive payment for Cash Awards during any calendar year aggregating in excess of $10,000,000.
     4.2 Adjustments. If the Company subdivides its outstanding shares of any series of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of such series of Common Stock (by stock
-6-
 




 
dividend, stock split, reclassification, or otherwise) or combines its outstanding shares of any series of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of such series of Common Stock (by reverse stock split, reclassification, or otherwise) or if the Committee determines that any stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, reclassification, recapitalization, reorganization, split-up, spin-off, combination, exchange of shares, warrants or rights offering to purchase such series of Common Stock or other similar corporate event (including mergers or consolidations other than those which constitute Approved Transactions, adjustments with respect to which shall be governed by Section 11.1(b)) affects any series of Common Stock so that an adjustment is required to preserve the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee, in its sole discretion and in such manner as the Committee may deem equitable and appropriate, may make such adjustments to any or all of (i) the number and kind of shares of stock which thereafter may be awarded, optioned or otherwise made subject to the benefits contemplated by the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of shares of stock subject to outstanding Awards, and (iii) the purchase or exercise price and the relevant appreciation base with respect to any of the foregoing, provided, however, that the number of shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all shares of any series of Common Stock are redeemed, then each outstanding Award shall be adjusted to substitute for the shares of such series of Common Stock subject thereto the kind and amount of cash, securities or other assets issued or paid in the redemption of the equivalent number of shares of such series of Common Stock and otherwise the terms of such Award, including, in the case of Options or similar rights, the aggregate exercise price, and, in the case of Free Standing SARs, the aggregate base price, shall remain constant before and after the substitution (unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the applicable Agreement). The Committee may, if deemed appropriate, provide for a cash payment to any Holder of an Award in connection with any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4.2.
ARTICLE V
ELIGIBILITY
     5.1 General. The Persons who shall be eligible to participate in the Plan and to receive Awards under the Plan shall, subject to Section 5.2, be such Persons who are employees (including officers and directors) of or independent contractors providing services to the Company or its Subsidiaries as the Committee shall select. Awards may be made to employees or independent contractors who hold or have held Awards under the Plan or any similar or other awards under any other plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates.
     5.2 Ineligibility. No member of the Committee, while serving as such, shall be eligible to receive an Award.
-7-
 




 
ARTICLE VI
STOCK OPTIONS
     6.1 Grant of Options. Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Committee shall designate from time to time those eligible Persons to be granted Options, the time when each Option shall be granted to such eligible Persons, the series and number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Option, and, subject to Section 6.2, the purchase price of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option.
     6.2 Option Price. The price at which shares may be purchased upon exercise of an Option shall be fixed by the Committee and may be no less than the Fair Market Value of the shares of the applicable series of Common Stock subject to the Option as of the date the Option is granted.
     6.3 Term of Options. Subject to the provisions of the Plan with respect to death, retirement and termination of employment, the term of each Option shall be for such period as the Committee shall determine as set forth in the applicable Agreement.
     6.4 Exercise of Options. An Option granted under the Plan shall become (and remain) exercisable during the term of the Option to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement and the Plan and, unless the Agreement otherwise provides, may be exercised to the extent exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time during such term; provided, however, that subsequent to the grant of an Option, the Committee, at any time before complete termination of such Option, may accelerate the time or times at which such Option may be exercised in whole or in part (without reducing the term of such Option).
     6.5 Manner of Exercise.
     (a) Form of Payment. An Option shall be exercised by written notice to the Company upon such terms and conditions as the Agreement may provide and in accordance with such other procedures for the exercise of Options as the Committee may establish from time to time. The method or methods of payment of the purchase price for the shares to be purchased upon exercise of an Option and of any amounts required by Section 11.9 shall be determined by the Committee and may consist of (i) cash, (ii) check, (iii) promissory note (subject to applicable law), (iv) whole shares of any series of Common Stock, (v) the withholding of shares of the applicable series of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise of the Option, (vi) the delivery, together with a properly executed exercise notice, of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds required to pay the purchase price, or (vii) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment, or such other consideration and method of payment as may be permitted for the issuance of shares under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The permitted method or methods of payment of the amounts payable upon exercise of an Option, if other than in cash, shall be set forth in the applicable Agreement and may be subject to such conditions as the Committee deems appropriate.
     (b) Value of Shares. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the applicable Agreement, shares of any series of Common Stock delivered in
-8-
 




 
payment of all or any part of the amounts payable in connection with the exercise of an Option, and shares of any series of Common Stock withheld for such payment, shall be valued for such purpose at their Fair Market Value as of the exercise date.
     (c) Issuance of Shares. The Company shall effect the transfer of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Option as soon as practicable after the exercise thereof and payment in full of the purchase price therefor and of any amounts required by Section 11.9, and within a reasonable time thereafter, such transfer shall be evidenced on the books of the Company. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the applicable Agreement, (i) no Holder or other Person exercising an Option shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Option granted under the Plan until due exercise and full payment has been made, and (ii) no adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such due exercise and full payment.
     6.6 Nontransferability. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the applicable Agreement, Options shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order, and, except as otherwise required pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order, Options may be exercised during the lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder (or his or her court-appointed legal representative).
ARTICLE VII
SARS
     7.1 Grant of SARs. Subject to the limitations of the Plan, SARs may be granted by the Committee to such eligible Persons in such numbers, with respect to any specified series of Common Stock, and at such times during the term of the Plan as the Committee shall determine. A SAR may be granted to a Holder of an Option (hereinafter called a "related Option") with respect to all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the related Option (a "Tandem SAR") or may be granted separately to an eligible employee (a "Free Standing SAR"). Subject to the limitations of the Plan, SARs shall be exercisable in whole or in part upon notice to the Company upon such terms and conditions as are provided in the Agreement.
     7.2 Tandem SARs. A Tandem SAR may be granted either concurrently with the grant of the related Option or at any time thereafter prior to the complete exercise, termination, expiration or cancellation of such related Option. Tandem SARs shall be exercisable only at the time and to the extent that the related Option is exercisable (and may be subject to such additional limitations on exercisability as the Agreement may provide) and in no event after the complete termination or full exercise of the related Option. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the Tandem SARs with respect thereto shall be canceled automatically to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated. Subject to the limitations of the Plan, upon the exercise of a Tandem SAR and unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the applicable Agreement, (i) the Holder thereof shall be entitled to receive from the Company, for each share
-9-
 




 
of the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the Tandem SAR is being exercised, consideration (in the form determined as provided in Section 7.4) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the Tandem SAR was granted on the date of exercise over the related Option purchase price per share, and (ii) the related Option with respect thereto shall be canceled automatically to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Tandem SAR was so exercised.
     7.3 Free Standing SARs. Free Standing SARs shall be exercisable at the time, to the extent and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Agreement. The base price of a Free Standing SAR may be no less than the Fair Market Value of the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the Free Standing SAR was granted as of the date the Free Standing SAR is granted. Subject to the limitations of the Plan, upon the exercise of a Free Standing SAR and unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the applicable Agreement, the Holder thereof shall be entitled to receive from the Company, for each share of the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the Free Standing SAR is being exercised, consideration (in the form determined as provided in Section 7.4) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the Free Standing SAR was granted on the date of exercise over the base price per share of such Free Standing SAR.
     7.4 Consideration. The consideration to be received upon the exercise of a SAR by the Holder shall be paid in the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the SAR was granted (valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such SAR); provided, however, that the Committee may permit the Holder of an SAR who is not subject to United States federal income tax to be paid consideration in the form of cash, or a combination of cash and the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the SAR was granted. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon exercise of a SAR, and unless otherwise provided in the applicable Agreement, the Holder will receive cash in lieu of fractional shares. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, to the extent a Free Standing SAR is exercisable, it will be exercised automatically on its expiration date.
     7.5 Limitations. The applicable Agreement may provide for a limit on the amount payable to a Holder upon exercise of SARs at any time or in the aggregate, for a limit on the time periods during which a Holder may exercise SARs, and for such other limits on the rights of the Holder and such other terms and conditions of the SAR, including a condition that the SAR may be exercised only in accordance with rules and regulations adopted from time to time, as the Committee may determine. Unless otherwise so provided in the applicable Agreement, any such limit relating to a Tandem SAR shall not restrict the exercisability of the related Option. Such rules and regulations may govern the right to exercise SARs granted prior to the adoption or amendment of such rules and regulations as well as SARs granted thereafter.
     7.6 Exercise. For purposes of this Article VII, the date of exercise of a SAR shall mean the date on which the Company shall have received notice from the Holder of the SAR of
-10-
 




 
the exercise of such SAR (unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the applicable Agreement).
     7.7 Nontransferability. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the applicable Agreement, (i) SARs shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order, and (ii) except as otherwise required pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order, SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder (or his or her court-appointed legal representative).
ARTICLE VIII
RESTRICTED SHARES
     8.1 Grant. Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Committee shall designate those eligible Persons to be granted Awards of Restricted Shares, shall determine the time when each such Award shall be granted, shall determine whether shares of Common Stock covered by Awards of Restricted Shares will be issued at the beginning or the end of the Restriction Period and whether Dividend Equivalents will be paid during the Restriction Period in the event shares of the applicable series of Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, and shall designate (or set forth the basis for determining) the Vesting Date or Vesting Dates for each Award of Restricted Shares, and may prescribe other restrictions, terms and conditions applicable to the vesting of such Restricted Shares in addition to those provided in the Plan. The Committee shall determine the price, if any, to be paid by the Holder for the Restricted Shares; provided, however, that the issuance of Restricted Shares shall be made for at least the minimum consideration necessary to permit such Restricted Shares to be deemed fully paid and nonassessable. All determinations made by the Committee pursuant to this Section 8.1 shall be specified in the Agreement.
     8.2 Issuance of Restricted Shares at Beginning of the Restriction Period. If shares of the applicable series of Common Stock are issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period, the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares shall be registered in the name of the Holder to whom such Restricted Shares shall have been awarded. During the Restriction Period, certificates representing the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that ownership of the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions), and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto, are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions provided in the Plan and the applicable Agreement. Such certificates shall remain in the custody of the Company or its designee, and the Holder shall deposit with the custodian stock powers or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank, so as to permit retransfer to the Company of all or any portion of the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions that shall be forfeited or otherwise not become vested in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Agreement.
     8.3 Restrictions. Restricted Shares issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period shall constitute issued and outstanding shares of the applicable series of Common Stock for all
-11-
 




 
corporate purposes. The Holder will have the right to vote such Restricted Shares, to receive and retain such dividends and distributions, as the Committee may designate, paid or distributed on such Restricted Shares, and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a Holder of shares of the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to such Restricted Shares; except, that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the applicable Agreement, (i) the Holder will not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares until the Restriction Period shall have expired and unless all other vesting requirements with respect thereto shall have been fulfilled or waived; (ii) the Company or its designee will retain custody of the stock certificate or certificates representing the Restricted Shares during the Restriction Period as provided in Section 8.2; (iii) other than such dividends and distributions as the Committee may designate, the Company or its designee will retain custody of all distributions ("Retained Distributions") made or declared with respect to the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions will be subject to the same restrictions, terms and vesting, and other conditions as are applicable to the Restricted Shares) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid or declared shall have become vested, and such Retained Distributions shall not bear interest or be segregated in a separate account; (iv) the Holder may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, exchange, encumber or dispose of the Restricted Shares or any Retained Distributions or his interest in any of them during the Restriction Period; and (v) a breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions provided in the Plan or established by the Committee with respect to any Restricted Shares or Retained Distributions will cause a forfeiture of such Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto.
     8.4 Issuance of Stock at End of the Restriction Period. Restricted Shares issued at the end of the Restriction Period shall not constitute issued and outstanding shares of the applicable series of Common Stock, and the Holder shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by such an Award of Restricted Shares, in each case until such shares shall have been transferred to the Holder at the end of the Restriction Period. If and to the extent that shares of Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, the Holder shall be entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered thereby either (i) during the Restriction Period or (ii) in accordance with the rules applicable to Retained Distributions, as the Committee may specify in the Agreement.
     8.5 Cash Payments. In connection with any Award of Restricted Shares, an Agreement may provide for the payment of a cash amount to the Holder of such Restricted Shares after such Restricted Shares shall have become vested. Such cash amounts shall be payable in accordance with such additional restrictions, terms and conditions as shall be prescribed by the Committee in the Agreement and shall be in addition to any other salary, incentive, bonus or other compensation payments which such Holder shall be otherwise entitled or eligible to receive from the Company.
     8.6 Completion of Restriction Period. On the Vesting Date with respect to each Award of Restricted Shares and the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions, terms and conditions, (i) all or the applicable portion of such Restricted Shares shall become vested, (ii)
-12-
 




 
any Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become vested to the extent that the Restricted Shares related thereto shall have become vested, and (iii) any cash amount to be received by the Holder with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become payable, all in accordance with the terms of the applicable Agreement. Any such Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall not become vested shall be forfeited to the Company, and the Holder shall not thereafter have any rights (including dividend and voting rights) with respect to such Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall have been so forfeited. The Committee may, in its discretion, provide that the delivery of any Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall have become vested, and payment of any related cash amounts that shall have become payable under this Article VIII, shall be deferred until such date or dates as the recipient may elect. Any election of a recipient pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be filed in writing with the Committee in accordance with such rules and regulations, including any deadline for the making of such an election, as the Committee may provide, and shall be made in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.
ARTICLE IX
STOCK UNITS
     9.1 Grant. In addition to granting Awards of Options, SARs and Restricted Shares, the Committee shall, subject to the limitations of the Plan, have authority to grant to eligible Persons Awards of Stock Units which may be in the form of shares of any specified series of Common Stock or units, the value of which is based, in whole or in part, on the Fair Market Value of the shares of any specified series of Common Stock. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, including any rules established pursuant to Section 9.2, Awards of Stock Units shall be subject to such terms, restrictions, conditions, vesting requirements and payment rules as the Committee may determine in its discretion, which need not be identical for each Award. The determinations made by the Committee pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall be specified in the applicable Agreement.
     9.2 Rules. The Committee may, in its discretion, establish any or all of the following rules for application to an Award of Stock Units:
     (a) Any shares of Common Stock which are part of an Award of Stock Units may not be assigned, sold, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered prior to the date on which the shares are issued or, if later, the date provided by the Committee at the time of the Award.
     (b) Such Awards may provide for the payment of cash consideration by the Person to whom such Award is granted or provide that the Award, and any shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection therewith, if applicable, shall be delivered without the payment of cash consideration; provided, however, that the issuance of any shares of Common Stock in connection with an Award of Stock Units shall be for at least
-13-
 




 
the minimum consideration necessary to permit such shares to be deemed fully paid and nonassessable.
     (c) Awards of Stock Units may provide for deferred payment schedules, vesting over a specified period of employment, the payment (on a current or deferred basis) of dividend equivalent amounts with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award, and elections by the employee to defer payment of the Award or the lifting of restrictions on the Award, if any, provided that any such deferrals shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
     (d) In such circumstances as the Committee may deem advisable, the Committee may waive or otherwise remove, in whole or in part, any restrictions or limitations to which a Stock Unit Award was made subject at the time of grant.
ARTICLE X
CASH AWARDS AND PERFORMANCE AWARDS
     10.1 Cash Awards. In addition to granting Options, SARs, Restricted Shares and Stock Units, the Committee shall, subject to the limitations of the Plan, have authority to grant to eligible Persons Cash Awards. Each Cash Award shall be subject to such terms and conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Committee shall determine. Restrictions and contingencies limiting the right to receive a cash payment pursuant to a Cash Award shall be based upon the achievement of single or multiple Performance Objectives over a performance period established by the Committee. The determinations made by the Committee pursuant to this Section 10.1 shall be specified in the applicable Agreement.
     10.2 Designation as a Performance Award. The Committee shall have the right to designate any Award of Options, SARs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units as a Performance Award. All Cash Awards shall be designated as Performance Awards.
     10.3 Performance Objectives. The grant or vesting of a Performance Award shall be subject to the achievement of Performance Objectives over a performance period established by the Committee based upon one or more of the following business criteria that apply to the Holder, one or more business units, divisions or Subsidiaries of the Company or the applicable sector of the Company, or the Company as a whole, and if so desired by the Committee, by comparison with a peer group of companies: increased revenue; net income measures (including income after capital costs and income before or after taxes); stock price measures (including growth measures and total stockholder return); price per share of Common Stock; market share; earnings per share (actual or targeted growth); earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA); economic value added (or an equivalent metric); market value added; debt to equity ratio; cash flow measures (including cash flow return on capital, cash flow return on tangible capital, net cash flow and net cash flow before financing activities); return measures (including return on equity, return on average assets, return on capital, risk-adjusted return on capital, return on investors' capital and return on average equity); operating measures (including
-14-
 




 
operating income, funds from operations, cash from operations, after-tax operating income; sales volumes, production volumes and production efficiency); expense measures (including overhead cost and general and administrative expense); margins; stockholder value; total stockholder return; proceeds from dispositions; total market value and corporate values measures (including ethics compliance, environmental and safety). Unless otherwise stated, such a Performance Objective need not be based upon an increase or positive result under a particular business criterion and could include, for example, maintaining the status quo or limiting economic losses (measured, in each case, by reference to specific business criteria). The Committee shall have the authority to determine whether the Performance Objectives and other terms and conditions of the Award are satisfied, and the Committee's determination as to the achievement of Performance Objectives relating to a Performance Award shall be made in writing.
     10.4 Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if the Committee intends for a Performance Award to be granted and administered in a manner designed to preserve the deductibility of the compensation resulting from such Award in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, then the Performance Objectives for such particular Performance Award relative to the particular period of service to which the Performance Objectives relate shall be established by the Committee in writing (i) no later than 90 days after the beginning of such period and (ii) prior to the completion of 25% of such period.
     10.5 Waiver of Performance Objectives. The Committee shall have no discretion to modify or waive the Performance Objectives or conditions to the grant or vesting of a Performance Award unless such Award is not intended to qualify as qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and the relevant Agreement provides for such discretion.
ARTICLE XI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     11.1 Acceleration of Awards.
     (a) Death or Disability. If a Holder's employment shall terminate by reason of death or Disability, notwithstanding any contrary waiting period, installment period, vesting schedule or Restriction Period in any Agreement or in the Plan, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise: (i) in the case of an Option or SAR, each outstanding Option or SAR granted under the Plan shall immediately become exercisable in full in respect of the aggregate number of shares covered thereby; (ii) in the case of Restricted Shares, the Restriction Period applicable to each such Award of Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have expired and all such Restricted Shares, any related Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents shall become vested and any related cash amounts payable pursuant to the applicable Agreement shall be adjusted in such manner as may be provided in the Agreement; and (iii) in the case of Stock Units, each such Award of Stock Units shall become vested in full.
-15-
 




 
     (b) Approved Transactions; Board Change; Control Purchase. In the event of any Approved Transaction, Board Change or Control Purchase, notwithstanding any contrary waiting period, installment period, vesting schedule or Restriction Period in any Agreement or in the Plan, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise: (i) in the case of an Option or SAR, each such outstanding Option or SAR granted under the Plan shall become exercisable in full in respect of the aggregate number of shares covered thereby; (ii) in the case of Restricted Shares, the Restriction Period applicable to each such Award of Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have expired and all such Restricted Shares, any related Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents shall become vested and any related cash amounts payable pursuant to the applicable Agreement shall be adjusted in such manner as may be provided in the Agreement; and (iii) in the case of Stock Units, each such Award of Stock Units shall become vested in full, in each case effective upon the Board Change or Control Purchase or immediately prior to consummation of the Approved Transaction. The effect, if any, on a Cash Award of an Approved Transaction, Board Change or Control Purchase shall be prescribed in the applicable Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Agreement, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that any or all outstanding Awards of any or all types granted pursuant to the Plan will not vest or become exercisable on an accelerated basis in connection with an Approved Transaction if effective provision has been made for the taking of such action which, in the opinion of the Committee, is equitable and appropriate to substitute a new Award for such Award or to assume such Award and to make such new or assumed Award, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to the old Award (before giving effect to any acceleration of the vesting or exercisability thereof), taking into account, to the extent applicable, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets into or for which the applicable series of Common Stock may be changed, converted or exchanged in connection with the Approved Transaction.
     11.2 Termination of Employment.
     (a) General. If a Holder's employment shall terminate prior to an Option or SAR becoming exercisable or being exercised (or deemed exercised, as provided in Section 7.2) in full, or during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares or prior to the vesting or complete exercise of any Stock Units, then such Option or SAR shall thereafter become or be exercisable, such Stock Units to the extent vested shall thereafter be exercisable, and the Holder's rights to any unvested Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions, unpaid Dividend Equivalents and related cash amounts and any such unvested Stock Units shall thereafter vest, in each case solely to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement; provided, however, that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the applicable Agreement, (i) no Option or SAR may be exercised after the scheduled expiration date thereof; (ii) if the Holder's employment terminates by reason of death or Disability, the Option or SAR shall remain exercisable for a period of at least one year following such termination (but not later than the scheduled expiration of such Option or SAR); and (iii) any termination of the Holder's employment for cause will be treated in accordance with the provisions of Section
-16-
 




 
     11.2(b). The effect on a Cash Award of the termination of a Holder's employment for any reason, other than for cause, shall be prescribed in the applicable Agreement.
     (b) Termination for Cause. If a Holder's employment with the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall be terminated by the Company or such Subsidiary for "cause" during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares or prior to any Option or SAR becoming exercisable or being exercised in full or prior to the vesting or complete exercise of any Stock Unit or the payment in full of any Cash Award (for these purposes, "cause" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in any employment agreement to which such Holder is a party or, in the absence thereof, shall include insubordination, dishonesty, incompetence, moral turpitude, other misconduct of any kind and the refusal to perform his duties and responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 12 months after an Approved Transaction or Control Purchase or Board Change, termination for "cause" shall mean only a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation, or embezzlement), then, unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the applicable Agreement, (i) all Options and SARs and all unvested or unexercised Stock Units and all unpaid Cash Awards held by such Holder shall immediately terminate, and (ii) such Holder's rights to all Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions, any unpaid Dividend Equivalents and any related cash amounts shall be forfeited immediately.
     (c) Miscellaneous. The Committee may determine whether any given leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment; provided, however, that for purposes of the Plan, (i) a leave of absence, duly authorized in writing by the Company for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company if the period of such leave does not exceed 90 days, and (ii) a leave of absence in excess of 90 days, duly authorized in writing by the Company provided the employee's right to reemployment is guaranteed either by statute or contract, shall not be deemed a termination of employment. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and provided in the applicable Agreement, Awards made under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment so long as the Holder continues to be an employee of the Company.
     11.3 Right of Company to Terminate Employment. Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award, and no action of the Company or the Committee with respect thereto, shall confer or be construed to confer on any Holder any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to terminate the employment of the Holder at any time, with or without cause, subject, however, to the provisions of any employment agreement between the Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.
     11.4 Nonalienation of Benefits. Except as set forth herein, no right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or
-17-
 




 
benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the Person entitled to such benefits.
     11.5 Written Agreement. Each Award of Options shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement; each Award of SARs shall be evidenced by a stock appreciation rights agreement; each Award of Restricted Shares shall be evidenced by a restricted shares agreement; each Award of Stock Units shall be evidenced by a stock units agreement; and each Performance Award shall be evidenced by a performance award agreement (including a cash award agreement evidencing a Cash Award), each in such form and containing such terms and provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Committee from time to time shall approve; provided, however, that if more than one type of Award is made to the same Holder, such Awards may be evidenced by a single Agreement with such Holder. Each grantee of an Option, SAR, Restricted Shares, Stock Units or Performance Award (including a Cash Award) shall be notified promptly of such grant, and a written Agreement shall be promptly executed and delivered by the Company. Any such written Agreement may contain (but shall not be required to contain) such provisions as the Committee deems appropriate (i) to insure that the penalty provisions of Section 4999 of the Code will not apply to any stock or cash received by the Holder from the Company or (ii) to provide cash payments to the Holder to mitigate the impact of such penalty provisions upon the Holder. Any such Agreement may be supplemented or amended from time to time as approved by the Committee as contemplated by Section 11.7(b).
     11.6 Designation of Beneficiaries. Each Person who shall be granted an Award under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries and may change such designation from time to time by filing a written designation of beneficiary or beneficiaries with the Committee on a form to be prescribed by it, provided that no such designation shall be effective unless so filed prior to the death of such Person.
     11.7 Termination and Amendment.
     (a) General. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as hereinafter provided, no Awards may be made under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. The Plan may be terminated at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date and may, from time to time, be suspended or discontinued or modified or amended if such action is deemed advisable by the Committee.
     (b) Modification. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the Person to whom any Award shall theretofore have been granted, adversely affect the rights of such Person with respect to such Award. No modification, extension, renewal or other change in any Award granted under the Plan shall be made after the grant of such Award, unless the same is consistent with the provisions of the Plan. With the consent of the Holder and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including Section 11.7(a)), the Committee may amend outstanding Agreements with any Holder, including any amendment which would (i) accelerate the time or times at which the Award may be exercised and/or (ii) extend the
-18-
 




 
scheduled expiration date of the Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may, but solely with the Holder's consent unless otherwise provided in the Agreement, agree to cancel any Award under the Plan and grant a new Award in substitution therefor, provided that the Award so substituted shall satisfy all of the requirements of the Plan as of the date such new Award is made. Nothing contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.7(b) shall be construed to prevent the Committee from providing in any Agreement that the rights of the Holder with respect to the Award evidenced thereby shall be subject to such rules and regulations as the Committee may, subject to the express provisions of the Plan, adopt from time to time or impair the enforceability of any such provision.
     11.8 Government and Other Regulations. The obligation of the Company with respect to Awards shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including the effectiveness of any registration statement required under the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or association on which the Common Stock may be listed or quoted. For so long as any series of Common Stock are registered under the Exchange Act, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to comply with any legal requirements (i) to maintain a registration statement in effect under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to all shares of the applicable series of Common Stock that may be issued to Holders under the Plan and (ii) to file in a timely manner all reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act.
     11.9 Withholding. The Company's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or pay cash in respect of any Award under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Federal, state and local withholding tax due at the time of an Award, upon the exercise of any Option or SAR or upon the vesting of, or expiration of restrictions with respect to, Restricted Shares or Stock Units or the satisfaction of the Performance Objectives applicable to a Performance Award, as appropriate, may, in the discretion of the Committee, be paid in shares of the applicable series of Common Stock already owned by the Holder or through the withholding of shares otherwise issuable to such Holder, upon such terms and conditions (including the conditions referenced in Section 6.5) as the Committee shall determine. If the Holder shall fail to pay, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for the payment to the Company of, all such federal, state and local taxes required to be withheld by the Company, then the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to such Holder an amount equal to any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required to be withheld by the Company with respect to such Award.
     11.10 Nonexclusivity of the Plan. The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including the granting of stock options and the awarding of stock and cash otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.
-19-
 




 
     11.11 Exclusion from Pension and Profit-Sharing Computation. By acceptance of an Award, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Agreement, each Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award is special incentive compensation that will not be taken into account, in any manner, as salary, compensation or bonus in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement or other employee benefit plan, program or policy of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. In addition, each beneficiary of a deceased Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award will not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage, if any, provided by the Company on the life of the Holder which is payable to such beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.
     11.12 Unfunded Plan. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company shall be required to segregate any cash or any shares of Common Stock which may at any time be represented by Awards, and the Plan shall constitute an "unfunded" plan of the Company. Except as provided in Article VIII with respect to Awards of Restricted Shares and except as expressly set forth in an Agreement, no employee shall have voting or other rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by an Award prior to the delivery of such shares. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company shall, by any provisions of the Plan, be deemed to be a trustee of any shares of Common Stock or any other property, and the liabilities of the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company to any employee pursuant to the Plan shall be those of a debtor pursuant to such contract obligations as are created by or pursuant to the Plan, and the rights of any employee, former employee or beneficiary under the Plan shall be limited to those of a general creditor of the Company or the applicable Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be. In its sole discretion, the Board may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations of the Company under the Plan, provided, however, that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the unfunded status of the Plan.
     11.13 Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.
     11.14 Accounts. The delivery of any shares of Common Stock and the payment of any amount in respect of an Award shall be for the account of the Company or the applicable Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, and any such delivery or payment shall not be made until the recipient shall have paid or made satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any applicable withholding taxes as provided in Section 11.9.
     11.15 Legends. Each certificate evidencing shares of Common Stock subject to an Award shall bear such legends as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect or refer to any terms, conditions or restrictions of the Award applicable to such shares, including any to the effect that the shares represented thereby may not be disposed of unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, acceptable to the Company, that such disposition will not violate any federal or state securities laws.
-20-
 




 
     11.16 Company's Rights. The grant of Awards pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make reclassifications, reorganizations or other changes of or to its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its business or assets.
     11.17 Interpretation. The words "include," "includes," "included" and "including" to the extent used in the Plan shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words "without limitation."
     11.18 Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if any Plan provision or Award under the Plan would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Code Section 409A and related regulations and United States Department of the Treasury pronouncements ("Section 409A"), that Plan provision or Award will be reformed to avoid imposition of the applicable tax and no action taken to comply with Section 409A shall be deemed to adversely affect the Holder's rights to an Award.
-21-

Ex 10.7 LGI 2005 Nonemployee Director Incentive Plan
EXHIBIT 10.7
LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
2005 NONEMPLOYEE DIRECTOR INCENTIVE PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective November 1, 2006)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE OF PLAN
     1.1 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a method whereby eligible Nonemployee Directors of the Company may be awarded additional remuneration for services rendered and encouraged to invest in capital stock of the Company, thereby increasing their proprietary interest in the Company's businesses and increasing their personal interest in the continued success and progress of the Company. The Plan is also intended to aid in attracting Persons of exceptional ability to become Nonemployee Directors of the Company.
     1.2 Effective Date. The Plan was originally effective May 11, 2004 (the "Effective Date"), was amended and restated effective as of April 1, 2005 with respect to Awards made after that date, and was further amended and restated effective as of August 4, 2005 and March 8, 2006. The Plan is hereby further amended and restated effective as of November 1, 2006.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
     2.1 Certain Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in the Plan shall have the following meanings (whether used in the singular or plural):
     "Affiliate" of the Company means any corporation, partnership or other business association that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company.
     "Agreement" means a stock option agreement, stock appreciation rights agreement, restricted shares agreement, stock units agreement or an agreement evidencing more than one type of Award, specified in Section 10.5, as any such Agreement may be supplemented or amended from time to time.
     "Approved Transaction" means any transaction in which the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of the Company) shall approve (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company, or binding share exchange, pursuant to which shares of Common Stock of the Company would be changed or converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction in which the common stockholders of the Company immediately
 
 




 
prior to such transaction have the same proportionate ownership of the Common Stock of, and voting power with respect to, the surviving corporation immediately after such transaction, (ii) any merger, consolidation or binding share exchange to which the Company is a party as a result of which the Persons who are common stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto have less than a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Company ordinarily (and apart from the rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors immediately following such merger, consolidation or binding share exchange, (iii) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (iv) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company.
     "Award" means a grant of Options, SARs, Restricted Shares, Stock Units and/or cash under the Plan (other than cash payable under Article XI with respect to Director Compensation, including cash in lieu of fractional shares).
     "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     "Board Change" means, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the entire Board cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.
     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Code section shall include any successor section.
     "Common Stock" means each or any (as the context may require) series of the Company's common stock.
     "Company" means Liberty Global, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
     "Control Purchase" means any transaction (or series of related transactions) in which (i) any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), corporation or other entity (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) shall purchase any Common Stock of the Company (or securities convertible into Common Stock of the Company) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or (ii) any person (as such term is so defined), corporation or other entity (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any Exempt Person (as defined below)) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
-2-
 




 
securities of the Company ordinarily (and apart from the rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in Rule 13d-3(d) under the Exchange Act in the case of rights to acquire the Company's securities), other than in a transaction (or series of related transactions) approved by the Board. For purposes of this definition, "Exempt Person" means each of (a) the Chairman of the Board, the President and each of the directors of the Company as of June 15, 2005, and (b) the respective family members, estates, and heirs of each of the Persons referred to in clause (a) above and any trust or other investment vehicle for the primary benefit of any of such Persons or their respective family members or heirs. As used with respect to any Person, the term "family member" means the spouse, siblings and lineal descendants of such Person.
     "Director Compensation" means the fees prescribed to be paid by the Company to Nonemployee Directors under the heading "Annual Fees" of the Liberty Global, Inc. Compensation Policy for Nonemployee Directors (As Amended and Restated Effective June 7, 2006), as the same may be amended from time to time.
     "Disability" means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.
     "Dividend Equivalents" means, with respect to Restricted Shares to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, to the extent specified by the Board only, an amount equal to all dividends and other distributions (or the economic equivalent thereof) which are payable to stockholders of record during the Restriction Period on a like number and kind of shares of Common Stock.
     "Domestic Relations Order" means a domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules thereunder.
     "Effective Date" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.2.
     "Election Deadline" means, with respect to a particular calendar quarter, the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter.
     "Election Notice" means a written notice provided by a Nonemployee Director to the Company informing the Company of the Nonemployee Director's decision to exercise such Nonemployee Director's Stock Election Right.
     "Equity Security" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(11) of the Exchange Act, and an equity security of an issuer shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Rule 16a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor Rule.
-3-
 




 
     "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Exchange Act section shall include any successor section.
     "Fair Market Value" of a share of any series of Common Stock on any day means the last sale price (or, if no last sale price is reported, the average of the high bid and low asked prices) for a share of such series of Common Stock on such day (or, if such day is not a trading day, on the next preceding trading day) as reported on the consolidated transaction reporting system for the principal national securities exchange on which shares of such series of Common Stock are listed on such day or if such shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange, then as reported on Nasdaq. If for any day the Fair Market Value of a share of the applicable series of Common Stock is not determinable by any of the foregoing means, then the Fair Market Value for such day shall be determined in good faith by the Board on the basis of such quotations and other considerations as the Board deems appropriate.
     "Free Standing SAR" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.1.
     "Holder" means a Person who has received an Award under the Plan or who has exercised his Stock Election Right with respect to a particular calendar quarter and has not yet received the shares issuable as a result of such exercise.
     "Nasdaq" means The Nasdaq Stock Market.
     "Nonemployee Director" means an individual who is a member of the Board and who is not an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.
     "Nonqualified Stock Option" means a stock option granted under Article VI.
     "Option" means a Nonqualified Stock Option.
     "Person" means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity of any kind.
     "Plan" means this Liberty Global, Inc. 2005 Nonemployee Director Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective November 1, 2006).
     "Purchase Restriction" means any restriction under applicable law (including, without limitation, a blackout period under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) or the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market or any other principal national securities exchange on which shares of the applicable series of Common Stock are traded that would prohibit a Nonemployee Director from purchasing Common Stock.
     "Rescission Notice" means a written notice provided by a Nonemployee Director to the Company informing the Company of the Nonemployee Director's decision to
-4-
 




 
rescind the future application of a previously delivered Election Notice in accordance with Section 11.3.
     "Restricted Shares" means shares of any series of Common Stock or the right to receive shares of any specified series of Common Stock, as the case may be, awarded pursuant to Article VIII.
     "Restriction Period" means a period of time beginning on the date of each Award of Restricted Shares and ending on the Vesting Date with respect to such Award.
     "Retained Distribution" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.3.
     "SARs" means stock appreciation rights, awarded pursuant to Article VII, with respect to shares of any specified series of Common Stock.
     "Stock Election Right" means the right of a Nonemployee Director to elect to receive shares of one or more series of Common Stock, as prescribed by the Board, in payment of the Director Compensation payable to such Nonemployee Director with respect to a particular calendar quarter.
     "Stock Unit Awards" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9.1.
     "Subsidiary" of a Person means any present or future subsidiary (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) of such Person or any business entity in which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting, capital or profits interests. An entity shall be deemed a subsidiary of a Person for purposes of this definition only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.
     "Tandem SARs" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.1.
     "Vesting Date," with respect to any Restricted Shares awarded hereunder, means the date on which such Restricted Shares cease to be subject to a risk of forfeiture, as designated in or determined in accordance with the Agreement with respect to such Award of Restricted Shares pursuant to Article VIII. If more than one Vesting Date is designated for an Award of Restricted Shares, reference in the Plan to a Vesting Date in respect of such Award shall be deemed to refer to each part of such Award and the Vesting Date for such part.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
     3.1 Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Board, provided that it may delegate to employees of the Company certain administrative or ministerial duties in carrying out the purposes of the Plan.
-5-
 




 
     3.2 Powers. The Board shall have full power and authority to grant to eligible Persons Options under Article VI of the Plan, SARs under Article VII of the Plan, Restricted Shares under Article VIII of the Plan and/or Stock Units under Article IX of the Plan, to determine the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of all Awards so granted, to interpret the provisions of the Plan and any Agreements relating to Awards granted under the Plan and to supervise the administration of the Plan. The Board in making an Award may provide for the granting or issuance of additional, replacement or alternative Awards upon the occurrence of specified events, including the exercise of the original Award. The Board shall have sole authority in the selection of Persons to whom Awards may be granted under the Plan and in the determination of the timing, pricing, and amount of any such Award, subject only to the express provisions of the Plan. In making determinations hereunder, the Board may take into account such factors as the Board in its discretion deems relevant.
     3.3 Interpretation. The Board is authorized, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or advisable for the proper administration of the Plan and to take such other action in connection with or in relation to the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable. Each action and determination made or taken pursuant to the Plan by the Board, including any interpretation or construction of the Plan, shall be final and conclusive for all purposes and upon all Persons. No member of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made or taken by him or the Board in good faith with respect to the Plan.
ARTICLE IV
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
     4.1 Number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of this Article IV, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (i) with respect to which Awards may be granted during the term of the Plan, and (ii) which may be issued in payment of Director Compensation pursuant to Article XI shall be 10 million shares; provided, however, that the maximum number of shares of the Company's Series B common stock, $.01 par value per share, with respect to which Awards may be so granted or that may be so issued during the term of the Plan shall be 5 million shares. The shares of Common Stock subject to (a) any Award granted under the Plan that shall expire, terminate or be annulled for any reason without having been exercised (or considered to have been exercised as provided in Section 7.2), (b) any Award of any SARs granted under the Plan that shall be exercised for cash, and (c) any Award of Restricted Shares or Stock Units that shall be forfeited prior to becoming vested (provided that the Holder received no benefits of ownership of such Restricted Shares or Stock Units other than voting rights and the accumulation of Retained Distributions and unpaid Dividend Equivalents that are likewise forfeited) shall again be available for purposes of the Plan.
     4.2 Adjustments. If the Company subdivides its outstanding shares of any series of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of such series of Common Stock (by stock dividend, stock split, reclassification, or otherwise) or combines its outstanding shares of any series of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of such series of Common Stock (by reverse stock split, reclassification, or otherwise) or if the Board determines that any stock
-6-
 




 
dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, reclassification, recapitalization, reorganization, split-up, spin-off, combination, exchange of shares, warrants or rights offering to purchase such series of Common Stock or other similar corporate event (including mergers or consolidations other than those which constitute Approved Transactions, adjustments with respect to which shall be governed by Section 10.1(b)) affects any series of Common Stock so that an adjustment is required to preserve the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Board, in its sole discretion and in such manner as the Board may deem equitable and appropriate, may make such adjustments to any or all of (a) the number and kind of shares of stock which thereafter may be awarded, optioned, or otherwise made subject to the benefits contemplated by the Plan, (b) the number and kind of shares of stock subject to outstanding Awards, and (c) the purchase or exercise price and the relevant appreciation base with respect to any of the foregoing, provided, however, that the number of shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all shares of any series of Common Stock are redeemed, then each outstanding Award shall be adjusted to substitute for the shares of such series of Common Stock subject thereto the kind and amount of cash, securities or other assets issued or paid in the redemption of the equivalent number of shares of such series of Common Stock and otherwise the terms of such Award, including, in the case of Options or similar rights, the aggregate exercise price, and, in the case of Free Standing SARs, the aggregate base price, shall remain constant before and after the substitution (unless otherwise determined by the Board and provided in the applicable Agreement). The Board may, if deemed appropriate, provide for a cash payment to any Holder of an Award in connection with any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4.2.
ARTICLE V
ELIGIBILITY
     5.1 General. The Persons who shall be eligible to participate in the Plan and to receive Awards under the Plan shall, subject to Section 5.2, be such Persons who are Nonemployee Directors as the Board shall select. Awards may be made to Nonemployee Directors who hold or have held Awards under the Plan or any similar or other awards under any other plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates.
     5.2 Ineligibility. No Person who is not a Nonemployee Director shall be eligible to receive an Award.
ARTICLE VI
STOCK OPTIONS
     6.1 Grant of Options. Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Board shall designate from time to time those eligible Persons to be granted Options, the time when each Option shall be granted to such eligible Persons, the series and number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Option, and, subject to Section 6.2, the purchase price of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option.
-7-
 




 
     6.2 Option Price. The price at which shares may be purchased upon exercise of an Option shall be fixed by the Board and may be no less than the Fair Market Value of the shares of the applicable series of Common Stock subject to the Option as of the date the Option is granted.
     6.3 Term of Options. Subject to the provisions of the Plan with respect to death, retirement and termination of service, the term of each Option shall be for such period as the Board shall determine as set forth in the applicable Agreement.
     6.4 Exercise of Options. An Option granted under the Plan shall become (and remain) exercisable during the term of the Option to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement and the Plan and, unless the Agreement otherwise provides, may be exercised to the extent exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time during such term; provided, however, that subsequent to the grant of an Option, the Board, at any time before complete termination of such Option, may accelerate the time or times at which such Option may be exercised in whole or in part (without reducing the term of such Option).
     6.5 Manner of Exercise.
     (a) Form of Payment. An Option shall be exercised by written notice to the Company upon such terms and conditions as the Agreement may provide and in accordance with such other procedures for the exercise of Options as the Board may establish from time to time. The method or methods of payment of the purchase price for the shares to be purchased upon exercise of an Option and of any amounts required by Section 10.9 shall be determined by the Board and may consist of (i) cash, (ii) check, (iii) whole shares of any series of Common Stock, (iv) the withholding of shares of the applicable series of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise of the Option, (v) the delivery, together with a properly executed exercise notice, of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds required to pay the purchase price, or (vi) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment, or such other consideration and method of payment as may be permitted for the issuance of shares under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The permitted method or methods of payment of the amounts payable upon exercise of an Option, if other than in cash, shall be set forth in the applicable Agreement and may be subject to such conditions as the Board deems appropriate.
     (b) Value of Shares. Unless otherwise determined by the Board and provided in the applicable Agreement, shares of any series of Common Stock delivered in payment of all or any part of the amounts payable in connection with the exercise of an Option, and shares of any series of Common Stock withheld for such payment, shall be valued for such purpose at their Fair Market Value as of the exercise date.
     (c) Issuance of Shares. The Company shall effect the transfer of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Option as soon as practicable after the exercise thereof and payment in full of the purchase price therefor and of any amounts required by Section 10.9, and within a reasonable time thereafter, such transfer shall be evidenced on
-8-
 




 
the books of the Company. Unless otherwise determined by the Board and provided in the applicable Agreement, (i) no Holder or other Person exercising an Option shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Option granted under the Plan until due exercise and full payment has been made, and (ii) no adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such due exercise and full payment.
     6.6 Nontransferability. Unless otherwise determined by the Board and provided in the applicable Agreement, Options shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order, and, except as otherwise required pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order, Options may be exercised during the lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder (or his or her court-appointed legal representative).
ARTICLE VII
SARS
     7.1 Grant of SARs. Subject to the limitations of the Plan, SARs may be granted by the Board to such eligible Persons in such numbers, with respect to any specified series of Common Stock, and at such times during the term of the Plan as the Board shall determine. A SAR may be granted to a Holder of an Option (hereinafter called a "related Option") with respect to all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the related Option (a "Tandem SAR") or may be granted separately to an eligible Nonemployee Director (a "Free Standing SAR"). Subject to the limitations of the Plan, SARs shall be exercisable in whole or in part upon notice to the Company upon such terms and conditions as are provided in the Agreement.
     7.2 Tandem SARs. A Tandem SAR may be granted either concurrently with the grant of the related Option or at any time thereafter prior to the complete exercise, termination, expiration or cancellation of such related Option. Tandem SARs shall be exercisable only at the time and to the extent that the related Option is exercisable (and may be subject to such additional limitations on exercisability as the Agreement may provide) and in no event after the complete termination or full exercise of the related Option. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the Tandem SARs with respect thereto shall be canceled automatically to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated. Subject to the limitations of the Plan, upon the exercise of a Tandem SAR and unless otherwise determined by the Board and provided in the applicable Agreement, (a) the Holder thereof shall be entitled to receive from the Company, for each share of the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the Tandem SAR is being exercised, consideration (in the form determined as provided in Section 7.4) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the Tandem SAR was granted on the date of exercise over the related Option purchase price per share, and (b) the related Option with respect thereto shall be canceled automatically to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Tandem SAR was so exercised.
-9-
 




 
     7.3 Free Standing SARs. Free Standing SARs shall be exercisable at the time, to the extent and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Agreement. The base price of a Free Standing SAR may be no less than the Fair Market Value of the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the Free Standing SAR was granted as of the date the Free Standing SAR is granted. Subject to the limitations of the Plan, upon the exercise of a Free Standing SAR and unless otherwise determined by the Board and provided in the applicable Agreement, the Holder thereof shall be entitled to receive from the Company, for each share of the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the Free Standing SAR is being exercised, consideration (in the form determined as provided in Section 7.4) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the Free Standing SAR was granted on the date of exercise over the base price per share of such Free Standing SAR.
     7.4 Consideration. The consideration to be received upon the exercise of a SAR by the Holder shall be paid in the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the SAR was granted (valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such SAR); provided, however, that the Board may permit the Holder of a SAR who is not subject to United States Federal Income Tax to be paid consideration in the form of cash, or a combination of cash and the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to which the SAR was granted. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon exercise of a SAR, and unless otherwise provided in the applicable Agreement, the Holder will receive cash in lieu of fractional shares. Unless the Board shall otherwise determine, to the extent a Free Standing SAR is exercisable, it will be exercised automatically on its expiration date.
     7.5 Limitations. The applicable Agreement may provide for a limit on the amount payable to a Holder upon exercise of SARs at any time or in the aggregate, for a limit on the time periods during which a Holder may exercise SARs, and for such other limits on the rights of the Holder and such other terms and conditions of the SAR, including a condition that the SAR may be exercised only in accordance with rules and regulations adopted from time to time, as the Board may determine. Unless otherwise so provided in the applicable Agreement, any such limit relating to a Tandem SAR shall not restrict the exercisability of the related Option. Such rules and regulations may govern the right to exercise SARs granted prior to the adoption or amendment of such rules and regulations as well as SARs granted thereafter.
     7.6 Exercise. For purposes of this Article VII, the date of exercise of a SAR shall mean the date on which the Company shall have received notice from the Holder of the SAR of the exercise of such SAR (unless otherwise determined by the Board and provided in the applicable Agreement).
     7.7 Nontransferability. Unless otherwise determined by the Board and provided in the applicable Agreement, (a) SARs shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order, and (b) except as otherwise required pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order, SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder (or his or her court-appointed legal representative).
-10-
 




 
ARTICLE VIII
RESTRICTED SHARES
     8.1 Grant. Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Board shall designate those eligible Persons to be granted Awards of Restricted Shares, shall determine the time when each such Award shall be granted, shall determine whether shares of Common Stock covered by Awards of Restricted Shares will be issued at the beginning or the end of the Restriction Period and whether Dividend Equivalents will be paid during the Restriction Period in the event shares of the applicable series of Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, and shall designate (or set forth the basis for determining) the Vesting Date or Vesting Dates for each Award of Restricted Shares, and may prescribe other restrictions, terms and conditions applicable to the vesting of such Restricted Shares in addition to those provided in the Plan. The Board shall determine the price, if any, to be paid by the Holder for the Restricted Shares; provided, however, that the issuance of Restricted Shares shall be made for at least the minimum consideration necessary to permit such Restricted Shares to be deemed fully paid and nonassessable. All determinations made by the Board pursuant to this Section 8.1 shall be specified in the Agreement.
     8.2 Issuance of Restricted Shares at Beginning of the Restriction Period. If shares of the applicable series of Common Stock are issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period, the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares shall be registered in the name of the Holder to whom such Restricted Shares shall have been awarded. During the Restriction Period, certificates representing the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that ownership of the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions), and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto, are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions provided in the Plan and the applicable Agreement. Such certificates shall remain in the custody of the Company or its designee, and the Holder shall deposit with the custodian stock powers or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank, so as to permit retransfer to the Company of all or any portion of the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions that shall be forfeited or otherwise not become vested in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Agreement.
     8.3 Restrictions. Restricted Shares issued at the beginning of the Restriction Period shall constitute issued and outstanding shares of the applicable series of Common Stock for all corporate purposes. The Holder will have the right to vote such Restricted Shares, to receive and retain such dividends and distributions, as the Board may designate, paid or distributed on such Restricted Shares, and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a Holder of shares of the applicable series of Common Stock with respect to such Restricted Shares; except, that, unless otherwise determined by the Board and provided in the applicable Agreement, (a) the Holder will not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares until the Restriction Period shall have expired and unless all other vesting requirements with respect thereto shall have been fulfilled or waived; (b) the Company or its designee will retain custody of the stock certificate or certificates representing the Restricted Shares during the Restriction Period as provided in Section 8.2; (c) other than such dividends and
-11-
 




 
distributions as the Board may designate, the Company or its designee will retain custody of all distributions ("Retained Distributions") made or declared with respect to the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions will be subject to the same restrictions, terms and vesting, and other conditions as are applicable to the Restricted Shares) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid or declared shall have become vested, and such Retained Distributions shall not bear interest or be segregated in a separate account; (d) the Holder may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, exchange, encumber or dispose of the Restricted Shares or any Retained Distributions or his interest in any of them during the Restriction Period; and (e) a breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions provided in the Plan or established by the Board with respect to any Restricted Shares or Retained Distributions will cause a forfeiture of such Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto.
     8.4 Issuance of Stock at End of the Restriction Period. Restricted Shares issued at the end of the Restriction Period shall not constitute issued and outstanding shares of the applicable series of Common Stock, and the Holder shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by such an Award of Restricted Shares, in each case until such shares shall have been transferred to the Holder at the end of the Restriction Period. If and to the extent that shares of Common Stock are to be issued at the end of the Restriction Period, the Holder shall be entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered thereby either (a) during the Restriction Period or (b) in accordance with the rules applicable to Retained Distributions, as the Board may specify in the Agreement.
     8.5 Cash Payments. In connection with any Award of Restricted Shares, an Agreement may provide for the payment of a cash amount to the Holder of such Restricted Shares after such Restricted Shares shall have become vested. Such cash amounts shall be payable in accordance with such additional restrictions, terms and conditions as shall be prescribed by the Board in the Agreement and shall be in addition to any other compensation payments which such Holder shall be otherwise entitled or eligible to receive from the Company.
     8.6 Completion of Restriction Period. On the Vesting Date with respect to each Award of Restricted Shares and the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions, terms and conditions, (a) all or the applicable portion of such Restricted Shares shall become vested, (b) any Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become vested to the extent that the Restricted Shares related thereto shall have become vested, and (c) any cash amount to be received by the Holder with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become payable, all in accordance with the terms of the applicable Agreement. Any such Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall not become vested shall be forfeited to the Company, and the Holder shall not thereafter have any rights (including dividend and voting rights) with respect to such Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall have been so forfeited. The Board may, in its discretion, provide that the delivery of any Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions and unpaid Dividend Equivalents that shall have become vested, and payment of any cash amounts that shall have become payable, shall be deferred until such date or dates as the recipient may elect. Any election of a recipient pursuant to the preceding
-12-
 




 
sentence shall be filed in writing with the Board in accordance with such rules and regulations, including any deadline for the making of such an election, as the Board may provide, and shall be made in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.
ARTICLE IX
STOCK UNITS
     9.1 Grant. In addition to granting Awards of Options, SARs and Restricted Shares, the Board shall, subject to the limitations of the Plan, have authority to grant to eligible Persons Awards of Stock Units which may be in the form of shares of any specified series of Common Stock or units, the value of which is based, in whole or in part, on the Fair Market Value of the shares of any specified series of Common Stock. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, including any rules established pursuant to Section 9.2, Awards of Stock Units shall be subject to such terms, restrictions, conditions, vesting requirements and payment rules as the Board may determine in its discretion, which need not be identical for each Award. The determinations made by the Board pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall be specified in the applicable Agreement.
     9.2 Rules. The Board may, in its discretion, establish any or all of the following rules for application to an Award of Stock Units:
     (a) Any shares of Common Stock which are part of an Award of Stock Units may not be assigned, sold, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered prior to the date on which the shares are issued or, if later, the date provided by the Board at the time of the Award.
     (b) Such Awards may provide for the payment of cash consideration by the Person to whom such Award is granted or provide that the Award, and any shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection therewith, if applicable, shall be delivered without the payment of cash consideration; provided, however, that the issuance of any shares of Common Stock in connection with an Award of Stock Units shall be for at least the minimum consideration necessary to permit such shares to be deemed fully paid and nonassessable.
     (c) Awards of Stock Units may relate in whole or in part to performance or other criteria established by the Board at the time of grant.
     (d) Awards of Stock Units may provide for deferred payment schedules, vesting over a specified period of service, the payment (on a current or deferred basis) of dividend equivalent amounts with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award, and elections by the Holder to defer payment of the Award or the lifting of restrictions on the Award, if any, provided that any such deferrals shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
-13-
 




 
     (e) In such circumstances as the Board may deem advisable, the Board may waive or otherwise remove, in whole or in part, any restrictions or limitations to which a Stock Unit Award was made subject at the time of grant.
ARTICLE X
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     10.1 Acceleration of Awards.
     (a) Death or Disability. If a Holder's service shall terminate by reason of death or Disability, notwithstanding any contrary waiting period, installment period, vesting schedule or Restriction Period in any Agreement or in the Plan, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise: (i) in the case of an Option or SAR, each outstanding Option or SAR granted under the Plan shall immediately become exercisable in full in respect of the aggregate number of shares covered thereby; (ii) in the case of Restricted Shares, the Restriction Period applicable to each such Award of Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have expired and all such Restricted Shares, any related Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents shall become vested and any related cash amounts payable pursuant to the applicable Agreement shall be adjusted in such manner as may be provided in the Agreement; and (iii) in the case of Stock Units, each such Award of Stock Units shall become vested in full.
     (b) Approved Transactions; Board Change; Control Purchase. In the event of any Approved Transaction, Board Change or Control Purchase, notwithstanding any contrary waiting period, installment period, vesting schedule or Restriction Period in any Agreement or in the Plan, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise: (i) in the case of an Option or SAR, each such outstanding Option or SAR granted under the Plan shall become exercisable in full in respect of the aggregate number of shares covered thereby; (ii) in the case of Restricted Shares, the Restriction Period applicable to each such Award of Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have expired and all such Restricted Shares, any related Retained Distributions and any unpaid Dividend Equivalents shall become vested and any related cash amounts payable pursuant to the applicable Agreement shall be adjusted in such manner as may be provided in the Agreement; and (iii) in the case of Stock Units, each such Award of Stock Units shall become vested in full, in each case effective upon the Board Change or Control Purchase or immediately prior to consummation of the Approved Transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Agreement, the Board may, in its discretion, determine that any or all outstanding Awards of any or all types granted pursuant to the Plan will not vest or become exercisable on an accelerated basis in connection with an Approved Transaction if effective provision has been made for the taking of such action which, in the opinion of the Board, is equitable and appropriate to substitute a new Award for such Award or to assume such Award and to make such new or assumed Award, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to the old Award (before giving effect to any acceleration of the vesting or exercisability thereof), taking into account, to the extent applicable, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets into or for which
-14-
 




 
     the applicable series of Common Stock may be changed, converted or exchanged in connection with the Approved Transaction.
     10.2 Termination of Service.
     (a) General. If a Holder's service shall terminate prior to an Option or SAR becoming exercisable or being exercised (or deemed exercised, as provided in Section 7.2) in full, or during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares or prior to the vesting or complete exercise of any Stock Units, then such Option or SAR shall thereafter become or be exercisable, such Stock Units to the extent vested shall thereafter be exercisable, and the Holder's rights to any unvested Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions, unpaid Dividend Equivalents and related cash amounts, and any such unvested Stock Units shall thereafter vest, in each case solely to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement; provided, however, that, unless otherwise determined by the Board and provided in the applicable Agreement, (i) no Option or SAR may be exercised after the scheduled expiration date thereof; (ii) if the Holder's service terminates by reason of death or Disability, the Option or SAR shall remain exercisable for a period of at least one year following such termination (but not later than the scheduled expiration of such Option or SAR); and (iii) any termination of the Holder's service for cause will be treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2(b).
     (b) Termination for Cause. If a Holder's service on the Board shall be terminated by the Company for "cause" during the Restriction Period with respect to any Restricted Shares, or prior to any Option or SAR becoming exercisable or being exercised in full or prior to the vesting or complete exercise of any Stock Unit (for these purposes, "cause" shall include dishonesty, incompetence, moral turpitude, other misconduct of any kind and the refusal to perform his duties and responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within 12 months after an Approved Transaction or Control Purchase or Board Change, termination for "cause" shall mean only a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement), then, unless otherwise determined by the Board and provided in the applicable Agreement, (i) all Options and SARs and all unvested or unexercised Stock Units held by such Holder shall immediately terminate, and (ii) such Holder's rights to all Restricted Shares, Retained Distributions, any unpaid Dividend Equivalents and any related cash amounts shall be forfeited immediately.
     10.3 Nonalienation of Benefits. Except as set forth herein, no right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the Person entitled to such benefits.
     10.4 Written Agreement. Each Award of Options shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement; each Award of SARs shall be evidenced by a stock appreciation rights agreement; each Award of Restricted Shares shall be evidenced by a restricted shares agreement; and each
-15-
 




 
Award of Stock Units shall be evidenced by a stock units agreement, each in such form and containing such terms and provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Board from time to time shall approve; provided, however, that if more than one type of Award is made to the same Holder, such Awards may be evidenced by a single Agreement with such Holder. Each grantee of an Option, SAR, Restricted Shares or Stock Units shall be notified promptly of such grant, and a written Agreement shall be promptly executed and delivered by the Company. Any such Agreement may be supplemented or amended from time to time as approved by the Board as contemplated by Section 10.6(b).
     10.5 Designation of Beneficiaries. Each Person who shall be granted an Award under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries and may change such designation from time to time by filing a written designation of beneficiary or beneficiaries with the Board on a form to be prescribed by it, provided that no such designation shall be effective unless so filed prior to the death of such Person.
     10.6 Termination and Amendment.
     (a) General. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as hereinafter provided, no Awards or stock payments under Article XI may be made under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. The Plan may be terminated at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date and may, from time to time, be suspended or discontinued or modified or amended if such action is deemed advisable by the Board.
     (b) Modification. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the Person to whom any Award shall theretofore have been granted, adversely affect the rights of such Person with respect to such Award. No modification, extension, renewal or other change in any Award granted under the Plan shall be made after the grant of such Award, unless the same is consistent with the provisions of the Plan. With the consent of the Holder and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including Section 10.6(a)), the Board may amend outstanding Agreements with any Holder, including any amendment which would (i) accelerate the time or times at which the Award may be exercised and/or (ii) extend the scheduled expiration date of the Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board may, but solely with the Holder's consent unless otherwise provided in the Agreement, agree to cancel any Award under the Plan and grant a new Award in substitution therefor, provided that the Award so substituted shall satisfy all of the requirements of the Plan as of the date such new Award is made. Nothing contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.6(b) shall be construed to prevent the Board from providing in any Agreement that the rights of the Holder with respect to the Award evidenced thereby shall be subject to such rules and regulations as the Board may, subject to the express provisions of the Plan, adopt from time to time or impair the enforceability of any such provision.
     10.7 Government and Other Regulations. The obligation of the Company with respect to Awards and to stock payments under Article XI shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules
-16-
 




 
and regulations and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including the effectiveness of any registration statement required under the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or association on which the Common Stock may be listed or quoted. For so long as any series of Common Stock are registered under the Exchange Act, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to comply with any legal requirements (a) to maintain a registration statement in effect under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to all shares of the applicable series of Common Stock that may be issued to Holders under the Plan and (b) to file in a timely manner all reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act.
     10.8 Withholding. The Company's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or pay cash under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Federal, state and local withholding tax due at the time of an Award, upon the exercise of any Option or SAR, upon the vesting of, or expiration of restrictions with respect to, Restricted Shares or Stock Units, or upon payment of Director Compensation in stock under Article XI, as appropriate, may, in the discretion of the Board, be paid in shares of the applicable series of Common Stock already owned by the Holder or through the withholding of shares otherwise issuable to such Holder, upon such terms and conditions (including the conditions referenced in Section 6.5) as the Board shall determine. If the Holder shall fail to pay, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Board for the payment to the Company of, all such federal, state and local taxes required to be withheld by the Company, then the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to such Holder an amount equal to any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required to be withheld by the Company with respect to such Award or payment.
     10.9 Nonexclusivity of the Plan. The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including the granting of stock options and the awarding of stock and cash otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.
     10.10 Exclusion from Other Plans. By acceptance of an Award, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Agreement, each Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award is special incentive compensation that will not be taken into account, in any manner, as compensation or bonus in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement or other benefit plan, program or policy of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. In addition, each beneficiary of a deceased Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award will not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage, if any, provided by the Company on the life of the Holder which is payable to such beneficiary under any life insurance plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.
     10.11 Unfunded Plan. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company shall be required to segregate any cash or any shares of Common Stock which may at any time be represented by Awards or deliverable in payment of Director Compensation under Article XI, and the Plan shall constitute an "unfunded" plan of the Company. Except as provided in Article VIII with respect to Awards of Restricted Shares and except as expressly set forth in an
-17-
 




 
Agreement, no Holder shall have voting or other rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by an Award or deliverable in payment of Director Compensation under Article XI prior to the delivery of such shares. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company shall, by any provisions of the Plan, be deemed to be a trustee of any shares of Common Stock or any other property, and the liabilities of the Company to any Holder pursuant to the Plan shall be those of a debtor pursuant to such contract obligations as are created by or pursuant to the Plan, and the rights of any Holder under the Plan shall be limited to those of a general creditor of the Company. In its sole discretion, the Board may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations of the Company under the Plan, provided, however, that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the unfunded status of the Plan.
     10.12 Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.
     10.13 Accounts. The delivery of any shares of Common Stock and the payment of any amount under the Plan shall be for the account of the Company or the applicable Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, and any such delivery or payment shall not be made until the recipient shall have paid or made satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any applicable withholding taxes as provided in Section 10.8.
     10.14 Legends. Each certificate evidencing shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan shall bear such legends as the Board deems necessary or appropriate to reflect or refer to any terms, conditions or restrictions applicable to such shares, including any to the effect that the shares represented thereby may not be disposed of unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, acceptable to the Company, that such disposition will not violate any federal or state securities laws.
     10.15 Company's Rights. Neither the grant of Awards pursuant to the Plan nor the availability or exercise of the Stock Election Right shall affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make reclassifications, reorganizations or other changes of or to its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its business or assets.
     10.16 Interpretation. The words "include," "includes," "included" and "including" to the extent used in the Plan shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words "without limitation."
     10.17 Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if any Plan provision or Award under the Plan would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Code Section 409A and related regulations and United States Department of the Treasury pronouncements ("Section 409A"), that Plan provision or Award will be reformed to avoid imposition of the applicable tax and no action taken to comply with Section 409A shall be deemed to adversely affect the Holder's rights to an Award.
-18-
 




 
ARTICLE XI
STOCK IN LIEU OF CASH DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
     11.1 General. Subject to the provisions of this Article XI, each Nonemployee Director shall have a Stock Election Right with respect to Director Compensation payable for the calendar quarter ended December 31, 2005 and each calendar quarter thereafter. Subject to any applicable Purchase Restrictions, to the extent a Nonemployee Director has exercised the Stock Election Right in accordance with this Article XI, such Nonemployee Director will receive shares of the applicable series of Common Stock in payment of the Director Compensation payable to such Nonemployee Director with respect to the applicable calendar quarter on the last day of such calendar quarter (or as soon as practicable thereafter). The number of shares of the applicable series of Common Stock issuable to a Nonemployee Director in payment of such Nonemployee Director's Director Compensation for a particular calendar quarter shall equal the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the aggregate amount of such Director Compensation by (y) the Fair Market Value of a share of the applicable series of Common Stock as of the last day of such calendar quarter. No fractional shares will be issued. In lieu of issuing any fractional shares resulting from such calculation, an amount in cash will be paid equal to such fraction multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of the applicable series of Common Stock on the last day of such calendar quarter. All shares of Common Stock issued in payment of Director Compensation under this Article XI shall be issued free of all restrictions, except as required by law.
     11.2 Timing of Election. Subject to the deemed election provisions of Section 11.3, a Nonemployee Director who wishes to exercise the Stock Election Right with respect to a particular calendar quarter must provide an Election Notice by the Election Deadline applicable to such calendar quarter. Once the Election Deadline applicable to a particular calendar quarter has passed, no changes may be made to the form of consideration to be delivered in payment of the Director Compensation payable to any Nonemployee Director with respect to such calendar quarter, unless the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such change is occasioned by an extraordinary or unanticipated event.
     11.3 Deemed Election. If a Nonemployee Director has never delivered a timely Election Notice, the Nonemployee Director shall receive cash for the Director Compensation payable to such Nonemployee Director for all calendar quarters until an Election Notice is timely delivered. Once an Election Notice is timely delivered by a Nonemployee Director, it shall apply to the calendar quarter with respect to which it was delivered and, if such Nonemployee Director subsequently fails to timely provide Election Notices with respect to the succeeding calendar quarters, it shall be deemed to apply to all succeeding calendar quarters until a Rescission Notice is timely delivered to the Company with respect to any succeeding calendar quarter. For a Rescission Notice to be timely with respect to a particular calendar quarter, it must be delivered to the Company by the Election Deadline applicable to such calendar quarter. A Nonemployee Director who has delivered a Rescission Notice may exercise a Stock Election Right for subsequent calendar quarters by the timely delivery of an Election Notice.
     11.4 Election Void During Restricted Period. If, on the date a Nonemployee Director is to receive shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Article XI, a Purchase Restriction is in
-19-
 




 
place, such Nonemployee Director shall instead receive cash in payment of the Director Compensation then payable to such Nonemployee Director.
     11.5 Conditions. Nothing contained herein shall preclude the Board, in its sole discretion, from imposing additional conditions as it may determine, in its sole discretion, on any issuance of shares of Common Stock in payment of Director Compensation pursuant to this Article XI.
-20-


Ex 10.8 FORM OF RESTRICTED SHARES AGREEMENT
Exhibit 10.8

[Series A]
LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
2005 NONEMPLOYEE DIRECTOR INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED SHARES AGREEMENT
 
     THIS RESTRICTED SHARES AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of ___, 200___(the “Effective Date”), by and between LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the individual whose name, address, and social security/payroll number appear on the signature page hereto (the “Grantee”).
 
    The Company has adopted the Liberty Global, Inc. 2005 Nonemployee Director Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A and by this reference made a part hereof, for the benefit of eligible Nonemployee Directors of the Company. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein will have the meaning given thereto in the Plan.

     Pursuant to the Plan, the Board has determined that it would be in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders to award restricted shares to Grantee, subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth herein and in the Plan, in order to provide the Grantee additional remuneration for services rendered as a Nonemployee Director and to increase the Grantee’s personal interest in the continued success and progress of the Company.
     The Company and the Grantee therefore agree as follows:
   
  1. Definitions. The following terms, when used in this Agreement, have the following meanings:
       
   “Annual Meeting Date” means the date on which the annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company at which directors are elected in accordance with Delaware law is held in any calendar year.
      
    “Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in Denver, Colorado, are required or authorized to be closed.
     
     “Cause” has the meaning specified for “cause” in Section 10.2(b) of the Plan.
    
      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.
   
       “Company” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.
     
     “Direct Registration System” means the book-entry registration system maintained by the Company’s stock transfer agent, pursuant to which shares of LBTYA are held in non-certificated form for the benefit of the registered holder thereof.
    
      “Effective Date” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.
1




 
        
  “Grantee” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.
      
    “LBTYA” means the Series A common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.
  
        “Plan” has the meaning specified in the recitals to this Agreement.
    
      “Required Withholding Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement.
    
      “Restricted Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 2 of this Agreement.
      
    “Retained Distributions” has the meaning specified in Section 4 of this Agreement.
  
   2. Grant of Restricted Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions herein, pursuant to the Plan, the Company grants to the Grantee effective as of the Effective Date the number of shares of LBTYA set forth on the signature page hereto, subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth below and in the Plan (the “Restricted Shares”). As of the Effective Date, each Restricted Share had a Fair Market Value of $___.
 
    3. Issuance of Restricted Shares at Beginning of the Restriction Period. Upon issuance of the Restricted Shares, at the Company’s election, either the Restricted Shares will be registered in Grantee’s name in a restricted shares account in the Direct Registration System or the Restricted Shares will be evidenced by one or more stock certificates registered in the name of Grantee. During the Restriction Period, any restricted shares account in the Direct Registration System holding, and any certificates representing, the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that ownership of the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions), and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto, are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions provided in the Plan and this Agreement. The Restricted Shares and any restricted shares account holding, or any certificates representing, the same will remain in the custody or otherwise under the control of the Company or its designee, and Grantee shall deposit with the Company one or more stock powers or other instruments of assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit B to this Agreement, each endorsed in blank, so as to permit retransfer to the Company of all or any portion of the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions that shall be forfeited or otherwise not become vested in accordance with the Plan and this Agreement.

     4. Restrictions. Restricted Shares shall constitute issued and outstanding shares of LBTYA for all corporate purposes. Grantee hereby contractually agrees not to vote any Restricted Shares or to permit any other person, whether by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise, to vote any Restricted Shares prior to the vesting thereof. Subject to the foregoing, Grantee will have the right to receive and retain such dividends and distributions, if any, as the Board may in its sole discretion designate that are paid or distributed on such Restricted Shares and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a holder of Common Stock of the same series with respect to such Restricted Shares, except that (a) Grantee will not be entitled to delivery of such Restricted Shares until the Restriction Period shall have expired and unless all other vesting requirements with respect thereto shall have been fulfilled or waived, (b) the
2




 
Company will retain custody or control of the stock certificate or certificates evidencing, or the restricted shares account holding, the Restricted Shares during the Restriction Period as provided in Section 3, (c) other than such dividends and distributions as the Board may in its sole discretion designate, the Company or its designee will retain custody of all dividends and distribution (“Retained Distributions”) made or declared with respect to the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions will be subject to the same restrictions, terms and vesting and other conditions as are applicable to the Restricted Shares) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid or declared shall have become vested, and such Retained Distributions shall not bear interest or be segregated in a separate account, (d) Grantee may not sell, assign, transfer by gift or otherwise, pledge, exchange, encumber or dispose of the Restricted Shares or any Retained Distributions or Grantee’s interest in any of them during the Restriction Period, except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement and (e) a breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions provided in or established by the Board pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement with respect to any Restricted Shares or Retained Distributions will cause a forfeiture of such Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto.

     5. Vesting. Unless the Board otherwise determines in its sole discretion, subject to earlier vesting in accordance with Section 10.1(b) of the Plan and subject to the last sentence of this Section 5, the Restricted Shares shall become vested, and the restrictions with respect thereto shall lapse, on the Annual Meeting Date first following the Effective Date (such date being a Vesting Date within the meaning of the Plan). On the Vesting Date, and the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions, terms and conditions, any Retained Distributions with respect to the Restricted Shares will become vested to the extent that the Restricted Shares related thereto shall have become vested in accordance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grantee will not vest, pursuant to this Section 5, in Restricted Shares as to which Grantee would otherwise vest on the Vesting Date if Grantee’s service as a Nonemployee Director terminates, or a breach of any applicable restrictions, terms or conditions with respect to such Restricted Shares has occurred, at any time after the Effective Date and prior to the Vesting Date (the vesting or forfeiture of such shares to be governed instead by Section 6).

6. Early Vesting or Forfeiture.
     
     (a) Unless otherwise determined by the Board in its sole discretion:
 
(i)
 
If Grantee’s service as a Nonemployee Director terminates by reason of Grantee’s death or Disability, the Restricted Shares, to the extent not theretofore vested, and any Retained Distributions with respect to the Restricted Shares, will immediately become fully vested;
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)
 
If Grantee’s service as a Nonemployee Director terminates prior to the Vesting Date for any reason other than as specified in Section 6(a)(i) above, then the Restricted Shares, to the extent not theretofore vested, together with any Retained Distributions with respect to the Restricted Shares, will be forfeited immediately.
3




 
 
(iii)
 
If Grantee breaches any restrictions, terms or conditions provided in or established by the Board pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement with respect to the Restricted Shares prior to the vesting thereof (including any attempted or completed transfer of any such unvested Restricted Shares contrary to the terms of the Plan or this Agreement), the unvested Restricted Shares, together with any Retained Distributions related thereto, will be forfeited immediately.
          (b) Upon forfeiture of any unvested Restricted Shares, and any Retained Distributions related thereto, Grantee will cease to have any rights (including dividend and voting rights) with respect thereto.
   
  7. Delivery by Company. As soon as practicable after the vesting of Restricted Shares and the related Retained Distributions pursuant to Section 5 or 6 hereof or Section 10.1(b) of the Plan, and subject to the withholding referred to in Section 14 of this Agreement, the Company will deliver or cause to be delivered to Grantee (i) a statement of holdings reflecting such vested Restricted Shares held through the Direct Registration Statement or, if the Company so elects, in its sole discretion, a new certificate or certificates issued in Grantee’s name for such vested Restricted Shares or a confirmation of deposit of such vested Restricted Shares, in book-entry form, into a broker’s account designated by Grantee, (ii) any securities constituting related vested Retained Distributions by any applicable method specified in clause (i) above, and (iii) any cash payment constituting related vested Retained Distributions. Any delivery of securities will be deemed effected for all purposes when (i) (a) a certificate representing or statement of holdings reflecting such securities and, in the case of Retained Distributions, any other documents necessary to reflect ownership thereof by Grantee has been delivered personally to the Grantee or, if delivery is by mail, when the Company or its stock transfer agent has deposited the certificate or statement of holdings and/or such other documents in the United States mail, addressed to the Grantee, or (b) confirmation of deposit into the designated broker’s account of such securities, in written or electronic format, is first made available to Grantee, and (ii) any cash payment will be deemed effected when a check from the Company, payable to or at the direction of the Grantee and in the amount equal to the amount of the cash payment, has been delivered personally to or at the direction of the Grantee or deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the Grantee or his or her nominee. The Board may, in its discretion, provide that the delivery of any Restricted Shares and Retained Distributions that shall have become vested will be deferred until such date or dates as the Grantee may elect. Any election by the Grantee pursuant to the preceding sentence will be filed in writing with the Board in accordance with such rules and regulations, including any deadline for the making of such election, as the Board may provide, and shall be made in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

     8. Forfeited Shares and Retained Distributions. Upon forfeiture of unvested Restricted Shares by the Grantee for any reason, the Company shall use the stock power(s) or instruments of assignment provided by the Grantee pursuant to Section 3 hereof to retransfer to the Company the forfeited unvested Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions related thereto. In the event that no such stock power(s) or instruments of assignment exist, or the Company is for any reason unable to use the stock power(s) or instruments of assignment to retransfer the forfeited unvested Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions related thereto,
4




 
the Grantee shall take all such actions as are necessary to transfer and assign to the Company, without the requirement of any consideration by the Company, all such unvested Restricted Shares and any related Retained Distributions. The Company shall not pay any dividend to the Grantee on account of such forfeited unvested Restricted Shares (irrespective of whether such dividend would constitute a Retained Distribution) or permit the Grantee to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Restricted Shares, but shall, in so far as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Restricted Shares.

9. Nontransferability of Restricted Shares Before Vesting.
      
    (a) Before vesting and during Grantee’s lifetime, the Restricted Shares and related Retained Distributions are not transferable (voluntarily or involuntarily) other than pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order. In the event of transfer pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order, the unvested Restricted Shares and related Retained Distributions so transferred shall be subject to all the restrictions, terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, and the transferee shall be bound by all applicable provisions of this Agreement and the Plan in the same manner as Grantee.
        
  (b) Except for a transfer pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order, in the event any unvested Restricted Shares are transferred or attempted to be transferred to a third party, the Company shall have the right to acquire for its own account, without the payment of any consideration therefor, such Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto, from the owner thereof or his transferee at any time before or after such prohibited transfer. In addition to any other legal or equitable remedies it may have, the Company may enforce its rights to specific performance to the extent permitted by law and may exercise such other equitable remedies then available to it. The Company may refuse for any purpose to recognize any transferee who receives unvested Restricted Shares contrary to the provisions of the Plan or this Agreement as a stockholder of the Company, and may retain and/or recover all distributions or dividends on such Restricted Shares (irrespective of whether such distributions or dividends would be Retained Distributions) that were paid or payable subsequent to the date on which a prohibited transfer was made or attempted.
        
  (c) The Grantee may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom the Restricted Shares, to the extent then vesting, and any related Retained Distributions will pass upon the Grantee’s death and may change such designation from time to time by filing a written designation of beneficiary or beneficiaries with the Company on the form annexed hereto as Exhibit C or such other form as may be prescribed by the Board, provided that no such designation will be effective unless so filed prior to the death of Grantee. If no such designation is made or if the designated beneficiary does not survive Grantee’s death, the Restricted Shares, to the extent then vesting, and any related Retained Distributions will pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Following Grantee’s death, the person to whom such vested Restricted Shares and Retained Distributions pass according to the foregoing will be deemed the Grantee for purposes of any applicable provisions of this Agreement.
   
  10. Adjustments. The Restricted Shares will be subject to adjustment in the sole discretion of the Board and in such manner as the Board may deem equitable and appropriate in
5




 
connection with the occurrence following the Effective Date of any of the events described in Section 4.2 of the Plan.
  
   11. Company’s Rights. The existence of this Agreement will not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to accomplish any corporate act, including, without limitation, the acts referred to in Section 10.15 of the Plan.
   
  12. Limitation of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan will be construed to give Grantee or any other person any interest in any fund or in any specified asset or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Neither Grantee nor any person claiming through Grantee will have any right or interest in the Restricted Shares or any related Retained Distributions unless and until there shall have been full compliance with all the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement and the Plan which affect Grantee or such other person.
 
    13. Restrictions Imposed by Law. Without limiting the generality of Section 10.7 of the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any Restricted Shares or securities constituting Retained Distributions if counsel to the Company determines that the issuance or delivery thereof would violate any applicable law or any rule or regulation of any governmental authority or any rule or regulation of, or agreement of the Company with, any securities exchange or association upon which shares of LBTYA or such other securities are listed or quoted. The Company will in no event be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the delivery of Restricted Shares or such other securities to comply with any such law, rule, regulation, or agreement. Any certificates representing, or restricted shares account holding, Restricted Shares or such other securities issued or delivered under this Agreement (whether representing vested or unvested Restricted Shares or Retained Distributions) may bear such legend or legends as the Company deems appropriate in order to assure compliance with applicable securities laws.
  
   14. Withholding. To the extent that the Company is subject to withholding tax requirements under any national, state, local or other governmental law with respect to the award of the Restricted Shares to Grantee or the vesting thereof, the Grantee must make arrangement satisfactory to the Company to make payment to the Company of the amount required to be withheld under such tax laws, as determined by the Company (collectively, the “Required Withholding Amount”). To the extent such withholding is required because the Grantee vests in some or all of the Restricted Shares, the Company shall withhold from the vested Restricted Shares otherwise deliverable to the Grantee a number of shares having a value equal to the Required Withholding Amount, unless Grantee remits the Required Withholding Amount to the Company in cash in such form and by such time as the Company may require or other provisions for withholding such amount satisfactory to the Company have been made. The value of the shares withheld shall be based on the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date the amount of the Required Withholding Amount is required to be determined (the “Tax Date”). Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the issuance or delivery of any Restricted Shares and related Retained Distributions, whether or not vested, may be postponed until any required withholding taxes have been paid to the Company. Upon the payment of any cash dividends with respect to the Restricted Shares during the Restriction Period, the amount of such dividends will be reduced to the extent necessary to satisfy any withholding tax requirements applicable thereto prior to payment to Grantee.
6




 
     15. Notice. Unless the Company notifies the Grantee in writing of a different procedure, any notice or other communication to the Company with respect to this Agreement will be in writing and will be delivered personally or sent by United States first class mail, postage prepaid, sent by overnight courier, freight prepaid or sent by facsimile and addressed as follows:
Liberty Global, Inc.
12300 Liberty Boulevard
Englewood, CO 80112
Attn: General Counsel
Fax: 303-220-6691
     Any notice or other communication to the Grantee with respect to this Agreement will be in writing and will be delivered personally, or will be sent by United States first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Grantee’s address as listed in the records of the Company on the Effective Date, unless the Company has received written notification from the Grantee of a change of address.

     16. Amendment. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, this Agreement may be supplemented or amended from time to time as approved by the Board as contemplated in Section 10.6(b) and Section 10.17 of the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the consent of the Grantee,

          (a) this Agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time as approved by the Board (i) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or (ii) to add to the covenants and agreements of the Company for the benefit of the Grantee or surrender any right or power reserved to or conferred upon the Company in this Agreement, subject to any required approval of the Company’s stockholders and, provided, in each case, that such changes will not adversely affect the rights of the Grantee with respect to the Award evidenced hereby, or (iii) to make such other changes as the Company, upon advice of counsel, determines are necessary or advisable because of the adoption or promulgation of, or change in or of the interpretation of, any law or governmental rule or regulation, including any applicable federal or state securities laws; and

          (b) subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company, the Restricted Shares granted under this Agreement may be canceled by the Company and a new Award made in substitution therefor, provided that the Award so substituted will satisfy all of the requirements of the Plan as of the date such new Award is made and no such action will adversely affect any Restricted Shares that are then vested.

     17. Status as Director. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action of the Company or the Board with respect hereto, will confer or be construed to confer on the Grantee any right to continue as a director of the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its shareholders to terminate the Grantee’s status as a director at any time, with or without cause.
7




 
     18. Nonalienation of Benefits. Except as provided in Section 9 of this Agreement, (i) no right or benefit under this Agreement will be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same will be void, and (ii) no right or benefit hereunder will in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the Grantee or other person entitled to such benefits.
    
 19. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Colorado. Each party irrevocably submits to the general jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of Colorado in any action to interpret or enforce this Agreement and irrevocably waives any objection to jurisdiction that such party may have based on inconvenience of forum.
  
   20. Construction. References in this Agreement to “this Agreement” and the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and similar terms include all Exhibits and Schedules appended hereto. This Agreement is entered into, and the Award evidenced hereby is granted, pursuant to the Plan and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Plan and the administrative interpretations adopted by the Board thereunder. The word “include” and all variations thereof are used in an illustrative sense and not in a limiting sense. All decisions of the Board upon questions regarding this Agreement will be conclusive. Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been included for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
  
   21. Duplicate Originals. The Company and the Grantee may sign any number of copies of this Agreement. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
    
 22. Rules by Board. The rights of the Grantee and the obligations of the Company hereunder will be subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as the Board may adopt from time to time.
  
   23. Entire Agreement. This Agreement is in satisfaction of and in lieu of all prior discussions and agreements, oral or written, between the Company and the Grantee regarding the subject matter hereof. The Grantee and the Company hereby declare and represent that no promise or agreement not herein expressed has been made and that this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the Award and replaces and makes null and void any prior agreements between the Grantee and the Company regarding the Award. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.
    
 24. Grantee Acceptance. The Grantee will signify acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Agreement by signing in the space provided at the end hereof and returning a signed copy to the Company.

[Signature Page Follows]
8




 
Signature Page to Restricted Shares Agreement
dated as of _______ __, 200_, between Liberty Global, Inc. and Grantee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACCEPTED:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Grantee Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
City/State/Country:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Social Security Number:                           
Grant No.     R-    
Number of restricted shares of LBTYA awarded
9




 
Exhibit A
to
Restricted Shares Agreement
dated as of ____ __, 200_, between Liberty Global, Inc. and Grantee
A-1




 
Exhibit B
to
Restricted Shares Agreement
dated as of ____ __, 200_, between
Liberty Global, Inc., and Grantee

STOCK POWER

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby conveys, assigns, transfers and delivers to Liberty Global, Inc.,                      shares of the Series A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Shares”), of Liberty Global, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books and records of the Company held in a restricted shares account in the Direct Registration System, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Company’s Assistant Secretary as attorney-in-fact to transfer the shares on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
   
  Dated:                                        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Print Name: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B-1




 
Exhibit C
to
Restricted Shares Agreement (Series A)
dated as of ____ __, 200_, between Liberty Global, Inc. and Grantee
Designation of Beneficiary
 
 
 
 
 
     I,
 
 
 
(the “Grantee”), hereby declare
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
that upon my death
 
 
 
(the “Beneficiary”) of
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
,
 
 
 
 
 
 
Street Address
 
City
 
State
 
Zip Code
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
who is my
 
 
 
, will be entitled to the
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          Relationship to Grantee
 
 
   
  It is understood that this Designation of Beneficiary is made pursuant to the Agreement and is subject to the conditions stated herein, including the Beneficiary’s survival of the Grantee’s death. If any such condition is not satisfied, such rights will devolve according to the Grantee’s will or the laws of descent and distribution.
     
It is further understood that all prior designations of beneficiary under the Agreement are hereby revoked and that this Designation of Beneficiary may only be revoked in writing, signed by the Grantee, and filed with the Company prior to the Grantee’s death.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date
 
Grantee
C-1

Ex 10.11 LGI Nonemployee Director Comp Policy - Amended effective January 1 2012
EXHIBIT 10.11
LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
COMPENSATION POLICY
FOR
NONEMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2012)
The board of directors (the “Board”) of Liberty Global, Inc. (the “Corporation”) has deemed it advisable and in the best interests of the Corporation to provide the following compensation package to each director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation (a “Nonemployee Director”) solely in consideration for such person agreeing to serve as a Nonemployee Director of the Board.
Annual Fees: For each full year of service as a Nonemployee Director, commencing with the 2012 calendar year, a fee for such service of $80,000 will be paid to each Nonemployee Director, except that, in the case of a Nonemployee Director whose principal residence is located outside of the United States, the fee will be $120,000. For each full year of service as Chairperson of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, a fee for such service of $25,000, $15,000 and $10,000, respectively, will be paid. Annual fees will be payable in arrears in four equal quarterly installments at the end of each calendar quarter (prorated in the case of a director who serves as a Nonemployee Director or as Chairperson of a Committee for only a portion of a calendar quarter) in (i) cash or (ii) subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Liberty Global, Inc. 2005 Nonemployee Director Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective March 8, 2006) (the “Director Plan”), shares of the Corporation’s common stock. If payment in shares is elected, the shares to be issued will be allocated as nearly as practicable evenly between shares of the Corporation’s Series A common stock (“Series A Stock”) and shares of the Corporation’s Series C common stock (“Series C Stock”).
Meeting Fees: A fee of $1,500 for attendance (in person or by conference telephone) at each in person meeting, and $750 for each telephonic meeting, of the Board or a Board Committee of which such director is a member will be paid to each Nonemployee Director. Meeting fees will be payable in arrears at the end of each calendar quarter in cash only. For Nonemployee Directors whose principal residence is located in the United States east of the Mississippi River, an additional fee of $4,000 will be paid, for each in person meeting of the Board held at the Corporation’s offices in Colorado that is attended in person by such Nonemployee Director.
Initial Option Grant: An initial grant of options to purchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock (“Options”) with a combined Grant Date Fair Value (as defined below) of approximately $150,000 will be made to each Nonemployee Director, pursuant to the Director Plan and the related form of Nonemployee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, on first being elected or appointed to the Board. The number of Options so granted will be allocated as nearly as practicable evenly between Options to purchase Series A Stock (“Series A Options”) and Options to purchase Series C Stock (“Series C Options”) and will be rounded up to the next higher whole number as necessary to eliminate fractions. Each Series A Option subject to the grant will have an exercise price per share equal to the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Director Plan) of a share of Series A Stock, and each Series C option subject to the grant will have an exercise price per share equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Series C Stock,



in each case, on the date of such election or appointment to the Board.
Annual Equity Grant: On the date of each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, each Nonemployee Director who served as a Nonemployee Director immediately prior to such annual meeting of stockholders and will continue to serve as a Nonemployee Director following such annual meeting will be granted equity awards under the Director Plan (“Annual Equity Grant”) with a combined Grant Date Fair Value of approximately $150,000. At such Nonemployee Director’s election, the Annual Equity Grant will be comprised of either (a) all Options or (b) a combination of Options with a combined Grant Date Fair Value of approximately $75,000 and restricted share units (“RSUs”) with a combined Grant Date Fair Value of approximately $75,000. The number of Options included in the Annual Equity Grant will be allocated as nearly as practicable evenly between Series A Options and Series C Options and the number of RSUs included in the Annual Equity Grant will be allocated as nearly as practicable evenly between Series A RSUs and Series C RSUs, and, in each case, will be rounded up to the next higher whole number as necessary to eliminate fractions. Each Series A Option will have an exercise price per share equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Series A Stock, and each Series C Option will have an exercise price per share equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Series C Stock, in each case on the date of such annual meeting of stockholders. A Nonemployee Director’s election to receive Options or a combination of Options and RSUs shall be made by notifying the Corporation of such election by no later than the second business day preceding the date of the applicable annual stockholders meeting. If a Nonemployee Director fails to make a timely election with respect to any Annual Equity Grant, he or she will be deemed to have elected to receive the combination of Options and RSUs.
Grant Date Fair Value: The Grant Date Fair Value of each Option awarded pursuant to this policy will be determined as of the applicable grant date using the same valuation methodology as the Corporation uses to determine the grant date fair value of awards of options and stock appreciation rights with respect to the same series of common stock for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 or any other then applicable accounting standard. The Grant Date Fair Value of each RSU awarded to this policy will equal the Fair Market Value of a share of the applicable series of common stock on the grant date.
Vesting: Options will vest as to one-third of the option shares on the date of the first annual meeting of stockholders following the grant date (or, if later, the six-month anniversary of the grant date) and as to an additional one-third of the option shares on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders thereafter, provided, in each case, that the Nonemployee Director continued to serve as a Nonemployee Director immediately prior to the applicable meeting. RSUs will vest in full on the date of the first annual meeting of stockholders following the grant date, provided that the Nonemployee Director continued to serve as a Nonemployee Director immediately prior to such meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Nonemployee Director’s service as a Nonemployee Director terminates by reason of Disability (as defined in the Director Plan) or a Nonemployee Director dies while serving as a Nonemployee Director, all then outstanding Options and RSUs held by such Nonemployee Director will vest and become exercisable in full on the date of such termination of service.



Award Agreement: Each equity award pursuant to this policy will be evidenced by and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of, the Corporation’s then standard award agreement, which shall be consistent with the terms and conditions described above and of the Director Plan.


Ex 10.19 Nonemployee Director Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated 12-14-2011 FINAL
Exhibit 10.19
LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
NONEMPLOYEE DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

As Amended and Restated Effective December 14, 2011
1.COVERAGE OF PLAN
The Plan is unfunded and is maintained for the purpose of providing nonemployee directors the opportunity to defer the receipt of certain compensation otherwise payable to such directors in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
2.    DEFINITIONS
2.1.    “Account” means each of the bookkeeping accounts established pursuant to Section 5.1 and maintained by the Company in the names of the respective Participants, to which all amounts deferred under the Plan and deemed interest, earnings and losses on such amounts shall be credited or debited pursuant to Section 5.2, and from which all amounts distributed under the Plan shall be debited.
2.2.    “Active Participant” means each Participant who is actively serving the Company as an Eligible Director.
2.3.    “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control,” including its correlative terms “controlled by” and “under common control with,” mean, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
2.4.    “Annual Fees” means “Annual Fees” pursuant to the Liberty Global, Inc. Compensation Policy for Nonemployee Directors, as amended from time to time, whether paid in the form of cash or equity of the Company.
2.5.    “Applicable Interest Rate” means 9% per annum, compounded as of the end of each calendar quarter, or such other rate as approved by the Committee subject to Section 10.2.
2.6.    “Beneficiary” means such person or persons or legal entity or entities, including, but not limited to, an organization exempt from federal income tax under section 501(c)(3) of the Code, designated by a Participant or Beneficiary to receive benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan after such Participant’s or Beneficiary’s death. If no Beneficiary is designated by the Participant or Beneficiary, or if no Beneficiary survives the Participant or Beneficiary (as the case may be), the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s Surviving Spouse if the Participant has a Surviving Spouse and otherwise the Participant’s estate, and the Beneficiary of a Beneficiary shall be the Beneficiary’s Surviving Spouse if the Beneficiary has a Surviving Spouse and otherwise the Beneficiary’s estate.
2.7.    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.



2.8.    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
2.9.    “Committee” means the Board or, if the Board so determines, a committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.
2.10.    “Company” means Liberty Global, Inc., a Delaware corporation, including any successor thereto by merger, consolidation, acquisition of all or substantially all the assets thereof, or otherwise.
2.11.    “Credited Interest Fund” means that portion or all of a Participant’s Account to be credited with interest at the Applicable Interest Rate in accordance with Section 5.2.
2.12.    “Deceased Participant” means:
2.12.1.        A Participant whose Separation from Service with the Company is by reason of death; or
2.12.2.        An Inactive Participant who dies following his or her Separation from Service with the Company.
2.13.    “Election” means a written election on a form provided by the Company, filed with the Company in accordance with Article 3, pursuant to which an Eligible Director may elect to defer all or any portion of the Eligible Director’s Annual Fees and/or Equity Awards and designate the form of payment of the deferred amounts to which the Election relates.
2.14.    “Eligible Director” means the members of the Board who are entitled to compensation under the Liberty Global, Inc. Compensation Policy for Nonemployee Directors, as amended from time to time.
2.15.    “Equity Award” means the “Annual Equity Grant” pursuant to the Liberty Global, Inc. Compensation Policy for Nonemployee Directors, as amended from time to time, in the form of “Restricted Shares” and/or “Restricted Share Units” as such terms are defined in the Liberty Global, Inc. 2005 Nonemployee Director Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective November 1, 2006).
2.16.    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Exchange Act section shall include any successor section.
2.17.    “Inactive Participant” means each Participant (other than a Deceased Participant) who is not actively serving as a member of the Board.
2.18.    “New Eligible Director” means a member of the Board who, during any Plan Year, first becomes an Eligible Director.
2.19.    “Participant” means each individual who has made an Election, and who has an undistributed amount credited to an Account under the Plan, including an Active Participant, a Deceased Participant and an Inactive Participant.



2.20.    “Person” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization.
2.21.    “Plan” means the Liberty Global, Inc. Nonemployee Director Deferred Compensation Plan, as set forth herein, and as may be amended from time to time.
2.22.    “Plan Year” means the calendar year.
2.23.    “Section 409A” means section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated under, or other administrative guidance issued with respect to, such Code section, as applicable to the Plan at the relevant time.
2.24.    “Separation from Service” means the Participant’s ceasing to be a member of the Board for any reason other than death.
2.25.    “Stock Fund” means that portion, if any, of a Participant's Account attributable to an election to defer an Equity Award or any Annual Fees that would otherwise have been payable in the form of equity of the Company, and shall include the number and kind of equity so deferred, as adjusted for dividends and distributions payable in the form of equity, and subject to such further adjustments as are otherwise applicable with respect to equity awards under the Liberty Global, Inc. Nonemployee Director Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective November 1, 2006).
2.26.     “Subsidiary” means any present or future subsidiary (as defined in section 424(f) of the Code) of the Company or any business entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting, capital or profits interests. An entity shall be deemed a subsidiary of the Company for purposes of this definition only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.
2.27.    “Surviving Spouse” means the widow or widower, as the case may be, of a Deceased Participant or a deceased Beneficiary (as applicable).
3.    ELECTIONS TO DEFER ANNUAL FEES AND EQUITY AWARDS
3.1.    Elections. An Election shall be made on the form acceptable to the Committee for the purpose of deferring Annual Fees and/or Equity Awards. Each Eligible Director, by filing an Election at the time and in the form described in this Article 3, shall have the right to defer all or any portion of the Annual Fees and/or Equity Awards that he or she otherwise would be entitled to receive. The Annual Fees and/or Equity Awards of such Eligible Director for a Plan Year shall be reduced in an amount equal to the portion of such compensation deferred by such Eligible Director for such Plan Year pursuant to the Eligible Director’s Election. Such reduction shall be effected (a) as to any portion of the Eligible Director’s Annual Fees deferred, by reducing the quarterly payment of Annual Fees by the percentage specified in the Election and (b) as to any portion of an Equity Award deferred, by reducing the amount of equity of the Company to be paid pursuant to the Equity Award by the percentage specified in the Election, rounded up to the nearest whole share or unit, if applicable. The amount of any such reduction shall be credited to the Eligible Director’s Account in accordance with Article 5.



3.2.    Filing of Election. Except as provided in Section 3.3, no Election shall be effective with respect to Annual Fees and/or Equity Awards unless it is filed with the Company on or before the close of business on December 31 of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year to which the Election applies. An Election described in the preceding sentence shall become irrevocable on December 31 of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year to which the Election applies.
3.3.    Filing of Election by New Eligible Directors. Notwithstanding Section 3.2, a New Eligible Director may elect to defer all or any portion of his or her Annual Fees and/or Equity Award earned for the performance of services in the Plan Year in which the New Eligible Director becomes a New Eligible Director, beginning with the next following payment of any Annual Fees and/or Equity Awards after the filing of an Election with the Company and before the close of such Plan Year by making and filing the Election with the Company within 30 days of the date on which such New Eligible Director becomes a New Eligible Director. Any Election by such New Eligible Director for succeeding Plan Years shall be made in accordance with Section 3.2.
3.4.    Plan Years to which Election May Apply. A separate Election may be made for each Plan Year as to which an Eligible Director desires to defer all or any portion of such Eligible Director’s Annual Fees and/or Equity Awards, or an Eligible Director may make an Election with respect to a Plan Year that will remain in effect for subsequent Plan Years unless the Eligible Director revokes such Election or timely makes a new Election with respect to a subsequent Plan Year. Any revocation of an Election must be in writing and must be filed with the Company on or before December 31 of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year to which such revocation applies. The failure of an Eligible Director to make an Election for any Plan Year shall not affect such Eligible Director’s right to make an Election for any other Plan Year.
3.5.    Election of Form of Equity Award. If Eligible Directors are entitled to designate the form of equity to be awarded pursuant to an annual Equity Award, each Eligible Director shall, contemporaneously with an Election to defer all or a portion of an annual Equity Award, also elect such form of equity applicable to the annual Equity Award. This election as to the form of an annual Equity Award shall be subject to the same timing and revocation requirements as an Election as described in Section 3.2 and Section 3.3.
3.6.    Distribution Events.
3.6.1.    Separation from Service. A Participant may designate Separation from Service, or a specified number of years after the Participant’s Separation from Service, as a distribution event.
3.6.2.    Specified Date. A Participant may designate a specific date as a distribution event.
3.6.3.    Death. The death of a Participant or an Inactive Participant prior to complete distribution of the Account shall be a distribution event.



3.6.4.    Election of Distribution Event. A designation of a distribution event shall be made contemporaneously with an Election or shall be made in a Subsequent Deferral in the manner described in Section 3.7. Furthermore, a Participant may elect a distribution event that is the first to occur of a distribution event election under Section 3.6.1 or Section 3.6.2. If no distribution event is designated pursuant to Section 3.6.1 or Section 3.6.2, then the Participant’s Separation from Service shall be a distribution event. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan otherwise and notwithstanding any election of a later distribution event, a Participant’s death prior to full distribution of the Participant’s Account shall be a distribution event.
3.7.    Subsequent Deferrals. A Participant may subsequently change a distribution election made under Section 3.6.2, may further defer a distribution event that would have occurred due to a Separation from Service and/or may change the form of distribution elected pursuant to Section 4.1 (each a “Subsequent Deferral”) provided that (i) the Subsequent Deferral shall not become effective until the date that is 12 months after the most recent of the relevant Election or Subsequent Deferral, as applicable, (ii) the specified date or number of years after Separation from Service elected in the Subsequent Deferral must be 5 years or more after the date the distribution is scheduled to be made, except for a distribution event due to the Participant’s death, and (iii) the Subsequent Deferral must be made at least 12 months before the date the distribution is scheduled to be made. A Subsequent Deferral shall be made on the form acceptable to the Committee.
3.8.    Payment Following Occurrence of Distribution Event. Subject to any required delay under Section 3.10, the Company shall make a lump-sum payment or commence making installment payments, as applicable, of any amount to which such election applies on the applicable of the following dates (or if such date is not a business day, on the next succeeding business day): (a) the date 60 days after a distribution event due to death, (b) if the distribution event is due to Separation from Service, as soon as practicable in January of the year following the year of the Participant’s Separation from Service, (c) if the distribution event is a number of years following Separation from Service, as soon as practicable in January of the year following the specified number of years after the Participant’s Separation from Service, (d) if the distribution event is a specified date, on the specified date, (e) the date that is 30 days after any distribution event permitted under Section 409A as the Committee may approve and set forth in an election form.
3.9.    Rabbi Trust. The Committee may authorize the Company to establish an irrevocable trust with a duly authorized bank or corporation with trust powers designated by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“Rabbi Trust”), pursuant to such terms and conditions as are set forth in the governing trust agreement. Any such Rabbi Trust shall be intended to be treated as a “grantor trust” under the Code, and the establishment of the Rabbi Trust shall not be intended to cause Participants performing services for the Company to realize current income on amounts contributed thereto nor to cause the Plan to be “funded” with respect to the Company, and the Rabbi Trust shall be so interpreted. Any amounts subsequently due to a Participant under the Plan shall be first satisfied by the Rabbi Trust, and any remaining obligations shall be satisfied by the Company, in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
3.10.    Delay of Payment Under Certain Circumstances. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, if the Committee reasonably determines with respect to any payment under the Plan that the making of such payment would violate (i) the terms of any loan arrangement or similar contract to which the Company is a party and such violation would cause material harm to the Company or (ii) Federal securities law or any other law applicable to the Company, such payment shall be delayed until the earliest date the Company reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation (or, in the case of (i) above, such violation will not cause material harm to the Company) and any amounts for which distribution is delayed pursuant to this Section shall continue to be credited or debited with additional amounts in accordance with Section 5.2.



3.11.    Discretion to Distribute in Full Upon or Following a Change of Control. To the extent permitted under Section 409A, in connection with a Change of Control, and for the 12‑month period following a Change of Control, the Committee may exercise its discretion to terminate the Plan and, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the terms of any Election, distribute the Account balance of each Participant in full and thereby effect the revocation of any outstanding Elections. For purposes of this Plan, “Change of Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, in each case within the meaning of Section 409A.
4.    FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION
4.1.    Forms of Distribution.
4.1.1.    Distribution Form. Amounts credited to an Account shall be distributed, pursuant to an Election, in one of the following forms of distribution:
4.1.1.1.    A lump-sum payment; or
4.1.1.2.    Substantially equal annual installments over a period of not more than 10 years.
If an Eligible Director fails to elect a form of distribution in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.1, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to receive a lump-sum payment as the form of distribution. In the event the payment event is due to death, the form of distribution shall be limited to a lump-sum payment. For purposes of the Plan and Section 409A of the Code, annual installments under Section 4.1.1.2 shall be treated as the entitlement to a single payment.
4.1.2.    Payment Form. A Participant who has made an election to defer Annual Fees payable in the form of equity of the Company pursuant to Section 5.1.1 or an Equity Award shall receive a distribution from the Account in the number and kind of equity allocated to the Stock Fund. Unless otherwise approved by the Committee, all other distributions shall be made in the form of cash payments.
4.1.3.    Lump-Sum Distribution for Small Accounts. To the extent permitted under Section 409A, notwithstanding any Election or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary:



4.1.3.1.    distributions shall be made in the form of a lump-sum payment unless the portion of a Participant’s Account subject to distribution pursuant to Section 4.1.1.2, as of the payment commencement date, has a value of more than $10,000; and
4.1.3.2.    following a Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason, if the amount remaining credited to the Participant’s Account at the time of or after giving effect to any other distribution has a value of $10,000 or less, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct that such amount be distributed to the Participant (or Beneficiary, as applicable) in one lump-sum payment.
4.2.    Determination of Account Balances For Purposes of Distribution. The amount of any distribution made pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be based on the balance in the Participant’s Account on the date of distribution and the applicable distribution period. For this purpose, the value of a Participant’s Account shall be calculated by taking into account applicable credits or debits in accordance with Section 5.2 through the end of the day immediately preceding the date of distribution. In the event an installment form of distribution election is applicable to the Stock Fund, each installment shall be determined based on a pro rata distribution of each class, series or unit of securities included in the Participant's Account in the Stock Fund, with each determination made on the basis of the number of such securities or using such other method as the Committee may approve. Fractional shares or units will not be distributed from the Stock Fund; any distributions from the Stock Fund will be rounded to the nearest whole share or unit.
5.    BOOK ACCOUNTS
5.1.    Deferred Compensation Account. A deferred compensation Account shall be established for each Eligible Director when such Eligible Director becomes a Participant. Annual Fees and Equity Awards deferred pursuant to the Plan shall be credited to the Account on the date such Annual Fees or Equity Awards would otherwise have been payable to the Participant. All deemed interest, dividends, earnings, losses and other relevant amounts applicable to each Account shall be credited or debited to the Account as they are deemed to occur, as provided in Section 5.2.
5.1.1.    Crediting of Deferred Annual Fees. If Eligible Directors are entitled to designate the form of payment of Annual Fees, the amount of deferred Annual Fees that are designated by the Eligible Director to be paid in the form of equity in the Company shall be credited to the Stock Fund in the Eligible Director’s Account. Deferred Annual Fees that are payable in the form of cash shall be credited to the Credited Interest Fund as provided in Section 5.2.
5.1.2.    Crediting of Deferred Equity Awards. Deferred Equity Awards shall be credited to the Stock Fund in the Eligible Director’s Account at the time of vesting, together with any related Dividend Equivalents, as defined in the Liberty Global, Inc. Nonemployee Director Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective November 1, 2006).
5.2.    Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances. In accordance with, and subject to, the rules and procedures that are established from time to time by the Committee, amounts shall be credited or debited to a Participant’s Account in accordance with the following rules:



5.2.1.    Credited Interest Fund. A Participant’s Account attributable to Annual Fees payable in cash that are deferred on or after January 1, 2010 shall remain allocated to the Credited Interest Fund.
5.2.2.    Stock Fund. Deferred Annual Fees payable in the form of equity in the Company and deferred Equity Awards shall remain allocated to the Stock Fund and the Participant shall not be entitled to change the portion of his Account allocated to the Stock Fund; provided, however, that any cash dividends payable with respect to the number and kind of equity allocated to the Stock Fund shall be credited to the Participant's Account in the Credited Interest Fund.
5.2.3.    Crediting or Debiting Method. Each Participant’s Account allocated to the Credited Interest Fund shall be credited with interest at the Applicable Interest Rate. Credits and debits under this Section 5.2.3 shall be calculated with respect to cash amounts of Annual Fees deferred by such Participant in accordance with this Plan from the date such Annual Fees would otherwise have been payable to the Participant through the end of the day immediately preceding the date on which such deferred Annual Fees are paid to such Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) in accordance with this Plan.
5.2.4.    No Actual Investment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, in the event that the Company or the trustee of the Rabbi Trust, if any, in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any investment, no Participant shall have any rights in or to such investments themselves. Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant’s Account shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Company or the Rabbi Trust, if any; the Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.
5.3.    Status of Deferred Amounts. All Annual Fees and/or Equity Awards deferred under this Plan shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general funds or unissued shares of the Company.
5.4.    Participants’ Status as General Creditors. An Account shall at all times represent the general obligation of the Company. Each Participant shall be a general creditor of the Company with respect to this obligation and shall not have a secured or preferred position with respect to his or her Account. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to create an escrow, trust, custodial account or fiduciary relationship of any kind. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to eliminate any priority or preferred position of a Participant in a bankruptcy matter with respect to claims for compensation.
6.    NO ALIENATION OF BENEFITS
Except as otherwise required by law, the right of any Participant or Beneficiary to any benefit or interest under any of the provisions of the Plan shall not be subject to encumbrance, attachment, execution, garnishment, assignment, pledge, alienation, sale, transfer or anticipation, either by the voluntary or involuntary act of any Participant or Beneficiary or by operation of law, nor shall such payment, right or interest be subject to any other legal or equitable process.



7.    DEATH OF PARTICIPANT
7.1.    Death of Participant. A Deceased Participant’s Account shall be distributed in a lump sum to the Deceased Participant’s Beneficiary to whom the right to payment under the Plan shall have passed. For purposes of clarity, if an Inactive Participant who has elected a distribution in the form of annual installments under Section 4.1.1.2 dies prior to receiving his or her entire Account, the remainder of the Deceased Participant’s Account shall be distributed in a lump sum notwithstanding the Deceased Participant’s Election of annual installments.
7.2.    Designation of Beneficiaries. Each Participant and Beneficiary shall have the right to designate one or more Beneficiaries to receive distributions in the event of the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s death by filing with the Company a Beneficiary designation on the form provided by the Company for such purpose. The designation of Beneficiary or Beneficiaries may be changed by a Participant or Beneficiary at any time prior to such Participant’s or Beneficiary’s death by the delivery to the Company of a new Beneficiary designation form.
8.    OTHER ACCELERATION EVENTS
8.1.    Other Acceleration Events. To the extent permitted under Section 409A, notwithstanding the terms of an Election, distribution of all or part of a Participant’s Account may be made:
8.1.1.        To the extent necessary to fulfill a domestic relations order (as deemed in section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Code).
8.1.2.        To the extent necessary to comply with a certificate of divestiture (as defined in section 1043(b)(2) of the Code).
8.1.3.        To pay the Federal Insurance Contribution Act (“FICA”) tax imposed under sections 3101 and 3121(v)(2) of the Code on amounts deferred under the Plan (the “FICA Amount”) plus the income tax at source on wages imposed under section 3401 of the Code with respect to the FICA Amount, and to pay the additional income tax at source on wages attributable to the pyramiding section 3401 wages and taxes, provided that the total amount distributable under this Section 8.1.3 shall not exceed the sum of the FICA Amount and the income tax withholding related to such FICA Amount.
8.1.4.        To pay foreign tax obligations arising from participation in the Plan that apply to an amount deferred under the Plan (the “Tax Obligation Amount”) plus the income tax at source on wages imposed under section 3401 of the Code with respect to the Tax Obligation Amount, and to pay the additional income tax at source on wages attributable to the pyramiding section 3401 wages and taxes, provided that the total amount distributable under this Section 8.1.4 shall not exceed the sum of the Tax Obligation Amount and the income tax withholding related to such Tax Obligation Amount.



9.    INTERPRETATION
9.1.    Authority of Committee. The Committee shall have full and exclusive authority to construe, interpret and administer this Plan and take all actions and make all determinations on behalf of the Company unless otherwise indicated, and the Committee’s construction and interpretation thereof and determinations thereunder shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes.
10.    AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
10.1.    Amendment or Termination. Except as otherwise provided by Section 10.2, the Company, by action of the Committee, reserves the right at any time, or from time to time, to amend or modify this Plan, including amendments for the purpose of complying with Section 409A. The Company, by action of the Committee, reserves the right at any time to terminate this Plan.
10.2.    Modification to Rate of Credited Earnings. No action of the Committee shall decrease the Applicable Interest Rate with respect to the portion of a Participant’s Account that is attributable to an Election made with respect to Annual Fees earned in a Plan Year which election has become irrevocable before the date of adoption of such decreased Applicable Interest Rate by the Committee.
11.    WITHHOLDING OF TAXES
The Company, or the trustee of any Rabbi Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant under this Plan all foreign, federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Company or the trustee of the Rabbi Trust, if any, in connection with such payments, in amounts and in a manner to be determined in the sole discretion of the Company and the trustee of any Rabbi Trust.
12.    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
12.1.    No Right to Continued Service. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as conferring upon any Participant the right to remain in the service of the Company, its Subsidiaries or divisions, in any capacity.
12.2.    Expenses of Plan. All expenses of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.
12.3.    Gender and Number. Whenever any words are used herein in any specific gender, they shall be construed as though they were also used in any other applicable gender. The singular form, whenever used herein, shall mean or include the plural form, and vice versa, as the context may require.
12.4.    Law Governing Construction. The construction and administration of the Plan and all questions pertaining thereto, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Colorado.
12.5.    Headings Not a Part Hereof. Any headings preceding the text of the several Articles, Sections, subsections, or paragraphs hereof are inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not constitute a part of the Plan, nor shall they affect its meaning, construction, or effect.



12.6.    Severability of Provisions. If any provision of this Plan is determined to be void by any court of competent jurisdiction, the Plan shall continue to operate and, for the purposes of the jurisdiction of that court only, shall be deemed not to include the provision determined to be void.
12.7.    Compliance with Section 409A. This Plan is intended to comply in all respects with Section 409A and at all times shall be interpreted and operated in compliance therewith.
13.    EFFECTIVE DATE
The effective date of this amendment and restatement of the Plan shall be December 14, 2011.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC. has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the 14th day of December, 2011.

LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.


By:    Authorized Signatory            
Name: Authorized Signatory
Title: Senior Vice President, Secretary and
General Counsel



Ex 10.20 2011 Deferral Election Form


Exhibit 10.20
LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
NONEMPLOYEE DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

DEFERRAL ELECTION FORM

Name:    
This Deferral Election is subject to all of the terms of the Liberty Global, Inc. Nonemployee Director Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Plan and that my participation is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Deferral Election. I understand that capitalized terms in this Deferral Election have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Plan.
I.    DEFERRAL ELECTION:
A.    Annual Fees
I hereby elect to defer the following percentages of my Annual Fees:
Calendar Quarter:
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Percentage Deferred:
____%
____%
____%
____%
*Annual Fees in equity form:
*
You may elect to receive your Annual Fees in the form of equity. You are not required to designate the form of your Annual Fees until the time of payment. However, if you wish to act now, you may check the applicable box above to elect payment of your Annual Fees in the form of equity.
B.    Equity Awards
□    I hereby elect to defer payment of ___ % of the Series A Restricted Stock Units and ___% of the Series C Restricted Stock Units comprising my annual Equity Award. I understand and acknowledge that by making this election I am also irrevocably electing that my Annual Equity Grant pursuant to the Liberty Global, Inc. Compensation Policy for Nonemployee Directors be paid in a combination of stock options and restricted stock units in accordance with the terms of such policy.
II.    TIMING OF DISTRIBUTION
I elect the following distribution event(s) for the Annual Fees and/or Equity Awards that I have elected to defer under this Deferral Election (choose one of the following four options and complete, if necessary):
Specified Date: I hereby elect a distribution on the specified day, month and year of _________________, 20____.





Separation from Service: I hereby elect a distribution as soon as practicable in the January following my Separation from Service.
Specified Number of Years After Separation from Service: I hereby elect a distribution as soon as practicable in the January following _______ years after my Separation from Service.
First to Occur: I hereby elect a distribution that is the first to occur of the following (complete both A and B below):
A.
Specified Date: _________________, 20____.
B.
Separation from Service: (complete one of the following):
As soon as practicable in the January following my Separation from Service.
As soon as practicable in the January following _______ years after my Separation from Service.
I understand that notwithstanding the foregoing distribution event elections, in the event of my death prior to the full distribution of my account, my account will be distributed in lump sum payment on my death.
III.    FORM OF DISTRIBUTION
I hereby elect the following form of payment commencing on the applicable distribution event (check one box and complete, if necessary):
□    A single lump sum payment; or
□    A series of ________ (specify ten or fewer) substantially equal annual installments.
IV.    SINGLE YEAR OR STANDING ELECTION:
□    Single Year Election: This Deferral Election is applicable for Annual Fees and/or Equity Awards, if any, that would otherwise be payable or awarded in the calendar year beginning after the date of this Deferral Election.
□    Standing Election: This Deferral Election is applicable for Annual Fees and/or Equity Awards, if any, that would otherwise be payable or awarded in all future calendar years beginning after the date of this Deferral Election, unless or until I revoke this Deferral Election, in writing, for future years; provided, however, that if I have elected a distribution on a specified date, then this Deferral Election will expire and no longer be effective once the specified date no longer operates to defer my Annual Fees and/or Equity Award, as applicable, to a calendar year that is later than the calendar year in which such Annual Fees and/or Equity Awards, as applicable, would have been paid absent a Deferral Election.

2


V.    PARTICIPANT SIGNATURE AND DATE:
I understand that this Deferral Election will become irrevocable on December 31st of the year prior to the calendar year for which this Deferral Election is made.
I understand that this Deferral Election may be cancelled and become obsolete, and I may need to complete another Deferral Election, if the terms of the Plan are amended.
I understand that no fractional shares will be deferred. If the percentage I elect to defer of my Equity Award or my Annual Fees payable in equity would result in deferral of a fractional share, the number of shares actually deferred will be rounded to the nearest whole share.
I further understand that the Company may take whatever steps the Company, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate or necessary to satisfy the Company’s state, federal or foreign income tax, social security, Medicare, and other tax withholding obligations arising out of the award.
This Deferral Election shall be interpreted, and such amounts shall in all events be paid, in a manner consistent with Section 409A so as to avoid adverse tax consequences related to the deferrals.
I am aware that any elections I have hereby made may have significant tax consequences to me and, to the extent I deem necessary, I have received advice from my personal tax advisor before making this deferral election.


_____________________________________        Deliver to:
Participant’s Signature
Liberty Global, Inc.
Attn: _________________
____________________________________        12300 Liberty Boulevard
Date Signed                            Englewood, Colorado 80112


3
Ex 10.27 FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
Exhibit 10.27


INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

          This AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of this ___day of__________, 2005, by and between Liberty Global, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and __________(the “Indemnitee”).

          WHEREAS, the Company believes that it is essential to attract and retain as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

          WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the omnipresent risk of lawsuits and other claims that are routinely filed or made against directors and officers of companies operating in the public arena in today’s environment, and the attendant costs of defending even wholly frivolous lawsuits or claims;

          WHEREAS, it has become increasingly difficult to obtain insurance against the risk of personal liability of directors and officers on terms providing reasonable protection to the individual at reasonable cost to the companies, and the uncertainties relating to the availability of such insurance have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining qualified directors and officers;

          WHEREAS, the Bylaws of the Company provide certain indemnification rights to the directors and officers of the Company, and its directors and officers have relied on this assurance of indemnification, as authorized by Delaware law;

          WHEREAS, Indemnitee is concerned that the protection provided by the Company’s Bylaws and available insurance may not be adequate in the present circumstances, and the Company believes that Indemnitee would be more willing to serve as a director, and continue to serve, and to take on additional responsibilities for or on behalf of the Company with the additional protection afforded by this Agreement;

          WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability and to encourage Indemnitee’s continued service to the Company, and in view of the increasing difficulty in obtaining and maintaining satisfactory insurance coverage and Indemnitee’s reasonable reliance on assurance of indemnification, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law (whether partial or complete) and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies;

          WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and appropriate for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify and to advance expenses on behalf of directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

          WHEREAS, Indemnitee has agreed to serve as a director of the Company in reliance on the protections and benefits afforded to him under and in accordance with this Agreement;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants and
 




 
agreements contained herein and Indemnitee’s continuing to serve as a director of the Company, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1. Certain Definitions:

          (a) Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under such Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities; (ii) during any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the date hereof), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all the Company’s assets; or (iv) there occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under such Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement. As used herein, the term “Voting Securities” means any securities of the Company which vote generally in the election of directors.

          (b) Claim: any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (including any mediation, arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution proceeding), whether instituted by or in the right of the Company or by any other party, or any inquiry or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil (including intentional and unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative, investigative or other.
-2-




 
          (c) Expenses: include attorneys’ fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

          (d) Indemnifiable Event: any event or occurrence related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity.

          (e) Independent Legal Counsel: an attorney or firm of attorneys of national reputation or with significant relevant legal experience, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 3, who shall not have otherwise performed services for the Company or Indemnitee within the last five years (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements or under the Company’s Bylaws).

          (f) Reviewing Party: any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Company’s Board of Directors or any other person or body appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors who is not a party to the particular Claim for which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, or Independent Legal Counsel.

     2. Basic Indemnification Arrangement.

          (a) In the event Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty days after written demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) of such Claim. If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within five business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”).

          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the obligations of the Company under Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party shall not have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which the Independent Legal Counsel referred to in Section 3 hereof is involved) that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, and (ii) the obligation of the Company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if Indemnitee has
-3-




 
commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). If there has not been a Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and if there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Reviewing Party shall be the Independent Legal Counsel referred to in Section 3 hereof. If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the State of Colorado or Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and the Company hereby consents to service of process and agrees to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee.

     3. Change in Control. The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or Company Bylaw now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Legal Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

     4. Indemnification for Additional Expenses. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within five business days of such request) advance such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee (whether pursuant to Section 17 of this Agreement or otherwise) for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or Company Bylaw now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events or (ii) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advance expense payment or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
-4-




 
     5. Partial Indemnity. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled. Moreover, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

     6. Burden of Proof. In connection with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

     7. No Presumptions. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. In addition, neither the failure of the Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.

     8. Nonexclusivity; Subsequent Change in Law. The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company’s Bylaws or under Delaware law, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Bylaws or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

     9. Liability Insurance. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.
-5-




 
     10. Amendments; Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

     11. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

     12. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, Bylaw or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

     13. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company’s request.

     14. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable in any respect, and the validity and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

     15. Effective Date. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall apply to any claim for indemnification by the Indemnitee on or after such date.

     16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.

     17. Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking specific performance hereof or other injunctive or equitable relief, without any necessity of showing irreparable harm or posting a bond, which requirements are hereby waived, and that by seeking such specific performance or relief, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled.
-6-




 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth above.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Elizabeth M. Markowski
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEMNITEE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-7-

Ex 10.28 FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
 Exhibit 10.28

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

          This AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of this ___day of__________, 2005, by and between Liberty Global, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and _________(the “Indemnitee”).

          WHEREAS, the Company believes that it is essential to attract and retain as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

          WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the omnipresent risk of lawsuits and other claims that are
routinely filed or made against directors and officers of companies operating in the public arena in today’s environment, and the attendant costs of defending even wholly frivolous lawsuits or claims;

          WHEREAS, it has become increasingly difficult to obtain insurance against the risk of personal liability of directors and officers on terms providing reasonable protection to the individual at reasonable cost to the companies, and the uncertainties relating to the availability of such insurance have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining qualified directors and officers;

          WHEREAS, the Bylaws of the Company provide certain indemnification rights to the directors and officers of the Company, and its directors and officers have relied on this assurance of indemnification, as authorized by Delaware law;

          WHEREAS, Indemnitee is concerned that the protection provided by the Company’s Bylaws and available insurance may not be adequate in the present circumstances, and the Company believes that Indemnitee would be more willing to serve as an executive officer, and continue to serve, and to take on additional responsibilities for or on behalf of the Company with the additional protection afforded by this Agreement;

          WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability and to encourage Indemnitee’s continued service to the Company, and in view of the increasing difficulty in obtaining and maintaining satisfactory insurance coverage and Indemnitee’s reasonable reliance on assurance of indemnification, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law (whether partial or complete) and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies;
 
         WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and appropriate for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify and to advance expenses on behalf of directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

          WHEREAS, Indemnitee has agreed to serve as an executive officer of the Company in reliance on the protections and benefits afforded to him/her under and in accordance with this Agreement;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants and
 




 
agreements contained herein and Indemnitee’s continuing to serve as an executive officer of the Company, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1. Certain Definitions:

          (a) Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under such Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities; (ii) during any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the date hereof), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all the Company’s assets; or (iv) there occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under such Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement. As used herein, the term “Voting Securities” means any securities of the Company which vote generally in the election of directors.

          (b) Claim: any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (including any mediation, arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution proceeding), whether instituted by or in the right of the Company or by any other party, or any inquiry or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil (including intentional and unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative, investigative or other.
-2-




 
          (c) Expenses: include attorneys’ fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

          (d) Indemnifiable Event: any event or occurrence related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, executive officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, executive officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity.

          (e) Independent Legal Counsel: an attorney or firm of attorneys of national reputation or with significant relevant legal experience, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 3, who shall not have otherwise performed services for the Company or Indemnitee within the last five years (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements or under the Company’s Bylaws).
 
         (f) Reviewing Party: any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Company’s Board of Directors or any other person or body appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors who is not a party to the particular Claim for which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, or Independent Legal Counsel.
 
         2. Basic Indemnification Arrangement.

          (a) In the event Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty days after written demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) of such Claim. If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within five business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”).

          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the obligations of the Company under Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party shall not have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which the Independent Legal Counsel referred to in Section 3 hereof is involved) that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, and (ii) the obligation of the Company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if Indemnitee has
-3-




 
commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). If there has not been a Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and if there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Reviewing Party shall be the Independent Legal Counsel referred to in Section 3 hereof. If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the State of Colorado or Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and the Company hereby consents to service of process and agrees to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee.

     3. Change in Control. The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or Company Bylaw now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Legal Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
 
    4. Indemnification for Additional Expenses. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within five business days of such request) advance such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee (whether pursuant to Section 17 of this Agreement or otherwise) for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or Company Bylaw now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events or (ii) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advance expense payment or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
-4-




 
     5. Partial Indemnity. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled. Moreover, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

     6. Burden of Proof. In connection with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

     7. No Presumptions. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. In addition, neither the failure of the Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.

     8. Nonexclusivity; Subsequent Change in Law. The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company’s Bylaws or under Delaware law, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Bylaws or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

     9. Liability Insurance. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.
-5-




 
     10. Amendments; Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

     11. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

     12. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, Bylaw or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.
 
    13. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company’s request.

     14. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable in any respect, and the validity and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

     15. Effective Date. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall apply to any claim for indemnification by the Indemnitee on or after such date.

     16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.

     17. Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking specific performance hereof or other injunctive or equitable relief, without any necessity of showing irreparable harm or posting a bond, which requirements are hereby waived, and that by seeking such specific performance or relief, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he/she may be entitled.
-6-




 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth above.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Elizabeth M. Markowski
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEMNITEE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-7-

Ex 10.31 Form of TSA


Exhibit 10.31
AIRCRAFT TIME SHARING AGREEMENT

This Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement (“Agreement”) is effective as of the ____ day of _____________, 201___ (“Effective Date”), by and between Liberty Global, Inc., with an address of 12300 Liberty Boulevard, Englewood, Colorado 80112 (“Lessor”), and __________________________ with an address of 12300 Liberty Boulevard, Englewood, Colorado 80112 (“Lessee”);

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Canal Air, LLC (“Owner”) is the registered owner of that certain Dassault Falcon 7X aircraft, bearing manufacturer’s serial number 12, currently registered with the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”) as N250LG, equipped with three Pratt & Whitney Canada, PW307A series engines with serial numbers PCE-CH0080 and PCE-CH0081 and PCE-CH0082 (“Aircraft”) and has leased the Aircraft to UIM Aircraft, LLC (“UIM”) which has subleased the Aircraft to Lessor;
    
WHEREAS, Lessor employs a fully qualified flight crew to operate the Aircraft;

WHEREAS, Owner obtained the Aircraft through a sale and leaseback of the Aircraft to UIM, pursuant to an aircraft lease agreement and other associated documents (collectively, “Lease Documents”);

WHEREAS, Lessor desires to lease to Lessee said Aircraft and to provide a fully qualified flight crew for all operations on a periodic, non-exclusive time sharing basis, as defined in Section 91.501(c) of the Federal Aviation Regulations (“FAR”); and

WHEREAS, the use of the Aircraft by Lessee shall at all times be pursuant to and in full compliance with the requirements of FAR Sections 91.501 (b) (6), 91.501 (c) (1) and 91.501 (d);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and considerations contained in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

1.    Lessor agrees and has the right to lease the Aircraft to Lessee on a periodic, non-exclusive basis, and to provide a fully qualified flight crew for all operations, pursuant and subject to the provisions of FAR Section 91.501 (c) (1) and the terms to this Agreement. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue until the first anniversary of the Effective Date. Thereafter, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed on a month to month basis, unless sooner terminated by either party as hereinafter provided. Either party may at any time terminate this Agreement (including during the initial one-year term) upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party. At all times this Agreement shall be subject and subordinate to the Lease Documents in favor of Owner. All obligations of Lessor and Lessee hereunder shall be performed and fulfilled in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Lease Documents and in the case of Lessee, to the extent that it is notified of such requirement from time-to-time.





2.    Lessee shall pay Lessor for each flight conducted under this Agreement in an amount determined by Lessor, which in no event shall exceed the following actual expenses of each specific flight as authorized by FAR Section 91.501 (d);

(a)    Fuel, oil, lubricants, and other additives;
(b)    Travel expenses of the crew, including food, lodging and ground                     transportation;
(c)     Hangar and tie down costs away from the Aircraft's base of operation;
(d)    Insurance obtained for the specific flight;
(e)    Landing fees, airport taxes and similar assessments;
(f)
Customs, foreign permit, and similar fees directly related to the flight;
(g)    In-flight food and beverages;
(h)    Passenger ground transportation;
(i)    Flight planning and weather contract services; and
(j)    An additional charge equal to 100% of the expenses listed in subparagraph             (a) of this paragraph.

3.    Lessor will pay all expenses related to the operation of the Aircraft when incurred, and will bill Lessee on a monthly basis as soon as practicable after the last day of each calendar month for the amount payable in accordance with paragraph 2 above for all flights for the account of Lessee during the preceding month. Lessee shall pay Lessor for all flights for the account of Lessee pursuant to this Agreement within thirty (30) days of receipt of the invoice therefor. Without limiting the foregoing, amounts payable by Lessee to Lessor under this Agreement may include any federal excise tax that may be imposed under Internal Revenue Code Section 4261 or any similar excise taxes, if any.

4.    Lessee shall provide Lessor with requests for flight time and proposed flight schedules as far in advance of any given flight as possible, and in no event less than twenty-four (24) hours in advance of Lessee's planned departure, unless Lessor otherwise agrees. Requests for flight time shall be in a form, whether written or oral, mutually convenient to, and agreed upon by the parties. In addition to the proposed schedules and flight times, Lessee shall provide at least the following information for each proposed flight at some time prior to scheduled departure as required by the Lessor or Lessor's flight crew:

(a)    proposed departure point;
(b)    destinations;
(c)    date and time of flight;
(d)    the number of anticipated passengers;
(e)    the identity of each anticipated passenger;
(f)    the nature and extent of luggage and/or cargo to be carried;
(g)    the date and time of return flight, if any; and
(h)    any other information concerning the proposed flight that may be pertinent             or required by Lessor or Lessor's flight crew.



2


5.     Lessor, including Lessor’s Flight Operations Department, shall have sole and exclusive authority over the scheduling of the Aircraft, including any limitations on the number of passengers on any flight, provided however, that, Lessor will use commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate Lessee's needs and to avoid conflicts in scheduling.

6.     As between Lessor and Lessee, Lessor shall be solely responsible for securing maintenance, preventive maintenance and required or otherwise necessary inspections on the Aircraft, and shall take such requirements into account in scheduling the Aircraft. No period of maintenance, preventative maintenance or inspection shall be delayed or postponed for the purpose of scheduling the Aircraft, unless said maintenance or inspection can be safely conducted at a later time in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and within the sound discretion of the pilot in command. The pilot in command shall have final and complete authority to cancel any flight for any reason or condition which in his judgment would compromise the safety of the flight.

7.    Lessor shall employ, pay for and provide to Lessee a qualified flight crew for each flight undertaken under this Agreement.

8.    In accordance with applicable FARs, the qualified flight crew provided by Lessor will exercise all of its duties and responsibilities in regard to the safety of each flight conducted hereunder. Lessee specifically agrees that the flight crew, in its sole discretion, may terminate any flight, refuse to commence any flight, or take other action which in the considered judgment of the pilot in command is necessitated by considerations of safety. No such action of the pilot in command shall create or support any liability for loss, injury, damage or delay to Lessee or any other person. The parties further agree that Lessor shall not be liable for delay or failure to furnish the Aircraft and crew pursuant to this Agreement when such failure is caused by government regulation or authority, mechanical difficulty, war, civil commotion, strikes or labor disputes, weather conditions, or acts of God or any other event or circumstance beyond the reasonable control of Lessor.

9.     (a)    At all times during the term of this Agreement, Lessor shall cause to be carried and maintained, at Lessor's cost and expense, physical damage insurance with respect to the Aircraft, third party aircraft liability insurance, passenger legal liability insurance, property damage liability insurance, and medical expense insurance in such amounts and on such terms and conditions as Lessor shall determine in its sole discretion, Lessor shall also bear the cost of paying any deductible amount on any policy of insurance in the event of a claim or loss.

(b)    Any policies of insurance carried in accordance with this Agreement: (i) shall name Lessee as an additional insured; (ii) shall contain a waiver by the underwriter thereof of any right of subrogation against Lessee; and (iii) shall require the insurers to provide at least 30 days’ prior written notice (or at least seven days’ in the case of any war-risk insurance) to Lessee if the insurers cancel insurance for any reason whatsoever, provided that the insurers shall provide at least 10 days prior written notice if the same is allowed to lapse for non-payment of premium. Each liability policy shall be primary without right of contribution from any other insurance which is carried by Lessee or Lessor and shall expressly provide that all of the provisions thereof, except the limits of liability, shall operate in the same manner as if there were a separate policy covering each insured.


3


(c)    Lessor shall obtain the approval of this Agreement by the insurance carrier for each policy of insurance on the Aircraft. If requested by Lessee, Lessor shall arrange for a Certificate of Insurance evidencing the insurance coverage with respect to the Aircraft carried and maintained by Lessor to be given by its insurance carriers to Lessee or will provide Lessee with a copy of such insurance policies. Lessor will give Lessee reasonable advance notice of any material modifications to insurance coverage relating to the Aircraft.

10.    (a)        LESSEE AGREES THAT THE PROCEEDS OF INSURANCE (“INSURANCE PROCEEDS”) WILL BE LESSEE’S SOLE RECOURSE AGAINST LESSOR, ITS AFFILIATES, AND ITS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE PRESENT OR FORMER DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, INSURERS AND AGENTS, AND THE SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS THEREOF (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LESSOR PARTIES”) WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS, ACTIONS, SUITS, PROCEDURES, COSTS, EXPENSES, DAMAGES AND LIABILITIES (COLLECTIVELY, “CLAIMS”) THAT LESSEE, ITS EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, GUESTS OR INVITEES (AND THE LAWFUL SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS THEREOF) (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LESSEE PARTIES”), MAY HAVE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OF WHATSOEVER NATURE, WHETHER SEEN OR UNFORESEEN, EXCEPT IN THE EVENT OF GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT BY LESSOR

 (b)  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE LESSOR PARTIES BE LIABLE TO THE LESSEE PARTIES FOR ANY CLAIMS FOR INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES AND/OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE (COLLECTIVELY, “CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES”), UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES OR FOR ANY REASON, INCLUDING AND NOT LIMITED TO ANY DELAY OR FAILURE TO FURNISH THE AIRCRAFT, OR CAUSED BY THE PERFORMANCE OR NON-PERFORMANCE BY LESSOR OF THIS AGREEMENT.

(c)   LESSEE AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE LESSOR PARTIES FROM ALL CLAIMS, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY’S FEES AND COSTS, BROUGHT BY THE LESSEE PARTIES AGAINST THEM ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO (i) SUBJECT TO PARAGRAPH 10 (a) ABOVE, AMOUNTS THAT EXCEED THE INSURANCE PROCEEDS, OR (ii) CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.


4


(d)  THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 10 SHALL SURVIVE INDEFINITELY THE TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION OF THE AGREEMENT.

11.    Lessee warrants that:

(a)    It will not use the Aircraft for the purpose of providing transportation of passengers or cargo in air commerce for compensation or hire, for any illegal purpose, or in violation of any insurance policies with respect to the Aircraft;

(b)    It will refrain from incurring any mechanics, international interest, prospective international interest or other lien and shall not attempt to convey, mortgage, assign, lease or grant or obtain an international interest or prospective international interest or in any way alienate the Aircraft or create any kind of lien or security interest involving the Aircraft or do anything or take any action that might mature into such a lien; and

(c)     It will comply with all applicable laws, governmental and airport orders, rules and regulations, as shall from time to time be in effect relating in any way to the operation and use of the Aircraft under this Agreement.

12.    For purposes of this Agreement, the permanent base of operation of the Aircraft shall be Centennial Airport, Englewood, Colorado.

13.    A copy of this Agreement shall be carried in the Aircraft and available for review upon the request of the Federal Aviation Administration on all flights conducted pursuant to this Agreement.

14.    Lessee shall not assign this Agreement or its interest herein to any other person or entity without the prior written consent of Lessor, which may be granted or denied in Lessor’s sole discretion. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns, and does not confer any rights on any other person. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior understandings and agreements between the parties respecting such subject matter. This Agreement may be amended or supplemented and any provision hereof waived only by a written instrument signed by all parties. The failure or delay on the part of any party to insist on strict performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or to exercise any rights or remedies hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any such provisions, rights or remedies. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, which shall, singly or in the aggregate, constitute a fully executed and binding Agreement.

15.     Except as otherwise set forth in paragraph 4, all communications and notices provided for herein shall be in writing and shall become effective when delivered by facsimile transmission (to Lessor at 303-799-1716 or to Lessee at 303-220-6675) or by personal delivery, Federal Express or other overnight courier or four (4) days following deposit in the United States mail, with correct postage for first-class mail prepaid, addressed to Lessor or Lessee at their respective addresses set forth above, or else as otherwise directed by the other party from time to time in writing.


5


16.    If any one or more provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provisions shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable provision, which, being valid, legal, and enforceable, comes closest to the intention of the parties underlying the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereby waive any provision of law, which renders any provision of this Agreement prohibited or unenforceable in any respect.

17.     This Agreement is entered into under, and is to be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Colorado, without reference to conflicts of laws.



[Intentionally Left Blank]


6



18.        TRUTH IN LEASING STATEMENTUNDER FAR SECTION 91.23

THE AIRCRAFT, A DASSAULT FALCON 7X AIRCRAFT, BEARING MANUFACTURER’S SERIAL NUMBER 12, CURRENTLY REGISTERED WITH THE FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION AS N250LG HAS BEEN MAINTAINED AND INSPECTED UNDER FAR PART 91 DURING THE 12 MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE DATE OF THIS LEASE.

THE AIRCRAFT WILL BE MAINTAINED AND INSPECTED UNDER FAR PART 91 FOR OPERATIONS TO BE CONDUCTED UNDER THIS LEASE. DURING THE DURATION OF THIS LEASE, LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC., 12300 LIBERTY BOULEVARD, ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80112 IS CONSIDERED RESPONSIBLE FOR OPERATIONAL CONTROL OF THE AIRCRAFT UNDER THIS LEASE.

AN EXPLANATION OF FACTORS BEARING ON OPERATIONAL CONTROL AND PERTINENT FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE NEAREST FAA FLIGHT STANDARDS DISTRICT OFFICE.

THE “INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH TRUTH IN LEASING REQUIREMENTS” ATTACHED HERETO ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.

LIBERTY GLOBAL, INC., LOCATED AT 12300 LIBERTY BOULEVARD, ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80112, THROUGH ITS UNDESIGNED AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY BELOW, CERTIFIES THAT LESSOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OPERATIONAL CONTROL OF THE AIRCRAFT AND THAT IT UNDERSTANDS ITS RESPONSIBILITIES FOR COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.


LESSOR
Liberty Global, Inc.


By:                         
Name:                         
Title:                         
Date:                         

LESSEE

By:                             
    
Date:                             
    

7




INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH “TRUTH IN LEASING” REQUIREMENTS



1.
Mail a copy of the lease to the following address via certified mail, return receipt requested, immediately upon execution of the lease (14 C.F.R. 91.23 requires that the copy be sent within twenty four hours after it is signed):

Federal Aviation Administration
Aircraft Registration Branch
ATTN: Technical Section
P.O. Box 25724
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73125

2.
Telephone the nearest Flight Standards District Office at least forty eight hours prior to the first flight under this lease.

3.
Carry a copy of the lease in the aircraft at all times.



8
Ex 21 List of Subsidiaries
Exhibit 21
Name
Country
Arena Sport Rechte und Marketing GmbH
Germany
Artson System Pty Ltd.
Australia
Asia Television Advertising LLC
USA-Delaware
Associated SMR, Inc.
USA-Delawre
Aster Marketing SP. z o.o
Poland
Aster SP. z o.o
Poland
At Media Hungary Kft
Hungary
At Media Sp. z o.o
Poland
Austar Entertainment Pty Ltd.
Australia
Austar Satellite Pty Ltd.
Australia
Austar Satellite Ventures Pty Ltd.
Australia
Austar Services Pty Ltd.
Australia
Austar United Broadband Pty Ltd.
Australia
Austar United Communications Ltd.
Australia
Austar United Holdco I Pty Ltd.
Australia
Austar United Holdings Pty Limited
Australia
Austar United Mobility Pty Ltd.
Australia
Bazuca.com, Chile S.A.
Chile
Bicatobe Investments B.V.
Netherlands
Binan Investments B.V.
Netherlands
Cable Management Ireland Ltd.
Ireland
Cablecom (Luxembourg) GP Sarl
Luxembourg
Cablecom Holdings GmbH
Switzerland
Cablecom Kabelkommunikation GmbH
Austria
Cablecom Luxembourg SCA
Luxembourg
CCom Holdings (Luxembourg) Sarl
Luxembourg
C-Cure NV
Belgium
Century Programming Ventures Corp.
USA-Nevada
Century United Programming Ventures Pty Ltd.
Australia
Ceska Programova Spol. Sro
Czech Republic
Chello Central Europe Sp. z o.o
Poland
Chello Central Europe Srl
Romania
Chello Central Europe sro
Czech Republic
Chello Central Europe Zrt
Hungary
Chello Networks Srl
Romania
Chello Zone EMEA (2) Ltd.
United Kingdom
Chello Zone EMEA Ltd.
United Kingdom
Chello Zone Holdings Ltd.
United Kingdom
Chellomedia B.V.
Netherlands
Chellomedia CEE Holdco B.V.
Netherlands



Chellomedia Direct Programming B.V.
Netherlands
Chellomedia Holdings UK II Ltd.
United Kingdom
Chellomedia Priority B.V.
Netherlands
Chellomedia Programming B.V.
Netherlands
Chellomedia Programming Financing B.V.
Netherlands
Chellomedia Programming Financing Holdco B.V.
Netherlands
Chellomedia Programming Financing Holdco II B.V.
Netherlands
Chellomedia Programming Financing Partnership
USA-Delaware
Chellomedia Services Ltd.
United Kingdom
Chellozone (UK) Ltd.
United Kingdom
Chippawa Pty Ltd.
Australia
Chorus Communications Ltd.
Ireland
Club Channel Ltd.
United Kingdom
Continental Century Pay TV Pty Ltd.
Australia
CTV Pty Ltd.
Australia
CZ EMEA Channels Partnership
United Kingdom
Dovevale Pty Ltd.
Australia
Eisa Finance Pty. Ltd.
Australia
Encore International LLC
USA-Colorado
Europe Acquisition, Inc.
USA-Delaware
Finance Center Telenet Sarl
Luxembourg
Focus Sat Romania Srl
Romania
Grelano Beteiligungsverwaltungs GmbH
Austria
Iesy Hessen Verwaltungs GmbH
Germany
Ilona Investments Pty Ltd.
Australia
Independent Wireless Cable Ltd.
Ireland
Inode AG
Liechtenstein
Jacolyn Pty Ltd.
Australia
JimJam CEE Ltd.
United Kingdom
JimJam East LLC
Russia
JimJam Television Ltd.
United Kingdom
Kabel Baden-Wurttemberg GmbH
Germany
Kabel BW Erste Beteiligungs GmbH
Germany
Kabel BW GmbH
Germany
Kabel BW Musketeer GmbH
Germany
Kidillia Pty Ltd.
Australia
Labesa Holding B.V.
Netherlands
LGE Holdco I BV
Netherlands
LGE Holdco II BV
Netherlands
LGI Bidco Pty Limited
Australia
LGI Broadband Operations, Inc.
USA-Delaware
LGI China Holdings B.V.
Netherlands



LGI China Holdings, Limited
Hong Kong
LGI DTH Ireland
Ireland
LGI International Holdings, Inc.
USA-Colorado
LGI International, Inc.
USA-Delaware
LGI Investments 1 Pty Limited
Australia
LGI Investments 2 Pty Limited
Australia
LGI Mobile BV
Netherlands
LGI Ventures B.V.
Netherlands
LGI Ventures Management, Inc.
USA-Delaware
LGJ Holdings LLC
USA-Delaware
Liberty Cablevision of Puerto Rico LLC
USA-Delaware
Liberty Chile, Inc.
USA-Colorado
Liberty FA Holdings, Inc.
USA-Delaware
Liberty Global Europe B.V.
Netherlands
Liberty Global Europe Financing B.V.
Netherlands
Liberty Global Europe Holding B.V.
Netherlands
Liberty Global Europe Investments B.V.
Netherlands
Liberty Global Europe Ltd.
United Kingdom
Liberty Global Europe Management B.V.
Netherlands
Liberty Global Europe, Inc.
USA-Delaware
Liberty Global Holding B.V.
Netherlands
Liberty Global Japan, LLC
USA-Delaware
Liberty Global Management, LLC
USA-Colorado
Liberty Global Services II, LLC
USA-Colorado
Liberty Global Services, LLC
USA-Colorado
Liberty Home Shop International, Inc.
USA-Colorado
Liberty International Cable Management, Inc.
USA-Colorado
Liberty Japan MC, LLC
USA-Delaware
Liberty Japan V, Inc.
USA-Delaware
Liberty Latin Programming Ltd.
Cayman Islands
Liberty Media International Holdings, LLC
USA-Delaware
Liberty Movies Australia Pty Limited
Australia
Liberty Programming Japan, LLC
USA-Delaware
Liberty Programming South America, LLC
USA-Colorado
Liberty South America, S.R.L.
Argentina
Liberty Uruguay, Inc.
USA-Delaware
Liberty VIV II, Inc.
USA-Delaware
LMI Japan Management, Inc.
USA-Delaware
LMI Programming South America S.A.
Uruguay
LMINT Holdings, LLC
USA-Delaware
MGM Channel Central Europe GP BV
Netherlands
Minorite Pty Ltd.
Australia



Multicanal (Spain) Holding SLU
Spain
Multicanal Iberia SLU
Spain
Netfront Information Technology Ltd.
Hong Kong
NTL Communications (Ireland) Ltd.
Ireland
NTL Irish Networks Ltd.
Ireland
Outdoor TV Ltd.
United Kingdom
Plator Holding B.V.
Netherlands
Pramer S.C.A.
Argentina
Priority Holding B.V.
Netherlands
Priority Telecom N.V.
Netherlands
Priority Telecom Service Corporation, Inc.
USA-Delaware
Priority Wireless AG
Switzerland
Priority Wireless B.V.
Netherlands
Reality TV USA Ltd.
United Kingdom
Romantica (East) Ltd.
United Kingdom
Romantica Television Srl
Romania
Saturn (NZ) Holding Co. Pty Ltd.
Australia
Selectra Pty Ltd.
Australia
Sentino S.A.
Uruguay
Sitel SA
Switzerland
Sky Vision Ltd.
Hong Kong
Sociedad Televisora CBC Limitada
Chile
Southam Chile S.A.
Chile
Studio Company Sp. z o.o
Poland
STV Pty Ltd.
Australia
Suir Nore Relays Ltd.
Ireland
Telelavaux SA
Switzerland
Telenet Group Holding N.V.
Belgium
Telenet International Finance Sarl
Luxembourg
Telenet Luxembourg Finance Center Sarl
Luxembourg
Telenet Mobile NV
Belgium
Telenet NV
Belgium
Telenet Service Center NV
Belgium
Telenet Solutions Luxemburg NV
Luxembourg
Telenet Tecteo Bidco NV
Belgium
Telenet Vlaanderen NV
Belgium
The MGM Channel Central Europe LP
USA-Delaware
The MGM Channel Central Europe Services GmbH
Germany
Trnavatel s.r.o.
Slovak Republic
T-VGAS NV
Belgium
UAP Australia Programming Pty Ltd.
Australia
UGC Australia BV
Netherlands



UIH Philippines Holdings, LLC
USA-Colorado
UIH SFCC Holdings L.P.
USA-Colorado
UIH SFCC II, LLC
USA-Colorado
UIH SFCC LP
USA-Colorado
UIM Aircraft, LLC
USA-Colorado
United Asia\Pacific Communications, LLC
USA-Delaware
United AUN, LLC
USA-Colorado
United Austar Partners
USA-Colorado
United Chile Ventures, Inc.
Cayman Islands
United Chile, LLC
USA-Colorado
United Football Broadcasting B.V.
Netherlands
United Latin America Programming, LLC
USA-Colorado
UnitedGlobalCom, Inc.
USA-Delaware
Unitymedia GmbH
Germany
Unitymedia Hessen GmbH & Co. KG
Germany
Unitymedia Hessen Verwaltungs GmbH
Germany
Unitymedia International GmbH
Germany
Unitymedia Management GmbH
Germany
Unitymedia NRW GmbH
Germany
Unitymedia Services GmbH
Germany
UPC Austria GmbH
Austria
UPC Austria Services GmbH
Austria
UPC Belgium B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Broadband France S.A.S.
France
UPC Broadband France SNC
France
UPC Broadband GmbH
Austria
UPC Broadband Holding B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Broadband Holding Services B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Broadband Ireland B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Broadband Ireland Ltd
Ireland
UPC Broadband N.V.
Netherlands
UPC Broadband Operations B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Broadband Slovakia sro
Slovak Republic
UPC Broadband UK Limited
United Kingdom
UPC Cablecom GmbH
Switzerland
UPC Central Europe Holding B.V.
Netherlands
UPC ceska republica a.s.
Czech Republic
UPC Chile Holding BV
Netherlands
UPC Chile Mobile Holding BV
Netherlands
UPC Communications Ireland Ltd
Ireland
UPC Czech Holding B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Direct Programming II B.V.
Netherlands



UPC DTH Leasing Sarl
Luxembourg
UPC DTH Sarl
Luxembourg
UPC DTH Slovakia Sarl
Luxembourg
UPC Equipment BV
Netherlands
UPC Extra II B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Financing Partnership
USA-Delaware
UPC France Holding B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Germany Financing Holding GmbH
Germany
UPC Germany HoldCo 1 GmbH
Germany
UPC Germany HoldCo 2 GmbH
Germany
UPC Germany Holding B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Germany Holdings GmbH
Germany
UPC Holding B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Holding II B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Internet Holding B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Luxembourg Holding B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Magyarorszag Kft
Hungary
UPC Nederland B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Nederland Business B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Nederland Mobile B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Nederland Netwerk B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Nederland Services B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Oberöstereich GmbH
Austria
UPC Poland Holding B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Polska Sp. z o.o
Poland
UPC Real Estate s.r.o.
Czech Republic
UPC Romania Holding B.V.
Netherlands
UPC Romania Srl
Romania
UPC Switzerland Holding BV
Netherlands
UPC Telekabel Wien GmbH
Austria
UPC Telekabel-Fernsehnetz Region Baden Betriebe GmbH
Austria
UPC Telekabel-Fernsehnetz Wiener Neustadt Neunkirchen Betriebs GmbH
Austria
UPC Western Europe Holding B.V.
Netherlands
Video 2000 SA
Switzerland
Vinatech Pty Ltd.
Australia
VTR Banda Ancha S.A.
Chile
VTR Galaxy Chile S.A.
Chile
VTR Global Carrier S.A.
Chile
VTR GlobalCom S.A.
Chile
VTR Ingeniería S.A.
Chile
VTR Movil S.A.
Chile
VTR Wireless SA
Chile



Westward Horizon Ltd
Ireland
Wicab GmbH
Switzerland
Windytide Pty Ltd.
Australia
Wollongong/Microwave Pty Ltd.
Australia
Zomerwind Holding B.V.
Netherlands
Zone Broadcasting (EMC) Ltd.
United Kingdom
Zone Broadcasting (Maximum Reality) Ltd.
United Kingdom
Zone Broadcasting E! (Turkey) Ltd.
United Kingdom
Zone East 1 LLC
Russia
Zone East 2 LLC
Russia
Zone East LLC
Russia
Zone Kids Limited
United Kingdom
Zone Licensing Ltd.
United Kingdom
Zone Studios Srl
Romania
Zone Vision (China) Ltd.
United Kingdom
Zonemedia Broadcasting Ltd.
United Kingdom
Zonemedia Enterprises Ltd.
United Kingdom
Zonemedia Group Ltd.
United Kingdom
Zonemedia Management Ltd.
United Kingdom
Zonemedia Studios Ltd.
United Kingdom
 
 


Ex 23.1 KPMG Consent
Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors
Liberty Global, Inc.:


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-125930, 333-125941, 333-125943, 333-125946, 333-125962, 333-128034, 333-128035, 333-128037, 333-128038, 333-140111, 333-152753, 333-169604 and 333-169605) on Form S-8 of Liberty Global, Inc. of our report dated February 22, 2012, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Liberty Global, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive earnings (loss), equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and the related financial statement schedules I and II, and our report dated February 22, 2012 on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, which reports appear in the December 31, 2011 annual report on Form 10-K of Liberty Global, Inc.

Our report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the aggregate amount of total assets and revenue of Kabel BW Musketeer GmbH and Aster Sp. z.o.o. that are excluded from management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 are $5,781.8 million and $74.4 million, respectively. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of these subsidiaries.




KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado
February 22, 2012


LGI-2011.12.31-Ex_31.1


Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION

I, Michael T. Fries, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Liberty Global, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 22, 2012    
/s/ Michael T. Fries
 
Michael T. Fries
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 



LGI-2011.12.31-Ex_31.2


Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION

I, Charles H.R. Bracken, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Liberty Global, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 22, 2012
/s/ Charles H.R. Bracken
 
Charles H.R. Bracken
 
Executive Vice President and Co-Chief Financial Officer
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
 


LGI-2011.12.31-Ex_31.3


Exhibit 31.3
CERTIFICATION

I, Bernard G. Dvorak, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Liberty Global, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 22, 2012    
/s/ Bernard G. Dvorak
 
Bernard G. Dvorak
 
Executive Vice President and Co-Chief Financial Officer
 
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 


LGI-2011.12.31-Ex_32


        
Exhibit 32

Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)


Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of Liberty Global, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), does hereby certify, to such officer's knowledge, that:

The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (the "Form 10-K") of the Company fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Dated:
February 22, 2012
 
/s/     Michael T. Fries
 
 
 
Michael T. Fries
 
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dated:
February 22, 2012
 
/s/     Charles H.R. Bracken
 
 
 
Charles H.R. Bracken
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and Co-Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dated:
February 22, 2012
 
/s/     Bernard G. Dvorak
 
 
 
Bernard G. Dvorak
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and Co-Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Accounting Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Form 10-K or as a separate disclosure document.